np 69 record of amendments -...

NP 69

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS

The table below is to record Section IV Notice to Mariners amendments affecting this volume.Sub paragraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user with these amendments.

Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)

2006 2007 2008 2009

IMPORTANT − SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONSThis is one of a series of publications produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office which should be consulted by users ofAdmiralty Charts. The full list of such publications is as follows:

Notices to Mariners (Annual, permanent, temporary and preliminary), Chart 5011 (Symbols and abbreviations), The Mariner’sHandbook (especially Chapters 1 and 2 for important information on the use of UKHO products, their accuracy and limitations),Sailing Directions (Pilots), List of Lights and Fog Signals, List of Radio Signals, Tide Tables and their digital equivalents.

All charts and publications should be kept up to date with the latest amendments.

NP 69

EAST COAST OF THEUNITED STATES PILOT

VOLUME II

East Coast of the United States from Barnegat Inlet to Cape Canaveral

TENTH EDITION2005

PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

ii

� Crown Copyright 2005

To be obtained from Agentsfor the sale of Admiralty Charts and Publications

Copyright for some of the material inthis publication is owned by the authority

named under the item and permission for itsreproduction must be obtained from the owner.

Previous editions:

First published 1899. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2nd Edition 1909. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3rd Edition 1921. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4th Edition 1938. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5th Edition 1951. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6th Edition 1965. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7th Edition 1978. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8th Edition 1999. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9th Edition 2003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iii

PREFACE

The Tenth Edition of the East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume II, has been prepared by Captain R D Peddle, Master Mariner. TheUnited Kingdom Hydrographic Office has used all reasonable endeavours to ensure that this Pilot contains all the appropriate informationobtained by and assessed by it at the date shown below. Information received or assessed after that date will be included in Admiralty Noticesto Mariners where appropriate. If in doubt, see The Mariner’s Handbook for details of what Admiralty Notices to Mariners are and how to usethem.

This edition supersedes the Ninth Edition (2003), which is cancelled.

Information on climate, currents and ice has been based on data provided by the Met Office, Exeter.

The following sources of information, other than UKHO publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:

United States

ChartsCoast Pilots:

Volume 3. Atlantic Coast: Sandy Hook to Cape Henry. 38th Edition 2005Volume 4. Atlantic Coast: Cape Henry to Key West. 37th Edition 2005

Other publications

Fairplay Ports Guide 2005−6Lloyds Maritime Guide 2001−02Lloyds Ports of the World 2005The Statesman’s Yearbook 2005Whitaker’s Almanack 2005Waterway Guide (Northern) 1999Waterway Guide (Mid−Atlantic) 1999Waterway guide (Southern) 1999The Intracoastal Waterway, Fourth Edition

Dr D W WilliamsUnited Kingdom National Hydrographer

The United Kingdom Hydrographic OfficeAdmiralty WayTauntonSomerset TA1 2DNEngland13th October 2005

iv

PREFACE

The Eighth Edition of the East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume II, has been prepared by Captain R D W Tyzack, Master Mariner,and contains the latest information received in the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office to the date given below.

This edition supersedes the Seventh Edition (1978), and supplement No 10 (1997) which are both cancelled.

Information on climate, currents and ice has been based on data provided by the Meteorological Office, Bracknell.

The following sources of information, other than UKHO publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:

United States

Charts

Coast Pilots:Volume 3. Atlantic Coast: Sandy Hook to Cape Henry. 1997 EditionVolume 4. Atlantic Coast: Cape Henry to Key West. 1996 EditionVolume 4. Atlantic Coast: Cape Henry to Key West. 1999 Edition

Other publications

Fairplay Ports Guide 1999/2000Lloyds Maritime Guide 2000Lloyds Ports of the World 1999The Statesman’s Yearbook 1999/2000Whitaker’s Almanack 1999/2000Waterway Guide (Northern) 1999Waterway Guide (Mid−Atlantic) 1999Waterway guide (Southern) 1999The Intracoastal Waterway, Fourth Edition

J. P. CLARKE CB LVO MBERear AdmiralHydrographer of the Navy

The United Kingdom Hydrographic OfficeAdmiralty WayTauntonSomerset TA1 2DNEngland2nd December 1999

v

CONTENTSPages

Preface iii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preface to the Eighth Edition (1999) iv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explanatory notes vii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbreviations ix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index chartlet facing 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 1

Navigation and regulationsLimits of the book (1.1) 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traffic and operations (1.7) 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charts (1.17) 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aids to navigation (1.22) 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilotage (1.29) 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio facilities (1.31) 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Regulations (1.39) 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signals (1.58) 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distress and rescue (1.61) 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Countries and portsUnited States (1.66) 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.133) 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port services — summary (1.134) 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Natural conditionsMaritime topography (1.139) 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Currents (1.142) 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea and swell (1.153) 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea water characteristics (1.158) 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ice conditions (1.162) 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate and weather (1.166) 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climatic tables (1.188) 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.203) 53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 2

Through routes along the Atlantic Coast of United States of America 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 3

Barnegat Inlet to Chesapeake Bay entrance, including Delaware Bay and River 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 4

Approaches to and lower part of Chesapeake Bay, including Hampton Roads 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 5

Chesapeake Bay — central part 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 6

Chesapeake Bay — upper part and head of the bay 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 7

Chesapeake Bay entrance to Cape Romain 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 8

Cape Romain to Saint Simons Sound 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 9

Saint Simons Sound to Cape Canaveral 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

APPENDICES AND INDEX

Appendix I — Code of federal regulations title 33 — Navigation and navigable watersPart 26 — Bridge−to−bridge radiotelephone regulations 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Appendix II — Code of federal regulations title 33 — Navigation and navigable watersPart 160 — Ports and waterways safety − general 248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Appendix III — Code of federal regulations title 33 — Navigation and navigable waters Part 161 — Vessel Traffic Management 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix IV — Code of federal regulations title 33 — Navigation and navigable waters

Part 164 — Navigation Safety Regulations 256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix V — Code of federal regulations title 33 — Navigation and navigable waters

Part 165 — Regulated navigation areas and limited access areas 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix VI — Code of federal regulations title 33 — Commerce and foreign trade

Part 334 — Danger zones and restricted area regulations 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix VII — Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix VIII — Code of federal regulations title 15 — Commerce and foreign trade

Part 922 — National Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix IX — Code of federal regulations title 50 — Wildlife and fisheries

Part 222 — General endangered and threatened marine speciesPart 224 — Endangered marine and anadromous speciesPart 226 — Designated critical habitatPart 622 — Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf, and South Atlantic 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Appendix X — Dangerous areas due to mines laid during the war 1941−1945 .275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vi

vii

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 150 gt or more. They amplify charted detail and contain informationneeded for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended to be read inconjunction with the charts quoted in the text.

This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up-to-date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, withoutthe use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weeklyeditions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published quarterly. Those still in force at the endof the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

CD−ROM

Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements ofChapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should onlybe used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy existsbetween data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be reliedupon.

Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, ithas not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD forthis purpose is at the user’s own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligenceof the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of theUKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution.

Conditions of release. The material supplied on the CD−ROM is protected by Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwisewithout the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or distributed orcommercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the avoidance of doubt,the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible to Third Partieswhether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply further material.

References to hydrographic and other publications

The Mariner’s Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume.

Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastalpassages.

Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume.

Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotageservices, radar beacons and radio direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio aids to navigation, Global Maritime Distress andSafety System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume.

Admiralty Maritime Communications is a comprehensive guide on all aspects of maritime communications for the yachtsman and smallcraft user. It provides general information on Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the management of VHF, MaritimeSafety Information, NAVTEX, Inmarsat and Radio Facsimile, and detailed information and procedures for marinas and harbours used bysmall craft.

Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments andnotices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigationalwarnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas.

The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life-saving signals, international ice-breaker signals aswell as international flag signals.

Remarks on subject matter

Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too smallto show all the details clearly.

Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Marinersshould consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts.

EXPLANATORY NOTES

viii

Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted whereits use is more appropriate.

Firing, practice and exercise areas. Submarine exercise areas are mentioned in Sailing Directions. Other firing, practice and exerciseareas maybe mentioned with limited details. Signals and buoys used in connection with these areas maybe mentioned if significant fornavigation. Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.

Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in bracketsfollowing the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned.

Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted.Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned.

Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the eventbeing described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time whichmay be kept.

Wreck information is included where drying or below-water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance fornavigation or anchoring.

Units and terminology used in this volume

Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted.

Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000° (North) to 359°Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object.Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel.Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground.

Winds are described by the direction from which they blow.

Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow.

Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub-divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile.

Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated.

Heights of objects refer to the height of the object above the ground and are invariably expressed as “... m in height”.

Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted inAdmiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, “an elevation of ... m”. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively beexpressed as “... m high” since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height.

Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, theselatter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart.

Time is expressed in the four-figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local timekept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking.

Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.

Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over alarge area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may bemarked “conspic”.

Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.

ix

ABBREVIATIONSThe following abbreviations are used in the text:

AIS Automatic Indentification SystemALC Articulated loading columnALP Articulated loading platformAMVER Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue

System

°C degrees CelsiusCALM Catenary anchor leg mooringCBM Conventional buoy mooringCDC Certain Dangerous CargoCVTS Co−operative Vessel Traffic System

DF direction findingDG degaussingDGPS Differential Global Positioning SystemDW Deep WaterDSC Digital Selective Callingdwt deadweight tonnageDZ danger zone

E east (easterly, eastward, eastern, easternmost)EEZ exclusive economic zoneELSBM Exposed location single buoy mooringENE east-north-eastEPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio BeaconESE east-south-eastETA estimated time of arrivalETD estimated time of departureEU European Union

feu forty foot equivalent unitfm fathom(s)FPSO Floating production storage and offloading

vesselFPU Floating production unitFSO Floating storage and offloading vesselft foot (feet)

g/cm3 gram per cubic centimetreGMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety SystemGPS Global Positioning SystemGRP glass reinforced plasticgrt gross register tonnagegt gross tonnage

HAT Highest Astronomical TideHF high frequencyHMS Her (His) Majesty’s Shiphp horse powerhPa hectopascalHSC High Speed CraftHW High Water

IALA International Association of LighthouseAuthorities

IHO International Hydrographic OrganizationIMO International Maritime OrganizationITCZ Intertropical Convergence Zone

JRCC Joint Rescue Co−ordination Centre

kHz kilohertzkm kilometre(s)kn knot(s)

kW kilowatt(s)

Lanby Large automatic navigation buoyLASH Lighter Aboard ShipLAT Lowest Astronomical TideLF low frequencyLHG Liquefied Hazardous GasLMT Local Mean TimeLNG Liquefied Natural GasLOA Length overallLPG Liquefied Petroleum GasLW Low Water

m metre(s)mb millibar(s)MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services

CentresMF medium frequencyMHz megahertzMHHW Mean Higher High WaterMHLW Mean Higher Low WaterMHW Mean High WaterMHWN Mean High Water NeapsMHWS Mean High Water SpringsMLHW Mean Lower High WaterMLLW Mean Lower Low WaterMLW Mean Low WaterMLWN Mean Low Water NeapsMLWS Mean Low Water Springsmm millimetre(s)MMSI Maritime Mobile Service IdentityMRCC Maritime Rescue Co-ordination CentreMRSC Maritime Rescue Sub-CentreMSI Marine Safety InformationMSL Mean Sea LevelMV Motor VesselMW megawatt(s)MY Motor Yacht

N north (northerly, northward, northern,northernmost)

NATO North Atlantic Treaty OrganizationNavtex Navigational Telex SystemNE north-eastNNE north-north-eastNNW north-north-westNo numbernrt nett register tonnageNW north-west

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System

PEL Port Entry LightPLEM Pipe line end manifoldPOL Petrol, Oil & LubricantsPSSA Particularly Sensitive Sea AreasPWC Personnal watercraft

RCC Rescue Co−ordination CentreRMS Royal Mail ShipRN Royal NavyRo-Ro Roll−on, Roll-offRT radio telephony

ABBREVIATIONS

x

S south (southerly, southward, southern,southernmost)SALM Single anchor leg mooring systemSALS Single anchored leg storage systemSAR Search and RescueSatnav Satellite navigationSBM Single buoy mooringSE south-eastSPM Single point mooringsq squareSS SteamshipSSE south-south-eastSSW south-south-westSW south-west

teu twenty foot equivalent unitTSS Traffic Separation Scheme

UHF ultra high frequencyUKHO United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

ULCC Ultra Large Crude CarrierUN United NationsUT Universal TimeUTC Co-ordinated Universal Time

VDR Voyage Data RecorderVHF very high frequencyVLCC Very Large Crude CarrierVMRS Vessel Movement Reporting SystemVTC Vessel Traffic CentreVTMS Vessel Traffic Management SystemVTS Vessel Traffic Services

W west (westerly, westward, western,westernmost)WGS World Geodetic SystemWMO World Meteorological OrganizationWNW west-north-westWSW west-south-westWT radio (wireless) telegraphy

2860

2563

2864

3686

2861

2801

2865

3687

3691

2866

2563

2755

1105

2

8

9

2

2

7

7

4

2

5

3

6

WASHINGTON

Baltimore

Potomac R.

Philadelphia

Trenton

DELAWARE R.

Gt EIgg n el t

Fi ev Fathom Bk.

Delaware B.

NP68 EAST COASTOF UNITED STATES

PILOT VOL I

Barnegat

Inlet

V I R G I N I A

Richmond

Rappha annock R.

York R.

J ma es R.

Hampton Rds.

Nor of lk

C H E S A P E A K E B AY

Morehead City

N O R T H

C A R O L I N A

Albemarle Sound

Wilmington

PamlicoSou

nd

C. Hatteras

S O U T H

C A R O L I N A

G E O R G I A

St Helena Sd.

Sava nan h River

Wassaw Sd.S. Catherine Sd.

P. Royal Sd.

Bull B.C.

oRmain

Ggeor etown Hr.

& Win ay h B.

Sapelo Sd.

Brunswick

S. Andrews Sd.

Jacksonville

S. Augustine Inlet NP 70WEST INDIES PILOT

VOL I

F L O R I D A

C. Canaveral

Charleston

Savannah

NO

RT

H

AT

LA

NT

IC

O

CE

AN

Chapter Index Diagram

xi

82°

82°

81°

81°

80°

80°

79° 78° 77° 76°

76°

75°

75°

74°

74°

40° 40°

39° 39°

38° 38°

37° 37°

36° 36°

35° 35°

34° 34°

33° 33°

32° 32°

31° 31°

30° 30°

29° 29°

28° 28°

Longitude 78° West from Greenwich

NP 69East Coast of United States Pilot Vol II

NOTES

xii

1

LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION

While, in the interests of the safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in itshydrographic publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood:–

(a) that no liability whatever will be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and

(b) that publication of details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognitionof the international validity of the law or regulation.

EAST COAST OF THEUNITED STATES PILOT

VOLUME II

CHAPTER 1

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONSCOUNTRIES AND PORTSNATURAL CONDITIONS

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS

LIMITS OF THE BOOK

Chart 4403Area covered1.1

1 This volume contains Sailing Directions for the E coastof the United States between Barnegat Inlet and CapeCanaveral, and for the sea area contained within the limitsdefined below:

Lat N Long W

From Barnegat Inlet 39°45′ 74°06′Thence E to position: 39°45′ 67°35′Thence S to position: 36°00′ 67°35′Thence SW to Cape Canaveral: 28°28′ 80°33′Thence N and NE along the coasts ofFlorida, Georgia, South Carolina, NorthCarolina, Virginia, Maryland, Delawareand New Jersey to Barnegat Inlet.

NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS

Coastal conditions

General information1.2

1 Navigation along the North Atlantic coast requires to becarried out with all due caution, as the tracks between thesalient points are, in general, long, and must be traversedduring frequent periods of thick weather, with vessels underthe influence of currents, the rate and direction of whichare uncertain.

2 In all cases maximum use should be made of allavailable aids to navigation. In poor visibility, and despitethe good coverage provided by aids to navigation, it isadvisable when approaching the coast to make full use ofthe echo sounder.

3 In the N part of the area covered by this volume,weather conditions in winter when storms, fog and ice areexperienced, place heavy demands on vessels and mariners.

For remarks on currents see 1.142, and weather see1.166.

CHAPTER 1

2

Dangers1.3

1 There are numerous dangerous wrecks, fish havenobstructions and shoals lying along the coast in the areacovered by this volume.

Breakers1.4

1 Gales from NE to SE cause breakers on the beaches andoutlying shoals of this coast. The sea breaks in depths of7⋅3 to 9⋅1 m (24 to 30 ft), and shoals of these depthsshould be avoided in such conditions. The heaviest surf ona beach occurs after a SE gale has been followed by asudden change of wind to the NW.

Former mined areas1.5

1 Certain areas within the limits of this volume are stillconsidered dangerous due to mines laid in the SecondWorld War. Due to the passage of time the risk in theseareas to surface navigation is now considered no moredangerous than the ordinary risks of navigation, but a veryreal risk still exists with regard to anchoring, fishing or anyform of submarine or seabed activity. Details of these areasare given in Appendix X.

Overhead cables1.6

1 Overhead cables are mentioned in the text where theclearance beneath them may be a hazard to navigation.Some of these cables carry high voltages and sufficientclearance must be allowed when passing underneath them.In winter, the published clearance may be varied by ice orsnow conditions.

See The Mariner’s Handbook for information on safetyclearances and the radar responses to be expected.

TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS

Traffic

Shipping1.7

1 The main shipping routes in the area covered by thisvolume are the through routes from ports in the NE part ofthe US to the Florida Straits which are given in Chapter 2.

Transatlantic routes for traffic to ports in this area aregiven in Ocean Passages for the World.

2 The presence of US naval ships is likely in the areacovered by this volume, due to the naval bases atPhiladelphia, Norfolk, Kings Bay and Annapolis.

Cruise ships visit many of the major ports in this area.See 1.14 for information on naval exercises.

Ferries1.8

1 Ferries cross the entrance to Chesapeake Bay.

Pleasure craft1.9

1 The coastal and inshore waters covered by this volume,which have many marinas and boatyards, are very popularwith yachtsmen.

Fishing

General remarks1.10

1 Commercial and pleasure fishing vessels, are based atmost of the ports and harbours along the coast covered bythis volume, and there are several lobster and oysterfisheries.

Fish traps1.11

1 Fish traps are numerous off the coast and in ChesapeakeBay and its tributaries. The stakes often break off and forma danger to navigation, especially at night. In some placesthey extend up to a distance of 5 miles from the coast. Atnight, a white light is shown at the outer end of thesestructures, and a red light at the inner end, where there isnavigable water between them and the coast. Marinerswithout local knowledge should proceed with caution whencrossing areas in which it is possible that fish traps areestablished, and should, whenever possible, avoid crossingsuch areas at night. Along the outer coasts and in DelawareBay and Delaware River the limits of these areas are notmarked. In Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries the limits aremarked by buoys, see 4.9.

Fish haven obstructions1.12

1 Fish haven obstructions, some marked by buoys, usuallywithin 20 miles of the coast, are numerous throughout thearea covered by this volume. The sea bottom is deliberatelyfouled by obstructions such as sunken barges, old motorcar bodies, and sometimes dangerous wrecks, in order toprovide areas protected from trawling where fish can spawnundisturbed.

2 The fish havens are authorised by the US Corps ofEngineers who approve their location and depth over them.Mariners are advised not to cross them, and are cautionednot to anchor on them.

Oyster grounds1.13

1 Oyster grounds are extensive in Delaware Bay andRiver, and Chesapeake Bay.

Exercise areas

Naval exercises1.14

1 Naval exercises may take place in the waters covered bythis volume. They are mentioned at the appropriate place inthe text. Notice of exercises giving limits of the area,nature and duration of the exercise, and specifiednavigation rules, are promulgated by local Notices toMariners and radio navigation warnings. For signals usedby warships, see 1.58.

2 For general information on such areas see the AnnualSummary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

Firing practice1.15

1 Gunnery and bombing practice may take place in thewaters covered by this volume. They are mentioned at theappropriate place in the text. Notice of firing practices,giving the limits of the area, nature and duration of thepractice, and specified navigation rules, are promulgated bylocal Notices to Mariners and radio navigation warnings.For signals used by warships, see 1.58.

2 For general information on such areas see the AnnualSummary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

CHAPTER 1

3

Submarine exercises1.16

1 Submarines may exercise in the area covered by thisvolume. Notice of exercises is given only in exceptionalcircumstances and therefore mariners should keep a goodlookout for submarines.

The Mariner’s Handbook and the Annual Summary ofAdmiralty Notices to Mariners give general information onthe characteristics of British submarines and visual signalsused to denote their presence; in general, other countriesconform to this method of signalling.

CHARTS

Admiralty charts1.17

1 Admiralty charts covering the area of these SailingDirections are adequate for use on passage, for entry intothe principal ports and harbours, and to reach a requiredpilot station.

The charts are based on the most recent US Governmentcharts.

2 There are no plans to metricate any of the Admiraltycharts covering the area of this volume.

Admiralty charts and publications can be obtained fromAdmiralty Chart Agents listed in the Catalogue ofAdmiralty Charts and Publications published annually.

Foreign charts1.18

1 In certain areas, where the Admiralty charts showinsufficient detail for navigation close inshore these SailingDirections have been written using foreign charts. The texthas been written on the assumption that mariners wishingto navigate these waters will have provided themselves withsuitable charts on which to do so.

2 US charts and publications of the National OceanService (NOS) and unclassified charts of the NationalGeospatial−Intelligence Agency (NGA) can be obtainedfrom chart agents in US and foreign ports, or by mail orderfrom the following address:

3 Federal Aviation Administration,National Aeronautical Charting Office,Distribution Division (AVN−530),6303 Ivy Lane, Suite 400,Greenbelt, MD 20770–6325,USA.

4 These charts are not issued by the UKHO nor are theyamended by Admiralty Notices To Mariners.

Datums

Horizontal datum1.19

1 Admiralty and US charts used in this volume ofSailing Directions are referred to North American Datum(1983) (NAD83). For practical navigational purposes thisequates to World Geodetic System (1984) (WGS84).

Vertical datum1.20

1 Depths. On Admiralty charts the chart datum is MLLW.US charts are reduced to MLLW and MLW as shown on

the chart.Drying heights on Admiralty charts are shown as being

above chart datum.

Elevations on Admiralty charts are shown as beingabove MHWS and on US charts are shown against MHW.

Depths

Depth terms used in US waters1.21

1 Project depth is the design dredging depth of a channel.The project depth may or may not be the goal ofmaintenance dredging after completion of the channel.

Controlling depth is the least depth within the limits ofthe channel; it restricts the safe use of the channel todraughts of less than that depth.

2 Centreline controlling depth of a channel applies onlyto the centreline; lesser depths may exist in the remainderof the channel.

Mid−channel controlling depth of a channel is thecontrolling depth of only the middle half of the channel.

3 In this volume project depths are given where available.For the latest controlling depths charts and local harbourand pilotage authorities should be consulted.

Depths alongside wharves are usually those reported bythe owner or operator of the wharf. Local authoritiesshould be consulted for the latest controlling depths.

AIDS TO NAVIGATION

Lights1.22

1 In the US, lights are the responsibility of theCoastguard. Major lights are those with a nominal range of15 miles or more.

Light structures only are described in this volume; forfurther details see Admiralty List of Lights and Fog SignalsVolume J.

Landmarks1.23

1 Caution is necessary when evaluating the description ofsome landmarks, such as trees and buildings, that are givenin this volume or on some of the older charts. Newbuildings may have been erected and old trees or housesdestroyed, so that such marks, which may at one time havebeen conspicuous on account of their isolation, shape orcolour, may now be difficult to identify or no longer exist.

Beacons1.24

1 A beacon is a fixed artificial navigation mark which canbe recognised by means of its shape, colour, pattern ortopmark; it may carry a light, radar reflector or othernavigational aid. In the US unlit aids are known asdaybeacons.

Daymarks1.25

1 The term daymark refers to a large unlit beacon but theterm is also used to denote a topmark or otherdistinguishing mark or shape incorporated into a beacon,light–buoy or buoy.

2 Daybeacons in the US are used where navigation atnight is negligible or where the conditions are such that itis impractical to operate a light. Reflective material isapplied to daybeacons to improve their identification atnight with the aid of a searchlight.

The lateral system for fixed artificial aids is based onthat used for buoyage.

CHAPTER 1

4

Buoys

IALA Maritime Buoyage System1.26

1 The IALA Maritime Buoyage System Region B (red tostarboard) is in use throughout the area covered by thisvolume but mariners are cautioned that in minor locations,and where navigational aids are privately maintained,non–IALA buoys and marks may be encountered.

For full details of the system see The Mariner’sHandbook and IALA Maritime Buoyage System.

Radar reflectors are not charted; it can be assumed thatmost major buoys are fitted with radar reflectors.

Ocean Data Acquisition Buoys (ODAS)1.27

1 ODAS buoys (special) may be encountered within thearea covered by this volume. These buoy systems, whichvary considerably in size, are used for environmentalresearch purposes; they are marked “ODAS” with anidentification number. The large systems should be given aclearance of at least 1 mile, and in the case of vesselstowing underwater gear this distance should be increased to2½ miles.

2 As the buoys have no navigational significance, and asthey are liable to be moved or withdrawn at short notice,they are not normally mentioned in the text of the book.

See The Mariner’s Handbook for further details.

Winter buoyage1.28

1 When threatened by ice certain lighted buoys may bereplaced by lighted ice buoys having reduced candlepower,or by unlighted buoys, and certain unlighted buoys may bediscontinued.

During winter months buoys may prove unreliable, asthey may become damaged or break adrift.

PILOTAGE

General1.29

1 Information on pilotage procedures at individual ports isgiven in the text at the port concerned.

Full details are given in Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

United States1.30

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and, apartfrom a few exceptions, US registered vessels engaged inforeign trade. It is optional for US vessels in the coastaltrade, provided they are under the control and direction ofa pilot duly licensed by Federal Law for the waters thatvessel is navigating.

For further details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

RADIO FACILITIES

Position fixing systems

Loran–C1.31

1 The entire area covered by this volume is withinLoran–C coverage. For further details see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 2.

Radio aids to navigation1.32

1 Racons. There are several racons in the area to aid bothoffshore navigation and entry into harbours. See AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 2 for details.

Satellite navigation systems1.33

1 Global positioning system. The Navstar GlobalPositioning System (GPS), a military satellite navigationsystem owned and operated by the US Department ofDefense, provides world wide position fixing.

The system is referenced to the datum of the WorldGeodetic System 1984 (WGS84) and therefore positionsobtained must be adjusted, if necessary, to the datum of thechart being used.

2 Global Navigation Satellite System. The RussianGlobal Navigation Satellite System (GLONASS) is similarto GPS in that it is a space–based navigation system whichprovides world wide position fixing.

The system is referenced to the Soviet GeocentricCo–ordinate System 1990 (SGS–90) and as for GPSpositions must be adjusted, if necessary, to the datum ofthe chart being used.

3 DGPS. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS)compares the position of a fixed point, referred to as thereference station, with positions obtained from a GPSreceiver at that point. The resulting differences are thenbroadcast as corrections to suitable receivers to overcomethe inherent and imposed limitations of GPS.

4 Within the area covered by this volume DGPS data isbroadcast from the following places providing coverage ofthe whole area:

Wildwood (38°57′⋅0N 74°51′⋅3W).Reedy Point (39°33′⋅7N 75°34′⋅2W).C2Cen, Portsmouth (36°52′⋅9N 76°21′⋅7W).

5 Driver (36°57′N 76°33′W).Alexandria (38°45′⋅2N 77°07′⋅7W).Annapolis (39°00′⋅7N 76°36′⋅4W).New Bern (35°10′⋅9N 77°03′⋅0W).Kensington (33°28′⋅9N 79°20′⋅6W).Savannah (32°08′⋅4N 81°42′⋅0W).Cape Canaveral (28°27′⋅6N 80°32′⋅6W).

6 Caution. Satellite navigation systems are under thecontrol of the owning nation which can impose selectiveavailability or downgrade the accuracy to levels less thanthat available from terrestrial radio navigational systems.Therefore satellite based systems should not be relied uponas the sole navigational aid.

For full details on the above systems see Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 2.

Radio stations1.34

1 For full details of all the radio stations in the areacovered by this volume see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 1(2).

Radio navigational warnings

Long range warnings1.35

1 The waters covered by this volume lie in NAVAREA IVof the World–wide Navigational Warning Service. The AreaCo–ordinator is the US and navigation warnings are issuedby the US National Geospatial−Intelligence Agency.Warnings are broadcast through:

CHAPTER 1

5

a) USCG radio station at Bostonb) The International SafetyNET Service via an

Inmarsat Land Earth Station (LES).2 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 3(2).

Local warnings1.36

1 Local warnings are issued by the USCG for coastal andharbour areas. These warnings are broadcast by theappropriate USCG radio station.

For further details of these services see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 3(2).

Radio weather reports1.37

1 For full details of all radio weather services and thestations from which they are issued see Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 3(2).

Radio medical advice1.38

1 In US waters the USCG will respond to DH MEDICOmessages by providing advice that is immediately availableor by referring requests to the International Radio MedicalCentre at Rome, Italy. For further details see Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 1(2).

REGULATIONS

International regulations

Submarine cables and pipelines1.39

1 Mariners are advised not to anchor or trawl in thevicinity of pipelines. Gas from a damaged oil or gaspipeline could cause an explosion, loss of a vessel’sbuoyancy or other serious hazard. Pipelines are not alwaysburied and may effectively reduce the charted depth by upto 2 m. They may also span seabed undulations and causefishing gear to become irrecoverably snagged, putting avessel in severe danger. See the Annual Summary ofAdmiralty Notices to Mariners No 24 and The Mariner’sHandbook.

2 See The Mariner’s Handbook for information on theInternational Convention for the Protection of SubmarineCables.

Pollution1.40

1 Pollution. See The Mariner’s Handbook for informationconcerning the International Convention for the Preventionof Pollution from Ships 1973 (MARPOL 1973) and the1978 Protocol to MARPOL 1973.

Traffic separation schemes1.41

1 There are a number of TSSs in the area covered by thisvolume, which are IMO adopted except where noted in thetext. See the IMO publication Ships Routeing for generalprovisions on ships routeing, regulations for IMO adoptedschemes are contained in Rule 10 of the InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).

National regulationsGeneral information1.42

1 The USCG includes amongst its duties:Enforcement of the laws of the US, including those

of navigation and neutrality, on the high seas andin the coastal and inland waters of the US and itspossessions.

Administration of the Oil Pollution Act.Establishment and administration of anchorages.

2 Inspection and documentation of vessels.Operation of aids to navigation.Operation of Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel

Rescue System (AMVER).Search and Rescue operations.Publication of Lights List and Local Notices to

Mariners.3 Coastguard Marine Safety Offices which combine the

functions of Captain of the Port and Marine InspectionOffice, in the area covered by this volume, are situated at:

4 Hampton RoadsNorfolk Federal Building,200 Granby Mall,Suite 700,23510–1888,Norfolk, VA.

(includes a documentation office).5 Philadelphia

1 Washington Avenue,19147–4395,Philadelphia, PA.

(includes a documentation office).6 Wilmington

272 N. Front Street,Suite 500,28401–3907,Wilmington, NC.

7 Charleston196 Tradd Street,29401–1817,Charleston, SC.

8 SavannahJoliette G. Low Federal Building,100 W. Oglethorpe Avenue,Suite 1017,31401Savannah, GA.

9 Jacksonville7820 Arlington Expressway,Suite 40032211−7445Jacksonville, FL

Code of Federal Regulations1.43

1 The US Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) governs allmarine regulatory requirements and should be consulted fordetailed information on any of the following summarisedregulations, or any other US Federal Regulation. Extractsfrom CFR can be found in the relevant edition of the USCoast Pilots.

2 Selected extracts from Titles 15, 33 and 50 CFR aregiven in the Appendices to this volume.

Pollution of the sea1.44

1 Oil and hazardous substances. The Federal WaterPollution Control Act, as amended, and the Fishery

CHAPTER 1

6

Conservation and Management Act of 1976, prohibit thedischarge of oil or any hazardous substance into any USwaters to the limits of the exclusive economic zone. Anyspillage that does occur must be reported immediately tothe nearest USCG station by radio, or by an establishednationwide toll free telephone number, 1–800–424–8802.Vessels are required to have on board and available forinspection an International Oil Pollution PreventionCertificate verifying compliance with Marpol 73/78 and thatall necessary equipment is fitted and operational, also tomaintain an Oil Record Book reporting all oil transfers anddischarges.

2 Garbage and refuse. The Refuse Act of 1899 prohibitsthe dumping of any refuse into US waters. Whilst withinUS waters all garbage and refuse matter must be containedin leak–proof receptacles for supervised off–loading at thenext US port visited.

3 No−discharge zones (NDZ) have been established atnumerous specific locations throughout the United States.These zones, which may or may not be shown on thechart, are areas into which the discharge of sewage(whether treated or untreated) from all vessels is completelyprohibited. For further details see the US EnvironmentalProtection Agency website at www.epa.gov.

National Marine Sanctuaries1.45

1 National Marine Sanctuaries are established over largeareas of the water and are described in the text. In generalterms, the purpose of the sanctuaries is to protect andpreserve the ecosystems, including marine birds andmammals and other natural resources, and to ensure thecontinued availability of the areas as research andrecreational resources.

2 Prohibited activities, consistent with international law,include hydrocarbon operations, dumping of certainsubstances, placing of structures on the seabed, disturbanceof marine life, and the removal of historical or culturalresources.

The principal area, within the limits of this volume, isGrays Reef National Marine Sanctuary (8.218).

Navigation Safety Regulations1.46

1 The general purpose of the US Navigation Safetyregulations is to set a minimum level of navigationalpractice and equipment, so as to reduce the risk of casualtyto vessels, bridges and other structures on or in navigablewaters, or any land structure or shore area immediatelyadjacent to those waters; and to protect the navigablewaters and resources therein from environmental harmresulting from damage to a vessel or structure.

2 The regulations require all self–propelled vessels over1600 grt navigating in US waters to carry up–to–datecharts, Sailing Directions, Light Lists, Tide Tables andTidal Current Tables. US charts and publications are notmandatory, provided up–to–date foreign government chartsof an adequate scale and foreign publications containingequivalent information are carried in lieu.

3 In general, Admiralty charts and publications, includingAdmiralty Tide Tables which contain Tidal Stream Tableswhere appropriate, meet these requirements but the chart

service does not include cover of all US ports and theirapproaches.

The regulations are reproduced in Appendix IV and anup–to–date synopsis of them, with explanatory notes, ispublished in Annual Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 22.

Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters1.47

1 Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 modifies theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,(1972), for use in US inland waters, inshore of establishedlines of demarcation. These rules apply in all inland watersof the US. The COLREG demarcation lines are defined inthe general information of each chapter of the text, withreference to the area covered by that chapter.

2 The Navigation Rules, International–Inland(COMDTINST M16672⋅2 series), are published by the USCoastguard, obtainable on request from USCG MarineInspection offices in major US ports, or writing to:

Superintendent of Documents,US Government Printing Office,Washington, DC 20402–9325.

3 Any vessel intending to navigate in US inland watersshould obtain a current copy of the document mentionedabove.

See Appendix VII for further information.

Shipping safety fairways1.48

1 Shipping safety fairways may be established by the USauthorities. These fairways are lanes or corridors in whichno artificial island or fixed structure, whether temporary orpermanent, will be permitted. Use of safety fairways is notmandatory but is recommended.

Special anchorage areas1.49

1 Vessels not more than 19⋅8 m (65 ft) in length, when atanchor in any special anchorage area, shall not be requiredto carry or exhibit white anchor lights or shapes requiredby the navigation rules.

Communication between vessels1.50

1 For information on the US Bridge–to–Bridge TelephoneAct see Appendix I.

Notice of arrival, departure and hazardous conditions1.51

1 For extracts from US regulations concerning Ports andWaterways Safety see Appendix II.

Regulated Navigation Areas1.52

1 Areas of regulated vessel movement designated as aregulated navigation area, a safety zone, or a security zonemay be established under certain circumstances by the USCoastguard. For further information see Appendix V andthe relevant edition of the US Coast Pilot.

In such areas described in this volume, specialregulations apply and are given in the relevant text.

CHAPTER 1

7

Danger Zones and Restricted Area regulations1.53

1 A number of areas covered by this book are subject toregulations concerning danger zones and restricted areas,and are described in the relevant text. For further detailssee Appendix VI and the relevant edition of the US CoastPilot.

Designated Critical Habitat1.54

1 A designated critical habitat has been established for theNorthern right whale (Eubalaena glacialis). For details see9.5 and Appendix IX.

Northern right whale Mandatory Reporting System1.55

1 A mandatory ship reporting system is established for theprotection of the Northern right whale. For furtherinformation see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

Vessel arrival inspections1.56

1 Vessels subject to US quarantine, customs, immigration,and agricultural quarantine inspections generally makearrangements in advance through ships’ agents. Governmentofficials conducting such inspections are stationed at mostmajor ports. Mariners arriving at ports where officials arenot stationed should contact the nearest office providingthat service.

Quarantine and customs1.57

1 Quarantine. All vessels arriving in the US are subjectto inspection by the Public Health Service. Vessels subjectto routine boarding for quarantine inspection are only thosewhich have had on board, during the last 15 days precedingthe date of expected arrival or during the period sincedeparture (whichever period of time is shorter), theoccurrence of death or ill person amongst passengers orcrew (including those who have disembarked or have beenremoved). The master of a vessel must report suchoccurrences immediately by radio to the quarantine stationat or nearest the port at which the vessel will arrive. Inaddition, the master of a vessel carrying 13 or morepassengers must report by radio 24 hours before arrival thenumber of cases (including nil) of diarrhoea in passengersand crew recorded in the ship’s medical log during thecurrent voyage. All cases that occur after the 24 hour reportmust also be reported not less than 4 hours before arrival.

2 Any death or illness occurring during a vessel’s stay in aUS port must be reported immediately to the nearestquarantine station.

Specific public health laws, regulations, policies andprocedures may be obtained by contacting US QuarantineStations, US Consulates or the Chief Program Operations,Division of Quarantine, Centers for Disease Control,Atlanta GA 30333.

3 A special signal code has been adopted internationallyfor the transmission of Radio Pratique messages. The code,which forms part of the International Code of Signals, isgiven in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).

Customs. Vessels may be entered and cleared at anyport of entry or custom station so described under anindividual port heading. However, entry at a customsstation is with prior authorisation only from the CustomService district director.

4 Yachts of foreign countries having reciprocal agreementswith the US may be granted cruising licenses, enablingthem to cruise in the designated waters of the US withouthaving to enter and clear formally at each port visited.

SIGNALS

National signals


1 Certain types of US naval vessels that cannot complyfully with the requirements as to the number andpositioning of navigation lights, will comply as closely aspossible in accordance with Rule 13 of the InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972. Theymay also exhibit other lights such as coloured recognitionlights, special coloured flashing lights, or landing lights foraircraft or helicopters (details are given in US Notices toMariners annually). When darkened during navalmanoeuvres, navigation lights will be temporarily exhibitedif possible on the approach of other shipping.

Submarine Emergency Identification Signals andHazard to Submarines.1.59

1 1. US Navy submarines are equipped with signalejectors which may be used to launch identification signals,including emergency signals. Two general types of signalsmay be used: smoke floats and flares or stars. Acombination signal which contains both smoke and flare ofthe same colour may also be used. The smoke floats, whichburn on the surface, produce a dense, coloured smoke for aperiod of fifteen to forty five seconds. The flares or starsare propelled to a height of 300 to 400 ft from which theydescend by small parachute. The flares or stars burn forabout twenty five seconds. The colour of the smoke orflare/star has the following meaning:

2 (a) Green or Black. Used under training exerciseconditions only to indicate that a torpedo has beenfired or that the firing of a torpedo has beensimulated.

(b) Yellow. Indicates that submarine is about to cometo periscope depth from below periscope depth.Surface craft terminate anti–submarine counterattack and clear vicinity of submarine. Do notstop propellers.

3 (c) Red. Indicates an emergency condition within thesubmarine and that it will surface immediately, ifpossible. Surface ships clear the area and stand byto give assistance after the submarine hassurfaced. In case of repeated red signals, or if thesubmarine fails to surface within a reasonabletime, she may be assumed to be disabled. Buoythe location, look for submarine buoy and attemptto establish sonar communications. Advise USNaval Authorities immediately.

(d) White. Two white flares/smoke in successionindicates that the submarine is about to surface,usually from periscope depth (non–emergencysurfacing procedure). Surface craft should clearthe vicinity of the submarine.

4 2. Submarine Marker Buoy consists of a cylindricallyshaped object about 1 m by 2 m with connecting structureand is painted international orange. The buoy is amessenger buoy with a wire cable to the submarine; thiscable acts as a downhaul line for a rescue chamber. Thebuoy may be accompanied by an oil slick release to attract

CHAPTER 1

8

attention. A submarine on the bottom in distress and unableto surface will, if possible, release this buoy. If an object ofthis description is sighted, it should be investigated and USNaval Authorities advised immediately.

5 3. Transmission of the International Distress Signal(SOS) will be made on the submarine’s sonar gearindependently or in conjunction with the red emergencysignal as conditions permit.

6 4. Submarines may employ any or all of the followingadditional means to attract attention and indicate theirposition while submerged:

(a) Release of dye marker.(b) Release of air bubble.(c) Ejection of oil.(d) Pounding on the hull.

7 5. US destroyer–type vessels in international waters will,on occasion, stream a towed underwater object at variousspeeds engaged in naval manoeuvres. All nations operatingsubmarines are advised that this underwater object in thestreamed condition constitutes a possible hazard tosubmerged submarines.

Survey vessels and buoy tenders1.60

1 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration(NOAA) vessels engaged in survey operations which limittheir ability to manoeuvre, and USCG vessels handling orservicing aids to navigation, each exhibit the lights andshapes required by Rule 27 of the International Regulationsfor Preventing Collision at Sea 1972.

2 Wire drags, used by the National Ocean Survey insweeping for dangers to navigation, may be crossed byvessels without danger of fouling at any point along theirlengths, except between the towing launches and the largebuoys near them. Vessels passing over the drag, when it isin motion, are advised to cross it at right angles, as adiagonal course may cause the propeller to foul thesupporting buoys and wires.

3 No attempt should be made to pass between the wiredrag launches while the wire is being streamed orrecovered, unless it would endanger a vessel to dootherwise. In streaming or taking up the wire drag, thetension on the bottom wire is released and the floats ateach 30 m (100 ft) section may cause the wire to be heldnear the surface. At the same time, the launches are usuallyheading either directly towards or away from each otherand the operation of taking up or streaming may be clearlyseen.

DISTRESS AND RESCUE

General information

Radio monitoring1.61

1 The radio watch monitoring international distressfrequencies which certain classes of vessels are required tomaintain when at sea is one of the most important factorsin the arrangements for the rescue of mariners and otherpeople in distress at sea.

For general information concerning distress and rescue,including helicopter assistance, see the Annual Summary ofNotices to Mariners and The Mariner’s Handbook.

Global Maritime Distress and Safety System1.62

1 The Global Maritime Distress and Safety System(GMDSS) enables search and rescue authorities on shore,in addition to shipping in the immediate vicinity of a vesselin distress, to be rapidly alerted to an incident so thatassistance can be provided with the minimum of delay.

2 The sea area covered by this volume lies within theNorfolk and Miami Rescue Co–ordination Centres (RCCs).

For details of the GMDSS see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 5.

Ship reporting systems

Automated Mutual–assistance Vessel Rescue System(AMVER)1.63

1 The Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue System(AMVER) provides world wide cover and is operated bythe USCG, details are given in Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 1(2). Merchant vessels of all nationsmaking offshore voyages are encouraged to send movementreports and periodic position reports to the AMVER Centre.US Maritime Administrative regulations require certain USflag vessels and foreign flag “War Risk” vessels to reportand regularly update their voyages to the AMVER Centre.

United States Coastguard

General1.64

1 The USCG conducts and/or co–ordinates search andrescue operations for surface vessels and aircraft that are indistress or overdue. Coastguard Stations have search andrescue capabilities and may provide lookout,communication, and/or patrol functions for vessels indistress. The National VHF–FM Distress System providescontinuous coastal radio coverage out to 20 miles onChannel 16.

Coastguard District Offices. The area covered by thisvolume lies within the First, Fifth and Seventh CoastguardDistricts whose offices are situated at Boston MA,Portsmouth VA and Miami FL.

Coastguard Stations1.65

1 The following Coastguard Stations are situated withinthe area covered by this volume:

2 New Jersey:Beach Haven (39°33′⋅1N 74°15′⋅1W) (3.23).Atlantic City (39°22′⋅7N 74°25′⋅4W) (3.23).Great Egg (39°17′⋅7N 74°33′⋅8W) (3.36).Townsend Inlet (39°07′⋅7N 74°42′⋅6W) (3.36).Cape May (38°56′⋅9N 74°53′⋅4W) (3.36).Cape May Air Station (38°56′⋅9N 74°53′⋅4W) (3.36).

3 Pennsylvania:Philadelphia (39°56′N 75°08′⋅5W) (3.125).

Delaware:Indian River Inlet (38°36′⋅6N 75°04′⋅1W) (3.69).

Maryland:4 Ocean City (38°19′⋅7N 75°05′⋅4W) (3.362).

Crisfield (37°58′⋅5N 75°51′⋅5W) (5.57).Saint Inigoes (38°09′⋅4N 76°25′⋅7W) (5.91).Annapolis (38°55′⋅3N 76°28′⋅4W) (6.17).Baltimore (39°11′⋅9N 76°34′⋅2W) (6.162).Still Pond (39°20′⋅1N 76°07′⋅9W) (6.171).

CHAPTER 1

9

5 Virginia:Chincoteague (37°55′⋅8N 75°23′⋅0W) (3.362).Parramore Beach (37°34′⋅4N 75°37′⋅0W) (3.372).Cape Charles (37°15′⋅9N 76°00′⋅9W) (4.25).Little Creek (36°54′⋅7N 76°10′⋅7W) (4.25).Portsmouth (36°53′⋅0N 76°21′⋅2W) (4.60).Milford Haven (37°29′⋅3N 76°18′⋅4W) (4.189).

6 North Carolina:Oregon Inlet Station (35°47′⋅8N 75°33′⋅0W) (7.19).Elizabeth City Air Station (36°15′⋅8N 76°10′⋅5W)

(7.29).Hatteras Inlet (35°12′⋅5N 75°42′⋅4W) (7.50).Ocracoke (35°06′⋅9N 75°59′⋅1W) (7.50).

7 Fort Macon Base (31°41′⋅8N 76°40′⋅9W) (7.72).Swansboro (34°38′⋅8N 77°05′⋅8W) (7.72).Wrightsville Beach (34°11′⋅3N 77°48′⋅7W) (7.72).

Oak Island (33°53′⋅6N 78°02′⋅1W) (7.126).South Carolina:

Georgetown (33°20′⋅8N 79°16′⋅2W) (7.126).Charleston Base (32°46′⋅4N 79°56′⋅6W) (8.19).

8 Georgia:Tybee (32°02′⋅1N 80°54′⋅4W) (8.219).Savannah Air Station (34°01′⋅0N 81°09′⋅0W) (8.219).Saint Simons Island (31°08′⋅7N 81°22′⋅4W) (8.219).

9 Florida:Mayport (30°23′⋅3N 81°26′⋅1W) (9.68).Ponce de Leon Inlet (29°03′⋅9N 80°54′⋅9W) (9.148).Port Canaveral Station (28°25′⋅0N 80°37′⋅3W)

(9.148).See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further

information on rescue.

CHAPTER 1

10

COUNTRIES AND PORTS

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

General description1.66

1 The United States of America, including Alaska andHawaii, comprises fifty states and the Federal District ofColumbia, and extends across the North AmericanContinent from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean for adistance of about 4800 km. Except for Alaska and Hawaii,they are bounded on the N by the Dominion of Canada,and on the S by the Gulf of Mexico and the Republic ofMexico. The area of the fifty states and the Federal Districtcover an area of about 9⋅2 million sq km.

2 Washington is the capital city, in the Federal District ofColumbia; in 2003 the estimated population of the city was563 384.

States covered in this volume are New Jersey, Delaware,Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, District of Columbia,North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Florida.

National limits1.67

1 The US claims a limit of 12 miles for territorial watersand 200 miles for an exclusive economic zone. See theAnnual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners and TheMariner’s Handbook.

History1.68

1 The area which is now the US was first inhabited bynomadic hunters, who it is thought arrived from Asiac.30 000 BC. The first (failed) European colony wasfounded by Sir Walter Raleigh in 1585. By 1733 therewere 13 British Colonies, which were made up, largely ofreligious non–conformists who had left Britain to escapepersecution; the French and Spanish had also foundedcolonies.

2 The War of Independence broke out in 1775 largelybecause of the colonists’ objection to being taxed by, buthaving no representation in, the British Parliament. Theforces of the British government were defeated withFrench, Spanish and Dutch assistance. The Declaration ofIndependence which inaugurated the United States ofAmerica was signed on 4 July 1776; Britain recognisedAmerican sovereignty in 1783. The first federal constitutionwas drawn up in 1787; ten amendments, termed the Bill ofRights, were added in 1791. The 13 original states of theUnion ratified the constitution between 1787 and 1790.Vermont, Kentucky and Tennessee were admitted in the1790s but most of the states acceded in the 19th century asthe opening up of the centre and the west led to thecreation of new states and European or neighbouringcountries ceded or sold their territories to the USA.

3 The Civil War was fought over the issue of slavery,which was integral to the economy of the southern statesbut was opposed by the northern states. The northern statesdefeated the confederacy of southern states (South Carolina,Georgia, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Louisiana).

4 The US emerged as a world economic and militarysuperpower in the 20th century and played a decisive rolein the two world wars. Its economic and military (includingnuclear) supremacy gave the US a key role in shaping thepost–war world.

Government1.69

1 The constitution is that of a Federal Republic consistingof fifty states and the Federal District of Columbia and ofthe outside territories. Of the present fifty states, thirteenare original states, seven were admitted without previousorganisation as territories, and thirty were admitted asorganised territories.

2 By the constitution of 1787, and as subsequentlyamended, the government of the US is entrusted to threeseparate authorities; the executive, the legislature, and thejudiciary. The President is elected every four years; histenure is limited to two terms.

3 Each state manages its own affairs and has a Governor,Senate and House of Representatives, or institutions ofcorresponding authority.

Population1.70

1 In 2003 the total population was estimated to be about290 810 000.

Language1.71

1 The language spoken is English but there is a significantminority who speak Spanish.

Physical features1.72

1 Structurally, the US mainland may be divided into threemain divisions. The Appalachian Mountains to the S and E,separated from the Atlantic by a coastal plain; the CentralPlains which stretch from the Arctic Ocean to the Gulf ofMexico, and the Western Highlands, or Cordillera, whichtake up nearly a third of the total area of the continent.

2 There are many navigable rivers, the major ones beingthe Hudson, Mississippi, Missouri, and Red.

Flora and fauna

Flora1.73

1 The natural vegetation of the US has been significantlymodified by human activity, but its general nature is stillapparent over much of the continent. The most notableforest is the taiga, or boreal forest, an enormous expanse ofmostly coniferous trees (especially spruce, fir, hemlock, andlarch) that extends from Canada into Alaska. In the E partof the United States a mixed forest, dominated bydeciduous trees in the N and by various species of yellowpine in the SE, has mostly been cleared or cut over, but aconsiderable area has regrown since the 1940s. In the Wportion of the continent, forests are primarily associatedwith mountain ranges, and coniferous trees are dominant.In California, the redwood and giant sequoias are to befound, many of which are protected because of their greatage and beauty.

Fauna1.74

1 The native wildlife of the US was once numerous anddiverse, but the spread of human settlement has resulted incontracting habitats and diminishing numbers. In generalthe fauna of the states is similar to that of the N areas ofEurope and Asia. Notable large mammals include severalkinds of bear, the largest being the grizzly; bighorn sheep;bison, now only in protected herds; caribou; moose, called

CHAPTER 1

11

elk in Europe; musk ox; and wapiti. Large carnivoresinclude the puma and, in S regions, the jaguar; the wolfand its smaller relative, the coyote; and, in the far N, thepolar bear. One species of marsupial, the commonopossum, is indigenous to the continent. A few of themany reptiles are poisonous including the coral snake, pitvipers such as the rattlesnake and copperhead, and the gilamonster and bearded lizard in the SW of the US, the onlypoisonous lizards in the world. A great variety of finfishand shellfish live in the marine waters, and many kinds offish are found in its freshwater rivers and lakes.

New Jersey


1 The coastal limits of the N part of New Jersey aredescribed in the East Coast of United States Pilot Volume I.The S part included in this volume extends from BarnegatInlet (39°45′N 74°06′W) SW to Cape May Point (38°56′N74°58′W). New Jersey has an area of 19 210 sq km, ofwhich 787 sq km are inland waters. It is bounded N byNew York, E by the Atlantic with Long Island and NewYork City to the NE, S by Delaware Bay and W byPennsylvania. Trenton (40°12′N 74°45′W) is the capital.

History1.76

1 Originally the territory of Delaware Indians, the areawas first settled by immigrant colonists in the early 17thcentury, when Dutch and Swedish traders establishedfortified posts on the Hudson and Delaware Rivers. TheDutch took control but lost it to the English in 1676. In1676 the English divided the area in two; the E portionwas assigned to Sir George Carteret and the W granted toQuaker settlers. The division lasted until 1702 when NewJersey was united as a colony of the crown and placedunder the jurisdiction of the governor of New York. Itbecame a separate colony in 1738.

Population1.77

1 In 2003 the population was estimated to be 8 638 396.


1 New Jersey is divided into four major geographicalregions. The Atlantic Coastal Plain, the Piedmont Plateau,the New Jersey Highlands and the Great AppalachianValley.

Flora and fauna1.79

1 Flora. Nearly 40% of New Jersey is covered withforests. Trees include oak, birch, beech, maple, hemlock,white cedar, and pine.

Fauna. Among the large mammals of New Jersey aremany white tailed deer and a few bear living mainly inthe N.

Industry and trade1.80

1 The agricultural side of the economy is based onlivestock rearing, market gardening and fruit growing. Onthe industrial side the mining of stone, gravel and zinc, andthe production of chemicals, food, electrical equipment,motor vehicles and machinery, are the most important.

Delaware


1 Delaware has an area of 5 133 sq km, of which1132 sq km are inland waters. It is bounded N byPennsylvania, NE by New Jersey, E by Delaware Bay andS and W by Maryland. Dover (39°10′N 75°32′W) is thecapital.

History1.82

1 Delaware was the territory of Algonquian–speakingIndians who were displaced by European settlers in the17th century. The first settlers were Swedes who came in1638 to build Fort Christina (now Wilmington), andcolonize what they called New Sweden. Their colony wastaken by the Dutch from New Amsterdam in 1655. In 1664the British took the whole New Amsterdam colony,including Delaware, and called it New York.

2 In 1682 Delaware was granted to William Penn, whowanted access to the coast for his Pennsylvania colony.Union of the two colonies was unpopular, and Delawaregained its own government in 1704, although it continuedto share a royal governor with Pennsylvania until the Warof Independence.

3 Industry in general profited from the opening of theChesapeake and Delaware Canal in 1829; it was convertedto a toll–free deep channel for ocean–going ships in 1919.

Population1.83

1 In 2003 the population was estimated to be 817 491.


1 About 95% of Delaware lies on the Delmarva Peninsulain the Atlantic Coastal Plain, where no point is higher than30 m. Delaware’s N tip, part of the Piedmont Plateau, is anarea of rolling hills with summits typically 75 to 125 m inheight.

There are no large rivers in the interior of Delaware.

Flora and fauna1.85

1 Flora. About 30% of Delaware is forested, with oak andpine forests predominating in the coastal plain, and oak andtulip tree forests predominating in the Piedmont Plateauregion.

2 Fauna. White–tailed deer, red and grey fox, racoon,skunk, opossum, cottontail rabbit, groundhog, grey squirrel,woodchuck, and muskrat live in most parts of the state, asdoes a variety of birds. Delaware Bay is an importantwintering area for waterfowl. It is also a fishing area.


1 Delaware is mainly an industrial state, but over half ofthe area is used for agriculture, the chief crops being maizeand soybeans.

Pennsylvania


1 Pennsylvania has an area of 116 083 sq km, of which1010 sq km are inland waters. It is bounded N by NewYork, E by New Jersey, S by Delaware and Maryland, SWby West Virginia, W by Ohio and NW by Lake Erie.Harrisburg (40°18′N 76°49′W) is the capital.

CHAPTER 1

12

History1.88

1 Pennsylvania was occupied by 4 powerful tribes in the17th century; Delaware, Susquehanna, Shawnee andIroquois. The first white settlers were Swedish, arriving in1643. The British became dominant in 1664, and in 1681William Penn, an English Quaker, was given a charter tocolonise the area as a sanctuary for his fellow Quakers.

2 During the War of Independence the Declaration ofindependence was signed in Philadelphia, the main city.Pennsylvania became one of the original 13 states of theUnion. In 1812 Harrisburg, which began as a trading postand ferry point on the Susquehanna River, was chosen asthe state capital.

3 In the 20th century, industry attracted immigration fromItaly and eastern Europe. In farming areas the early sectcommunities survive, notably Amish and Mennonites. (ThePennsylvanian “Dutch” are of German extraction).

Population1.89



1 Pennsylvania offers distinct contrasts in topography andsoils, incorporating seven landform regions from theEastern Great Lakes Lowland in the NW to the AtlanticCoastal Plain in the SE.

The principal rivers are the Delaware, Susquehanna, andOhio.

The state has more than 300 lakes, most of them small,many in the glaciated NW region.

Flora and fauna1.91

1 Flora. Forests cover about 56% of the total land area ofPennsylvania. Trees are both hardwood and softwood.

Fauna. Wildlife includes some black bear in some ofthe more remote parts of the N and W, as well aswhite–tailed deer. There are many species of songbirds, andthe lakes and streams of Pennsylvania contain a variety offish.


1 Pennsylvania leads in the production of iron and steel.Agriculture, mainly in forestry, livestock rearing, and thegrowing of corn and tobacco is of major commercialimportance.

Maryland


1 Maryland has an area of 25 316 sq km, of which1821 sq km are inland waters. It extends S from the coastallimit of Delaware to a point on the coast in the vicinity of38°02′N 75°14′W, and has an Atlantic coastline of27 miles. It is bounded N by Pennsylvania, E by Delawareand the Atlantic, S by Virginia and West Virginia, with thePotomac River forming most of the boundary, and W byWest Virginia. Chesapeake Bay almost cuts off the E endof the state from the rest. Annapolis (38°59′N 76°29′W) isthe capital.

History1.94

1 The first European visitors found groups ofAlgonquian–speaking tribes, often under attack by Iroquoisfrom farther north. The first white settlement was made bythe Calvert family, British Roman Catholics, in 1634. Apeace treaty was signed with the Iroquois in 1652, afterwhich it was possible for farming settlements to expand Nand W. The capital (formerly at Saint Marys City) wasmoved to Annapolis in 1694. Baltimore which became thestate’s main city, was founded in 1729.

2 At the close of the War of Independence the treaty ofParis was ratified in Annapolis. Maryland became a state ofthe Union in 1788. In 1791 the state ceded land for thenew federal capital, Washington, and its economy hasdepended on the capital’s proximity ever since. Baltimorealso grew as a port and industrial city attracting muchEuropean immigration in the 19th century.

Population1.95



1 Maryland can be divided into five major geographicalregions, all of which extend into neighbouring states. TheAtlantic Coastal Plain, the Piedmont Plateau, the BlueRidge region, the Valley and Ridge region, and theAllegheny Mountains.

Maryland has two large rivers, the Potomac and theSusquehanna.

Flora and fauna1.97

1 Flora. Forests cover 43% of Maryland, with oak andpine forests prevailing on the Atlantic Coastal Plain; beech,tulip tree, maple, and basswood forests dominating in theAllegheny Mountains with oak and tulip forests being mostcommon elsewhere.

2 Fauna. White tailed deer, red and grey fox, racoon,skunk, opossum, cottontail rabbit, groundhog, grey squirrel,and muskrat are found throughout the state. TheChesapeake Bay region is a major wintering area forwaterfowl. The dominant fish of the bay is the striped bass;large numbers of oysters, blue crabs, clams, alewives,menhaden, bluefish, Norfolk spot, and perch also live in itswaters.


1 The agricultural side of the economy consists oflivestock rearing and the cultivation of maize and soybeans.Mining, principally sand, gravel and stone, are importantindustries. Natural gas is produced from one field in GarettCounty and another field is used for storage.

District of Columbia


1 The District of Colombia has an area of 159 sq km, ofwhich 20 sq km are inland waters. It is a small enclave onthe Potomac River, where the river forms the SW boundaryof Maryland.

History1.100

1 The District of Columbia, organised in 1790, is the seatof government of the US, for which the land was ceded by

CHAPTER 1

13

Maryland and Virginia as a site for the national capital. Itwas established under Acts of Congress in 1790 and 1791.Congress first met in it in 1800 and federal authority overit became vested in 1801. In 1846 the land ceded byVirginia (about 85 sq km) was given back.

Population1.101

1 In 2003 the population was estimated to be 563 384.

Virginia


1 Virginia has an area of 102 558 sq km, of which2634 sq km are inland waters. It has an Atlantic coastlineof about 89 miles. It is bounded on the NW by WestVirginia, NE by Maryland, E by the Atlantic, S by NorthCarolina and Tennessee, and W by Kentucky. Richmond(37°32′N 77°26′W) is the capital.

History1.103

1 In 1607 a British colony was founded at Jamestown, ona peninsula in the James River, to grow tobacco. The areawas marshy and unhealthy but the colony survived and in1619 introduced a form of representative government.

2 In 1624 control of the colony passed from the VirginiaCompany of London to the Crown. The movement forAmerican Independence was strong in Virginia; GeorgeWashington and Thomas Jefferson were both from Virginiaand crucial battles of the War of Independence were foughtthere.

3 When the Union was formed, Virginia became one ofthe original states, but with reservations regarding theconstitution because of its attachment to slave–owning. In1831 there was a slave rebellion. The tobacco plantationsbegan to decline, and plantation owners turned to thebreeding of slaves. While the eastern plantation landsseceded from the Union in 1861, the small farmers andminers of the western hills refused to secede and remainedin the Union as West Virginia.

Population1.104



1 Virginia can be divided into five geographical regions.The Atlantic Coastal Plain, the Piedmont Plateau, the BlueRidge region, the Valley and Ridge region, and theCumberland Mountains region.

Principal rivers are the Potomac, Rappahannock, York,and James.

The largest body of water is Chesapeake Bay, with anarea in Virginia of some 3915 sq km.

Flora and fauna1.106

1 Flora. About 60% of Virginia is forested. Oak and pineforests occur in the Atlantic Coastal Plain and on thePiedmont Plateau, with oak, beech, tulip, maple andbasswood forests occurring farther W.

2 Fauna. White–tailed deer, red and grey fox, raccoon,skunk, opossum, cottontail rabbit, groundhog, grey squirrel,and muskrat occur through Virginia. Black bear are foundin the mountainous areas in the W. Game birds are duck,

geese, quail, ruffed grouse, and wild turkey. ChesapeakeBay is a major wintering area for waterfowl.


1 Agriculture is one of the major occupations. Forestry,the rearing of livestock and the cultivation of tobacco, corn,potatoes and peanuts are of primary commercialimportance. The mining of coal, lead and zinc are theleading industries, with rayon and ship building alsoimportant. The principal ports are Newport News andNorfolk, in which there is a naval dockyard.

North Carolina


1 North Carolina has an area of 126 180 sq km, of which9440 sq km are inland waters. The state is bounded in theN by Virginia, E by the Atlantic, S by South Carolina, SWby Georgia and W by Tennessee. Raleigh (35°42′N78°40′W) is the capital.

History1.109

1 The early inhabitants were Cherokees. Europeansettlement was attempted in 1585 to 1587, following anexploratory visit by Sir Walter Raleigh, but this failed. In1633 Charles II chartered a private colony of Carolina andafter 1650 settlers from Virginia came to the shores ofAlbemarle Sound. The colony was formally separated intoNorth and South Carolina in 1712.

2 After the War of Independence, North Carolina becameone of the original 13 states of the Union.

In 1861 at the onset of the Civil War North Carolinaseceded from the Union, but General Sherman occupied thecapital unopposed. A military governor was admitted in1862, and civilian government restored with re−admissionto the Union in 1868.

Population1.110



1 North Carolina has some of the most striking contrastsin physical geography of any state in the E half of the US.There are three main regions. The Atlantic Coastal Plain,the Piedmont Plateau, and the Blue Ridge region. Withinabout 80 km of the coast the surface of the plain isespecially flat.

2 The W most region of North Carolina, the Blue Ridge,includes more than 40 peaks rising above 1829 m.

There are eight principal rivers in North Carolina.


1 Flora. Trees include cypress, pines, hickory, tulip,poplar, birch, beech, maple, hemlock, spruce andbalsam–fir.

Fauna. Virginia deer, opossum, raccoon, squirrel, andfox are widespread. Black bear still survive in the CoastalPlain forests and are common in parts of the Blue Ridge,especially Great Smokey Mountains National Park. Therivers are abundant with fish.


1 Agriculture is one of the major occupations. NorthCarolina leads in the production of tobacco; other crops

CHAPTER 1

14

being maize, cotton, peanuts and soya beans. Forestry isalso important.

The principal ports are Wilmington and Morehead City.

South Carolina


1 South Carolina has an area of 77 988 sq km. It has anAtlantic coastline of about 170 miles. It is bounded in theN by North Carolina, E and SE by the Atlantic, and SWand W by Georgia. Columbia (35°55′N 76°15′W) is thecapital.

History1.115

1 Originally the territory of the Yamasee Indians, the areaattracted French and Spanish explorers in the 16th century.Charles I of England made a land grant in 1629, but thefirst permanent white settlement began at Charles Town in1670, moving to Charleston in 1680.

2 After active campaigns during the War of Independence,South Carolina became one of the original states of theUnion in 1778.

The constitution was amended in 1895 to disenfranchisemost black voters, and they remained with hardly any voicein government until the Civil Rights movement of the1960s. Columbia became the capital in 1786.

Population1.116



1 South Carolina can be divided into three major regions.The Atlantic Coastal Plain, the Piedmont Plateau, and theBlue Ridge.

Three important rivers flow SE across South Carolina.


1 Flora. South Carolina was once covered almost entirelyby forests, and even today more than 60% of the state isforest and woodland.

2 Fauna. Large numbers of white–tailed deer, opossum,rabbit, and raccoon live in South Carolina. The Atlanticflyway along the coast is followed by migrating waterfowl, especially ducks and geese, and many kinds of birds.Common fish inhabiting the rivers and lakes include bass,carp, crappie and trout. Coastal marine waters containclams, oysters, shrimp, crab, menhaden and shad.


1 Agriculture is one of the major occupations with themost important crops being tobacco and soya beans. Cattleand sheep are raised. Forestry is also important. Mining isimportant with South Carolina being only one of two stateswhere vermiculite is mined. There are also somemanufacturing industries and fishing. South Carolina is theonly gold–producing state E of the Mississippi River.

2 Charleston and Georgetown are the two principal ports.

Georgia


1 Georgia has an area of 153 953 sq km, of which 1559 sqkm are inland water. It has an Atlantic coastline of about100 miles. It is bounded N by Tennessee and NorthCarolina, NE by South Carolina, E by the Atlantic, S byFlorida and W by Alabama. Atlanta (33°45′N 84°23′W) isthe capital.

History1.121

1 Originally the territory of Creek and Cherokee tribes,Georgia was first settled by Europeans in the 18th century,and named after King George II. James Oglethorpe foundedSavannah in 1733, intending it as a colony which offered anew start to debtors, convicts and the poor. The Indianpopulation was cleared off the rich cotton land and movedbeyond the Mississippi. Georgia became one of the original13 states of the Union. Atlanta was confirmed as statecapital in 1877. The Southern Christian LeadershipConference, led by Martin Luther King, who wasassassinated in 1968, was based in King’s native city ofAtlanta.

Population1.122

1 In 2003 the population was 8 684 715.


1 From the coastal plain the land rises slowly towards theAppalachian Mountains. The majority of the plain is usedfor agriculture, the higher land being forested. The AtlanticCoast is formed by numerous islands fringed with beaches,indented with creeks and waterways.


1 Flora. About 60% of Georgia’s land area is covered inforest. The state’s forest, particularly in the N, also containsmany beautiful flowering trees and shrubs.

2 Fauna. Wild animals include many deer, raccoon,opossum, fox, and squirrel, plus small numbers of blackbear in the mountains and the SE forests. Ducks, geese,and quail are numerous, as are songbirds such as themockingbird and wood thrush.


1 Agriculture is one of the major occupations. The mostimportant crops are cotton, tobacco and peanuts. Cattle,sheep, pigs and chickens are raised. Forestry is alsoimportant. Georgia is a leading producer of kaolin andgranite, and there are several manufacturing industries.Tourism is increasing.

The principal ports are Savannah and Brunswick.

Florida


1 Florida has an area of about 170 313 sq km. It has anAtlantic coastline of about 142 miles. Florida is in the SEpart of the US and is largely made up of a peninsula whichseparates the Atlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Mexico. Itcontains the S most point on the mainland of the US. Thestate is bounded on the N by Georgia. The state capital isTallahassee (32°31′N 85°54′W).

CHAPTER 1

15

2 This volume only covers the E coast of the State ofFlorida extending from the S limit of Georgia to CapeCanaveral. For the coast S of Cape Canaveral see WestIndies Pilot Volume I.

History1.127

1 The Spanish explorer Juan Ponce de Leon is generallycredited with the discovery of Florida in 1513. In 1521 hereturned with two shiploads of colonists to found asettlement, but was driven off by the fierce resistance ofthe Indian tribes that occupied the area. During the halfcentury that followed Florida served as a gateway to NorthAmerica for the Spanish and gave them a claim to the vastareas to the NW of the peninsula.

2 In 1562 these Spanish claims were contested by theFrench whose explorers had landed at the entrance to theSaint Johns River. In 1565, to counter these French claims,the Spanish established the first permanent Europeansettlement in what is now the US, at Saint Augustine in NFlorida.

3 In 1763, at the end of the Seven Years War, Spain cededFlorida to Britain and Britain set up two colonies, E and WFlorida. The latter, which had its capital at Saint Augustine,had approximately the same boundaries as the State ofFlorida.

4 In 1783, at the end of the American War ofIndependence, Britain returned Florida to Spain. In 1818,after American armed intervention in retaliation for borderraids by Indians, Spain agreed to cede the peninsula and in1822 Florida became a US territory.

5 In 1845 Florida entered the Union as the 27th State. In1861, during the Civil War, Florida seceded from the Unionand joined the Confederate States of America. In 1868Florida was readmitted to the Union.

Population1.128


Language1.129

1 Although English is the official language, because of thelarge number of refugees from Cuba, many people inFlorida speak Spanish.


1 The Florida peninsula is a low lying area which rises toa maximum elevation of only 100 m. Its N part is anextensive region of low, rolling hills and large swamps andmarshes. South of Lake Okeechobee much of the land iscovered by the Everglades, a watery wilderness of cypresstrees and saw grass prairie.

2 To the E of the Everglades a low ridge of land severalmiles wide separates the swamps from the seashore. Thisridge provides the sites for the cities on the Atlanticseaboard. A series of barrier beaches, separated from themainland by lagoons, rim the state’s Atlantic coast.

Florida has four major rivers.


1 Flora. About 35% of the state’s land area is coveredwith forest.

A great variety of flowering plants grow in the state.2 Fauna. Small animals such as rabbit, opossum squirrel,

and raccoon are numerous. Because of protective

legislation, the alligator is fairly common, as are snakes,turtles, frogs, lizards, spiders, and scorpions. Birds includeegrets, flamingos, herons, and pelicans.

Florida has some 700 species of fish in its rivers, lakesand coastal marine waters. Manatees are found in the riversand coastal waters.


1 The main economic activity of Florida is tourism, withover 80 million tourists visiting the state each year. Theaerospace industry and the Kennedy Space Centre also playan important part in the economy of the state.

2 Florida produces 75% of the US output of citrus fruits.It is also a large producer of vegetables. The chief mineralproduct is phosphate rock, and Florida is the second largestexporter in the world after Morocco.

Within the limits of this volume, Jacksonville is theprincipal port.

PRINCIPAL PORTS, HARBOURS ANDANCHORAGES

1.133

Place and position Remarks

United States of America1 Delaware Bay

Harbor of Refuge (3.95)(38°49′N 75°06′W)

Anchorage with goodprotection from E winds

Breakwater Harbor (3.96)(38°48′N 75°06′W)

Anchorage, with goodprotection from all butheavy NW gales, for lightdraught vessels.

Anchorage A (3.115)(38°57′N 75°11′W)

Anchorage used forlightening tankers

2 Delaware River

Wilmington,Delaware (3.168)(39°43′N 75°31′W)

Commercial port

Philadelphia and associatedports (3.266)(39°57′N 75°10′W)

Major commercial port,Naval dockyard

Trenton (3.348)(40°12′N 74°45′W)

Commercial port (currentlyclosed to commercialoperations)

3 Chesapeake Bay

Norfolk Harbor and Portsin Elizabeth River (4.71)(36°51′N 76°20′W)

Major commercial ports,Naval base and dockyard

Newport News (4.111)(36°59′N 76°20′W)

Major commercial port

Richmond, Virginia (4.158)(37°32′N 77°26′W)

Commercial port

4 Alexandria (5.116)(38°48′⋅5N 77°03′⋅0W)

Commercial port

Washington DC (5.116)(38°52′N 77°01′W)

Small commercial port

Annapolis (6.56)(38°59′N 76°29′W)

Naval harbor, somecommercial traffic

Baltimore (6.101)(39°17′N 76°35′W)


CHAPTER 1

16

5 Atlantic coast

Morehead City andBeaufort Inlet (7.83)(34°43′N 76°42′W)

Commercial port

Wilmington,North Carolina (7.168)(34°14′N 77°56′W)


6 Georgetown,South Carolina (7.216)(33°21′N 79°17′W)

Commercial port

Charleston (8.26)(32°47′N 79°56′W)


Port Royal (8.108)(32°15′N 80°40′W)


7 Savannah (8.155)(32°04′N 82°05′W)


Brunswick (8.225)(31°04′N 81°16′W)

Commercial port

Fernandina Beach (9.45)(30°41′N 81°28′W)


Jacksonville (9.73)(30°24′N 81°23′W)


PORT SERVICES — SUMMARY

Docking facilities1.134

1 Ports with docking facilities, and where available thelargest vessel that can be accommodated, are as follows:

Philadelphia. No 5 dry dock; capable of accepting avessel of 330 m LOA, 41⋅4 m beam and 12⋅2 mdraught (3.216).

Norfolk (Berkley). Titan floating dock; lifting capacity53 377 tonnes (4.106).

2 Newport News. No 12 dry dock; length 487⋅66 m,breadth 76⋅19 m (4.128).

Baltimore. Dry dock, capable of accepting vessels upto 300 000 dwt (6.158).

Charleston. No 5 Dry dock; capable of acceptingvessels up to 229 m in length, beam 33⋅5 m,10⋅0 m draught, 25 500 dwt (8.86).

3 Savannah. Dry dock 164 m in length, width 22 m,5⋅5 m maximum draught (8.204).

Jacksonville. Floating dock; lifting capacity14 834 tonnes and capable of accepting vessels upto 188⋅98 m LOA (9.138).

Other facilities

Salvage services1.135

1 Philadelphia (3.306).Baltimore (6.159).Charleston (8.87).

Degaussing1.136

1 Charleston (8.53).Kings Bay (9.55).

Deratting1.137

1 Deratting services, deratting certificates and derattingexemption certificates:

Philadelphia (3.306).Norfolk (4.107).Baltimore (6.159).

2 Deratting services and deratting certificates only:Charleston (8.87).Jacksonville (9.139).

By special arrangement, deratting services or derattingexemption certificates may be obtained at certainintervening smaller ports, depending on the availability ofinspectional manpower and resources.

Measured distances1.138

1 Bloody Point (6.15).Saint Johns Point (9.100).

CHAPTER 1

17

NATURAL CONDITIONS

MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY

Seabed1.139

1 In the N part of the area described in this volume N ofCape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W), the relatively smoothshelf progressively deepens seaward, except whereinterrupted by long sand ridges of low relief andintervening troughs. The sediments are largely terrigenous,but do not decrease progressively in grain size in crossingthe shelf. These sediments include extensive graveldeposits, especially off New Jersey, together with shells inmany places.

2 To the S of Cape Hatteras sand ridges occur all alongthe inner shelf, but at larger angles to the coast than in thearea to the N. The shelf sediments are very different fromthose to the N, with a great increase in shell fragments andcalcareous oolite. Off the capes of Carolina, terrigenoussediments make up most of the shelf cover.

Beyond the shelf the sea bed consists predominantly ofmud.

3 The continental shelf in the N part of this coast extendsup to 90 miles offshore between Barnegat Inlet (39°45′N74°06′W), decreasing to 30 miles off Cape Hatteras(35°13′N 75°32′W), to the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour.Thence it descends fairly steeply to the 1828 m (1000 fm)depth contour. Hudson Canyon, which indents thecontinental shelf at the N end of the coast described in thisvolume is described in the United States Pilot, Volume I.Caryn Seamount (36°42′N 67°56′W), rises to a least depthof 2852 m, 390 miles E of the entrance to Chesapeake Bay.

4 Along the S part of this coast between Cape Hatterasand Cape Canaveral (28°28′N 80°33′W), the continentalshelf lies between 30 and 75 miles offshore, decreasing to30 miles off Cape Canaveral. Thence it descends graduallyto the 1828 m (1000 fm) depth contour. Blake Plateau, lies170 miles E of the entrance to Saint Johns River (30°24′N81°23′W).

Submarine springs1.140

1 A submarine spring (9.152) lies in 29°46′⋅2N 81°12′⋅5W,which may give rise to false echo soundings. See TheMariner’s Handbook for further information.

Local magnetic anomalies1.141

1 Local magnetic anomalies have been observed in thevicinity of Wilmington, Delaware, and in the upper part ofChesapeake Bay. They have also been reported up to17 miles offshore between Cape Henry, the S entrance pointto Chesapeake Bay, and Cape Hatteras.

2 A list of places where local magnetic anomalies havebeen observed is given in the Index under the headingMagnetic anomalies, Local.

CURRENTS TIDAL STREAMS AND FLOW

Currents

General remarks1.142

1 The currents in the area covered by this volume aredominated by the Gulf Stream which flows strongly N offthe E coast of Florida then sets NE between about 30°Nand Cape Hatteras, and which tends to parallel the 183 m

(100 fm) depth contour to the S of Cape Hatteras. To the Nof Cape Hatteras the Gulf Stream sets ENE away from thecoast into much deeper water (see diagram 1.143). Thewhole of this current is referred to as the Gulf Stream butto the S of Cape Hatteras may also be known as theFlorida Current. Water joins the E flank of the GulfStream, as it progresses NE, from the large clockwisecirculation of the North Atlantic. In the N of the area, anextension of the cold Labrador Current sets S off the NEcoast of the US before turning E then NE to run parallel tothe N flank of the Gulf Stream, and where exceptionallystrong temperature gradients are to be found.

Current diagrams1.143

1 In the current diagram 1.143, arrows indicatepredominant direction, average rate and constancy, whichare defined as follows:

Predominant direction. The mean direction within acontinuous 90° sector containing the highest proportion ofobservations from all sectors.

2 Average rate, to the nearest ¼ kn, of the highest 50%in the predominant sectors as indicated by the figures inthe diagram. It is emphasised that rates above and belowthose shown may be experienced.

Constancy, as indicated by the thickness of the arrows,is a measure of its persistence, e.g. low constancy impliesmarked variability in rate and, particularly, direction.

Variability1.144

1 Diagram 1.143, depicts the mean yearly pattern of thecurrents but at any given location and time the actualcurrent may be significantly different from that shown. Thevariation in average rate and set of the currents for selectedareas is shown in diagram 1.144. For area A, off the Ecoast of Florida, the current rose shows a high constancyof the N setting current with rates often exceeding 2 kn. Inthis area the Gulf Stream is concentrated in a very narrowflow and this is made clear by comparison of the currentroses for areas A and B which are located only 1° oflongitude apart. The current rose for area B shows apredominantly weak current with a low constancy. Thecurrent rose for area C shows a high constancy with anaverage rate of around 1½ kn. In areas D and E theconstancy is moderate and is mainly due to meanders inthe Gulf Stream, a phenomenon described later. In areasaway from the Gulf Stream, the currents are generallyweak and much more variable in direction.

2 The Gulf Stream is strongest in early summer andweakest in autumn although this seasonal variation isrelatively small and with the average rate only varying byabout 10%. In addition, the mean monthly position of thecentre of the Gulf Stream only varies slightly from thatshown in diagram 1.143.

3 In the narrow core of the Gulf Stream rates mayoccasionally reach 5 kn off the E coast of Florida, 4 kn ofthe Carolinas and 3 kn to the E of Cape Hatteras.

Temperature and velocity changes across the GulfStream1.145

1 In the S of the area the warm waters of the Gulf Streamare only about 40 miles wide with an average rate ofaround 2 kn but become progressively wider and with alower rate towards the NE of the area. A notable feature ofthe Gulf Stream is the marked boundary between the cold

1

1

1

1

1

2

A

C

D

E

B

2

FL

OR

I DA

CU

RR

EN

T

GU

L F S T R E A M

CH

APT

ER

1

18

Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.Arrows indicate the predominant direction.The constancy of a current is indicated by thethickness of the arrow thus:

High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

Low constancy <50%

Probable direction whenobservation count is low

KEY40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° Longitude 73° West from Greenwich 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

Predominant surface currents (whole year) (1.143)

0

0

3 3

146106

35

47 46

4

A C

D E

B

EXPLANATION

Arrows indicate direction of set and are divided according to rate:-

The length of each division indicates percentage frequency on the scale :-

The percentage of occasions with no current is entered at the centre.

The total number of observations is entered above the rose.

0% 10 20 30 40 50%

Kn 0.1 - 10 1.1 - 2.0 2.1+ Kn

Current roses (whole year) for areas indicated in diagram (1.144)

CH

APT

ER

1

19

CHAPTER 1

20

water on its left flank and the warm waters of its mainflow. Changes of as much as 10°C in sea surfacetemperature, over the length of a vessel, have beenrecorded on crossing this boundary. The boundary is oftenreferred to as the North Wall, West Wall (from Georgia S),or Gulf Wall, and with the maximum flow lyingapproximately 15 miles to its SE, but this does vary due tomeanders in the Gulf Stream. Up to date information onthe location, width, maximum sea surface temperature andrate of the Gulf Stream is broadcast by the USCG Stationsin Miami and Portsmouth; for details see 1.37 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2). On the rightflank of the Gulf Stream the boundary is less distinct asthe sea surface temperatures of the Sargasso Sea are onlymarginally lower.

Gulf Stream meanders and eddies1.146

1 The pattern of the Gulf Stream is frequently complex,due to cold and warm eddies and meanders in the positionof the North or West Wall boundary. An example is givenin diagram 1.146.1, which shows anticlockwise cold watereddies, warm water clockwise eddies and large E movingmeanders. Diagram 1.146.2 shows the NW and SE limitsof the North Wall over a one year period, and these aremainly caused by meanders. The tendency to meander isvery low off the E coast of Florida, low near Cape Hatterasand moderate to high to the E of 70°W where largemeanders of up to around 270 miles from N to S becomeincreasingly likely. Warm or cold water eddies are theresult of the slow growth of large meanders that are cut offfrom the main flow and are on average 60 to 70 miles indiameter. About 20 warm and 20 cold eddies form eachyear. The average life of a warm eddy is around 5 monthsand about 18 months for a cold eddy. Their movement isusually slow and erratic but with an overall drift towardsthe SW.

Effects of strong winds1.147

1 After prolonged periods of strong winds from a constantdirection, a wind–drift current may be generated, the rate ofwhich varies according to the wind speed and direction.These wind–drift currents may reduce or enhance the mainunderlying current. Generally only slow moving tropicalstorms or hurricanes produce currents of around 2 kn, andwhich set in the direction to which the wind is blowing.However, if a tropical storm is located near a coast, thenhigher rates are possible due to the piling up of wateragainst the coastline. For further information on howcurrents are influenced by wind, pressure gradient andtopography see The Mariner’s Handbook.

Tidal streams


1 Observations made at offshore lighthouses and elsewhereshow that the tidal streams along this coast are usuallyrotary in character and turn clockwise.

Well offshore between Barnegat Inlet and Cape Henrytheir rate does not exceed 1¼ kn.

Nearer the coast, when not influenced by the inflow ofthe larger bays and rivers, their rates attain a maximum of½ kn on the in–going and out–going stream.

2 In the vicinity of Delaware Bay and Chesapeake Bay thedirection of the in–going and out–going streams at theirmaximum rate is directly in and out, and their rate is

increased, depending on the proximity of the entrance.These bays affect the direction of the tidal streams to adistance of about 20 miles from their entrances, but thestrength of the offshore stream is not affected until within afew miles of their entrances.

Conditions that affect tidal streams1.149

1 Wind currents described at 1.147 are more importantthan tidal streams when away from the larger bays, and ashas already been stated the two must be combined inmaking allowance for set. For further details see text.

SEA LEVEL AND TIDES

Sea level1.150

1 It should be noted that chart datum on the AtlanticCoast of the US is normally approximately the level ofMLW.

Tides1.151

1 On the coast of the area covered by this volume, thetides are mainly semi–diurnal.

Tidal ranges1.152

1 In the N half of the area covered by this volume, thespring range is between 1 and 1⋅5 m. This increases toabout 2⋅4 m at the entrance to Savannah River and thendecreases to about 1⋅3 m at Cape Canaveral.

SEA AND SWELL


1 See The Mariner’s Handbook for definitions of sea andswell, and the terminology used in describing theircharacteristics.

Sea conditions1.154

1 Sea waves are generated locally by the wind and can bevery variable in direction, particularly when a NE–movingmobile depression crosses the area. The percentagefrequency of combined sea and swell waves in winter of3½ m and above, is 5% to 10% of occasions in coastalwaters off the E coast of Florida, 10% to 15% in the NWand 20% to 25% in the NE. In summer, combined sea andswell heights of 3½ m and above are uncommon exceptwhen a tropical storm moves into the area.

Dangerous waves1.155

1 Winds blowing across the North Wall of the Gulf Streamfrom the cold to the warm side give rise to increasedturbulence which in turn result in an increase in thestrength of the wind and sea state. Strong cold winds(usually from the NE), blowing at a small opposing angleto the direction of the set of the Gulf Stream, can give riseto dangerous waves near the North Wall. The resultingsteep waves, caused by the enhanced wind over the warmwaters and the strong opposing current, are usuallyrestricted to a narrow band on the warm side of the NorthWall, and can be avoided by moving further NW or SE.

Swell conditions1.156

1 Diagrams 1.156.1 and 1.156.2 give swell roses forJanuary and July. The roses show the percentage of

Wes t fw a l l o Gu l f St r

eam

An t i cyc lon i c Ed d ie s (War m)

Cyc

lon ic

Edd ie

s (C

o ld )

KEY

Cold water

Warm water

Arrows show the direction of flowin the Gulf Stream core and inthe eddies

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

Example of Gulf Stream meanders and eddies (1.146.1)

CH

APT

ER

1

21

Sou th

e si

a t l

m i t

o f

n o r t h wa l l

Gu l f

St ream

co re

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

Average position of the Gulf Stream core (maximum rate) and thelimits of the north (or west) wall observed over a one year period (1.146.2)

Nor th

m i t

wes tl i

no r th

o f

wa l l

CH

APT

ER

1

22

CHAPTER 1

23

observations recording swell from a number of directionsand for various ranges of wave height. In winter, the swellis predominantly from the NW in the NE of the area andwith a mean swell height of between 2 and 4 m but ismore variable in coastal areas. In summer, swell heights aresignificantly lower with swells mainly from the SW incentral and N areas and from the SE in the S.

Sea and swell waves associated with tropicalrevolving storms

1.157 1 Mountainous and confused seas are raised by the violent

winds associated with tropical storms and hurricanes. Nearthe centre of a storm, groups of large waves moving indifferent directions, create very irregular wave heights andcan combine together to give exceptionally high waves.Waves travel radially outwards from the centre as swellwaves, with the highest swell moving ahead of the stormand roughly in the same direction as the storm. When astorm approaches a coastline, high tides may occur, due tothe addition of the heavy swell and later the very highseas. These tides may cause severe flooding in low–lyingareas. A long period swell may indicate the approach of atropical storm, with its height increasing as the storm nearsthe area.

SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS

Salinity1.158

1 See The Mariner’s Handbook for an explanation ofsalinity as applied to sea water.

The salinity values for the areas covered by this volumevary both seasonally and across the area. In winter valuesof 29⋅00 off Chesapeake Bay rise to 36⋅00 in the E of thearea. They go up through the year to 32⋅00 off ChesapeakeBay and 36⋅25 in the E in autumn. The isohalines runparallel to the coastline throughout the year.

Density1.159

1 For an explanation of density as applied to sea water,see The Mariner’s Handbook.

The density values for the areas covered by this volumevary both seasonally and across the area. In winter valuesare the highest at 1⋅02550 g/cm3 off Chesapeake Bay,1⋅02475 g/cm3 along the coast of Florida to 1⋅02675 g/cm3

in the NE of the area. The lowest values are in summerwhen they are 1⋅02000 g/cm3 off Chesapeake Bay,1⋅02275 g/cm3 along the coast of Florida to 1⋅02325 g/cm3

in the NE of the area. In general the isopicnals run parallelto the coast.

Sea surface temperature1.160

1 Diagrams 1.160.1 to 1.160.4 show the mean sea surfacetemperature for February, May, August and November.Minimum temperatures are normally recorded in Februaryand steadily rise to reach a maximum in August. Theincrease in the NW of the area is around 16°C and about5°C in the SW. The contrast between the cold LabradorCurrent and the warm Gulf Stream is most obvious inwinter and spring. Temperatures may vary by around 6°Cabove or below the mean in the N in winter and about 3°Cin summer. Off the E coast of Florida the figures are 3°Cand 2°C respectively.

Gulf Stream colour characteristics1.161

1 The waters of the Gulf Stream have a high transparencyand are deep blue or indigo in colour, which is in markedcontrast to the olive or bottle green colour of the colderwater to the N and W. The Gulf Stream often carriessargassum seaweed at the surface, which is olive−brownwith branched berry like bladders. This weed may drift inlines parallel to the inshore edge of the Gulf Stream andmark abrupt changes of rate of ½ kn or so between thewaters on either side of it.

ICE CONDITIONS


1 The following text should be read in conjunction withthe chapter on ice described in The Mariner’s Handbook.

Offshore ice1.163

1 Even during severe seasons ice is extremely rare in theopen seas within the area covered by this volume. Pack iceusually lies well N of 40°00′N, the few icebergs whichdrift S of 40°N, are nearly always well E of the area.Nevertheless, very exceptionally, ice has been reportedwithin the area, there being eleven such reports within thelast hundred years or so. The most notable of these was in1895 when in about 36°30′N 71°30′W two icebergs werefound, 90 to 120 m (300 to 400 ft) in length and 9 m(30 ft) in height, accompanied by an ice field about 2 milessquare.

Coastal region ice1.164

1 At the seaports along the Atlantic Coast ice rarelyinterferes with navigation except in severe winters.Occasionally ice may cause obstruction as far S as theentrance to Chesapeake Bay, and the inlets on the coast ofNew Jersey are usually closed to navigation by ice duringthe winter months.

2 The Intracoastal passages of New Jersey, Delaware andMaryland are usually closed by ice during ordinary winters;the Virginia passages are closed only during severe wintersand then only for short periods. Local vessels use all theinlets and adjacent channels from Sandy Hook to CapeCharles throughout the winter, even when throughnavigation is impossible.

3 In the Delaware River, ice is present in sufficientamounts even in ordinary winters to be of some concern.The Chesapeake and Delaware Canal is kept open as longas possible but may be closed at times. In severe winters,navigation has been interrupted above Chester but icebreakers and large vessels keep the channels open toPhiladelphia. Above Philadelphia, the river is closed forextended periods in January and February, and navigation ispractically suspended during severe winters.

4 Ice seldom interferes with the navigation of full poweredvessels in Hampton Roads even in severe winters. Only insuch winters is the passage of large vessels impeded by icein the lower part of Chesapeake Bay, and even then thereis a tendency for the weather side to remain clear. AboveChesapeake Bay Bridge–Tunnel the bay is more subject toice in winter. In very severe winters these waters at timesbecome completely covered with ice, which in places maybe ridged or rafted with a thickness of up to 1⋅2 m (4 ft).Ice jams occur frequently off Baltimore Harbour, and theharbour freezes over. Ice breakers attempt to keep the

0.5-2

2.5-3

3.5-6

6.5-8

>82

EXPLANATION.The frequency of swell from any direction is given according to the scale:

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of swell of different heights (in metres) according to the legend:

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

0% 10 20 30 40 50%

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

<2 <1 <1

<1<1<11

<2 <1 <1 1

Swell distribution JANUARY (1.156.1)

CH

APT

ER

1

24

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

<5 3 4

445

5 3 <4 3

<4

0.5-2

2.5-3

3.5-6

6.5-8

>82

EXPLANATION.The frequency of swell from any direction is given according to the scale:

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of swell of different heights (in metres) according to the legend:

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

0% 10 20 30 40 50%

Swell distribution JULY (1.156.2)

CH

APT

ER

1

25

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

6

810

12

1416

18

19

1618

20

22

2420

22

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) FEBRUARY (1.160.1)

CH

APT

ER

1

26

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

22

24

26

2422

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) MAY (1.160.2)

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

CH

APT

ER

1

27

22

24

26

27

28

29

28

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) AUGUST (1.160.3)

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

CH

APT

ER

1

28

Mean sea surface temperature (°C) NOVEMBER (1.160.4)

14

16

18

20

22

23

2022

24

26

24

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

CH

APT

ER

1

29

CHAPTER 1

30

channels open, but navigation is sometimes blocked forlimited periods.

5 Conditions in the other tributaries to Chesapeake Bayare similar to those in the same parallels of latitude alongthe coast. Ice is not much of a problem in the S tributariesalthough Rappahannock River is said to freeze almost to itsentrance in severe winters. The upper part of the PotomacRiver is closed during severe winters, and Patuxent River isclosed nearly to its entrance. Severn River is said to remainopen except for short periods in severe winters.Susquehanna River at the head of the bay is usually closedfor about three months. Ice conditions along the E shore ofthe tributaries correspond roughly to those across the bay.

Ice accumulation on vessels1.165

1 In the extreme NE of the area covered by this volumeweather conditions causing ice accumulation on vessels(mainly strong winds accompanied by air temperatureslower than –2°C) occur occasionally during December toFebruary. Ice accumulation is not normally severe in thisarea. See The Mariner’s Handbook.

CLIMATE AND WEATHER


1 The following information on climate and weathershould be read in conjunction with the informationcontained in The Mariner’s Handbook, which explains inmore detail many aspects of meteorology and climatologyof importance to the mariner.

2 Weather reports, forecasts, information on the GulfStream and tropical storm/hurricane warnings, that coverthe area, are regularly broadcast in English. See AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 3(2) for further information.

General conditions1.167

1 A continental type climate exists in the NW part of thearea, due to the large landmass to the N and W, with hotsummers and cold winters. Much of the N region isaffected by vigorous NE–moving depressions with strong togale force winds, particularly in the NE of the areabetween October and April. Sea fog is a frequent hazardbetween March and July. Snow occurs on about 2 days permonth in winter.

2 In the S of the area the winters are relatively mild andthe seasonal temperature range is smaller due to strongermaritime influences. The weather to the S of about 35°Ncomes under the influence of the sub–tropical ridge andenjoys a more congenial climate with fewer extremes.

3 Rainfall is abundant in all months and with maximumamounts occurring in the N in July and August, and in theS between June and September. Hurricanes from theCaribbean, Gulf of Mexico and the S part of the NorthAtlantic occasionally move N to NE over the area betweenJune and October.

Pressure

Average distribution1.168

1 The average pressure distribution at mean sea level inJanuary and July is shown in the accompanying diagrams1.168.1 and 1.168.2. The mean pressure is highest in winterand lowest in summer although the mean differences are

small. Large variations occur to the N of about 32°N asanticyclones and depressions cross the area with maximumpressures of around 1045 hPa and minimum pressures ofabout 970 hPa. Near the eye of a hurricane much lowerpressures are possible.

Variability1.169

1 Day to day variations are irregular but a change of20 hPa is not uncommon, and during the passage of ahurricane a fall of 80 hPa in 24 hours has been recorded.

Diurnal variation1.170

1 There is a regular diurnal variation of between 2 and3 hPa, with maxima at 1000 and 2200 and minima at 0400and 1600. In the N this daily variation is usually onlyevident during periods of settled weather.

Anticyclones

Azores anticyclone1.171

1 A ridge of high pressure extends W from the Azoresanticyclone towards the E coast of America. The intensityof the ridge is variable but tends to be strongest in Julyand weakest in October/November, and with its axis lyingE to W at about 28°N in mid–winter and around 34°N inmid–summer.

North American anticyclone1.172

1 This anticyclone forms over N America in winter as theland mass cools and, on occasions, a ridge may extendESE towards Bermuda. The anticyclone normally weakensin the spring as the land warms up and pressure falls.

Depressions

Frontal depressions1.173

1 The area to the N of about 32°N is frequently affectedby depressions and these are most frequent and intensebetween November and March. December and January arethe worst months with an average of 4 to 6 deepdepressions per month. The size of these depressions canvary greatly with the largest affecting most of the W NorthAtlantic. Many depressions form in the Gulf of Mexico andmove E or ENE across central or northern Florida then upthe E coast with some of the most intense depressionsdeveloping early and late in the season. Once over the GulfStream, to the E and NE of Cape Hatteras, they may veryrapidly deepen; which gives rise to the term HatterasStorms. These deep depressions may result in storm forceor higher NE winds which usually back or veer to the SWas they move, on frequent occasions, rapidly NE.

Fronts

Warm and cold fronts1.174

1 Most of the mobile depressions, other than tropicalstorms or hurricanes, have well defined warm and coldfronts associated with them. The fronts mark the boundariesbetween the cool or very cold air of N regions and themild or warm moist air of the sub–tropical S. Theygenerally bring with them much cloud, rain (or snow inwinter in the N), and shifting winds. Cold fronts often giverise to squally conditions as the wind veers to the N andthe frequency and intensity is greatest between Novemberand March.

1022

1020

1018

1020

1016

Mean barometric pressure (hPa or mb) JANUARY (1.168.1)

CH

APT

ER

1

31

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

Mean barometric pressure (hPa or mb) JULY (1.168.2)

1016

1018

1020

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

CH

APT

ER

1

32

CHAPTER 1

33

2 A detailed description of the weather patterns that areusually associated with warm and cold fronts is given inThe Mariner’s Handbook.

Winds

Average distribution1.175

1 Wind roses showing the frequency of winds of variousdirections and speeds for January and July are given indiagrams 1.175.1 and 1.175.2.

Open ocean1.176

1 The winds can be very variable but are predominantlyNW in the N in winter and, in summer, SW over most ofthe area. In winter, winds of force 5 and above arerecorded on about 55% of occasions in the NE, 45% in theNW, 50% to the E of Cape Hatteras and 40% off the EFlorida coast. In summer, the figures for the same areas are25%, 12%, 22% and 12% respectively.

North Wall of the Gulf Stream1.177

1 Winds blowing across the North Wall (referred to as theWest Wall from Georgia S) of the Gulf Stream from thecold to the warm side give rise to increased turbulencewhich in turn result in an increase in the strength of thewind and maximum gusts. This hazard is restricted to anarrow belt on the warm side of the North Wall and can beavoided by moving NW into colder waters or further SEbeyond the centre of the Gulf Stream.

Coastal waters1.178

1 Topography has a major influence on the strength anddirection of the wind. In sheltered locations like Baltimoreand Washington the offshore winds are greatly modified butnear the entrances to Chesapeake and Delaware Bays, andover Pamlico Sound, the winds are only slightly modified.

2 Land and sea breezes are more pronounced in the S ofthe area where the afternoon sea breeze component is oftenstronger than the prevailing wind, and can at times result ina 20 kn onshore wind.

Gales1.179

1 Winds of gale force 8 and over occur within thecirculations of tropical storms and hurricanes. These stormsusually develop to the S of the area covered by thisvolume and on occasions move N to affect the region.

2 Gales are most likely between late October and earlyApril. Over the open ocean in January, winds of force 7 ormore are reported on about 25% to 30% of occasions inthe extreme NE of the area, around 12% to 17% in theNW and around 5% off the E coast of Florida. The figuresfor the same areas in July are 4%, 1% and less than 1%respectively.

3 Gales frequently develop in winter as NE–movingmobile depressions move across the area. The circulationsof these depressions may extend for many hundreds ofmiles and with winds, on occasions, to hurricane force. Thewinds can be very variable as the depressions track NE butahead of a depression strong to gale force NE winds arepossible, and with associated very rough seas and higherthan usual tides affecting coastal areas.

Tropical storms and hurricanes1.180

1 Tropical storms and hurricanes are usually onlyencountered between June and November and are mostfrequent from August to October. On average around 9 to10 tropical storms develop each year and of these around 5reach hurricane strength. In an average year 1 or 2hurricanes make landfall on the S and E coasts of the US,however, the area to the E of Cape Hatteras is particularlyexposed to those storms that recurve N–wards.

2 Most tropical storms initially move W or WNW at about10 to 15 kn to the S of about 15°N. Some of these stormsmay continue on this track whilst others may recurve to theNW at about 5 to 10 kn before accelerating away to theNE as they move towards higher latitudes (see Diagram1.180). The track of any particular tropical storm can beextremely erratic but they generally affect a smaller areathan deep mid–latitude depressions.

3 See The Mariner’s Handbook for a detailed descriptionof tropical storms, signs of approach and recommendedevasive action.

None of the harbours in the area covered by this volumecan be considered as safe havens during hurricane forcewinds. Ships should therefore put to sea to evade ahurricane or if likely to suffer damage at sea either seekshelter in the hurricane anchorages in Chesapeake Bay orin a suitable haven outside the limits of this book.

4 The Hurricane Havens Handbook for the NorthAtlantic Ocean which gives detailed information on thevulnerability of North Atlantic ports to hurricanes isobtainable from The National Technical InformationService, Springmead, Virginia 22161 www.ntis.gov

Cloud1.181

1 Over the open ocean in winter the average cloud isaround 6 to 7 oktas in the NE, 5 to 6 oktas in the NW anddecreasing to around 4 to 5 oktas off the E coast ofFlorida. In summer the figures for the same areas are 5 to6 oktas, 4 to 5 oktas and 4 oktas respectively.

2 The North Wall of the Gulf Stream is frequently cloudywith low stratus. This low cloud may persist for severaldays if the wind is light or be carried onto the coast bylight E to NE winds, and is most marked in spring whenthe temperature gradient across the North Wall is highest.

3 In coastal areas, January tends to be the cloudiest monthin the N but summer is the cloudiest period in the S. In theS, much of the cloud is associated with daytime heatinginland, and the associated build–up of cloud, and whichusually decreases and drifts seaward overnight.

Precipitation

General1.182

1 The mean annual rainfall in coastal areas varies fromaround 1050 mm in the N to about 1250 mm in the S butexceeds 1400 mm at Cape Hatteras due to its exposure todepressions and/or tropical storms tracking N. The amountsof precipitation can vary greatly from year to year. Thepassage of a tropical storm may result in significantlyhigher than average rainfall whilst periods of drought willhave the reverse effect. The wettest months in the N areJuly and August and the driest months are February andOctober. In the S the wettest period is between June andSeptember and the driest between October and December.

EXPLANATION.The frequency of wind from any direction is given according to the scale:

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

4

0% 10 20 30 40 50%

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

<1 <1 <1

<1<1<1<1

<1 1 1 <2

Wind distribution JANUARY (1.175.1)

CH

APT

ER

1

34

2 2 2

<2<2 22

2 3 4 4

EXPLANATION.The frequency of wind from any direction is given according to the scale:

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

4

0% 10 20 30 40 50%

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

Wind distribution JULY (1.175.2)

CH

APT

ER

1

35

Typical hurricane tracks (1.180)

Note: Tracks ofindividual tropicalstorms or hurricanescan be very erratic

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°7677° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

CH

APT

ER

1

36

CHAPTER 1

37

Thunderstorms1.183

1 Thunderstorm activity is low in the winter monthsalthough they may occur during the passage of a cold frontin winter with its associated squalls. The frequency ofthunderstorms varies from around 30 per year in the N to70 per year in the extreme S, and with a maximumfrequency in July. Severe thunderstorms with hail arealmost entirely confined to the summer months and mayresult in tornado activity overland and the occasionalwaterspout over the sea, particularly in the S.

Snow/freezing rain1.184

1 Snow may fall as far S as 33°N between November andMarch with maximum falls in January and February. Snowdoes not generally lie for long in coastal areas. Washington,Baltimore and Philadelphia have on average around 6 to8 days per year with snow falls of 25 mm or more.

Freezing rain, or glaze frost, is possible during winter incoastal areas but is relatively rare over the open ocean.

Fog and visibility1.185

1 Visibility is generally good but fog is most likely in theN over the open ocean in spring and early summer whenmoist warm air moves N across the still cool waters to theW and N of the Gulf Stream. This sea or advection fogrestricts visibility to less than 5 cables on about 3% to 8%of occasions between March and June with May being theworst month in the N with fog reported on about 10% ofoccasions. Further S, the incidence of sea fog is very lowbut is most likely in winter and early spring to the W ofthe Gulf Stream. At other times of the year the incidenceof fog is less than 2% over the whole of the area and israre to the S of around 35°N.

2 Radiation fog (see The Mariner’s Handbook for a fulldescription of this and other types of fog) is most commoninland on clear calm nights in autumn and winter. It maydrift offshore but usually burns off by midday, and mayaffect some coastal locations on about 5 to 10 days permonth between September and March. In addition, in lateautumn and early winter, cold polar air moving S behind acold front often produces sea or frost smoke when the coldair meets the warm waters of the Gulf Stream. Finally,visibility is also reduced in heavy precipitation and inwinter by outbreaks of snow in the N.

Air temperature1.186

1 The mean air temperature over the open ocean inJanuary is around 12°C in the NE, 9°C in the NW and21°C off the E coast of Florida. In July the meantemperatures are 25°C in the N and 27° to 28°C in the S.

2 In inland areas in the NW in winter the average dailymaximum temperature is around 6°C and the average dailyminimum about –3°C, and in summer is 31°C and 21°Crespectively. In the extreme S, the corresponding winterfigures are 18°C and 6°C and the summer figures around33°C and 23°C (see the climatic tables for the mean

temperatures at a number of coastal stations within the areaof this volume).

3 Northern inland areas may suffer from spells ofoppressive heat in summer and periods of severe cold inwinter. Day to day variations can be very marked when awarm moist S air–stream is replaced by a cold polar flowbehind a cold front, and, in winter, a drop of 20°C in24 hours in Maryland is not uncommon.

Periods of frost, occasionally severe, can occur at timesbetween late October and mid−April in the N andoccasionally between December and February in the S.

Humidity1.187

1 Humidity is closely related to air temperature andgenerally decreases as the temperature increases. During theearly morning, when the air temperature is normally at itslowest, the humidity is generally at its highest, and falls toa minimum in the afternoon.

2 In January the mean value of the relative humidity overthe open ocean is around 75% in the NE, 74% in the NWand 72% off the E coast of Florida. The correspondingfigures for the same areas, in July, are 80%, 81% and 77%respectively.

3 In coastal areas the daily range of humidity values ishigher than over the open ocean (see The Climatic Tables1.188). Onshore sea breezes usually cause a markedincrease in humidity values, and will remain high in fog.When cold dry polar air replaces the relatively warm moistS airflow in NW coastal areas in winter, the humidity mayfall to around 30%.

CLIMATIC TABLES

Data in the tables1.188

1 The tables which follow give data for several coastalstations that regularly undertake weather observations.Some of these stations have been re–sited and so theposition given is the latest available.

2 It is emphasised that these data are average conditionsand refer to the specific location of the observing stationand therefore may not be totally representative of theconditions over the open sea or in approaches to ports intheir vicinity.

The following comments briefly list some of thedifferences to be expected between conditions over theopen sea and the nearest reporting station:

3 Wind speeds tend to be higher at sea than on land,although funnelling in narrow inlets can result inan increase in wind strength.

Precipitation along mountainous wind facing coastscan be considerably higher than at sea towindward. Similarly precipitation in the lee of highground is generally less.

4 Air temperature over the sea is less variable than overthe land.

Topography has a marked effect on local conditions.See The Mariner’s Handbook for further details.

1.202

1.201

1.200

1.199

1.198

1.197

1.193

1.194

1.195

1.196

1.191

1.1901.192

1.189

TRENTON, NJPHILADELPHIA

WILMINGTON, DEATLANTIC CITY, NJ

BALTIMORE, MD WASHINGTON DC

RICHMOND, VA

NORFOLK, VA

CAPE HATTERAS, NC

WILMINGTON, NC

CHARLESTON, SC

SAVANNAH, GA

JACKSONVILLE, FL

DAYTONA BEACH, FL

LIMIT O

F PILOT

LIMIT OF PILOT

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°


82° 81° 80° 78° 79° 75°76°77° 74° 73° 72° 71° 70° 69° 68° 67° 66° 65° 64°

28°

40°

39°

38°

37°

36°

35°

34°

33°

32°

31°

30°

29°

28°

CH

APT

ER

1

38

Location of climatic stations (1.188)

0700Month

Temperatures Averagehumidity

Averagecloudcover

Precipitation Wind distribution − Percentage of observations fromMeanwindspeed

hPa °C °C °C °C % % Oktas mm Knots

Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL 1300

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

{ { {

CH

APT

ER

1

39

1.189

WMO No 72407 ATLANTIC CITY, NEW JERSEY (39° 27′ N 74° 34′ W) Height above MSL − 20 mClimatic Table compiled from 17 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1996

January 1018 5 −6 70 5 88 9 16 7 4 3 10 13 22 21 4 15 6 4 4 10 11 21 27 2 5 3

February 1017 6 −5 69 5 78 8 15 8 6 4 8 12 21 22 4 12 7 7 7 11 9 21 26 1 5 4

March 1016 11 0 67 5 92 8 15 11 9 5 9 11 19 19 3 12 6 9 10 14 8 18 23 0 5 4

April 1015 16 4 66 5 90 9 15 10 9 6 12 12 16 16 3 8 6 9 13 20 7 17 16 1 5 4

May 1016 22 10 71 5 85 8 14 12 10 6 12 14 16 13 3 7 6 12 17 21 10 15 13 | 4 4

June 1016 27 15 73 5 67 7 13 11 8 5 13 17 16 14 3 5 5 13 16 25 11 15 11 | 4 5

July 1016 29 18 74 5 97 7 16 9 6 5 14 19 17 11 4 5 5 11 15 26 14 14 10 | 4 4

August 1017 29 17 76 5 105 7 21 11 6 5 11 14 14 12 4 6 8 12 9 21 12 15 11 | 3 4

September 1018 25 13 76 5 74 6 25 14 7 7 10 13 11 11 4 25 14 7 5 10 13 11 11 4 3 3

October 1019 19 6 75 4 72 6 24 12 5 4 8 13 15 16 4 13 11 12 10 14 10 15 17 1 4 5

November 1018 13 3 73 5 91 8 15 7 5 4 10 13 22 21 3 11 6 7 9 13 11 20 23 1 4 3

December 1019 7 −3 71 5 84 8 14 7 4 3 8 14 26 20 3 12 6 6 4 9 12 21 28 1 4 4

Means 1017 17 6 * § 72 5 _ _ 17 10 7 4 10 14 18 16 4 11 7 9 10 16 11 17 18 1 4 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1023 91 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 48

Extreme values _ _ _ 41† −24‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 30 30 30 17 30 28 28 30 −

* Mean of highest each year§ Mean of lowest each year

† Highest recorded temperature‡ Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare{ All observations

Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

{ {

{

{

CH

APT

ER

1

40

1.190

WILMINGTON, DELAWARE (39° 40′ N 75° 36′ W) Height above MSL − 23 mClimatic Table compiled from 10 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1996

January 1019 4 −5 68 5 77 8 12 8 5 4 10 9 17 27 7 4 4

February 1018 6 −4 65 5 74 7 11 8 7 5 11 9 17 25 8 4 4

March 1017 11 1 63 5 87 8 12 10 10 6 9 7 16 27 3 5 3

April 1016 17 5 62 5 86 9 10 10 10 7 16 11 15 17 4 5 3

May 1016 23 11 67 5 98 9 10 9 8 7 15 14 14 16 6 4 3

June 1016 27 16 69 5 90 8 10 7 8 7 16 13 16 17 6 4 2

July 1016 30 19 70 5 107 7 10 6 5 6 17 17 15 15 8 3 2

August 1017 29 19 72 5 86 7 13 9 8 8 15 13 13 15 9 3 3

September 1019 25 15 72 5 87 6 14 8 7 8 16 12 11 15 8 3 3

October 1020 19 8 71 4 73 6 15 11 7 6 11 11 13 19 7 4 4

November 1019 13 3 69 5 83 8 11 6 6 5 11 11 19 24 8 4 4

December 1019 7 −2 69 5 88 8 9 8 6 4 8 13 21 23 7 4 4

Means 1018 18 7 * § 68 5 _ _ 11 8 7 6 13 12 16 20 7 4 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1036 91 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 40

Extreme values _ _ _ 39† −26‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 30 30 28 30 10 30 10




Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

41

1.191

WMO No 72408 PHILADELPHIA AIRPORT, PENNSYLVANIA (39° 53′ N 75° 15′ W) Height above MSL − 9 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1019 6 −3 17 −10 75 59 5 5 82 8 8 14 7 3 5 14 24 21 5 10 9 7 2 7 18 21 23 3 8 10 | 2 |

February 1018 6 −2 17 −11 74 55 5 5 71 7 14 14 7 3 5 15 20 19 5 8 11 8 5 6 15 18 28 1 8 11 0 2 |

March 1017 11 2 25 −7 73 52 5 5 88 8 15 12 11 5 6 14 15 19 4 9 11 10 7 7 17 15 23 1 8 11 | 1 1

April 1015 17 7 26 0 73 51 5 5 92 9 12 11 15 5 8 12 19 15 4 7 9 12 6 9 20 17 19 | 8 11 | 1 2

May 1015 23 12 33 6 75 53 5 5 95 9 15 12 12 3 7 19 15 14 2 7 8 11 7 9 23 17 17 1 7 10 | 1 3

June 1015 29 17 35 11 75 51 4 4 95 8 13 11 9 6 6 26 13 12 4 7 4 9 7 11 26 19 17 | 7 9 | 1 4

July 1015 31 21 36 18 79 54 4 4 109 7 17 9 9 4 11 19 14 14 3 7 5 6 7 8 32 20 16 1 7 9 | | 5

August 1017 30 20 35 15 81 54 4 4 97 7 16 12 8 7 7 16 14 14 6 7 7 10 7 12 28 15 13 1 6 8 | | 4

September 1018 26 16 32 9 82 55 4 5 87 7 21 14 7 5 7 15 10 17 5 10 9 9 8 8 25 17 14 1 7 9 | 1 3

October 1019 20 9 28 4 83 55 4 4 67 6 16 12 9 4 6 14 20 14 7 10 9 7 8 8 22 19 15 2 6 9 | 2 1

November 1019 14 4 23 −4 78 56 5 5 85 8 10 12 6 3 5 17 22 16 9 8 8 5 4 10 20 24 21 2 7 10 | 1 1

December 1019 8 −1 17 −7 74 58 5 5 86 8 11 12 7 3 4 14 24 18 6 11 8 9 2 5 20 21 22 3 8 10 | 1 |

Means 1017 18 8 37* −13§ 77 61 5 5 _ _ 14 12 9 4 6 16 18 16 5 9 8 8 6 8 22 19 19 1 7 10 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1054 92 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 13 24

Extreme values _ _ _ 40† −22‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 16 16 16 16 30 16 16 16 16 16 16




Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700 1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

{

0·25

mm

or

mor

e

CH

APT

ER

1

42

1.192

TRENTON, NEW JERSEY (40° 13′ N 74° 46′ W) Height above MSL − 17 mClimatic Table compiled from 25 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1996

January 1019 4 −4 75 62 5 70 11 13 7 4 2 9 12 22 18 14 12 6 5 3 7 14 18 24 5 7 10 |

February 1017 5 −3 74 60 5 69 10 12 8 6 3 7 11 21 18 15 11 7 6 5 6 12 17 23 4 7 10 |

March 1016 9 1 75 57 5 97 12 14 11 9 4 7 10 17 17 12 12 7 9 5 7 11 16 22 3 8 11 1

April 1016 17 6 75 53 5 80 11 11 10 10 4 9 13 15 14 13 10 6 9 6 8 13 18 19 4 7 10 2

May 1016 22 11 76 53 5 86 12 12 11 9 4 10 15 13 11 15 9 7 11 6 8 18 22 15 5 6 9 5

June 1015 27 17 78 54 5 82 10 12 8 7 4 11 19 13 11 15 9 6 9 7 11 21 21 14 5 6 8 6

July 1016 29 19 80 55 5 120 10 11 9 6 4 11 18 12 10 19 7 6 8 8 12 21 20 13 5 5 7 8

August 1016 28 18 82 57 5 106 10 14 9 5 3 10 15 12 10 22 10 9 8 6 11 18 20 14 4 4 7 6

September 1018 24 14 84 56 4 81 8 18 12 5 4 9 11 9 10 21 12 10 11 6 10 15 16 15 5 5 8 3

October 1018 19 9 83 56 4 64 7 16 10 4 3 7 12 13 13 23 11 9 9 5 12 15 21 17 5 5 8 1

November 1018 12 3 80 58 5 83 10 9 6 4 5 10 12 19 13 22 9 6 6 6 12 15 25 21 5 6 9 |

December 1018 5 −2 77 62 5 83 11 10 7 4 4 7 14 24 14 16 11 6 4 3 11 14 27 22 5 6 10 |

Means 1017 17 7 * § 78 57 5 _ _ 13 9 6 4 9 13 16 13 17 10 7 8 5 10 16 20 19 5 6 9 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1021 122 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 32

Extreme values _ _ _ 41† −26‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 26 30 25 30 30 25 25 25 25




Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

43

1.193

WMO No 72308 NORFOLK AIRPORT, VIRGINIA (36° 54′ N 76° 12′ W) Height above MSL − 9 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1020 10 1 21 −7 76 60 5 5 96 9 21 14 4 4 11 16 12 13 6 27 15 3 3 7 17 17 10 2 9 11 | 2 |

February 1019 11 1 23 −6 76 57 5 5 88 8 22 14 5 4 11 17 10 12 6 24 21 3 3 6 19 14 10 0 9 12 | 2 1

March 1018 15 5 27 −3 75 55 5 5 94 8 18 14 7 5 12 18 8 11 6 20 24 6 6 9 15 11 10 | 10 13 0 1 2

April 1015 20 9 30 2 75 51 4 4 78 8 14 14 4 5 14 23 11 11 4 13 27 5 5 9 16 16 8 1 9 12 | 1 2

May 1016 24 14 33 8 76 54 5 5 97 8 11 16 7 4 14 24 12 9 4 13 29 6 7 9 17 12 7 | 9 11 0 1 3

June 1016 29 19 36 13 78 56 4 5 97 8 9 13 7 8 11 31 11 7 5 10 31 13 6 8 16 13 2 0 9 10 0 1 5

July 1016 31 23 37 18 81 58 4 5 129 9 7 9 5 6 12 35 15 8 5 12 26 10 8 9 20 12 4 | 8 10 | | 7

August 1017 30 21 35 18 84 61 4 5 122 9 8 16 8 5 8 27 10 7 12 12 37 13 8 7 13 6 4 1 7 10 | | 4

September 1018 27 18 34 13 82 59 4 5 99 6 9 23 9 3 9 24 7 6 11 15 37 9 4 7 15 7 6 1 8 10 | 1 2

October 1020 22 12 30 5 82 57 4 4 80 6 13 22 5 4 10 22 4 10 12 23 25 10 5 8 14 9 5 1 8 11 | 1 1

November 1020 17 7 26 −1 79 57 4 4 72 6 13 16 4 5 12 20 10 11 9 20 18 5 3 10 17 14 12 2 8 11 | 1 |

December 1020 11 2 22 −5 77 60 4 5 82 8 17 14 3 3 11 19 14 12 7 22 17 3 4 8 19 14 11 1 9 11 | 2 |

Means 1018 21 11 38* −8§ 78 57 4 5 _ _ 14 15 6 5 11 23 10 9 7 18 25 7 5 8 16 12 8 1 9 11 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1134 93 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 13 27

Extreme values _ _ _ 40† −19‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

44

1.194

WMO No 72401 RICHMOND, BYRD AIRPORT, VIRGINIA (37° 30′ N 77° 20′ W) Height above MSL − 54 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1020 9 −1 20 −10 79 58 5 5 82 8 22 11 3 5 14 13 10 11 12 22 10 3 4 16 19 13 13 2 7 9 | 2 |

February 1019 10 −1 22 −8 79 54 5 5 80 8 22 12 3 5 15 12 7 11 13 17 11 4 6 13 18 16 15 2 7 10 | 3 |

March 1018 15 2 26 −5 78 50 5 5 92 9 22 13 5 7 16 13 6 10 9 14 10 6 5 14 17 14 19 2 7 10 0 2 2

April 1015 21 7 30 0 77 47 5 5 75 8 19 10 4 4 21 12 9 11 10 12 8 5 7 17 20 15 15 2 7 10 0 1 2

May 1016 25 12 33 7 80 52 5 5 98 9 21 9 5 4 17 18 9 10 7 14 9 7 8 16 22 9 14 1 7 9 0 1 4

June 1016 30 17 36 10 81 52 4 5 92 8 17 9 3 6 18 21 11 10 6 14 9 9 8 20 18 11 10 1 6 9 0 1 5

July 1016 32 21 37 16 84 55 5 5 128 9 16 8 4 5 21 20 11 9 6 14 9 7 9 19 17 11 11 2 6 8 | 1 8

August 1017 30 20 36 15 88 56 4 5 112 8 25 12 2 6 18 11 5 8 13 17 16 11 9 14 15 7 8 3 5 7 0 1 4

September 1019 27 16 35 9 88 54 4 5 85 6 29 10 3 6 16 9 4 9 15 15 18 8 6 16 14 10 11 3 5 8 0 1 2

October 1020 22 8 30 3 88 52 4 4 90 6 29 7 3 6 16 6 4 13 16 18 12 6 7 15 18 9 11 5 5 8 0 2 1

November 1020 16 4 25 −4 82 52 4 5 81 7 20 8 2 5 20 10 8 11 15 15 7 3 7 16 22 12 14 4 6 9 0 2 1

December 1020 10 0 21 −8 79 55 4 5 83 8 24 7 3 5 15 12 12 9 13 17 10 2 3 14 18 14 18 4 6 9 0 2 0

Means 1018 21 6 37* −12§ 82 53 4 5 _ _ 22 10 3 6 17 13 8 10 11 16 11 6 6 16 18 12 13 2 6 9 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1098 94 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 19 29

Extreme values _ _ _ 41† −21‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

45

1.195

WMO No 72405 WASHINGTON DC (38° 51′ N 77° 02′ W) Height above MSL − 20 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1020 7 −1 18 −9 72 57 5 6 69 8 14 13 3 3 22 12 5 25 3 13 9 5 6 25 6 6 29 2 8 10 | 2 |

February 1019 8 −1 20 −9 73 54 5 6 69 7 18 14 3 3 18 13 6 22 3 11 14 6 4 22 8 7 27 1 8 10 | 2 |

March 1018 13 3 26 −5 73 51 5 5 81 8 16 15 5 6 18 11 5 22 2 11 13 5 9 21 6 9 26 1 8 11 | 1 1

April 1015 19 8 29 1 72 51 5 5 69 8 12 19 4 5 23 10 7 17 2 9 9 8 10 24 5 9 24 1 8 10 | | 3

May 1016 24 13 33 8 76 53 5 5 93 9 15 12 6 4 29 11 3 17 3 9 11 7 9 29 8 6 22 | 8 10 0 | 5

June 1015 30 19 36 13 77 53 5 5 86 8 14 12 4 6 30 13 3 15 3 10 7 5 11 36 5 9 17 | 7 9 0 | 7

July 1016 32 22 37 17 78 54 5 5 97 8 14 10 5 6 24 18 4 16 2 10 8 4 10 33 7 10 18 1 7 9 | | 7

August 1017 30 21 35 16 82 57 5 5 99 7 19 14 4 3 24 15 3 14 5 14 14 8 8 32 4 6 13 1 6 8 | 0 4

September 1019 26 17 34 11 83 56 5 5 84 6 23 15 3 3 20 14 5 14 4 15 11 6 8 29 6 5 19 1 7 9 0 | 3

October 1020 20 10 28 4 82 55 5 4 77 6 21 13 1 3 17 17 8 16 4 13 10 4 8 31 6 7 20 1 7 9 0 1 1

November 1020 14 5 24 −3 78 57 5 5 79 7 15 15 3 2 18 17 6 21 3 13 8 4 6 32 6 9 23 1 7 10 0 1 1

December 1020 8 0 19 −7 74 57 5 5 79 7 14 14 2 3 16 19 7 22 3 11 9 4 6 28 7 7 27 1 8 10 | 1 |

Means 1018 19 10 37* −13§ 77 55 5 5 _ _ 16 14 4 4 21 14 5 19 3 12 10 6 8 28 6 7 22 1 7 10 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 982 89 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 8 32

Extreme values _ _ _ 40† −21‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

{ {

{

{

CH

APT

ER

1

46

1.196

WMO No 72406 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND (39° 11′ N 76° 40′ W) Height above MSL − 47 mClimatic Table compiled from 10 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1996

January 1019 5 −5 18 −9 63 5 78 8 10 8 6 7 10 12 20 25 4 4 2 |

February 1018 7 −3 18 −9 61 5 79 8 6 8 10 7 9 11 19 23 4 4 2 |

March 1017 12 1 24 −5 59 5 86 8 10 10 11 8 8 10 19 24 2 4 2 1

April 1016 18 6 29 1 59 5 79 8 9 11 12 10 12 14 17 17 2 4 1 3

May 1016 23 11 32 7 66 5 95 9 8 11 11 10 13 14 16 14 2 4 | 5

June 1016 28 17 36 13 68 5 93 7 9 8 9 9 15 14 18 18 3 3 | 5

July 1016 31 19 37 16 69 4 94 7 7 7 8 8 16 18 18 15 3 3 | 6

August 1017 30 19 36 15 71 4 100 8 11 10 9 8 13 15 16 15 3 3 | 5

September 1019 26 15 34 9 71 4 87 6 12 11 9 9 17 15 13 14 3 3 1 2

October 1020 20 8 29 3 70 4 76 6 12 13 7 7 11 14 16 17 3 3 2 1

November 1019 14 3 24 −3 67 5 84 7 9 7 7 7 11 15 21 20 5 4 2 |

December 1020 7 −2 18 −8 66 5 87 7 8 8 8 6 10 17 21 20 5 4 3 |

Means 1018 18 7 38* −12§ 66 5 _ _ 9 9 9 8 12 14 18 18 3 4 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1038 89 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 16 29

Extreme values _ _ _ 41† −22‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 30 30 30 25 30 10 30 30 30




Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

47

1.197

WMO No 72304 CAPE HATTERAS, NORTH CAROLINA (35° 16′ N 75° 33′ W) Height above MSL − 3 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1020 13 5 21 −3 79 67 5 5 135 9 26 13 4 3 5 7 16 24 3 22 16 3 3 6 13 17 19 1 9 11 | 3 1

February 1019 13 5 21 −2 80 66 4 5 105 9 26 19 3 4 4 11 12 16 5 27 20 3 5 5 17 12 10 1 9 11 | 2 1

March 1018 16 7 24 0 79 63 4 4 109 9 21 22 2 5 7 14 13 12 4 21 23 4 5 10 21 9 7 | 9 11 | 2 3

April 1016 20 11 26 4 78 60 4 4 90 7 17 15 5 3 10 16 16 13 5 13 19 5 7 13 28 8 6 0 9 11 | 1 3

May 1017 24 15 29 9 80 64 4 4 102 9 12 20 4 3 8 25 13 10 5 8 25 5 8 12 32 6 3 | 8 10 | 1 3

June 1016 28 20 32 13 82 66 4 4 104 8 8 21 7 5 7 26 17 7 2 5 28 6 10 11 34 5 1 0 8 10 | | 4

July 1017 30 23 33 19 85 70 4 4 127 10 7 10 6 4 6 37 19 6 4 3 16 5 8 14 46 7 1 | 7 9 | | 6

August 1017 30 22 33 19 85 69 4 4 152 9 13 19 7 6 7 18 17 7 7 7 28 8 9 13 27 5 3 | 7 9 | | 6

September 1018 28 20 31 15 83 67 4 4 134 7 15 30 5 5 5 9 16 8 7 11 32 10 8 7 22 6 4 1 8 10 | | 3

October 1019 23 15 29 8 82 64 4 4 127 7 24 27 4 4 6 4 12 12 8 19 34 6 7 6 14 6 7 2 9 10 | 1 1

November 1020 19 11 26 2 81 66 4 4 126 7 23 15 3 3 9 6 17 18 6 22 16 5 6 7 17 13 12 2 9 10 | 1 1

December 1020 14 6 22 −2 80 68 4 4 115 8 25 14 2 4 3 10 18 23 3 26 15 2 3 6 13 17 17 1 9 10 | 2 |

Means 1018 22 13 33* −5§ 81 66 4 4 _ _ 18 19 4 4 6 16 15 13 5 15 23 5 7 9 24 9 7 1 8 10 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1426 99 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 13 32

Extreme values _ _ _ 36† −14‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL 0700 1500

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

{ { {

CH

APT

ER

1

48

1.198

WILMINGTON, NORTH CAROLINA (34° 16′ N 77° 54′ W) Height above MSL − 9 mClimatic Table compiled from 19 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1995

January 1020 13 1 71 5 98 9 19 11 3 2 6 16 14 15 13 16 8 7 6 7 16 18 20 2 4 2 |

February 1019 15 2 68 5 94 8 21 14 4 4 7 14 13 14 10 15 9 10 9 10 13 17 16 1 4 2 1

March 1018 19 6 69 5 99 8 17 11 7 4 8 15 12 16 10 10 6 12 12 12 15 17 16 1 4 2 2

April 1017 23 10 67 4 73 7 12 12 6 6 10 20 16 11 7 7 5 10 16 18 17 15 19 | 4 2 3

May 1017 27 15 74 5 113 8 16 15 6 5 8 19 14 9 8 9 7 14 20 17 14 11 8 1 4 2 5

June 1017 30 20 76 5 152 9 16 14 6 3 8 18 16 9 10 8 7 15 18 15 15 13 7 1 3 2 8

July 1017 31 22 78 5 207 12 14 11 3 3 9 27 17 6 12 5 6 12 16 19 24 12 4 1 3 1 10

August 1018 31 22 81 5 176 11 20 14 3 3 6 17 13 9 15 10 10 14 20 15 15 9 6 2 3 1 9

September 1018 30 18 80 5 128 7 32 21 4 4 5 7 8 8 12 16 18 20 16 9 8 6 6 2 3 3 3

October 1019 25 12 76 4 68 5 33 17 3 2 3 5 9 14 14 22 18 12 9 6 8 10 14 2 3 2 1

November 1020 21 7 73 4 79 7 23 11 3 4 5 10 12 15 16 18 9 10 8 9 13 14 17 2 3 3 1

December 1021 15 3 72 4 92 7 23 9 2 3 5 12 13 14 18 19 8 6 6 9 15 17 17 3 3 3 1

Means 1018 23 11 * § 74 5 _ _ 20 13 4 4 7 15 13 12 12 13 9 12 13 12 15 13 12 1 3 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1379 98 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 25 44

Extreme values _ _ _ 39† −18‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 30 30 30 24 30 19 19 30 − −




Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

49

1.199

WMO No 72208 CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA (32° 54′ N 80° 02′ W) Height above MSL − 15 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1021 15 4 24 −2 83 58 5 5 88 8 20 19 4 2 5 11 16 12 11 18 14 7 7 7 15 16 15 1 7 9 0 4 1

February 1019 17 5 26 −3 82 56 5 5 84 7 17 19 4 3 6 15 14 10 12 16 11 8 8 7 15 21 14 1 7 10 0 3 1

March 1018 20 9 28 −1 83 50 4 5 110 8 14 17 5 3 10 17 14 11 10 10 10 10 11 12 15 17 13 2 7 11 | 2 2

April 1016 24 12 31 5 83 47 4 4 68 6 11 12 5 4 11 15 19 11 13 9 5 7 15 15 15 19 14 | 6 10 0 2 3

May 1017 28 17 34 11 85 52 4 5 102 7 11 21 5 4 10 19 12 9 9 10 7 11 11 20 18 14 8 1 6 9 0 2 4

June 1016 31 21 36 16 87 58 5 5 163 9 9 22 6 5 6 20 18 7 7 8 10 11 14 15 18 15 8 1 6 9 0 1 9

July 1017 33 23 37 21 88 60 4 5 174 11 7 12 4 3 11 29 20 4 10 4 6 8 11 17 32 15 5 3 5 8 | | 12

August 1017 32 23 36 20 91 62 4 5 183 11 15 27 3 4 6 15 11 9 11 9 12 13 14 12 18 11 9 1 5 8 0 | 10

September 1018 30 20 34 14 90 62 4 5 120 8 24 29 3 2 2 8 10 7 14 12 24 13 9 10 13 9 8 2 5 8 | 2 6

October 1019 25 14 30 5 89 58 4 4 74 5 24 30 3 3 3 5 8 10 13 19 25 11 8 7 9 9 10 3 6 8 0 2 2

November 1020 21 9 28 1 87 56 4 4 63 5 18 27 3 3 6 9 10 13 12 16 14 9 9 9 13 16 12 2 6 9 0 3 1

December 1021 16 5 26 −3 83 57 4 5 80 7 23 16 3 1 4 12 14 15 12 19 15 6 4 4 14 22 14 3 6 9 0 4 1

Means 1018 24 13 37* −6§ 86 56 4 5 _ _ 16 21 4 3 6 15 14 10 11 13 13 9 10 11 16 15 11 2 6 9 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1309 92 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 25 52

Extreme values _ _ _ 40† −14‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

50

1.200

WMO No 72207 SAVANNAH, GEORGIA (32° 08′ N 81° 12′ W) Height above MSL − 15 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1021 16 5 24 −4 84 58 5 5 91 8 13 18 5 2 6 10 16 15 16 9 15 13 9 5 13 16 20 1 6 9 0 2 1

February 1020 18 6 27 −4 83 53 4 5 82 7 8 15 5 2 8 12 14 17 18 8 11 12 5 8 13 16 24 1 6 10 0 2 1

March 1018 21 9 29 0 84 50 4 5 96 7 9 13 8 5 9 15 10 15 16 8 9 12 13 13 10 18 18 | 6 10 | 2 2

April 1017 25 12 31 5 85 47 4 4 77 5 11 8 7 4 10 12 13 12 24 9 5 8 15 14 14 15 18 2 5 10 0 2 3

May 1016 29 17 34 10 87 51 4 4 104 7 9 14 7 2 7 17 12 12 20 6 8 15 11 12 12 20 14 2 5 9 0 1 4

June 1016 32 21 36 17 89 55 4 4 144 9 11 18 7 2 4 19 19 6 14 8 9 16 13 10 11 19 12 2 5 8 0 1 10

July 1017 34 23 37 20 89 56 3 4 162 11 5 9 2 1 9 27 26 7 16 5 8 8 8 12 20 25 11 2 5 8 0 | 12

August 1017 33 23 36 20 92 60 4 5 190 11 18 15 3 2 5 20 10 8 19 9 12 15 14 10 15 14 9 3 4 7 0 1 10

September 1017 30 20 34 13 93 60 4 5 114 8 18 26 4 2 5 7 6 8 24 11 21 18 13 8 7 11 8 3 4 8 0 2 5

October 1018 25 14 31 5 89 55 4 4 61 5 22 23 3 1 3 6 6 12 23 11 24 17 8 5 7 10 13 5 5 8 0 2 2

November 1020 21 9 28 0 88 55 4 4 56 5 17 15 4 3 6 7 12 18 19 10 15 14 7 8 11 13 20 4 5 9 0 2 1

December 1021 17 6 26 −3 85 57 5 5 75 7 16 15 3 2 6 9 13 17 19 17 14 10 5 6 10 17 17 5 6 8 0 4 |

Means 1018 25 14 38* −6§ 87 55 4 5 _ _ 13 16 5 2 7 13 13 12 19 9 13 13 10 9 12 16 15 3 5 9 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1252 90 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 21 51

Extreme values _ _ _ 41† −16‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL

0700

0700

0700

1300

1300

1300

1300

0700

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

CH

APT

ER

1

51

1.201

WMO No 72206 JACKSONVILLE AIRPORT, FLORIDA (30° 30′ N 81° 42′ W) Height above MSL − 9 mClimatic Table compiled from 16 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 1998

January 1021 18 6 26 −3 89 60 5 5 84 7 14 9 2 3 7 6 16 17 27 9 17 7 8 7 11 19 18 3 5 9 | 5 1

February 1019 20 8 28 −2 89 55 5 5 100 7 11 10 2 3 9 7 15 16 27 9 16 10 8 10 14 18 13 3 5 10 0 4 2

March 1018 23 10 30 1 90 52 4 4 94 7 9 7 4 4 10 10 16 13 29 7 14 10 11 11 13 18 14 2 5 11 0 3 3

April 1017 26 13 32 5 89 49 4 4 70 5 7 3 2 5 8 10 16 12 38 5 10 15 14 8 15 15 17 2 4 10 0 3 4

May 1017 30 17 34 12 89 52 4 4 90 7 10 7 3 4 6 16 14 7 35 6 12 19 15 7 14 13 11 3 4 9 | 2 5

June 1016 33 21 36 16 91 59 4 5 145 11 7 5 2 2 5 18 21 6 33 7 14 17 10 8 16 16 10 4 4 8 0 2 12

July 1018 34 23 37 20 92 59 3 5 142 12 4 3 1 3 11 20 23 6 30 3 7 11 9 13 16 22 14 6 4 7 | 1 15

August 1017 33 23 36 20 94 62 4 5 201 12 8 6 3 3 6 16 12 10 36 8 11 20 12 8 13 15 11 4 3 7 | 1 13

September 1017 31 21 34 17 94 64 4 5 179 10 19 9 2 4 5 6 8 11 38 8 22 23 11 7 8 8 8 4 3 8 | 3 7

October 1018 27 16 32 7 94 63 4 5 74 6 26 13 1 1 3 5 10 11 31 14 30 16 7 4 7 7 11 3 4 9 | 3 2

November 1020 24 11 29 2 93 60 4 5 56 5 18 7 2 3 6 6 8 18 33 10 22 14 8 8 10 11 16 3 4 9 0 5 2

December 1021 19 7 27 −2 90 61 5 5 69 6 19 9 1 1 6 6 9 19 29 12 18 8 6 9 13 12 17 5 5 9 | 6 1

Means 1018 27 15 37* −5§ 91 58 4 5 _ _ 13 7 2 3 7 10 14 12 32 8 16 14 10 8 13 15 13 3 4 9 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1304 95 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 38 67

Extreme values _ _ _ 39† −14‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _





Month


Averagecloudcover



Mea

nda

ily m

ax.

Mea

nda

ily m

in.

Mea

n hi

ghes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Mea

n lo

wes

tin

eac

h m

onth

Ave

rage

fall

No.

of

days

with

1 m

m o

r m

ore

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

N NE E SE S SW W NW

Cal

m

Ave

rage

pre

ssur

eat

MSL 0700 1300

Fog

Thu

nder

Gal

e

Numberof days

with

{ {|

CH

APT

ER

1

52

1.202

DAYTONA BEACH, FLORIDA (29°11′ N 81° 03′ W) Height above MSL − 10 mClimatic Table compiled from 6 to 40 years observations, 1950 to 1995

January 1021 20 8 28 1 75 5 60 6 9 4 7 8 15 9 13 26 10 13 12 21 9 9 14 10 12 0 4 6 1

February 1019 21 9 28 1 72 5 79 7 11 6 4 4 19 15 8 26 8 18 16 14 8 9 13 12 11 1 4 3 2

March 1018 23 12 31 3 71 5 76 6 9 5 5 11 19 11 10 24 6 15 17 18 7 14 15 8 7 0 4 3 3

April 1018 27 15 32 7 69 4 57 4 3 7 9 11 16 14 12 19 9 10 20 27 6 9 14 10 5 1 4 2 4

May 1017 29 18 34 12 72 4 86 7 4 7 8 6 20 20 13 12 12 8 26 33 3 7 12 7 4 1 4 2 8

June 1017 31 21 36 17 77 5 163 10 3 4 6 6 15 28 14 7 16 5 23 41 5 3 8 8 4 3 3 1 12

July 1018 32 22 35 20 78 5 140 11 2 5 8 12 20 19 4 5 24 5 18 50 9 5 9 3 1 1 3 1 17

August 1017 32 23 35 20 80 5 161 11 4 6 6 8 16 17 6 8 29 7 27 38 7 5 10 4 3 0 3 2 15

September 1016 31 22 34 18 79 5 170 10 8 14 11 5 9 9 7 9 28 14 34 33 3 5 5 3 3 0 3 1 8

October 1017 27 18 32 11 75 4 117 8 15 16 8 5 4 4 8 31 12 29 32 17 2 4 4 6 8 | 4 2 3

November 1019 24 13 29 3 76 4 66 6 9 4 7 3 13 8 12 40 5 24 17 14 5 6 10 9 14 1 3 3 1

December 1021 21 9 27 1 76 5 56 6 10 5 7 6 9 9 11 30 11 20 14 14 5 9 15 11 12 1 3 5 1

Means 1018 27 16 37* −2§ 75 5 _ _ 7 7 7 7 14 14 10 20 14 14 21 26 5 7 11 8 7 1 4 _ _ _

Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1231 92 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 31 75

Extreme values _ _ _ 39† −9‡ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years �� No. of yearsobservations 30 40 30 26 30 6 6 30 30 30




53

1.203METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES

Fahrenheit to Celsius°Fahrenheit

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

°F Degrees Celsius

−100−90−80−70−60−50−40−30−20−10

−0+0102030405060708090

100110120

−73⋅3−67⋅8−62⋅2−56⋅7−51⋅1−45⋅6−40⋅0−34⋅4−28⋅9−23⋅3−17⋅8−17⋅8−12⋅2

−6⋅7−1⋅1+4⋅410⋅015⋅621⋅126⋅732⋅237⋅843⋅348⋅9

−73⋅9−68⋅3−62⋅8−57⋅2−51⋅7−46⋅1−40⋅6−35⋅0−29⋅4−23⋅9−18⋅3−17⋅2−11⋅7−6⋅1−0⋅6+5⋅010⋅616⋅121⋅727⋅232⋅838⋅343⋅949⋅4

−74⋅4−68⋅9−63⋅3−57⋅8−52⋅2−46⋅7−41⋅1−35⋅6−30⋅0−24⋅4−18⋅9−16⋅7−11⋅1−5⋅6

0+5⋅611⋅116⋅722⋅227⋅833⋅338⋅944⋅450⋅0

−75⋅0−69⋅4−63⋅9−58⋅3−52⋅8−47⋅2−41⋅7−36⋅1−30⋅6−25⋅0−19⋅4−16⋅1−10⋅6

−5⋅0+0⋅6

6⋅111⋅717⋅222⋅828⋅333⋅939⋅445⋅050⋅6

−75⋅6−70⋅0−64⋅4−58⋅9−53⋅3−47⋅8−42⋅2−36⋅7−31⋅1−25⋅6−20⋅0−15⋅6−10⋅0

−4⋅4+1⋅1

6⋅712⋅217⋅823⋅328⋅934⋅440⋅045⋅651⋅1

−76⋅1−70⋅6−65⋅0−59⋅4−53⋅9−48⋅3−42⋅8−37⋅2−31⋅7−26⋅1−20⋅6−15⋅0

−9⋅4−3⋅9+1⋅7

7⋅212⋅818⋅323⋅929⋅435⋅040⋅646⋅151⋅7

−76⋅7−71⋅1−65⋅6−60⋅0−54⋅4−48⋅9−43⋅3−37⋅8−32⋅2−26⋅7−21⋅1−14⋅4

−8⋅9−3⋅3+2⋅2

7⋅813⋅318⋅924⋅430⋅035⋅641⋅146⋅752⋅2

−77⋅2−71⋅7−66⋅1−60⋅6−55⋅0−49⋅4−43⋅9−38⋅3−32⋅8−27⋅2−21⋅7−13⋅9

−8⋅3−2⋅8+2⋅8

8⋅313⋅919⋅425⋅030⋅636⋅141⋅747⋅252⋅8

−77⋅8−72⋅2−66⋅7−61⋅1−55⋅6−50⋅0−44⋅4−38⋅9−33⋅3−27⋅8−22⋅2−13⋅3

−7⋅8−2⋅2+3⋅3

8⋅914⋅420⋅025⋅631⋅136⋅742⋅247⋅853⋅3

−78⋅3−72⋅8−67⋅2−61⋅7−56⋅1−50⋅6−45⋅0−39⋅4−33⋅9−28⋅3−22⋅8−12⋅8

−7⋅2−1⋅7+3⋅9

9⋅415⋅020⋅626⋅131⋅737⋅242⋅848⋅353⋅9

Celsius to Fahrenheit°Celsius

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

°C Degrees Fahrenheit

−70−60−50−40−30−20−10

−0+01020304050

−94⋅0−76⋅0−58⋅0−40⋅0−22⋅0

−4⋅0+14⋅0

32⋅032⋅050⋅068⋅086⋅0

104⋅0122⋅0

−95⋅8−77⋅8−59⋅8−41⋅8−23⋅8

−5⋅8+12⋅2

30⋅233⋅851⋅869⋅887⋅8

105⋅8123⋅8

−97⋅6−79⋅6−61⋅6−43⋅6−25⋅6

−7⋅6+10⋅4

28⋅435⋅653⋅671⋅689⋅6

107⋅6125⋅6

−99⋅4−81⋅4−63⋅4−45⋅4−27⋅4

−9⋅4+8⋅626⋅637⋅455⋅473⋅491⋅4

109⋅4127⋅4

−101⋅2−83⋅2−65⋅2−47⋅2−29⋅2−11⋅2+6⋅824⋅839⋅257⋅275⋅293⋅2

111⋅2129⋅2

−103⋅0−85⋅0−67⋅0−49⋅0−31⋅0−13⋅0+5⋅023⋅041⋅059⋅077⋅095⋅0

113⋅0131⋅0

−104⋅8−86⋅8−68⋅8−50⋅8−32⋅8−14⋅8+3⋅221⋅242⋅860⋅878⋅896⋅8

114⋅8132⋅8

−106⋅6−88⋅6−70⋅6−52⋅6−34⋅6−16⋅6+1⋅419⋅444⋅662⋅680⋅698⋅6

116⋅6134⋅6

−108⋅4−90⋅4−72⋅4−54⋅4−36⋅4

18⋅4−0⋅4

+17⋅646⋅464⋅482⋅4

100⋅4118⋅4136⋅4

−110⋅2−92⋅2−74⋅2−56⋅2−38⋅2−20⋅2

−2⋅2+15⋅8

48⋅266⋅284⋅2

102⋅2120⋅2138⋅2

HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES

950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050

28 29 30 31INCHES

millimetres500 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 90 100

(1) (for small values)

00⋅5 1⋅5 3⋅52⋅5

1 3 4

500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000millimetres

(2) (for large values)

0 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120inches

HECTOPASCALS

MILLIMETRES TO INCHES

2

0

inches

28642801

2865

3687

3691

2866

2563

3686

2861

2860

2563

2755

1105

WASHINGTON

Baltimore

Potomac R.

Philadelphia

Trenton

DELAWARE R.

Gt EIgg n el t

Fi ev Fathom Bk.

Delaware B.

BarnegatInlet

V I R G I N I A

Richmond

Rappha annock R.

YorkR.

J ma es R.

Hampton Rds.

Nor of lk

CHE S A P E A K E B AY

Morehead City

N O R T H

C A R O L I N A

Albemarle Sound

Wilmington

PamlicoSou

nd

C. Hatteras

S O U T H

C A R O L I N A

G E O R G I A

Charleston St Helena Sd.

Sava nan h RiverSavannah

Wassaw Sd. S. Catherine Sd.

P. Royal Sd.

Bull B.C.

oRmain

Ggeor etown Hr.

& Win ay h B.

Sapelo Sd.

BrunswickS. Andrews Sd.

Jacksonville

S. Augustine Inlet

F L O R I D A

C. Canaveral

NO

RT

H

AT

LA

NT

IC

O

CE

AN

2.9

2.14 2.20

2.14

Chapter 2 - Through routes

54

82°

82°

81°

81°

80°

80°

79° 78°


77° 76° 75°

75°

74°

74°

40° 40°

39° 39°

38° 38°

37° 37°

36° 36°

35° 35°

34° 34°

33° 33°

32° 32°

31° 31°

30° 30°

29° 29°

28° 28°

55

CHAPTER 2

THROUGH ROUTES ALONG THEATLANTIC COAST OF UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 4403, 2670, 2710Scope of the chapter2.1

1 This chapter describes the through routes from BarnegatInlet (39°45′N 74°06′W) to Cape Canaveral (28°28′N80°33′W).

Ocean passages2.2

1 For ocean passages to and from the ports on the E coastof the US described in this volume see Ocean Passages forthe World.

ODAS Light–buoys2.3

1 ODAS Light–buoys (special) are moored in the openocean as follows:

No 44004 (38°31′N 70°28′W).

No 44014 (36°37′N 74°50′W).No 41001 (34°41′N 72°40′W).No 41004 (32°31′N 79°06′W).No 41002 (32°19′N 75°21′W).

Natural conditions2.4

1 Currents and tidal streams. For general remarks see1.142 and succeeding paragraphs.

Climate and weather. For general remarks see 1.166and succeeding paragraphs.

Rescue2.5

1 Coastguard Stations are situated along the coast betweenBarnegat Inlet and Cape Canaveral.

See 1.61 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5for further information on rescue.

THROUGH ROUTES — BARNEGAT INLET TO CAPE CANAVERAL

General information

Charts 2670, 2710Routes2.6

1 In general, within the sea area covered by this volume,the through route for ocean–going vessels may be assumedto be the most direct route that safe navigation permits,subject to the constraint of weather and the Gulf Stream.They are described as follows:

Barnegat Inlet to Cape Hatteras (2.9).2 Cape Hatteras to Cape Canaveral (2.14).

Cape Canaveral to Cape Hatteras (2.20).

Topography2.7

1 A general description of the coast between BarnegatInlet and Cape Canaveral is given in each geographicalsection.

Marks and features2.8

1 For the most part details of the principal coastalfeatures, landmarks and lights have been omitted but crossreferences to paragraphs in other chapters where these willbe found have been given. The extent to which these markswill be of use depends upon the actual route taken and thevisibility at the time. The mariners chosen route may passsufficiently close to the coast to permit additional marks to

be sighted, in which case the appropriate text in therelevant geographical chapter should be consulted.

BARNEGAT INLET TO CAPE HATTERAS

General information

Charts 2860, 2861Route2.9

1 From the S end of the TSS, E of Barnegat Inlet(39°45′N 74°06′W), the track leads SSW to a positionabout 20 miles SE of Cape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W).

Currents2.10

1 The currents are variable, but those with a S componentare more frequent in October and March, and those with aN component in April to August, as a result of thepredominating wind direction. The Labrador current,extending to about latitude 36°N, in November to January,may enhance the S set at this time. The wind drivencurrents in these coastal waters generally set to the right ofthe wind, but there are many exceptions to this rule, due tothe tendency of the current to follow the coastline, up ordown. Strong currents may occur either with heavy gales,or long continued gales from one direction, the estimatedmaximum rate near the coast being 2 to 3 kn.

CHAPTER 2

56

Principal marks2.11

1 Landmark:Diamond Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (35°09′N

75°18′W) (7.22).Major light:

Cape Hatteras Light (7.22).

Other aids to navigation2.12

1 Racons:B Light–buoy (39°46′N 73°46′W).F Light–buoy (38°47′N 74°34′W).D Light–buoy (38°27′N 74°42′W).

For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Directions(continued from East Coast of the

United States Pilot Volume I)2.13

1 From the S end of the TSS, E of Barnegat Inlet(39°45′N 74°06′W), the track leads SSW, passing:

ESE of the entrance to Delaware Bay (3.49), thence:ESE of three light–buoys (special) (37°12′N 74°52′W)

in the outer approaches to Chesapeake Bay (4.13),thence:

2 ESE of Tower B (36°04′N 74°59′W) (7.24), thence:ESE of Tower G (35°47′N 75°06′W) (7.25), thence:ESE of a wreck (35°24′N 75°07′W), with a swept

depth of 16⋅5 m (54 ft) over it, thence:To a position about 20 miles SE of Cape Hatteras

(35°13′N 75°32′W).(Directions continue at 2.18)

CAPE HATTERAS TO CAPE CANAVERAL

General information

Charts 2864, 2865, 2710Routes2.14

1 From a position SE of Cape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W)there are two routes to Florida Strait. Most regular shippinglines use the route outside the Gulf Stream. Howevervessels bound to any port as far S as Saint Johns River(30°24′N 81°23′W), use the route inside the Gulf Stream.

2 Outer route. From a position about 20 miles SSE ofCape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W) the track leads S, thenceSW, to a position in the vicinity of 28°30′N 79°40′W, E ofCape Canaveral.

The continuation of this route S of Cape Canaveral isdescribed in West Indies Pilot Volume I.

3 Inner route. From a position about 15 miles ESE ofCape Hatteras, the track leads SW, SSW and S, inside theaxis of the Gulf Stream, passing through a number ofpositions to the vicinity of 28°39′N 80°17′W, E of HetzelShoal (28°37′N 80°25′W).

4 Where the route coincides with the coastal routesdescribed elsewhere in this book, the latter, as indicated bycross references should be used.

Currents2.15

1 Outer route. The current sets 045°, at an average rateof 1 kn, between a position 15 miles ESE of Cape Hatteras(35°13′N 75°32′W) and the vicinity of 33°00′N 75°35′W.The rate of the Gulf Stream at a given place and time may

vary considerably from the average. This may partly beaccounted for by the effect of long continued winds fromone direction, which strengthen or retard the streamaccording to the wind direction. Every opportunity shouldtherefore be taken to check the vessel’s position.

2 From the previously mentioned position 33°00′N75°35′W, there is an uncertainty as to the currents that maybe expected. It is probable that on average the Gulf Streamwill set about ½ kn or more, against the vessel.

3 Inner route. Under ordinary conditions the Gulf Streammay be expected to set against the vessel for the entirepassage at a rate of about ½ to 1 kn, in a direction parallelto the coast, its rate off Cape Canaveral being about ¾ kn.It must be remembered however, that inside the 183 m(100 fm) line the effect of the wind is more immediatelyfelt on the current, and that with N, and especially NEwinds, a current with a rate of about 1 kn will set parallelwith the coast; on the other hand, S and especially SWwinds increase the rate of the Gulf Stream.

Principal marks2.16

1 Landmarks:Cape Hatteras Lighthouse (35°15′N 75°32′W) (7.22).Cape Lookout Lighthouse (34°37′N 76°31′W) (7.52).Cape Canaveral Lighthouse (28°28′N 80°33′W)

(9.150).2 Offshore marks:

Diamond Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (35°09′N75°18′W) (7.22).

Frying Pan Lighthouse (disused) (33°29′N 77°35′W)(7.74).

3 Major lights:Cape Hatteras Light (7.22).Cape Lookout Light (7.52).Cape Canaveral Light (9.150).


1 Racon:C Light–buoy (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W).


Directions(continued from 2.13)

Outer route2.18

1 From a position about 20 miles SE of Cape Hatteras(35°13′N 75°32′W) the track leads SSW, crossing the axisof maximum strength of the Gulf Stream, to the vicinity of33°00′N 75°35′W. Thence the track leads SW to thevicinity of 28°30′N 79°40′W, E of Cape Canaveral(28°28′N 80°33′W).

(Directions continue in West Indies Pilot Volume I)

Inner route2.19

1 From a position about 20 miles SE of Cape Hatteras, thetrack leads SW, SSW and S, passing through the vicinityof:

33°25′N 77°25′W.31°50′N 80°00′W.30°45′N 80°30′W.29°30′N 80°30′W.

2 Thence the track leads SSE to the vicinity of 28°39′N80°17′W, E of Hetzel Shoal (28°37′N 80°25′W).

Caution. Care must be taken to avoid shoals, dangerouswrecks, obstructions and fish havens lying within 5 miles of

CHAPTER 2

57

this route. See The Mariner’s Handbook for information onsoundings.

3 Descriptions of the coastal route, adjacent to this routeare given in:

Cape Hatteras to Cape Lookout (7.44).Coastal route — Cape Lookout to Cape Fear (7.67).Coastal route — Cape Fear to Cape Romain (7.123).Cape Romain to Charleston (8.18).Charleston to Braddock Point (8.98).

4 Coastal route — Braddock Point to Saint SimonsSound (8.212).

Saint Simons Sound to Saint Marys Entrance (9.22).Saint Marys Entrance to Saint Johns River (9.71).Saint Johns River to Cape Canaveral (9.152).


CAPE CANAVERAL TO CAPE HATTERAS

General information

Chart 2710Route2.20

1 From the vicinity of 28°30′N 79°40′W, E of CapeCanaveral (28°28′N 80°33′W), the track leads N thence NEto the vicinity of 35°08′N 75°05′W, ESE of Cape Hatteras(35°13′N 75°32′W).

Currents2.21

1 Between 10 and 30 miles outside the 183 m (100 fm)line, on the axis of the Gulf Stream, the rate of the currentis about 1½ to 3½ kn.

Between the parallels of 30°30′N and 32°30′N heavytide rips will be experienced, indicating a change in thedirection of the current and not an increase in its rate. In

stormy weather these rips give rise to a very uncomfortablesea.

2 When approaching Diamond Shoals (35°10°N 75°20′W),great care must be taken to check the vessel’s position asthe currents are subject to wide variations. At times duringboth summer and winter the Gulf Stream runs at a greaterrate; at other times no current will be found, or with Nwinds, a S set may be experienced. The general directionof the stream is NE with a rate of 1 to 2 kn, but onnearing Diamond Shoals the current is said to setsometimes ENE and at other times N. Over allowance andthis N set have proved fatal to many vessels. If a N gale isencountered between Cape Canaveral and Cape Hatterassome navigators close the coast to obtain soundings beforemaking the lighthouse.

Principal marks2.22

1 Landmarks:Cape Canaveral Lighthouse (28°28′N 80°33′W)

(9.150).Cape Hatteras Lighthouse (35°15′N 75°32′W) (7.22).

2 Offshore marks:Diamond Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (35°09′N

75°18′W) (7.22).3 Major lights:

Cape Canaveral Light (9.150).Cape Hatteras Light (7.22).

Directions(continued from West Indies Pilot Volume I)

2.23 1 From the vicinity of 28°30′N 79°40′W, E of Cape

Canaveral (28°28′N 80°33′W), the track leads N, followingthe axis of the Gulf Stream, to the vicinity of 30°25′N79°40′W, thence NNE to the vicinity of 31°11′N 79°15′W,thence NE to the vicinity of 35°08′N 75°05′W, ESE ofCape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W).

2861

2755

2860

2564

2563

2919

2603

2604

2605

2603

2922

1105

Barnegat Inlet

Absecan Inlet

Chincoteague Inlet

DelawareBay

ChesapeakeBay

De

l a

wa r e

R i v e r

Cape May Point

Hereford Inlet

Cape Charles

Cape HenryChesapeake

Cape Henlopen

Trenton

Philadelphia

Wilmington

AssateagueLight

3.108

3.116

3.129

3.14

5

3.19

7 3.221 3

.288 3.309 3

.329

3.135

3.19

3.33

3.64

3.81

3.35

5

3.36

6

3.168

3.348

3.266

40°40°

39°39°

38°38°

37°37°

74°

74°

75°


76°

76° 30´ 30´

30´30´

30´30´

30´30´

30´30´30´30´

30´

Chapter 3 - Barnegat Inlet to Chesapeake Bay entrance, including Delaware Bay and River

58

59

CHAPTER 3

BARNEGAT INLET TO CHESAPEAKE BAY ENTRANCE,INCLUDING DELAWARE BAY AND RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2860, 2861Scope of the chapter3.1

1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastalpassages along the E coast of New Jersey, Delaware,Maryland and Virginia, from Barnegat Inlet (39°45′N74°06′W) to the entrance to Chesapeake Bay (36°55′N75°40′W) about 190 miles SSW. Included in the descriptionare the approaches and entrance to Delaware Bay (38°45′N74°53′W), Delaware Bay and Delaware River (39°15′N75°20′W), the Ports of Philadelphia and the Chesapeakeand Delaware Canal. Also described are the ports andmajor terminals of Wilmington (39°43′N 75°31′W), MarcusHook (39°49′N 75°25′W), Chester (39°51′N 75°21′W),Paulsboro (39°51′N 75°15′W), Philadelphia (39°57′N75°10′W), Gloucester (39°54′N 75°08′W), Camden(39°56′N 75°07′W), Port Richmond (39°59′N 75°06′W),Bristol (40°06′N 74°51′W), and Trenton (40°12′N75°45′W).

2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:Barnegat Inlet to Cape May Point (3.11).Approaches and entrance to Delaware Bay (3.49).Delaware Bay (3.100).Delaware River (3.121).Fenwick Island to Chesapeake Bay entrance (3.352).

3 Barnegat Inlet and the coast N are described in the EastCoast of the United States Pilot Volume I.

Ice3.2

1 Navigation is rarely hindered by ice along the coast inthis region, and the principal inlets are rarely closed by ice.The Intracoastal Waterway and other enclosed waters areusually closed to navigation during the winter months.

2 South of Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W) the innerwaters N of Chincoteague Bay inside Chincoteague Inlet(37°52′N 75°24′W), are usually closed to navigation duringordinary winters, but the S waters are rarely closed.

Anchorages3.3

1 Good anchorage is available within Delaware Bay andRiver. Harbor of Refuge (38°49′N 75°06′W) (3.95) andBreakwater Harbor, 2 miles SSW at the entrance toDelaware Bay, are among the more important harbours ofrefuge on the Atlantic coast of the United States, and areextensively used by all types of vessels.

Navigation3.4

1 The most favourable time for entering the inlets alongthe coast is on an in−going tide with a smooth sea. In Egales or in a heavy sea they cannot be entered in safety.

Regulations3.5

1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply to the inland waterways from Barnegat Inlet toChesapeake Bay. The limits of the waters to which theserules apply are given in each section. See 1.47 andAppendix VII for further information.

2 United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). See1.43.


1 Numerous submarine cables and pipelines cross theinlets on this coast, they also exist in the entrance toDelaware Bay, between Cape May Point and CapeHenlopen; their positions are shown on the chart. Also,pipelines and cables additional to those charted may existand may not have been buried, or may have becomeexposed. Extreme caution should be exercised whenoperating in depths of water comparable to the draught ofthe vessel, or when anchoring, or when trawling.

2 See 1.39 and The Mariner’s Handbook for furtherinformation.

Dumping ground for explosives3.7

1 Extensive dumping grounds for explosives exist in thefollowing positions:

38°05′N 73°24′W.37°18′N 74°13′W.36°30′N 74°18′W.

Unexploded ordnance3.8

1 A number of areas where there are reports ofunexploded ordnance exist up to 80 miles off the coast;their positions are shown on the chart.

Fish traps, fish havens and oyster grounds3.9

1 Fish traps N of Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W)extend up to 12 miles from the coast in places.

S of Cape Henlopen, fish trap areas extend along thecoast up to 2½ miles offshore N, and up to 4½ milesoffshore S of Chincoteague Inlet. The outer limits to theareas in which they are to be found are shown on thecharts.

2 Caution. The remains of old fish traps, dangerous tonavigation, exist in the area S of Cape Henlopen.

Fish haven obstructions artificially placed to attract fish,and sometimes marked by buoys, are situated up to19 miles offshore along this coast, as shown on the chart.

Oyster grounds are extensive in Delaware Bay, theirpositions are shown on Chart 2564.

CHAPTER 3

60

Rescue3.10

1 Coastguard Stations are situated along the coast betweenBarnegat Inlet (39°45′N 74°06′W) and Cape May Harbor(38°57′N 74°53′W), and between Fenwick Island (38°27′N75°03′W) and Chincoteague Inlet (37°52′N 75°24′W). Each

of these stations is equipped with a lifeboat and otherlife−saving appliances. Their positions are given in eachsection.

2 See 1.61 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5for further information on rescue.

BARNEGAT INLET TO CAPE MAY POINT

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2755, 2563, 2860Area covered3.11

1 This section describes the coastal passages from:Barnegat Inlet to Absecon Inlet (3.19).Absecon Inlet to Cape May Point (3.33).

Description and topography3.12

1 The coast between Barnegat Inlet (39°45′N 74°06′W)and Cape May Point (38°56′N 74°58′W), on the NE sideof the entrance to Delaware Bay, 67 miles SW is generallylow, sandy and backed with woods. It is distinguished by alarge number of summer resorts; numerous tanks and watertowers are prominent from seaward.

2 Along this coast are a number of inlets forming passagesto shallow inland waterways, some of which form theIntracoastal Waterway (3.16). These inlets are subject tofrequent and extensive changes and, although some arebuoyed, none of them should be used without localknowledge. The inlets and inland waterways give access tonumerous summer resorts along the beach and to manytownships on the mainland.

Hazards3.13

1 Between Barnegat Inlet (39°45′N 74°06′W) and CapeMay Point (38°56′N 74°58′W) the coast is free fromcharted dangers if given a berth of at least 9 miles butthere are numerous wrecks, fish havens and obstructionsextending up to 15 miles offshore and deep−draught vesselsshould keep well outside this area. Within 4 miles of thecoast fish traps and submerged piling are likely to exist.

Pilotage3.14

1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots for the inlets can usuallybe obtained from fishing boats outside, or by making theusual signal. See 3.54 and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.


1 Weather. Strong winds are most often a problem fromNovember to March. Gales are encountered 3 to 5% of thetime in these waters; they blow most frequently out of theNW although N and NE winds can also create problems.They are slightly more frequent in the stretch of oceanbetween Atlantic City and Cape May Point. In open waters,on the average, extreme winds can be expected to reach 70to 75 kn compared to 60 to 65 kn in the inland waterway.Summer gales are rare but may be encountered in athunderstorm or infrequent tropical storm. Along the coaststrong winds blow 10% of the time in winter compared toless than 1% in summer.

2 Seas are roughest from September to March. In January,waves of 2⋅4 m or more are encountered about 15 to 25%of the time in deep waters. Rough seas are most likely withW and NW winds of 20 kn or more and have reached12⋅1 m. While fog, haze, precipitation and smoke canhamper visibility, it is most restricted by advection fog.This occurs most often in late spring and early summerwhen warm S to SW winds blow across the cold LabradorCurrent. May is usually the worst month, when visibility ofless than 5 cables is encountered 4 to 9% of the time andless than 2 miles, 5 to 15% of the time. Along the coast,visibility of less than 2½ cables occurs on 3 to 6 days permonth from October to March. This is a combination ofradiation fog, precipitation and smoke.

3 Climatic table. See 1.189.

Intracoastal WaterwayGeneral information3.16

1 Description. The Intracoastal Waterway described in thischapter passes immediately behind the coast betweenBarnegat Inlet (39°45′N 74°06′W) and Cape May Harbor(38°57′N 74°53′W). It then passes through Cape MayCanal to enter Delaware Bay 2 miles N of Cape May Point.

2 Depths. The channel of the Intracoastal Waterway isgenerally 30 m wide and has dredged depths of 1⋅8 m (6 ft)to Cape May Harbor, thence 4 m (12 ft) through Cape MayCanal to Delaware Bay (38°58′N 74°57′W). Owing tocontinuous shoaling, depths of 1 m (3 ft) or less may befound in places.

3 Vertical clearance. Bridges and overhead cables, with aminimum vertical clearance of 10⋅6 m (35 ft) at the fixedbridges, span the Intracoastal Waterway. Special regulationsand opening signals are in force for the opening bridges.

4 Aids to navigation. The aids to navigation in theIntracoastal Waterway are unreliable and the remainingportions of fixed aids, damaged or destroyed by ice orcoastal storms, may be hazardous to navigation. Extremecaution in navigating these waters is advised.

5 Natural conditions:Tidal streams are greatly affected by winds both in

time and height, W winds decreasing the height byas much as 1 m (3 ft) and E winds increasing theheight by a similar amount. Near the inlets, thewind has less effect and the normal range of tideis 0⋅9 to 1⋅2 m (3 to 4 ft).

6 Tidal streams may reach 3 kn in the inlets and in thenarrow channels that connect with the waterway.

Ice. See 3.2 for further information.7 Weather. While the waterway is more protected than

the open waters, weather is critical sincenavigation is more confined. Winds diminish overland owing to surface friction, however, winds andtidal streams may be intensified in restrictedchannels and inlets. November to April is thewindiest time of the year. Gales are encounteredabout 1 to 2% of the time while speeds greater

CHAPTER 3

61

than 16 kn occur 10 to 17% of the time. Fog isalso a problem particularly in restricted waterways.Visibility drops below 5 cables on about 2 to5 days per month; it is best from mid to latesummer. During the autumn and early winterradiation fog often reduces morning visibility butusually burns off by afternoon. At times in spring,advection fog from the open water may be carriedby winds with an E component. Smoke andprecipitation also add to the problem in allseasons. Seas can be a problem at ocean entrancessuch as Manasquan Inlet and Little Egg Inlet. Thisis true with strong winds between NE and S,particularly on an out−going tide.

Berths3.17

1 Piers, wharves and docks, along or adjacent to thewaterway, are numerous.

Port services3.18

1 Repairs: boat yards; slipways at various locations alongthe waterway.

Supplies: fuel; provisions and stores.

BARNEGAT INLET TO ABSECON INLET

General information


1 From the S end of the TSS, E of Barnegat Inlet(39°45′N 74°06′W), the coastal route leads SSW for about28 miles to a position SE of Absecon Inlet.

Caution. There are numerous wrecks, fish havens andobstructions in this area, see 3.13 for further information.

Topography3.20

1 The coast between Barnegat Inlet (39°45′N 74°06′W)and Absecon Inlet, 28 miles SSW, is generally low, sandyand backed with woods. For 18 miles SSW of BarnegatInlet, to Beach Haven Inlet, the coast is formed by LongBeach Island with an almost continuous line of summerresorts, including Loveladies, Harvey Cedars, Ship Bottom,and numerous others, with the resort of Beach Haven at theSW end of the island. Surf City, midway along its length,is connected to the mainland by a causeway and fixedbridges. Long Beach Island separates Little Egg Harborfrom the Atlantic. From Little Egg Inlet the coast continuesa farther 8 miles in a SW direction, being broken only byBrigantine Inlet (39°27′N 74°20′W). There is anotheralmost continuous line of summer resorts, the mostprominent being Brigantine, in which there is a hotel andtwo prominent water towers. The resort is linked toAtlantic City on the S side of Absecon Inlet by a causewaywith a bascule bridge.

Entrance channel inlets3.21

1 The entrance channels at the inlets not protected bybreakwaters are subject to frequent changes. The buoys arenot charted because they are frequently shifted in position.Buoys are removed if shoaling makes inlets unnavigable.They may be removed if endangered by ice.

Traffic regulations3.22

1 Former mined area. An area, shown on the chart,centred on position 39°27′N 73°57′W, is open tounrestricted surface navigation but all vessels are cautionednot to anchor, dredge, trawl, lay cables, bottom, or toconduct any similar type of operation due to residualdanger from mines on the seabed.

See 1.5 and Appendix X for further information.

Rescue3.23

1 Coastguard Stations with SAR facilities are situated asfollows:

Beach Haven (39°33′N 74°15′W), 3¼ miles NNE ofBeach Haven Inlet.

2 Atlantic City, near Absecon Inlet entrance, on the Nside of Clam Creek opposite Gardiner Basin(39°23′N 74°25′W).


Principal marks3.24

1 Landmarks:Tower (disused lighthouse) (52 m in height)

(39°22′⋅0N 74°24′⋅9W), at Absecon Inlet.Radio tower (140 m in height) (39°23′⋅4N

74°30′⋅8W), at Pleasantville.


1 Racon:B Light−buoy (39°46′N 73°46′W).


Directions(continued from East Coast of the

United States Pilot Volume I)3.26

1 From the vicinity of B Light−buoy (special) (39°46′N73°46′W), which marks the S end of the TSS E ofBarnegat Inlet, the coastal route leads SSW, passing (withpositions relative to Absecon Inlet N Breakwater Head(39°22′N 74°24′W)):

2 Clear of shoal patches, with depths of less than 10 m(32 ft), which lie up to 7 miles S of B Light−buoy(39°46′N 73°46′W), thence:

ESE of a fish haven charted as an obstruction(39°37′N 74°02′W), with a depth of 13⋅4 m (44 ft)over it, thence:

3 ESE of a dangerous wreck (10 miles ENE), 5 milesESE of Little Egg Inlet (3.28), thence:

ESE of a wreck (8¼ miles ENE), marked by WR2Light−buoy (port hand) 2 cables E, thence:

ESE of Brigantine Shoal (4½ miles ENE), thence:ESE of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles ESE).

3.27 1 Useful marks:

Tank (39°45′N 74°07′W).Water tower (39°42′N 74°09′W), S of two.Cupola (39°41′N 74°09′W).Tank (39°37′N 74°12′W).

2 Chimney (39°34′N 74°14′W).Cupola (39°32′N 74°16′W).Tank (39°25′N 74°22′W).Hotel (39°24′N 74°22′W).

(Directions continue at 3.39)

CHAPTER 3

62

Anchorages and harbours

Chart 2563 (see 1.18)Little Egg Inlet3.28

1 Description. Little Egg Inlet (39°29′N 74°18′W) leadsinto Great Bay. The Intracoastal Waterway (3.16) may bejoined through this inlet.

Local knowledge is essential.2 Depth over the bar is ample for any vessel that can be

navigated in the inside waters but in very heavy weatherbreakers form all the way across the bar. For the latestcontrolling depths the chart and the port authorities shouldbe consulted.

3 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply to the waters within a line drawn from the seawardtangent of Long Beach Island to the seaward tangent ofPullen Island across Beach Haven and Little Egg Inlets.See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.

4 Directions. Little Egg Inlet is approached from SE. Theouter end of the approach channel is marked by LELight−buoy (safe water) moored 2 miles SSE of theentrance. A number of wrecks and obstructions, thepositions of which are charted, lie in the approaches to theinlet. The entrance channel is marked by buoys (notcharted), see 3.21 for further information.

5 Useful marks:House (39°28′N 74°20′W).Tower and cupola (39°30′⋅5N 74°19′⋅5W).

Absecon Inlet and Atlantic City3.29

1 Description. Absecon Inlet (39°22′N 74°24′W) lies8¾ miles SW of Little Egg Inlet. It is the most importantinlet on this stretch of coast and leads to Atlantic Citywhich is the largest resort on the New Jersey coast and abase for a large fishing fleet. The Intracoastal Waterway(3.16) may be joined through this inlet.

2 Depths in the entrance are subject to change. Shoalingto an unknown depth was reported (1993) on the S side ofthe entrance channel between Nos 2 and 4 Buoys. Thecontrolling depth in 1999 was 3⋅4 m (11 ft) to Clam Creek,1⋅5 m (5 ft) in Clam Creek entrance channel and 4 m (13 ft)in the basin. For the latest controlling depths the chart andthe port authorities should be consulted.

3 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1⋅4 m; mean neaprange about 0⋅9 m. See information in Admiralty TideTables.

Tidal streams have attained a rate of 6 kn in thechannel.

Vertical clearance. A fixed bridge, with a clearance of18⋅2 m, spans the inlet 1½ miles above Absecon Inlet. Caremust be exercised when passing under this bridge, becauseof strong tidal streams; rates of 2½ kn have been reported.

4 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply to the waters within a line drawn from the seawardextremity of Absecon Inlet. See 1.47 and Appendix VII forfurther information.

Pilotage. Pilotage for Atlantic City is compulsory forforeign vessels and US vessels under register. See 3.14 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.3.30

1 Directions. The approach to Absecon Inlet is from SE.No 1 Light−buoy (starboard hand) is moored 1½ miles SSEof the head of the N Breakwater, and marks the entrance tothe channel, marked by light−buoys and buoys (lateral).

The entrance is protected by breakwaters. A revetmentextends along the Atlantic City side of the inlet.3.31

1 Useful marks: (with positions relative to NorthBreakwater Head (39°22′⋅3N 74°24′⋅2W)).

Tank (1½ miles WSW).Lookout tower (6 cables WSW).Chimney (1½ miles WSW).Spire (1¾ miles SW).Tower (2 miles WSW).

3.32 1 Berths are available off Clam Creek basin.

Repairs. Minor hull and engine repairs.Supplies: fuel; fresh water; stores.

ABSECON INLET TO CAPE MAY POINT

General informationCharts 2563, 2860Route3.33

1 From a position ESE of Absecon Inlet (39°22′N74°24′W) the coastal route leads SSW for about 33 miles tothe vicinity of F Light−buoy (special) (38°47′N 74°34′W),which marks the E end of the E Approach TSS off theapproaches to Delaware Bay.

2 Caution. There are numerous wrecks, fish havens andobstructions in this area. See 3.13 for further information.

Topography3.34

1 The coast between Absecon Inlet (39°22′N 74°24′W)and Cape May Point, 35 miles SSW, is generally low,sandy and backed with woods. It is formed by manyislands connected to each other and joined to the mainlandby a number of bridges of various types. The coast isbroken by Great Egg Harbor Inlet 7½ miles SSW ofAbsecon Inlet, with Ocean City (39°18′N 74°34′W)standing on the SW side.

2 The coast continues SSW with Ventnor City, MargateCity and Longport, with numerous water towers, towardsPeck Beach, a small resort 3 miles SW of Ocean City;these resorts present an unbroken line of buildings6½ miles long. It is one of the most intensely developedareas on the Atlantic coast.

3 The coast continues farther SSW to Corson Inlet(39°13′N 74°39′W), where the small resort of Strathmerestands on the SW side of the inlet. The coast continues19 miles SSW being broken by Townsends Inlet (39°07′N74°42′W) and Hereford Inlet (39°01′N 74°47′W). Theintervening coast is formed by an island known as SevenMile Beach on which stand the resorts of Avalon and StoneHarbor. The resort of Sea Isle City stands 3½ miles SW ofCorson Inlet. The coast between Hereford Inlet and CapeMay Point, 9½ miles WSW, is formed by Two Mile Beach.


1 Danger zone. A Coastguard rifle range extends 1 mileoffshore W of the entrance to Cape May Harbor (38°57′N74°53′W) (3.41). The limits are marked by buoys (special).This range is in use from sunrise to sunset, during whichtime vessels should avoid the area. See Appendix VI fordefinition of danger zone.

Rescue3.36


CHAPTER 3

63

Great Egg, inside Great Egg Harbor Inlet at OceanCity (39°18′N 74°34′W).

Townsends Inlet, N side of the inlet (manned duringsummer months only (39°07′N 74°43′W)).

2 Cape May Harbor, on the S side of Cape May Harbor(38°57′N 74°53′W).

Cape May Air Station, adjacent to Cape MayCoastguard Station.


Principal marks3.37

1 Landmarks:Hereford Inlet Lighthouse (39°00′N 74°47′W) (3.71).Tower (38°57′N 74°52′W) (3.71).Cape May Lighthouse (38°56′N 74°58′W) (3.71).Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Lighthouse (38°49′N

75°06′W) (3.71).2 Major lights:

Hereford Inlet Light — as above.Cape May Light — as above.Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light — as above.


1 Racon:F Light−buoy (38°47′N 74°34′W).



3.39 1 From a position ESE of Absecon Inlet (39°22′N

74°24′W) (3.29) the coastal route leads SSW, passing:ESE of an area of obstructions (fish haven) (39°15′N

74°14′W), with a least depth of 14⋅6 m (48 ft)over them; another obstruction is charted 3 miles Sof the fish haven. Thence:

2 ESE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(39°08′⋅7N 74°25′⋅1W).

The track continues, passing (with positions relative toHereford Inlet Light (39°00′N 74°47′W)):

ESE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(15¼ miles ENE); another dangerous wreck lies1¾ miles W. Thence:

3 ESE of Avalon Shoal (11¾ miles NE), marked on itsS side by No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand). In1965 a vessel with a draught of 6⋅4 m (24 ft)reported striking an obstruction on the NE end ofthe shoal. Thence:

4 ESE of the NE extremity of Five Fathom Bank(12½ miles E), marked by 2FB Light−buoy(starboard hand), thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful)(14¾ miles ESE), and:

SE of Five Fathom Bank (10 miles SE) (3.67).5 Thence the track continues to the vicinity of F

Light−buoy (special) (38°47′N 74°34′W), at the entrance tothe Five Fathom Bank to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane ofthe TSS in the E approach to Delaware Bay.

Vessels with a draught exceeding 10⋅7 m (35 ft) arerecommended to proceed to the vicinity of D Light−buoy(38°27′N 74°42′W), at the entrance to the Delaware toCape Henlopen Traffic Lane of the TSS in the SE approachto Delaware Bay.


Tower (39°22′N 74°25′W).Tower (39°20′N 74°28′W).Water tower (39°17′N 74°35′W).Tank (39°06′N 74°43′W).Water tower (39°00′N 74°48′W).Water tower (38°58′N 74°50′W).

(Directions continue for the E approach toDelaware Bay at 3.73; Directions for the

SE approach to Delaware Bay are given at 3.74).

Cape May Inlet and harbor


1 Description. Cape May Inlet (38°56′N 74°52′W) lies34 miles SW of Absecon Inlet (3.29) and forms a passagebetween Sewell Point, and Two Mile Beach close NE. Itleads to Cape May Harbor, which is protected bybreakwaters, the outer ends of which are submerged.

The Intracoastal Waterway (3.16) may be joined throughthis inlet.

2 Depths. In 2005 the reported controlling depths were2⋅7 m (9 ft) through Cape May Inlet to the inner ends ofthe breakwaters in the harbour and, in 2004, 4⋅1 m (13½ ft)in mid−channel to the Coastguard wharf on the S side ofthe harbour.

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1⋅5 m; mean neaprange about 1 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.

3 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply to the waters within a line drawn from Cape MayInlet E breakwater light to Cape May Inlet W breakwaterlight. See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.

Directions3.42

1 Leading lights:Front light (red triangle on multi−pile structure with

yellow reflective triangle) (38°57′⋅1N 74°52′⋅6W).Rear light (white framework tower) (878 m from front

light).2 From a position in the vicinity of the Two−Way Route

5 miles SE of Cape May Inlet E Breakwater Light(38°56′N 74°52′W), the alignment (327°) of these lights,visible on the leading line only, leads through theapproaches, passing (with positions relative to the frontlight):

SW of a dangerous wreck (4¼ miles SE), the positionof which is approximate, thence:

3 SW of 2CM Light−buoy (starboard hand) (2 milesSE), which marks obstructions with depths of10⋅7 m (35 ft) over them and a dangerous wreck(position approximate) which lies close NW,thence:

NE of a danger zone (1½ miles SSE) (3.35), markedby buoys (special), thence:

4 Between the breakwaters and into the channel markedby buoys (lateral).


Cape May Inlet E Breakwater Light (red triangle onframework tower) (38°56′N 74°52′W).

Cape May Inlet W Breakwater Light (green square onpile) (38°56′N 74°52′W).

Aero light at Cape May County Airport (39°00′N74°55′W).

CHAPTER 3

64

Berths3.44

1 Berths are available above and below the bridge at theNE end of the harbour.

Port services3.45

1 Repairs. Hull, engine and electronic; slipways forvessels up to 33 m in length.

Supplies: all kinds available.

Cape May Canal


1 Description. Cape May Canal (38°57′N 74°54′W) ispart of the Intracoastal Waterway (3.16) and connects CapeMay Harbor with Delaware Bay (3.100). The maximumspeed through the canal is 5 kn. The NE terminal of theCape May−Lewes Ferry is situated on the N side of the Wend of Cape May Canal, 2¼ miles N of Cape May Point(38°56′N 74°58′W).

2 Depths. The project depth is 3⋅6 m (12 ft). Vesselsintending to pass through should obtain the latestinformation from the district office of the US Corps ofEngineers at Philadelphia.

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1⋅6 m; mean neaprange about 1⋅2 m. See information in Admiralty TideTables.

3 Tidal stream attains a rate of 2 kn at the E end and1 kn at the W end.

Bridges. Cape May Canal is spanned by bridges asfollows:

4 A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of 1⋅2 m(4 ft) when closed, 9 cables WNW of the Eentrance.

Two fixed bridges, each with a vertical clearance of16⋅7 m (55 ft), 2 cables and 1¼ miles WNW of theE entrance respectively.

5 Overhead cables. Cape May Canal is spanned byoverhead cables as follows:

Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of22⋅8 m (75 ft), 3 cables and 1¼ miles WNW of theE entrance respectively.

A TV cable, with a vertical clearance of 18⋅2 m(60 ft), 1½ miles WNW of the E entrance.

Directions3.47

1 East approach and entry to Cape May Canal isthrough Cape May Inlet and Harbor (3.41). The entrance ismarked on the N side by No 14 Light (starboard hand).

West approach and entry. From a position NW ofNo 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand), moored 4 miles WSWof Cape May Lighthouse (38°56′N 74°58′W) on the W sideof Round Shoal, the route leads initially NE for about2½ miles, thence NNE for about 2 miles, passing (withpositions relative to Cape May Lighthouse):

2 WNW of No 4 Light−buoy (starboard hand)(2½ miles WSW), moored on the W side of NorthShoal, thence:

SE of No 5 Light−buoy (port hand) (2½ milesWNW), moored at the S extremity of Crow Shoalwhich extends N/S, thence:

3 NW and N of No 8 Light−buoy (starboard hand)(2¼ miles NNW), moored off the entrance to thecanal.

Thence the track leads E between the stone breakwaters,from which lights are exhibited.3.48

1 Useful marks:Cape May Canal W entrance S Breakwater Light (red

triangle, yellow square, on framework tower)(38°58′N 74°58′W).

Cape May Canal W entrance N Breakwater Light(green square, yellow triangle, on frameworktower) (38°58′N 74°58′W).

2 Aero light at Cape May County Airport (39°00′N74°55′W).

Water tower (38°59′N 74°57′W).

APPROACHES AND ENTRANCE TO DELAWARE BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2563, 2564Area covered3.49

1 This section describes the approaches to Delaware Bay(38°45′N 74°53′W), including the coast on the N and Wsides of the approach, and the entrance to the bay as far asa line drawn from Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W)through Brown Shoal (38°57′N 75°08′W) to Cape MayPoint (38°56′N 74°58′W).

2 It is arranged as follows:Approaches to Delaware Bay (3.64).Entrance to Delaware bay (3.81).

Hazards3.50Concentrations of traffic

1 Outbound tugs with tows routinely depart fromBrandywine Range (3.113) heading SE past Delaware BayEntrance Channel No 8 Light−buoy and, in the vicinity ofNo 6 Light−buoy, change course to NE. This course change

occurs within the precautionary area (3.58), near the pilotcruising area.

2 The passage inshore of Five Fathom Bank (3.67),passing SE of McCrie Shoal (3.76), is generally used bycoasting vessels entering Delaware Bay from N. In a heavysea vessels drawing more than 5⋅5 m (18 ft) should passoutside Five Fathom Bank, and those without localknowledge should do so in all cases.

3 Inbound vessels with draughts of 10⋅7 m (35 ft) or moreare recommended to use the Delaware to Cape HenlopenTraffic Lane rather than the Five Fathom Bank to CapeHenlopen Traffic Lane.3.51Submarine exercise area

1 An extensive submarine exercise area exists in thevicinity of 37°49′N 73°21′W. A good lookout should bekept for submarines when passing through the area. See theAnnual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners of thecurrent year.3.52

1 Between Fenwick Island Light (38°27′N 75°03′W) andCape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W) there are numerous

CHAPTER 3

65

wrecks, fish havens and obstructions extending up to13 miles off the coast.3.53Adverse natural conditions

1 In clear weather, no difficulty should be experienced inmaking a landfall as the marks, both natural and artificial,are easily distinguished.

2 Between the parallels of 39°15′N and 38°15′N thedepths inshore of 37 m (20 fm) are irregular and ifuncertain of her position, especially in thick weather, avessel, when inside these depths, should approach the coastwith care and in no case approach within a depth of 22 m(12 fm) until sure of her position.

3 Approaching the entrance from N and E, when betweenthe parallels of 39°15′N and 38°40′N, soundings of 37 m(20 fm) indicate a distance of 25 to 30 miles offshore. Inclear weather standing W on the parallel of 38°47′N,vessels should make F Light−buoy (38°47′N 74°34′W)before the depth decreases to 27 m (15 fm).

Pilotage3.54

1 Pilotage in Delaware Bay and Delaware River iscompulsory for all foreign vessels of 100 gt or over andUS vessels under register of 100 gt or over.

Pilots board from pilot boats 15 m in length, black hull,white superstructure with “PILOT” in large letters writtenon each side, in the pilot cruising area off Cape Henlopen,the limits of which are marked by buoys as shown on thechart.

2 Contact should be made with the pilot vessel when ateither D Light−buoy (38°27′N 74°42′W) or F Light−buoy(38°47′N 74°34′W). See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.

Vessel traffic service3.55

1 Vessel traffic service with full radar surveillance ismaintained for the control of shipping; for details seeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

Regulations3.56

1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established in theapproaches to Delaware Bay, as shown on the chart. Thescheme comprises two pairs of one way traffic lanes whichconverge on CH Light−buoy (safe water) (38°46′N75°01′W) from E and SE, respectively. Light−buoys(special) are moored at the inner end of each of theseparation zones and are designated FB and DC,respectively. The lanes terminate on the boundary of aprecautionary area.3.57

1 Two−Way Route. A Two−Way Route is establishedfrom 39°00′N 74°41′W leading initially SW for 12 miles,thence WSW for 4½ miles towards the precautionary area(3.58). It is recommended for use predominantly by tug andtow traffic on passage to and from the NE.

2 These schemes are IMO adopted and Rule 10 of theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea(1972) applies.3.58

1 Precautionary area. The precautionary area forDelaware Bay is inscribed by part of a circle with a radiusof 8 miles centred on Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light(38°49′N 75°06′W) and extending from off Cape May tothe shore S of Cape Henlopen. From a position in the

vicinity of CH Light−buoy (safe water) the schemecontinues NW towards Brown Shoal in Delaware Bay.

2 Depths are variable within the precautionary area andthere are many wrecks and obstructions.

Traffic within the precautionary area may consist ofcruising pilots, and vessels on passage between DelawareBay and one of the traffic lanes. Mariners are advised toexercise extreme caution when navigating in this area.

3 Where Navigation Rules for US Inland waters are inforce, the provisions of Rule 9 apply. See 1.47 andAppendix VII for further information.3.59

1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply to the watersbounded by a line drawn from Cape May Light to Harborof Refuge Breakwater S Light, thence to Cape Henlopen.See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.3.60

1 Regulated navigation area. The waters of DelawareBay and River between a line joining Cape May Light,Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light, and the N extremityof Cape Henlopen, and the US Route 1 Bridge betweenTrenton (3.348) and Morrisville are a regulated navigationarea. No vessel with a draught greater than 16⋅8 m (55 ft)may enter the area, and within the area between the Sboundary and the Delaware Memorial Bridges (3.149) oil,excluding bunkering, may only be transferred in AnchorageA (3.115). Vessels carrying dangerous cargo are required tonotify the Captain of The Port, Philadelphia, at least72 hours before entering or leaving the area, and at least12 hours before moving within it. They are also required tofollow detailed local instructions.

2 See Appendix V for general rules governing regulatednavigation areas.3.61

1 Security zone. A security zone of 500 yards radius hasbeen established around escorted passenger vessels in theCaptain of the Port, Philadelphia Zone which coversDelaware Bay, Delaware River and its tributaries, and theChesapeake and Delaware Canal.

2 All persons or vessels operating at the minimum safespeed necessary to maintain navigation may transit within500 yards of an escorted passenger vessel without thepermission of the Captain of the Port, Philadelphia or adesignated representative.

3 No person or vessel may transit or remain within100 yards of an escorted passenger vessel without thepermission of the Captain of the Port, Philadelphia or adesignated representative.

See Appendix V for general rules governing securityzones.

Dumping ground for chemicals3.62

1 A large dumping ground for chemicals (disused), existsin position 38°33′N 74°20′W. (Chart 2861).

Anchorages3.63

1 Delaware Breakwater is the name generally applied tothe entire anchorage ground in the vicinity of CapeHenlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W) including Harbor of Refuge(3.95), the outer anchorage, and Breakwater Harbor (3.96),the inner anchorage.

2 Vessels may anchor in the vicinity of the main channelbetween Brown Shoal (38°57′N 75°08′W) and Ship JohnShoal Light (39°18′N 75°23′W), but they usually proceed

CHAPTER 3

66

to more sheltered and established anchorages farther upriver.

3 Vessels of deep draught sometimes anchor in the vicinityof the main channel above Fourteen Foot Bank Light(39°03′N 75°11′W). In the northern part of Delaware Bayand in the river, vessels should not anchor, except in casesof great emergency, in other than the prescribed anchoragesestablished between Ship John Shoal Light and the railwaybridge at Fisher Point (39°59′N 75°04′W). Care must betaken to avoid anchoring too close to the leading lines orin the cable or pipeline areas.

APPROACHES TO DELAWARE BAY

General information

Charts 2563, 2564 (see 1.18)Routes3.64

1 The seaward approach to Delaware Bay lies betweenFive Fathom Bank (38°55′N 74°38′W) (3.67) and FenwickShoal, 25 miles SW. There are three marked routes throughthe approaches to Delaware Bay:

2 East TSS approach:From a position in the entrance to the W−bound

Traffic lane of the TSS, 16 miles SE of HerefordInlet Light (39°00′N 74°47′W), the route leads Wfor about 20 miles to the vicinity of CHLight−buoy off Cape Henlopen (38°48′N75°06′W).

3 South−east TSS approach:From a position in the entrance to the NW−bound

Traffic lane of the TSS, 20½ miles SE of IndianRiver Inlet (38°36′N 75°04′W), the route leadsNW for about 25 miles to the vicinity of CHLight−buoy off Cape Henlopen (38°48′N75°06′W).

4 Two−Way Route:From a position in the entrance to the Two−Way

Route, 5 miles E of Hereford Inlet Light (39°00′N74°47′W), the route leads on various courses forabout 21 miles to a position N of CH Light−buoyoff Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W). This routeis mainly for tug and tow traffic approaching fromthe NE.

Topography3.65

1 North−west side of the approach from Hereford Inlet(39°01′N 74°47′W) to Cape May Point, 10 miles SW, islow, sandy and backed with woods with an almostcontinuous line of summer resorts with many prominenttanks and water towers. The coast is broken by Cape MayInlet with the town of Cape May standing on the SW sideof the inlet.

2 South−west side of the approach from Fenwick IslandLighthouse (38°27′N 75°03′W) (3.365) to Cape Henlopen(38°48′N 75°06′W) (3.82), is formed by Fenwick Islandwhich has a sandy beach and is separated from themainland by swamps, lagoons and the Assawoman Canal;the coast is backed by woods. A group of sand hills 21 mhigh are situated 1½ miles S of Cape Henlopen. BethanyBeach, a resort which is visible from seaward, stands5 miles N of Fenwick Island Lighthouse. The coast isbroken by Indian River Inlet (3.80), 9½ miles N ofFenwick Island Lighthouse.

3 Dewey Beach, a resort, lies 4¼ miles N of Indian RiverInlet.

Depths3.66

1 East TSSFive Fathom Bank to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane:

controlling depth 12⋅1 m (40 ft). See Caution at3.50.

Cape Henlopen to Five Fathom Bank Traffic Lane:controlling depth 13⋅1 m (43 ft).

2 South−east TSSDelaware to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane: least

charted depth 18 m (59 ft).Cape Henlopen to Delaware Traffic Lane: least

charted depth 14⋅6 m (48 ft).Two−Way Traffic Route:

Least charted depth 9⋅1 m (30 ft).

Off−lying bank3.67

1 Five Fathom Bank (38°55′N 74°38′W), with depths ofless than 11 m (36 ft) over it, extends in a N/S direction for9¼ miles from a position 10 miles ENE of Cape May Inlet,with a narrow ridge extending 6 miles NE from it. Theleast known depth on the bank is 5⋅2 m (17 ft), which lies11 miles E of Cape May Inlet. The greatest part of FiveFathom Bank lies within an authorised fish trap limit.Several light−buoys are moored around the bank.


1 Former mined area. An area, shown on the chart,centred on position 38°45′N 74°55′W, is open tounrestricted surface navigation but all vessels are cautionednot to anchor, dredge, trawl, lay cables, bottom, or toconduct any similar type of operation due to residualdanger from mines on the seabed.

See 1.5 and Appendix X for further information.2 Restricted area. A restricted area, in which anchoring

and fishing are prohibited, has been established in thevicinity of Cape Henlopen. See Appendix VI for definitionof restricted area.

Rescue3.69


Cape May Harbor, on the S side of Cape May Harbor(38°57′N 74°53′W).

2 Cape May Air Station, adjacent to Cape MayCoastguard Station (38°57′N 74°53′W).

Indian River Inlet, on the N shore inside the inlet(38°37′N 75°04′W).


Tidal streams3.70

1 The offshore streams are slight and rotary, turningclockwise. At 2FB Light−buoy (38°58′N 74°32′W) off theNE side of Five Fathom Bank, at F Light−buoy (38°47′N74°34′W) off Delaware Bay, and at Fenwick Shoal(38°27′N 74°56′W) the maximum rates are about ¼ knsetting between W and NW about 1 to 2 hours before, andbetween E and SE about 4 to 5 hours after HW at SandyHook.

CHAPTER 3

67

Principal marks3.71

1 Landmarks:Hereford Inlet Lighthouse (white square tower, with

cupola on white dwelling) (39°00′N 74°47′W).Radio tower (red lights, 195 m in height) (38°57′N

74°52′W).Cape May Lighthouse (white tower, red cupola, two

white dwellings, 52 m in height) (38°56′N74°58′W).

2 Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Lighthouse (whiteconical tower, black round base) (38°49′N75°06′W).

Major lights:Hereford Inlet Light — as above.Cape May Light — as above.Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light — as above.


1 Racons:F Light−buoy (38°47′N 74°34′W).CH Light−buoy (38°46′N 75°01′W).D Light−buoy (38°27′N 74°42′W).



Approach from east3.73

1 From a position in the entrance to the W−bound trafficlane of the East TSS (3.56), which lies about 16 miles SEof Hereford Inlet Light (39°00′N 74°47′W), the track leadsW through a channel, marked by light−buoys (lateral andspecial), passing (with positions relative to Hereford InletLight):

2 N of F Light−buoy (special) (17 miles SE), thence:S of 4FB Light−buoy (starboard hand) (13½ miles

SE), marking the S extremity of Five Fathom Bank(3.67), thence:

N of FA Light−buoy (special) (14 miles SSE), thence:S of 2MS Light−buoy (starboard hand) (10 miles

SSW), thence:3 S of No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (13½ miles

SSW), marking the inner end of the in−bound laneof the TSS, and:

N of FB Light−buoy (special) (15 miles SSW),marking the end of the separation zone, thence:

Through the precautionary area (3.58), thence:4 S of No 4 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (15¼ miles

SSW), thence:N of DF Light−buoy (preferred channel to port)

(16¾ miles SW), thence into the pilot boardingarea, as shown on the chart, in the vicinity of CHLight−buoy (safe water) (18 miles SW).


Approach from south−east3.74

1 From a position in the entrance to the NW−bound trafficlane of the TSS (3.56), which lies about 20 miles ESE ofIndian River Inlet (38°36′N 75°04′W), the track leads NWthrough a channel, marked by light−buoys (lateral andspecial), passing (with positions relative to Indian RiverInlet S Breakwater Light (38°37′N 75°04′W)):

2 NE of D Light−buoy (special) and an ODASLight−buoy (special) (19½ miles ESE), thence:

NE of DA Light−buoy (special) (13¾ miles ESE),thence:

SW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(12½ miles ENE), and:

3 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (10¼ milesENE), thence:

NE of DB Light−buoy (special) (9¼ miles ENE),thence:

Clear of a wreck (9¾ miles NNE), thence:4 Through the precautionary area (3.58), passing SW of

DF Light−buoy (preferred channel to port)(10½ miles NNE), thence:

Into the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, inthe vicinity of CH Light−buoy (safe water)(10 miles N).

3.75 1 Useful mark:

Tower (38°45′N 75°05′W), N of two.(Directions continue at 3.89)

Approach from north−east using Two−Way Route3.76

1 From a position in the entrance to the Two−Way Route(3.57), 5½ miles E of Hereford Inlet Light (39°00′N74°47′W) (3.71), the track leads initially SW, thence WSW,through a channel marked by light−buoys, with a leastdepth of 9⋅1 m (30 ft), passing (with positions relative toHereford Inlet Light):

2 NW of an obstruction (fish haven) (5 miles SE),marked on its W side by 3FB Light−buoy (porthand); a dangerous wreck lies on the S side of thefish haven. Thence:

SE of Cape May Inlet (5½ miles SW), thence:3 SE and SSE of McCrie Shoal (10 miles SSW),

marked on its S side by 2MS Light−buoy(starboard hand) which also marks a wreck 1 cableNE.

Thence the track alters WSW, passing:NNW of No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand for the

TSS) (13½ miles SSW), at the W extremity of theEast TSS, thence:

4 NNW of No 4 Light−buoy (starboard hand for theTSS) (15¼ miles SSW), moored on the S side ofthe Two−Way Route at the extremity of the shoalsextending S from Cape May, thence:

Through the precautionary area to the pilot boardingarea, in the vicinity of CH Light−buoy (safe water)(18 miles SW), as shown on the chart.


Cape May Inlet E Breakwater Light (38°56′N74°52′W).

Cape May Inlet W Breakwater Light (38°56′N74°52′W).

Aero light at Cape May County Airport (39°00′N74°55′W).

(Directions continue at 3.89.Directions for the Two Way Route are given at 3.90)

Outward bound from Delaware Bay using South−eastTraffic separation scheme3.78

1 From a position in the vicinity of CH Light−buoy (safewater) (38°46′N 75°01′W) in the entrance to Delaware Bay,the track leads SE through a channel, marked bylight−buoys (lateral and special), passing (with positionsrelative to Indian River Inlet S Breakwater Light (38°37′N75°04′W)):

CHAPTER 3

68

2 NE of 3HC Light−buoy (port hand) (8½ miles NNE),marking the E extremity of Hen and ChickensShoal (3.89), thence:

SW of DC Light−buoy (special) (8¾ miles NNE),and:

3 NE of 1HC Light−buoy (port hand) (7¼ miles NNE),marking the SE extremity of Hen and ChickensShoal (3.89), thence:

SW of DB Light−buoy (9 miles E), thence:SW of DA Light−buoy (13¾ miles ESE), thence:

4 NE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(11¾ miles SE). Fenwick Shoal (10¾ miles SSE),marked by 1FS Light−buoy (port hand) moored1 mile WSW, lies a farther 5½ miles SW; twowrecks lie on the W side of the shoal and adangerous wreck lies 9 cables S of the light−buoy.Thence:

5 SW of D Light−buoy (special) and an ODASLight−buoy (special) (19½ miles ESE).

3.79 1 Useful mark:

Tower (38°45′N 75°05′W) N of two.

Indian River Inlet


1 Description. Indian River Inlet (38°36′N 75°04′W) lies12 miles S of Cape Henlopen (3.82) and is the entrance toIndian River Bay which connects to Rehoboth Bay.Rehoboth Beach, a large resort, stands 6½ miles N ofIndian River Inlet. The Lewes and Rehoboth Canalconnects Rehoboth Bay to Delaware Bay.

2 Local knowledge is required.

ENTRANCE TO DELAWARE BAY

General information

Chart 2564Description3.81

1 Delaware Bay is entered between Cape May Point(38°56′N 74°58′W) (3.82) and Cape Henlopen (38°48′N75°06′W), 10 miles SW. The main entrance channel, whichis used by vessels of deep draught, has a width of2½ miles with deep water between Cape Henlopen (3.82)and Overfalls Shoal 6 miles NE.

Topography3.82

1 Cape May, the NE entry point, is an extensive peninsula.It is low with a sandy beach protected by many groynesand backed by numerous buildings. Cape May Lighthouse(3.71) stands on the S extremity of the peninsula at CapeMay Point.

2 Cape Henlopen, the SW entry point, is extending N. Thepoint is low and sandy, backed in part by sand dunes,towers and buildings, including a signal station, and isseparated from the mainland by swamps and the Lewes andRehoboth Canal.

Depths3.83

1 In the precautionary area there are depths of 8⋅8 to over34⋅7 m (29 ft to over 19 fm), however there are numerouswrecks and obstructions, the positions of which can be seenfrom the chart.

Cape May−Lewes Ferry3.84

1 The Cape May−Lewes Ferry crosses the main channel inDelaware Bay about 4 miles N of Cape Henlopen. Theferry usually departs Lewes Terminal (38°47′N 75°07′W),from the S entrance to Harbor of Refuge (3.95) and entersLewes from the N entrance to Harbor of Refuge.

Oyster grounds3.85

1 Numerous stakes, obstructions and fish traps, somesubmerged, exist within Delaware Bay.

Tidal streams3.86

1 In the centre of the main channel E of the Hen andChickens Shoal (38°46′N 75°03′W) (3.89), slack waterbefore the in−going stream occurs about 4 hours beforehigh water at Sandy Hook, slack water before theout−going stream occurs about 2 hours after high waterthere.

2 The in−going and out−going streams, at their maximumrate, set in a NW and SE direction at an average rate ofabout 2 kn and a spring rate of 2¼ kn.

3 Outside Harbor of Refuge Breakwater (38°49′N75°06′W) (3.95) the tidal streams have a maximum rate ofabout 2 kn. Their direction is parallel with the breakwater,with a considerable set towards the lower end on theout−going stream and towards the upper end on thein−going stream. The rate of the tidal streams behindBreakwater Harbor breakwater, on the W side of CapeHenlopen, is considerable, especially near its E end. Thein−going stream sets W and the out−going stream E at anestimated maximum rate of 1½ and 2 kn.

4 The tidal streams are strong in the channel NE of themain channel and many tide rips form near Prissy WicksShoal (38°54′N 74°56′W). In Cape May Channel, S ofPrissy Wicks Channel, the in−going stream attains a rate ofabout 1½ kn, and the out−going stream about 2¼ kn. In thechannel NE of Overfalls Shoal (38°52′N 75°00′W), thein−going tidal stream attains a rate of about 1 kn and theout−going stream about 1½ kn.

Principal marks3.87

1 Landmarks:Cape May Lighthouse (38°56′N 74°58′W) (3.71).Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Lighthouse (38°49′N

75°06′W) (3.71).Brandywine Shoal Lighthouse (round concrete tower)

(38°59′N 75°07′W).2 Major lights:

Cape May Light (38°56′N 74°58′W) (3.71).Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light (38°49′N

75°06′W) (3.71).Brandywine Shoal Light — as above.

CHAPTER 3

69


1 Racons:CH Light−buoy (38°46′N 75°01′W).Brown Shoal Light (38°55′N 75°06′W).


Directions(continued from 3.73, 3.75 and 3.77)

Main entrance channel3.89

1 From a position in the pilot boarding area 3½ miles SEof Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W) (3.82) the trackleads NNW through the precautionary area, passing (withpositions relative to Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light(38°49′N 75°06′W) (3.71)):

2 ENE of No 5 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (2¾ milesSE) marking the NE extremity of Hen andChickens shoal, a spit which extends 9½ miles SEfrom Cape Henlopen; the red sector (325°–351°)of Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light (3.71),covers Hen and Chickens Shoal to the W. And:

3 WSW of No 6 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (3 milesESE), marking the SW extremity of the numerousshoals which lie SSW of Cape May; the red sector(151°–338°) of Brandywine Shoal Light (3.87)covers the shoals to the SW of Cape May. Thence:

4 WSW of 8A Light−buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles E),marking the SW side of Overfalls Shoal andnumerous other shoals that lie SSW of Cape May,thence:

WSW of No 8 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (2½ milesENE), thence:

5 WSW of 8B buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles ENE),marking a shoal patch 2 cables NNE with a depthof 4⋅5 m (15 ft) over it. And:

ENE of Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light (3.71),thence:

6 ENE of Harbor of Refuge Breakwater N Light (greensquare on framework tower) (1¼ miles NNW). Thered sector (332½°–151°) of Fourteen Foot BankLight (3.111) covers Brown Shoal (3.89). Thence:

WSW of No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (6¼ milesNE), moored off the NW side of Middle Shoal(3.92), thence:

7 ENE of A Light−buoy (special) (5½ miles NNW),marking the SE extremity of the general anchorage(3.115), and:

Close E of Brown Shoal Light (black and whitechequered diamond on framework tower)(6¾ miles NNE), marking the SE extremity ofBrown Shoal.


Two−Way Route entrance3.90

1 From a position in the Two−Way Route N of No 4Light−buoy, moored on the N side of the precautionaryarea 8¼ miles S of Cape May Light (38°56′N 74°58′W),the track leads W for 2½ miles and joins the main entrancechannel to Brown Shoal between No 6 Light−buoy and 8ALight−buoy. In order to keep clear of large vessels enteringand leaving the pilot boarding area, tugs and tows usually

continue to the main channel passing between No 8Light−buoy and 8B Light−buoy.3.91

1 Useful marks:Two towers (38°45′N 75°05′W), 3½ miles S of Cape

Henlopen.Breakwater Harbor Light (38°48′N 75°07′W) (3.98).

2 Harbor of Refuge Breakwater N Light (38°49′N75°06′W).

East Icebreaker Light (38°50′N 75°07′W) (3.95).West Icebreaker Light (38°50′N 75°07′W) (3.95).


Cape May Channel


1 Description. Cape May Channel (38°55′N 74°58′W),lies 1¼ miles SW of Cape May.

The shoals off Cape May have a clay and sand bottom.2 Depths. Cape May Channel, which is unmarked, passes

between Somer Shoal, Middle Shoal, and North Shoal, allon the SW side, and Prissy Wicks Shoal on the NE side. In2004 there was a least depth of 6⋅4 m (21 ft) in thefairway, which has a least width of 1 cable. The channel isseldom used.

Local knowledge is required.

Bay Shore Channel


1 Description. Bay Shore Channel (38°58′N 74°59′W) lies3 miles NNW of Cape May Point.

2 Depths. The unmarked channel, with depths of 6⋅1 to9⋅8 m (20 to 32 ft), extends N from the N end of CapeMay Channel between Crow Shoal (3.47), to the W, andCape May to the E. At the N end of Bay Shore Channel,8½ miles N of Cape May and 1 mile offshore, lies FishingCreek Shoal. Deadman Shoal lies 4 miles W of FishingCreek Shoal; it is marked on its NE side by 1DSLight−buoy (port hand).

3 Caution. Oyster grounds exist in this area as shown onthe chart.

West entrance to Cape May Canal3.94

1 For information on Cape May Canal and the W entrancesee 3.46.

Anchorages

Harbor of Refuge3.95

1 Harbor of Refuge (38°49′N 75°06′W) is protected by abreakwater from which lights are exhibited, and affordsshelter to deep−draught vessels in E gales. It lies SW ofHarbor of Refuge breakwater and SE of The Shears, ashoal, on which there is a line of ice−breaking piles; lights(white columns) are exhibited from the E and W ends ofthe piles. The SE entrance is deep and clear of dangers,and the anchorage contains depths of 5⋅8 to 21 m (19 to

CHAPTER 3

70

69 ft) over a muddy bottom. It is bounded on the SW sideby a ridge, 1¼ miles W of Harbor of Refuge Breakwater Slight (3.71), with a least depth of 2⋅4 m (8 ft).

Breakwater Harbor3.96

1 Description. Breakwater Harbor (38°48′N 75°06′W), lies1 mile SW of Cape Henlopen. It encompasses BreakwaterHarbor Anchorage and Breakwater Harbor.

Depths in Breakwater Harbor are from 1⋅5 to 3⋅6 m (5to 12 ft). In 1980 the controlling depth for both channelsthrough the harbor to the ferry terminal was 3 m (10 ft).3.97

1 Directions. Breakwater Harbor may be approached fromE, between Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light (38°49′N75°06′W) (3.71) and Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W),or from the NW. It is entered between the NW point ofCape Henlopen and the E end of Breakwater Harborbreakwater, or between the W end of Breakwater Harborbreakwater and Lewes Breakwater, which lies 1 mile SSW.Two channels lead through Breakwater Harbor to the ferrybasin at Lewes. The channel from NE leads along the SEside of the harbour, and the channel from N along the Wside of the harbour.3.98

1 Useful marks:Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light (38°49′N

75°06′W) (3.71).

Breakwater Harbor Light (green square on tower)(38°48′N 75°07′W).

Lewes Breakwater Head Light (pile) (38°47′N75°07′W).

2 Lewes Breakwater Elbow Light (pile) (38°47′N75°07′W).

Tower (38°47′N 75°07′W).Tower (38°47′⋅7N 75°05′⋅5W).

3.99 1 Anchorage. Breakwater Harbor is formed by Cape

Henlopen and the shore W, and a breakwater 3 cables SSWof Cape Henlopen (38°48′N 75°06′W), extending 8 cablesWNW. A light is exhibited from its W end (3.98). Itaffords safe anchorage for vessels of light−draught in allbut heavy NW gales, and even then gives considerableprotection. It is usually crowded in bad weather in whichcase vessels over 2⋅1 m (7 ft) draught are advised to anchorin the extensive area NW of the breakwater, where thereare depths of 4⋅9 m to 7⋅6 m (16 to 25 ft) over a muddybottom, or in Harbor of Refuge (3.95).

2 Berths. Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

3 The E pier on the S side of Breakwater Harbor ismaintained by the military authorities and is a restrictedarea. Between this pier and the Lewes Terminal (38°47′N75°07′W) of the Cape May−Lewes Ferry, 9 cables WSW,there are large fish piers with depths of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) attheir outer ends. The basin in Lewes Terminal has depthsof 5⋅2 m (17 ft). See Appendix VI for definition ofrestricted area.

DELAWARE BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the main route through DelawareBay from a line drawn between Cape Henlopen (38°48′N75°06′W), through Brown Shoal Light (38°55′N 75°06′W)to Cape May Light (38°56′N 74°58′W), and a line drawnNE/SW through Ship John Shoal Light (39°18′N 75°23′W).It includes a description of the minor rivers, inlets, andharbours on the E and W side of the Bay.

2 It is arranged as follows:Brown Shoal to Miah Maull Shoal (3.108).Miah Maull Shoal to Ship John Shoal (3.116).

Description3.101

1 Delaware Bay is an extension of the lower part ofDelaware River. The dividing line between Delaware Riverand Delaware Bay is 42 miles above the Delaware capes.The line, defined arbitrarily by the legislatures of Delawareand New Jersey, extends from Liston Point Monument(reported destroyed 1967), (39°25′⋅0N 75°32′⋅4W) (3.131),to Hope Creek Monument (reported destroyed 1983)(3.131) on the S side of the entrance to Hope Creek,2¾ miles NE.

2 The main route through the bay is a well−marked,dredged channel, passing between the extensive shoals andflats that support the oyster grounds. Amongst these shoalsand flats are to be found many wrecks, stakes, piles andobstructions, the positions of which can best be seen on the

chart. The waters of Delaware Bay yield large annualcatches of oysters, clams, crabs, and lobsters.

Depths3.102

1 Depths. Delaware Bay has natural depths of 15 m (50 ft)or over for a distance of 9 miles above the entrance.Thence from Brown Shoal Light (38°55′N 75°06′W) thereis a dredged channel with a project depth of 12⋅2 m (40 ft)and width of 305 m.


1 See 3.55.


1 Regulated navigation area. See 3.60.Security zone. See 3.61.

2 Navigation guidelines. Navigation guidelines forDelaware Bay and Delaware River. The Coastguard Captainof the Port, Philadelphia, and the Mariner’s AdvisoryCommittee for Delaware Bay and Delaware River jointlyrecommend the following precautionary measures be takenwhilst transiting the Delaware Bay and River.

3 Special precautions should be taken at the time ofmajor vessel manoeuvring. For vessels transitingabove the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, amanned anchor watch should be set (minimum oftwo qualified personnel on the forecastle at alltimes). Both anchors cleared away and walkedback to the waters edge and ready for letting go.

4 For a vessel calling at Marcus Hook, whether toanchor or dock, tugs should be alongside and

CHAPTER 3

71

made fast between 6B Light−buoy and 8B Buoyon the Bellevue Range.

It is recommended that prior to arrival at the upperend of Liston Range, diesel vessels should changeto a lighter fuel for manoeuvring purposes.

5 Upon assuming responsibility for the piloting of avessel and during the master/pilot exchange ofinformation, it should be established that bothsteering engines and all main generators areoperational. During this exchange of information,any special manoeuvring characteristics of thevessel should be discussed.

6 All steering and main propulsion failures, no matterhow extensive or intermittent, are consideredhazardous conditions falling under the immediatereporting requirement of 33 CFR §160.215. SeeAppendix II.

State boundary3.105

1 Delaware Bay and Delaware River form the boundarybetween the State of New Jersey on the E side and theStates of Delaware and Pennsylvania on the W side.

Oyster grounds3.106

1 Numerous stakes and obstructions exist in the oystergrounds in Delaware bay and Delaware River as shown onthe chart.


1 Sea level may be as much as 0⋅8 to 1⋅0 m (2½ to 3 ft)below the predicted level during strong N winds.

2 Tidal streams. Off Fourteen Foot Bank Lighthouse(39°03′N 75°11′W), 12½ miles WNW of Cape May Point,the slack waters before the ingoing and ougoing streamsoccur about ¼ hour after the corresponding slack waters Eof Hen and Chickens Shoal (3.89). The flood streams, attheir maximum rate, set NW at an average rate of 1¼ kn,and the ebb stream SE at 1½ kn.

3 Off Ship John Shoal (39°18′N 75°23′W) the slackwaters before the flood and ebb streams occur about1½ hours after the corresponding slack waters E of Henand Chickens Shoal. The flood stream, at its maximumrate, sets NW at a rate of 1½ kn, and the ebb stream at2 kn.

4 In the river the tidal streams generally follow thedirection of the channel, their maximum rate being 1¾ to2 kn.

5 Freshets usually are not dangerous to shipping unlessaccompanied by ice. The 1903 freshet, highest on record,reached 6⋅2 m (21½ ft) at Trenton, 5⋅9 m (19½ ft) atBordentown, and 3⋅9 m (13 ft) at Bristol. Freshets are ofrare occurrence off and below Philadelphia, and unlessaccompanied by ice do not interfere with navigation.

6 Ice. There is usually sufficient ice in the bay and riverin ordinary winters to make it a source of care tonavigation. Thin ice has been known to form early inDecember between Chester, 13 miles below Philadelphia,and that city, but the heaviest ice does not usually begin torun before January. The tidal streams keep the ice inmotion, except where it packs in the narrowest part of theriver, when it often forms an obstruction. Icebreakers fromPhiladelphia keep these parts of the river open. When theice runs the light−buoys are replaced by buoys.

7 The greatest danger encountered from ice is at ShipJohn Shoal; just above the S part of Pea Patch Island,10½ miles above Liston Point (39°25′⋅0N 75°32′⋅4W); offDeepwater Point (3.165) 7 miles farther up river, and belowGloucester City. At these places the ice usually packs moreheavily than elsewhere. After the first part of March ice israrely met with.

8 In severe winters navigation above Chester hasoccasionally been interrupted, but the traffic usually keepsthe channel open to navigation during the most severewinters. The greatest danger is to wooden vessels, which ifcaught in thin ice, are liable to be cut through at the waterline.

9 Weather. Strong NW winds are prevalent fromNovember to March; gales are encountered about 1 to 3%of the time. It has been reported that with sustained NWwinds over an extended period of time, lower thanpredicted low tides may occur in Delaware Bay and Riverand its tributaries. Seas build to 3 m or more about 1% ofthe time from November to March. High seas are mostlikely with NW or SE winds. Average seas run 1 m (3 ft)from October to March. During the summer, prevailing Swinds are often reinforced by the sea breeze and afternoonwind speeds may reach 15 to 25 kn. Strong S or SE windssometimes cause high tides in the Delaware Bay and River,resulting in the flooding of lowlands and damage to bayand river front properties.

10 Visibility is generally good although sometimeshampered by fog, precipitation, smoke, and haze. Duringthe spring and early summer advection fog is carried intothe bay on E and SE winds; it can occur when a frontstalls to the S or the Bermuda high is displaced N. Thisfog can be tenacious; it often lifts somewhat during theday, particularly near the shore. Visibility is worst fromDecember to June. Fog is most frequent during April, May,and June when visibility drops below 2½ cables about 3%of the time. Visibility of 2 miles or less is most likely inJanuary and February owing to the greater frequencies ofprecipitation, particularly snow. Fog is less likely in July,August, and September.

BROWN SHOAL TO MIAH MAULL SHOAL

General information

Chart 2564Route3.108

1 From a position in the dredged channel E of BrownShoal Light (38°55′N 75°06′W) (3.89), the track leadsgenerally NNW for about 13 miles to a position in thedredged channel SW of Miah Maull Shoal Light (39°08′N75°13′W) (3.111).

Topography3.109

1 West side of Delaware Bay is mainly low and marshy,with few prominent marks NW of the Cape May−LewesTerminal (38°47′N 75°07′W) (3.99). It is intersected by anumber of rivers and creeks, which are very narrow andtortuous, with bars at their entrances, and which are onlyavailable for small vessels with local knowledge.

2 East side of Delaware Bay is low and has fewprominent landmarks. The principle tributaries are MauriceRiver and Cohansey River, which enter the Bay 17 milesNNW and 31 miles NW of Cape May Point (38°56′N74°58′W). There are also many creeks, used mostly byfishing vessels, all of which require local knowledge.

CHAPTER 3

72


1 Danger zone. A danger zone, for naval aircraftbombing, exists off Milford Neck 2 miles N of MispillionRiver (38°57′N 75°19′W). See Appendix VI for definitionof danger zone.

Principal marks3.111

1 Landmarks:Cape May Lighthouse (38°56′N 74°58′W) (3.71).Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Lighthouse (38°49′N

75°06′W) (3.71).Brandywine Shoal Lighthouse (38°59′N 75°07′W)

(3.87).2 Fourteen Foot Bank Lighthouse (white tower and

dwelling, black round base) (39°03′N 75°11′W).Miah Maull Shoal Lighthouse (red conical tower and

dwelling, grey conical base, black lantern)(39°08′N 75°13′W).

3 Major lights:Cape May Light (38°56′N 74°58′W) (3.71).Harbor of Refuge Breakwater S Light (38°49′N

74°06′W) (3.71).Brandywine Shoal Light (38°59′N 75°07′W) (3.87).Miah Maull Shoal Light — as above.


1 Racon:Miah Maull Shoal Light (39°08′N 75°13′W).


Directions(continued from 3.89 and 3.91)

3.113 1 From the vicinity of Brown Shoal Light (38°57′N

75°08′W) (3.89) at the entrance to the dredged channel, thetrack leads generally NNW through a buoyed channel,Brandywine Range, and Miah Maull Range, marked bylight−buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toBrandywine Shoal Light (38°59′N 75°07′W) (3.87)):

2 ENE of Brown Shoal Light (4 miles S). Obstructionslie close NE and 2 cables NNW of the light. Thered sector (332½°–151°) of Fourteen Foot BankLight (3.111) covers Brown Shoal (3.89) to the Sand Joe Flogger Shoal (3.119) to the N. Thence:

3 WSW of Brandywine Shoal Light (3.87), standingtowards the SE end of Brandywine Shoal whichextends NNW/SSE. An obstruction lies 2½ cablesSW of the light. The red sector (137½°–333°) ofMiah Maull Light (3.111) covers BrandywineShoal (3.113) to the S through Miah Maull Shoal(3.113) and Cross Ledge to the N. Thence:

4 ENE of Fourteen Foot Bank Light (3.111) (5 milesNW), standing on the SW side of Fourteen FootBank which has a least depth of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) overit, thence:

ENE of No 19 Light−beacon (green square on pile)(port hand) (6¾ miles NNW), thence:

5 WSW of Miah Maull Shoal Light (3.111) (9½ milesNNW), standing on the N end of Miah MaullShoal.


Blake Channel3.114

1 Blake Channel (39°05′N 75°14′W) leads betweenFourteen Foot Bank (3.113) and Joe Flogger Shoal (3.119)on the E side, and The Lower Middle (3.115) and the Eedge of an extensive shoal on the W side. The E side ofthe N end of the channel is marked by No 2 Buoy(starboard hand), moored 4 miles NW of Elbow of CrossLedge Light (39°11′N 75°16′W); the W side by No 1 Buoy(port hand), moored 3¾ miles WNW of the same light.

Anchorage3.115

1 Anchorage A (38°57′N 75°11′W), a general anchorage,lies 10 miles NNW of Cape Henlopen; the extremities ofthe anchorage are marked by light−buoys and buoys(special). It is bounded on its NE side by The LowerMiddle, a shoal extending in a NNW/SSE direction. Awreck with a depth of 0⋅9 m (3 ft) over it, marked byLMW Buoy (starboard hand), lies near the middle of TheLower Middle. A reported wreck (position approximate)lies 5 cables SW of B Light−buoy (special), moored on theW edge of the anchorage 5 miles WNW of Brown ShoalLight (3.89). Tankers up to 16⋅8 m (55 ft) draught can beaccepted for lightening.

MIAH MAULL SHOAL TOSHIP JOHN SHOAL

General information


1 From a position in the dredged channel SW of MiahMaull Shoal Light (39°08′N 75°13′W) (3.111), the trackleads generally NW for about 13¼ miles to a position inthe dredged channel SW of Ship John Shoal Light(39°18′N 75°23′W) (3.117).


1 Landmarks:Brandywine Shoal Lighthouse (38°59′N 75°07′W)

(3.87).Fourteen Foot Bank Lighthouse (39°03′N 75°11′W)

(3.111).2 Miah Maull Shoal Lighthouse (39°08′N 75°13′W)

(3.111).Elbow of Cross Ledge Lighthouse (39°11′N 75°16′W)

(red framework tower on white hut, orange roundbase).

Ship John Shoal Lighthouse (39°18′N 75°23′W)(brown eight sided dwelling, round base).

3 Major lights:Brandywine Shoal Light (38°59′N 75°07′W) (3.87).Fourteen−Foot Bank Light (39°03′N 75°11′W)

(3.111).Miah Maull Shoal Light (39°08′N 75°13′W) (3.111).Elbow of Cross Ledge Light — as above.Ship John Shoal Light — as above.


1 Racons:Miah Maull Shoal Light (39°08′N 75°13′W).Ship John Shoal Light (39°18′N 75°23′W).


CHAPTER 3

73


3.119 1 From a position in the dredged channel SW of Miah

Maull Shoal Light (39°08′N 75°13′W) (3.111), the trackleads generally NW through a channel, marked by lights,light−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Elbow of Cross Ledge Light (39°11′N75°16′W)):

2 SW of Elbow of Cross Ledge Light (3.117), and:NE of No 29 Light−buoy (port hand) (3 cables

WSW), which marks the E extremity of JoeFlogger Shoal, 14 miles long. The S end is markedby J Buoy (preferred channel to starboard),3½ miles S of Miah Maull Shoal Light (3.111).Thence:

3 SW of WR Light−buoy (preferred channel tostarboard) (1¾ miles NE), which marks twowrecks, thence:

NE of No 31 Light−buoy (port hand) (2 miles NW);an obstruction with a depth of 8⋅2 m (27 ft) over itlies 5 cables SSE of the buoy, thence:

4 SW of No 32 Light−beacon (starboard hand)(3½ miles NNW), thence:

SW of No 34 Buoy (starboard hand) (4½ milesNNW), which is moored on the W extremity ofBen Davis Point Shoal, thence:

5 SW of Ben Davis Point (6½ miles N), from which alight (green and white chequered diamond onframework tower on piles) is exhibited, thence:

SW of Ship John Shoal Light (3.117) (9 miles NW),standing 5 cables W of Ship John Shoal.

3.120 1 Useful mark:

Old Lighthouse (ruins) (39°10′N 75°14′W).(Directions continue at 3.131 )

DELAWARE RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the route up Delaware River fromShip John Shoal Light (39°18′N 75°23′W) to Trenton(40°12′N 74°45′W), the head of navigation. It includes adescription of anchorages, minor rivers and harbours,Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, and the ports on the eastand west banks of the river.

2 It is arranged as follows:Ship John Shoal to Reedy Point, including

Chesapeake and Delaware Canal (3.129).Reedy Point to Cherry Island Flats (3.145).Wilmington (3.168).Cherry Island Flats to Monds Island (3.197).

3 Monds Island to Mud Island (3.221).Schuylkill River (3.237).Philadelphia and associated ports (3.266).Fisher Point to Maple Beach (3.309).Maple Beach to Trenton (3.329).


1 Delaware River is entered through Delaware Bay. On thebanks of the river are the cities of Wilmington, Chester,Marcus Hook, Philadelphia, Camden, Gloucester, Paulsboroand Trenton, the tri−state port communities, whichcollectively are referred to as The Ports of Philadelphia.This is one of the largest ports in the United States, and in2000 had a collective population of over 1 819 871. Alsothere are smaller towns, all of which have a waterbornetrade both foreign and coastal. Philadelphia, one of themost important ports of the United States, and Trenton, thehead of navigation, are 88 and 116 miles, respectively,above the entrance to the bay.

2 Medium draught vessels can proceed from DelawareRiver to Chesapeake Bay through the Chesapeake andDelaware Canal (3.135). Special regulations are in forcewithin the ports and full information regarding them shouldbe obtained from the port authorities. The banks of theriver are mostly low and in many places marshy. They areintersected by rivers and creeks, and are fronted by shallow

flats which often extend nearly to the main dredgedchannel, all navigable by small vessels. Local knowledge isrequired.

3 The river is obstructed in places by islands from whichshoals extend a considerable distance.

The water in the river is fresh, although still tidal, aboveWilmington.

Depths3.123

1 An 86 mile long dredged channel from the sea to thePhiladelphia Naval Shipyard has a project depth of 12⋅2 m(40 ft) with a least width of 244 m.

Thence for 28 miles to Newbold Island (3.338) theproject depth is 12⋅2 m (40 ft) with a least width of 122 m.

2 Thence for 4½ miles to Trenton Marine Terminal theproject depth is 7⋅6 m (25 ft) with a least width of 91 m.

Thence for 1 mile to Trenton the project depth is 3⋅7 m(12 ft) with a least width of 61 m.

For the latest controlling depths the charts and portauthorities should be consulted. See 1.21 for information ondepth definitions.

Regulations3.124

1 Regulated navigation area. See 3.60.Security zone. See 3.61.Delaware River Regulations. The following are extracts

from the special regulations for the port of Philadelphia:2 The speed of vessels must not exceed 12 kn when

passing Marcus Hook, Chester or the Navy Yard,nor exceed 8 kn between Point House Wharf andPier G at Port Richmond. Vessels over 20 tonsmay not exceed 7 kn in Christina River.

3 All vessels navigating Delaware River and itstributaries should do so at a reasonable speed so asnot to cause damage to moored or anchoredvessels or property along the banks. Vessels arerequested not to exceed 6 kn when passing HogIsland wharves or other wharves or piers.

Rescue3.125

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atPhiladelphia (39°56′N 75°08′⋅5W). Search and rescue boats

CHAPTER 3

74

are located at Coastguard Group Philadelphia on the Wside of Delaware River at the foot of Washington Avenue.



1 Tidal streams attain a rate of about ¾ kn in the riverand generally follow the direction of the channel. They aremuch affected by the wind, and the strength of thein−going stream will be greatly reduced by winds blowingfrom the NW for three or four days.

2 Flood stages in the Delaware River are caused byabnormally high tides owing to the “backing up” under theinfluence of strong S or SE winds.

Magnetic anomalies. The normal magnetic variation isincreased/decreased by 2° to 5° along the channel fromArtificial Island (39°28′N 75°32′W) to Marcus Hook(39°49′N 75°25′W).

Quarantine3.127

1 The federal quarantine station for Delaware River ports,is situated at Marcus Hook (39°49′N 75°25′W) (3.211).Quarantine is enforced in accordance with the regulationsof the United States Health Service. Unless otherwisedirected, vessels subject to inspection by quarantine,customs, immigration and agricultural quarantine officials,are normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival attheir berths. See 1.56 for further information.

Anchorages3.128

1 Except in cases of emergency or when authorised by theDistrict Commander, United States Coastguard, no vesselmay anchor in Delaware River outside the designated areas.Vessels carrying or loading explosives must obtainpermission in writing from the District Commander, UnitedStates Coastguard, before anchoring in a designated area.No vessel may carry or load more than 800 tons ofexplosive. Vessels handling explosives must be anchored atleast 2200 ft apart, and must display a red flag by day anda red light at night; fishing and navigation are prohibitedwithin an anchorage whenever occupied by an anchoredvessel displaying a red flag.

2 Naval vessels and yachts with the permission of theCommissioners of Navigation, may anchor in such aposition so as not to interfere with the navigation of theriver.

SHIP JOHN SHOAL TO REEDY POINT

General information

Charts 2564, 2603 (see 1.18)Route3.129

1 From a position in the dredged channel SW of ShipJohn Shoal Light (39°18′N 75°23′W), the track leads onvarious alignments for about 19 miles to a position in thedredged channel ENE of Reedy Point (39°34′N 75°34′W).


1 A security zone, shown on the chart, surrounds theSalem and Hope Creek Power Stations (39°28′N 75°32′W).


Directions for river passage(continued from 3.120)

Liston Range Leading Lights3.131

1 Front light (white framework tower and hut)(39°29′⋅0N 75°35′⋅5W).

Rear light (pyramidal framework tower, black centralcolumn). (3¼ miles from front light).

It should be noted that Reedy Island Dike SLighthouse also stands on this alignment.

2 From a position in the dredged channel SW of ShipJohn Shoal Light (39°18′N 75°23′W), the alignment (318°),visible on the leading line only, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−beacons, light−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Dunks Point Tower (39°21′⋅7N75°23′⋅5W)):

3 SW of Cohansey River Light (black and whitechequered diamond, on black framework tower)(2 miles SE), thence:

NE of Bombay Hook Point (3½ miles SW), on whichstands a tower. Bombay Hook Point Shoal (3.142)extends 1 mile from the point. Thence:

4 SW of Dunks Point, on which stands a tower, thence:SW of No 42 Light−beacon (starboard hand) (2 miles

WSW), thence:SW of Arnold Point Shoal. The shoal is marked at its

SE and NW extremities by Nos 2 and 4 Buoys(starboard hand) moored 1½ miles SW and 3 milesWNW, respectively, of Dunks Point. Thence:

5 SW of Arnold Point (2¼ miles NW).Thence the track continues, passing (with positions

relative to Delaware Point Tower (39°22′⋅7N 75°30′⋅9W)):NE of Delaware Point, on which stands a tower,

thence:6 NE of Liston Point (2¾ miles NW), on which stands

a monument (reported destroyed 1967); remains ofthe structure may exist up to 30 m offshore, andmay be covered during high tide. Thence:

7 SW of Hope Creek Jetty (4 miles N), from which alight (green square over white diamond, orangeborder, marked DANGER SUBMERGED JETTY,on red conical structure on tripod) is exhibited.Hope Creek Monument (reported destroyed 1983)stands 8 cables ENE. And:

8 SW of the SW end of Artificial Island (5 milesNNW), an area of reclaimed land fronted on its Wside by Baker Shoal. Several wrecks are groundedclose off the S end of Artificial Island andnumerous research light−buoys are moored off itsSW side.

Baker Range Leading Lights3.132

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°30′⋅7N 75°34′⋅0W).Rear light (black pyramidal framework tower, 17 m in

height) (1¾ miles from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the NW end

of Liston Range leading line, the alignment (355¾°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−beacons, light−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Baker Range front leading light(39°30′⋅7N 75°34′⋅0W)):

3 E of Reedy Island Dike S Light (white diamond,orange border marked DANGER SUBMERGEDDIKE, on framework tower) (2½ miles SSW),

CHAPTER 3

75

standing 4 cables N of the S end of the dike. Thedike which is submerged, extends 2¾ miles S fromReedy Island (3.133), and is marked by No 2 Buoyat its S end. Buoys also mark each side along thelength of the dike. Thence:

4 E of Reedy Island Dike Middle Breakwater Light(white triangle, orange border, marked DANGERSUBMERGED DIKE, on pile) (1½ miles SSW).

Reedy Island Range Leading Lights3.133

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°26′⋅8N 75°34′⋅6W).Rear light (gallery on black framework pyramidal

tower with black central column) (2½ miles fromfront light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the N end ofBaker Range leading line, the alignment (195¼°), astern, ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−beacons, light−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Baker Range front leading light(39°30′⋅7N 75°34′⋅0W)):

3 ESE of Reedy Island Dike Old Light (7 cables SSW),thence:

ESE of the N end of Reedy Island (6 cables NNE).There is a pier, with a depth of 3 m at its head, onthe E side of the island. Thence:

4 ESE of Reedy Island Bar (1¼ miles NNE), whichdries near its centre and extends N for 2¼ miles tothe S entrance point of the Chesapeake andDelaware Bay Canal (3.135), thence:

5 WNW of Elsinboro Point (2½ miles NNE), a strandedwreck marked by WR 10R Light−buoy (starboardhand) lies 4 cables SW of the point, thence:

ESE of 1N Light−buoy (2¾ miles NNE).3.134

1 Useful marks:Tower (39°25′⋅5N 75°27′⋅4W).Artificial Island power station domes (39°27′⋅8N

75°32′⋅2W).(Directions continue at 3.152)

Chesapeake and Delaware Canal

Charts 2922, 2603 plan of entrance to the Chesapeake andDelaware CanalGeneral information3.135

1 Description. Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, on the Wside of Delaware River is a sea level canal, 14¾ miles longfrom its E entrance between two stone breakwaters atReedy Point (39°34′N 75°34′W) to its W entrance in BackCreek (6.167) which flows into Elk River at the head ofChesapeake Bay. The canal shortens the distance betweenthe Ports of Philadelphia and Baltimore by 285 miles. TheIntracoastal Waterway passes through the canal.

2 Identification of vessels and monitoring are performedby TV cameras at Reedy Point, Old Town Point Wharf,and the Conrail Lift Bridge, which are remotely controlledby the traffic controller at Chesapeake City, 12 miles W ofReedy Point. Traffic lights are situated on Reedy Point andOld Town Wharf, 5½ miles WSW of Chesapeake City. Aflashing green light indicates that the canal is open tonavigation; a flashing red light indicates that it is closed.

3 General information concerning the use, specialregulations in force, administration and navigation of thiswaterway may be obtained from the US Corps ofEngineer’s Office at Chesapeake City.

Caution must be exercised when transiting the canal asdredgers will be operating along the waterway.

4 Depths. The dredged channel through the canal has aproject depth of 10⋅7 m (35 ft) and a width of 122 m(400 ft).

5 Tidal streams attain a rate of about 2½ kn on thein−going, and about 2 kn on the out−going tide. Thein−going sets E and the out−going sets W. The heights ofhigh and low water are greatly affected by the winds, NEgales raise the level and W gales lower it.

6 Staff gauges, with zeros set at canal datum, are set atnumerous places along the canal and at both ends. Thedatum is 0⋅6 m (2 ft) below local mean low water at themouth of Back Creek and about 0⋅15 m (½ ft) below atDelaware River.

7 Ice may be expected between December and April, andis worst during January and February. The canal is keptopen as long as possible.

8 Pilotage. Pilotage through the canal from DelawareRiver to Chesapeake City is provided by the Delaware Bayand River Pilots. Maryland pilots provide pilotage fromChesapeake City to Chesapeake Bay (4.18). There is acommon pilotage station at the city. A white motor launchis used for exchanging pilots 1 mile either side of theChesapeake City Bridge (39°32′N 75°49′W). All pilotscarry radiotelephones for bridge−to−bridge communication,and with the traffic controller at Chesapeake City. See 3.54and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) fordetails. See Appendix I for Bridge−to−BridgeRadiotelephone regulations.

9 Largest vessel. The maximum length of a vesselpermitted to use the canal is 232 m but 270 m if the vesselhas a bow thruster. The maximum combined width of twovessels passing in the canal is 58 m.

Vertical clearances:10 Conrail Lift Bridge, with a vertical clearance of

13⋅7 m (45 ft) in the closed and 42 m (138 ft) inthe open position, spans the canal 7 miles W ofthe E entrance. Five fixed bridges, with a leastvertical clearance of 41 m (136 ft), span the canal1, 4½, 4¾, 8¾ and 12½ miles respectively, W ofthe E entrance.

11 Five overhead cables, with a least vertical clearanceof 48 m (157 ft), span the canal 3, 8, 9½ and10½ miles respectively, W of the E entrance. Anoverhead pipeline, with a least reported verticalclearance of 40⋅5 m (133 ft), spans the canal8 miles W of the E entrance.

Directions3.136

1 The system of marking the channel with buoys andlights is from each entrance and reverses at ChesapeakeCity. Even numbers and flashing red lights are on the Nside and odd numbers and flashing green lights are on theS side between the Delaware River entrance andChesapeake City. Even numbers and flashing red lights areon the S side, and odd numbers and flashing green lightsare on the N side from Chesapeake City to the W end ofthe canal. Each bend along the canal is marked by anamber light.

CHAPTER 3

76

2 In addition to the navigational aids, both banks of thecanal are lighted by mercury vapour lights spaced about152 m apart on poles at a height of 7⋅6 m above mean highwater.

Vessels are required to navigate at a safe speedthroughout the canal and its approaches to avoid damageby suction or wash to wharves, landings or other boats.

3 East approach and entry. The E approach toChesapeake and Delaware Canal is from Delaware River.CD Light−buoy (preferred channel to port) is moored4 cables ENE of Reedy Point, close N of the N edge of thedredged channel. The entrance is between two stonebreakwaters.

4 West approach and entry. The W approach toChesapeake and Delaware Canal is through ChesapeakeBay, thence Elk River, which is entered between GrovePoint (39°23′N 76°02′W) and Turkey Point, 4 miles NE.The entrance to the canal is through Back Creek (6.167).3.137

1 Useful marks:Breakwater Head 1CD Light (green square on

framework tower) (39°33′⋅5N 75°33′⋅5W).Breakwater Head N No 2 Light (red triangle on

framework tower and hut) (39°33′⋅8N 75°33′⋅6W).(Directions for the main channel to Baltimore are

given in reverse at 6.173)

Berths3.138

1 Wharves at Chesapeake City have reported depths of2⋅1 to 5⋅1 m.

Port services3.139

1 Supplies: fuel; provisions.

Salem River


1 Description. Salem River, which flows into Salem Cove,between Elsinboro Point (39°32′N 75°32′W) and FinnsPoint, 4 miles N, is the approach to Salem, 3 miles aboveits entrance.

2 Depths. In 2004 the controlling depths were 3⋅4 m(11 ft) to No 14 Light, thence 4⋅9 m (16 ft) through the landcut to the head of the project with depths of 3⋅9 to 4⋅9 m(12¾ to 16 ft) in the basin. Above the bridge, in 1976,there were depths of 0⋅6 m (2 ft) or less. The river aboveSalem has silted and is not used. For the latest controllingdepths the chart and the port authorities should beconsulted.

3 Tidal streams. The rate is about 1½ kn in the entrance.The maximum rate in the land cut is 3 kn.

Bridge. A bascule bridge, with a vertical clearance of1⋅5 m (5 ft) when closed and a horizontal clearance of 18 m(60 ft), spans the river 1¾ miles above the entrance.

4 Overhead cables. Overhead power cables, with a leastvertical clearance of 15 m (50 ft), span the river above andbelow the bridge.

Directions3.141

1 From the vicinity of Elsinboro Point a dredged approachchannel, marked by light−beacons (lateral), follows the SEside of Salem Cove for 2 miles to the entrance to the river.Within the entrance a channel has been dredged through a

neck of land below Salem, shortening the distance to thattown by 1 mile.

2 Salem River Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (39°34′⋅3N 75°31′⋅0W).Rear light (similar structure) (909 m from front light).

The alignment (027½°) of these lights leads from SWthrough the approach channel, marked by light−beacons(lateral), towards the entrance to the river.

Anchorages

Anchorage No 13.142

1 Anchorage No 1 (39°19′N 75°25′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the SW side of the main channel WNWof Ship John Shoal Light, and affords anchorage for vesselsin depths of 6⋅4 to 11⋅6 m (21 to 38 ft), soft bottom.Bombay Hook Point Shoal, extending from the W side ofthe bay, rises abruptly on the SW side of the anchorage,and is marked by No 5 Buoy (port hand). See 3.128 forfurther information on anchorages.

Anchorage No 23.143

1 Anchorage No 2 (39°30′N 75°33′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the E side of the main channel 1 mileSE of Reedy Island (3.133). Vessels using it must anchorso that no part of the hull or rigging is outside the limits ofthe anchorage. The E edge of the anchorage extends alongthe edge of Baker Shoal (3.131) and Black Ditch Bar,which has depths of less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft) over it. See3.128 for further information on anchorages.

2 Caution. A submarine pipeline area extends across the Send of the anchorage as shown on the chart.

Anchorage No 33.144

1 Anchorage No 3 (39°33′N 75°33′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the W side of the main channel1½ miles NNE of Reedy Island (3.133). Its limits can bestbe seen from the chart. See 3.128 for further informationon anchorages.

REEDY POINT TOCHERRY ISLAND FLATS

General information

Chart 2603 (see 1.18)Route3.145

1 From a position in the dredged channel at the end ofReedy Island Range leading line (39°33′N 75°32′W), thetrack leads on various alignments for about 13 miles to aposition in the dredged channel at the end of the CherryIsland Range leading line (39°45′N 75°30′W).

Topography3.146

1 The land either side of the river is low−lying with areasof marsh.


1 Numerous submarine cables and pipelines cross theriver; their positions can best be seen on the chart.

See 1.39 and 3.6 for further information on submarinecables and pipelines.

CHAPTER 3

77

Overhead cables3.148

1 An overhead power cable supported by towers at regularintervals, with a least vertical clearance of 15 m (50 ft),spans the river 7 cables N of Pea Patch Island (39°35′⋅5N75°34′⋅0W) There is a vertical clearance of 68 m (223 ft)across the main channel.

Delaware Memorial Bridges3.149

1 Delaware Memorial Bridges, with twin suspension spansand a vertical clearance of 57 m (188 ft) for the middlesection over the main channel, span the river between apoint 2½ miles NE of New Castle (39°40′N 75°34′W) andthe entrance to Salem Canal on the E side of the DelawareRiver.

Magnetic anomalies3.150

1 See 3.126.


1 Racon:Delaware River, Penns Neck, Power Line Tower

(39°37′N 75°35′W).For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.


New Castle Range Leading Lights3.152

1 Front light (white framework tower) (39°38′⋅6N75°35′⋅7W).

Rear light (white framework tower and hut) (717 mfrom front light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the N end ofReedy Island Range leading line, the alignment (334°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to New CastleRange front leading light):

3 ENE of Reedy Point (5 miles SSE), thence:ENE of Pea Patch Shoal (4½ miles SSE), which

extends 1 mile SSE from the S end of Pea PatchIsland (3.167), thence:

ENE of Pea Patch Island (3¼ miles SSE) (3.167),thence:

4 WSW of Finns Point (2¾ miles SE). Goose IslandFlats, with depths of less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft) overthem, extend up to 3 cables off Finns Point.Thence:

Under an overhead power cable (2 miles SSE)(3.148), thence:

5 ENE of A Light−beacon (1¾ miles SSE).Thence the track alters N onto the Bulkhead Bar Range

Leading Lights.3.153

1 Useful marks:Chimney (39°35′⋅6N 75°38′⋅1W).Tank (39°35′⋅9N 75°37′⋅9W).Radio tower (39°36′⋅5N 75°37′⋅6W).Monument (39°36′⋅7N 75°33′⋅4W).

Bulkhead Bar Range Leading Lights3.154

1 Front light (black framework tower, white hut)(39°39′⋅3N 75°34′⋅4W).

Rear light (similar structure) (630 m from front light).2 The alignment (008°) of these lights, visible on the

leading line only, leads for about 6 cables from the NWend of New Castle Range leading line towards DeepwaterPoint Range Leading Lights, passing E of Bulkhead Shoalwhich extends 4¼ miles N and NE of Pea Patch Island.

Thence the track alters NE onto the Deepwater PointRange Leading Lights.

Deepwater Point Range Leading Lights3.155

1 Front light (yellow round tower) (39°40′⋅7N75°31′⋅1W).

Rear light (5 cables from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the N end of

Bulkhead Bar Range leading line, the alignment (042°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys,and buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toDeepwater Point Range front leading light):

3 SE of Pea Patch Island Dike E Light (white diamond,orange border, marked DANGER SUBMERGEDDIKE, on framework structure) (3 miles SW),which marks the N end of Pea Patch Island Dike(3.167), thence:

NW of Kelly Point (2¼ miles SSW), and:4 SE of New Castle (2¼ miles SW). New Castle Flats,

with depths of less than 5⋅5 m (18 ft) over them,extend up to 6 cables from the W side of the riverbetween New Castle and Delaware MemorialBridges. Thence:

5 NW of Travis Cove (5 cables SSE), wherereclamation off the shore, marked by buoys(lateral), is taking place. A wall, the outer part ofwhich is submerged, extends W and SW for8 cables from Travis Cove.

Thence the track alters NNE onto the Cherry IslandRange Leading Lights.3.156

1 Useful marks:Tank (39°38′⋅0N 75°36′⋅7W).Tank (39°38′⋅8N 75°35′⋅6W).Chimney (39°39′⋅0N 75°35′⋅8W).Belfry (39°39′⋅6N 75°33′⋅9W).Tank (39°40′⋅0N 75°30′⋅7W).

2 Water tower (39°40′⋅2N 75°33′⋅7W).Aero light (39°40′⋅5N 75°35′⋅9W).Tank (39°40′⋅9N 75°30′⋅5W).Chimney (39°41′⋅0N 75°30′⋅6W) S of six.Tank (39°41′⋅5N 75°32′⋅6W).Tank (39°41′⋅6N 75°32′⋅5W).

Cherry Island Range Leading Lights3.157

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°45′⋅0N 75°29′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (7 cables from front

light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the NE end of

Deepwater Point Range leading line, the alignment (017°)of these lights, visible on the leading line only, leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Deepwater Point (39°41′⋅7N 75°30′⋅6W)):

CHAPTER 3

78

3 WNW of Salem Canal (5 cables S), the entrance towhich lies on the N side of the E end of DelawareMemorial Bridges. It was formerly connected withSalem River (3.140), but is closed by a dam nearits entrance. And:

Under Delaware Memorial Bridges (5 cables SW)(3.149), thence:

4 ESE of Pigeon Point (7 cables WNW) (3.164), and:WNW of Deepwater Point, thence:ESE of Christina River S Breakwater Light No 1

(1¼ miles N) (green square, on white frameworktower and hut), thence:

WNW of Carney’s Point (1¾ miles NE), thence:5 WNW of Cherry Island Flats (2¾ miles NNE), with a

least depth of 0⋅6 m (2 ft) over them, which lie inmid−channel 1½ miles NNE of the entrance toChristina River. The main dredged channel lies onthe W side, and there is a channel on the E sidemarked by buoys (lateral).

6 Thence the track alters NE onto the Bellevue RangeLeading Lights.3.158

1 Useful marks:Tank (39°42′⋅3N 75°33′⋅1W).Tank (39°43′⋅8N 75°28′⋅3W).Spire (39°44′⋅0N 75°28′⋅3W).Water tower (39°44′⋅1N 75°27′⋅8W).Chimney (39°44′⋅3N 75°30′⋅2W).

(Directions continue at 3.203.Directions for Christina River are given at 3.190)

Bulkhead Shoal Channel


1 Description. Bulkhead Shoal Channel (39°34′N75°34′W), is entered close NE of Reedy Point and leadsNW from Delaware River to the W of Pea Patch Island,and rejoins the main dredged channel in Delaware Riverclose SE of New Castle.

A dredged channel leads from the main dredged channelin Delaware River, E of the E entrance to Chesapeake andDelaware Canal, to the Enterprises Refinery Terminal onthe N side of Delaware City.

Enterprises Refinery Terminal3.160

1 Description. Enterprises Refinery Terminal (39°35′N75°36′W), lies close N of Delaware City.

Depths. There is a dredged cut, leading to the terminalwith a reported controlling depth (2003) of 9⋅4 m (31 ft)and a width of 61 m (200 ft).

2 Tidal streams attain a rate of 2 kn between Pea PatchIsland and Delaware City.

Pilotage. The dock pilot boards from one of two tugswhich are required for berthing and when leaving. SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Directions.3 Front light (red rectangle with white stripe, on orange

framework tower) (39°35′⋅6N 75°36′⋅2W).Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from front

light).4 The alignment (306°) of these lights leads from the main

channel in Delaware River through Bulkhead ShoalChannel, marked by light−buoys (lateral), to the terminal.

Useful marks:Spire (39°34′⋅5N 75°35′⋅6W).Tower (39°34′⋅3N 75°35′⋅8W).

5 Berths. The three offshore wharves at the terminal havea combined berthing length of 870 m, with dolphins, withreported depths of 8⋅5 to 11⋅5 m alongside. The maximumpermitted length of a vessel berthing alongside each wharfis 281 m.

Supplies: fresh water; provisions.


Anchorage No 43.161

1 Anchorage No 4 (39°34′N 75°34′W), a generalanchorage, lies close N of Reedy Point, on the SW side ofBulkhead Shoal Channel (3.159).

Anchorage No 53.162

1 Anchorage No 5 (39°35′N 75°33′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the NE side of the main channel, closeSE of Pea Patch Island.

Caution. The NW end of this anchorage lies in a cablearea.

Anchorage No 63.163

1 Anchorage No 6 (39°42′N 75°30′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the E side of the main channel closeNW of Deepwater Point.

Caution. Vessels must not anchor in the cable area inthe S part of this anchorage.

Pigeon Point3.164

1 Pigeon Point (39°42′N 75°31′W) lies 5 cables NE of theW end of Delaware Memorial Bridges. Barges load railcarshere for Deepwater Point on the E side of the river and forThompson Point (3.232).

Deepwater Point3.165

1 Deepwater Point (39°41′⋅7N 75°30′⋅6W) lies 6 cables Nof the E end of Delaware Memorial Bridges and bargesfrom Pigeon Point unload rail cars here. At DeepwaterPoint is the E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company Inc.,Chambers Works. The offshore wharf, which is 167 m inlength, has dolphins off its end. Vessels 183 m in lengthcan berth at the wharf which has reported depths of 10⋅1 malongside. Acids and organic chemicals are handled at thewharf.

Penns Grove3.166

1 Penns Grove (39°44′N 75°28′W) is a railway terminus.The wharf fronting the town is reported to have a depth of3 m alongside.

Pea Patch Island


1 Pea Patch Island (39°35′N 75°34′W), the site of FortDelaware State Park, lies in mid−channel on the W side ofthe main channel, 1¼ miles N of Reedy Point. A light(green square, on pile) is exhibited from the head of awharf, near the middle of the E side of the island. In 1983the wharf was in ruins and shoaling to 2⋅1 m (7 ft) wasreported (2002) at the entrance to the channel. A dike,

CHAPTER 3

79

mostly submerged at HW, and marked by lights andbeacons, extends from Pea Patch Island over the greaterpart of Bulkhead Shoal.

2 The passage W of the island and Bulkhead Shoal issometimes used by small vessels bound throughChesapeake and Delaware Canal.

PORT OF WILMINGTON

General information

Chart 2603Position3.168

1 The Port of Wilmington (39°43′N 75°31′W), lies 2 milesSE of the City of Wilmington, on the banks of ChristinaRiver. It is one of the Ports of Philadelphia and lies104 km from the Atlantic Ocean.

Function3.169

1 The City of Wilmington has large manufacturinginterests, and is renowned for its chemical industry. Theport has modern facilities, and is equipped to handle allmanner of cargoes. At the city both sides of the river arelined with wharves, which support a large traffic in barges.The river is navigable to Christiana, 13 miles above theentrance, however Newport, 6¾ miles above the entrance isthe head of the dredged channel. In 2000 there was apopulation of 72664. Wilmington is a customs port ofentry.

Approach and entry3.170

1 Wilmington is approached from Delaware River, on thealignment of leading lights, thence through a channel inChristina River which is entered between Christina River SBreakwater, from which a light is exhibited, and No 2Light−buoy moored close S of Cherry Island.

Traffic3.171

1 In 2004 the port was used by 207 vessels with a totaldwt of 8 927 583 tonnes.

Port Authority3.172

1 Port of Wilmington, 1 Hausel Road, Wilmington, DE19801−5852.

Limiting conditions

Controlling depths3.173

1 A dredged channel, with a project depth of 11⋅6 m(38 ft) and a least width of 104 m, leads into the river tothe upper end of the turning basin off the N side ofWilmington Marine Terminal. The turning basin has thesame project depth and a width of 97⋅5 m. Between theturning basin and Lobdell Canal the channel has a projectdepth of 10⋅7 m (35 ft) and a width of 122 m. The channelis subject to frequent shoaling.

2 Above Lobdell Canal, the controlling centreline depths(2004) in Christina River were 3⋅0 m (10 ft) to the MarketStreet bascule bridge about 2¾ miles above the entrance.

For the latest controlling depths the charts and portauthorities should be consulted.

Vertical clearance3.174

1 There are no bridges or overhead cables spanningChristina River as far as the W end of Wilmington MarineTerminal.

Deepest and longest berth3.175

1 Wilmington Marine Terminal (3.193).

Tidal levels3.176

1 At Reedy Point the mean spring range is about 1⋅7 m;mean neap range about 1⋅3 m. See information in AdmiraltyTide Tables.

Abnormal water levels3.177

1 See 3.126.

Density of water3.178

1 The density of water is 1⋅000 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled3.179

1 Scandinavian Highway, 48 014 gt, LOA 218 m, draught9⋅0 m.

Local weather3.180

1 See 3.249.

Arrival information

Port operations3.181

1 Vessel traffic service. See 3.55.

Anchorages3.182

1 Anchoring is prohibited in Christina River, within thecity limits, without prior permission of the harbourcommissioners. Anchorage No 6 (3.163) is close NW ofDeepwater Point on the E side of the main channel. See3.128, for general information on anchorages.

Pilotage3.183

1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 3.54 and Admiralty List ofRadio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Tugs3.184

1 Tugs are available.

Local knowledge3.185

1 Local knowledge is necessary above Newport.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.

Regulations concerning entry. See 3.60.

Quarantine3.187

1 See 3.127.

CHAPTER 3

80

Harbour

General layout3.188

1 The deepwater berths, for all classes of cargo, lineChristina River on the S side, close inside the entrance.


1 Magnetic anomalies. The normal magnetic variation isincreased/decreased by 2° to 5° in the vicinity ofWilmington.

Climatic table. See 1.190.

Directions for entering harbour(continued from 3.158)

Christina River Entrance Leading Lights3.190

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°43′⋅4N 75°32′⋅0W).Rear light (similar structure) (260 m from front light).

From a position in the dredged channel ESE of ChristinaRiver S Breakwater Light No 1, the alignment (293°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads intoChristina River and thence into the basin.

Basins and berths

Basins3.191

1 A turning basin is situated in Christina River N ofWilmington Marine Terminal.

Anchorages and moorings3.192

1 See 3.163.

Berths3.193

1 Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

Wilmington Marine Terminal (39°43′N 75°31′W);1047 m in length, provides 7 berths with depths alongsideof 10⋅7 to 11⋅6 m.

2 Wilmington Marine Terminal Floating Berth, close SEof Wilmington Marine terminal; 157 m in length with adepth of 10⋅7 m alongside.

Wilmington Marine Terminal Tanker Berth, close SEof Wilmington Marine Terminal; 15 m face, with a depth of11⋅6 m alongside. It can accommodate vessels up to 305 min length.

Port services

Facilities3.194

1 Deratting; oily waste reception facilities.

Supplies3.195

1 Fuel; fresh water; provisions and stores.

Communications3.196

1 Greater Wilmington Airport 8 km, PhiladelphiaInternational Airport 35 km.

CHERRY ISLAND FLATS TOMONDS ISLAND

General informationChart 2603Route3.197

1 From a position in the dredged channel towards the endof Cherry Island Range (39°44′N 75°30′W) the track leads,on various alignments for about 10½ miles, to a position inthe dredged channel towards the end of Eddystone Range(39°51′N 75°20′W).

Topography3.198

1 The banks of Delaware River are low−lying with areasof marsh.




Overhead cable3.200

1 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of64 m (210 ft), spans the Delaware River 3¼ miles NE ofthe entrance to Oldmans Creek (39°47′N 75°26′W). Thesupport towers exhibit obstruction lights.

Commodore John Barry Bridge3.201

1 Commodore John Barry Bridge, a fixed bridge with avertical clearance of 58 m (190 ft), spans the DelawareRiver 3¾ miles NE of the entrance to Oldmans Creek(39°47′N 75°26′W).

Magnetic anomalies3.202

1 See 3.126.


Bellevue Range Leading Lights3.203

1 Front light (tower) (39°44′⋅1N 75°30′⋅3W).Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from front

light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the NNE end

of Cherry Island Range leading line, the alignment (216°),astern, of these lights, visible on the leading line only,leads through the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Oldmans Point (39°46′N 75°28′W)):

NW of Penns Grove (2 miles SSW) (3.166), and:3 SE of Edgemoor (1½ miles SW) (3.218), thence:

NE of Oldmans Point, from which a ruined dikeextends 2 cables W; there is a ruined pier2½ cables S of the point; a pier 4½ cables NE ofOldmans Point, the outer part submerged, hasseveral submerged piles off its outer part. Anoutfall 1½ cables ENE of Oldmans Point extends3½ cables WNW. Thence:

4 SE of Grubbs Landing Light−beacon (green and whitechequered diamond, on framework tower)(1¼ miles N).

Thence the track alters NE onto the Marcus Hook RangeLeading Lights.

CHAPTER 3

81


Tank (39°45′⋅0N 75°27′⋅0W).Tank (39°45′⋅8N 75°25′⋅3W).

Marcus Hook Range Leading Lights3.205

1 Front light (pyramidal framework tower) (39°46′⋅6N75°28′⋅5W).

Rear light (square concrete tower) (1½ miles fromfront light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of theBellevue Range leading line, the alignment (237½°), astern,of these lights, visible on the leading line only, leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Raccoon Island SW point (39°49′N 75°23′W)):

3 NW of Marcus Hook Bar (3½ miles WSW). Themain dredged channel passes NW of Marcus HookBar and another channel SE of it. Thence:

NW of a target (2½ miles SW), thence:4 SE of a light−beacon (on wood trestle on pile)

(2 miles WSW), at the extremity of an intake atMarcus Hook, thence:

NW of Raccoon Island.Thence the track alters NE onto the Chester Range


1 Useful marks:Tank (39°47′⋅6N 75°23′⋅8W).Tank (39°48′⋅2N 75°27′⋅6W).Chimney (39°48′⋅4N 75°25′⋅6W).Chimney (39°48′⋅6N 75°25′⋅7W).Tank (39°49′⋅3N 75°24′⋅8W).Chimney (39°49′⋅3N 75°24′⋅7W).

Chester Range Leading Lights3.207

1 Front light (square framework tower) (39°51′⋅2N75°19′⋅9W).

Rear light (framework tower) (500 m from frontlight).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the NE end ofMarcus Hook range leading line, the alignment (051¼°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoysand buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toChester Island SW point (39°50′N 75°21′W)):

3 Under an overhead power cable (1¾ miles WSW)(3.200), thence:

Under Commodore John Barry Bridge (1¼ milesWSW) (3.201), thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful)(9 cables W), thence:

NW of Excelsior Bar (5 cables WSW), thence:4 SE of a light−beacon (pile) (6 cables NW), at the

extremity of an intake at Chester, thence:NW of Chester Island, which is marshy and

surrounded by shallow flats, which extend nearlyto the main dredged channel. A dike extendsacross the SW side of the NE flat, almost fromMonds Island to Chester Island.

5 Thence the track alters ENE onto the Eddystone range.


Chimney (39°50′⋅2N 75°22′⋅3W).Spire (39°50′⋅3N 75°22′⋅6W).Elevator (39°50′⋅3N 75°22′⋅0W).

Eddystone Range3.209

1 From a position in the dredged channel at the NE end ofChester Range leading line, the track continues throughEddystone Range, marked by light−buoys and buoys(lateral), to a position in the dredged channel, at thebeginning of the Tinicum Range leading line.3.210

1 Useful marks:Tank (39°50′⋅7N 75°21′⋅3W).Chimney (39°51′⋅5N 75°19′⋅6W).Chimney (39°51′⋅6N 75°19′⋅4W), one of three.


Marcus Hook


1 Position and function. Marcus Hook (39°49′N75°25′W), stands 1½ miles WSW of Raccoon Island. It isone of the Ports of Philadelphia, an important petroleumcentre, where large quantities of crude oil are received, andrefined. Petroleum products are shipped.

2 Traffic. In 2004 Marcus Hook and Claymont were usedby 311 vessels with a total of 47 506 771 dwt.

Port Authority. See 3.273.

Berths3.212


There are deep−draught wharves and piers at MarcusHook, and at adjacent Claymont as follows:

Texaco Pier (39°48′⋅1N 75°26′⋅0W); 11 m face, withdepths of 11 m alongside.

2 Allied Chemical Pier, 185 m NE of Texaco; 227 m inlength, with reported depths of 5⋅4 to 9⋅1 malongside.

Sun Oil Company Wharf 3C, (39°48′⋅4N 75°25′⋅2W);305 m in length, with dolphins, with depths of12⋅2 m alongside.

3 Sun Oil Company Wharf 3A and 3B, close NE of3 C; 305 m in length, with dolphins, with depths of11⋅6 m alongside.

Sun Oil Company Wharf 2 and 2C, close NE of 3A;198 m in length, with dolphins, with depths of11⋅6m alongside, and 134 m in length with depthsof 6 to 11⋅6 m alongside.

4 Sun Oil Company Wharf 1, 1B and 1C close NE of3 A; 183 m in length, with dolphins, with depths of6⋅1 m alongside, and two berths 143 m in length,with depths of 6⋅1 m alongside.

BP Oil Terminal close ENE of Sun Oil Terminal; twooffshore wharves connected by catwalks providing427 m of berthing space, with dolphins, withdepths of 12⋅2 m alongside.

CHAPTER 3

82

Port services3.213

1 Facilities: hospitals.Supplies: fuel; fresh water; stores.Communications. Philadelphia International Airport

20 km.

Chester


1 Position and function. Chester (39°51′N 75°21′W), alsoknown as Eddystone, lies between 1 and 4 miles NE ofMarcus Hook and is one of the Ports of Philadelphia, animportant manufacturing city and port of entry.

2 Traffic. In 2004 Chester and Eddystone were used by46 vessels with a total of 3 848 092 dwt.

Port Authority. Penn Terminals Inc, 1 Saville Ave,Eddystone, PA 19022.

Berths3.215


The wharves and piers at Chester are used mainly bybarges and light draught vessels. There are depths of 4⋅5 to6⋅0 m alongside the wharves, however some have as littleas 1⋅5 m.

Port services3.216

1 Repairs of all kinds can be carried out; four dry docks,the largest 333⋅2 m long and 46⋅2 m wide.

Facilities: hospitals.Supplies: fuel oil; fresh water; provisions and stores.Communications. Philadelphia International Airport

15 km.

Anchorages and river berths

Anchorage No 73.217

1 Anchorage No 7 (39°48′N 75°24′W), a generalanchorage, with a preferential area for Quarantineinspection, lies close W of Raccoon Island, on the SW sideof the river. There are depths of 10⋅7 to 14⋅0 m (35 to46 ft). The pipelines in the area at the SW end of theanchorage are buried 5 to 6 m (17 to 20 ft) below the seabed.

Edgemoor3.218

1 Edgemoor (39°45′N 75°30′W), a town on the W bank ofthe river lies 2 miles above the entrance to Christina River.There is an acid wharf which has a reported depth of 6⋅1 mat its outer end.

Monsanto Plant Wharf3.219

1 Monsanto Plant Wharf (39°48′N 75°24′W), lies 1 mileSSE of Marcus Hook. Transhipments of liquid chemicalsare made from the wharf, which has a length of 305 m,with a depth of 8⋅5 m alongside.

Eddystone Generating Station Terminal3.220

1 Description. Eddystone Generating Station Terminal lies1 mile SE of Eddystone. There are two T−headed wharves

approached through a dredged channel, with a depth of7⋅6 m (25 ft) (1997).

Directions. The approach to the wharves is from thedredged channel in Delaware River at the NE end ofEddystone Range, close SW of TS Buoy (preferred channelto starboard), at the junction of this channel with TinicumRange.

2 Eddystone Generating Station Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, orange stripe, on tower)

(39°51′⋅4N 75°19′⋅4W).Rear light (similar structure) (210 m from front light).

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the NE end ofEddystone Range, the alignment (038½°) of these lightsleads towards the terminal.

MONDS ISLAND TO MUD ISLAND

General information


1 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of theEddystone Range (39°51′N 75°20′W), the track leads onvarious alignments, for about 6½ miles to a position in thedredged channel at the end of the Mifflin Range leadingline (39°53′N 75°12′W).

Topography3.222

1 The area is low lying interspersed with marsh; the banksof Delaware River are indented by numerous creeks, inletsand small bays.





Tinicum Range Leading Lights3.224

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°50′⋅9N 75°15′⋅2W).Rear light (gallery on pyramidal framework tower,

black central column) (6 cables from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of

Eddystone Range, the alignment (092°) of these lights leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Crab Point (39°51′N 75°18′W)):

N of a light−beacon (pile) marking an intake atThompson Point (4 cables W) (3.232), thence:

3 S of Little Tinicum Island (5 cables N) (3.236),thence:

N of Bramell Point (1¼ miles E).Thence the track alters ENE onto the Billingsport Range


1 Useful marks:Chimney (39°51′⋅6N 75°19′⋅4W) one of three.Tank (39°50′⋅4N 75°18′⋅2W).Tank (39°51′⋅8N 75°17′⋅6W).Chimney (39°51′⋅9N 75°17′⋅2W).

CHAPTER 3

83

Billingsport Range Leading Lights3.226

1 Front light (tower) (39°50′⋅5N 75°17′⋅3W).Rear light (similar structure) (440 m from front light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of theTinicum Range leading line, the alignment (250°), astern,of these lights, visible on the leading line only, leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toBramell Point (39°51′N 75°16′W)):

3 NNW of Gatx Terminal Wharf (9 cables ENE)(3.233), thence:

SSE of Mifflin Bar Dike (1¼ miles NE).Thence the track alters NE onto the Mifflin Range


1 Useful marks:Tank (39°50′⋅4N 75°14′⋅7W).Aero light (39°52′⋅5N 75°14′⋅6W).Tank (39°50′⋅6N 75°14′⋅0W).

Mifflin Range Leading Lights3.228

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°50′⋅9N 75°15′⋅2W).Rear light (white framework tower) (585 m from front

light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the ENE end

of Billingsport Range leading line, the alignment (234°),astern, of these lights, visible on the leading line only,leads through the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toWashington Neck Point (39°52′N 75°12′W)):

3 NW of Mantua Creek (1¾ miles WSW), thence:SE of Fort Mifflin (1 mile NW).

Thence the track alters E onto the Eagle Point RangeLeading Lights.3.229

1 Useful marks:Tank (39°50′⋅4N 75°14′⋅7W).Aero light (39°52′⋅5N 75°14′⋅6W).Tank (39°50′⋅6N 75°14′⋅0W).Radio tower (39°52′⋅1N 75°13′⋅2W) W of two.Water tower (39°52′⋅0N 75°10′⋅9W).(Directions continue for river passage at 3.288,and for entrance to Schuylkill River at 3.257)


Anchorage No 83.230

1 Anchorage No 8 (39°51′N 75°18′W), a generalanchorage lies on the S side of the dredged channel.

Anchorage No 93.231

1 Anchorage No 9 (39°52′N 75°13′W), lies on the SE sideof the main dredged channel, and parallels Mifflin Rangeleading line.

Thompson Point3.232

1 Thompson Point (39°50′⋅6N 75°18′⋅4W), lies 1¼ miles Eof Chester Island, and is the terminus for barges loadedwith railcars from Pigeon Point (3.164).

Paulsboro3.233

1 Position and function. Paulsboro (39°51′N 75°15′W),lies between Bramell Point, 1¼ miles E of Crab Point andthe entrance to Mantua Creek, 1¾ miles farther E. It is oneof the Ports of Philadelphia, and has three large oilrefineries.

2 Traffic. In 2004 Paulsboro was used by 117 vessels witha total of 16 251 829 dwt.

Port Authority see 3.273.Berths. Alongside depths are reported depths. The port

authorities should be contacted for the latest information.3 There are deep−draught wharves and piers as follows:

Mobil Oil Corporation Refinery Tug Wharf andberths 1−5, on Bramell Point (39°51′N 75°16′W);berthing length of 686 m with depths alongside of10⋅4 m.

4 Mobil Oil Corporation Refinery Tanker Wharf, closeW of the tug wharf; 35 m face, 236 m in length,with dolphins, with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Gatx Terminal Wharf (39°51′N 75°15′W), 9 cablesENE of Bramell Point (3.233). An offshore wharfwith a berthing length of 274 m with dolphins, anddepth alongside of 11⋅0 to 12⋅2 m.

5 BP Oil Terminal Piers (39°51′N 75°14′W), lie1½ miles ENE of Bramell Point. There are twooffshore wharves with a berthing length of 504 mand a depth alongside of 5⋅2 to 11⋅0 m.

6 Citgo Asphalt Refining Company Terminal (39°51′N75°14′W), lies close E of the entrance to MantuaCreek and has a pier with a 12 m (40 ft) face and305 m berthing length with dolphins; depthalongside of 12⋅2 m.

Crab Point3.234

1 Crab Point (39°51′N 75°18′W), lies 5 cables E ofThompson Point. The large buildings of E.I.DupontChemical Plant stand on the point. The complex is frontedby two wharves with a total berthing length of 439 m anddepths of 0⋅9 to 10⋅7 m alongside.

Hog Island3.235

1 Description. Hog Island (39°52′N 75°14′W), lies W ofPhiladelphia. Philadelphia International airport, stands onHog Island, alongside the Delaware River. There are anumber of berths which line the river bank.

Berths:2 Sun Refining and Marketing Company Wharf

(39°51′⋅7N 75°14′⋅2W), has a berthing length of839 m with depths of 10⋅4 to 11⋅9 m alongside.Two tugs are required when berthing and onewhen leaving.

3 Sun Pipeline Terminal (39°52′⋅2N 75°13′⋅0W), lies7½ cables ENE of Chevron Oil Company Wharf,and has 563 m of berthing space with depths of12⋅2 to 12⋅8 m alongside. Three tugs are usuallyrequired when berthing and leaving.

4 Old Fort Mifflin Wharves (39°52′⋅5N 75°12′⋅5W), lie5 cables NE of Sun Pipeline Terminal and havedepths of 3 to 9⋅1 m at their outer ends. Thewharves are used by the Corps of Engineers.

Little Tinicum Island3.236

1 Little Tinicum Island (39°51′N 75°17′W), lies on the Nside of the main dredged channel, with its W end 5 cables

CHAPTER 3

84

SSE of the entrance to Darby Creek. The island is marshywith bushes on its W end. Local vessels usually passaround the W end of the island where the controlling depthis about 2⋅7 m (9 ft).

2 For the latest controlling depths the chart and the portauthorities should be consulted.

SCHUYLKILL RIVER

General information


1 Schuylkill River (39°53′N 75°12′W) is entered betweenMud Island and League Island, now part of the mainland,SW of the City of Philadelphia.

Function3.238

1 Schuylkill River is navigable for a distance of 7½ milesto Fairmount Dam. It forms a major part of the Port ofPhiladelphia, and an important outlet for part of thecommerce of the city. The confluence of Schuylkill Riverand Delaware River is the centre of the petroleum industry.


1 The river is approached from SSW on the alignment ofleading lights from the dredged channel in Delaware River.

Traffic3.240

1 See 3.272.

Port Authority3.241

1 See 3.273.

Limiting conditions

Controlling depth3.242

1 Between the river entrance and the first bascule bridge(39°55′⋅2N 75°12′⋅1W) there is a dredged channel with aproject depth of 10 m (33 ft) and a least width of 91 m(300 ft). Thence to a position 2 cables NNE of GibsonPoint (39°55′⋅6N 75°12′⋅8W), the project depth becomes7⋅9 m (26 ft) with a least width of 61 m (200 ft). BetweenGibson Point and the second bascule bridge (39°56′⋅6N75°11′⋅8W), the project depth is 6⋅7 m (22 ft) with a leastwidth of 61 m (200 ft). For the latest controlling depths thechart and port authority should be consulted.

Bridges3.243

1 Schuylkill River is spanned by six bridges:Interstate 95. A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance

of 41 m (135 ft), at Girrard Point 5 cables abovethe entrance.

George C Platt Memorial Bridge. A fixed bridge,with a vertical clearance of 41 m (135 ft), 1¼ milesabove the entrance.

2 Bascule bridge, with a vertical clearance of 15 m(50 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 61 m (200 ft),about 3 miles above the entrance.

Fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 15 m(50 ft), and a maximum horizontal clearance of

22⋅8 m (75 ft), in the W channel about 4¾ milesabove the entrance.

3 The others, all swing or bascule bridges, have aminimum vertical clearance of 4⋅6 m (15 ft).


1 Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of22⋅8 m (75 ft), span the river about 4¾ miles above theentrance.


1 Girard Point Wharves Nos 1, 2 and 3 (3.261).

Tidal levels3.246

1 Mean spring range about 1⋅9 m; mean neap range about1⋅5 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.


1 Flood stages in the Schuylkill and Delaware Riversoccur as follows:

Schuylkill River. They normally occur about twice ayear, seldom last over 12 hours, and usually afterexcessive falls of precipitation during summerthunderstorms.

2 Delaware River. They are caused by abnormally hightides owing to the water “backing up” under theinfluence of strong S or SE winds.



Local weather3.249

1 The proximity of Philadelphia to Delaware Bay probablyhas some effects on temperature conditions locally. Owingto the prevalence of maritime air during the summermonths, the humidity adds to the discomfort of the hightemperatures. Fog can be expected during the autumn andwinter.

2 High winds in the winter, as a rule, come with theadvance of cold air after the passage of a deep lowpressure area. Only rarely have hurricanes in the vicinitycaused widespread damage, then primarily throughflooding.

Arrival information


1 See 3.55.

Notice of ETA3.251

1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

Anchorages3.252

1 See 3.128.

Tugs3.253


Regulations concerning entry3.254

1 Regulated navigation area. See 3.60.

CHAPTER 3

85

Harbour regulations. Local rules and regulations areenforced by the Navigation Commission for the DelawareRiver (Pennsylvania). The authority of the Commissionextends from the Pennsylvania−Delaware boundary line onthe south to the head of the navigable waters of DelawareRiver on the north. Copies of the regulations may beobtained from the Navigation Commission for the DelawareRiver, 302 North Office Building, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania,17120−0029.

Quarantine3.255

1 See 3.127.

Harbour

General layout3.256

1 The harbour extends along the E and W banks of theSchuylkill River. Close above the entrance on the E banklies the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard, which includes theReserve Basin (3.259). At Girard Point on the E bank,close NW of the Interstate fixed bridge, are the wharvesand berths equipped to handle petroleum products,containers, and general cargo. Farther up river are otherwharves and berths for handling petroleum products.


3.257 1 Schuylkill River Leading Lights:

Front light (framework tower) (39°53′⋅3N 75°11′⋅6W).Rear light (similar structure) (210 m from front light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel towards the endof Mifflin Range leading line, the alignment (021½°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by alight−beacon and No 1 Buoy, into Schuylkill River, passing:

3 WNW of No 2 Light−beacon (red triangle onframework tower, round base), (1 cable SE of MudIsland (39°53′N 75°12′W)), which marks asubmerged jetty, lying off the SW end of LeagueIsland.

4 Thence at the end of Schuylkill River leading line,course should be altered N keeping to the centreline of thedredged channel, passing:

E of No 3 Light−beacon (green square on pile) closeNE of Mud Island.

Thence towards the designated berth. The fairway ismarked by buoys (lateral) as far as the railway bridge,4½ miles above its mouth.3.258

1 Useful marks:Tank (39°53′⋅7N 75°11′⋅5W).Torch (39°53′⋅9N 75°12′⋅9W).Chimney (39°54′⋅2N 75°12′⋅7W).

Basin and berths

Reserve Basin3.259

1 Reserve Basin (39°54′N 75°11′W), lies close N ofPhiladelphia Naval Dockyard and is for the laying up ofUnited States reserve fleet vessels. The entrance is spannedby a vertical lift bridge, which when closed has a verticalclearance of 2⋅1 m (7 ft). In 1989 there were depths of 6⋅1to 9⋅1 m (20 to 30 ft) alongside the wharves and piers. For

the latest controlling depths in the dredged entrance to thebasin, the chart and port authority should be consulted.

Anchorages3.260

1 See 3.128.

Berths3.261


Girard Point Terminal (39°53′⋅7N 75°11′⋅9W), providesthree piers, Pier 1, the longest, is 333 m (1092 ft) in length,with a depth of 9⋅4 m alongside.

Pier 1 is for general cargo, Pier 2 is for general cargo,and containers, and Pier 3 is for grain in bulk.

2 Sun Refining and Marketing Company (39°53′⋅7N75°12′⋅2W), provides three wharves for receipt andshipment of petroleum products, cumene and benzene, witha total length of 633 m (2075 ft), and a depth of 9⋅7 malongside.

Exxon Barge Dock (39°54′⋅3N 75°13′⋅0W), provides a55 m (180 ft) face with dolphins, and a depth of 10 malongside.

3 Maritank Philadelphia Wharf (39°54′⋅6N 75°13′⋅0W),provides a berth for receipt and shipment of petroleumproducts with a 229 m (750 ft) face with a depth of 7⋅9 m(2003) alongside.

C.R.Wamer Yankee Point Terminal (39°54′⋅6N75°12′⋅6W), provides a berth for receipt and shipment ofpetroleum products with a 59 m (195 ft) face with depths of7⋅3 to 7⋅9 m alongside.

4 Louis Dreyfus Energy Wharf (39°55′⋅7N 75°12′⋅7W),provides a berth with a 63 m (206 ft) face, with a depth of6⋅1 m alongside.

Port services

Repairs3.262

1 See 3.305.

Other facilities3.263

1 See 3.306.

Supplies3.264

1 See 3.307.

Communications3.265

1 See 3.308.

PHILADELPHIA AND ASSOCIATED PORTS

General information


1 The Port of Philadelphia (39°57′N 75°10′W) is situatedat Schuylkill River, and on the W bank of Delaware River.Schuylkill River is described at 3.237.

Function3.267

1 Philadelphia is one of the chief ports of the UnitedStates, and together with Gloucester City, Camden, andPort Richmond, are collectively known as part of “The

CHAPTER 3

86

Ports of Philadelphia”. The whole area supports asubstantial manufacturing and shipbuilding industry, andlarge quantities of general cargo are handled at the port inboth foreign and domestic trade. In addition, crudepetroleum and petroleum products, sugar and ore areimported, while coal, grain and refined petroleum productsare exported. Coastwise receipts are mostly crude petroleumand petroleum products, and shipments consist chiefly ofrefined petroleum products. Philadelphia is a customs portof entry.

Topography3.268

1 The whole of the area is low lying. Philadelphia isbounded on two sides by the Delaware River and on oneside by Schuylkill River.

Port limits3.269

1 The port limits as defined for customs purposes areDelaware and Schuylkill Rivers bordering on themunicipality as are navigable; the municipal limits onDelaware River extend from Fort Mifflin on the S toPoquessing Creek on the N 20 miles up river.


1 See 1.39 and 3.6.


1 The port is approached from Delaware River andSchuylkill River, and entered directly from the rivers.

Traffic3.272

1 In 2004, Philadelphia and Westville were used by 438vessels with a total of 55 763 556 dwt.

Port Authority3.273

1 Philadelphia Regional Port Authority, 3460 NorthDelaware Ave, 2nd Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19134.

Limiting conditions


1 For Delaware River see 3.123.For Schuylkill River see 3.242.For the latest controlling depths in Schuylkill River and

Delaware River, the charts and port authorities should beconsulted. See 1.21 for depth definitions.

Bridges3.275

1 Walt Whitman Bridge. Walt Whitman fixed suspensionbridge (39°54′⋅3N 75°07′⋅8W), with a vertical clearance of46 m (150 ft) at the centre and 42 m (139 ft) at the sides,spans the river at Greenwich Point, 7 cables NNE ofGreenwich Coal Pier.

2 Benjamin Franklin Bridge. Benjamin Franklin fixedsuspension bridge (39°57′⋅2N 75°08′⋅0W), with a verticalclearance of 41 m (135 ft) at the centre and 39 m (128 ft) atthe sides, spans the river 2¾ miles N of Greenwich Point.

3 Conrail Lift Bridge. Conrail Lift Bridge (39°59′N75°04′W), with a vertical clearance of 15 m (49 ft) when

closed and 41 m (135 ft) when open, spans Delaware Riverclose SW of Fisher Point

Bridges above Fisher Point are described at 3.313 and3.331.


1 Packer Avenue Marine Terminal (39°54′N 75°08′W)(3.299).

Tidal levels3.277



1 See 3.126.



Local weather3.280

1 See 3.249.

Arrival information


1 See 3.55.

Notice of ETA3.282


Anchorages3.283

1 See 3.128.Anchorage No 10 (39°53′N 75°10′W), a restricted naval

anchorage, lies on the N side of the dredged channel closeE of Philadelphia Naval Shipyard, and has depths of 4 to11⋅6 m (13 to 38 ft).

2 Anchorage No 11 (39°54′N 75°08′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the E side of the dredged channel, W ofGloucester City, and has depths of 1⋅8 to 18 m (6 to 59 ft).

3 Anchorage No 12 (39°55′N 75°08′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the E side of the dredged channel, closeN of No 11 Anchorage.

There is a restricted part of this anchorage where vesselsshould only anchor when the remainder of the anchorage iscongested, and from which they should move immediatelya berth becomes available. There are depths of 5⋅5 to14⋅3 m (18 to 47 ft).

4 Anchorage No 13 (39°57′N 75°08′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the E side of the dredged channel, closeN of No 12 Anchorage.

Vessels should not anchor in the cable area either side ofBenjamin Franklin Bridge and should avoid anchoring in aposition so as to interfere with vessels entering or leavingBack Channel (3.294).

5 Anchorage No 14 (39°58′N 75°06′W), a generalanchorage, lies on the S side of the dredged channel, closeN of Petty Island, and is marked by buoys (lateral) on its Sside. There are depths of 6⋅7 to 11⋅0 m (22 to 36 ft).

Vessels with a draught of less than 6⋅1 m (20 ft) mustanchor SW of No 11 Pier at Port Richmond (3.302). Therestricted anchorage, off the oil refinery wharf on the Nside of the E end of Petty Island, is reserved for vesselsusing that wharf.

CHAPTER 3

87

6 Anchorage No 15 (39°58′⋅5N 75°05′⋅3W), a generalanchorage, lies on the S side of the dredged channel closeoff the NE end of Petty Island. There are depths of 3⋅7 to11⋅3 m (12 to 37 ft). A pipe stands near the W end of theS limit of the anchorage.

This anchorage is reserved when necessary for vesselsunder the custody of the United States. When this occursother vessels in the anchorage may be required to move.

7 Anchorage No 16 (39°58′⋅7N 75°04′⋅9W), with depthsof 10⋅7 m (35 ft) (1997), lies on the N side of the dredgedchannel close N and E of No 15 Anchorage.

This anchorage is reserved for vessels under custody ofthe United States.

Tugs3.284


Quarantine3.285

1 See 3.127.

Harbour

General layout3.286

1 The harbour facilities of Philadelphia stretch from FortMifflin on the S to Poquessing Creek on the N 20 miles upriver, and includes Schuylkill River (3.237). The whole ofthe waterfront of Philadelphia is occupied by wharves andpiers, behind which the City of Philadelphia stands.

2 Gloucester City and Camden lie on the E bank of theDelaware River, and again, the whole of the waterfront isoccupied by wharves and piers. The dividing line betweenGloucester and Camden is Newton Creek; the creek isblocked 2½ cables above the entrance by low fixed bridges.

3 Port Richmond lies on the N side of Delaware River,opposite Petty Island. There are numerous major wharves,piers, container, and marine terminals in the central area ofthe harbour. Most of the general cargo piers and wharvesare between the Walt Whitman Bridge and Port Richmond,2 miles above the Benjamin Franklin Bridge, and at TenMile Point, 7 miles above the Benjamin Franklin Bridge.Coal, fertiliser, and ore together with containers, arehandled at the facilities S of Greenwich Point, just belowthe Walt Whitman Bridge.

Climatic table3.287

1 See 1.191.

Directions for river passage Mud Island toFisher Point

(continued from 3.229)

Eagle Point Range Leading Lights3.288

1 Front light (framework tower) (39°53′⋅0N 75°12′⋅0W).Rear light (white pyramidal tower) (290 m from front

light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of

Mifflin Range leading line, the alignment (274¼°), astern,of these lights, visible on the leading line only, leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Eagle Point (39°53′N 75°10′W)):

3 S of Philadelphia Naval Shipyard (1 mile NW)(3.297), thence:

S of a ferry terminal (7 cables NW), thence:N of Eagle Point, thence:N of Coastal Oil Refinery (5 cables E).

Thence the track alters onto the Horseshoe BendLeading Lights.3.289

1 Useful marks:Water tower (39°51′⋅9N 75°10′⋅9W).Monument (39°52′⋅3N 75°11′⋅4W).Tank (39°53′⋅2N 75°10′⋅1W).Torch (39°52′⋅4N 75°09′⋅7W).

Horseshoe Bend Leading Lights3.290

1 Front light (green square on multi−pile structure)(39°53′⋅2N 75°08′⋅1W).

Rear light (building) (318 m from front light).2 The alignment (061¼°) of these lights, visible on the

leading line only, leads through the dredged channel,marked by light−buoys and buoys (lateral), to the end ofHorseshoe Bend Leading Line.

3 Thence the track alters onto the Horseshoe RangeLeading Lights.

Horseshoe Range Leading Lights3.291

1 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower) (39°52′⋅7N 75°08′⋅7W).

Rear light (similar structure) (550 m from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of the

Horseshoe Bend leading line, the alignment (206¼°),astern, of these lights leads through the centre of thedredged channel, marked by light−buoys and buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to Gloucester Point(39°53′⋅7N 75°07′⋅8W)):

3 ESE of Horseshoe Shoal (1 mile SW), which extendsW for 1¼ miles, thence:

ESE of League Island (5 cables SW).The track continues on various courses favouring the W

bank of the river for 4 miles, passing (with positionsrelative to Gloucester Point (39°53′⋅7N 75°07′⋅8W)):

4 ESE of Windy Point (6 cables W), thence:Under Walt Whitman Bridge (6 cables N) (3.275),

thence:The track continues close to the NW bank for 2¼ miles

to Fisher Point Range Leading Lights, passing (withpositions relative to Cooper Point (39°57′⋅3N 75°07′⋅7W)):

5 ESE of Penns Landing (8 cables SSW), thence:Under Benjamin Franklin Bridge (3 cables SW)

(3.275), thence:Clear, depending upon draught, of an isolated shoal

with a depth of 5⋅2 m (17 ft) over it (1½ cablesWSW), thence:

6 WNW of Cooper Point, thence:SSE of Port Richmond (1½ miles NE) (3.302), and:NNW of Petty Island (1½ miles ENE) (3.303).

Thence the track alters onto the Fisher Point RangeLeading Lights.

Fisher Point Range Leading Lights3.292

1 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on multi−pilestructure) (39°58′⋅7N 75°04′⋅2W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on oil tank)(165 m from front light).

2 The alignment (080½°) of these lights leads through thedredged channel, marked by light−buoys and buoys(lateral), to Fisher Point Channel.

CHAPTER 3

88

Thence the track alters ENE through Fisher Channel,marked by light−buoys and buoys (lateral), thence NEthrough Draw Channel passing under the Conrail LiftBridge (3.275).3.293

1 Useful marks:Tank and chimney (39°53′⋅4N 75°07′⋅7W).Tank (39°54′⋅6N 75°08′⋅0W).Chimney (39°54′⋅8N 75°08′⋅1W), one of four.Chimney (39°55′⋅7N 75°08′⋅5W).Tank (39°55′⋅8N 75°07′⋅8W).Spire (39°57′⋅0N 75°08′⋅6W).Radio tower (39°57′⋅4N 75°06′⋅9W).


Back Channel


1 Description. Back Channel (39°58′N 75°06′W), lies onthe S side of Petty Island (3.303), and is used by vesselsbound to and from Cooper River.

Depths. There is a controlling depth of about 3 m(10 ft).

Bridge. A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of4⋅6 m (15 ft), spans Back Channel between the NE end ofPetty Island, and Cramer Hill, close SE.

Directions3.295

1 The approach is from Delaware River, both entrances toBack Channel are marked, however care is necessary toavoid the foul ground extending from both shores.

Berths



There are numerous berths along the waterfront on bothsides of the river; only the major deep−draught piers,wharves and terminals are described.

The berths in Schuylkill River are described at 3.259.

Philadelphia Naval Shipyard3.297

1 Philadelphia Naval Shipyard (39°53′N 75°11′W), liesclose E of the entrance to Schuylkill River, on LeagueIsland. On the S side of the island there are five dry docksand six piers with dredged depths of 10⋅1 to 10⋅7 malongside.

Eagle Point3.298

1 Description. Eagle Point (39°53′N 75°10′W), lies1½ miles ESE of Mud Island.

Berths. Coastal Eagle Point Oil Co., 5 cables E of EaglePoint has four berths with 590 m of berthing space. Depthsalongside 10⋅4 to 12⋅2 m.

South of Benjamin Franklin Bridge3.299

1 Greenwich Ore Pier; (39°53′⋅8N 75°08′⋅4W), 259 m inlength, with depths of 12⋅2 m alongside on the S side and6⋅1 m on the N side.

Packer Avenue Marine Terminal; (39°54′N 75°08′W),960 m in length with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Pier 96S (39°54′⋅8N 75°08′⋅0W); two berths, longest is402 m in length with a depth of 9⋅1 m alongside.

2 Pier 82S (39°55′⋅1N 75°08′⋅1W); two berths, longest is352 m in length with a depth of 9⋅1 m alongside.

Pier 80S (39°55′⋅2N 75°08′⋅2W); two berths, longest is351 m with a depth of 9⋅1 m alongside.

Gloucester City3.300

1 Koch Fuels (39°53′⋅7N 75°07′⋅8W), a T−headed jetty259 m in length with a depth of 10⋅7 m alongside.

Holt Marine Terminal Piers 9 and 9A (39°54′⋅2N75°07′⋅6W), berthing length 466 m with depths of 10⋅7 to13⋅7 m alongside.

2 Holt Marine Terminal Piers 8A (39°54′⋅3N75°07′⋅6W), berthing length 186 m with depths of 12⋅2 malongside.

Holt Marine Terminal Pier 7 (39°54′⋅4N 75°07′⋅5W),berthing length 649 m with depths of 7⋅3 to 12⋅2 malongside.

3 Traffic. In 2004 Gloucester City was used by 105vessels with a total of 3 105 027 dwt.

Camden3.301

1 Broadway Terminal Pier 5 (39°54′⋅5N 75°07′⋅5W);335 m in length and depths of 10⋅7 m alongside.

Broadway Terminal Pier 2 (39°54′⋅9N 75°07′⋅5W); twoberths, longest is 306 m in length with a depth of 10⋅7 malongside.

Broadway Terminal Berths 1 and 1A close N of Pier 2.Pier 1, 261 m in length with a depth of 10⋅7 to 12⋅2 malongside.

2 MacAndrews and Forbes Company Pier (39°55′⋅2N75°07′⋅6W), three berths, longest is 130 m in length withdepths of 6⋅7 to 9⋅1 m alongside.

GP Gypsum Corporation Wharf (39°55′⋅8N 75°07′⋅9W),125 m in length, with a depth of 9⋅1 m alongside.

3 Beckett Street Terminal Wharf (39°56′⋅2N 75°07′⋅9W),berthing length 809 m with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.The battleship USS New Jersey is moored close N of theterminal.

4 Traffic. In 2004 Camden was used by 151 vessels witha total of 6 999 887 dwt.

Port Richmond3.302

1 Port Richmond Terminal Complex (39°58′⋅5N75°06′⋅0W) extends along its waterfront, and has ten pierswith depths of 11⋅0 to 7⋅3 m alongside. Only the majordeep draught piers and terminals are described here.

Tioga II Marine Terminal (39°58′⋅6N 75°05′⋅7W), twoberths, longest 225 m with a depth of 8⋅5 m alongside.

2 Tioga I Marine Terminal close E of Tioga II Terminal,berthing length 534 m with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Ro−Ro Terminal at Tioga I Terminal, 204 m in lengthwith a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Petty Island3.303

1 Petty Island (39°58′N 75°06′W), lies 5 cables ENE ofCooper Point, and is the site of a coal storage depot andoil refinery. The wharf situated near the NE end of theisland is 244 m in length with depths of 7⋅9 m alongside.The wharf handles petroleum products.

CHAPTER 3

89

Fisher Point Dike3.304

1 Description. Fisher Point Dike (39°58′N 75°05′W), lies4 cables ENE of Petty Island, and on its N side there aretwo petroleum terminals.

Berths. West terminal is 53 m in length with dolphinsoff each end, and a depth alongside of 8⋅8 m. East terminalis 79 m in length with dolphins off each end, and a depthalongside of 12⋅2 m.

Port services

Repairs3.305

1 All manner of repairs can be carried out in thePhiladelphia area.

Largest commercial floating dock. 75 000 tons atEddystone.


1 Deratting certificates; several hospitals; salvage services;oily waste and garbage disposal facilities.

Supplies3.307

1 Fuel by barge, and at some piers and wharves; freshwater at the piers and wharves; provisions and stores.

Communications3.308

1 International airport 5 km SW of Philadelphia.

FISHER POINT TO MAPLE BEACH

General information


1 From a position in the dredged channel NW of FisherPoint (39°59′N 75°04′W), the track leads on variousalignments for about 11½ miles, to a position in thedredged channel SSE of Maple Beach (40°05′N 74°52′W).

Topography3.310

1 Between Fisher Point and Maple Beach the area is lowlying. There are several towns on this part of the river, thebanks of which are intersected by creeks similar to thosebelow Philadelphia.

Hazards3.311

1 Delaware River above Fisher Point is navigable toTrenton (40°12′N 74°45′W), a distance of about 25 miles.It is tortuous and has many bars and shoals, through whichthere is a dredged channel.

Overhead cable3.312

1 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of42 m (140 ft), spans Delaware River 7 cables W ofBurlington (40°05′N 74°52′W).

Bridges3.313

1 Betsy Ross Bridge. Betsy Ross fixed bridge (39°59′N75°04′W), with a vertical clearance of 43 m (140 ft) and a

horizontal clearance of 122 m (400 ft), spans DelawareRiver 2 cables NE of Fisher Point.

Tacony−Palmyra Bridge. Tacony−Palmyra BasculeBridge (40°00′⋅7N 75°02′⋅6W), with a vertical clearance of16 m (53 ft) when closed, spans Delaware River 1 cable Wof Eight Mile Point.

2 Burlington−Bristol Lift Bridge. Burlington−Bristol LiftBridge, with a vertical clearance of 19 m (62 ft) whenclosed and 40 m (134 ft) when open, spans Delaware Riverbetween Maple Beach (40°05′N 74°52′W) and Burlington,3 cables SSE.


3.314 1 From a position in the dredged portion of Draw

Channel, NW of Fisher Point (39°59′N 75°04′W), the trackleads NE through Draw Channel, marked by light−buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to Fisher Point):

2 Under Betsy Ross Bridge (3.313) (2 cables N).Thence the track alters NNE onto Delair Range Leading

Lights.

Delair Range Leading Lights3.315

1 Front light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)(40°00′⋅6N 75°03′⋅2W).


2 The alignment (018°) of these lights leads through thecentre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys andbuoys (lateral).

Thence the track alters NE through Bridesburg Channel,marked by light−buoys (lateral), onto Frankford ChannelDirection Lights.

Frankford Channel Direction Lights3.316

1 Upper Direction Light (tower on multi−pile structure)(40°01′⋅2N 75°01′⋅4W).

Lower Direction Light (multi−pile structure)(40°00′⋅3N 75°03′⋅4W).

2 From a position at the N end of Bridesburg Channel(40°00′⋅3N 75°03′⋅2W) the line of bearing (061¼°) ofFrankford Channel Upper Direction Light, when proceedingup river, and (241°) of Frankford Channel Lower DirectionLight, when proceeding down river, leads throughFrankford Channel, passing (with positions relative to EightMile Point (40°00′⋅6N 75°02′⋅4W):

3 SE of a shoal patch with a depth of 7⋅3 m (24 ft)over it (2¾ cables NW), thence:

Under Tacony—Palmyra Bascule Bridge (3.313)(1 cable W).

Caution. Frankford Channel Upper and Lower DirectionLights are not on the centreline of the channel.

Thence the track alters ENE onto the Tacony ChannelLeading Lights.

Tacony Channel Leading Lights3.317

1 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on whiteframework tower on hut) (40°01′⋅5N 74°59′⋅9W).

Rear light (similar structure) (210 m from rear light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the end of

Frankford Channel direction leading line, the alignment(070°) of these lights, visible on the leading line only, leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toEight Mile Point (40°00′⋅6N 75°02′⋅4W)):

CHAPTER 3

90

3 NNW of a bank (7½ cables ENE) with depths of lessthan 5⋅5 m (18 ft) over it, thence:

NNW of Riverton (1 mile ENE), thence:SSE of Ten Mile Point (1¼ miles NE).

Thence the track alters NE onto the Torresdale RangeLeading Lights.

Torresdale Range Leading Lights3.318

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (40°03′⋅3N 74°58′⋅3W).Rear light (similar structure) (699 m from front light).

2 Lower Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on white

framework tower) (40°01′⋅1N 75°00′⋅8W).Rear light (similar structure) (520 m from front light).

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the E end ofTacony Channel leading line, the alignment (042¼°), ahead,and (222¼°), astern, of these pairs of lights leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to Wright Point(40°01′⋅6N 74°59′⋅8W)):

4 SE of obstructions (positions approximate) (6 cablesW), thence:

NW of Riverton Cove (2 cables SW), thence:NW of Wright Cove (close SW), thence:NW of Wright Point, thence:

5 NW of Plum Point (4 cables NE), thence:NW of Dredge Harbor (7½ cables ENE).

Thence the track alters NE onto Mud Island ShoalLeading Lights.

Mud Island Shoal Leading Lights3.319

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (40°03′⋅9N 74°56′⋅8W).Rear light (on small house on concrete base) (861 m

from front light).2 Lower Leading Lights:

Front light (framework tower) (40°02′⋅0N 75°00′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (555 m from front light)

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the NE end ofthe Torresdale Range leading line, the alignment (052½°),ahead, and (230½°), astern, of these pairs of lights leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Diehl Point (40°03′⋅0N 74°57′⋅7W)):

4 SE of an obstruction (reported) (position approximate)(1¼ miles WSW), thence:

SE of an obstruction (position approximate) (7 cablesW), thence:

SE of Mud Island Shoal (5 cables NW).Thence the track alters ENE onto the Enterprise Range

Leading Lights.

Enterprise Range Leading Lights3.320

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (40°04′⋅5N 74°55′⋅1W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on white

tower) (215 m from front light).2 Lower Leading Lights:

Front light (white rectangle, red stripe. on frameworktower) (40°03′⋅1N 74°58′⋅3W).

Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from frontlight).

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the end ofMud Island Shoal leading line, the alignment (061°), ahead,and (241°), astern, of these pairs of lights leads through thecentre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys andbuoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative to DiehlPoint (40°03′⋅0N 74°57′⋅7W)):

4 SE of Echo Beach (1¼ miles NE).Thence the track alters E onto Beverly Channel Leading

Lights.

Beverly Channel Leading Lights3.321

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (40°04′⋅2N 74°54′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (138 m from front light).

2 Lower Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (40°04′⋅2N 74°56′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (107 m from front).

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the end ofEnterprise Range leading line, the alignment (089½°),ahead, and (271°), astern, of these lights leads through thecentre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys andbuoys (lateral).

4 Thence the track alters ENE onto Edgewater ChannelLeading Lights.

Edgewater Channel Leading Lights3.322

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)


2 Lower Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (40°04′⋅1N 74°55′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (211 m from front light)

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the E end ofBeverly Channel leading line, the alignment (069¾°),ahead, and (247½°), astern, of these pairs of lights leadsthrough the dredged channel, marked by light−buoys andbuoys (lateral), passing:

4 SSE of College Point (40°04′⋅6N 74°53′⋅7W).Thence the track alters E onto Devlin Channel Leading

Lights.

Devlin Channel Leading Lights3.323

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (40°05′⋅0N 74°51′⋅2W).Rear light (similar structure) (267 m from front light).

Lower Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, green stripe, on white


2 From a position in the dredged channel at the ENE endof Edgewater Channel leading line, the alignment (078¼°),ahead, and (258¼°), astern, of these pairs of lights leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, passing (withpositions relative to College Point (40°04′⋅6N 74°53′⋅7W)):

3 Under an overhead power cable (3.312) (8 cablesENE), thence:

Under Burlington−Bristol Lift Bridge (3.313)(1¼ miles ENE).

CHAPTER 3

91

Thence the track alters NNE onto Lehigh ChannelLeading Lights.


River berths, creeks and harbor

Bridesburg3.324

1 Bridesburg (40°00′N 75°04′W), 6 cables NE of BetsyRoss Bridge, is part of Philadelphia and is used by tugs.

Tacony3.325

1 Tacony (40°01′N 75°02′W), 3 cables NE ofTacony−Palmyra Bascule Bridge, is part of Philadelphia andis used by tugs.

Dredge Harbor3.326

1 Description. Dredge Harbor (40°02′N 74°59′W), is abase for sand and gravel dredging equipment.

Depths. The E entrance is closed by shoals. The Wentrance has depths of 3⋅0 m (10 ft), with depths of up to4⋅6 m (15 ft) inside.

2 Berths. Sand and gravel wharves on the NE side of theharbour have depths of 2⋅4 to 3 m at their outer ends.

Repairs: hull and engine.Supplies: fuel; stores.

Rancocas Creek3.327

1 Description. Rancocas Creek, enters Delaware River2 miles NE of Ten Mile Point (40°01′⋅4N 75°01′⋅0W) andis used by sand and gravel barges as far as the first bridge,1 mile above the entrance.

Directions. Approach is from WSW in Delaware River,and the entrance to the creek is marked by RC Light−buoy(preferred channel to port).

Burlington3.328

1 Description. Burlington (40°05′N 74°52′W), and itssuburb East Burlington, where there are severalmanufacturing plants, stands on the E side of the riveropposite Maple Beach.

2 Traffic. In 2004 Burlington was used by 4 vessels witha total of 432 847 dwt.

Berths. Wharves at the lower end of Burlington have adepth of 2⋅1 to 6⋅1 m alongside.

MAPLE BEACH TO TRENTON

General information


1 From a position in the dredged channel at the E end ofDevlin Channel leading line (40°05′N 74°52′W), the trackleads on various alignments, for about 12½ miles to aposition in the dredged channel SE of Morrisville (40°12′N74°47′W), the head of navigation, standing oppositeTrenton.


1 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 50⋅6 m(166 ft), spans Delaware River 1 mile SSE of Trenton(40°12′N 74°45′W).

Bridge3.331

1 Delaware River Turnpike Bridge (40°07′N 74°50′W),with a vertical clearance of 41 m (135 ft), spans the river1½ miles NE of Bristol. A red light is exhibited from atower on the centreline of the bridge.


Lehigh Channel Leading Lights3.332

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (multi−pile structure) (40°05′⋅7N

74°51′⋅3W).Rear light (framework tower) (70 m from front light).

2 Lower Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (40°04′⋅9N 74°51′⋅9W).Rear light (similar structure) (40 m from front light).

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the E end ofDevlin Channel leading line, the alignment (028½°) ahead,and (208½°), astern, of these pairs of lights leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoysand buoys (lateral), passing:

4 WNW of Burlington Island (40°05′N 74°51′W), partlywooded, and with an elevation of 6 m (19½ ft).The main channel passes N of the island. Thechannel SE of the island leads to the United StatesPipe and Foundry Company Plant (3.344).

5 Thence the track alters through Canal Channel, keepingto the centre line of the dredged channel, onto BristolRange Lower Leading Lights.

Bristol Range Leading Lights3.333

1 Lower Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (40°05′⋅5N 74°51′⋅6W).Rear light (similar structure) (92 m from front light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the NNE endof Lehigh Channel leading line, the alignment (241¼°),astern, of these lights leads through the centre of thedredged channel, marked by light−buoys and buoys(lateral).

Thence the track alters NE onto the Keystone RangeLeading Lights.

Keystone Range Leading Lights3.334

1 Front light (framework tower, on hut) (40°06′⋅5N74°49′⋅9W).

Rear light (similar structure) (60 m from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the ENE end

of Bristol Range leading line, the alignment (039°) of theselights leads through the centre of the dredged channel,marked by light−buoys and buoys (lateral).

3 Thence the track alters NNE onto the Landreth ChannelLeading Lights.

Landreth Channel Leading Lights3.335

1 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, frameworktower on multi−pile structure) (40°06′⋅1N74°50′⋅3W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower) (338 m from front light).

2 From a position in the dredged channel at the NE end ofKeystone Range leading line, the alignment (196°), astern,of these lights leads through the centre of the dredged

CHAPTER 3

92

channel, marked by light−buoys and buoys (lateral),passing:

3 Under Delaware River Turnpike Bridge (3.331)(40°07′N 74°50′W).

Thence the track leads through Florence Bend, keepingto the centre of the dredged channel, onto FlorenceChannel Range Leading Lights.

Florence Range Leading Lights3.336

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework

tower) (40°07′⋅1N 74°47′⋅1W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (257 m from front light).2 Lower Leading Lights:

Front light (framework tower) (40°07′⋅8N 74°49′⋅2W).Rear light (similar structure) (233 m from front light).

3 From a position in the dredged channel at the beginningof the Florence Range leading line, the alignment (111¼°),ahead, and (291¼°), astern, of these pairs of lights leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−buoys and buoys (lateral), passing:

4 NNE of Florence (40°07′N 74°48′W), amanufacturing town, thence:

SSW of Money Island, which lies opposite Florence,and fronts Scotts Creek Basin.

Thence the track alters E onto Roebling Range LeadingLights.

Roebling Range Leading Lights3.337

1 Front light (framework tower) (40°07′⋅3N 74°46′⋅7W).Rear light (tower with small house on concrete base)

(37 m from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the E end of

Florence Range leading line, the alignment (079¾°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoysand buoys (lateral), passing:

3 SSE of Kinkora Bar with a least depth of 0⋅9 m (3 ft)over it.

Thence the track alters NE onto the Kinkora RangeLeading Lights.

Kinkora Range Leading Lights3.338

1 Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework


Lower Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework

tower) (40°07′⋅1N 74°47′⋅1W).2 Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework

tower) (110 m from front light).From a position in the dredged channel at the end of

Roebling Range leading line, the alignment (050¼°), aheadand (230¼°), astern, of these pairs of lights leads throughthe centre of the dredged channel, marked by light−buoysand buoys (lateral), passing:

3 NW of Roebling (40°07′N 74°47′W) (3.345), thence:NW of Newbold Island (40°07′⋅5N 74°45′⋅5W). And:SE of Pennsbury Manor State Park.

Thence the track alters through Penn Channel ontoNewbold Channel Direction Light.

Newbold Channel Direction Light3.339

1 Newbold Direction Light (red and white chequereddiamond on framework tower) (40°08′⋅0N74°44′⋅3W).

The line of bearing (095½°) of Newbold Direction Lightleads through the centre of the dredged channel, marked bya light−buoy and buoy (lateral).

2 Thence the track leads through Blake Channel, keepingto the centre of the dredged channel, onto the White HillRange Leading Lights.

White Hill Range Leading Lights3.340


Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on tower)(290 m from front light).

2 The alignment (229°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of the dredged channel, marked bybuoys (lateral).

Thence the track leads through Raritan Channel ontoBordentown Range Leading Lights.

Bordentown Range Leading Lights3.341

1 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower and hut, concrete base) (40°09′⋅9N74°43′⋅3W).

Rear light (similar structure) (245 m from front light).2 The alignment (359°) of these lights, visible on the

leading line only, leads through the centre of the dredgedchannel, marked by light−buoys and buoys (lateral).

Thence the track alters NW onto Duck Island RangeLeading Lights.

Duck Island Range Leading Lights3.342


Rear light (similar structure) (295 m from front light).2 From a position in the dredged channel at the N end of

Bordentown Range leading line, the alignment (324°) ofthese lights leads through the centre of the dredgedchannel, marked by a light−buoy and buoys (lateral).

3 Thence the track alters, keeping to the centre of thedredged channel, through Perriwig Channel, Biles IslandChannel, Cochran Channel, Moon Channel, and TrentonChannel, marked by buoys (lateral).

River berths

Bristol3.343

1 Description. Bristol (40°06′N 74°51′W), 1¾ miles ENEof Neshaminy Creek was the terminus of the Delaware andLehigh Canal, which was abandoned in 1931. The formerentrance from the river has been filled in.

Berth. Wharf 128 m (420 ft) in length situated 5 cablesS of the Delaware River Turnpike Fixed Bridge (40°07′⋅0N74°49′⋅8W), with a depth of 9⋅4 m alongside.

United States Pipe and Foundry Company Plant wharf3.344

1 Description. United States Pipe and Foundry CompanyPlant Wharf (40°05′N 74°50′W), lies 1¼ miles above theentrance to the channel S of Burlington Island (3.332).

Directions. The approach is made from Delaware Riverat the ENE end of Devlin Range Leading Lights. Entrance

CHAPTER 3

93

is between the SW corner of Burlington Island andBurlington. The channel is unmarked with a controllingdepth (2001) of 2⋅6 m (8½ ft).

2 Basin. There is a turning basin off the wharf which hasa depth of 2⋅1 m (7 ft) in the SE part, the remainder dries.The channel E of the turning basin has depths of 1⋅8 to3⋅4 m (6 to 11 ft), which leads to an oil berth with a depthof 3⋅7 m alongside.

Berth. The wharf has a depth of 6⋅1 m alongside.

Roebling3.345

1 Description. Roebling (40°07′N 74°47′W), SW ofNewbold Island, has a large wire cable plant.

Berth. Wharf is 91⋅4 m in length with a depth of 3⋅7 malongside.

Fairles Works Steel Company3.346

1 Description. Fairles Works Steel Company berths(40°08′⋅3N 74°45′⋅2W), 5¾ miles NE of Bristol are usedfor unloading bulk ore by conveyor system.

Berths. Berthing space of 667 m with a depth of 12⋅2 malongside.

Duck Island3.347

1 Description. Duck Island (40°11′N 74°44′W), lies2½ miles below Trenton on the E side of the river.

Berths:Two oil berths (40°10′⋅5N 74°43′⋅8W), with depths of

4⋅9 m alongside.

Coal Pier (40°10′⋅6N 74°44′⋅0W), with depths of7⋅6 m alongside.

Trenton


1 Position. Trenton (40°12′N 74°45′W), is the capital ofNew Jersey and lies at the head of navigation of DelawareRiver.

Function. Trenton is an important manufacturing centreand in 2000 had a population of 85 403.

The port is currently closed for commercial operations.

Harbour3.349


Berths3.350

1 Trenton Marine Terminal. (40°11′N 74°45′W), at thelower end of Trenton, is 366 m in length with depths of4⋅7 m alongside.

Oil wharf. An oil wharf lies just below the railwaybridge at the head of navigation, with depths of 3 to 4⋅6 malongside.

Port services3.351

1 Facilities: oily waste reception facilities; garbagedisposal.

Supplies: fresh water.

FENWICK ISLAND TO CHESAPEAKE BAY ENTRANCE

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the coastal passages, it is arrangedas follows:

Fenwick Island to Chincoteague Inlet (3.355).Chincoteague Inlet to Chesapeake Bay entrance

(3.366).


1 The coast between Fenwick Island Light (38°27′N75°03′W) (3.365) and Cape Charles, 90 miles SSW, is low,sandy and backed with woods. The most prominent marksare the lighthouses and coastguard stations.

There are no harbours of refuge for deep draught vesselsalong this coast.

2 Assawoman Canal and Little Assawoman Bay, which isshallow, lie behind Fenwick Island.

Weather3.354

1 The coast between Cape Henlopen and Cape Charles isexposed to the rigours of the North Atlantic. Winter galescan be expected about 5% of the time while winds of28 kn or more are twice as frequent. Strongest and mostprevalent are those out of the NW through N, averaging 18to 20 kn. Wave heights of 3 m or more are encountered 8to 12% of the time from December to March. Wintervisibility suffers from precipitation and fog; visibility fallsbelow 2 miles about 3% of the time and below 5 cables, 1

to 2% of the time. Precipitation occurs about 8% of thetime.

2 Spring brings milder conditions. Gales and wind speedsof 28 kn or more occur about half as frequently as they doin winter. Directions are variable, but S and SW winds aremost frequent by April. Waves of 3 m or more becomeincreasingly less frequent; by May they are encounteredless than 3% of the time. However, warm air blowing overthe still cold water brings fog. Visibility of less than2 miles occurs about 6% of the time with visibility of lessthan 5 cables accounting for about 50% of that time.Precipitation occurs about 6% of the time.

3 Summer, except for the threat of thunderstorms and arare tropical storm, brings good sailing weather. Winds areout of the S and SW about one half of the time; W and NEare also common. Strong winds are unlikely outside ofthunderstorms, tropical storms, and an occasional frontalpassage. Poor visibility is also uncommon and waves of3 m or more occur 1 to 2% of the time. Precipitation isencountered about 4% of the time, with about 50% of thatin the form of thunderstorms. Thunderstorms are mostlikely from May to September and often occur during thelate night and early morning hours at sea. In squall lineswinds can reach hurricane force in gusts.

4 With autumn comes more of a threat of both tropicaland extra tropical storms, variable, strong winds and roughseas. Tropical storms are a threat throughout autumn,particularly in September and October when recurvingstorms tend to brush this coast on occasion. Extra tropicalstorms pick up in October and are partially responsible forthe increase in N and NW winds. Winds out of the E, SW,and NW are also common. In October gales occur about

CHAPTER 3

94

2% of the time compared to winds of 28 kn or more whichare encountered about 6% of the time. Wave heights of 3 mor more are generated 7 to 8% of the time during autumn.At sea visibility remains good; less than ½ mile less than1% of the time, while less than 2 miles about 2% of thetime. Precipitation falls about 5% of the time.

FENWICK ISLAND TO CHINCOTEAGUE INLET

General information

Charts 2563, 2861, US Chart 12211 (see 1.17)Route3.355

1 From a position E of D Light−buoy (special) (38°27′N74°42′W), the coastal route leads SSW for about 49 milesto a position ESE of Chincoteague Inlet.

2 Caution. The coast between Fenwick Island Light(38°27′N 75°03′W) and Chincoteague Inlet 39 miles SSW,is fronted with rough ground, and there are numerousshoals, dangerous wrecks, and fish havens extending up to15 miles off the coast as shown on the chart.

Topography3.356

1 The coast between Fenwick Island Light (3.365), andOcean City Inlet, 9 miles S, is formed by the S part ofFenwick Island, and consists of a sandy beach backed bydunes. Assawoman Bay and Isle of Wight Bay, lagoonswith marshy shores and with depths of less than 2⋅1 m(7 ft) lie behind this coast. The coast low, sandy andbacked with woods, continues for 31 miles SSW toChincoteague Inlet formed by Assateague Island whichseparates Chincoteague Bay from the Atlantic.


1 Danger zone. A danger zone for rocket launching liesSW of Assateague Beach Lookout Tower (37°52′N75°22′W) and extends offshore from Wallops Island. SeeAppendix VI for details.

No−discharge zone (NDZ)3.358

1 NDZs have been established within Ocean City Inlet,Assawoman Bay and Isle of Wight Bay. See 1.44.

State boundary3.359

1 Fenwick Island Lighthouse marks the boundary betweenthe states of Delaware and Maryland.


1 See 1.39 and 3.6.

Fish havens3.361

1 Numerous fish havens exist in the area, see 3.9.

Rescue3.362


Ocean City; on Philadelphia Avenue between SouthDivision and Worcester Streets (38°20′N 75°05′W).

2 Chincoteague; on the E side of ChincoteagueChannel, 3 cables S of the bridge (37°56′N75°23′W).



1 Landmarks:TV Tower (37°55′N 75°23′W).Assateague Lighthouse (white conical tower, red

bands, 43 m in height) (37°55′N 75°21′W).Assateague Beach Lookout Tower (37°52′N

75°22′W).2 Major Lights:

Assateague Light — as above.

Directions3.364

1 From a position about 10 miles E of D Light−buoy(special) (38°27′N 74°42′W), 20 miles ENE of Ocean CityInlet, the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relativeto Ocean City Inlet (38°19′N 75°05′W)):

2 ESE of Isle of Wight Shoal (9 miles ENE); adangerous wreck lies 2 miles W of the S end ofthe shoal. Thence:

ESE of a dangerous wreck, position approximate(11¼ miles ESE). A fish haven, charted as anobstruction with a depth of 7⋅6 m (25 ft) over it,lies 2¾ miles NNW of the dangerous wreck.Thence:

3 ESE of Jack Spot, a shoal patch (21 miles SE),thence:

4 ESE of Winter Quarter Shoal (22 miles S), marked byNo 5 Buoy (port hand) moored close within theSW end of the shoal. No 6 Light−buoy (starboardhand) moored 5½ miles ENE of Winter QuarterShoal marks a detached shoal with a depth of7⋅6 m (25 ft) over it. Many dangerous wrecks,wrecks, obstructions, shoal patches, and fishhavens lie in the area extending up to 12 milesESE of Winter Quarter Shoal. And:

5 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (31 milesSSE), and:

Clear, depending on draught, of two dangerouswrecks (positions approximate), (35 and 38 milesSSE), thence:

6 ESE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(30 miles S), thence:

ESE of Assateague Light (3.363) (28 miles SSW),thence:

7 ESE of Blackfish Bank (30 miles SSW), which has adepth of 3⋅4 m (11 ft) over it, marked by No 8ABuoy (starboard hand) moored 1 mile NE of theSW end of the bank. No 8 Light−buoy (starboard

CHAPTER 3

95

hand) marks a detached shoal, with a depth of7⋅6 m (25 ft) over it, lying 2½ miles E of BlackfishBank. Many dangerous wrecks, wrecks,obstructions, shoal patches, and fish havens lie inthe area surrounding Blackfish Bank. Thence:

8 ESE of Fishing Point (31 miles SSW) a hook−shapedsandspit forming the S side of Toms Cove, at theSW extremity of Assateague island, which iscontinually extending W, requiring caution when inthe vicinity.


Fenwick Island Light (white tower, 26 m in height)(38°27′N 75°03′W).


CHINCOTEAGUE INLET TOCHESAPEAKE BAY ENTRANCE

General information


1 From a position ESE of Chincoteague Inlet (37°52′N75°24′W), 31 miles SSW of Ocean City, the coastal routeleads SW for about 64 miles to a position SE ofChesapeake Lighthouse.

Caution. The coast between Chincoteague Inlet andGreat Machipongo Inlet is fronted with rough ground, andthere are numerous shoals, dangerous wrecks, and fishhavens extending up to 15 miles off the coast as shown onthe chart.

Topography3.367

1 From Chincoteague Inlet (37°52′N 75°24′W) to GreatMachipongo Inlet, 35 miles SW, the coast is formed byseveral sandy islands, separated from each other by narrowinlets and from the mainland by marshy flats throughwhich there are channels.


1 Danger zone. A danger zone, shown on the chart, inwhich bombing, rocket firing and gunnery take place liesoff Myrtle Island (37°11′N 75°48′W). See Appendix VI fordefinition of danger zone.


1 See 1.39 and 3.6.

Spoil ground3.370

1 A spoil ground exists 17 miles ESE of Cape Charles,centred on 36°59′N 75°39′W.

Fish havens fish traps and oyster grounds3.371

1 See 3.9.

Rescue3.372

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atParramore Beach, on the W side of Parramore Island,5 cables S of Wachapreague Inlet (37°34′N 75°37′W).



1 Landmarks:Cape Charles Lighthouse (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Lighthouse (36°55′⋅6N 76°00′⋅4W)

(4.27).Former Cape Henry Lighthouse (36°55′⋅6N

76°00′⋅5W) (4.27).2 Offshore mark:

Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W) (4.27).Major lights:

Cape Charles Light (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Chesapeake Light (36°54′N 75°43′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Light (36°55′⋅6N 76°00′⋅4W) (4.27).


1 Racon:Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′⋅3N 75°42′⋅8W).



3.375 1 From a position ESE of Chincoteague Inlet (37°52′N

75°24′W), the track leads SW, passing (with positionsrelative to Chincoteague Inlet):

SE of a dangerous wreck, (existence doubtful)(11 miles ESE); an obstruction with a depth of14⋅3 m (47 ft) lies close NW of the wreck. Anotherwreck lies 1½ miles E of the dangerous wreck.Thence:

2 SE of Porpoise Banks (10 miles SSE), a number ofshoals and patches, thence:

SE of a dangerous wreck (19 miles SSE), thence:Clear of a wreck, depending on draught (22 miles

SSE), thence:NW of a dangerous wreck (36 miles SSE), thence:

3 SE of Parramore Banks (20 miles SSW), a number ofshoals and patches, which extend 8 miles ESEfrom Wachapreague Inlet (3.372). A fish havencharted as an obstruction, with a depth of 9⋅1 m(30 ft) over it, which is marked by No 10Light−buoy (starboard hand) moored on its SEside, lies on the SE side of the bank. Anobstruction with a depth of 13⋅1 m (43 ft) over it,and a shoal with a depth of 10⋅3 m (34 ft) lie3 miles ESE of No 10 Light−buoy. Thence:

4 SE of No 12 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (36 milesSSW), a dangerous wreck lies 2 miles NW, andtwo similar wrecks lie 3¼ and 4 miles WSWrespectively.

CHAPTER 3

96

Thence the track continues, passing (with positionsrelative to Cape Charles Lighthouse (37°07′⋅4N75°54′⋅4W)):

NW of a number of wrecks, an obstruction and a fishhaven (27 miles ESE), thence:

5 SE of Smith Island Shoal (8½ miles ESE), overwhich the sea breaks heavily in bad weather. Anobstruction, reported in 1970 lies 2 miles SW of itsNE end. No 14 Light−buoy (starboard hand) ismoored at the NE extremity of Smith Island Shoal.Thence:

6 SE of the SW end of Smith Island, low and sparselywooded at its ends, the middle part is awash athigh water. A light is exhibited from the SW end

of Smith Island (4.27). Thence:SE of Chesapeake Lighthouse (16 miles SE) (4.27).

Dangerous wrecks lie 6 and 10 miles ESE ofChesapeake Lighthouse; other wrecks lie 12½ and16 miles ESE of the lighthouse.

Useful mark:3.376

1 Tower (37°40′N 75°36′W).(Directions continue at 7.24.

Directions for the NE approach toChesapeake Bay are given at 4.29,

and for the SE approach to Chesapeake Bay at 4.30)

NOTES

97

2920

2919

2814

2813

2829

1105

Cape HenryChesapeake

C h e s a p e a k e

B a y

Cape Charles

James

River

Yo

r k R

i ve

r

Richmond

West Point

Norfolk

Newport N

ews

CHAPTER3

CHAPTER5

Poquoson

River

Back River

Piankatank River

Jb

ack

BayM

o

R na hppa a nock River

4.208

4.231

4.228

4.215

4.132

4.1524.218

4.183

4.19

4

4.29

4.196

4.34

4.93

4.53

4.64

4.14

4

4.232

4.30 - 4.31

4.242

4.158

4.111

4.71

37°37°

76°


77°

77°

40´40´

50´50´

10´10´

20´20´

30´30´

40´

40´ 30´

40´ 30´

50´10´

10´

10´

10´

20´

20´

30´

30´

40´

40´

50´

50´

40´

Chapter 4 - Approaches to and lower part of Chesapeake Bay, including Hampton Roads

98

99

CHAPTER 4

APPROACHES TO AND LOWER PART OF CHESAPEAKE BAYINCLUDING HAMPTON ROADS

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2861, 2919, 2920Scope of the chapter4.1

1 The area covered by this chapter comprises theapproaches, entrance and lower part of Chesapeake Bay Nto a line drawn between Stingray Point (37°34′N 76°18′W)and Powells Bluff, 17 miles E. In addition, the channelsleading to Hampton Roads are described together withElizabeth River, James River, Back River, York River,Mobjack Bay and Piankatank River, including theirassociated harbours and terminals.

2 Also described are the major ports of Norfolk Harbor(36°57′N 76°20′W), and Newport News (36°59′N76°26′W), together with numerous other terminals andsmaller harbours within the area.

The chapter is divided into the following sections:Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay (4.13).Chesapeake Bay — South−west part (4.33).Lower part of Chesapeake Bay (4.180).

Landfall4.2

1 From NE, deep−draught vessels, having passed E ofJack Spot Shoal (38°05′N 74°47′W), should steer towardsChesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W), which shouldbe passed on its E side at a prudent distance. Thence aSSW course should be held to make CB Light−buoy.Vessels of suitable draught, having passed E of Jack SpotShoal, should steer for NCA Light−buoy at the entrance tothe WSW−bound traffic lane.

2 From E, the coast may be approached boldly, steeringtowards Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W), andpassing S of a dangerous wreck (37°03′N 74°55′W), thence2 miles N of a dangerous wreck (existence doubtful) andanother dangerous wreck (position approximate), which lie10 and 6 miles ESE of the lighthouse, respectively. In clearweather Chesapeake Lighthouse can be picked up andeither of the inbound traffic lanes or deep water routefollowed to the entrance of the bay. In thick weathervessels should keep outside of a depth of 18⋅3 m (60 ft)unless the lighthouse is sighted.


1 Chesapeake Bay, the largest bay on the Atlantic coast ofthe United States, is 170 miles in length from its entrance,to the entrance to Susquehanna River at its head. Within itlie the ports of Norfolk (4.71), Newport News (4.111),Washington (5.116), the capital of the United States ofAmerica, Baltimore (6.101) and many other importantcities. It is also the centre of a large oyster and fishingindustry.

2 The shores of Chesapeake Bay from its S end, N for87 miles to the entrance to Patuxent River on the W side,and the entrance to Chester River, 45 miles farther N, onthe E side, are generally low and present no prominentfeatures. Above these positions they are hilly and generally

wooded rising to a considerable elevation at the head of thebay.

3 The most important tributaries on the W side of the bayare generally broad and deep at their entrances, and aremostly used by vessels engaged in local trade. There is alarge general trade in these tributaries.

The coast and islands on the E side of the bay aresubject to continual erosion and points have beencompletely washed away.

Regulations4.4

1 Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply to thewaters within a line, shown on the chart drawn from CapeCharles Light to Cape Henry Light, and also a line drawnbetween the lights on the head of the breakwaters at RudeeInlet (36°50′N 75°58′W). See 1.47 and Appendix VII forfurther information.


Safety and security zone. A safety and security zone of500 yards radius has been established around passengervessels and any vessels carrying CDC (Certain DangerousCargoes), LHG (Liquified Hazardous Gas) or LNG.

3 This zone covers the whole of Chesapeake Bay andapplies to vessels that are either underway, at anchor oralongside.

Entry into or movement within the zone is prohibitedunless previously authorized by the Coastguard Captain ofthe Port (COTP).

For definition of CDC see Appendix II; see Appendix Vfor general rules covering safety and security zones.


1 See 1.39 and The Mariner’s Handbook for furtherinformation.

Former mined area4.6

1 A former mined area, shown on the chart, centred onposition 36°56′N 75°47′W, exists in the approaches toChesapeake Bay. The area is open to unrestricted surfacenavigation but all vessels are cautioned not to anchor,dredge, trawl, lay cables, bottom, or to conduct any similartype of operation due to residual danger from mines on thebottom.

2 See 1.5 and Appendix X.

Dumping ground4.7

1 Extensive dumping grounds for explosives are centredon the following positions:

37°18′N 74°15′W.36°30′N 74°18′W.


1 A number of areas where there are reports ofunexploded ordnance, exist up to 80 miles off the coast, asshown on the chart.

CHAPTER 4

100

Fish traps4.9

1 Fish traps are numerous in Chesapeake Bay and in thetributaries during the fishing season from March to Julyand October to December, and many of them are left inplace throughout the year. They are more numerous on theW side of the bay from Hampton Roads to Potomac River,but will be found throughout the bay and for a considerabledistance above the entrances to the tributaries. Their outerlimit is usually charted and marked by buoys and beacons.Fish trap areas on the W side of the lower part ofChesapeake Bay are indicated by lateral marks, elsewhereby special conical buoys. Mariners are cautioned to avoidthese areas.

2 Charted inshore routes through the fish trap areas areindicated by lateral marks and can be seen on the chart.

Rescue4.10

1 Coastguard Stations are situated in the area covered bythis chapter. Each of these stations is equipped with alifeboat and other life−saving appliances. Their positionsare given in the appropriate section of the text.



1 Tidal streams in the lower part of Chesapeake Bay andits tributaries are greatly influenced by the winds, whichalso affect the rise and fall of the tides to a marked extent.Strong N winds increase the rate and duration of theout−going stream, and, may for a period, interrupt thein−going stream, while strong S winds increase the rate andduration of the in−going stream and may interrupt or retardthe out−going stream. Under average conditions the rates ofthe in−going and out−going streams are 1 and 1½ kn at theentrance to the bay and ¾ kn off Sandy Point (37°14′N76°56′W). Under the influence of strong winds the shoalsin the entrance will sometimes be marked by tide rips.

2 The effect of the in−going and out−going streams ismarked at the entrances to the principal tributaries, and issometimes felt for a considerable distance within theirentrances. Off the entrances of York River, RappahannockRiver and Potomac River, especially the latter, aconsiderable set by the tidal streams is often experienced.

3 Ice impedes navigation during severe winters, mainly inthe tributaries to Chesapeake Bay. A regulated navigationarea may be imposed during the ice season from Decemberto March.

4 Weather. Chesapeake Bay, particularly the S portion, isrough sailing from November to April. Storms moving upthe Atlantic coast generate winds out of the NE quadrantahead of their centres; speeds often reach 50 kn. Severaldays of strong and gusty NW winds may follow. Strongcold fronts from the W can generate 25 to 45 kn gusts overopen water. Waves associated with strong winds can berough and bad chop develops when these winds opposestrong tidal streams. Winds from the N of 25 kn or more,over a long fetch of the bay can easily build 2⋅4 to 3⋅0 mseas in the central portion and 1⋅5 to 2⋅1 m seas in the S.Seas of 2⋅4 m or more occur about 2 to 4% of the timefrom autumn to early spring, in the bay. Gales can occurfrom September to March.

5 Another problem during this period is poor visibility.Fog forms most often when warm moist air moves acrossthe bay’s cold waters from SE to S. Most of the 30 to 40dense fog days each year develop from January to April.Dense fog is more common offshore and should beexpected on unusually warm, humid winter and springdays. Fog over particularly cold waters with winds lessthan 10 kn may drop visibility to near zero. Precipitation,particularly snow, may also hamper visibility.

6 When temperatures drop below about –2⋅2°C and windsare blowing 13 kn or more, there exists a potential formoderate superstructure icing. This potential exists in thebay from November to March; January and February arethe worst months when the potential exists about 3% of thetime.

7 During March and April, cold fronts often trigger fastmoving narrow bands of thunderstorms. Preceding the coldfronts these bands move E at 10 to 30 kn generatinglightning and gusty winds of gale force. Thunderstorms arealso a bay wide threat during spring and summer when theydevelop six to nine days each month. They may developover land during the afternoon as warm, humid air isforced aloft by surface heating. The thunderstorms mayprecede a cold front. When a cold front passes during aperiod of maximum afternoon heating, thunderstorms maybe severe. In spring and early summer they usually developto the W of the bay and move toward the NE at speeds of25 to 35 kn. Occasionally thunderstorms will approach fromthe NW; these are often severe, tend to move very fast, andcan pack winds reaching 70 to 90 kn. This type of stormstruck Norfolk in June 1977 capsizing a charter fishingboat and tearing away the end of a fishing pier. Severesquall lines can also generate tornadoes which may moveover the bay developing water spouts, winds can exceed200 kn in these systems. By midsummer, fronts becomeweaker and less frequent and thunderstorms are mainly theair mass type which move at 10 to 20 kn and usually donot organise into a line squall. Thunderstorms are likely tooccur on 8 to 9 days in July compared to 6 to 7 days inAugust.

8 Good weather in late summer and autumn iscompromised mainly by the threat of a tropical cyclone,particularly from mid August to the first week in October.A hurricane affects Chesapeake Bay about once every10 years on average. Thunderstorms occur on about 1 to3 days per month in September and October and areusually associated with increasingly frequent and rigorouscold fronts. Fog becomes more of a problem, particularly Nof Annapolis. This is morning fog that forms on 1 to4 days per month during September and October over theupper reaches of the bay; it usually lifts by noon. In latesummer and autumn, water spouts may be sighted. Theseare short−lived and less severe than those associated withthunderstorms; maximum winds climb to about 50 kn. Theyare caused by cooler air overriding a body of warm moistair in association with a cloud build up over the bay; theyusually occur in fair weather.

Quarantine4.12

1 Quarantine inspection for all ports in Chesapeake Bayand tributaries is conducted at Quarantine Anchorage Q,4 miles WNW of Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W).

All quarantine inspections are conducted by the UnitedStates Public Health Service.

CHAPTER 4

101

APPROACHES AND ENTRANCE TO CHESAPEAKE BAY

General information

Charts 2861, 2919Description4.13

1 This section describes the approaches and entrance toChesapeake Bay to a position in the pilot boarding area NEof Cape Henry (36°56′N 76°00′W). Also described aresections of the coast on the N and S of the entrance.

Routes4.14

1 The seaward approach to Chesapeake Bay lies betweenSmith Island (37°09′N 75°52′W) (3.375) and False Cape33 miles S. Chesapeake Bay is entered between CapeCharles (37°07′N 75°58′W) (4.15) and Cape Henry(36°56′N 76°00′W), 11½ miles SSW.

2 The main entrance which is used by deep−draughtvessels has a width of 1¾ miles. Medium draught vesselscan enter the bay through the Chesapeake and DelawareBay Canal (3.135), at the N end of the bay, and smallvessels can enter from Albemarle Sound on the S by theIntracoastal Waterway (3.16), both of which connect withthe inner waters.

3 There are three routes in the approaches which leadthrough established TSSs shown on the chart.

North−east approach. From a position in the entranceto the WSW−bound lane of the TSS, 10½ miles SSE ofCape Charles Light (37°07′N 75°54′W), the route leads3½ miles WSW thence 2¼ miles W to the precautionaryarea off Cape Henry.

4 South−east approach. From a position in the entranceto the NW−bound lane of the TSS, which lies 9½ miles Eof Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W), the route leads NW forabout 8¾ miles to the precautionary area off Cape Henry.

Deep Water Route. From the vicinity of CBLight−buoy (safe water) at the entrance to the South−eastTSS, the route leads NW for about 10 miles to theprecautionary area off Cape Henry.

Topography4.15

1 North−west side. The whole of the N entrance point toChesapeake Bay, including Smith Island, is generallyknown as Cape Charles. From Ship Shoal Inlet (37°13′N75°48′W) to Fishermans Island, 11 miles SW, the coast islow and bare, but the land to the back is high and wooded.The coast is broken by Little Inlet and Smith Island Inlet,the intervening coast being formed by Smith Island. CapeCharles Light (4.27), with the ruins of the old lighthouselying in shallow water 7 cables E, stands on Smith Island.Adams Island, 1¼ miles SW of Smith Island is bare andmarshy. Fishermans Island close W of Adams Island, aNational Wildlife Refuge, is low with several buildingsstanding near its N end.

2 South−west side. From Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W)to Cape Henry, 6 miles NNW, the coast is generally lowand sandy. Cape Henry is a bold, prominent range of sandhills with an elevation of 24 m (80 ft) and Virginia Beach,a summer resort with some prominent buildings including alarge hotel with a cupola, lies about 5 miles S of CapeHenry.

Depths4.16

1 North−east TSS depths are as follows:Inbound there are charted depths of 9⋅8 m (32 ft) or

greater.Outbound there are charted depths of 10⋅4 m (34 ft)

or greater.2 South−east TSS depths are as follows:

Inbound there are charted depths of 11⋅0 m (36 ft) orgreater.

Outbound there are charted depths of 14⋅3 m (47 ft)or greater.

Deep water route. There are charted depths of 15⋅5 m(51 ft) or greater.

3 Precautionary area. An entrance channel intoChesapeake Bay passes through the precautionary area. It is1¾ miles wide between the 9⋅1 m (30 ft) depth contours.The deep water route leads into the part of the channellying between the 18⋅3 m (60 ft) depth contours. However,that area has a least charted depth of 16⋅4 m (54 ft).

For the latest controlling depth the charts and the portauthorities should be consulted.

Hazards4.17

1 Submarine exercise area. Submarines exercisefrequently SE of the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, within anarea bounded by the parallels of 36°15′N and 36°53′N, andthe meridians of 73°45′W and 74°45′W. A good lookoutshould be kept for submarines when passing through thesewaters. See the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices toMariners.

2 Firing and bombing. Firing, bombing and otherexercises, take place seaward of the entrance to ChesapeakeBay.

3 Little Creek to Cape Charles Harbor Ferry. The ferryroute, shown on the chart, from Little Creek (36°55′N76°11′W) to Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W), maydeviate from the published standard route due to inclementweather, traffic conditions, navigational hazards or otheremergency conditions.

Pilotage4.18

1 Pilotage in Chesapeake Bay is compulsory for allforeign vessels and US vessels under register, but optionalfor US vessels under enrolment in the coastal trade if theyhave on board a pilot licensed by the Federal Governmentto operate in these waters. Pilotage is arranged as follows:

2 The Association of Maryland Pilots provides serviceto any port in Maryland. Pilotage is available 24hours. Requests for pilots should be made 48 and24 hours in advance together with any changes ofmore than one hour. The pilots, who normallyboard vessels off Cape Henry in the vicinity of CHLight−buoy (36°56′N 75°57′W) are carried to andfrom vessels in launches with black hulls, whitesuperstructure, and “PILOT” on each side. Vesselsproceeding from the Virginia Capes to WashingtonDC. or the upper part of Chesapeake Bay andnorthwards, when using Maryland pilots,sometimes transfer pilots at a designated transferarea off Piney Point (38°08′N 76°32′W) on thePotomac River, or in Chesapeake Bay off theentrance to Patuxent River (38°19′N 76°24′W),depending on the port of call. Vessels bound for

CHAPTER 4

102

Potamac River if approaching through Chesapeakeand Delaware Canal should take a Maryland Pilot.The night signal for the Maryland Pilot is threelong and one short blast on the whistle.

3 The Virginia Pilots Association provides service toany port in Virginia. Pilotage is available 24 hours.Requests for pilots should be made at least 6 hoursin advance together with any changes of more thanone hour. The pilot boat has an orange hull, greysuperstructure, with “PILOT” on each side. Thepilot boards off Cape Henry in the vicinity of CHLight−buoy.

4 The Chesapeake and Interstate Pilots Associationprovides services to vessels engaged in the coastaltrade and public vessels between Cape Henry andany port or place on the Chesapeake Bay and itstributaries. Pilotage is available 24 hours. Requestsfor pilots should be made 12 hours in advancetogether with any changes of more than one hour.Pilots normally board vessels off Cape Henry inthe vicinity of CH Light−buoy. See Admiralty Listof Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.


1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS, shown on the chart,is established in the NE and SE approaches to ChesapeakeBay. It is established for the control of maritime traffic andis designed to aid in the prevention of collisions. Thescheme is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of the InternationalRegulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea (1972)applies.

2 North−east approach. The outer end of the traffic lanesin the NE approach is 10 miles SSE of Cape Charles Light(37°07′N 75°54′W), in the vicinity of NCA Light−buoy(special).

3 South−east approach. The outer end of the traffic lanesin the SE approach is 13½ miles SE of Cape Henry Light(36°56′N 76°00′W), in the vicinity of CB Light−buoy (safewater).

4 Deep water route. A deep water route is establishedbetween the inbound and outbound SE approach trafficlanes. It is recommended for deep−draught vessels (definedas those with a draught greater than 12⋅8 m (42 ft) in freshwater, and for aircraft carriers), approaching or leavingChesapeake Bay.

5 Vessels drawing less than 12⋅8 m (42 ft) may use thedeep water route when, in their master’s judgement, theeffects of vessels characteristics, speed, and prevailingenvironmental conditions may cause the draught of thevessel to equal or exceed 12⋅8 m (42 ft). See The Mariner’sHandbook for factors that may increase the draught of avessel, and thus reduce the under−keel clearance. Vesselsusing the deep water route are recommended to:

6 Announce their intention on VHF channel 16 onapproaching Chesapeake Bay SE approach CBLight−buoy (safe water) when inbound, orChesapeake Bay NE approach CH Light−buoy(safe water) when outbound.

Avoid as far as practicable overtaking other vesselsoperating in the deep water route.

7 Keep as near to the outer limit of the route whichlies on the starboard side as is safe andpracticable.

All other vessels approaching the Chesapeake Bay TSSshould use the appropriate inbound or outbound traffic lane.

8 Precautionary areas. A precautionary area extendsabout 3½ miles N, 5 miles E, 4½ miles S and 5½ miles Wof Chesapeake Light (36°54′N 75′43′W). Naval operationstake place within this area and mariners should exercisecaution when transiting it.

9 A further precautionary area is inscribed by a circleradius 2 miles centred on CH Light−buoy (36°56′N75°57′W). Traffic within this precautionary area mayconsist of cruising pilots and vessels on passage betweenChesapeake Bay and one of the traffic lanes. Mariners areadvised to exercise extreme caution when navigating in thisarea. Depths are variable within this precautionary area andthere are a number of wrecks and obstructions.

10 Where Navigation Rules for US Inland waters are inforce, the provisions of Rule 9 apply. See 1.47 andAppendix VII for further information.4.20

1 Danger zones. A danger zone, shown on the chart, inwhich bombing, rocket firing and gunnery take place, liesoff Myrtle Island (37°11′N 75°48′W). Other danger zones,where there are firing ranges, lie 8 to 9 miles S of CapeHenry See Appendix VI for details, and definition ofdanger zones.4.21

1 Restricted areas. A restricted area, shown on the chart,in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited, lies N, Eand S from Cape Henry. A naval restricted area, into whichentry is prohibited, lies off Camp Pendleton about 7½ milesS of Cape Henry. See Appendix VI for details, anddefinition of restricted areas.4.22

1 Regulated navigation areas. The following areas are, ormay be designated as regulated navigation areas:

Chesapeake Bay during the ice season. See 4.11.Chesapeake Bay entrance, Hampton Roads and

adjacent waters.For further information see Appendix IV.

Wrecks and obstructions4.23

1 Numerous wrecks and obstructions lie within and closeto the Chesapeake Bay Entrance TSS and Deep WaterRoute. The most significant are shown on the chart.Mariners are advised to navigate with caution.

Spoil ground4.24

1 A spoil ground marked by light−buoys (special) lies4 miles E of Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W) and extends5 miles in a N/S direction.

Rescue4.25


Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W).Little Creek (36°56′N 76°11′W).



1 Local magnetic anomalies. The normal magneticvariation is increased/decreased by up to 6° from thenormal, 3 to 17 miles offshore from Cape Henry (36°56′N76°00′W) to Currituck Beach Light (36°23′N 75°50′W).

2 Tidal streams. In the approaches at No 14 Light−buoywhich marks the NE extremity of Smith Island Shoal(3.375), the strength of the in−going stream occurs ½ hour

CHAPTER 4

103

before high water at Charleston (8.26) when it sets WNWat a rate of ¼ kn. The strength of the out−going streamoccurs about 5½ hours after high water at Charleston, whenit sets ESE at a rate of about 1 kn.

3 In the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, under averageconditions, slack water before the in−going, or NW goingstream occurs about 1½ hours before HW at Charleston(8.26), and slack water before the out−going stream, or SEgoing stream occurs about 4½ hours after HW atCharleston. The mean rate of the in−going stream is 1 knand the out−going 1½ kn, but these rates are considerablyinfluenced by winds. A W gale will sometimes cause avery strong out−going stream and will diminish or evenovercome the in−going stream, and an E gale willsometimes cause a very strong in−going stream anddiminish or overcome the out−going stream. During10 months observations in the summer and autumn, thestrongest out−going stream was 3 kn with a NW gale andthe greatest in−going stream about 2½ kn in an E gale.

Principal marks4.27

1 Landmarks:Cape Charles Lighthouse (white 8−sided pyramidal

framework tower, black top, 58 m in height)(37°07′N 75°54′W).

Cape Henry Lighthouse (black and white chequered8−sided tower, 50 m in height) (36°56′N 76°00′W).

2 Former Cape Henry Lighthouse (grey octagonalpyramid) (36°56′N 76°00′W).

Tank (36°49′N 75°59′W).Tank (36°51′N 75°59′W).Tank (36°52′N 75°59′W).

Offshore mark:Chesapeake Lighthouse (blue tower on white base on

piles, name on sides) (36°54′N 75°43′W).3 Major lights:

Cape Charles Light — as above.Chesapeake Light — as above.Cape Henry Light — as above.


1 Racons:Chesapeake Light (36°54′N 75°43′W).CB Light−buoy (36°49′N 75°46′W).CH Light−buoy (36°56′N 75°57′W).


Directions for approach and entryfrom north−east

4.29 1 From the vicinity of NCA Light−buoy (special) (36°59′N

75°49′W), at the entrance to the WSW−bound traffic laneof the NE approach channel, the track leads WSW througha channel, marked by light−buoys (special), passing (withpositions relative to Cape Henry Light (36°56′N 76°00′W)):

2 NNW of NCA Light−buoy (special) (10 miles ENE),thence:

NNW of NCB Light−buoy (special) (8¼ miles E),thence:

NNW of NCC Light−buoy (special) (6½ miles E),thence:

3 N of NCE Light−buoy (special) (4½ miles E), thence:

Through the precautionary area passing N of CHLight−buoy (safe water) (2½ miles ENE) to thepilot boarding area off Cape Henry (36°56′N76°00′W).

(Directions continue forHampton Roads approach at 4.43,

and for main channel to Baltimore at 4.193)

Directions for approach and entryfrom south−east

4.30 1 From a position 1 mile E of CB Light−buoy (safe water)

(36°49′N 75°46′W) the track leads NW within the inboundtraffic lane of the SE approach TSS, passing (with positionsrelative to Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W)):

2 NE of CB Light−buoy (safe water) (10 miles E), and:SW of a large fish haven (11 miles E), thence:NE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate),

(9½ miles E), thence:NE of No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (9 miles E),

thence:3 NE of No 10 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (5½ miles

ENE), thence:SW of a dangerous wreck (6¾ miles NE), thence:NE of No 12 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (5¼ miles

NE), thence:NE of No 16 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (5¾ miles

NNE), thence:4 Through the precautionary area passing N of CH

Light−buoy (safe water) (6½ miles N) to the pilotboarding area off Cape Henry.

(Directions continue for Hampton Roads approach at4.43, and for main channel to Baltimore at 4.193)

Approach and entry from south−east via the DeepWater Route4.31

1 From the vicinity of CB Light−buoy (safe water)(36°49′N 75°46′W), at the entrance to the NW−bound DeepWater Route traffic lane, the track leads NW through achannel marked by light−buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W)):

2 NE of CB Light−buoy (safe water) (10 miles E), and:SW of a large fish haven (11 miles E), thence:NE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate),

(9½ miles E), thence:Between Nos 1 and 2 Light−buoys (lateral) (9 miles E),

thence:3 Through the precautionary area passing N of CH

Light−buoy (safe water) (6½ miles N), to the pilot boardingarea off Cape Henry.

Useful marks4.32

1 Aero light (36°49′N 76°01′W).Radio tower (36°51′N 75°58′W).Hotel (36°52′N 75°59′W).Hotel (36°52′N 75°59′W) (penthouse).Hotel (36°52′N 75°59′) (cupola).Tower (36°54′N 75°59′W).

(Directions continue forHampton Roads approach at 4.43,

and for main channel to Baltimore at 4.193)

CHAPTER 4

104

CHESAPEAKE BAY — SOUTH−WEST PART

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes Hampton Roads (36°59′N76°20′W) and the approach channel. Also included areElizabeth River and associated ports, Newport News, JamesRiver and Richmond.

It is arranged as follows:Hampton Roads Approach (4.34).

2 Hampton Roads (4.53).Norfolk Harbor and ports in Elizabeth River (4.71).Newport News (4.111).James River Lower Part (4.132).James River Upper Part (4.152).

HAMPTON ROADS APPROACH

General information

Charts 2919, 2829, 2813Route4.34

1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding area, about1½ miles NE of Cape Henry (36°56′N 76°00′W), the routeleads WNW for about 13 miles thence WSW for about3 miles through Thimble Shoal Channel, to a position N ofFort Wool (36°59′N 76°18′W).

Topography4.35

1 From Cape Henry to Fort Wool the coast is low. Thecoast W of Little Creek (36°55′N 76°11′W) (4.46) isbacked by the suburbs of Norfolk. There are alsoprominent groups of buildings in Ocean View, 3 miles SEof Fort Wool (36°59′N 76°18′W). Fort Monroe, an historicsite, stands close NE of Old Point Comfort, and theChamberlin Hotel (37°00′⋅1N 76°18′⋅8W) is an excellentlandmark.

Depths4.36

1 The project depth for Thimble Shoal Channel is 16⋅7 m(55 ft), with a least width of 305 m (1000 ft).

Caution. Thimble Shoal Channel (4.43) is a dredgedchannel and the auxiliary channels on the N and S sides ofthe main channel are no longer maintained. The depths inthe channel are liable to change particularly at the edges.



1 Thimble Shoal Channel. The following are extractsfrom regulations prescribed for the use of Thimble ShoalChannel:

The use and navigation of Thimble Shoal Channel isrestricted to vessels drawing 7⋅6 m (25 ft) or more.

2 Vessels permitted to use this channel under section 1of these regulations must proceed through thechannel at a reasonable speed so as not toendanger vessels and not to interfere with anywork necessary in maintaining, surveying orbuoying the channel. Anchorage is prohibited in

the channel except in cases of emergency whichwould render progress unsafe or impossible.

3 Navigation in the North Auxiliary Channel isrestricted to W−bound traffic, and in the SouthAuxiliary Channel to E−bound traffic.

4 Danger zones and restricted areas. A danger zone,shown on the chart, in which firing takes place, extends2 miles E from a position 1½ miles NNE of Old PointComfort (37°00′N 76°19′W). A restricted area, also shownon the chart, within which anchoring and fishing areprohibited lies in the approach to Hampton Roads,extending 1¾ miles E from Old Point Comfort. SeeAppendix VI for definitions of danger zones and restrictedareas.

Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel4.38

1 The Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel complex extendsfor 15 miles from Cape Charles (37°07′N 75°58′W), overFishermans Island, and thence S across the bay to aposition 6 miles W of Cape Henry (36°56′N 76°00′W).

There are tunnels under Chesapeake Channel andThimble Shoal Channel, with bridges across the remainderof the crossing.

2 Lights are exhibited from the bridges to mark theopenings at the Chesapeake and Thimble Shoal Channelsbut at night the floodlit tunnel houses are more prominentthan the lights marking the channel.

The bridges over the North Channel (4.197) havevertical clearances of 22⋅8 m (75 ft) and horizontalclearances of 91 m (300 ft).

3 Three adjoining openings situated 2¼ miles N ofThimble Shoal Channel, with vertical clearances of 6⋅4 m(21 ft) and horizontal clearances of 21⋅3 m (70 ft), providea passage under the bridges.

A further two passages, with identical clearances, underthe bridges are situated 2 miles and 7¼ cables from the Sshore.

4 Caution. Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel complex hason several occasions suffered damage from vessels due toadverse weather conditions. Currents in excess of 3 kn canbe expected in this area, and in every case the damage wascaused during adverse weather with strong NW winds.Frequent weather forecasts, throughout 24 hours, arebroadcast by the National Weather Service and local radiostations. For details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 3(2).

Rescue4.39


Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W).Little Creek (36°56′N 76°11′W).


Tidal streams4.40

1 See 4.26.

CHAPTER 4

105

Chesapeake Bay Bridge Tunnel from N (4.38)(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph − Airphoto−Jim Wark)

CHAPTER 4

106

Principal marks4.41

1 Landmarks:Cape Charles Lighthouse (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Lighthouse (36°56′N 76°00′W) (4.27).Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (red conical tower, brown

round base) (37°01′N 76°14′W).2 Old Point Comfort Lighthouse (white tower) (37°00′N

76°18′W).Chamberlin Hotel (37°00′⋅1N 76°18′⋅8W).

Offshore mark:Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W) (4.27).

3 Major lights:Cape Charles Light (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Chesapeake Light (36°54′N 75°43′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Light (36°56′N 76°00′W) (4.27).Thimble Shoal Light — as above.Old Point Comfort Light — as above.


1 Racons:Chesapeake Light (36°54′N 75°43′W).CB Light−buoy (36°49′N 75°46′W).CH Light−buoy (36°56′N 75°57′W).



Thimble Shoal Channel4.43

1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding area, about1½ miles NE of Cape Henry (36°56′N 76°00′W), the trackleads WNW, thence WSW, through the dredged ThimbleShoal Channel, marked by light−buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Cape Henry Light):

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (1½ milesNNW), with a depth of 17⋅1 m (56 ft) over it,thence:

2 SSW of 2T Light−buoy (starboard hand) (3¼ milesNW), which marks the SE limit of Tail of theHorseshoe, which forms part of Horseshoe, anextensive shoal bank. HC Light−buoy (safe water)is moored near the centre of the bank. There arenumerous wrecks and obstructions on Tail of theHorseshoe. Thence:

3 Between Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel artificialisland terminals (5½ miles WNW).

Thence the track continues WNW, passing (withpositions relative to Fort Wool Lighthouse (36°59′N76°18′W)):

4 SSW of Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (3½ miles ENE)standing on the S extremity of Thimble Shoal,lying on the S side of an extensive bank,Horseshoe, which extends up to 6 miles offshorebetween Old Point Comfort and a point 5½ milesNNE.

4.44 1 Thence the track continues WSW, passing (with

positions relative to Fort Wool Lighthouse):Clear, depending on draught, of an obstruction

(2¼ miles ENE), with a depth of 16⋅7 m (55 ft)over it, thence:

SSE of two obstructions (1½ miles NE), with depthsof 15⋅5 and 21⋅9 m (51 and 72 ft) over them, and:

2 NNW of Willoughby Bank (1½ miles ENE),extending 4¼ miles E from Fort Wool.

Thence the track leads to a position 5 cables N of FortWool at the entrance to Hampton Roads.4.45

1 Useful marks:Tank (36°55′⋅5N 76°01′⋅0W).Tower (36°55′⋅8N 76°01′⋅9W).Water tower (36°54′⋅3N 76°07′⋅2W).Lookout tower (36°55′⋅1N 76°10′⋅5W).Control tower (36°55′⋅6N 76°10′⋅3W).

2 Radio tower (36°55′⋅8N 76°12′⋅3W).Radio tower (36°59′⋅1N 76°18′⋅2W).Fort Wool (36°59′⋅2N 76°18′⋅1W).Fort Monroe (37°00′⋅2N 76°18′⋅4W).Radio tower (37°00′⋅1N 76°18′⋅3W).(Directions continue, for Hampton Roads at 4.63.

Directions for Newport News Channelare given at 4.64)

Little Creek


1 Description. Little Creek (36°55′N 76°11′W), the majorportion of which is a naval amphibious base, lies 4¼ milesWNW of the entrance to Lynnhaven Inlet. Car ferries(4.17) operate from the S end terminal to the town of CapeCharles (37°16′N 76°01′W).

2 Caution. Vessels should use extreme caution whilenavigating in Little Creek Harbor due to frequent andunannounced naval diving operations.

Danger zones and restricted areas extend N from thevicinity of Little Creek to the edge of Thimble ShoalChannel (4.43). See Appendix VI for definitions of dangerzones and restricted areas.

3 Depths. The channel has a project depth of 6⋅7 m(22 ft). In 2002 the controlling depth was 5⋅9 m (19½ ft) inthe channel and 6⋅0 m (20 ft) in the basin.

For the latest controlling depth the charts and portauthorities should be consulted.

Pilotage. Pilot boards off Cape Henry. See 4.18 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Directions4.47

1 Leading lights:Front light (framework tower) (36°54′⋅7N 76°10′⋅6W),

exhibited from the S side of the harbour.Rear light (similar structure) (250 m from front light).

2 From a position about 1 mile N of the entrance, thealignment (177½°) of these lights leads S to the harbourentrance, passing (with positions relative to No 3 Light EBreakwater (green square on framework tower) (36°56′⋅0N76°10′⋅6W)):

E of an obstruction (1 mile N), with a depth of 5⋅4 m(18 ft) over it, thence:

E of No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (5½ cablesNNW).


No 4 Light W Breakwater (red triangle on pile)(36°55′⋅9N 76°10′⋅7W).

Aero light (36°53′⋅7N 76°12′⋅3W).Radio tower (36°55′⋅8N 76°12′⋅3W).

CHAPTER 4

107

Berths4.49

1 Within the harbour area there are numerous berths whichcan be seen on the chart.

Anchorages


1 Description. Five named anchorages, the limits of whichare shown on the chart, lie on the S side of Thimble ShoalChannel. In addition, Lynnhaven Roads (4.52), 3 miles Wof Cape Henry, may occasionally be used as an anchorage.All these anchorage areas contain wrecks or obstructions,the positions of which may best be seen on the chart.

2 Regulations. The following are extracts from theregulations governing vessels using the anchorages adjacentto the Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel:

Must not anchor if the main steering or propulsionequipment is impaired.

Must be capable of getting underway within30 minutes with sufficient power to stay clear ofthe bridge−tunnel complex.

3 For other regulations regarding anchorages inChesapeake Bay and Hampton Roads, US Regulationsshould be consulted.4.51

1 A list of anchorage areas, together with their use, isgiven below (with positions centred from Thimble ShoalTunnel S Light (36°58′⋅0N 76°06′⋅8W)):

A. Naval anchorage (4 miles ESE). Exclusive use bynaval or military support vessels, and othervessels in emergency.

2 B. Naval anchorage (2 miles ESE). Exclusive use bynaval vessels or other vessels in emergency.

C. Naval anchorage (1½ miles W). Exclusive use bynaval vessels or other vessels in emergency.

D. Naval anchorage (2¼ miles SW). Exclusive use bynaval vessels or other vessels in emergency.

3 E. Commercial explosives anchorage (4¾ milesWNW). A permit to anchor must be obtainedfrom the Captain of the Port prior to anchoring.Anchorage E1, an explosives anchorage berth, liesin the NE part of this anchorage. It is forexclusive use by vessels carrying dangerouscargoes or explosives. Such vessels display, byday a red flag, and by night a fixed red light. Ifthis berth is occupied by vessels handling orcarrying dangerous cargoes or explosives,anchorage is prohibited within 457 m of it, exceptwhen permission is granted by the Captain of thePort.

Lynnhaven Roads4.52

1 Lynnhaven Roads are sometimes used as an anchorage,and are protected from S winds. There are general depthsof 5⋅8 to 9⋅4 m (19 to 31 ft), the shore being steep−to E ofLynnhaven Inlet (36°55′N 76°05′W). There are a number ofwrecks and obstructions in Lynnhaven Roads and theirpositions can be seen from the chart. The S end of theChesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel lies 2 miles WNW of theentrance to Lynnhaven Inlet.

HAMPTON ROADS

General information


1 Hampton Roads lie at the SW end of Chesapeake Bay,at the confluence of Elizabeth, Nansemond and JamesRivers. The entrance to Hampton Roads lies between FortWool (36°59′N 76°18′W) and Old Point Comfort, about9 cables NNW.

2 The harbour area, which occupies 25 square miles,contains the major ports of Norfolk (4.98) and NewportNews (4.111), which encompass the cities of Norfolk,Portsmouth, Chesapeake, Newport News and Hampton. It isthe worlds foremost bulk cargo harbour, handling largequantities of coal, petroleum products, grain, fertilizer,tobacco, sand and gravel, together with an increasingamount of general cargo. There are more than 200 piersand wharves along about 30 miles of waterfront.

3 Hampton Roads is a customs port of entry, vessels areusually inspected at their berths.

Route4.54

1 From a position in the entrance, NNW of Fort Wool(36°59′N 76°18′W), the main channel leads initially SWthrough Entrance Reach, thence dividing, leading S toNorfolk harbour and Elizabeth river, and W through theNewport News Channel to Newport News and James River.

Topography4.55

1 The coast surrounding Hampton Roads is low andcovered with commercial development. The buildings inNorfolk Naval Base are prominent.

The roads are much encumbered by flats and shoalground extending from its shores, The largest area isHampton Flats which lies on the NW side.

Depths4.56

1 The project depth for Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reach(4.63) is 15⋅2 m (50 ft).



1 Copies of these regulations which are principallyconcerned with grain and coal handling, may be obtainedfrom the Hampton Roads Maritime Association.

Speed limits are in force as follows:Cape Henry to 1ER Light−buoy (36°59′⋅3N

76°18′⋅7W) — 15 kn.1ER Light−buoy to Hospital Point (36°50′⋅9N

76°18′⋅2W) — 10 kn.Hospital Point to Norfolk Naval Shipyard — 6 kn.

2 LPG vessels on passage between Thimble ShoalChannel No 3 Light−buoy and Atlantic Energy Terminal onthe W side of Upper Reach of Southern Branch ofElizabeth River have a safety zone established aroundthem. See Appendix V for further information.

Bridges and tunnels4.58

1 Hampton Roads Bridge and Tunnel, carries a roadacross the entrance to Hampton Roads from WilloughbySpit to a point 1 mile NW of Old Point Comfort (4.63).

CHAPTER 4

108

From Willoughby Spit the road is carried by twin roadbridges with a vertical clearance of 3⋅0 m (10 ft), thence bytunnel under Norfolk Harbour Entrance Reach. Twinbridges then carry the road to its terminal point at Phoebus(4.69), 1½ miles NW of Old Point Comfort.

2 Monitor−Merrimac Memorial Bridge and Tunnel,carries a road across the entrance to James River, from anartificial island on the W side of Newport News Creek, tothe shore W of Craney Island Disposal Area. As the roademerges from an artificial island at the S end, the tunnelbecomes a bridge with a vertical clearance of 9⋅1 m (30 ft)and a horizontal clearance of 21⋅3 m (70 ft).

Fish traps4.59

1 See 4.9.

Rescue4.60

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atPortsmouth Coastguard station (36°53′⋅0N 76°21′⋅2W) onthe W side of the entrance to Craney Island Creek.



1 Tidal streams are as follows:Entrance to Hampton Roads. In mid−channel at the

entrance to Hampton Roads, slack water before thein−going stream occurs about 2½ hours before highwater at Charleston, and slack water before theout−going stream occurs about 3½ hours after highwater at Charleston. The in−going stream attains arate of about 1¾ kn, and the out−going streamabout 2 kn, but the tidal streams are considerablyinfluenced by the wind and at times attain a muchgreater rate.

2 Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reach. At Old PointComfort (37°00′N 76°19′W) the tidal streams turnabout 1 hour earlier than in mid−channel. Landinghere is often difficult owing to the strength of thestreams. The first of the out−going stream sets SEon the S side and the last of the stream setsdirectly on to the point and N through the openingE of Hampton Bar. The direction of the in−goingstream is approximately WSW.

3 Newport News Channel. In Newport News Channelthe slack water occurs about ¼ hour later than atthe entrance to the roads. The tidal streams do notalways set directly with this channel, especiallywith strong winds, and at times deep draughtvessels have experienced difficulty in keepingwithin the channel. The in−going stream attains arate of about 1¼ kn, and the out−going streamabout 1¾ kn.

4 Ice. Hampton Roads is free of ice.

Principal marks4.62

1 Landmarks:Old Point Comfort Lighthouse (37°00′N 76°18′W)

(4.41).Chamberlin Hotel (37°00′⋅1N 76°18′⋅8W).

Major light:Old Point Comfort Light (37°00′N 76°18′W) (4.41).


Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reach4.63

1 Leading lights:Front light (platform on multi−pile structure)


2 From a position N of Fort Wool (36°59′N 76°18′W), thealignment (045°), astern, of these lights leads throughNorfolk Harbor Entrance Reach, passing (with positionsrelative to Fort Wool):

3 SE of Old Point Comfort (1 mile NNW), the Nentrance point to Hampton Roads. The town ofOld Point Comfort stands at the S end of thepeninsula, which is nearly separated from themainland by Mill Creek, a shallow expanse ofwater through which there are narrow channels.Fort Monroe stands close NE of the point. Thence:

4 NW of Fort Wool, a low grey structure, standing onan island at the entrance to Hampton Roads. FortWool Light (red and white chequered diamond ongrey hut) stands on the W side of Fort Wool.Thence:

5 SE of Hampton Bar (1¼ miles WSW), extending2 miles WSW from Old Point Comfort.

Thence the track leads to a position 6½ cables NW ofSewells Point, at the entrance to Norfolk Harbour Reach,where the channel divides, continuing W to Newport News.

(Directions continue for Elizabeth River at 4.93)

Newport News Channel4.64

1 From a position 6½ cables NW of Sewells Point thetrack leads 1 mile SW thence 2¾ miles WSW throughNewport News Channel, marked by light−buoys (lateral),passing (with positions relative to Newport News MiddleGround Light (36°56′⋅7N 76°23′⋅5W)):

2 NNW of Newport News Middle Ground, an extensiveshoal, marked by a light (red conical tower, redround base). Thence:

SSE of Newport News Bar (1 mile NNW).3 Thence the track leads to a position S of Newport News

Point between the artificial islands carrying theMonitor−Merrimac Memorial Bridge and Tunnel at theentrance to James River.4.65

1 Useful marks:Clock tower (36°57′⋅1N 76°18′⋅8W).Radio Tower (36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W).(Directions continue for Newport News at 4.126,

and for James River at 4.139)

Side channel

Shallow draught fairway4.66

1 A fairway for shallow draught vessels and tows, markedby buoys (special), with a least depth of 5⋅5 m (18 ft), linksNewport News Channel with Elizabeth River. It is entered5 cables N of Newport News Middle Ground Light(36°56′⋅7N 76°23′⋅5W) and leads 2½ miles ESE betweenanchorages J and K to Norfolk Harbour Channel.

CHAPTER 4

109

Anchorages and minor harbour


1 A number of anchorages, the limits of which are shownon the chart, lie adjacent to the channels through HamptonRoads. They are under the control of the Captain of thePort. A number of dangers exist in certain of theseanchorage areas, the positions of which may best be seenon the chart.

Anchorages4.68

1 A list of anchorage areas, together with their use, isgiven below (with positions centred from Sewells Point(36°57′⋅8N 76°19′⋅5W)):

F. General anchorage (1½ miles N). Reserved forvessels with a draught of 13⋅7 m (45 ft) or more.It contains anchorage berth F–1.

2 G. Naval explosives anchorage (1¼ miles NW). Fourexplosives handling berths, G–1 to G–4.

H. General anchorage (2¾ miles W).I. General anchorage (5¼ miles W). Contains two

anchorage berths, I–1 and I–2, reserved for vesselsgreater than 152 m in length or with a draughtexceeding 9⋅1 m (30 ft).

3 J. General anchorage (2¾ miles WSW). NewportNews Middle Ground lies within this area.

K. General anchorage (1½ miles WSW). Anchorageberths K–1 and K–2 in the NE part, are reservedfor vessels greater than 152 m in length or with adraught exceeding 9⋅1 m (30 ft).

L. General anchorage (2 miles SW).

Phoebus Channel4.69

1 Phoebus Channel is entered between Old Point Comfort(37°00′N 76°19′W) and Hampton Roads Bridge/Tunnelartificial island, 2½ cables W. A dredged channel, markedby beacons (lateral) with a project depth of 3⋅6 m (12 ft)leads to Phoebus, 7 cables N, where there are wharves inpoor condition, with depths of 2⋅4 to 3⋅6 m at their outerends.

2 For the latest controlling depth the charts and the portauthorities should be consulted.

Hampton River4.70

1 Description. Hampton River lies 1½ miles NW of OldPoint Comfort (37°00′N 76°19′W). The town of Hampton,an important fishing centre, lies on its W bank close Ninside the entrance, above Sunset Creek. The commercialberths in the harbour handle aggregates, building materialsand petroleum products. A fixed bridge spans the river atthe N end of Hampton Reach.

The river is approached and entered through a dredgedchannel with a project depth of 3⋅6 m (12 ft).

2 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of No 2Light−beacon (red triangle on multi−pile structure), 4 cablesW of Old Point Comfort, the track leads about 1¾ milesgenerally NNW, through a channel, marked bylight−beacons (lateral), to enter the harbour area betweenSunset Creek and Jones Creek. Thence the channel leadsthrough Hampton Reach to the berths.


3 Berths: commercial wharves just below the bridge, withdepths alongside of 2⋅1 to 3⋅6 m; public landing 2½ cablesSW of the bridge has a depth at its face of 2⋅4 m; wharvesalong Sunset Creek have depths alongside of 1⋅2 to 2⋅7 m.

Supplies: fuel; some stores.

NORFOLK HARBOR AND PORTS INELIZABETH RIVER

General information

Charts 2813, 2814 (see 1.18)Position4.71

1 Norfolk Harbour covers an extensive area and iscomprised of part of the S and E shores of HamptonRoads, both sides of the Elizabeth River together with itsE, S and W branches, on which the cities of Norfolk,Portsmouth and Chesapeake are located. The harbour areaextends from Sewells Point (36°58′N 76°20′W) to aposition in the S branch, about 15 miles S.

2 In addition, Elizabeth River forms an important part ofthe Intracoastal Waterway (4.75), connecting HamptonRoads with the sounds of North Carolina.

Function4.72

1 The area is a highly developed residential, industrial andcommercial conurbation. All the ports within the area areequipped with modern facilities and equipment for handlinga wide variety of vessels and different cargoes.

There are also extensive shipbuilding and repairfacilities.

2 Additionally, the United States Navy has a considerablepresence in Norfolk Harbour. Norfolk Naval Station lies onthe E side of the entrance to Elizabeth River, NorfolkNaval Base lies on the W side of Elizabeth River atPortsmouth. In 2000 the population was about 860 000.

Topography4.73

1 The area is generally low and sparsely wooded. It isintensely developed, with many large buildings and largesections of the river banks lined with piers and wharves.

Craney Island is low and sparsely wooded, and the siteof a naval fuel depot.


1 Elizabeth River is approached through Hampton Roads(4.53), and entered between Sewells Point and CraneyIsland Disposal Area, 3 miles SSW.

Intracoastal Waterway4.75

1 This section of the Intracoastal Waterway leads from theupper end of Southern Branch to Albemarle Sound, andthence S to Key West, off the S extremity of Florida. Thereare two routes to Albemarle Sound, one by way of DeepCreek and Dismal Swamp Canal and the other throughVirginia Cut and North River.


Traffic4.76

1 In 2004 Norfolk was used by 488 vessels with a total of56 325 088 dwt and Portsmouth was used by 145 vesselswith a total of 30 898 281 dwt.

CHAPTER 4

110

Port Authority4.77

1 Virginia Port Authority, 600 World Trade Centre,Norfolk, VA 23510, USA.

Limiting conditions


1 The project depths for the approaches to, and ElizabethRiver are as follows:

Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reach 15⋅2 m (50 ft), width305 m, thence:

Norfolk Harbor Reach and Craney Island Reach16⋅7 m (55 ft), least width 244 m, thence:

2 Lamberts Bend to Town Point Reach 13⋅7 m (45 ft),least width 229 m, thence:

Southern Branch (Lower Reach and Middle Reach)13⋅7 m (45 ft), least width 114 m, thence:

Southern Branch (Upper Reach) 10⋅7 m (35 ft), leastwidth 76 m.


Bridges4.79

1 The following bridges span Southern Branch ofElizabeth River (with positions relative to Money Point(36°46′⋅8N 76°18′⋅5W)):

A lift bridge (2⋅1 miles NNE), with a verticalclearance of 1⋅8 m (6 ft) when lowered, 43 m(142 ft) when raised, and a horizontal clearance of91 m (300 ft).

2 Jordan Lift Bridge (1⋅9 miles NNE), with a verticalclearance of 4⋅5 m (15ft) when lowered, 44 m(145 ft) when raised, and a horizontal clearance of67 m (220 ft).

A lift bridge (1⋅3 miles NNE), with a verticalclearance of 3⋅0 m (10 ft) when lowered, 41 m(135 ft) when raised, and a horizontal clearance of67 m (220 ft).

3 A bascule bridge (7 cables ESE), with a verticalclearance of 3⋅3 m (11 ft) when closed, and ahorizontal clearance of 38 m (125 ft).

A bascule bridge (7 cables ESE), with a verticalclearance of 2⋅1 m (7 ft) when closed, and ahorizontal clearance of 38 m (125 ft).

4 A bascule bridge (1⋅4 miles SSE), with a verticalclearance of 19⋅8 m (65 ft) when closed, and ahorizontal clearance of 38 m (125 ft).

A bascule bridge (2⋅6 miles SSE), with a verticalclearance of 3⋅6 m (12 ft) when closed, and ahorizontal clearance of 38 m (125 ft).

Overhead power cables4.80

1 Overhead power cables span Southern Branch ofElizabeth River (with positions relative to Money Point(36°46′⋅8N 76°18′⋅5W)):

Power cable (9 cables SSE), with a vertical clearanceof 46 m (152 ft).

Power cable (1⋅2 miles SSE), with a vertical clearanceof 49 m (161 ft).


1 Deepest:Norfolk International Terminal Pier 1, S side (4.96).Norfolk International Terminal Pier 2, N side (4.96).Alcoa Transfer Station Pier (4.101).

Longest:Portsmouth Marine Terminal (4.98).

Tidal levels4.82

1 In Portsmouth the mean spring range is about 0⋅9 m;mean neap range about 0⋅8 m. See information in AdmiraltyTide Tables.


1 Norfolk and Portsmouth. The density of water is1⋅010 g/cm3.

Chesapeake. The density of water is 1⋅005 g/cm3.

Arrival information

Port operations4.84

1 Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 6 kn from theentrance to Southern Branch to the first bridge.

Daylight hours. Vessels of 100 000 dwt or more mayonly transit in daylight hours.

2 Naval Manoeuvring Area. A Naval Manoeuvring Area,close outside the W limit of the channel, extends 7½ cablesS from a position opposite Sewells Point (36°58′N76°20′W).

Anchorages4.85

1 Hampton Roads anchorages are described at 4.67. Thefollowing designated anchorage areas are established inElizabeth River. All are for general use (with centrespositioned from Town Point (36°50′⋅7N 76°17′⋅6W)):

M (1¾ miles NW). W side of Port Norfolk Reach.N (4 cables WNW). W side of Town Point Reach.


1 Submarine cables and pipeline areas are laid in variousareas of Elizabeth River. Their positions are shown on thechart.

Pilotage4.87

1 See 4.18 for further information on pilotage.

Tugs4.88

1 A large fleet of tugs is available at Norfolk. Tugs arecompulsory for berthing and meet vessels in the river.


1 Prohibited areas. A number of areas to which entry isprohibited, shown on the charts, are established aroundnaval establishments in the river. They are located asfollows:

Norfolk Harbor, Norfolk Naval Station (36°56′⋅5N76°20′⋅0W).

2 Berkley, St Helena Naval Shipyard (36°49′⋅5N76°17′⋅4W).

Portsmouth, Norfolk Naval Shipyard (36°49′⋅2N76°17′⋅6W).

CHAPTER 4

111

Portsmouth, Southgate Terminal Area. (36°48′⋅2N76°17′⋅6W).

Craney Island Refueling Pier (36°53′⋅0N 76°20′⋅4W).

Quarantine4.90

1 Quarantine is enforced in accordance with regulations ofUnited States Health Service. The quarantine anchorage is4 miles WNW of Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W)Vessels may also be inspected at the berth. See 1.57.

Harbour

General layout4.91

1 Norfolk Harbor comprises part of the S and E shores ofHampton Roads, and both shores of Elizabeth River, andits Eastern, Southern and Western Branches, on which standthe cities of Norfolk, Portsmouth and Chesapeake.

2 The harbour extends from off Sewells Point (36°58′N76°20′W) S in Elizabeth River to the seventh bridge overSouthern Branch, a distance of 15 miles, and extends2½ miles up Eastern Branch, and 1½ miles up WesternBranch.

3 The main part of Norfolk is on the E side of ElizabethRiver N of Eastern Branch, with Berkley, a subdivision, tothe S, between Eastern and Southern Branches. S ofBerkley is the city of Chesapeake. Portsmouth lies oppositeNorfolk, and extends along the W shore of SouthernBranch, and the S shore of Western Branch. These citiesform practically a single community, united by the samecommercial interests and served by the same ship channel.


1 Tidal streams. In Elizabeth River and its EasternBranch slack water before the in−going stream occurs about3½ hours before HW at Charleston, and the slack waterbefore the out−going stream occurs about 2½ hours afterHW at Charleston.

2 In Southern Branch, off the Navy Yard, the slack wateroccurs about 1 hour later than the previously mentionedtimes.

The average rate of the tidal streams in the river and itsbranches is about ¾ kn.

Ice. In severe winters the upper part of SouthernBranch, Elizabeth River, is sometimes closed for shortperiods.

3 Local weather. Norfolk, with an average elevation of3⋅9 m above sea level and almost surrounded by water, hasa modified marine climate. The city’s geographical positionwith respect to the principal storm tracks is especiallyfavourable, being S of the average path of stormsoriginating in the higher latitudes and N of the usual trackof hurricanes and other tropical storms. These featurescombine to place Norfolk in one of the favoured climaticregions of the world.

4 The winters are mild, while autumn and spring seasonsare usually delightful. Summers, though warm and long, arefrequently tempered by cool periods, often associated withNE winds off the Atlantic. Temperatures of 38°C or higherare very infrequent. Cold waves seldom penetrate to thisarea. Occasional winters pass without a measurable amount

of snowfall. Most of Norfolk’s snow generally occurs inlight falls, which usually melt and disappear within24 hours. The average date of the last freezing temperaturein the spring is March 23rd, while the average date of thefirst in autumn is November 18th. The average annualamount of rainfall is about 114 cm, and considerably morethan half of it falls in well distributed amounts during Aprilto October, inclusive.



Elizabeth River4.93

1 From a position in Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reachdredged channel, NW of Sewells Point (36°58′N 76°20′W),the track leads S through Norfolk Harbor Reach dredgedchannel, marked by light−buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Sewells Point):

W of Sewells Point, thence:E of Craney Island Flats (2 miles SSW), extending up

to 2 miles offshore, thence:W of Norfolk International Terminals (2¾ miles S).

2 Thence the track continues S into Elizabeth River,through Craney Island Reach, marked by numberedlight−buoys (lateral), keeping to the centre−line, passing(with positions relative to Lamberts Point (36°52′⋅5N76°19′⋅7W)):

E of Craney Island Disposal Area (3 miles NW), anextensive area surrounded by an embankment.Passage is prohibited in an area 1½ cables wideoutside the embankment. Thence:

3 E of Craney Island (1 mile NW). A Spoil RehandlingBasin lies close N of the island, which may beentered through two dredged channels, eachmarked by leading beacons, as shown on the chart.Thence:

W of Lamberts Point.4 Thence the track leads generally SE through Lamberts

Bend, Port Norfolk Reach, and Town Point Reach, markedby numbered light−buoys and buoys (lateral), keeping tothe centre−line of the dredged channel.

No directions are given for the passage farther S, orapproach directions to berths, wharves and terminals as thechart is considered sufficient guide for entry.

Berths



There are numerous berths along the waterfront on bothsides of the river, and its branches; only the majordeep−draught piers, wharves and terminals are described.

Norfolk Naval Base and shipyards4.95

1 Norfolk Naval Base, the piers and installations of whichextend nearly 2 miles S from Sewells Point (36°58′N76°20′W) have alongside depths of 6⋅1 to 16⋅2 m.

There are naval refuelling berths at Craney Island(7 cables NW of Lamberts Point (4.93)).

CHAPTER 4

112

2 Naval shipyards and other naval berths are located in theSouthern Branch as follows (with positions relative toTown Point (36°50′⋅7N 76°17′⋅6W)):

St Helena Naval Shipyard (1 mile S), at Berkley onthe E side of Lower Reach.

Norfolk Naval Shipyard (1½ miles S). The complexextends for about 1 mile along the W bank atPortsmouth.

3 Naval piers A to E (2½ miles S), on the W side ofMiddle Reach.

All naval berths are surrounded by prohibited areas,entry to which is prohibited.

Norfolk Naval Base to Tanner Point4.96

1 Terminals between the S end of Norfolk Naval Base andTanner Point (36°54′⋅2N 76°19′⋅5W), which handle grain,cement, petroleum products, passengers, containers, andgeneral cargo, are as follows:

Cargill, Inc. Wharf (36°55′⋅9N 76°19′⋅6W); twoberths with a total of 396 m berthing space with adepth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

2 Norfolk International Terminals Pier 3 (36°55′⋅8N76°19′⋅9W); five berths with a total of 732 m ofberthing space with a depth of 9⋅2 m alongside.

Lehigh Portland Cement pier (36°55′⋅8N 76°19′⋅8W);68 m in length, including dolphins, with a depth of8⋅8 m alongside.

3 Norfolk International Terminals (36°55′⋅5N76°19′⋅8W) N container berth; 457 m in lengthwith a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Norfolk International Terminals Ro−Ro Berth(36°55′⋅2N 76°19′⋅7W); 405 m in length with adepth of 9⋅8 m alongside.

4 Norfolk International Terminals Pier 2 (36°55′⋅0N76°19′⋅8W); four berths with a total of 805 m ofberthing space with a depth of 9⋅8 m alongside onthe N side, and 9⋅4 m alongside on the S side.

Norfolk International Terminals Pier 1 (36°54′⋅9N76°19′⋅8W); four berths with a total of 805 m ofberthing space with a depth of 9⋅8 m alongside onthe N side, and 9⋅1 m alongside on the S side.

5 Norfolk International Terminals Pier S containerberths (36°54′⋅6N 76°19′⋅6W); four berths with atotal of 1289 m of berthing space with depths of9⋅8 to 12⋅5 m alongside.

Lamberts Point4.97

1 Lamberts Point has two piers for coal shipments, andthree piers for general cargo.

Piers 5 and 6 (36°52′⋅7N 76°19′⋅7W); a total of1655 m of berthing space with depths of 1⋅5 to15⋅2 m alongside.

Piers N, L and P (36°51′⋅9N 76°19′⋅0W); a total of1860 m of berthing space with depths of 9⋅7 malongside.

Port Norfolk4.98

1 Port Norfolk has two terminals for handling containersand a Ro−Ro berth.

Portsmouth Marine Terminal (36°51′⋅4N 76°19′⋅7W);3 berths, including Ro−Ro, with a total of 1078 mberthing space with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Sea−Land Portsmouth Terminal; 305 m in length, witha depth of 11⋅6 m alongside.

Eastern Branch of Elizabeth River4.99

1 Norfolk, Baltimore, and Carolina Line Terminal, for theintracoastal trade has two piers (36°50′⋅4N 76°17′⋅4W), andthere is a wharf as follows:

Pier No 2; 21 m face with a depth of 6 m alongside.2 Pier No 1; 14 m face with a depth of 6 m alongside.

Chemphalt Wharf; 91 m berthing space, includingdolphins, with a depth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

Allied Terminal (36°50′⋅3N 76°16′⋅3W); 191 m ofberthing space with a depth of 7⋅9 m alongside.

Southern Branch of Elizabeth River4.100

1 Terminals in the S branch of the Elizabeth River are asfollows:

Gypsum Co. Norfolk Wharf (36°49′⋅4N 76°17′⋅3W);143 m berthing space with a depth of 8⋅5 to 8⋅8 malongside.

2 Crown Petroleum. Chesapeake Barge Dock(36°49′⋅2N 76°17′⋅4W); 12 m T−headed pier, 44 mberthing space, including dolphins, with a depth of7⋅6 m alongside.

Mobil Oil. Chesapeake Terminal Tanker Wharf(36°49′⋅1N 76°17′⋅4W); 23 m T−headed wharf,165 m berthing space, including dolphins, with adepth of 10⋅7 m alongside.

3 Roanoke Cement. Ohio St. Terminal Wharf(36°48′⋅9N 76°17′⋅4W); 152 m berthing space witha depth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

Royster Co. Chesapeake Plant Wharf (36°48′⋅8N76°17′⋅4W); 137 m berthing space, includingdolphins, with a depth of 7⋅6 m alongside.

4 Amoco. Chesapeake Terminal Upper Barge Wharf(36°48′⋅3N 76°17′⋅4W); 20 m T−headed pier, 72 mberthing space, including dolphins, with a depth of8⋅2 m alongside.

Cargill Grain. Chesapeake Ship Wharf (36°48′⋅1N76°17′⋅3W); 152 m in length with a depth of11⋅9 m alongside.

4.1011 Alcoa. Paradise Point Transfer Station Pier (36°47′⋅9N

76°17′⋅7W), 228 m in length with a depth of12⋅2 m alongside.

Texaco. Norfolk Terminal Wharves (36°47′⋅9N76°17′⋅5W); 49 m berthing space, includingdolphins, with depths of 4⋅9 to 5⋅5 m alongside.

2 BP. Chesapeake Terminal Wharf (36°47′⋅8N76°17′⋅5W); 44 m T−headed wharf, 142 m berthingspace, including dolphins, with a depth of 9⋅4 malongside.

Tarmac. Money Point Plant Pier (36°47′⋅4N76°17′⋅8W); 136 m in length with a depth of10⋅7 m alongside.

3 Amerada Hess. Money Point Tanker Wharf(36°47′⋅1N 76°18′⋅2W); 20⋅7 m offshore wharf,213 m berthing space with a depth of 10⋅7 malongside.

CHAPTER 4

113

Atlantic Energy Wharf (36°46′⋅7N 76°18′⋅6W); 9⋅1 moffshore wharf, 229 m berthing space with a depthof 10⋅7 m alongside.

4 Blue Circle Cement. Chesapeake Terminal Wharf(36°46′⋅7N 76°18′⋅4W); 142 m berthing space witha depth of 10⋅7 m alongside.

International Matex. Chesapeake Terminal Wharf(36°46′⋅6N 76°18′⋅4W); 15⋅2 m T−headed pier,85 m berthing space, including dolphins, with adepth of 11⋅3 m alongside.

4.1021 Elizabeth River Terminals Piers 1 and 2 (36°46′⋅7N

76°18′⋅1W); Pier 1, 193 m in length with a depthof 10⋅7 m alongside. Pier 2, 152 m in length with adepth of 3⋅4 m alongside.

2 Southern States Co−operative. Chesapeake Wharf(36°46′⋅6N 76°17′⋅7W); 15⋅2 m offshore wharf,76 m berthing space, including dolphins, withdepths of 5⋅8 to 10⋅1 m alongside.

Steuart Transportation. Chesapeake Wharf and Slip(36°46′⋅5N 76°17′⋅7W); 148 m face, 152 mberthing space, including dolphins, with depths of7⋅6 to 8⋅5 m alongside.

3 Tri−port Terminals Wharf (36°46′⋅4N 76°17′⋅7W);9⋅1 m face, 198 m berthing space with a depth of9⋅8 m alongside.

Virginia Power. Chesapeake Energy Centre Wharf(36°46′⋅2N 76°17′⋅9W); 22⋅8 m face, berthingspace 244 m, with a depth of 11⋅0 m alongside.

4 Huntsman Chemicals. Chesapeake Wharf (36°45′⋅3N76°17′⋅6W); 7⋅6 m face, 58 m berthing space,including dolphins, with a depth of 6⋅7 malongside.

Western Branch4.103

1 Description. Western Branch of Elizabeth River isentered between Lovett Point (36°51′⋅6N 76°20′⋅5W), onwhich stands West Norfolk, and Pinner Point, 1¼ miles E.

Caution. A fishing pier 165 m in length, about 1 mileabove the entrance to Western Branch, extends to the Nedge of the marked channel; mariners are advised to usecaution in the area.

2 Depths. A channel, marked by numbered light−beaconsand light−buoys, leads from the main fairway close S ofLamberts Point, for a distance of about 4½ miles upstream.In 2005 the controlling depth in mid−channel was 5⋅5 m(18¼ ft), in the dredged section to the first bridge, thence5⋅5 m (18 ft) to a position about 2½ cables W of the firstbridge. Thence, in 1980, there were depths of about 2⋅1 m(7 ft) to Drum Point, 3½ cables N of Hodges Ferry bridge.For the latest controlling depths the charts and the portauthorities should be consulted.

3 Bridges and cables. Bridges and overhead power cablesspan the channel as follows (with positions relative toLovett Point (36°51′⋅6N 76°20′⋅5W)):

Fixed bridge (3½ cables WSW), with a verticalclearance of 13⋅7 m (45 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 30⋅5 m (100 ft).

4 Churchland fixed bridges (1½ miles SW), with avertical clearance of 11⋅5 m (38 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 30⋅5 m (100 ft). An overhead powercable, with a vertical clearance of 13⋅7 m (45 ft),spans the channel close SW of the bridge.

5 Overhead power cable (2¾ miles SW) with a verticalclearance of 14⋅3 m (47 ft).

Hodges Ferry fixed bridge (3½ miles SW), with avertical clearance of 5⋅4 m (18ft) and a horizontalclearance of 18⋅3 m (60 ft). An overhead powercable, close SW, has a vertical clearance of 11⋅2 m(37 ft).

Berths. Several berths at the wharves and piers at WestNorfolk.

6 Repairs: shipyard for various repairs; slipway 65 m inlength.

Supplies: fuel; provisions.

Eastern Branch4.104

1 Description. Eastern Branch enters Elizabeth Riverbetween Norfolk and Berkley, close SE of Town Point(36°50′⋅7N 76°17′⋅6W). Traffic is fairly heavy as far asCampostella Bridge.

2 Depths. A dredged channel, with a project depth of7⋅6 m (25 ft), leads from the main fairway to the rail swingbridge, 2½ miles upstream. Above this point the naturalchannel, usually marked by bush stakes, has depths of 3⋅0to 5⋅4 m (10 to 18 ft) to where it forks, 3½ miles above theentrance. For the latest controlling depths the charts and theport authorities should be consulted.4.105

1 Bridges and cables. Bridges and overhead power cablesspan the channel as follows (with positions relative toTown Point (36°50′⋅7N 76°17′⋅6W)):

A bascule bridge (4 cables ESE), with a verticalclearance, when closed, of 14⋅6 m (48 ft) and ahorizontal clearance 45⋅7 m (150 ft).

2 A bascule bridge (1 mile ESE), with a verticalclearance, when closed, of 1⋅2 m (4 ft) and ahorizontal clearance of 42⋅6 m (140 ft). Overheadpower cables, with a vertical clearance of 45⋅7 m(150 ft), span the channel close E.

Campostella fixed bridge (1½ miles ESE), with avertical clearance of 19⋅8 m (65 ft) at its centre,and a horizontal clearance of 42⋅6 m (140 ft).

3 A swing bridge (2½ miles ESE), with a verticalclearance, when closed, of 1⋅8 m (6 ft), and ahorizontal clearance of 18⋅2 m (60 ft) each side ofthe centre island.

Port services

Repairs4.106

1 All manner of repairs can be carried out in the Norfolkarea. There are 8 dry docks, the largest 289⋅5 m long and58⋅5 m wide, and 9 patent slips with lifting capacities up to5000 tonnes.


1 Deratting and Deratting Exemption Certificates;Coastguard Marine Safety Office; DG range; oily wastereception facilities; garbage disposal; hospitals at Norfolkand Portsmouth.

Supplies4.108

1 Fuel; fresh water, both available at berths and by barge;provisions.

Communications4.109

1 International airport at Norfolk.

CHAPTER 4

114

Rescue4.110

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atPortsmouth Coastguard station (36°53′⋅0N 76°21′⋅2W) onthe W side of the entrance to Craney Island Creek.


NEWPORT NEWS

General information


1 Newport News (36°59′N 76°26′W) lies at the W end ofHampton Roads on the NW bank, at the entrance to JamesRiver.

Function4.112

1 The port has extensive modern equipment capable ofhandling a variety of cargoes, and vessels of most typesincluding large bulk carriers, tankers, container, Ro−Ro andpassenger vessels. Principal cargoes handled are coal,petroleum products, general cargo and containers.

2 There are extensive shipbuilding and repair yardscapable of handling vessels of almost any size.


1 The port is approached through Hampton Roads andNewport News Channel (4.64), and entered betweenNewport News Point (36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W) and Pig Point3¾ miles SSW, the E entrance point of the NansemondRiver.

Traffic4.114

1 In 2004 Newport News was used by 256 vessels with atotal of 19 184 731 dwt.

Port Authority4.115

1 See 4.77.

Limiting conditions

Project depths4.116

1 The project depths for the approaches to Newport Newsare as follows:

Entrance Reach — 15⋅2 m (50 ft).Newport News Channel — 16⋅7 m (55 ft).



1 Deepest: Pier IX Terminal Pier 9 (4.127).Longest: Pier 14 (4.127).

Tidal levels4.118

1 In Hampton Roads the mean spring range is about 0⋅9 m(3 ft); mean neap range about 0⋅6 m (2 ft). See informationin Admiralty Tide Tables.


1 The density of the water is 1⋅010 g/cm3.

Arrival information

Anchorages4.120

1 See 4.67.

Pilotage4.121

1 See 4.18, for further information on pilotage.

Tugs4.122

1 A large fleet of tugs is available at Newport News.


1 Security zone. A security zone, shown on the chart,borders Newport News Shipbuilding and DrydockCompany. Entry is prohibited except for authorised vessels.See Appendix V for general rules covering security zones.

Quarantine4.124

1 See 4.12.

Harbour

General layout4.125

1 The harbour area lies on the E bank of the James River,extending 3 miles NNW from Newport News Point(36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W). The S part contains the bulkhandling and general cargo berths. The N part contains theextensive shipbuilding and repair complex. All berths arereached directly from the main river channel.


4.126 1 No detailed directions are given above Hampton

Roads−Interstate 664 Bridge/Tunnel complex (4.58). Thechart is sufficient guide.

Berths4.127


Berths. (with positions relative to Newport News Point(36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W)):

Koch Fuels Inc. Dock (2 cables W); 62 m in lengthwith a platform, with a depth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

2 CSX Pier 15 (3 cables W); W side 305 m in length,with depths of 10⋅7 to 12⋅8 m alongside. E side isnot used.

CSX Pier 14 (4 cables W); E and W sides 332 m inlength, with depths of 12⋅2 to 13⋅7 m alongside.

3 Dominion Terminal (5½ cables W); E and W sides354 m in length, with a depth of 15⋅2 m alongside.

Pier IX Terminal — Pier 9 (9 cables WNW); E andW sides 365 m in length with platform with depthsof 13⋅1 to 15⋅2 m alongside.

4 Newport News Marine Terminal — Pier C (1 mileWNW); 165 m face, 285 m S and N sides withdepths of 10⋅6 to 11⋅6 m alongside.

CHAPTER 4

115

Newport News Marine Terminal — Pier B (1¼ milesWNW); 168 m face, 189 m S and N sides withdepths of 7⋅6 to 11⋅6 m alongside; includes Ro−Rofacilities with a deck height of 4⋅5 m.

Port services

Repairs4.128

1 Repairs of all kinds can be carried out at Newport NewsShipbuilding and Drydock Company which lies 1¾ milesNW of Newport News Point (36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W),extending 1½ miles NNW. There are 7 dry docks, thelargest is 487⋅66 m in length with a breadth of 76⋅19 m.

There is also a floating dock with a lifting capacity of42 000 tonnes, and a shiplift capable of accepting vesselsup to 45⋅7 m LOA, 10⋅6 m beam and 3⋅65 m draught.


1 There are several hospitals in Newport News.

Supplies4.130

1 Fuel; fresh water; provisions and stores.

Communications4.131

1 International airport at Newport News.

JAMES RIVER — LOWER PART

General information

Chart 2813, US Charts 12248, 12251 (see 1.18)Description4.132

1 James River rises in the Allegheny Mountains nearClifton Forge, Virginia and flows 295 miles SE to HamptonRoads at Newport News.

2 The entrance to James River lies at the W end ofHampton Roads between Newport News Point (36°57′⋅8N76°24′⋅7W) and Pig Point 3½ miles SSW. The river is theapproach to the city of Richmond, which lies at the head ofnavigation, 78 miles above Newport News. The river variesin width from 305 m at Richmond to 4¼ miles at themouth.

3 From Newport News the river channel leads generallyNW for about 60 miles to the junction of the AppomattoxRiver.

Depths4.133

1 The project depth for James River provides for adredged channel with a depth of 7⋅6 m (25 ft) to RichmondDeepwater Terminal and turning basin 4 miles belowRichmond, thence 5⋅5 m (18 ft) to Richmond.


Pilotage4.134

1 See 4.18, for further information on pilotage.


1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid across thechannel in various locations, the positions of which may beseen on the chart.

Bridges and overhead power cables4.136

1 Bridges and overhead power cables span the river asfollows:

2 James River Bridge, a lift bridge with a verticalclearance of 18⋅2 m (60 ft) closed, 44⋅1 m (145 ft)open and a horizontal clearance of 106⋅6 m(350 ft), spans James River 3½ miles NW ofNewport News Point (36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W).Light−towers, 88 m (288 ft) in height, stand ateach end of the lift span. A fixed span midwaybetween the two shores has a vertical clearance of7⋅6 m (25 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 24⋅9 m(82 ft). An overhead power cable spans the riverimmediately NW, with a vertical clearance of52⋅5 m (172 ft) adjacent to the lift bridge and30⋅4 m (100 ft) adjacent to the fixed bridge span.Lights are exhibited from the suspension towerpiers close N of the lift span.

3 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of54⋅8 m (180 ft), at Windmill Point (37°18′⋅4N77°05′⋅6W).

4 A lift bridge, with a vertical clearance of 15⋅2 m(50 ft) closed, 44⋅1 m (145 ft) open, and ahorizontal clearance of 91⋅4 m (300 ft), at JordanPoint (37°18′⋅7N 77°13′⋅4W). This bridge is closedto vessels, with a vertical height in excess of13⋅7 m (45 ft), from 2000 to 0600 nightly.

Jamestown Ferry4.137

1 The Jamestown Ferry operates between Scotland (4.149)and Glass House Point (4.149).


1 Tidal streams follow the general direction of thechannel except between Hog Island, of which Hog Point(37°12′N 76°41′W) is the N end, and Jamestown Island,2 miles W, where they set across Goose Hill Flats, whichobstructs part of the river; the rate is variable. In the lowerreaches the rate of the in−going stream approximatelyequals the out−going stream. The in−going stream may becounteracted by the freshet current, which also causesconsiderable variation in the time of slack water. AtRichmond the currents are chiefly non−tidal.

2 Ice. There is some ice during severe winters, and attimes James River is frozen over, but navigation is hardlyever suspended because the ice is broken up by a tug.

3 Freshets occur irregularly in autumn, winter and spring,their height at Richmond ranging from 1⋅8 to 9⋅8 m (6 to32 ft), but the latter is exceptional. The rise of water due tofreshets rapidly decreases below Richmond and is not feltat Hopewell.



1 The river is well marked by lights, leading lights andnumbered light−buoys, as shown on the chart. Certain

CHAPTER 4

116

sections of the channel are dredged. Specific directions arenot given as the chart is the best guide, but a generaldescription of dangers, features and relevant aids tonavigation is given for each section of the fairway.

Newport News to Jamestown Island4.140

1 From a position about 5 cables S of Newport NewsPoint (36°57′⋅8N 76°24′⋅7W) the track leads generally NWthrough the river to Jamestown Island, passing (withpositions relative to Jail Point (37°04′⋅6N 76°33′⋅1W)):

Under James River Bridge (6 miles SE) (4.136),thence:

2 NE of White Shoal (3¼ miles SSE), a middle groundwhich dries near its N end. A tower, formerly alighthouse, stands on its SW side. A secondarychannel lies on its SW side. Thence:

SW of Blunt Point (2 miles SE), thence:3 Through Rocklanding Shoal Channel (1½ miles

SSW), a dredged section 6 miles in length betweenPoint of Shoals, an extensive shoal bank, andMulberry Island which is fronted by an extensiveshoal area. Thence:

W of Deep Water Shoals Light−beacon (black andwhite chequered diamond on pile) (6 miles NW),thence:

4 Through Tribell Shoal Channel (6½ miles NNW), adredged section which leads through a bend in theriver for about 5 miles between extensive shoalbanks. A secondary channel lies SW between themiddle ground SW of Tribell Shoal Channel andHog Island.

4.141 1 Thence the track continues WSW on the alignment of

leading lights.Goose Hill Channel Leading Lights:

Front light (multi−pile structure) (37°10′⋅3N76°45′⋅2W), exhibited near the W entrance toCobham Bay.

Rear light (similar structure) (584 m from front light).2 The alignment (227°) of these lights leads partially

through Goose Hill Channel, a dredged section through abend in the river W of Hog Point (37°11′⋅8N 76°41′⋅2W),to a position SW of Jamestown Island, at the end of GooseHill Channel.

3 Useful mark:Monument (37°02′⋅5N 76°29′⋅3W).

Jamestown Island to Appomattox River4.142

1 From a position SW of Jamestown Island (37°12′N76°45′W) the track leads generally NW through JamesRiver to the junction with Appomattox River (37°19′⋅5N77°16′⋅5W), passing:

NE of Scotland (37°11′N 77°47′W) (4.149), thence:NE of Swanns Point (37°12′⋅2N 76°48′⋅0W).

2 Swanns Point Leading Lights:Front light (on multi−pile structure) (37°13′⋅3N

76°47′⋅7W), exhibited close W of Glass HousePoint.

Rear light (white tower) (932 m from front light).3 Dancing Point Leading Lights:

Front light (framework tower on platform) (37°12′⋅8N76°54′⋅5W), exhibited from the shoal area1½ miles S of Dancing Point (37°14′N 76°55′W).

Rear light (similar structure) (894 m from front light).4 The alignments (083°), astern, and (264°), ahead, of

these pairs of lights leads W through a dredged section ofthe river. Thence the track leads WNW to the end of thedredged channel SSW of Dancing Point.4.143

1 Thence the track continues on various courses, keepingin the deepest water as shown on the chart, passing:

SSW of Sandy Point (37°14′⋅3N 76°56′⋅4W), thence:2 SSW of No 68 Light−buoy (starboard hand)

(37°14′⋅9N 76°58′⋅6W), the deep water channel liesbetween this buoy and WR 67 Light−buoy (porthand), 2 cables SW, marking Brandon Wreck,thence:

3 ENE of Brandon Point (37°16′⋅3N 76°59′⋅5W),thence:

N of Kennon Marsh (37°18′N 77°00′W), thence:Through Seven Mile Reach (37°17′⋅5N 77°02′⋅1W). A

short dredged channel lies at its SW end. Thence:4 Through Minges Reach (37°17′⋅5N 77°04′⋅9W),

thence:Through a dredged section channel leading round a

bend N of Windmill Point (37°18′⋅4N 77°05′⋅5W),thence:

5 Jordan Point Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, black stripe, on

framework tower), (37°18′⋅5N 77°11′⋅4W)exhibited from an islet S of the channel.

Rear light (similar structure) (1⋅6 miles from frontlight), on Jordan Point.

6 The alignment (279°) of these lights leads 2¼ milesthrough a dredged section, 4½ miles in length, ending atJordan Point. Thence the track continues under a lift bridge(4.136) at Jordan Point and through a dredged section E ofHopewell (4.151) to the junction with Appomattox River Nof City Point.


Nansemond River


1 Description. Nansemond River is entered from JamesRiver near its entrance, between Pig Point (36°54′N76°27′W) and Barrel Point, about 2 miles WNW. It isnavigable by small vessels to Suffolk (36°44′⋅5N76°34′⋅8W), a town 15 miles above the entrance. There issome commercial craft carrying aggregates, concrete andpetroleum.

2 Bridges. One swing and two fixed bridges span theriver, as indicated on the chart, the least having a verticalclearance of 2⋅1 m (7 ft).

Overhead cables, with a least vertical clearance of 40 ft,span the river, as indicated on the chart.


Directions4.145

1 The navigable channel leads to Suffolk 15 miles abovethe entrance. In 2000 the reported centreline controllingdepth was 3⋅0 m (9¾ ft) to No 26 beacon about 7 milesabove the entrance, thence 2⋅4 m (8 ft) to Suffolk. Thechannel is well marked by lights and buoys (lateral) toWestern Branch, 10 miles above the river entrance, thenceunmarked to Suffolk. Above Western Branch the channel isnarrow, winding and unmarked.

CHAPTER 4

117

Burwell Bay


1 Description. Burwell Bay (37°04′N 76°38′W) liesbetween Days Point and Lawnes Point (37°08′⋅5N76°40′⋅0W). A side channel marked by buoys (lateral),which was formerly the main channel which has nowshoaled, lies W of Point of Shoals and leads through thebay.

2 Restricted area. The W side of the channel which leadsthrough the bay to a position off Lawnes Point, is reservedfor units of the United States Reserve Fleet. The limits ofthe berthing areas are shown on the chart. Approach within152 m is prohibited without prior permission.

Skiffes Creek


1 Description. Skiffes Creek (37°10′⋅0N 76°36′⋅6W),1¾ miles NE of Deep Water Shoals Light house, is enteredfrom James River and leads to Fort Eustis, which is theheadquarters of the Maritime Administration Reserve Fleet,where there is an army pier and turning basin.

2 Caution. A restricted area, the limits of which areshown on the chart, lies on the E side of the main channel,SSW of Fort Eustis. Entry is prohibited except for localfishing craft. See Appendix VI for definition of restrictedarea.

3 Depths. In 1994 the controlling depths were 6⋅0 m(20 ft) in the entrance channel and 5⋅7 to 6⋅0 m (19 to20 ft) in the basin, except for lesser depths along the S andE edges of the basin S of the pier.


Directions4.148

1 The approach is marked by Nos 1 and 2 Light−buoys(lateral) moored about 1 mile W of the entrance to thecreek.

The track leads E from the James River, through thecentre of the dredged channel marked by light−beacons,light−buoys and buoys (lateral), into the basin.

Useful mark:2 Virginia Power Instrument Tower A (yellow diamond

on tower) (37°09′⋅4N 76°37′⋅5W).Side channel. A channel, marked by a beacon and

buoys (lateral), with a least charted depth of 3⋅6 m (12 ft)leads between Hog Island (37°11′N 76°41′W) and TribellShoal Channel (4.140), about 1¾ miles NE.

Anchorages and minor harbours

Scotland4.149

1 Scotland (37°11′⋅0N 76°47′⋅2W), is the mainlandterminal of the Jamestown ferry, which operates to GlassHouse Point, close NW of the junction of Back River withJames River.

Brandon4.150

1 Brandon (37°15′⋅3N 76°59′⋅3W), has a private landingwith a depth of 6⋅0 m alongside.

Hopewell4.151

1 Description. Hopewell (37°18′⋅2N 77°17′⋅2W), whichlies at the entrance to Appomattox River, is the site ofseveral industries.

Traffic. In 2004 Hopewell was used by 31 vessels witha total of 575 005 dwt.

2 Depths are the same as James River. For the latestcontrolling depth the charts and the port authorities shouldbe consulted.

Directions. Approach and entry is directly from JamesRiver.

3 Berths:Hopewell Plant Pier (37°18′⋅4N 77°16′⋅0W), 8 cables

SE of City Point, is 175 m in length with reporteddepths of 7⋅6 m alongside the N and S sides of thepier.

4 The U.S. Can Co. Pier (37°18′⋅2N 77°15′⋅5W), about1 mile SE of City Point, is a T−headed pier with a6 m face, 64 m of berthing space, includingdolphins, and a charted depth of 7⋅3 m alongside.

Supplies. Limited amounts available.

JAMES RIVER — UPPER PART

General information

US Charts 12248, 12251 (see 1.18)Description4.152

1 Above its junction with Appomattox River, James Riverbecomes narrow and winding. The bends are often referredto as the Curles of the River, and the 14 mile section fromHopewell to Wilton has been called The Corkscrew.

Route4.153

1 From a position in James River, at the junction ofAppomattox River (37°19′⋅5N 77°16′⋅5W), the track leadsfor about 20 miles on various courses through James Riverto Richmond.

Depths4.154

1 See 4.133.

Pilotage4.155



1 See 4.138.


Appomattox River to Richmond4.157

1 From a position in James River at the junction ofAppomattox River, the track leads on various courses,keeping to the centre of the dredged channel, marked bylight−beacons and light−buoys (lateral). Directions are notconsidered necessary, as the best indication is the chart.However, the following channels and features may be ofuse to smaller vessels intending to transit this section ofJames River to Richmond:

2 Turkey Island Bend. Turkey Island Bend (37°22′N77°16′W), 2 miles N of Hopewell (4.151), is formed by an

CHAPTER 4

118

oxbow in the river. The main channel leads through TurkeyIsland Cutoff, an artificial channel cut through the base ofthe oxbow. A self−propelled cable ferry crosses the lowerpart of this channel and no attempt should be made to passwhilst the ferry is in motion.

3 Jones Neck Bend. Jones Neck Bend, 2½ miles NW ofTurkey Island Bend, is also formed by an oxbow, with themain channel leading through Jones Neck Cutoff, anartificial channel cut through its base. The secondarychannel round the bend is 4½ miles in length with depthsof 3⋅9 to 13⋅4 m (13 to 44 ft) but is little used and most ofthe landings are in ruins.

RICHMOND

General information

Position4.158

1 Richmond (37°32′N 77°26′W), the capital of Virginia,lies on both banks of the James River at the head ofcommercial navigation, 78 miles above Newport News(4.111).

Function4.159

1 It is a medium sized port handling mainly container andgeneral cargo vessels although there is a busy local bargetraffic carrying petroleum products, aggregates and othercargoes. Principal cargoes handled include tobacco,chemicals, newsprint, phosphates, textiles and livestock.

In 2000 the population was 197 790.


1 Richmond is approached and entered up James River.

Traffic4.161

1 In 2004 the port was used by 9 vessels with a total of894 572 dwt.

Port Authority4.162

1 Port of Richmond, 5000 Deepwater Terminal Road,Richmond, VA 23234.

Limiting conditions

Depths4.163

1 See 4.133. For the latest controlling depth the charts andthe port authorities should be consulted.


1 Richmond Deepwater Terminal (4.175).

Tidal levels4.165


Density4.166



1 Length 170⋅4 m, draught 6⋅7 m.

Arrival information

Pilotage4.168


Tugs4.169

1 Tugs are available, and recommended for vessels over91 m in length not equipped with a bow thruster.

Quarantine4.170

1 Quarantine. See 4.12.

Harbour

General layout4.171

1 The harbour area lies on both sides of the river.Richmond Deepwater Terminal, the main cargo handlingcomplex for bulk, container, general and livestock cargoes,lies on the W bank at Warwick, 4 miles S of Richmondand is fronted by a turning basin. A number of barge pierslie on the W bank between Falling Creek, 1 mile SSW ofthe main complex, and the city of Richmond.


1 Ice. Ice storms (freezing rain or glaze) are notuncommon in winter, but they are seldom severe enough todo any considerable damage.

Freshets. See 4.138.2 Local weather. Richmond’s climate might be classified

as modified continental. Summers are warm and humid andwinters generally mild. The mountains to the W act as apartial barrier to outbreaks of cold, continental air inwinter, the coldest air being delayed long enough to bemodified, then further warmed as it subsides in itsapproach to Richmond.

3 The open waters of the Chesapeake Bay and the AtlanticOcean contribute to the humid summers and the mildwinters. The coldest weather normally occurs in lateDecember and in January, when low temperatures usuallyaverage in the upper twenties and the high temperatures inthe upper forties; freezing temperatures are rare.

4 Precipitation is rather uniformly distributed throughoutthe year. However, dry periods lasting several weeks dooccur, especially in autumn when long periods of pleasant,mild weather are most common. There is considerablevariability in total monthly amounts from year to year sothat no one month can be depended upon to be normal.Snow has been recorded during 7 of the 12 months.Snowfalls of 100 cm or more occur on an average of oncea year. Snow usually remains on the ground only one ortwo days at a time. The James River reaches tidewater atRichmond where flooding has occurred in every month ofthe year, most frequently in March (28 times in the past61 years), and only twice in July.

5 Hurricanes and less severe storms of tropical origin havebeen responsible for most of the flooding during thesummer and early autumn. Damaging storms occur mainlyfrom snow and freezing rain in winter and from hurricanes,tornadoes, and severe thunderstorms at other seasons.Damage may be from wind, flooding, or rain, or from anycombination of these.


CHAPTER 4

119

Directions4.173

1 The two principal terminals are situated on the banks ofJames River. Directions are not considered necessary, andthe approach can best be seen from the chart.

Berths

Depths4.174

1 Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be consulted for the latest information.

Richmond Deepwater Terminal4.175

1 There is a total of 482 m of berthing space with a depthof 7⋅62 m alongside.

Other berths4.176

1 A number of other berths for oil and aggregate bargeslie on the W bank of the river.

Port services

Repairs4.177

1 There are no dry dock or major repair facilities; nearestfacilities in Hampton Roads (4.53).


1 Richmond is a customs port of entry; the NationalWeather Service maintains an office at Byrd Field,barometers may be compared there or checked bytelephone; hospitals; oily waste reception facilities; garbagedisposal.

Supplies4.179

1 Fuel, petrol and diesel by truck; fresh water; somestores. Major supplies are available in Hampton Roads(4.53).

LOWER PART OF CHESAPEAKE BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the main channel to Baltimorethrough the lower part of Chesapeake Bay toRappahannock Shoal Channel (37°32′N 76°03′W). Alsodescribed are the main rivers and bays adjacent to the mainchannel including York River (37°14′N 76°22′W) andMobjack Bay (37°20′N 76°21′W), together with otherchannels, minor harbours and creeks within the area. It isarranged as follows:

2 Main channel to Baltimore (4.183).Lower part of Chesapeake Bay — East side (4.196).Lower part of Chesapeake Bay — West side (4.206).York River and approaches (4.218).

Fish traps4.181

1 See 4.9.


1 See 4.11.

MAIN CHANNEL TO BALTIMORE

General information


1 From the pilot boarding area, at the entrance toChesapeake Bay about 1½ miles NE of Cape Henry(36°56′N 76°00′W), the route leads NNW for about2½ miles through Cape Henry Channel, thence NE forabout 12 miles through Chesapeake Channel, thence NNEfor about 6½ miles through York Spit Channel, thence NNEacross Chesapeake Bay for about 14½ miles to a position atthe entrance to Rappahannock Shoal Channel (37°32′N76°03′W).

Topography4.184

1 On the E side of Chesapeake Bay between Wise Point(37°07′N 75°58′W) and Powells Bluff, 27½ miles N, thecoast is generally low with few prominent features. WisePoint is low and bare but inland it is high and wooded.Butlers Bluff, with a steep bare face, lies close N of the Nend of Kiptopeke Beach which extends N from Wise Point.A former ferry terminal, protected by two detachedbreakwaters formed by sunken obsolete ships, lies close Sof Butlers Bluff. Lights are exhibited from each breakwater.It is reached through Beach Channel which lies closeoffshore between the coast and Latimer Shoal.

2 The coast is subject to considerable erosion, and withinrecent times many islands and points have been completelywashed away. Several creeks break the coast, most ofwhich are shallow.

Depths4.185

1 The project depth for Cape Henry Channel and YorkSpit Channel is 15⋅2 m (50 ft), with a project width of305 m.

The project depth for the main channel from the VirginiaCapes to Baltimore is 15⋅2 m (50 ft) with a least width of213 m.


Pilotage4.186

1 See 4.18.

Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel4.187

1 See 4.38.


1 Danger zone. An extensive danger zone of a navalfiring range, shown on the chart, is established about4 miles NNE of Wolf Trap Lighthouse (37°23′⋅4N76°11′⋅4W), extending about 18 miles N. Navigation ispermitted within the area subject to certain restrictions but

CHAPTER 4

120

anchoring is prohibited, except by naval vessels. SeeAppendix VI for definition of danger zone.

Rescue4.189


Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W) (4.199) onthe spit between Mud Creek and Harbor ofRefuge.

Milford Haven (37°29′N 76°18′W) (4.217), 2 cables Eof the S end of the swing bridge.

2 See 1.61 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5for further information on rescue.


1 Tidal streams. General remarks on the tidal streams inthe approach and entrance to Chesapeake Bay are given at4.26.

2 Off the W side of Middle Ground close SE ofChesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel (4.38), slack water beforethe in−going stream occurs about ½ hour after the tidalstream turns NW at the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, orabout 1 hour before HW at Charleston, and slack waterbefore the out−going stream occurs about ½ hour after thetidal stream turns SE at the entrance, or about 5 hours afterHW at Charleston. The tidal streams attain rates of about1 kn.

3 Off Wolf Trap Lighthouse (37°23′⋅4N 76°11′⋅4W), slackwater occurs about 2 hours later than at the entrance toChesapeake Bay; the mean rate of the in−going streambeing 1 kn and the out−going stream 1½ kn.

Ice. See 4.11.


1 Landmarks:Cape Charles Lighthouse (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Lighthouse (36°56′N 76°00′W) (4.27).Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (37°01′N 76°14′W) (4.41).Old Point Comfort Lighthouse (37°00′N 76°18′W)

(4.41).2 Major lights:

Cape Charles Light (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Light (36°56′N 76°00′W) (4.27).Thimble Shoal Light (37°01′N 76°14′W) (4.41).Old Point Comfort Light (37°00′N 76°18′W) (4.41).


1 Racons:CH Light−buoy (36°56′N 75°57′W).No 42 Light−buoy (37°26′N 76°05′W) (4.194).



Cape Henry Channel to York Spit Channel4.193

1 From the pilot boarding area, at the entrance toChesapeake Bay about 1½ miles NE of Cape Henry(36°56′N 76°00′W), the track leads NNW through CapeHenry Channel, marked by light−buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Cape Henry Light (36°56′N76°00′W)):

2 WSW of 2C Light−buoy (starboard hand) (2½ milesNE), marking the SW edge of the extensive shoalbank with many obstructions extending SW fromCape Charles, thence:

Between Nos 3 and 4 Light−buoys (lateral) (2¼ milesNNE), which mark the entrance to Cape HenryChannel, thence:

3 WSW of No 6 Light−buoy (starboard hand) (3½ milesN), thence:

Between Nos 11 and 12 Light−buoys (lateral)(5¾ miles NNW).

4 Thence the track continues NW through ChesapeakeChannel, marked by light−buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Chesapeake Channel Tunnel island Slight (37°02′⋅2N 76°04′⋅6W)):

Between Chesapeake Bay Bridge−Tunnel artificialisland terminals, thence:

5 SW of Middle Ground (1½ miles NE), thence:NE of CY Light−buoy (4¼ miles NNW). The outer

end of York River entrance channel lies 2¼ milesNW of the light−buoy. Thence:

NE of No 23 Light−buoy (port hand) (7¼ milesNNW). A wreck lies 2½ cables N.

6 Thence the track leads to a position E of No 29Light−buoy (9¾ miles NNW) where Chesapeake Channelmerges with York Spit Channel.

(Directions continue forYork River Entrance Channel at 4.227)

York Spit Channel to Rappahannock Channel4.194

1 From a position E of No 29 Light−buoy (37°11′⋅2N76°09′⋅4W) the track leads NNE through York SpitChannel, marked by light−buoys (lateral), thence NNEthrough the fairway, marked at intervals by light−buoys(lateral), to the vicinity of 37°31′⋅4N 76°02′⋅5W at theentrance to Rappahannock Shoal Channel, passing (withpositions relative to Cape Charles Coastguard Station(37°15′⋅9N 76°00′⋅8W)):

2 ESE of an obstruction (7½ miles WSW), with a sweptdepth of 8⋅8 m (29 ft) over it, thence:

WNW of a wreck (3½ miles WSW), thence:ESE of two obstructions (6¼ miles WNW), with

depths of 9⋅4 and 10⋅7 m (31 and 35 ft),respectively, over them, thence:

3 WNW of Wescoat Point (2 miles N), thence:WNW of Cherrystone Reef (3½ miles NNW), charted

as a fish haven, and marked on its NW side by38A Buoy (starboard hand), thence:

WNW of a shoal patch (5 miles NNW), with a depthof 10⋅6 m (35 ft) over it, thence:

4 WNW of a shoal patch (6¾ miles NNW), with adepth of 10⋅6 m (35 ft) over it, marked by No 40Light−buoy (starboard hand) moored 7 cables SW,thence:

5 ESE of Wolf Trap Light (red 8−sided brick dwelling,square tower, brown base) (11¼ miles NW),exhibited from the E side of Wolf Trap, anextensive shoal area, thence:

6 WNW of a fish haven (8½ miles NNW), charted asan obstruction with a swept depth of 0⋅9 m (3 ft)over it, and marked on its NW edge by WT2Light−buoy (starboard hand), thence:

ESE of No 41 Light−buoy (port hand) (9½ milesNNW), thence:

7 WNW of No 42 Light−buoy (starboard hand)(10½ miles NNW). Vessels proceeding to

CHAPTER 4

121

Rappahannock River should steer N for about5 miles, thence NW for about 5 miles to thevicinity of 37°33′⋅5N 76°10′⋅5W at the entrance tothe river.

(Directions for Rappahannock River are given at 5.34)8 The track continues:

WNW of CB Light−buoy (safe water) (14¼ miles N).Thence the track leads to the entrance of Rappahannock

Shoal Channel.(Directions continue at 5.18.

Directions for Pocomoke Sound are given at 5.48,and for Tangier Sound at 5.58)

Anchorages

Quarantine anchorage4.195

1 Quarantine anchorage, Q, shown on the chart, has beenestablished 4 miles WNW of Cape Charles Harbor(37°16′N 76°01′W). It contains two anchorage berths, Q−1and Q−2.

Quarantine inspection for all ports in Chesapeake Bayand tributaries is conducted at this anchorage.

LOWER PART OF CHESAPEAKE BAY —EAST SIDE

General information

Description4.196

1 The area described here covers the waters and coastlineon the E side of Chesapeake Bay from Wise Point(37°07′N 75°58′W) to Powells Bluff (37°34′N 75°56′W),about 27 miles N. It includes descriptions of channelsadjacent to the coast E of the main channel, the port ofCape Charles and other creeks and inlets along the coast.

Directions for adjacent channels

North Channel4.197

1 North Channel (37°04′N 75°59′W) lies SW ofFishermans Island. The buoyed channel leads through anarea which contains many dangers including shifting shoals,wrecks and obstructions.

Local knowledge is essential.For the latest controlling depth the charts and the port

authorities should be consulted.2 From a position about 7½ miles S of Cape Charles Light

(37°07′N 75°54′W) the track leads about 10 miles NNWthrough a channel, marked by a light−buoy and numberedbuoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative to CapeCharles Light):

3 SW of 4A Light−buoy (starboard hand) (7 miles S),marking an obstruction, thence:

SW of Nautilus Shoal (4½ miles SSW), thence:Under the elevated spans of Chesapeake Bay Bridge

(4½ miles WSW), thence:NE of Inner Middle Ground (5 miles WSW), an

extensive shoal area along the line of whichbreakers frequently occur, thence:

4 SW of Latimer Shoal (4½ miles W), marked at its Send by LS Buoy (preferred channel to port). Ashoal patch (reported 1999), with a depth of 2⋅7 m(9 ft) over it lies 3½ cables N of the buoy.

Thence the track leads to a position SW of the N end ofLatimer Shoal, marked by No 16 buoy (starboard hand).

Cherrystone Channel4.198

1 Cherrystone Channel is entered 4 miles S of CapeCharles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W) in the vicinity of No 2CLight−beacon (red triangle on pile). The S part, which islittle used and unmarked, leads 2½ miles N on the E sideof Old Plantation Flats before joining Cape Charles HarborChannel for about 1 mile, thence continuing about 2 milesN to Sandy Island. The N part is marked by light−beaconsand has depths of about 3 m (10 ft), but is narrow in placesand local knowledge is required.


Cape Charles HarborUS Chart 12224 (see 1.18)General information4.199

1 Position. Cape Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′E) lieson the E side of Chesapeake Bay, about 20 miles above theentrance and 21 miles NE of Hampton Roads.

2 Function. It is a small commercial and ferry portsituated at the terminus of the Eastern Shore Railroad. Itsprincipal function is the movement by barge of variouscargoes, arriving by rail, to Little Creek (4.46), about7 miles E of Hampton Roads.

3 Approach and entry. The harbour is approached andentered through a dredged channel on the alignment ofleading lights.

Limiting conditions4.200

1 Controlling depths. For the latest controlling depths thecharts and the port authorities should be consulted.

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅8 m; mean neaprange about 0⋅6 m. See information in Admiralty TideTables.

2 Ice. Ice may hinder navigation in the harbour duringsevere winters.

Local weather. The channel is exposed to W winds butis partially protected by flats on the W side. During severeW winds heavy surges may occur within the harbour.

Arrival information4.201

1 Anchorage is prohibited in any part of the harbour orthe basins.

Quarantine anchorage. See 4.195.Pilotage. See 4.18 for further information on pilotage.Speed limit. A no−wake speed limit is enforced.

Harbour4.202

1 The harbour is formed by a dredged basin on the S sideof the town, protected by a short curved breakwater on theN side of the entrance and a sand bar on the S. It consistsof Harbor Basin, containing the main cargo berthing area,leading to two small basins close E. The N basin is knownas Harbor of Refuge and the S as Mud Creek Basin.Congestion may occur in the basins due to limitedmanoeuvring space and the number of tugs moving barges.

Directions4.203

1 Range A Leading Lights:Front light (multi−pile structure) (37°14′⋅4N

76°01′⋅9W).Rear light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)

(245 m from front light).

CHAPTER 4

122

2 From a position 2½ miles SSW of N Breakwater Light(37°16′⋅0N 76°01′⋅7W), the alignment (054°) of these lightsleads 1 mile through Bar Channel, marked by light−buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to N BreakwaterLight):

3 NW of Old Plantation Flats Light (black and whitechequered diamond, on piles) (2½ miles SSW),exhibited from an obstruction at the N end of theflats, and:

SE of No 1CC Light−buoy (port hand) (2¼ milesSSW), marking the entrance to Bar Channel.

4 Thence the track leads to a position NW of No 2Light−buoy (1¾ miles SSW), at the inner end of BarChannel, and onto the alignment of Range B lights.

Range B Leading Lights:Front light (red triangle on upstream side of

multi−pile structure) (37°15′⋅7N 76°01′⋅7W).5 Rear light (multi−pile structure) (530 m from front

light).Thence the alignment (018½°) of Range B lights leads

1¼ miles NNE through Harbor Channel, marked by lightsand light−buoys, to a position between Nos 5 and 6 Buoys(5 cables S).

6 Thence the track continues through Harbor Channel tothe entrance, passing W of Range B front leading light, Eof No 7 Light−beacon and S of N Breakwater Light.

Berths4.204

1 A wharf on the N side of Harbor Basin has a depth of4⋅6 m alongside.

Port services4.205

1 Other facilities: customs port of entry; a ferry serviceoperates between Cape Charles Harbor and Little Creek(4.46).

Supplies: fuel; water and provisions.

LOWER PART OF CHESAPEAKE BAY —WEST SIDE

General information

Charts 2919, 2920General information4.206

1 The area described here covers the waters and coastlineof the W side of Chesapeake Bay from Old Point Comfort(37°00′N 76°19′W) to Stingray Point (37°34′N 76°18′W),about 33 miles N. It includes Back River, Mobjack Bay andits tributaries, Piankatank River and other minor rivers andcreeks. York River is described at 4.218.

Channels in fish trap areas4.207

1 There are numerous marked channels in the lanes,shown on the charts, through the fish trap areas off thecoastline. They are for use by local and light draughtvessels.

Mobjack Bay

US Chart 12238 (see 1.18)General information4.208

1 Description. Mobjack Bay (37°20′N 76°21′W) lies about18 miles N of Hampton Roads, close N of the entrance to

York River (4.218). Several tributaries flow into the bay,the most important of which are East, North, Ware andSevern Rivers. The bay is entered between New PointComfort (37°18′N 76°17′W) and Guinea Marshes, 4 milesWSW.

2 The bay is reached through a designated traffic lane,shown on the chart, passing through the fish trap areas(4.9) and entered about 7 miles SE of New Point Comfort.It leads to the head of the bay.

Topography. Between Guinea Marshes and New PointComfort the coast of Mobjack Bay is indented bynumerous rivers, creeks and inlets. It is low lying, andmuch of it is fronted by marsh.

3 Depths. The bay is obstructed by shallow flats andshoals, extending from its shores, many marked by lightsand buoys. There is a depth of 7⋅6 m (25 ft) in theentrance, and 4⋅6 m (15 ft) through the central part of thebay and for a considerable distance in its principletributaries.


Directions4.209

1 From the vicinity of 37°11′⋅0N 76°11′⋅5W about8½ miles SE of New Point Comfort the track leads12 miles NW through a channel, marked by lights andbuoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative to NewPoint Comfort (37°18′N 76°17′W)):

2 SW of an obstruction (8¼ miles SSE), with a reporteddepth of 8⋅8 m (29 ft) over it, thence:

NE of 1MB buoy (port hand) (7¾ miles SSE), whichmarks the entrance to the channel, thence:

NE of York Spit Light (5½ miles SSE) (4.227),thence:

3 SW of New Point Comfort Shoal (4 miles SE),thence:

Clear of MB Buoy (safe water) (4 miles SSE),marking the intersection with a secondary channelleading SW to York River, thence:

4 SW of New Point Comfort, a low partly woodedisland separated from the mainland by Deep Creek.A shoal extends SW and SE from New PointComfort, marked by No 2 Light−beacon (redtriangle on pile), 1 mile SE on the edge of anisolated shoal, and No 4 Light−beacon (red triangleon pile) 6 cables SW of the point on the S edge ofthe shoal. A former lighthouse (white tower, 19 m(62 ft) in height) stands close S of the point.Thence:

5 SW of Dutchman Point (2 miles NW). A shoal areaextends SW from the point, marked by 2PLight−beacon (red triangle on dolphin).

Thence the marked channel widens in the central part ofthe bay, as shown on the chart, leading to the riverentrances as required.

Anchorage4.210

1 Anchorage may be obtained in Mobjack Bay, in all butS and SE winds. Small vessels may obtain safe anchoragein the bight W of New Point Comfort, and in the riversand creeks.

Severn River4.211

1 Severn River (37°19′N 76°25′W), on the W side of thebay, is entered 3½ miles NW of Guinea Marshes and hasmany tributaries. There is a depth of 5⋅4 m (18 ft) to the

CHAPTER 4

123

junction with North West Branch and South West Branch.The outer approach is marked by No 1 Light−beacon (greensquare on pile), 1 mile SSE of Towstake Point (37°20′⋅3N76°24′⋅2W), and the most prominent shoals in the river aremarked by light−beacons or buoys (lateral).

Ware River4.212

1 Ware River (37°21′⋅5N 76°25′⋅0W), enters Mobjack Bayin the NW corner and has depths of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) as far asthe entrance to Wilson Creek, 3 miles within the entrance.Long shoals, some of which are marked by light−beaconsor buoys (lateral) extend off many of the points.

2 The river entrance channel is marked on its N side byNo 2 Beacon (starboard hand), 5 cables SSW of Ware NeckPoint (37°22′⋅2N 76°24′⋅7W), marking the SW limit of theshoal area extending from the point. No 1 Buoy, markingthe S side, lies 2 cables S of the beacon. Thence the riveris marked by light−beacons and buoys (lateral).

North River4.213

1 North River (37°22′⋅5N 76°23′⋅5W), enters Mobjack Bayfrom N. It has depths of 3⋅7 m (12 ft) for 4 miles above theentrance. The entrance channel is marked by No 1Light−beacon (green square on multi−pile structure),standing on the E limit of the shoal area, 8 cables E ofWare Neck Point.

East River4.214

1 East River (37°22′⋅0N 76°20′⋅5W), enters Mobjack Bay5 miles NW of New Point Comfort, 5 cables E of MinterPoint (37°22′⋅2N 76°21′⋅3W). It has a marked narrowchannel with depths of 3⋅0 m (10 ft) for a distance of3½ miles. The outer approach is marked by No 1Light−beacon (green square on pile), standing 8 cables S ofMinter Point. Shoals sometimes marked by bush stakes,extend for some distance off many of the points above theentrance, but the mid−channel is clear.

2 Williams Wharf, on the NE side of the river, 2½ milesabove the entrance, has a reported depth of 3⋅0 malongside.

Piankatank River


1 Description. Piankatank River (37°31′N 76°20′W) entersChesapeake Bay about 45 miles above the Virginia Capesbetween Cherry Point (37°31′N 76°18′W), the N extremityof Gwynn Island and Stingray Point 2½ miles N. It isapproached through a designated traffic lane, shown on thechart, through the fish trap areas (4.9) off the entrance. Itshares a common entrance point with Rappahannock River(5.27) in the area between 1R Light−buoy (port hand),5 miles ESE of Stingray Point, and 2R Buoy (starboardhand), 2 miles N.

2 The channel is tortuous and encumbered with shoals.Traffic on the river consists mainly of fishing vessels.

Topography. The coast on the N and S sides of theapproaches to Piankatank River is low lying, and broken bya number of shallow creeks and lagoons.

3 Depths. There is a least depth of 5⋅5 m (18 ft) in theapproach channel, thence a least depth of 4⋅9 m (16 ft) tothe fixed bridge at Wilton Point.


4 Bridge and overhead cables. A fixed bridge and anoverhead cable span Piankatank River at Wilton Point, withvertical clearances of 13 and 21 m (43 and 68 ft),respectively, 9 miles above the entrance.

Ice. During severe winters, the river is sometimes closedby ice for short periods.

Directions4.216

1 From a position about 4¼ miles E of Stingray Point(37°34′N 76°18′W), the track leads 5 miles WSW througha channel marked by light−buoys and light−beacons(lateral), passing (with positions relative to Stingray Point):

2 SSE of Stingray Point Light (green and whitechequered diamond on platform) (1¼ miles E),exhibited from a rocky shoal, thence:

NNW of No 3 Light−beacon (green square on pile)(1½ miles SE), thence:

SSE of Stingray Point.3 Thence the track leads to a position NNW of Cherry

Point (2¾ miles S).Thence the track leads S, passing E of Stove Point

(2½ miles SW), and as required to enter Piankatank River.4 Hills Bay lies on the S side of the entrance to

Piankatank River and is entered between Cherry Point(37°30′⋅9N 76°17′⋅9W) and Burton Point, 2 miles WSW.On the E side a marked dredged channel, with amid−channel depth of 2⋅8 m (9¼ ft) (2003), forms the Nentrance to Milford Haven (4.217). The entrance is markedby No 1 Light−beacon (green square on pile), 1¾ miles SWof Cherry Point. Bearing 189° it is a good mark for theapproach.


Milford Haven4.217

1 Description. Milford Haven is the strait between the Sside of Gwynn Island (37°30′N 76°18′W) and themainland. It is used mainly by small vessels and has depthsof 2⋅4 to 4⋅5 m (8 to 15 ft).

Bridge. A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of3⋅6 m (12 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 24 m (80 ft),when closed, spans the strait at its NW end.

2 Directions. The main entrance to Milford Haven is fromN through a marked dredged channel, with a mid−channeldepth of 2⋅7 m (9 ft) (2000), leading from the head of HillsBay.

Berths at a pier on Gwynn Island close to the bridge.3 Rescue. A Coastguard Station is situated at the S end of

the bridge.See 1.61, 4.189 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(5) for further information on rescue.

YORK RIVER AND APPROACHES

General information

Chart 2919, US Chart 12241 (see 1.18)Description4.218

1 York River (37°15′N 76°22′W) lies 15 miles N of OldPoint Comfort. The river is formed by the junction ofPamunkey River and Mattaponi River at West Point,29 miles above its entrance. It has a broad and fairlystraight channel clear of dangers, which is well marked and

CHAPTER 4

124

easily followed. The width of the river varies from 1 to2¼ miles, whilst that of the buoyed channel varies from ¾to 7½ cables. Traffic on York River consists chiefly ofpulpwood, petroleum products, military supplies, andshellfish. Draughts of vessels using the river are mostly5⋅4 m (18 ft) or less, but deep draught vessels navigate thelower reaches.

Route4.219

1 Approach to the river is through York River EntranceChannel, entered off the main channel about 13½ milesNNW of Cape Henry (36°56′N 76°00′W), which leads12 miles NW to the river entrance between Tue Point(37°13′⋅7N 76°23′⋅2W) and Guinea Marshes, 2½ miles N.Thence the route follows the channel for about 29 miles tothe head of the river at West Point (37°32′N 76°48′W).

Topography4.220

1 The W side of Chesapeake Bay between Old PointComfort (37°00′N 76°19′W) and the entrance to YorkRiver, 15 miles N, is generally low and marshy. The resortsof Buckroe Beach and Grand View stand 2½ and 4½ milesNNE of Old Point Comfort (37°00′N 76°19′W). There is afishing pier at Buckroe Beach, the lights of which areprominent in summer, and there is a recreation pier atGrand View.

2 The banks of York River are generally low and marshy.Yorktown, the historic Revolutionary War town, stands onthe S bank 6 miles from the entrance.

Depths4.221

1 The project depth in York River Entrance Channel is11⋅3 m (37 ft), and in the dredged sections of the riverabove Yorktown the controlling depth (1985) was 5⋅4 m(18 ft) to West Point. There are depths of up to 24 m(13 fm) in the vicinity of Yorktown.


Pilotage4.222

1 Pilotage is compulsory in York River. Deep draughtvessels drawing 11⋅6 m (38 ft) or more, bound for YorkRiver, should arrive at the pilot ground off Cape Henry3 hours before HW. See 4.18 and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(5) for details.


1 Restricted areas. Restricted areas, shown on the charts,are established around several naval berths and installationsin York River. Various restrictions on entry and underwateroperations are in force. Areas are as follows:

2 Explosives anchorage in York River (4.236).Yorktown Naval Weapons Station Piers (4.240).Naval Anchorage (4.237).United States Naval Supply Centre (4.241).

See Appendix VI for definition of restricted area.3 Speed restriction. A speed limit of 12 kn is in force

above Tue Marshes Lighthouse (37°14′⋅1N 76°23′⋅1W) atthe river entrance. In addition, to prevent wash damage, allvessels are to proceed at reduced speed and exerciseextreme caution in the vicinity of the berths and otherfacilities located in the section of river from the entrance toGloucester Point, 4½ miles W.


1 Coleman Memorial Bridge (37°15′N 76°30′W), whichhas two swing spans with a vertical clearance of 18⋅2 m(60 ft) centre span, when closed, spans the river betweenYorktown (4.220) and Gloucester Point, 4 cables NE. Thetwo spans open clockwise simultaneously.

Fish traps4.225

1 Fish traps are more numerous off this coast thanelsewhere in the bay. For further information see 4.9.


1 Ice sometimes interferes with navigation for shortperiods during severe winters, but normally navigation isnot interrupted below West Point.

2 Tidal streams follow the general direction of thechannel except in its narrower parts where they have atendency to set onto the shoals. The rate of the tidalstreams and the times of slack water vary in the river, andto a considerable extent in Pamunkey River and MattaponiRivers, due principally to freshets but also to some extentto the winds.

Directions for York River Entrance Channel(continued from 4.193)

4.227 1 From a position in the main Chesapeake Channel, about

8½ miles ESE of Plumtree Point (37°07′⋅5N 76°17′⋅5W) thetrack leads NW through York River Entrance Channel,marked by light−buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Plumtree Point):

2 NE of CY Light−buoy (preferred channel tostarboard) (8½ miles ESE), marking the junction ofYork River Entrance Channel with ChesapeakeChannel, thence:

NE of Drum Island Flats (1¾ miles NNW), anextensive area of flats extending up to 3 miles offshore, thence:

3 SW of York Spit Light−beacon (red and whitechequered diamond on pile) (5½ miles NNE),exhibited from the SE end of York Spit, anextensive shoal area extending SE from GuineaMarshes, thence:

NE of Poquoson Flats (4 miles NNW), extending upto 2½ miles off shore from Marsh Point, and:

4 NE of an obstruction (5¼ miles N), due to explosives,reported in 1960 to lie close SW of the dredgedchannel, thence:

5 SW of Swash Channel (8¼ miles NNW), a verynarrow marked channel through York Spit shoalarea.

Thence the track leads to a position 1 mile NE of TueMarshes Light (8 miles NW) at the river entrance.

Directions for York River(continued from 4.227)

US Chart 12241 (see 1.18)Tue Point to Yorktown4.228

1 East Leading Lights:Front light (multi−pile structure) (37°15′⋅0N

76°20′⋅8W).Rear light (framework tower on pile structure) (136 m

from front light).

CHAPTER 4

125

4.229 1 West Leading Lights:

Front light (white hut on piles) (37°13′⋅6N76°29′⋅3W).

Rear light (framework tower) (525 m from frontlight), both pairs of lights shown 24 hours.

2 From a position 1¼ miles NE of Tue Point (37°13′⋅7N76°23′⋅2W) the alignment (077°), astern, and (258°), ahead,respectively of these pairs of lights, leads partially throughthe channel, marked by lights and light−buoys (lateral),passing (with positions relative to Tue Point):

3 NNW of Tue Marshes Light (green and whitechequered diamond on platform) (4 cables N),exhibited from the edge of the shoal limit, thence:

NNW of Thorofare entrance (1½ miles W), markedby No 16 Light (red triangle on pile), thence:

4 NNW of A Light (white diamond, marked “DangerSubmerged Pipes”, on pile structure) (3½ milesW).

Thence the track leads 2½ miles WNW in mid−channelto the centre span of Coleman Memorial Bridge atYorktown, passing through the Explosives Handling Bertharea centred 1½ miles ESE of the bridge.

5 Useful mark:Yorktown Monument (37°14′⋅0N 76°30′⋅3W), standing

in the SE part of the town.

US Chart 12243 (see 1.18)Yorktown to Allmondsville4.230

1 From a position in the centre span of Coleman MemorialBridge the track leads generally NW through the channel,marked by light−beacons (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Blundering Point (37°19′N 76°35′W)):

NE of Sandy Point (3 miles SE). No 3 Light−beacon(green square on pile) stands 2½ cables NE andmarks the edge of the channel. Thence:

2 SW of Blundering Point. Pages Rock Light−beacon(black and white chequered diamond on frameworktower) 5 cables SW, marks a rocky patch at theedge of the channel. Thence:

3 SW of Clay Bank (2¾ miles NW). A ruinedT−headed pier extends 2½ cables SW from theshore. No 12 Light−beacon (red triangle on pile)stands on the edge of the channel 1 cable NW ofthe end of the pier.

4 Thence the track leads to a position SW ofAllmondsville (6 miles NW). No 16 Light−beacon (redtriangle on pile) stands 5 cables SW near the end of asubmerged ruined pier, marking the edge of the channel.

Allmondsville to West Point4.231

1 From a position SW of Allmondsville the track leadsgenerally NW through the channel, marked bylight−beacons and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Terrapin Point (37°29′N 76°46′W)):

2 SW of West End (4 miles SE). No 20 Light−beacon(red triangle on pile) stands 3 cables SW andmarks the NE side of a dredged section of theriver which extends NW/SE for about 1¼ miles.And:

3 NE of No 21 Beacon (port hand) (4 miles SE), whichmarks the SW side of a dredged section of theriver which extends NW/SE for about 1¼ miles,thence:

4 NE of Terrapin Point, Bells Rock Light−beacon (redand white chequered diamond on white frameworktower on piles) stands 6 cables ENE, and marksthe edge of the channel.

5 Thence the track leads generally NW through the centreof the channel, thence a dredged channel, marked bylight−beacons and buoys (lateral), for about 3½ miles toWest Point.

Useful mark:Bigler Mill Tank (37°20′N 76°40′W) (red lights).

Back River


1 Description. Back River (37°06′N 76°19′W) lies 7 milesNNE of Old Point Comfort and is entered betweenPlumtree Point (37°07′⋅5N 76°17′⋅5W) and Northend Point,1 mile S. It divides into South West Branch and NorthWest Branch at Willoughby Point, 2½ miles WSW of theentrance.

2 The principal feature of the area is Langley Air ForceBase complex, a major US military base, located W and Sof Willoughby Point. The hangars, wind tunnel andbuildings of the base are prominent and can be seen formany miles.

On the S side, Harris River joins with Back River W ofWindmill Point.

3 Depths. In 1979 the marked channel that extends3 miles from the entrance of the river to Langley Field fuelpier on the W side of South West Branch had a controllingdepth of about 3⋅6 m (12 ft).


4 Traffic regulations:Danger zone. A danger zone, shown on the chart, is

established off Plumtree Point at the entrance tothe river. It is a bombing and firing practice zone.See Appendix VI for definition of danger zone.

Restricted area. A restricted area, shown on thechart, into which entry is prohibited, is establishedaround the shoreline of Langley Air Force Base atWilloughby Point. See Appendix VI for definitionof restricted area.


Directions4.233

1 Back River is approached from SE. The outer approachis marked by 1BR Light−beacon (green square onmulti−pile structure) (37°05′⋅6N 76°15′⋅1W) standing2¼ miles SE of Northend Point. Thence the track leadsNW to the entrance and W into the river, through achannel marked by lights, light−beacons and buoys (lateral),to the desired destination within the river.

2 Useful marks (with positions relative to Plumtree Point(37°07′⋅5N 76°17′⋅5W)):

Lookout Tower (5 cables SW).Aero light and 2 tanks (3½ miles SW).

Berth4.234

1 Langley Airfield Fuel Pier, 3 cables SSW of WilloughbyPoint.

CHAPTER 4

126

Anchorages and terminals in York River

General anchorage4.235

1 Anchorage may be obtained in York River, in all but Ewinds, above Tue Marshes Lighthouse (37°14′⋅1N76°23′⋅1W) in depths from 11 to 18 m (36 to 59 ft). Vesselsmay anchor in the wider parts of York River channelexcept in the naval areas described below.

Explosives anchorage berth4.236

1 A naval explosives handling berth (37°14′N 76°29′W),radius 3 cables, centred 3½ cables N of the Coastguard pier(4.239), is reserved for United States Navy vessels. Arestricted anchorage area 1½ cables wide, surrounds theperimeter of the anchorage.

Naval anchorage4.237

1 A naval anchorage, the limits of which are shown on thechart, extends 4 miles NW from the Yorktown NavalWeapons Station piers (37°15′N 76°32′W) to the NavalSupply Centre at Cheatham Annex.

Amoco Offshore Pier4.238

1 Amoco Offshore Pier, a large oil terminal, lies 2½ milesW of Tue Point. It is connected to the shore by a catwalkwith an overhead gantry carrying pipelines to Yorktown OilRefinery, 7 cables S.

2 At the pier head there are two arms with extensionbridges at their outer ends connecting to dolphins forassistance in mooring. Lights are exhibited from eachdolphin. The E arm has a total berthing face 378 m inlength with a reported depth of 12⋅1 m alongside. The Warm has a total berthing length of about 300 m with acharted depth of 12 m.

3 Mooring buoys are positioned inshore of both arms.

Coastguard Pier4.239

1 Coastguard Pier (37°14′N 76°29′W), with a T−head, lies4½ miles W of Tue Point. There is a reported depth of9⋅1 m alongside.

Yorktown Naval Weapons Station Piers4.240

1 Yorktown Naval Weapons Station Piers (37°15′N76°32′W), at Stony Point, 1¼ miles WNW of Yorktown,have depths of 11 to 11⋅9 m at their heads.


2 Caution. There are prohibited and restricted areas in thevicinity of the piers. See Appendix VI for definition ofrestricted area.

United States Naval Supply Centre4.241

1 The United States Naval Supply Centre lies at CheathamAnnex, 4½ miles NW of Yorktown. There is a T−headedpier with a reported depth of 6⋅7 m alongside, and aL−shaped pier with reported depths of 6⋅1 to 7 m alongside.

Caution. There is a restricted area in the vicinity ofthese piers. See Appendix VI for definition of restrictedarea.

West Point4.242

1 Description. West Point (37°32′N 76°48′W), lying at thejunction of Mattaponi River and Pamunkey River, hasriver−borne trade in pulpwood, paper products andpetroleum.

Tidal streams. At West Point, the maximum rate is0⋅8 kn on the in−going tide in Mattaponi River and 0⋅9 knon the out−going tide in Pamunkey River.

2 Berths. Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.Berths are as follows:

A pier at the SE end of West Point, at the mouth ofMattaponi River.

Oil wharf 4 cables S of Lord Delaware Bridge, withdepths of 1⋅5 to 4⋅5 m alongside.

3 Oil pier, 2 cables above the bridge, has depths of5⋅4 m alongside.

Other facilities: oily waste reception facilities notavailable; garbage disposal.

Supplies: fuel delivered by truck at the oil wharf; freshwater; provisions.

Pamunkey River

US Charts 12243, 12244 (see 1.18)General information4.243

1 Description. Pamunkey River (37°32′N 76°48′W), theW of the two tributaries that form York River, has manylandings along its banks, and is easy to navigate as far asBrickhouse Landing (37°34′N 76°56′W), 16 miles above theentrance, above which local knowledge is necessary. Trafficon the river is chiefly in pulpwood. Freshets occur atirregular intervals, being more severe in March and April.

2 Depths. The controlling depth in Pamunkey River is3⋅6 m (12 ft) to Cumberland Landing, 20 miles above theentrance, thence 2⋅4 m (8 ft) to White House, 28 milesabove the entrance.


Bridges and overhead cables:3 Eltham Swing Bridge (37°32′N 76°48′W), with a

vertical clearance of 3 m (10 ft), spans the river5 cables NW of its entrance at West Point (4.242).The SW opening is preferred, as there are nofenders along the NE opening.

4 A swing rail bridge, with a vertical clearance of1⋅2 m (4 ft) when closed, spans the river at WhiteHouse 28 miles above the entrance. The E openingis used.

5 Overhead power cables, with vertical clearances of 18and 27 m (60 and 90 ft), span the river about 2and 14½ miles, respectively, above the entrance.

CHAPTER 4

127

Directions4.244

1 Pamunkey River is approached and entered from YorkRiver. Thence the chart is sufficient guide.

Port Richmond4.245

1 Description. Port Richmond (37°33′⋅2N 76°49′⋅1W) lieson the N bank of the river, about 2 miles above theentrance. Vessels with draughts up to 3⋅7 m (12 ft) canapproach the port.

Berths. There is a grain elevator and other small pierswithin the harbour.

Mattaponi River


1 Description. Mattaponi River (37°32′N 76°48′W), the Eof the two tributaries that form York River, is unmarkedand difficult to navigate. Local knowledge is required. Thetraffic on the river is chiefly in pulpwood. Freshets occur atirregular intervals, being more severe in March and April,and have reached a height at Aylett (32 miles above theentrance) of 5⋅1 m (17 ft) above LW, though this isexceptional; the freshet rise is negligible at, and belowWest Point.

2 Depths. The controlling depth in Mattaponi River is3⋅6 m (12 ft) to Courthouse Landing, 13 miles above theentrance, thence 2⋅7 m (9 ft) for 10 miles to Locust Grove.


3 Bridges and overhead cables:Lord Delaware Bridge (37°32′N 76°48′W), a swing

bridge with a vertical clearance of 3⋅6 m (12 ft)when closed, spans the river 5 cables NE of WestPoint (4.242). The E opening is used as there areno fenders on the W opening.

4 Walkerton highway bridge, a fixed bridge with avertical clearance of 6⋅1 m (20 ft), spans the riverabout 24 miles above the entrance.

Two fixed bridges, with a minimum vertical clearanceof 6 m (20 ft), span the river at Aylett, 32 milesabove the entrance.

5 Overhead power cables, with vertical clearances of18⋅8 and 27⋅4 m (62 and 90 ft), span the riverabout 1¾ and 13 miles, respectively, above theentrance.

Directions4.247

1 Mattaponi River is approached and entered from YorkRiver. Thence the chart is sufficient guide.

2920

2923

2924

2921

1105

Potomac River

PatuxentRiver

Little Choptank River

C h e s a p e a k e

B a y

T

an

gi e

dr

S

no u

Poc

omok

e S

ound

Rap

o

pa n

han

ck

River

Choptank rRive

Fredericksburg

Washington DCAlexandria

CHAPTER6

CHAPTER4

5.40

5.50

5.83

5.35

5.89

5.10

5.141

5.27

5.10

5

5.176

5.157

5.193

5.116

5.116

5.27

38°38°

76°

76°

77°


10´10´

10´30´30´

10´10´

40´40´

20´20´

50´50´

30´30´

40´40´

20´20´

20´20´

30´ 30´30´

30´30´ 30´

40´ 40´40´

40´ 40´

50´ 50´

50´

Chapter 5 - Chesapeake Bay - central part

128

129

CHAPTER 5

CHESAPEAKE BAY CENTRAL PART

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the centralpart of Chesapeake Bay between, on the S side, a linedrawn from Stingray Point (37°34′N 76°18′W), to PowellsBluff about 17 miles E, and on the N side, a line drawnfrom Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N 76°20′W), at the entranceto Choptank River, to a point 9 miles W, in the vicinity ofRandle Cliff Beach. Included in the description areRappahannock River, Pocomoke Sound, Tangier Sound,Potomac River, Patuxent River, Little Choptank River andChoptank River. Also described are the ports of Alexandriaand Washington DC.

2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point (5.8).Pocomoke Sound and Tangier Sound (5.39).Potomac River and Approaches (5.74).Point No Point to Blackwalnut Point (5.138).

Regulations5.2


United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). See1.43.

2 Safety and security zone. A safety and security zone of500 yards radius has been established around passengervessels and any vessels carrying CDC (Certain DangerousCargoes), LHG (Liquified Hazardous Gas) or LNG.

This zone covers the whole of Chesapeake Bay andapplies to vessels that are either underway, at anchor oralongside.

3 Entry into or movement within the zone is prohibitedunless previously authorized by the Coastguard Captain ofthe Port (COTP).

For definition of CDC see Appendix II; see Appendix Vfor general rules governing safety and security zones.


1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid across numerous

channels, rivers and creeks within the area covered by thischapter. Their positions are normally shown on the chart.

See 1.39 and The Mariner’s Handbook for furtherinformation.

Fish traps5.4

1 See 4.9.

Rescue5.5

1 Coastguard Stations are situated in the area covered bythis chapter. Each of these stations is equipped with alifeboat and other life–saving appliances. Their positionsare given in the relevant geographical section.



1 Tidal streams in the central part of Chesapeake Bayand its tributaries are greatly influenced by the winds,which also affect the rise and fall of the tides to a markedextent. Strong N winds increase the rate and duration of theout–going stream, and, may for a period interrupt thein–going stream, while strong S winds increase the rate andduration of the in–going stream and may interrupt or retardthe out–going stream.

2 The effect of the in–going and out–going streams ismarked at the entrances to the principal tributaries, and issometimes felt for a considerable distance from theirentrances. Off the entrances of Rappahannock River, andPotamac River, especially the latter, a considerable set bythe tidal streams is often experienced.

3 Ice. See 4.11.Weather. See 4.11.

Quarantine5.7

1 See 4.12.

RAPPAHANNOCK SHOAL CHANNEL TO POINT NO POINT

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the main channel to Baltimorethrough the central part of Chesapeake Bay fromRappahannock Shoal Channel (37°32′N 76°03′W), to PointNo Point (38°08′N 76°19′W). Also described isRappahannock River together with numerous bays, creeks

and small harbours along the coastline on the W side ofthe main channel.

2 It is arranged as follows:Main Channel to Baltimore (5.10).Rappahannock River and approaches (5.27).

Fish traps5.9

1 See 4.9.

CHAPTER 5

130


General information

Chart 2920Route5.10

1 From a position in the vicinity of 37°31′⋅5N 76°02′⋅5W,the route leads 2 miles N and 9 miles NW throughRappahannock Shoal Channel, thence about 29 milesgenerally NNW through the bay to a position E of PointNo Point (38°08′N 76°19′W).

Topography5.11

1 West side. Between Stingray Point (37°34′N 76°18′W)and Point No Point, 35 miles N, the coast is generally lowand marshy, broken by creeks. The principal tributariesentering Chesapeake Bay on the W side are RappahannockRiver and Potomac River, which have comparatively wideand deep entrances and are navigable for long distances,and Patuxent River.

2 East side. Between Powells Bluff (37°34′N 75°56′W),and Adam Island, 36 miles N, the coast is low, marshy andwithout any prominent features. Numerous sounds, riversand creeks break the coast.

This stretch of coast is subject to considerable erosion,and many islands and points have been completely washedaway.

Depths5.12

1 The project depth for Rappahannock Shoal Channel is15⋅2 m (50 ft), and a width of 244 m.


Pilotage5.13



1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS, shown on thechart, is established in Chesapeake Bay off Smith PointLight (37°53′N 76°11′W). The scheme comprises twoone–way N/S bound traffic lanes with a separation zone.

This scheme is not IMO adopted. See the AnnualSummary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 17.

2 Prohibited areas. A circular area, shown on the chart,into which entry is prohibited due to firing practice, iscentred 9½ miles N of Smith Point Light (37°53′N76°01′W). Another circular area, shown on the chart, intowhich entry is prohibited due to firing practice, is centred4¼ miles W of Tangier Sound Light (37°47′N 75°58′W)(5.58).

3 Danger zones. An extensive danger zone of a navalfiring range, shown on the chart, is established about4 miles NNE of Wolf Trap Lighthouse (37°23′⋅4N76°11′⋅4W), extending about 18 miles N. Navigation ispermitted within the area subject to certain restrictions butanchoring is prohibited, except by naval vessels.

4 The area between Point Lookout (38°02′N 76°19′W) andCedar Point (38°17′⋅9N 76°22′⋅4W), shown on the chart, isa danger zone in which firing and bombing practice takesplace.

See Appendix VI for definition of danger zone, and thenote on Chart 2921.

Tidal streams5.15

1 Off the entrance to Rappahannock River (5.27), SE ofWindmill Point Light (37°36′N 76°14′W), tidal streams setE, but to a lesser extent, W sets are often experienced.

Off Smith Point (37°53′N 76°14′W), slack water occursabout 3 hours later than at the entrance to Chesapeake Bay.

Principal marks5.16

1 Offshore mark:Smith Point Lighthouse (white square brick tower and

8−sided dwelling, brown base) (37°53′N 76°11′W).Major light:

Smith Point Light — as above.


1 Racons:No 62 Light–buoy (37°46′⋅5N 76°10′⋅3W).No 68 Light–buoy (37°59′⋅9N 76°11′⋅8W).



Rappahannock Shoal Channel5.18

1 From a position in the vicinity of 37°31′⋅5N 76°02′⋅5W,at the entrance to Rappahannock Shoal Channel, the trackleads N thence generally NW through a dredged channel,marked by leading lights and light–buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Powells Bluff (37°34′N75°56′W)):

2 Between No 43 and No 44 Light–buoys (lateral)(5 miles WSW), thence:

W of No 46 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (4½ milesW).

3 Rappahannock Shoal Channel S Leading Lights:Front light (white hut on red structure) (37°32′⋅3N

76°00′⋅9W).Rear light (framework tower on caisson) (3½ miles

from front light).4 Thence the alignment (140°), astern, of these lights leads

8½ miles NW through the channel to its N end, in thevicinity of No 60 Light–buoy (starboard hand).

Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point5.19

1 From the N end of Rappahannock Shoal Channel thetrack leads generally NNW for about 29 miles through thefairway, marked by lights and light–buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Smith Point (37°53′N 76°14′W)):

2 Clear of RP Light–buoy (safe water) (11½ milesSSE). A wreck (reported), and a shoal patch with adepth of 10⋅9 m (36 ft) over it, lie 8 cables NWand 1½ miles ENE, respectively, of the light–buoy.Thence:

3 WSW of No 62 Light–buoy (starboard hand)(7½ miles SSE), marking the edge of the shoalground extending 8¾ miles WSW from TangierIsland. A wreck, and an obstruction (reported) witha depth of 8⋅8 m (29 ft) over it, lie 6½ cablesWNW and 2 miles NNE, respectively, of thelight–buoy.

Thence the track leads NNE, passing:4 ESE of XSP and SP Light–buoys (special) (4 miles

E), marking the centre of the traffic separationzone off Smith Point. An obstruction, (reported),

CHAPTER 5

131

with a depth of 19⋅2 m (63 ft) over it, lies8½ cables SE of SP Light–buoy. Three wrecks liebetween 1 and 1¾ miles SSW respectively of SPLight–buoy. A dangerous wreck lies about3½ miles WSW of SP Light–buoy. See 5.14 forfurther details of Smith Point TSS.

5 Thence the track leads NNW, passing:WSW of No 64 Light–buoy (starboard hand)

(4½ miles ENE), marking the deepest water. Awreck lies 1¾ miles W. Thence:

ENE of No 65 Light–buoy (port hand) (3½ milesNNE). A wreck lies 4¼ cables N.

(Directions continue for Potomac River at 5.87)5.20

1 Thence the track continues:WSW of No 66 Light–buoy (starboard hand)

(5¾ miles NNE). Two wrecks lie about 1 mileWSW. Thence:

WSW of No 68 Light–buoy (starboard hand)(6¾ miles NNE), marking the edge of the shoalground extending 8 miles SW of South MarshIsland. A wreck (existence doubtful, reported 1950)lies 1 mile ESE of the light–buoy.

2 Thence the track leads N, passing:W of No 70 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (8 miles

NNE). An extensive shoal area, 2½ miles E, hasan entry prohibited area (5.14) near its centre,which contains wrecks. Thence:

3 Clear, depending on draught, of obstructions(reported), and wrecks (11¾ and 12 miles N) withleast depths of 12⋅1 (40 ft) and 12⋅4 m (41 ft) overthem, respectively, thence:

W of No 72 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (13½ milesN), marking the deepest water.

4 Thence the track leads to a position E of Point No Point(15 miles NNW). Point No Point Light (white 8−sided brickdwelling, brown base) stands about 1½ miles ESE, markinga shoal with a depth of 5⋅5 m (18 ft) over it.

(Directions continue for theMain Channel to Baltimore at 5.149)

Great Wicomico River

Chart 2920, US chart 12235 (see 1.18)General information5.21

1 Description. Great Wicomico River (37°49′⋅5N76°18′⋅2W), is entered through Ingram Bay, betweenDameron Marsh (37°47′⋅2N 76°17′⋅4W), on the S side ofthe entrance and Fleeton Point, about 1½ miles N. Trafficon the river consists mainly of coasters, small tankers, andfishing vessels.

2 Topography. The coast N of the entrance is low andunbroken except for Taskmers Creek, 1¼ miles NE ofFleeton Point. The coast S is low, and broken by a numberof shallow creeks.

Depths. There are depths of 5⋅2 m (17 ft) for 5½ miles,thence 2⋅7 m (9 ft) for 3 miles.


Ice does not close the river to navigation except insevere winters. Cockrell Creek (5.24) is considered a secureharbour from ice.

4 Bridge and overhead cable. A fixed bridge, verticalclearance 16⋅7 m (55 ft) and a horizontal clearance of30⋅4 m (100 ft), spans the river at Glebe Point, 6 milesabove the entrance.

5 An overhead power cable, vertical clearance 16⋅4 m(54 ft) at mid–channel and 12⋅1 m (40 ft) elsewhere, spansthe river close above the fixed bridge. Lights are exhibitedfrom the suspension towers of the overhead cable.

Directions5.22

1 From a position in the vicinity of 37°47′⋅7N 76°12′⋅0W,the track leads for about 4 miles W through a channelbetween the fish trap areas, marked by lights, light–buoysand buoys (lateral), to the river entrance, passing (withpositions relative to Fleeton Point (37°48′⋅8N 76°16′⋅9W)):

2 Clear of an obstruction (position approximate;reported 1977) (3¾ miles ESE), thence:

S of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful) (2¾ milesESE), thence:

S of No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles SE),thence:

3 N of No 3 Buoy (port hand) (1¼ miles SE), markingthe N edge of shoal ground extending 1¼ milesNE from Dameron Marsh, thence:

S of Great Wicomico River Light (red and whitechequered diamond on framework tower) (9 cablesSE), exhibited from a rock on shoal groundextending 1 mile SE from Fleeton Point.

4 Thence to a position S of No 4 Buoy (starboard hand)(3 cables S) marking the S edge of shoal ground extending3 cables S of Fleeton Point.

The channel through Great Wicomico River is wellmarked by light–beacons and light–buoys (lateral) for4 miles from the entrance. Directions are not considerednecessary, as the best indication is the chart.

Anchorages5.23

1 Vessels entering Great Wicomico River for shelterusually anchor off the entrance, or in the entrance toCockrell Creek (5.24), in depths of 4⋅5 to 6⋅0 m (15 to20 ft).

Cockrell Creek5.24

1 Cockrell Creek (37°49′⋅0N 76°17′⋅1W), the maintributary to Great Wicomico River, lies on the NW side ofFleeton Point, and has depths of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) for 1½ miles.Traffic consists of fishing vessels, construction material,and petroleum. There are numerous fish factories andboatyards in the creek and several wharves with depths of2⋅4 to 4⋅6 m alongside. The town of Fleeton lies on the SEside close within the entrance.

2 Reedville, on the E side of Cockrell Creek, 1½ milesabove the entrance, is a customs port of entry.


Minor bays and creeks

Fleets Bay and Little Bay5.25

1 General information. Fleets Bay (37°40′N 76°17′W),encumbered by shoals, is entered between North Point(37°38′⋅6N 76°18′⋅5W), and Bluff Point (3 miles N). It isthe approach to Little Bay and Indian Creek. Little Bay lieson the S side of Fleets Bay, and is entered between NorthPoint and Antipoison Neck.


2 Directions. From a position about 5¼ miles E of BluffPoint (37°41′⋅3N 76°18′⋅1W), a channel through the fish

CHAPTER 5

132

trap area, marked by light–beacons and buoys (lateral),leads 3¾ miles WSW to the entrance, marked by BLight–beacon (red and white chequered diamond on pile),1½ miles SE of Bluff Point, and N Light–beacon (greenand white chequered diamond on pile), 8 cables NNE ofNorth Point. A wreck (reported), and a dangerous wreck(position approximate) lie about 2½ and 2 miles E,respectively, of North Point.

Indian Creek5.26

1 Description. Indian Creek (37°41′⋅0N 76°19′⋅8W), liesin the NW corner of Fleets Bay (5.25). Traffic consistschiefly of pulpwood, shellfish, shells and grain. The townof Kilmarnock lies 1½ miles WNW of the head of thecreek.

2 Directions. The approach, with a reported depth of3⋅5 m (11½ ft), thence 3⋅2 m (10½ ft) for 2 miles above theentrance, shoaling to 1⋅8 m (6 ft) 8 cables farther up, ismarked by No 2 Light–beacon (red triangle on pile)standing 1 mile S of Bluff Point (37°41′⋅3N 76°18′⋅1W).Thence the channel is marked by light–beacons andbeacons (lateral).


Berths. Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

Kilmarnock Wharf, 2 miles above the entrance, hasdepths of 3⋅4 m alongside.

Grain wharf close NE of Kilmarnock Wharf has adepth of 3⋅0 m alongside.

4 Repairs: hull and engine.Supplies: fuel; stores.

RAPPAHANNOCK RIVERAND APPROACHES

General information


1 Rappahannock River is entered between Stingray Point(37°34′N 76°18′W), and Windmill Point, 3¼ miles NNE. Itis navigable to Fredericksburg (38°18′N 77°27′W), 93 milesabove its entrance. Traffic on the river consists chiefly ofpulpwood, shellfish and shells, chemicals, and some sandand gravel.

Route5.28

1 From a position in the vicinity of 37°33′N 76°10′W, theroute leads about 17 miles generally WNW, thence about82 miles NW to Fredericksburg.

Topography5.29

1 The N and S banks of Rappahannock River aregenerally low and marshy, and indented by many creeksand rivers. From Mosquito Point (37°36′⋅5N 76°21′⋅5W) toCherry Point, 2¼ miles NW, the low coast rises to 12 m(40 ft) inland.

Depths5.30

1 There are depths of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) or more to the bridgeat Tappahannock, 37½ miles above the entrance. The river

above Tappahannock is narrow and tortuous, with a projectdepth of 3⋅7 m (12 ft) to Fredericksburg.


Bridges and overhead cables5.31

1 Bridges and overhead power cables span RappahannockRiver as follows:

Rappahannock River Bridge, fixed, with a verticalclearance of 33⋅5 m (110 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 109⋅7 m (360 ft), 7 miles above theentrance. The centre of the span is marked bylights. An overhead power cable, vertical clearance37⋅1 m (122 ft), immediately close SE of thebridge.

2 A fixed bridge, vertical clearance 15⋅2 m (50 ft) and ahorizontal clearance of 30 ⋅4 m (100 ft), atTappahannock.

A fixed bridge, vertical clearance of 15⋅2 m (50 ft)and a horizontal clearance of 39⋅3 m (129 ft), atPort Royal, 30 miles above Tappahannock.

3 Two fixed bridges, vertical clearance of 11⋅2 m(37 ft), one with a horizontal clearance of 30⋅4 m(100 ft), the other 27⋅4 m (90 ft), at Fredericksburg.

An overhead power cable, safe vertical clearance24⋅3 m (80 ft) over the main channel, and 15⋅2 m(50 ft) elsewhere, 31 miles above the entrance.

Pilotage5.32

1 Pilotage is not compulsory in the river, although it iscompulsory in Chesapeake Bay by which RappahannockRiver is approached. Virginia pilots can take vessels upriverif required. See 4.18 and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.


1 Tidal streams follow the general direction of thechannel. In the upper reaches of the river the rate of thetidal streams and times of slack water vary considerably,due mostly to the freshets, but also to some extent to thewinds; they vary in a similar manner in the lower part ofthe river but to a lesser extent.

2 In the approach, 5½ miles E of Stingray Point (37°34′N76°18′W), the greatest strength of the in–going andout–going streams and the times of slack water occur about2½ hours after the corresponding events at the entrance toChesapeake Bay, slack water before the in–going streamoccurring about 1 hour after HW at Charleston, slack waterbefore the out–going stream occurring about 5½ hoursbefore HW at Charleston. The average rate of the in–goingstream is about 1 kn, and the out–going stream 1½ kn.

3 Off Mosquito Point, the slack waters and maximum ratesof the tidal streams occur about ¾ hour after thecorresponding events at the entrance to Chesapeake Bay,slack water before the in–going stream occurring about½ hour before HW at Charleston, slack water before theout–going stream occurring about 5½ hours after HW atCharleston. Both streams attain rates of about ¾ kn. Forfurther information see 5.6.

4 Ice. During severe winters ice closes the river nearly toTappahannock, but in ordinary winters it is kept clear bytraffic. Ice in January and February is most often foundabove Port Royal, a small town, 70 miles above theentrance.

CHAPTER 5

133

Freshets, of short duration, occur during the spring andautumn, the highest rise recorded being 10⋅1 m atFredericksburg. The effect on the water level 11 milesbelow the town is almost negligible.

Directions

Approach5.34

1 From a position in the vicinity of 37°33′⋅5N 76°10′⋅5W,the track leads WNW through a channel in the fish trapareas, marked by light–buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Stingray Point (37°34′N 76°18′W)):

SSW of 2R Buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles ENE),thence:

2 SSW of Windmill Point Light (red and whitechequered diamond on platform) (3¾ miles ENE),exhibited from Rappahannock Spit which extends4½ miles ESE from Windmill Point (37°36′N76°14′W). An obstruction reported (positionapproximate) lies 1½ miles SE of the light. Achannel from N for lesser draught vessels, markedby buoys (lateral), leads SW through the fish traparea across the spit, 5 cables SE of Windmill PointLight.

3 Thence the track leads to a position NNE of StingrayPoint.

Useful mark:Tower (37°33′⋅8N 76°22′⋅3W).

Stingray Point to Towles Point5.35

1 From a position NNE of Stingray Point, the track leadsgenerally WNW through a channel marked bylight–beacons and light–buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Grey Point (37°37′N 76°26′W)):

SSW of Windmill Point (7 miles E). 6R Light–buoy(starboard hand) (1½ miles SSW), marks the Nedge of the traffic lane. Thence:

2 NNE of 7R Light–beacon (green square on multi−pilestructure) (5¼ miles ESE), marking the edge of theshoal ground extending NNE from the coast,thence:

SSW of Mosquito Point (3½ miles E). 8RLight–beacon (red triangle on multi−pile structure),5 cables SSE of Mosquito Point, marks the SWedge of the shoal ground extending 2 miles E.Thence:

3 Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(2½ miles E), thence:

Under Rappahannock River Bridge (5.31).Thence the track leads to a position SSW of Towles

Point (4 miles WNW).

Towles Point to Fredericksburg5.36

1 From Towles Point (37°38′⋅5N 76°30′⋅5W) toTappahannock, a distance of 26 miles, Rappahannock Riveris 1 to 2½ miles wide, with a navigable channel 1 cable to1½ miles wide, marked by light–beacons, light–buoys andbuoys (lateral). Bowlers Rock partially obstructs thechannel 15½ miles above Towles Point, but apart from thisthe channel is clear of dangers.

2 From Tappahannock to Fredericksburg, a distance of56 miles, the channel is narrow and tortuous. It is markedby light–beacons, beacons and buoys (lateral).

Directions are not considered necessary as the bestindication is the chart.


Anchorage5.37

1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere near the channelin Rappahannock River where the depth is suitable and thebottom soft. Deep–draught vessels will find good anchorage3 to 5 miles above the entrance, S or W of Mosquito Point(37°35′⋅5N 76°21′⋅5W).

Corrotoman River5.38

1 General information. Corrotoman River is enteredbetween Orchard Point (37°39′⋅0N 76°27′⋅2W), and TowlesPoint 2¾ miles WSW. It divides into E and W Branches4 miles above the entrance. The principal shoals in the riverare marked as far as the fork. A cable ferry crosses WBranch from Ottoman Wharf to Merry Point, 2 cables N.No attempt should be made to pass the ferry whenunderway due to the cable being suspended about 0⋅9 mabove the water surface.

2 Directions. The channel is entered at No 2 Light–beacon(red triangle on multi−pile structure) standing on the outerend of a spit, 4 cables W of Corrotoman Point (37°40′N76°28′W). Thence the channel, with a depth of 5⋅5 m(18 ft) for 4 miles, is marked by light–beacons and beacons(lateral).


POCOMOKE SOUND AND TANGIER SOUND

GENERAL INFORMATIONChart 2920, US charts 12225, 12230, 12261 (see 1.18)Area covered5.39

1 This section describes the waters on the E side of thecentral part of Chesapeake Bay, adjacent to the mainchannel to Baltimore, from Powells Bluff (37°34′N

75°56′W) to Hooper Strait (38°13′N 76°05′W). It includesPocomoke Sound, Tangier Sound and their approaches.Also described are other rivers, creeks, straits, islands andminor harbours within the area.

2 It is arranged as follows:Pocomoke Sound and approaches (5.40).Tangier Sound and approaches (5.50).

CHAPTER 5

134

POCOMOKE SOUND AND APPROACHES

General information

Chart 2920, US charts 12225, 12228 (see 1.18)Description5.40

1 Pocomoke Sound (37°50′N 75°50′W), is entered betweenBeach Island (37°47′N 75°49′W), and Watts Island,3½ miles W. Extensive shoal banks fill most of the sound.The channel through the sound is wide and deep in the Spart, leading to shallower depths in its upper reaches andhead at the entrance to Pocomoke River (37°58′N75°39′W).

Route5.41

1 From a position about 5 miles WSW of Powells Bluff(37°34′N 75°56′W), the route leads NNE through theapproaches to the entrance of the sound, thence 16 milesgenerally NNE and E through the fairway to the entranceof Pocomoke River at its head.

Topography5.42

1 The E side of the approaches to Pocomoke Sound is lowand marshy, without any prominent features. Numerouscreeks break the coast, which, like that S of it, is subject toconsiderable erosion, and many islands and points havebeen completely washed away. Between Beach Island(37°47′N 75°49′W) and North End Point, 10 miles NE,there are numerous creeks approached by narrow channelsbetween the banks and islands which encumber them.

2 A string of marshy islands and extensive shoalsseparates the lower part of Pocomoke Sound from TangierSound to the W. Watts Island, the S of the string, and LittleFox Island are low, marshy and wooded. Great Fox Islandis low but has a house on its NE side, Clump Island lies tothe N. All these islands lie on a shallow spit extendingfrom the mainland N of them to 5 miles SW of WattsIsland. On the NW and N sides of Pocomoke Sound areseveral creeks.

Depths5.43

1 There are depths of 12⋅4 to 29 m (41 ft to 16 fm) in themain channel at the entrance to Pocomoke Sound betweenthe banks extending from both sides.

2 Within the entrance to Pocomoke Sound there are depthsof over 5⋅4 m (18 ft) for 6½ miles NNE of Watts Island(37°47′N 75°54′W), thence a marked channel and adredged cutting on the N shore lead to the entrance toPocomoke River.

Pilotage5.44


Local knowledge5.45


State boundary5.46

1 The Virginia–Maryland boundary line, shown on thechart, extends E and ENE from Clumps Island, 5½ miles Nof Watts Island, to the entrance to Pocomoke River. It ismarked by buoys (orange and white bands) and beacons(white).


1 Tidal streams are greatly affected by the wind.Ice. See 4.11.Freshets can cause a rise of 0⋅3 to 1⋅5 m (3 to 5 ft) at

Snow Hill, but are not dangerous.Density of water. Above Rehobeth the density of the

water is 1⋅000 g/cm3.

Directions5.48

1 From a position about 5 miles WSW of Powells Bluff(37°34′N 75°56′W), the track leads NNE thence NEthrough a channel marked by light–beacons (lateral),passing (with positions relative to Powells Bluff):

WNW of the front light of Rappahannock ShoalChannel South Leading Lights (3¾ miles WSW)(5.18), thence:

2 WNW of Powells Bluff, thence:WNW of No 1N Light–beacon (4½ miles N), marking

the entrance to Nandua Creek, thence:WNW of No 2 Light–beacon (red triangle on pile)

(10¼ miles NNE), marking the NW extremity ofthe coastal bank. Two fish havens, charted asobstructions, lie 1½ miles ENE.

3 Thence the track continues, passing (with positionsrelative to Beach Island (37°47′N 75°49′W)):

SE of a dangerous wreck (5 miles SW); No 3Light–beacon (green square on multi−pilestructure) stands 5 cables W of the wreck. Thence:

4 SE of No 5 Light–beacon (green square on multi−pilestructure) (3 miles SW), marking the edge of thechannel. Watts Island Rocks, 1¼ miles NW, aremarked by a Light–beacon (white diamond, orangeborder, on pile marked DANGER SUBMERGEDROCKS).

5.49 1 Thence the track continues:

WNW of No 6 Light–beacon (red triangle onmulti–pile structure) (6 cables W), marking theedge of the channel at the entrance to the sound,thence:

ESE of No 7 Light–beacon (green square onmulti–pile structure) (1½ miles NW), marking theextremity of the banks, with depths of less than5⋅4 m (18 ft) over them, extending S from the NWshore of Pocomoke Sound, thence:

2 W of No 8 Light–beacon (red triangle on multi–pilestructure) (4¾ miles N) marking the W extremityof a shoal bank, with depths of less than 3 m(10 ft) over it, extending SW from Long Point(37°54′N 75°45′W). Thence:

Thence the track leads NE, passing (with positionsrelative to Long Point):

3 SE of No 9 Light–beacon (green square on multi–pilestructure) (2½ miles W), standing on the edge ofthe banks, with depths of less than 3 m (10 ft) overthem, extending SE from the mainland, thence:

NW of No 10 Light–beacon (red triangle onmulti–pile structure) (8 cables NW), marking thechannel.

4 NW of No 1 Light–beacon (green square onmulti–pile structure) (2 miles NE), marking theentrance to Starling Creek, thence:

NW of No 12 Light–beacon (red triangle on multipile structure) (2¾ miles NE), marking the edge ofthe channel.

CHAPTER 5

135

5 Thence the track leads to a position SE of 1 PR Light(green square on multi–pile structure) (3¾ miles NE),marking the entrance to the marked entrance channelleading to Pocomoke River.

TANGIER SOUND AND APPROACHES

General information

Chart 2920, US Charts 12225, 12228, 12230, 12261 (see 1.18)Description5.50

1 Tangier Sound (37°50′N 75°56′W), forms the approachto a number of tributaries only suitable for small vessels. Itis entered between Watts Island (37°48′N 75°54′W) andTangier Island, 4¾ miles WNW, and extends 30 miles N. Itis bounded on the E side by Little Fox Island, Great FoxIsland and the mainland, and on the W by South Island,South Marsh Island and a number of smaller islands.Extensive banks border the sound, but the critical pointsare marked by lights and buoys (lateral).

Route5.51

1 From a position about 5 miles WSW of Powells Bluff(37°34′N 75°56′W), the route leads 30 miles generally N toa position E of Sharkfin Shoal (38°12′N 75°59′W), at thehead of the sound.

Topography5.52

1 The islands on both sides of the approach to TangierSound are marshy and intersected by creeks.

Depths5.53

1 A channel, with a depth of over 9⋅1 m (30 ft) and a leastwidth of 5 cables, leads through Tangier Sound from its Sentrance to the tributaries at its N end. The channel is clearof dangers, but there are a number of smaller shoals closeto the outer edge of the coastal bank.

Pilotage5.54


Local knowledge5.55

1 Local knowledge is required for the tributaries inTangier Sound.


1 Prohibited area. See 5.14.Prohibited area and danger zone. The area

surrounding Bloodsworth Island (38°11′N 76°03′W), shownon the chart, is a danger zone and contains a prohibitedarea. It is used by the US Navy for air and surface targetpractice. See Appendix VI for definition of danger zone.

Rescue5.57

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities and an Aids toNavigation Team are situated at Crisfield (37°58′⋅5N75°51′⋅5W).


Directions5.58

1 From a position about 5 miles WSW of Powells Bluff(37°34′N 75°56′W) follow the directions given at 5.48 to aposition 4 miles W of No 2 Light–beacon (37°43′⋅6N75°54′⋅6W).

Thence the track, marked by lights, light–buoys andlight–beacons, leads generally N through Tangier Sound,passing (with positions relative to Tangier Sound Light(37°47′N 75°58′W)):

2 E of San Marcos Wreck (6½ miles SW), surroundedby an area containing unexploded bombs andshells, thence:

E of Tangier Sound Light (black and white chequereddiamond on white square tower on piles), exhibitedfrom the edge of the shoal water, thence:

W of Watts Island (4 miles E), thence:3 E of Tangier Island (3 miles N), thence:

W of Great Fox Island (7 miles NNE). A fish havenlies 4 miles NW.

5.59 1 Thence the track continues, passing (with positions

relative to Little Deal Island (38°07′N 75°57′W)):W of Janes Island Light (black and white chequered

diamond on framework tower, black hut, roundbase) (9½ miles S). A dangerous wreck lies7 cables W. Thence:

2 E of Smith Island (7 miles SSW), thence:W of Flatcap Point (6 miles SSE), thence:E of South Marsh Island (3½ miles WSW), thence:W of Deal Island (close N), thence:E of Bloodsworth Island (5 miles NW), which lies

within a danger zone (5.56).3 Thence the track leads to a position 8 cables E of

Sharkfin Shoal Light (black and white chequered diamondon framework tower) (38°12′⋅1N 75°59′⋅2W).

(Directions continue for Nanticoke River at 5.71.Directions for Wicomico River are given at 5.67)

Kedges Straits


1 Description. Kedges Straits (38°03′N 76°00′W), liesbetween Smith Island (37°58′N 76°01′W) and South MarshIsland (5.59), 1¾ miles N. It is used by vessels bound fromN in Chesapeake Bay to the S part of Tangier Sound(5.50).

2 Depths. There is a depth of 3 m (10 ft) in the markedchannel through the straits. For the latest controlling depththe charts and the port authorities should be consulted.

Caution. The mean range of tide in Kedges Straits isaffected considerably by winds. E winds raise the waterand NW winds lower it, sometimes as much as 0⋅6 mbelow the normal level. In severe winters, floating icemakes navigation of the straits dangerous.

Directions5.61

1 From a position S of Holland Island Bar Light (blackand white chequered diamond on white square house onpiles) (38°04′N 76°06′W), the track leads E thence ESE,passing (with positions relative to Holland Island BarLight):

2 N of No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (2¼ miles ESE). Asubmerged obstruction (position approximate)reported (1980) lies 2¾ miles NNW of HollandIsland Bar Light. Thence:

CHAPTER 5

136

N of No 4 Buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles ESE),thence:

3 NNE of Solomons Lump Light (white 8−sideddwelling, square tower, brown round base) (4 milesESE). A stranded wreck (position approximate),lies 1 mile N of the light. Thence:

SSW of No 5 Light–buoy (port hand) (5 miles ESE),marking a shoal patch with a depth of 1⋅5 m (5 ft)over it.

5.62 1 Useful mark:

Tower (38°09′⋅1N 76°05′⋅4W).

Hooper Strait


1 Description. Hooper Strait (38°13′N 76°05′W), is usedby vessels bound from N in Chesapeake Bay to tributariesin the N part of Tangier Sound (5.50). It lies betweenBloodsworth Island (38°10′N 76°03′W) and Bishops Head1 mile N. It has a narrow tortuous channel.

2 Depths. In 1997 there was a controlling depth of 3⋅9 m(13 ft) in Shark Fin Shoal Channel, at the end of the strait.


Directions5.64

1 From the vicinity of 38°10′N 76°10′W the track leadsNE, passing (with positions relative to Bishops Head(38°13′N 76°02′W)):

Clear of two areas of unexploded ordnance (reported1973 and 1977) (6 and 5¼ miles WSW),respectively, thence:

2 SE of No 1 Light–buoy (port hand) (5¾ miles W),thence:

NW of Okahanikan Point (3 miles WSW), the NWextremity of Bloodsworth Island, thence:

3 NW of No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (3¼ miles W),moored on the NW extremity of a shoal bankextending NW from Bloodsworth Island, and:

SE of Honga River No 1 Light–beacon (green squareon multi–pile structure) (4 miles WNW), standingon the edge of a shoal bank extending SE fromthe SE extremity of Hooper Islands.

4 Thence the track continues generally E, passing:N of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)

(2½ miles W), thence:S of Hooper Strait Light (black and white chequered

diamond on framework tower) (2¼ miles W),thence:

5 N of No 4 Light–beacon (red triangle on multi–pile)(1½ miles WSW), thence:

N of a dangerous wreck (1 mile WSW), and:N of No 6 (starboard hand) (9 cables WSW) moored

on the N extremity of a shoal bank.Thence the track continues SE, passing:

6 SW of No 7A Light–buoy (port hand) (8 cables SSE),moored on the edge of a shoal bank extending Sfrom Bishops Head.

Thence the track continues NE, passing:Between No 7 Buoy (port hand) (8 cables SE), and:No 8 Light–beacon (red triangle on pile) (1¼ miles

SE), thence:7 Close NW of No 10 Light–beacon (red triangle on

pile) (1¼ miles E), thence:

Through Sharkfin Shoal Channel, marked by light−buoysand a buoy (lateral).5.65

1 Useful marks:Micro tower (38°13′⋅8N 76°03′⋅3W).House (38°13′⋅2N 76°02′⋅3W).

Wicomico River


1 Description. Wicomico River (38°15′N 75°50′W), lies inthe N part of Tangier Sound and is entered between LongPoint (38°12′N 75°53′W) and Nanticoke Point, 1½ miles N.It is navigable to Salisbury, a town 20 miles above theentrance. Traffic consists chiefly of fish, shellfish and fishbi−products with petroleum, aggregates, grain, andfertilisers to Salisbury.

2 Depths. In 1997 the controlling depth in the riverchannel was 3 m (10 ft).


Cable ferries cross the river at Whitehaven, 6½ milesabove the entrance, and at Upper Ferry, 15 miles above themouth. No attempt should be made to pass these ferrieswhile they are underway.

3 Submarine cable. A submarine power cable is laidbetween Long Point (38°12′N 75°53′W), and Great ShoalsLight 7¼ cables NE.

Overhead cable. An overhead power cable, with avertical clearance of 22 m (75 ft), spans the river 2½ milesbelow Salisbury.

4 Tidal streams. Strong tidal streams set across the mainchannel off Monie Bay (38°13′N 75°50′W).

Ice usually forms on the river as far down asWhitehaven, a small town on the N bank 6 miles above theentrance; in ordinary winters the channel is normally opento navigation, but in severe winters it is often closed forextended periods.

Directions5.67

1 The approach channel to Wicomico River is entered S ofWR Buoy (preferred channel to starboard), moored 2 milesN of Haines Point (38°10′⋅5N 75°57′⋅0W). Thence themarked channel leads E to Great Shoals Light (black andwhite chequered diamond on framework tower on piles),exhibited at the river entrance. Thence the river channel ismarked by buoys, light–beacons and beacons (lateral).Directions are not considered necessary, as the bestindication is the chart.

Whitehaven5.68

1 Whitehaven, lies on the N bank of the river 6½ milesabove the entrance.

Berths in poor condition.Repairs. Slipway for vessels up to 45 m in length.Supplies: limited.

Salisbury5.69

1 Description. Salisbury, lies at the head of navigation,and is a major trading centre of the E shore. The riverdivides at the city into North Prong and South Prong.Salisbury is a customs station.


CHAPTER 5

137

2 Berths. The majority of the commercial wharves arebelow the divide in the river, however there are some inNorth Prong.

Nanticoke River


1 Description. Nanticoke River (38°20′N 75°55′W), isentered between Nanticoke Point (38°13′⋅5N 75°53′⋅5W),and Clay Island, 2½ miles W, and is navigable to the townof Seaford, 35 miles above its entrance. Traffic consistschiefly of petroleum and also fertilisers, corn, pulpwoodand shellfish. Bridges and overhead cables span the river atvarious locations.

2 Local knowledge is advised.Depths. There is a minimum depth of about 3⋅0 m

(10 ft) to Sharptown 24 miles above the entrance.For the latest controlling depth the charts and the port

authorities should be consulted.3 Cable ferry. A cable ferry operates across the river at

Woodland, 31 miles above the entrance as indicated. Do notattempt to pass a moving cable ferry.

Vertical clearances. Fixed bridges at Vienna (38°29′N75°49′W) and Sharptown (38°33′N 75°43′W) have verticalclearances of 15⋅2 m (50 ft). Overhead power cables atVienna, 5 cables SW of the bridge, have a verticalclearance of 41 m (135 ft).

4 State boundary. The boundary between the states ofMaryland and Delaware lies about 27½ miles above theentrance of Nanticoke River.

Ice forms in the river in winter, but traffic is sufficientto keep the channel open in ordinary winters.

Directions(continued from 5.59)5.71

1 The approach to Nanticoke River is from SW marked byNo 1N Light–beacon (green square on multi–pile structure)standing 2½ miles WSW of Nanticoke Point (38°13′⋅5N75°53′⋅5W), on the edge of Clay Island Shoal. Thence theriver is well marked by buoys, light–beacons and beacons(lateral), to Seaford. Directions are not considerednecessary, as the best indication is the chart.

Vienna5.72

1 Vienna, a small town where there is a wharf, lies on theW side of Nanticoke River about 20 miles above theentrance.

Sharptown5.73

1 Sharptown, where there are mills and a cannery, lies onthe E side 26 miles above the entrance. There is littlewaterborne commerce. A wharf, where pulpwood is loadedfor West Point (4.242) in York River, lies at the S end ofthe town.

POTOMAC RIVER AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2920, 2923, 2924Area covered5.74

1 This section describes Potomac River, its approaches,and the ports of Alexandria and Washington DC. Alsodescribed are a number of rivers, creeks and minorharbours adjacent to the river.

It is arranged as follows:Approaches to Potomac River (5.83).

2 Potomac River — Point Lookout to Lower CedarPoint (5.89).

Potomac River — Lower Cedar Point to Washington(5.105).

Alexandria and Washington DC (5.116).

Description5.75

1 Potomac River is entered between Smith Point (37°53′N76°14′W) and Point Lookout, 10 miles NNW. It isnavigable to the cities of Alexandria and Washington DC,the capital of the United States of America, 91 and95 miles, respectively, above its entrance. The head ofnavigation is Chain Bridge, 101 miles above its entrance.

2 Traffic on the river consists chiefly of petroleumproducts and aggregates with some newsprint andfertilisers. Draughts of vessels do not usually exceed 6⋅1 m(20 ft).

Depths5.76

1 The project depth for the river is 7⋅3 m (24 ft). Depthsof about 11⋅6 m (38 ft) are available for 20 miles above the

mouth. Thence the controlling depths in the dredgedsections are about 5⋅5 m (18 ft) to Washington DC.


Pilotage5.77

1 Pilotage is compulsory in Potomac River except forlocal coastal vessels. See 4.18 and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(5) for details.

Regulations5.78

1 Danger zones and restricted areas. Potomac River andits tributaries are used extensively by the militaryauthorities for testing operations and gunnery practice. Adanger zone extends from the mouth of the river to about4 miles above the Potomac River Bridge. See Appendix VIfor definitions of danger zones and restricted areas.

State boundary5.79

1 Potomac River forms the boundary between the states ofMaryland and Virginia.

Submarine cables5.80

1 Submarine cable areas exist in Potomac River, betweena number of light–beacons and the shore, and across manyof the creeks. Their positions are shown on the charts.

For further information see 1.39 and 3.6.

Fish trap areas5.81

1 Fish trap areas, the limits of which are shown on thecharts, border the river channel from the entrance to Saint

CHAPTER 5

138

Clements Island, 27 miles upriver. Numerous uncharteddangers may exist within these areas.


1 Tidal streams. Between Smith Point and Point Lookout,a considerable set E due to an out–going stream, and Wdue to an in–going stream, is frequently experienced. Thestrength of the in–going and out–going streams occursabout 4 hours after those at the entrance to ChesapeakeBay, or about 4 hours after and 2½ hours before HW atOld Point Comfort, or about 6 hours after HW atBaltimore. The mean rate of the in–going stream is about½ kn and the out–going stream 1 kn.

2 The rate of the tidal streams in Potomac River isvariable and influenced by the force and direction of thewind, these set usually in the direction of the channel.During freshets the in–going stream is imperceptible. Thetimes of slack water and the rate of the tidal streamsmentioned hereafter are for mid–channel under normalconditions.

3 Between Point Lookout and Piney Point, 11½ miles NW,the slack water and maximum rates of the tidal streamsoccur about 3½ hours after corresponding events at theentrance to Chesapeake Bay. Slack water before thein–going stream occurs about 1½ hours after HW atWashington, and slack water before the out–going stream,about 4½ hours before HW there. The average rate of bothtidal streams is about ½ kn.

4 Off Saint Clements Island, the slack waters andmaximum strengths of the tidal streams occur about ½ hourlater than the previously mentioned, the average rates ofin–going stream being about ½ kn and the out–going about1 kn.

Ice. During severe winters the river, down to LowerCedar Point, 18 miles below Washington, and its tributaries,is closed by ice. During normal winters the traffic keepsthe channel open.

5 Freshets occur at regular intervals, but usually do notinterfere with navigation below Alexandria unlessaccompanied by ice. At Washington, during the highestfreshet recorded, the river rose 4 m (13 ft), and the depositin the dredged channels decreased the depth by 1⋅8 m (6 ft)in places.

APPROACHES TO POTOMAC RIVER

General information

Chart 2920Route5.83

1 From a position in the main channel to Baltimore about4½ miles NE of Smith Point (37°54′N 76°14′W), the routeleads 8½ miles WNW to a position SSW of Point Lookout(38°02′N 76°19′W).

Topography5.84

1 The coastline is generally low and featureless, brokenonly by the entrances to creeks.


1 Danger zone. See 5.78.

Principal marks5.86

1 Landmarks:House (38°02′⋅3N 76°19′⋅3W) (lighted).Tower (elevation 60 m (195 ft) (38°03′⋅0N 76°19′⋅4W)

(lighted).Offshore mark:

Smith Point Lighthouse (37°53′N 76°11′W) (5.16).2 Major light:

Smith Point Light (37°53′N 76°11′W) (5.16).


5.87 1 From a position ENE of No 65 Light–buoy (port hand)

in the main channel to Baltimore about 4½ miles NE ofSmith Point (37°54′N 76°14′W), the track leads WNWthrough a channel marked by light–beacons, light–buoys,and buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative toSmith Point):

2 NNE of No 65 Light–buoy (port hand) (3½ milesNE), thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (4 milesNNE), thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of wrecks (4¾ milesNNE).

Clear, depending on draught, of an obstruction andwrecks (8 miles NW).

3 Thence the track leads to a position SSW of PointLookout (10 miles NW). Point Lookout Light–beacon(black and white chequered diamond on framework tower,on piles), 7½ cables S, marks the S limit of the coastalshore bank.


Anchorage5.88

1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the river,below Alexandria, where the bottom is soft.

POTOMAC RIVER — POINT LOOKOUTTO LOWER CEDAR POINT

General information


1 From a position SSW of Point Lookout (38°02′N76°19′W) the route leads 38 miles generally NW to aposition W of Lower Cedar Point (38°20′⋅5N 76°58′⋅7W).


1 Danger zone. See 5.78.

CHAPTER 5

139

Rescue5.91

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atSaint Inigoes (38°09′⋅4N 76°25′⋅7W), on the W side of theentrance to Molls Cove.



5.92 1 From a position SSW of Point Lookout (38°02′N

76°19′W) the track leads initially WNW through a channel,marked by light–beacons, light–buoys, and buoys (lateral),passing (with positions relative to Point Lookout):

NNE of A Light–buoy (safe water) (1¾ miles SSW),thence:

SSW of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles W), thence:2 NNE of a dangerous wreck (3¼ miles W), thence:

SSW of a light–buoy (preferred channel to port)(5¾ miles WNW), marking the entrance to SaintMarys River, thence:

SSW of Deep Point (8 miles WNW).3 Thence the track continues NW, passing (with positions

relative to Piney Point (38°08′⋅0N 76°31′⋅8W)):NE of B Light–buoy (safe water) (1 mile S), thence:SW of Piney Point (5.101), thence:NE of an obstruction and a wreck (2 miles W), with

depths of 7⋅3 and 7⋅6 m (24 and 25 ft),respectively, over them, thence:

4 NE of Ragged Point (4 miles WNW). Ragged PointLight–beacon (green and white chequered diamondon tower and white hut, on piles), 6 cables NE,marks a spit extending 7 cables NE from the point.

Thence the track continues WNW, passing (withpositions relative to Ragged Point (38°09′⋅0N 76°36′⋅6W)):

5 SSW of Heron Island Bar (6¾ miles NW), anextensive shoal area with drying patches, thence:

Either side of C Light–buoy (safe water) (7 milesWNW), thence:

NNE of Stratford Cliffs (38°10′N 76°50′W) andHorsehead Cliffs (1½ miles WNW), both over30⋅5 m (100 ft) in height; Nomin Cliffs lies fartherE. Thence:

6 SSW of Cobb Point Bar (38°15′N 76°50′W), a spitextending 1 mile SE from Cobb Point, thence:

Through a dredged channel, 1¼ miles SW of CobbPoint, across Kettle Bottom Shoals.

5.93 1 The track continues, passing (with positions relative to

Swan Point (38°17′⋅6N 76°55′⋅6W)):SSW of No 28 Buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles SSE),

thence:NNE of No 27 Buoy (port hand) (2 miles S), thence:NNE of D Light–buoy (safe water) (2 miles WSW),

moored 8 cables NE of Bluff Point, thence:2 Between No 29 Light–buoy (port hand) (3¼ miles

WNW) and two buoys (orange and white conical)moored 5 cables E.

Thence the track continues N, passing:W of No 30 Light–beacon (red circle on top of

rectangle on red column, white round base)(3½ miles NW), marking a spit extending 8 cablesSSW from Cedar Point. A dangerous wreck lies1 cable WSW of the light–beacon. Thence:

3 E of No 33 Light–beacon (green square on frameworktower on pile) (4¼ miles NW).

Thence the track leads to a position W of Lower CedarPoint (4 miles NW); Morgantown lies close E. There arestrong cross currents S of the point.5.94

1 Useful marks:Tower (38°08′⋅1N 76°31′⋅8W), abandoned lighthouse.

Tanks, close NNW.Radar reflector (38°17′⋅1N 76°55′⋅0W).Cupola (38°14′⋅5N 76°57′⋅4W).Water tower (38°15′⋅1N 76°58′⋅0W).


Saint Marys River


1 Description. Saint Marys River (38°06′N 76°26′W) isentered between Kitts Point (38°06′⋅3N 76°25′⋅0W) andSaint George Island, 2½ miles W. Traffic consists mainly offishing vessels.

2 Depths. The river has a least depth of 7⋅3 m (24 ft) toPriests Point, on the E bank 3 miles above the entrance,thence 6⋅1 m (20 ft) to Saint Marys City, on Church Point,2¼ miles N. Thence the channel shoals gradually to 3⋅6 m(12 ft) at Martin Point.


Submarine cable. A submarine cable crosses the riverat Pagan Point, close NW of Church Point.

Berths. At Saint Marys City, the original capital of theState of Maryland, there is a wharf with a depth of 2⋅7 malongside.

Directions5.96

1 A channel through the fish trap areas leads to theentrance to the river, marked on the W side at the outerend by a light–buoy (preferred channel to port relative toPotomac River), moored 2 miles SSW of Kitts Point. Thelight–buoy is replaced by a buoy in ice conditions. Thencethe channel is marked by Saint George Creek Junction ALight–beacon (red triangle, green band, on pile) standing2¼ miles NW of Kitts Point, and light–beacons (lateral).Directions are not considered necessary, as the bestindication is the chart.

Anchorage5.97

1 Saint Marys River is sometimes used as an anchorage inthe entrance to Potomac River by larger vessels seekingshelter in heavy gales.


Cornfield Harbor5.98

1 General information. Cornfield Harbor (38°03′N76°20′W) is entered between Point Lookout and CornfieldPoint, 1¾ miles NW.


2 Anchorage may be obtained in Cornfield Harborprotected from N and NE winds. Rocky patches, withdepths of 5⋅5 and 4⋅9 m (18 and 16 ft) over them, lie6 cables WSW and 7 cables W, respectively, of PointLookout. A 3⋅0 m (10 ft) patch lies between them and thePoint Lookout shore.

3 Berth. A pier 91 m in length with a depth of 3⋅4 malongside lies close N of Point Lookout on the W side.

CHAPTER 5

140

Coan River5.99

1 General information. Coan River (38°00′N 76°27′W) isused by fishing vessels.

Bundick, a small town, lies 2½ miles above the entrance.There is a wharf at Bundick.

2 Directions. A channel through the fish trap areas ismarked by No 7 Light–buoy (port hand, relative toPotomac River), moored 3 miles NE of the entrance.Thence a channel with depths of 2⋅1 to 4⋅0 m (7 to 13 ft)for 4½ miles is marked by a light–beacon and beacons(lateral).


Repairs and supplies are available at Bundick andLewisetta, at the entrance to Kingscote Creek.

Yeocomico River and tributaries5.100

1 General information. Yeocomico River (38°02′N76°31′W), is entered between Thicket Point, 4 miles NW ofthe entrance to Coan River, and Lynch Point (38°03′N76°31′W), 1 mile N. The river divides close within theentrance.

2 Directions. A channel through the fish trap areas,marked by No 9 Buoy (port hand, relative to PotomacRiver), moored 2¾ miles ENE of Lynch Point leads WSWto the entrance. Thence the channel, with a depth of 5⋅8 to3⋅6 m (19 to 12 ft), is marked by light–beacons and buoys(lateral).

3 West Yeocomico River, has depths of 4 to 2⋅1 m (13 to7 ft) to Kinsale, on the SW side 1¾ miles above itsentrance. There is a wharf at Kinsale, with a depth of3⋅0 m alongside, on which there are some prominent grainelevators.

Piney Point Oil Terminal5.101

1 Position and function. Piney Point (38°08′⋅0N76°31′⋅8W), a small town, lies about 16 miles upriver,2 miles NW of Saint George Island (5.95). A formerCoastguard station stands on the point and some oil tankslie close N.

2 The oil terminal handles oil, fertiliser and causticcargoes. It is approached directly from the river channel.Maximum length of vessel handled is 221 m.

Traffic. In 2004 Piney Point was used by 20 vesselswith a total of 1 337 427 dwt.

3 Port Authority. ST Services, PO Box 418, 17877 PineyPoint Road, Piney Point MD 20674, USA.

Arrival information. All entry formalities, includingimmigration, customs and quarantine are carried out at theberth by officials from Baltimore.

Tugs are compulsory and available from Baltimore.The river water is brackish at the berth.

4 Berths. The terminal consists of a T–headed jetty,extending 305 m SW from the shore at the point. It has atotal berthing face of 208 m, including dolphins off eachend from which lights are exhibited. Depth alongside theouter face is reported to be about 10⋅7 m (35 ft). Alongsidedepths are reported depths, the port authorities should becontacted for the latest information.

5 Other facilities. No ballast or slop reception facilitiesavailable.

Supplies: fresh water.

Saint Clements Bay5.102

1 General information. Saint Clements Bay (38°15′N76°44′W), lying close W of Breton Bay, is entered betweenNewtown Neck and Coltons Point (38°13′N 76°45′W),1¾ miles SW. The bay has depths of 4⋅3 m (14 ft) for3 miles, shoaling gradually to 2⋅4 m (8 ft) 5 miles above theentrance.

2 Directions. There are three entrances to Saint ClementsBay. The E entrance lies between Heron Island Bar (5.92)and Huggins Point. The approach and entry is shared withthat of Breton Bay. It has depths of 6⋅0 to 4⋅8 m (20 to16 ft).

3 Middle channel is a narrow marked passage betweenHeron Island Bar (38°13′N 76°43′W), and shoal groundextending NE from Saint Clements Island. The approach isfrom S through a channel, with depths of 4⋅5 m (15 ft) ormore, through the fish trap areas. A dangerous wreck lies7 cables SSW of Heron Island Bar, on the W side of thechannel entrance.


US Chart 12286 (see 1.18)Wicomico River5.103

1 Description. Wicomico River (38°18′N 76°50′W) isentered between Saint Margaret Island, and Cobb Point(38°15′⋅3N 76°50′⋅5W), the SE end of Cobb Island,1½ miles W.

2 Saint Catherine Sound (38°14′N 76°47′W), lies insideSaint Catherine Island, close SE of Saint Margaret Islandon the E side of the entrance. Marked shallow channelslead through the sound and E of Saint Margaret Island.

Local knowledge is required from a position 5 milesabove its entrance.

3 Directions. The approach is from SE through a channelwith depths of 12⋅1 to 3⋅6 m (40 to 12 ft) for 5 miles,thence shoaling towards its head. It is marked by a buoy(preferred channel to port, relative to Potomac River), and1W Light–beacon (green square on pile) (5 cables NNW)marking the SE end of Cobb Point Bar. Thence the channelis marked by light–beacons (lateral).


Upper Machodoc Creek5.104

1 General information. Upper Machodoc Creek (38°19′N77°01′W) lies 3¼ miles NW of Bluff Point and is enteredbetween Baber Point and the mainland 4¾ cables N.

A naval surface weapons center stands at Dahlgren, onthe N side of the entrance. The towers at Dahlgren areprominent.

POTOMAC RIVER —LOWER CEDAR POINT TO WASHINGTON

General information


1 From a position W of Lower Cedar Point (38°20′⋅5N76°58′⋅7W) the route leads for about 50 miles, generally N,to Washington Harbor.

CHAPTER 5

141


1 Danger zones. A danger zone for military testingoperations extends 4 miles upriver from the Harry W. NiceMemorial Bridge (5.108). A danger zone of a US Navyexplosion test area exists in part of Chicamuxen Creek(38°32′⋅0N 77°14′⋅8W), and extends for about 5 miles NEup to 5 cables off the Maryland shore to Indian Head(5.115); it includes Mattowoman Creek (38°33′⋅7N77°12′⋅7W). A danger zone of a rifle range exists at thehead of Gunston Cove (38°41′N 77°10′W).

2 Restricted area. The small boat basin at WhitestonePoint (38°40′⋅4N 77°08′⋅2W) is a restricted area used bythe US army. See Appendix VI for definitions of dangerzones and restricted areas.

State boundary5.107

1 The boundary between the state of Maryland and theDistrict of Columbia lies N of Woodrow Wilson MemorialBridge.

Bridges5.108

1 Harry W. Nice Memorial Bridge, a fixed bridge, spansPotomac River 1¼ miles N of Lower Cedar Point(38°20′⋅5N 76°58′⋅7W). Its central span, over the supportpiers in the main navigable channel, has a verticalclearance of 41 m (135 ft) and a horizontal clearance of146 m (480 ft). The centreline of the main span is markedby fixed green and white lights and a flashing red aeroobstruction light. The main trusses and approaches aremarked by fixed red lights.

2 Woodrow Wilson Memorial Bridge, a bascule bridgewith a vertical clearance of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) when closed, anda horizontal clearance of 53⋅3 m (175 ft), spans PotomacRiver close N of Jones Point (38°47′⋅5N 77°02′⋅4W).

3 Caution. In 2005 a replacement bascule bridge wasunder construction close S of the existing bridge andmariners were advised to proceed with caution as fixed andfloating obstructions, some submerged, may exist within theconstruction area.

Overhead cable5.109

1 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of52 m (170 ft) over the main channel, marked by redobstruction lights, spans the river from Moss Point(38°31′⋅5N 77°15′⋅3W) to a position 1¾ miles NE.


5.110 1 From a position W of Lower Cedar Point (38°20′⋅5N

76°58′⋅7W) the track leads initially N, thence NNW and W,keeping within the channel, marked by light–beacons,light–buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Lower Cedar Point):

Under Harry W. Nice Memorial Bridge (1½ milesNNW) (5.108), thence:

2 ENE of Persimmon Point (2½ miles NW), thence:N of Mathias Point (4¾ miles NNW). Mathias Point

Shoal No 5 Light–beacon (green square onframework tower and white hut on piles), standing

2¾ cables N of Mathias Point, marks the edge ofthe shoal bank extending up to 4 cables NNE.

3 Thence the track continues WSW, passing (withpositions relative to Maryland Point (38°21′⋅6N77°12′⋅4W)):

SSE of Upper Cedar Point (6 miles ENE). No 8Light–beacon (red triangle on multi–pile), 5 cablesSE, marks the edge of an extensive flat, extendingoffshore between Windmill Point (3¼ miles NE)and Upper Cedar Point. Thence:

4 NNW of a shoal patch (reported 1961) (5 miles NE)with a depth of 1⋅2 m (4 ft) over it, marked byNo 11 Light–buoy (port hand), thence:

NW of Metompkin Point (3¼ miles E). A shoal area5 cables NNW, with a least depth of 0⋅9 m (3 ft),is marked by No 15 Light–beacon (green square onmulti–pile structure). Thence:

5 N of a shoal (8 cables SE), with a least depth of3⋅6 m (12 ft) over it, marked by Maryland PointLight–beacon (black and white chequered diamondon framework tower, white hut on piles). Theshoals E and W of the light are covered by the redsectors (243°–285°) and (063°–105°), respectively.Thence:

6 S of Maryland Point, low and marshy. A 3⋅9 m (13 ft)shoal patch and a dangerous wreck lie about7 cables SSW.

5.111 1 Thence the track continues generally N, passing (with

positions relative to Smith Point (38°25′N 77°16′W)):SSW of No 22 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (4 miles

SSE), thence:Between No 23 Light–buoy (port hand) (3¼ miles

SSE), and No 24 Buoy (starboard hand), thence:Between No 27 Light–buoy (port hand) (7¾ cables S),

and No 28 Buoy (starboard hand), thence:2 W of Smith Point. Clifton Beach Light–beacon (red

and white chequered diamond on pile), stands onSmith Point. An extensive area, containingsubmerged wrecks, is centred 2 miles WNW.Thence:

3 Between No 33 Light–buoy (port hand) and No 34Buoy (starboard hand) (1½ miles NNW). Astranded wreck and a pile (position approximate)lie 3 cables E of the buoy. Thence:

4 W of Liverpool Point (3 miles N). A beacon standson the point, and a stranded wreck and adangerous wreck lie about 4 and 6 cables,respectively, S. Thence:

W of Sandy Point (4 miles N), a stranded wreck lies1 cable SSE.

5.112 1 Thence the track continues generally NNE, passing (with

positions relative to Cockpit Point (38°33′⋅6N 77°15′⋅4W)):ESE of Chopawamsic Island (3½ miles SSW), thence:WNW of Moss Point (2 miles S), and under the

central span of an overhead power cable (5.109)(1½ miles S), thence:

2 SE of Cockpit Point, from which a barge dockincluding dolphin extends 1½ cables SE, thence:

Through a dredged section (1 mile E), for about2¾ miles, thence:

SE of High Point (4¼ miles NE).3 Thence the track continues gradually E, keeping to the

deepest part of the river, passing:N of No 54 Buoy (starboard hand) (4¾ miles NE),

thence:

CHAPTER 5

142

N of Navy Ordnance A Light–beacon (yellowdiamond on pile) (5¼ miles NE), thence:

Between No 55 Light–buoy (port hand) and No 56Light–beacon (red triangle on white hut, red roundbase) (6½ miles NE).

4 Thence the track continues generally N and ENE,passing (with positions relative to Hallowing Point(38°38′N 77°08′W)):

SE of No 57 Buoy (port hand) (8 cables S), and:NW of No 58 Buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables SSE).

Chapman Point lies 1¾ cables SSE. Thence:WNW of No 60 Light–buoy (starboard hand)

(6 cables SE), thence:E of Hallowing Point, on which stands a light–beacon

(green and white chequered diamond on pile),thence:

5 W of No 62 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (1½ milesN), thence:

Between Whitestone Point Light–beacon (black andwhite chequered diamond on white tower), andNo 66 Buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles N), thence:

Through a dredged section (3½ miles NNE), for about1¾ miles, thence:

6 NNW of Bryan Point (4¾ miles NE). A strandedwreck lies ½ cable NNE and a dangerous wrecklies 3½ cables W. Thence:

SE of Sheridan Point (5¾ miles NE).Thence the track continues, passing (with positions

relative to Rosier Bluff (38°46′⋅4N 77°01′⋅8W)):7 W of No 80 Light–beacon (red triangle on tower)

(3¾ miles S), Fort Washington stands on the bluff.Thence:

Between No 83 Buoy (port hand) (3 miles S), andNo 82 Light–beacon (red triangle on pile) (3 milesS). A dangerous wreck lies ½ cable NW of No 83Buoy. Thence:

8 E of No 87 Buoy (port hand) (3½ cables SSW),thence:

W of Rosier Bluff, wooded and prominent. No 88Light–beacon (pile, round base) stands 2 cables Sof Rosier Bluff, marking a number of piles(awash), the remains of a wharf, extending up to1 cable into the river. Thence:

9 W of No 90 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (4 cablesNNW), thence:

E of Jones Point (1¼ miles NNW), and through thebridge (5.108).

Thence to the required berth at Alexandria.


Chimneys (38°21′⋅6N 76°58′⋅5W).Radio tower (38°24′⋅5N 77°06′⋅5W).Chimney (38°22′⋅0N 77°06′⋅9W).Dish aerials (38°22′⋅5N 77°13′⋅9W).Chimney (38°20′⋅1N 77°16′⋅3W).

2 Radar tower (38°26′⋅5N 77°15′⋅5W).Spire (38°30′⋅7N 77°18′⋅7W).Chimney (38°31′⋅6N 77°17′⋅3W).Water tower (38°35′⋅2N 77°10′⋅3W).House (38°37′⋅1N 77°06′⋅9W), SW chimney.Radio tower (38°41′⋅3N 77°03′⋅9W), highest of five.

(Directions continue for Washington Harbour at 5.130)

Minor harbours

Quantico5.114

1 Quantico (38°31′N 77°17′W), a small town adjacent toPotomac River, is a training site of the US Marine Corps.A T–headed pier with depths of 7⋅1 to 9⋅1 m alongside,fronts the town, with a small boat harbour with a depth of3 m close S of the pier. Except in an emergency the pierand boat harbor are restricted to government vessels.

2 A power station jetty, lying 2½ cables NNE of PossumPoint, is protected by a breakwater from which a light isexhibited.


Indian Head5.115

1 Indian Head (38°36′N 77°10′W), is a small townsituated behind a prominent high, wooded bluff of the samename. A naval jetty on the bluff is marked by alight–beacon, and another naval wharf, with a small boatharbour close S, lies 9 cables WSW. Divers may be trainingin the vicinity of this wharf.


ALEXANDRIA AND WASHINGTON DC

General information


1 Alexandria (38°48′N 77°03′W), lies on the W bank ofPotomac River 91 miles above the entrance, about 5 milesS of Washington DC (38°53′N 77°01′W).

2 Washington DC, about 5 miles N of Alexandria, lies atthe convergence of Potomac and Anacostia Rivers. It is thecapital of the United States and the seat of government.The city, with its impressive memorials and publicbuildings, is one of the most beautiful in the world and ishost to a constant stream of visitors. Prominent from theriver are the Capitol Dome, the Washington Monument, andthe Lincoln and Jefferson Memorials. Washington Harbourlies on the N banks of both rivers, fronting the city.

Function5.117

1 Alexandria, is a commercial harbour with limitedfacilities for handling cargo. Most cargo is worked by shipsown gear. Principal foreign cargoes handled includenewsprint and general cargo.

2 Washington Harbor has no international commercialtraffic. Local interstate commercial cargoes includepetroleum products and aggregates. There is a large navalfacility at Washington Navy Yard.

CHAPTER 5

143


1 Alexandria and Washington Harbors are approachedthrough Potomac River and entered above Woodrow WilsonMemorial Bridge (5.108), which spans the river close N ofJones Point (38°47′⋅5N 77°02′⋅4W).

Port Authority5.119

1 Alexandria Port Authority, Robinson TerminalWarehouse, 2 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 23314, USA.

Limiting conditions



Anacostia River. A dredged channel, with a controllingdepth (2004) of 3⋅1 m (10¼ ft), leads through the riverfrom Hains Point to the basin off Washington Navy Yard,thence reducing to lesser depths farther up.

Bridges5.121

1 Anacostia River is spanned by ten bridges between theentrance and the head of navigation. Frederick DouglasMemorial Bridge, a swing bridge with a vertical clearanceof 12⋅1 m (40 ft) when closed, and a horizontal clearance of45 m (149 ft) spans the river 1½ miles above the entrance.Above Washington Navy Yard the bridges have a minimumvertical clearance of 3⋅6 m (12 ft) and horizontal clearanceof 10⋅0 m (33 ft).

2 Washington Channel. A fixed bridge, with a verticalclearance of 11⋅2 m (37 ft) and a horizontal clearance of28⋅3 m (93 ft), spans the upper end of the channel.

Georgetown Channel is spanned by eight bridgesbetween Hains Point and Chain Bridge, the head ofnavigation, with minimum vertical clearances of 5⋅4 m(18 ft) and horizontal clearances of 31⋅6 m (104 ft),


1 Robinson South and Robinson North terminals (5.132) atAlexandria.

Tidal levels5.123



1 The density of water is 1000 gm/3.

Arrival information

Port operations5.125

1 Jurisdiction of the District of Columbia Harbor Masterextends upriver from Jones Point. A speed limit of 10 kn isin force when passing the wharf area of Alexandria, exceptin emergencies. In Anacostia River there is a speed limit of6 kn. Berthing at both harbours in daylight hours only.

Pilotage5.126


Tugs5.127

1 Tugs not available.

Harbour

General layout5.128

1 The harbour extends N from Woodrow Wilson MemorialBridge for about 1¼ miles. It contains a number ofwharves, some of which are government owned.

2 Washington Harbor comprises the navigable watersupstream from Hains Point (38°51′N 77°01′W), at thejunction of Potomac River and Anacostia River. It consistsof Anacostia River Channel, leading 3 miles NE to JohnPhillip Sousa bridge, Washington Channel (5.133) leadingabout 2 miles N on the E side of East Potomac Park, andGeorgetown Channel (5.133) leading NW for 4 milesthrough Potomac River.


1 Tidal streams are variable but the set is usually in thedirections of the channels, and there is little or no in–goingstream during freshets.

Ice closes the river at Washington during severe winters,but power vessels keep the channels open during ordinarywinters.

2 Freshets. During the highest freshet in recent years, theriver rose about 3⋅5 m (11½ ft) above MLW in WashingtonChannel.

Local weather. Washington summers are warm andhumid, and winters are mild; generally pleasant weatherprevails in the spring and autumn. The coldest weatheroccurs in late January and early February. The warmestweather occurs late in July. There are no well pronouncedwet and dry seasons. Thunderstorms, during the summer,often bring sudden and heavy rain showers and may beattended by damaging winds, hail or lightning. Tropicaldisturbances occasionally, during their N passage, influenceWashington’s weather mainly with high winds and heavyrainfall, but extensive damage from this cause is rare. Snowaccumulations of more than ten inches are relatively rare.Usually the melt–off is rapid and conditions improve withina day or so.

3 Records of the past 20 years show the average date ofthe last freezing temperature in the spring to be March 29thand the latest April 16th. The average date of the firstfreezing temperature in the autumn is November 10th, andthe earliest, October 21st.

4 Overflows from the Potomac River occasionally resultfrom heavy rain in the basin, at times augmented bymelting snow. In a few cases during cold winters, ice formson the river, and, in spring, flooding is caused by icegorges when the ice breaks up. The river is in tidewater,and above normal tides associated with hurricane or severestorms along the coast cause flooding at times. Localflooding in the area is also caused by locally heavy rain.On average, some flooding occurs every year from one orother of these causes.



5.130 1 Alexandria is approached from Potomac River, the two

main terminals lie alongside the river bank. Thence themarked river channel leads about 4 miles farther N to

CHAPTER 5

144

Washington Harbor. Detailed directions are not considerednecessary as the chart is sufficient guide.5.131

1 Useful marks:Chimney (38°49′⋅3N 77°02′⋅4W), N of five.Radar dish (38°49′⋅3N 77°01′⋅6W).Washington National Airport Aero Light (38°51′⋅0N

77°02′⋅4W).

Basins and berths

Alexandria5.132


Wharves extend along Alexandria waterfront with depthsof 6⋅1 to 7⋅6 m alongside.

Robinson South Terminal, 91 m in length with a depthof 7⋅6 m alongside, lies 4½ cables N of Woodrow WilsonMemorial Bridge.

2 Robinson North Terminal, 91 m in length with a depthof 7⋅6 m alongside, lies 9 cables N of Woodrow WilsonMemorial Bridge.

Marbury Point. A basin and wharf with a depth of 4 mlie at Marbury Point (38°49′N 77°02′W).

Caution. In places, old piling is a hazard to vesselsapproaching the berths.

Washington5.133


Anacostia River extends NE from Hains Point. Theprincipal wharves front the river on the NW and N side for

a distance of 2 miles. Washington Navy Yard Annex standson the N side of the river between the first and secondbridges, and has depths of 4⋅5 to 5⋅1 m at the outer ends ofthe piers. Most of the other piers and bulkhead wharves areprivately owned. There are oil terminals on the N side justbelow the first bridge and just above the third bridge.

2 Washington Channel extends N and NW from HainsPoint. Two piers lie on the E side, 8 cables aboveGreenleaf Point, the E entrance point to the channel, andhave depths of 7 m at their outer ends.

Georgetown Channel, an extension of Potomac Riverextends NW from Hains Point. The commercial wharves atGeorgetown, with depths of 4⋅6 m alongside, lie on the NEside of the channel.

Port services

Repairs5.134

1 Minor repairs only can be effected, the nearest facilitiesare at Baltimore.


1 Customs port of entry; several hospitals.

Supplies5.136

1 Fuel; fresh water; stores.

Communications5.137

1 Washington National Airport about 5 km distant.

POINT NO POINT TO BLACKWALNUT POINT

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the main channel to Baltimorethrough the central part of Chesapeake Bay from Point NoPoint (38°08′N 76°19′W) to Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N76°20′W). Also described are Patuxent River, LittleChoptank and Choptank Rivers. It is arranged as follows:

2 Main Channel to Baltimore (5.141).Patuxent River (5.157).Choptank River (5.176).

Regulations5.139


Fish traps5.140

1 See 4.9.



1 From a position E of Point No Point (38°08′N76°19′W), the route leads 34 miles generally NNW to aposition W of Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N 76°20′W).

Topography5.142

1 Between Point Lookout and Point No Point the coast islow and broken by creeks. Between Point No Point andCedar Point, the S entrance to Patuxent River, 10 milesfarther N, the coast is low lying and wooded, but there areseveral elevations of 30 m within 1 mile inland, 5 miles Sof Cedar Point.

Depths5.143

1 See 4.185.

Pilotage5.144

1 A pilot exchange area, shown on the chart, is centred4 miles SE of Cove Point Light (38°23′N 76°23′W). See4.18 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) fordetails.

CHAPTER 5

145


1 Prohibited areas:An area, shown on the chart, to which entry is

prohibited due to firing practice, is centred4¾ miles N of Point No Point (38°08′N 76°19′W).

2 An area, to which entry is prohibited, extends ½ cableoff the shore from close S of Chesapeake BayBasin (38°16′N 76°24′W) (5.155), thence N alongthe coast and into Patuxent River.

An area, shown on the chart, to which entry isprohibited due to firing practice, is centred closeSE of Randle Cliff Beach (38°40′N 76°32′W).

3 Danger zones:The area between Point Lookout (38°02′N 76°19′W)

and Cedar Point (38°17′⋅9N 76°22′⋅4W), shown onthe chart, is a danger zone in which firing andbombing practice takes place.

4 Danger zones “B” and “C”, shown on the chart, inwhich firing practice takes place, fan out from apoint near Randle Cliff Beach (38°40′N 76°32′W).

Danger zone “D”, a fish trap area is established Nand S of Randle Cliff Beach.

See Appendix VI for definitions of danger zones andrestricted areas.

5 Safety zones:A safety zone, shown on the chart, surrounds the

LNG Terminal (38°24′⋅3N 76°23′⋅1W) (5.156)which stands 1 mile N of Cove Point. This zone isconsidered to be active when an LNG tanker ismanoeuvring in the vicinity of the terminal, orwhen an LNG tanker moored at the terminal ispreparing to sail.

6 During other periods when an LNG tanker is mooredat the terminal, the safety zone is considered toextend between 46 m (50 yds) inshore and 183 m(200 yds) offshore of all parts of the terminal andof the LNG tanker.

7 When no LNG tankers are moored at the terminal,the safety zone is considered to extend 46 minshore and offshore of all parts of the terminal.

See Appendix V for general rules governing safetyzones.

8 Security zones:A security zone, shown on the chart, surrounds the

Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant (38°26′N76°26′W).


Tidal streams5.146

1 Off Hooper Island Light (38°15′N 76°15′W), the averagerate of both the in–going and out–going streams is about½ kn.

2 Tidal streams off Point No Point are irregular. Onaverage the slack waters occur about 5 hours after those atthe entrance to Chesapeake Bay, slack water before thein–going stream occurring about 4 hours after the HW atBaltimore, and before the out–going stream, about 2 hoursbefore HW at Baltimore. Off the point the average rate ofthe in–going and out–going streams is about ½ kn.

3 Off Cove Point, where slack waters occur about5½ hours after those at Chesapeake Bay entrance, the ratesof the streams are about ¾ kn.


1 Landmark:Cove Point Lighthouse (white tower, 16 m in height)

(38°23′N 76°23′W).Major light:

Patuxent River Aero Light (38°17′N 76°26′W).Observed on certain bearings.

Other aid to navigation5.148

1 Racon:No 78 Light–buoy (38°33′⋅3N 76°25′⋅6W).



5.149 1 From a position E of Point No Point (38°08′N

76°19′W), the fairway, marked by lights and light–buoys(lateral), leads initially NNW thence N, passing (withpositions relative to Point No Point):

2 Either side of HS Light–buoy (safe water) (5½ milesNE), keeping in the deepest water. Dangerouswrecks lie 3 miles WSW and 4 miles SW,respectively, of the buoy. A prohibited area(5.145), in which there are obstructions and targets,lies 4¾ miles N of Point No Point. Thence:

3 WSW of Hooper Island Light (white conical tower,brown base) (8 miles NNE), marking shoal groundextending SW from Hooper Islands. An obstructionlies about 4½ miles WSW of Hooper Island. Asewer outfall extends 2¼ miles ESE into the bayfrom a position 8½ miles NNW of Point No Point.Thence:

4 ENE of Cedar Point (10 miles NNW), and clear of HILight–buoy (safe water) (10½ miles NNE), and:

WSW of No 74 Light–buoy (starboard hand)(10½ miles NNE), marking the W edge of shoalground extending WSW from Barren Island.

(Directions for Patuxent River are given at 5.166)5.150

1 Thence the track continues, passing (with positionsrelative to Cove Point (38°23′N 76°23′W)):

ENE of Cove Point, from which a light is exhibited;an LNG Terminal (5.156) lies 1 mile N of thepoint. Thence:

2 Either side of CP Light–buoy (safe water) (5 milesN). Two wrecks lie 2½ miles NNW.

(Directions for Choptank River are given at 5.183and for Little Choptank River at 5.194)

3 The track continues, passing:WSW of No 78 Light–buoy (starboard hand)

(10½ miles NNW), marking the W side of a shoalwith a least depth of 9⋅1 m (30 ft) over it. Wreckslie 2 cables N.

5.151 1 Thence the track leads N, passing (with positions

relative to Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N 76°20′W)):W of 78A Light–buoy (starboard hand) (7 miles SW).Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck and an

obstruction (6 miles SW), with a depth of 16⋅4 m(54 ft) and a swept depth of 12⋅8 m (42 ft),respectively, over them, and:

CHAPTER 5

146

2 W of No 80 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (5 milesSSW). A wreck lies 5 cables NNE. The NavalResearch Laboratory at Randle Cliff Beach standson the shore 9 miles W of Blackwalnut Point, thelaboratory towers are prominent. Thence:

3 Clear, depending on draught, of two wrecks (5 milesSW), thence:

Either side of CR Light–buoy (safe water) (3¾ milesWSW), which marks the deepest water.

Thence to a position W of Blackwalnut Point.5.152

1 Useful marks:Tower (38°08′⋅4N 76°19′⋅4W).Tower (38°17′⋅8N 76°22′⋅7W).Tower (38°39′⋅3N 76°31′⋅7W).

(Directions continue for the main channel toBaltimore at 6.20)

Honga River

Chart 2921, US Charts 12230, 12261 (see 1.18)General information5.153

1 Description. Honga River (38°19′N 76°12′W) is enteredat the W end of Hooper Strait (5.63) between Crab Point(38°16′N 76°06′W) and Lower Hooper Island, 1½ milesSW. It extends 14 miles NNW and is bordered on its Wside by the Hooper Islands, extending 7 miles NNW fromthe entrance, then Meekins Neck to its head. Trafficconsists mainly of shellfish.

2 Depths. There are depths of 3⋅9 to 16⋅7 m (13 to 55 ft)as far as Wroten Island, on the E side 8½ miles above theentrance.

Directions5.154

1 South entrance. The entrance is marked by No 1Light–beacon (green square on multi–pile structure),standing 1¾ miles S of Crab Point. The winding riverchannel is marked by light–beacons and beacons to WrotenIsland.

No directions are given as the best indication is thechart.

Minor harbours

Chesapeake Bay Basin5.155

1 Chesapeake Bay Basin (38°16′⋅0N 76°23′⋅5W), lying8½ miles NNW of Point No Point, is a small artificialharbour, with depths of 3 m (10 ft), formed by twobreakwaters from which lights are exhibited. It is used as anaval seaplane basin. It lies within a prohibited area(5.145).


Cove Point LNG Terminal5.156

1 An LNG terminal (38°24′N 76°23′W), stands 1 mile Nof Cove Point. An offshore platform 753 m in length,including dolphins, marked by lights and connected to theshore by a submarine tunnel, provides berths for twotankers. The N berth has reported depths of 12⋅2 malongside but shoaling to 10⋅3 m has been reported at the Sberth. A safety zone (5.145), the limits of which are shownon the chart, surrounds the terminal.

2 Traffic. In 2004 Cove Point was used by 10 vesselswith a total of 4 801 903 dwt.


PATUXENT RIVER

General informationChart 2921, US Charts 12264, 12284 (see 1.18)Description5.157

1 Patuxent River (38°19′N 76°25′W) is entered N ofCedar Point, between Hog Point (38°18′⋅5N 76°24′⋅0W)and Drum Point, 1¼ miles NW. The channel which leads toBenedict (38°30′⋅5N 76°40′⋅7W), the head of commercialnavigation, is not difficult to follow as far as BenedictBridge. The channel above Benedict is narrow andencumbered by numerous fish traps and stakes to the smallvillage of Nottingham (38°42′⋅5N 76°42′⋅3W), 33 milesabove the entrance.

2 Traffic on the river consists chiefly of shellfish, shellsand petroleum products. Draughts of vessels using the riverare mostly 2⋅1 m (7 ft) or less and seldom exceed 3⋅7 m(12 ft).

Topography5.158

1 The coast S of the entrance to Patuxent River is lowlying and wooded, but there are elevations of 30 m (100 ft)within 1 mile inland, 5 miles S of Cedar Point (38°17′⋅9N76°22′⋅4W), which is low and sandy. North of the entrance,hills over 30 m (100 ft) high lie close to the coast. LittleCove Point, 1½ miles SSW of Cove Point, is formed byprominent high bluffs.

Depths5.159

1 The river has natural depths of 7⋅6 to 9⋅1 m (25 to 30 ft)in the approach and 9⋅1 to over 29⋅3 m (30 to over 16 fm)for 16 miles upstream. Thence 7 m (23 ft) to the BenedictBridge, 19 miles above the mouth and 3⋅0 m (10 ft) for12 miles to within 2 miles of Nottingham.


1 Local knowledge is required above Sandy Point(38°29′⋅5N 76°39′⋅0W).


1 Prohibited areas. An area to which entry is prohibited,shown on the chart, extends ½ cable off the shore fromclose S of Chesapeake Bay Basin (38°16′N 76°24′W)(5.155), thence N along the coast and into Patuxent Riverto a position close W of the West Patuxent Basin (5.169).Another area, shown on the chart, extends ½ cable off theshore around Point Patience (5.173).

2 Restricted area. A restricted area, shown on the chart,exists off a Naval Air Station, between Hog Point(38°18′⋅5N 76°24′⋅0W) and Town Point 3¾ miles WNW.See Appendix VI for definition of restricted area.

Bridges5.162

1 Bridges span Patuxent River as follows:A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 42 m

(140 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 91 m(300 ft), spans the river between Town Point(38°19′N 76°29′W) and the north shore.

CHAPTER 5

147

2 A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of 4⋅8 m(16 ft) when closed, and a horizontal clearance of14⋅9 m (49 ft), spans the river between HallowingPoint (38°30′⋅5N 76°39′⋅9W) and Town Point onthe W shore.


1 Overhead cables span Patuxent River as follows (withpositions relative to Gods Grace Point (38°32′⋅5N76°40′⋅0W)):

2 An overhead power cable (3 cables NE), with avertical clearance of 18⋅2 m (60 ft) over the mainchannel.

An overhead power cable (4½ miles N), with avertical clearance of 16⋅1 m (53 ft).


1 Ice is encountered in the tributaries, particularly duringsevere winters. See 1.28 for information about buoyage.

Local weather. The area in the immediate vicinity ofthe bridge which spans the river between Town Point(38°19′N 76°29′W) and the N shore, is subject tounpredictable and sudden changes in wind condition.

Principal mark5.165

1 Major light:Patuxent River Aero Light (38°17′N 76°26′W)

(5.147).

Directions5.166

1 From the vicinity of 38°19′⋅5N 76°20′⋅0W, in the pilotarea, as shown on the chart, about 2½ miles NE of CedarPoint, the track leads W through a channel in the fish trapareas, thence NNW, passing (with positions relative toCedar Point (38°17′⋅9N 76°22′⋅4W)):

2 N of No 3 Light–beacon (green square on multi−pilestructure) (1¾ miles NW), marking a shoal bankwith depths of 3⋅3 m (11 ft) over it, extending5 cables N of Hog Point.

Thence the track continues WSW, passing:3 SSE of No 4 Light–beacon (red triangle on platform

on piles) (2½ miles WNW). Wrecks lie 4 cablesSSW and 4 cables SSE, and:

NNW of No 5 Light–beacon (green square on pile)(2¼ miles WNW), standing on a shoal bankextending 4 cables NNE from Fishing Point(38°18′N 76°25′W).

4 Thence the track leads on various courses, following thedeep–water channel, marked by light–beacons and beacons(lateral). No further directions are given as the bestindication is the chart.5.167

1 Useful marks:Tower (38°17′⋅8N 76°22′⋅7W).Tank (38°21′⋅6N 76°23′⋅5W).Tower (38°17′⋅4N 76°25′⋅4W). Dome close by.Cross (38°19′⋅5N 76°27′⋅6W).Tank (38°19′⋅9N 76°29′⋅7W).

2 Chimney (38°23′⋅4N 76°30′⋅4W).Silo (38°25′⋅0N 76°31′⋅4W).Silo (38°27′⋅8N 76°36′⋅2W).Silo (38°28′⋅5N 76°39′⋅9W), N of two.Cupola (38°30′⋅9N 76°40′⋅7W).Chimney (38°32′⋅7N 76°41′⋅1W), tallest of five.


Anchorage5.168

1 Anchorage, with shelter from W winds, may be obtainedoff the entrance to Patuxent River in depths of 6 to 9 m(20 to 30 ft), close to the shore on the N side of theentrance. Shelter from E winds may be found in depths of9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft) in the channel 1½ miles above theentrance. The bottom in the river as far as Benedict Bridgeis mostly soft, and anchorage may be obtained asconvenient.

Naval Air Station5.169

1 A Naval Air Station lies on the S side of the entrance toPatuxent River. The enclosed seaplane basins, East andWest Patuxent Basins, have general depths of 2⋅7 to 1⋅2 m(9 to 4 ft) and 4⋅5 to 2⋅1 m (15 to 7 ft), respectively. Lightsmark the entrance to West Patuxent Basin.

Solomons Island5.170

1 Solomons Island (38°19′N 76°27′W), is joined to themainland NW by a causeway. A pier, from which a light(post on top of pump house) is exhibited, servicing theChesapeake Biological Laboratory, has a depth of 2⋅4 m atits outer end, and extends 1¼ cables SE from the village ofSolomons on the E side of the island.

Mill Creek and Back Creek5.171

1 Mill Creek and Back Creek (38°19′⋅5N 76°27′⋅0W),share a common approach with depths of 6⋅0 to 7⋅6 m (20to 25 ft). The channel, marked by beacons, light–beacons,and buoys (lateral), is entered between the NE end ofSolomons Island and the mainland, 1 cable NNE. The twocreeks separate just above the entrance with Mill Creekleading E and Back Creek leading W then N. Mill Creekhas depths of 4⋅8 to 3⋅6 m (16 to 12 ft) for 1¼ miles,thence 3⋅0 to 1⋅2 m (10 to 4 ft) for another mile. BackCreek has depths of 3⋅6 m (12 ft) for 7 cables thence 3⋅0 to1⋅8 m (10 to 6 ft) for another 5 cables.

Town Creek5.172

1 Town Creek (38°19′N 76°29′W), lying 4 cables SW ofTown Point, is used by fishing vessels and small vessels. Ithas depths of 1⋅5 to 3⋅7 m (5 to 12 ft). The entrance ismarked by No 2 Light–beacon (red triangle on pile)standing 5 cables SSW of Town Point.


Point Patience5.173

1 Point Patience (38°20′N 76°29′W) lies at the end of anarrow peninsula where there are two long Governmentpiers on the E and W sides, with depths of 6⋅1 m at theirouter ends.


Cuckold Creek5.174

1 Cuckold Creek (38°20′N 76°30′W), lies on the W bank,1½ miles above the bridge. The marked approach channelis entered 5 cables SE of Half Pone Point (38°20′⋅6N76°29′⋅9W) in the vicinity of No 9 Light–beacon (greensquare on pile). The channel, with depths of 4⋅5 to 7⋅9 m

CHAPTER 5

148

(15 to 26 ft), leads NW into the creek which has depths of4⋅5 to 3⋅3 m (15 to 11 ft) for 1 mile. Mill Creek branchesSSW from the entrance.

Saint Leonard Creek5.175

1 Saint Leonard Creek (38°23′⋅4N 76°30′⋅0W) is enteredbetween a point 2 miles NNW of the entrance to HellenCreek (38°21′⋅5N 76°28′⋅8W) and Petersons Point(38°23′⋅5N 76°30′⋅3W), and has depths of 4⋅5 to 3⋅0 m (15to 10 ft) for a distance of 2 miles, decreasing gradually toits head. The approach is marked by No 14 Light–beacon(red triangle on pile) standing 3¾ cables S of PetersonsPoint.

2 Anchorage, in all winds, may be obtained in depths of4⋅5 to 6⋅4 m (15 to 21 ft), 5 cables within the entrance.

CHOPTANK RIVER

General information


1 Choptank River (38°36′N 76°20′W) is approachedbetween James Island (38°31′N 76°20′W) and BlackwalnutPoint, 8½ miles N. It is entered between Hills Point(38°34′⋅0N 76°18′⋅5W) and Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N76°20′W).

2 The river is navigable to Greensboro, a town 54 milesabove the entrance. The town and harbour of Cambridgelies 15 miles above the entrance. Above Cambridge theriver channel is shallow to Greensboro; it is not describedhere.

3 Traffic consists chiefly of petroleum, fish and shellfish,grain, soya beans and fertilisers.

Topography5.177

1 The islands and mainland in the approaches are low.James Island (38°31′N 76°20′W) is subject to rapid erosion.Sharps Island (38°37′N 76°22′W), formerly an island, isnow reduced to a group of rocks sometimes awash at LW.The coast N and S in the approaches is heavily indented bybays and creeks, several large prominent buildings stand onCastle Haven Point (38°38′N 76°10′W). The shores ofLittle Choptank River are heavily indented by creeks.

Depths5.178

1 Main channel. The main entrance channel, from SW,has a controlling depth of 7⋅3 m (24 ft). The river channelto Cambridge has depths of 5⋅8 to 7⋅6 m (19 to 25 ft).

Secondary channel. An alternative entrance channelfrom NW has a controlling depth of 3 m (10 ft). It leads Nof the extensive shoal area in the entrance, joining themain channel S of Blackwalnut Point.


Bridges5.179

1 Bridges span Choptank River as follows:A fixed bridge at Cambridge, with a vertical

clearance of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 60⋅9 m (200 ft).

Pilotage5.180

1 Pilotage is compulsory in the river. See 4.18 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Tidal streams5.181

1 Off Sharps Island Light the slack waters and maximumrates of the in–going and out–going streams occur about7 hours after those at the entrance to Chesapeake Bay. Theslack water before the in–going stream occurs about6 hours after HW at Baltimore, and the slack water beforethe out–going stream occurs about ½ hour before HW atthat place.

Buoyage5.182

1 It has been reported that during the winter many of thebuoys marking the main river channel from the entrance toCambridge may be moved off station due to ice conditions.

Directions5.183

1 From a position about 3 miles WNW of James Island(38°31′N 76°20′W), in the vicinity of No 2 Buoy (starboardhand), the track leads 7½ miles NE through the fairway,marked by light–buoys and buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Sharps Island Light (38°38′⋅3N76°22′⋅5W)):

2 Between No 6 Light–buoy and No 5 Buoy (2 milesSE). No 5 Buoy is moored on the edge of theshoal bank extending SE from Sharps Island(5.177). Thence:

SE of Sharps Island Light (brown tower, round base),standing 2½ miles SW of Blackwalnut Point on ashoal bank, thence:

3 SE of No 7 Light–buoy (port hand) (1¾ miles E),marking the inner end of the N approach channel,thence:

NW of No 10 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (3½ milesE).

4 Thence the track leads 5½ miles E, passing (withpositions relative to Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N 76°20′W)):

N of No 12 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (3¼ milesESE), thence:

5 N of 12A Light–buoy (starboard hand) (5¼ miles E),thence:

S of Choptank River Light (white framework towerand hut on piles) (7½ miles E), standing on ashoal at the entrance to the Tred Avon River(5.198).

5.184 1 Thence the track leads 7 miles generally SE, passing

(with positions relative to Castle Haven Point (38°38′N76°10′W)):

2 NE of No 16 Light–beacon (red triangle on multi–pilestructure) (5 cables NE), standing on the edge of ashoal bank with depths of less than 2⋅1 m (7 ft)over it, extending NE of Castle Haven Point,thence:

NE of No 18 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (1½ milesE), marking the channel, thence:

3 NE of 18A Buoy (starboard hand) (1½ miles E),marking a shoal patch with a depth of 3⋅6 m(12 ft) over it, thence:

SW of No 19 Light–buoy (port hand) (2¼ miles SE),moored on the edge of a shoal bank extending Wfrom Howell Point, thence:

CHAPTER 5

149

4 SW of 19A Beacon (port hand) (3 miles ESE),standing on the edge of shoal ground extending Sfrom Howell Point, thence:

NE of No 20 Light–beacon (red triangle on multi–pilestructure) (3 miles ESE), marking the edge of ashoal bank extending N from Jenkins Creek,thence:

5 SW of No 21 Light–buoy (port hand) (3¾ miles SE),marking the edge of the channel, thence:

SW of No 23 Buoy (port hand) (4¼ miles ESE),marking a shoal patch with a depth of 3⋅3 m(11 ft) over it, thence:

NE of Hambrooks Bar Light–beacon (white roundstructure, red base) (4¾ miles SE), marking theedge of a shoal bank extending NE from the shore,thence:

6 NE of Great Marsh Point (5 miles SE), thence:SW of No 25 Buoy (port hand) (5½ miles SE),

marking a shoal patch with a depth of 3 m (10 ft)over it.

Thence to a position NE of No 2 Buoy (starboard hand)(5¾ miles SE) marking the entrance to the dredged channelleading to Cambridge.5.185

1 Useful marks:House (38°40′⋅3N 76°20′⋅4W).Radio tower (38°35′⋅0N 76°04′⋅9W).Micro tower (red light) (38°37′⋅0N 76°03′⋅4W).

(Directions continue for Cambridge at 5.190)

Cambridge


1 Position. Cambridge (38°34′N 76°04′W), lies on the Sbank of Choptank River 14 miles above the entrance.

Function. Cambridge is the centre of a large agriculturalarea with related industries serving the Delmarva Peninsula.Traffic consists chiefly of frozen fish, shellfish, petroleumproducts, grain and road construction materials. It is a portof entry.

2 Approach and entry. Cambridge is approached througha channel in Choptank River and entered ESE of GreatMarsh Point (38°35′⋅0N 76°04′⋅6W).

Port Authority. Maryland Port Administration, WorldTrade Centre, 401 E Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202,USA.


1 Depths. For depths in the approaches see 5.178. Thereis a controlling depth of 7 m (23 ft) (1991) in the dredgedchannel leading to Cambridge Marine Terminal. A dredgedchannel through Cambridge Creek had a controlling depthof 3⋅6 m (12 ft) to the bridge thence 2⋅9 m (9½ ft) to thehead of the creek 7 cables above the entrance.

Deepest and longest berth. Cambridge Marine Terminal(5.191).

2 Bridge. A bascule bridge with a vertical clearance of2⋅4 m (8 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 15⋅2 m (50 ft)spans Cambridge Creek about 2 cables above the entrance.

Density. The density of the water in the harbour is1⋅000 g/cm3.


1 Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory; a tug isavailable. See 4.18 and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.

Quarantine inspections are carried out at the berthsalongside.

Harbour5.189

1 General layout. Cambridge harbour, situated at theentrance to Cambridge Creek, consists of a marine terminalapproached by a dredged channel from Choptank River.


1 Cambridge Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile)


The alignment (216½°) of these lights leads 5 cables SWfrom the river, through a dredged channel, to the marineterminal at Cambridge.

Basins and berths5.191

1 Cambridge Marine Terminal, 152⋅4 m in length has adepth of 7⋅6 m alongside. An additional 45⋅7 m (150 ft) oflength is provided by a catwalk and two mooring dolphins.

Anchorage basins are available on each side of thechannel, 2 cables above the entrance to Cambridge Creek,with depths of 2⋅4 to 3⋅0 m (8 to 10 ft).

Cambridge Creek has a number of waterfront facilitieswith depths of 2⋅4 to 3⋅6 m alongside.

Port services5.192

1 Repairs: hull and engine.Other facilities: hospitals.Supplies: fuel; fresh water; provisions and stores.Communications. There is an airport near the town.

Little Choptank RiverChart 2921, US Chart 12266 (see 1.18)General information5.193

1 Description. Little Choptank River (38°32′N 76°19′W)is entered between James Island (38°31′N 76°20′W) andHills Point, 2½ miles NE.

2 Depths. The river and approaches are encumbered withshoal ground extending from its shores on both sides. Thecontrolling depth in the main approach channel from SSW,is 7⋅3 m (24 ft). Thence a tortuous narrow channel for7 miles above the entrance has depths of 3⋅4 m (11 ft).



Directions5.194

1 From a position about 3 miles WNW of James Island(38°31′N 76°20′W) the track leads NE, passing (withpositions relative to James Island):

SE of a fish haven (4¼ miles NW), with anauthorised minimum depth of 4⋅5 m (15 ft) over it,thence:

2 Between No 4 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (3½ milesNNW), and No 3 Light–buoy (port hand)

CHAPTER 5

150

(4¼ miles NNW). No 4 Light−buoy is moored onthe edge of a shoal bank extending N from JamesIsland; a wreck lies close N. An obstruction(reported 1987) lies 2¾ cables ESE of No 4Light−buoy.

(Directions continue for Choptank River at 5.183)3 Thence the track leads on various courses, keeping to

the deepest water in the channel lying N and E of shoalground extending N from James Island, and keeping clearof a shoal patch with a depth of 5⋅4 m (18 ft) over it lying4¼ miles N of James Island, thence to the entrance to theriver, passing (with positions relative to James Island(38°31′N 76°20′W)):

4 SW of No 1 Light−beacon (green square onmulti–pile structure) (2½ miles NNE), standing onthe edge of a shoal bank extending SW from HillsPoint.

Thence the track leads on various courses keeping to thedeepest water in the channel, thence E passing:

5 S of No 3 Light–beacon (green square on multi–pilestructure) standing 9 cables WSW of Ragged Point.

Thence the river is marked by light–beacons andbeacons (lateral) as far as Town Point, 7 miles above theentrance, where the river divides into three creeks. Nofurther directions are given as the best indication is thechart.

Anchorage5.195

1 Anchorage may be obtained in Little Choptank river in abight between James Island (38°31′N 76°20′W) and HooperPoint, the W entrance point to Slaughter Creek (38°30′N76°16′W), outside a distance of 5 cables from the shore indepths of 3⋅6 to 5⋅4 m (12 to 18 ft).


Anchorages creeks and harbours

Harris Creek5.196

1 General information. Harris Creek (38°43′N 76°18′W)is entered between the N end of Tilghman Island (38°42′N

76°20′W) and Change Point, 2 miles ENE. Localknowledge is required. The entrance is marked by No 2Light–beacon (red triangle on pile) standing on shoalground extending 5 cables SW from Change Point. Achannel with depths of 3 m (10 ft) is marked bylight−beacons and beacons (lateral) as far as CummingsCreek, 5½ miles above the entrance.


Broad Creek5.197

1 Broad Creek (38°43′N 76°15′W) is entered on the Nside of Choptank River, between Nelson Point (38°42′N76°16′W) and Holland Point, 2¼ miles ESE.

2 The channel is entered at No 1 Light–beacon (greensquare on pile), standing on the edge of a shoal spitextending 1½ miles SE from Nelson Point. Thence amarked channel, with depths of 4⋅8 m (16 ft), leads N forabout 4 miles through the creek.


Tred Avon River5.198

1 Description. Tred Avon River (38°41′N 76°11′W) isentered on the N side of Choptank River between BenoniPoint (38°40′N 76°12′W) and Bachelor Point, 1 mile ENE.Traffic on the river consists chiefly of petroleum productsand shellfish.

2 Directions. The channel is entered at No 1 Light–beacon(green square on pile) standing on the edge of shoal groundextending 5 cables SE of Benoni Point. Thence a channel,marked by light–beacons and beacons (lateral), with depthsof 4⋅8 to 2⋅4 m (16 to 8 ft), leads NE through the creek toits head at Easton, a small town, passing PeachblossomCreek.


3 Easton Point. At Easton Point, 1 mile W of Easton theriver divides into North Fork and Papermill Pond. There isa public wharf and two oil terminals.

NOTES

151

2922

2922

2850

2850

2921

1105

Chesapeake and

Delaware Canal

See Chapter 3

EasternBay

SevernRiver

ChesterRiver

Elk River

SusquehannaRiver

NortheastRiver

CHAPTER5

Annapolis

Baltimore

6.101

6.88

6.88

6.68

6.167

6.9

6.34

6.48

6.75

6.101

6.56

76°

39° 39°


30´40´40´

40´

50´50´

50´

30´ 30´

40´ 40´

40´

30´

40´

30´

50´50´

50´ 50´

10´ 10´

20´ 20´

20´

20´ 10´ 40´

10´

30´

30´

30´

77°

77°

Chapter 6 - Chesapeake Bay - upper part and head of the bay

152

153

CHAPTER 6

CHESAPEAKE BAY — UPPER PART AND HEAD OF THE BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the watersof the upper part of Chesapeake Bay between, on the Sside, a line drawn from Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N76°20′W) to a point in the vicinity of Randle Cliff Beach,9 miles W, and on the N side, the head of Chesapeake Bay.Included in the description are Eastern Bay, Severn River,and Chester River. The major port of Baltimore (6.101) isdescribed, together with Annapolis (6.56) and other minorharbours and creeks along the shores of the bay.

2 It is divided into the following sections:Blackwalnut Point to Swan Point (6.8).Baltimore and Approaches (6.85).Head of Chesapeake Bay (6.163).

Regulations6.2



2 Safety and security zone. A safety and security zone of500 yards radius has been established around passengervessels and any vessels carrying CDC (Certain DangerousCargoes), LHG (Liquified Hazardous Gas) or LNG.

3 This zone covers the whole of Chesapeake Bay andapplies to vessels that are either underway, at anchor oralongside.

Entry into or movement within the zone is prohibitedunless previously authorized by the Coastguard Captain ofthe Port (COTP).

For definition of CDC see Appendix II; see Appendix Vfor general rules governing safety and security zones.


1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid across numerous

channels, rivers and creeks within the area covered by thischapter. Their positions are normally shown on the chart.


Fish traps, fish havens and oyster grounds6.4

1 See 4.9.

Rescue6.5

1 Coastguard Stations are situated in the area covered bythis chapter. Each of these stations is equipped with alifeboat and other life–saving appliances. Their positionsare given in the geographical section.



1 Tidal streams in the upper part of Chesapeake Bay andits tributaries are greatly influenced by the winds, whichalso affect the rise and fall of the tides to a marked extent.Strong N winds increase the rate and duration of theout–going stream, and, may for a period, interrupt thein–going stream, while strong S winds increase the rate andduration of the in–going stream and may interrupt or retardthe out–going stream. Under average conditions the rates ofthe in–going and out–going streams are 1¼ and 1½ kn,respectively, off Worton Point.

2 The effect of the in–going and out–going streams ismarked at the entrances to the principal tributaries, and issometimes felt for a considerable distance from theirentrances.

Ice. See 4.11.Weather. See 4.11.

Quarantine6.7

1 See 4.12.

BLACKWALNUT POINT TO SWAN POINT

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2921, 2922

Area covered6.8

1 This section describes the main channel to Baltimoreand the main channel to Chesapeake and Delaware Canal,through the upper part of Chesapeake Bay, fromBlackwalnut Point (38°40′N 76°20′W) to a line drawnbetween Bodkin Point (39°08′N 76°26′W) and Swan Point,7¼ miles E. Also described are Eastern Bay, Severn Riverand Chester River, together with numerous bays, creeks andsmall harbours along the coastline.

2 It is arranged as follows:Main Channel to Baltimore (6.9).

Eastern Bay (6.34).Severn River (6.48).Main Channel to Chesapeake and Delaware Canal

(6.68).Chester River (6.75).



1 From a position W of Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N76°20′W) the route leads for about 21 miles, generally Nthen NNE, to a position ESE of No 95 Light–buoy (porthand), 7½ cables ESE of Sandy Point (39°01′N 76°24′W).

CHAPTER 6

154

Topography6.10

1 West side. Between Chesapeake Beach (38°41′N76°32′W) and Hackett Point 17½ miles NNE, the coast islow and broken by the entrances to West River, SouthRiver and Severn River. Between the N entrance point ofHerring Bay and Curtis Point (38°51′N 76°30′W), 6 milesNNE, the low coast is indented by several shallow creeks.Between Hackett Point (38°59′N 76°25′W) and SandyPoint, 2 miles NE, the coast is low and broken by shallowcreeks.

2 East side. Between Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N76°20′W) and the E end of the William P. Lane Jr.Memorial Bridges, 19 miles N, the coast is low–lying andwithout prominent features. Like the coast S it is subject toconsiderable erosion, and many islands and points havebeen washed away. Tilghman Island (38°42′N 76°20′W) issparsely wooded except at its N end, where the woods arethick. The coast is broken by Eastern Bay and a number ofcreeks.

Depths6.11

1 See 4.185.

Pilotage6.12



1 Prohibited area:An area, shown on the chart, to which entry is

prohibited due to firing practice, is centred closeSE of Randle Cliff Beach (38°40′N 76°32′W).

2 Danger zones:Danger zones “B” and “C”, shown on the chart, in

which firing practice takes place, fan out from apoint near Randle Cliff Beach (38°40′N 76°32′W).

Danger zone “D”, a fish trap area, is established Nand S of Randle Cliff Beach.

See Appendix VI for definitions of danger zones.

Bridge6.14

1 William P. Lane Jr. Memorial Bridges, a twin span andfixed suspension bridge, spans Chesapeake Bay from aposition 5 cables SW of Sandy Point (39°01′N 76°24′W),to Kent Island (6.76), 3½ miles E. The centre spans, overthe main Chesapeake Channel, have a vertical clearance of55 m (182 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 457 m (1500 ft).The suspension towers, 108 m (354 ft) in height, aremarked by red flashing obstruction lights. The centre of thenavigation span on both sides is marked by three verticallymounted white lights over fixed green range lights. Thelimits of the N and S entrances of the main channel aremarked by lights on dolphins.

2 The centre of the fixed spans over Eastern channel havea vertical clearance of 17⋅6 m (58 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 210 m (690 ft).

Measured distance6.15

1 Between Bloody Point Bar Light (38°50′N 76°23′W),and William P. Lane Jr. Memorial Bridges, there is ameasured distance on the W side of Brickhouse Bar:

South Marks: two markers in line bearing 091½°.North Marks: white beacon and two markers in line

bearing 091½°.Distance: 1 mile.Running track: 001½° — 181½°.


1 Submarine cables are laid across the channel, close N ofthe bridge, from Sandy Point to Kent Island.

Rescue6.17

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atAnnapolis (38°55′⋅3N 76°28′⋅4W), on the W side ofFishing Creek, about 1 mile NW of Thomas Point.


Tidal streams6.18

1 Off Sandy Point Shoal Lighthouse, slack water beforethe in–going stream occurs about 4½ hours before HW atBaltimore, and slack water before the out–going stream,about 1½ hours after HW there. The average rate of bothtidal streams is about ¾ kn. From Sandy Point towardsBaltimore the rate of the tidal streams decreases rapidly.

Principal marks6.19

1 Major light:Thomas Point Shoal Light (white six–sided tower on

piles) (38°53′⋅9N 76°26′⋅2W).


Blackwalnut Point to Sandy Point6.20

1 From a position W of Blackwalnut Point (38°40′N76°20′W) the track leads generally N through the fairway,marked by lights and light–buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Bloody Point Bar Light (38°50′N76°24′W)):

2 W of No 82 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (8 milesSSW). Wrecks lie 2 cables NW and 5 cables NE ofthe buoy. Thence:

E of No 83 Light–buoy (port hand) (5½ miles SSW),and:

3 W of No 84 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (4¾ milesSSW), marking the W edge of shoal ground,thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of an obstruction(3¾ miles SSW), with a depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft)over it, thence:

4 W of 84A Light–buoy (starboard hand) (2½ milesSSW), marking a wreck lying close W of thebuoy. A wreck, with a depth of 8⋅2 m (27 ft) overit, lies 1½ miles W of the buoy. Thence:

E of an obstruction (2¼ miles WSW), with a depth of9⋅1 m (30 ft) over it, thence:

5 W of Bloody Point Bar Light (brown tower, roundbase), exhibited from the edge of shoal groundextending S and W from Ken Point.

Thence the track continues, passing:W of No 86 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles N).

A wreck with a depth of 8⋅5 m (28 ft) over it lies2 miles W. Thence:

CHAPTER 6

155

6 E of Thomas Point Shoal Light (4½ miles NNW)(6.19). Three wrecks lie 7 cables SSE, 9 cablesESE and 1½ miles E respectively.

E of WR 87 Light–buoy (port hand) (6 miles N),marking a wreck, and:

W of No 88 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (6 miles N),moored on the edge of shoal ground extending Wfrom Kent Island (6.76). Thence:

7 W of No 90 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (8¼ milesN), marking the approach to the main channelspan of William P. Lane Jr. Memorial Bridge(6.14). An obstruction, with a depth of 11⋅8 m(39 ft) over it, lies 4 cables WNW of the buoy.

8 Thence the track continues NNE, passing:Between Nos 91 and 92 Light–buoys (lateral) (9 miles

N), thence:Through the deep water channel and under William P.

Lane Jr. Memorial Bridges (6.14).9 Thence the track leads to a position 1 mile E of Sandy

Point. A number of wrecks and obstructions lie in the mainchannel in the vicinity; their positions can be seen on thechart.6.21

1 Useful marks:Towers (38°57′⋅4N 76°21′⋅2W).Radio tower 265 m (869 ft) in height, (38°59′⋅7N

76°27′⋅9W).Tank (39°00′⋅6N 76°24′⋅1W).

(Directions continue for approaches toBaltimore at 6.93, and for Main Channel toChesapeake and Delaware Canal at 6.73.

Directions for Eastern Bay are given at 6.42,and for Severn River at 6.55)

Herring Bay


1 Description. Herring Bay (38°45′N 76°33′W), is enteredbetween Holland Point (38°44′N 76°32′W), and a marshypoint, 3 miles N.

Herrington Harbour and Rockhold Creek lie withinHerring Bay. Fairhaven, a small town, is situated on the Wside of Herring Bay.

2 Depths. There are general depths of 4⋅2 to 2⋅1 m (14 to7 ft).


3 No−discharge zone (NDZ). A NDZ has been establishedwithin Herring Bay. See 1.44.

Directions6.23

1 The approach is from E passing N of No 1 Light–beacon(green square on multi−pile structure) standing 9 cables NEof Holland Point. Thence the channel is marked bylight–beacons and beacons. Long Bar, a spit with depths ofless than 1⋅8 m (6 ft) over it, extending 2 miles S from theN entrance point to Herring Bay, is marked at its S end byNo 2 Light–beacon (red triangle on pile). A number ofwrecks and an obstruction lie in the bay, their positions canbe seen on the chart.

Anchorage6.24

1 Anchorage in W winds may be obtained in depths of 4⋅6to 6⋅1 m (15 to 20 ft) E of Long Bar.


West River and Rhode River


1 Description. West River, and Rhode River share acommon entrance between Curtis Point (38°51′N 76°30′W),and Saunders Point 2 miles N. Each river has a number ofcreeks leading off the main channel.

2 Depths. West River has general depths of 4⋅2 to 2⋅1 m(14 to 7 ft). Rhode River, close N, has general depths of3⋅3 to 2⋅7 m (11 to 9 ft).


Directions6.26

1 From a position, in the channel through the fish traparea, about 1½ miles SW of Thomas Point Shoal Light(38°54′N 76°26′W) (6.19) and E of Saunders Point ShoalJunction Light–beacon (red triangle, black bands, on pile),7 cables E of Saunders Point (38°53′N 76°29′W), the trackleads about 3 miles SW through a channel, marked bylight–beacons, to a position NW of Curtis Point. Thencethe channel divides, leading N through Rhode River andSW through West River.6.27

1 Useful mark:Cupola (38°52′⋅2N 76°30′⋅6W).

West River6.28

1 General information. West River is entered betweenCurtis Point and Saunders Point, 2 miles N.

Directions. A channel marked by beacons, lights andlight−buoys leads to Galesville on the W side of the river2½ miles above the entrance.

Rhode River6.29

1 General information. Rhode River, N of West River, isentered between Cheston Point, 1¼ miles WNW of CurtisPoint, and Dutchman Point (38°52′N 76°31′W), 5 cablesNE.

2 Directions. The channel is entered at No 2 Light–beacon(red triangle on multi–pile structure), 2½ cables SW ofDutchman Point. Thence a marked channel leads N toCadle Creek and Bear Neck Creek. An unmarked channelbranches W to Contees Wharf on the W side of the river.

South RiverGeneral information6.30

1 Description. South River is entered between SaundersPoint (38°53′N 76°29′W) and Thomas Point, 2 miles NE.The river banks are heavily indented by bays and creeks.

Caution. Minimum wake areas and a speed limit of 6 knare enforced in many parts of the river and in most of thecoves and creeks that flow into the river. These areas aremarked by regulatory markers.

2 Depths. There are depths of 4⋅2 m (14 ft) to the secondbridge, 6 miles above the entrance, shoaling gradually to itshead.


Bridges. Two bridges span the river, with a minimumvertical clearance of 7⋅6 m (25 ft).

CHAPTER 6

156

Directions6.31

1 A channel through the fish trap areas, common to WestRiver and Rhode River, leads to the entrance to SouthRiver.

2 The approach leads W passing N of No 1 Light–buoy(port hand), 2¼ miles ENE of Curtis Point, and S ofThomas Point Shoal Light (6.19). Thence the track leadsWNW passing NNE of Saunders Point Shoal JunctionLight–beacon (6.26), 7 cables E of Saunders Point. Thencethe channel is marked by light–beacons and beacons.

Selby Bay6.32

1 General information. Selby Bay, entered 1¾ milesNNW of Saunders Point, is separated from Ramsay Lakeby Turkey Point, the NE extremity of Turkey Island. SelbyBay has general depths of 2⋅4 to 3⋅3 m (8 to 11 ft).

Glebe Bay6.33

1 General information. Glebe Bay, on the SW side3½ miles above the entrance, has general depths of 3⋅9 to4⋅5 m (13 to 15 ft), but care should be taken to avoid the0⋅6 m (2 ft) shoal near the middle of the bay. Glebe Creek,with depths of 3⋅3 to 2⋅1 m (11 to 7 ft), lies at the head ofthe bay.

2 Berths are available in the cove on the N side of thebay just inside the entrance.

Supplies: fuel; fresh water.

EASTERN BAY

General information


1 Eastern Bay (38°50′N 76°20′W) is entered betweenPoplar Island (38°46′N 76°23′W) and Kent Point, 3½ milesN. The bay forms the approach to Claiborne, a village onthe S side 5 miles above the entrance, and Saint Michaels,a town on Miles River (6.44). The bay is used by manyfishing vessels.

Route6.35

1 From a position about 2 miles S of Bloody Point BarLight (38°50′N 76°23′W) the route leads about 8½ milesNE through the bay to a position N of Tilghman Point.

Local knowledge6.36

1 Local knowledge is required for vessels proceedingabove Tilghman Point (38°52′N 76°15′W), on the SE side.

Topography6.37

1 The coastline is low lying and heavily indented by bays,rivers and creeks. Kent Island, on the NW side of the bay,is wooded.

Depths6.38

1 Eastern Bay is obstructed by large areas of shoal groundextending from both sides, but there is a wide, deepchannel with depths of 7⋅6 m (25 ft) as far as the entrancesto most of its tributaries.


Pilotage6.39

1 Vessels bound for Miles River (6.44) and othertributaries in Eastern Bay should embark a Maryland Pilotoff Cape Henry, or at Chesapeake City if approaching fromChesapeake and Delaware Canal (3.135). See 4.18 andAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Tidal streams6.40

1 East of Poplar Island (38°46′N 76°23′W), the rate is1⋅0 kn on the in–going tide and 0⋅6 kn on the out–goingtide. Throughout Eastern Bay the rate is less than 1⋅0 kn.

Principal marks6.41

1 Landmark:Radio tower (89 m (292 ft) in height) (38°49′⋅3N

76°17′⋅5W).

Directions6.42

1 From a position about 2 miles S of Bloody Point BarLight (38°50′N 76°24′W) the track leads NE through afairway, marked by light–buoys and buoys (lateral), passing(with positions relative to Bloody Point Bar Light):

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (1½ milesSSE), thence:

2 SE of No 1 Light–buoy (port hand) (1½ miles SE),moored on the S edge of shoal ground extendingfrom Kent Point. A dangerous wreck lies 3 cablesNNE of the light–buoy. Thence:

NW of Wades Point (4½ miles E), thence:3 NW of 2A Light–buoy (starboard hand) (4¼ miles

ENE). A submerged obstruction (positionapproximate) lies 8 cables SW. Thence:

SE of a wreck (4 miles ENE), with a reported depthof 9⋅1 m (30 ft) over it, thence:

4 SE of No 3 Buoy (port hand) (5½ miles ENE).Thence the track leads to a position N of Tilghman

Point, N of No 4 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (7 milesENE).

No further directions are given as the best indication isthe chart.6.43

1 Useful mark:Chimney (38°48′⋅9N 76°18′⋅4W).

Miles River


1 Description. Miles River enters Eastern Bay betweenTilghman Point (38°52′N 76°15′W) and Bennett Point,2¼ miles E. There is little commercial traffic on the river.

Depths. A channel with depths of 6 m (20 ft) for6 miles, and thence 3 m (10 ft), leads to the bascule bridge11 miles above the entrance.


Directions6.45

1 Approach to Miles River is through Eastern Bay (6.34).The river channel is marked by buoys, light–buoys and

CHAPTER 6

157

light–beacons (lateral) as far as the bascule bridge. Nodetailed directions are given as the best indication is thechart.

Minor harbours, bays and creeks

Crab Alley Bay6.46

1 General information. Crab Alley Bay lies betweenTurkey Point (38°54′N 76°18′W) and Normans Point, the Sextremity of Crab Alley Neck.

It is entered from Eastern Bay between Bodkin Island,lying on shoal ground extending about 1 mile E fromTurkey Point, and Parsons Island, 1½ miles ENE. Theprincipal shoals within the bay are marked by buoys(lateral).

2 An overhead power cable, with a safe vertical clearanceof 9⋅4 m (31 ft), spans the channel in a NW directionbetween Parsons Island and Crab Alley Neck, and issupported in its central part by two pylons marked bylights.

Prospect Bay6.47

1 General information. Prospect Bay lies in the NE partof Eastern Bay and is entered between Parsons Island(38°54′N 76°15′W) and Piney Neck Point, 2 miles ESE. Itis the approach to Kent Island Narrows at the head of thebay.

2 The channel through the bay has natural depths of 6⋅4 m(21 ft), reducing to 2⋅1 m (7 ft) at the S entrance of thedredged channel through Kent Island Narrows.


3 Directions. From a position E of No 1 Light–buoy (porthand), 5 cables SE of Parsons Island, the fairway, markedby buoys, leads about 4 miles N, passing W of No 2 Buoy(starboard hand) moored on the S side of a shoal spitextending S from Hood Point and E of Hogg Island.

SEVERN RIVER

General information


1 Severn River (38°58′N 76°28′W), entered between TollyPoint (38°56⋅′5N 76°27⋅′0W) and Greenbury Point, 2 milesN, is the approach to Annapolis (6.56), the capital of theState of Maryland, lying 2½ miles NW of Tolly Point.

2 The NE part of the city is occupied by the United StatesNaval Academy.

Traffic consists chiefly of fish and shellfish. Navalvessels use the river.

Topography6.49

1 Except for the built up areas the land is low lying andwooded.

Depths6.50

1 The river has main channel depths of 5⋅1 m (17 ft) ormore from the entrance to Annapolis, thence 4⋅5 m (15 ft)or more for 8 miles, thence 3⋅3 to 2⋅1 m (11 to 7 ft) for2 miles to within 1 mile of its head.


Bridges6.51

1 Bridges span Severn River as follows:A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 22⋅8 m

(75 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 42⋅7 m(140 ft), spans the river between West Annapolisand Pendennis 3 cables NE.

2 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 24⋅3 m(80 ft) (centre span) and a horizontal clearance of40⋅8 m (134 ft), spans the river 1 mile above thebridge at West Annapolis.

Pilotage6.52

1 Vessels bound for Severn River should embark aMaryland pilot (4.18) off Cape Henry, or at ChesapeakeCity if approaching through Chesapeake and DelawareCanal (3.135). See 4.18 and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(5) for details.

Speed restrictions6.53

1 Speed restrictions indicated on boards, are in force inthe river.

Principal marks6.54

1 Landmarks:Annapolis Naval Academy Dome (38°58′⋅9N

76°29′⋅2W).Radio tower (366 m (1200 ft) in height) (38°59′⋅1N

76°27′⋅1W).

Directions6.55

1 From a position 1¼ miles ESE of Tolly Point (38°56′⋅5N76°27′⋅0W) the track leads about 3½ miles NW through achannel, marked by light–beacons and light–buoys (lateral),passing (with positions relative to Tolly Point):

2 Clear of an obstruction (1½ miles ESE), with a depthof 10⋅6 m (35 ft) over it, thence:

NE of 1AH Light–beacon (green square on pile)(7 cables ESE), standing on the end of Tolly PointShoal extending 7 cables ESE from Tolly Point(6.55). And:

3 SW of No 2 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ milesE), marking the SW limit of the naval anchoragearea, thence:

NE of Tolly Point, thence:NE of a pile (8 cables N), thence:

4 SW of A Light–beacon (1½ miles NNW), markingthe W limit of the naval anchorage, thence:

SW of No 4 Light–Beacon (red triangle on pile)(1¾ miles NNW), standing on the edge of shoalground extending 4 cables S of Greenbury Point.

Thence the track leads to a position close W of No 8Buoy, about 4 cables SW of Carr Point (38°58′⋅9N76°27′⋅8W), from whence for entry to Annapolis and theupper part of the river the chart is the best guide.

Annapolis


1 Position. Annapolis (38°59′N 76°29′W), stands on theW side of Severn River 1 mile above the entrance.

CHAPTER 6

158

Function. It is the state capital of Maryland and thehome of the United States Naval Academy.

2 Approach and entry. Annapolis is approached fromSevern River and entered between Tolly Point (38°56′N76°27′W) and Greenbury Point, 2 miles N.


1 Controlling depth. See 6.50.Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 0⋅2 m; mean neap

range about 0⋅2 m. See information in Admiralty TideTables.


1 Port operations. See 6.53.Notice of ETA. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Volume 6(5).Submarine cables and pipelines cross Severn River in

many places, as shown on the chart.Pilotage. See 6.52 for further information on pilotage.

2 Traffic regulations. There are a number of restrictedareas in the vicinity of Annapolis, as shown on the chart.See Appendix VI for definition of restricted area.

Regulations concerning entry. Harbour and cityregulations are enforced by the Harbour Master who has anoffice on the N side of Market Slip. A speed limit of 6 knis enforced.

3 Quarantine is enforced in accordance with regulationsof the United States Public Health Service. See 1.57.

Harbour6.59

1 General layout. The harbour at Annapolis lies on bothsides of the river.

The United States Naval Academy occupies the entireNE part of the city between Spa Creek (38°58′⋅5N76°29′⋅0W) and College Creek, 7 cables NW, with aprivately owned research centre extending from Carr Creekto Ferry Point on the N side.

2 Spa Creek, where there are a number of wharves, liesclose S of the Naval Academy and is open to public use.



Basin. The Naval Academy Santee Basin, on the SevernRiver side of Annapolis, has reported depths of 4⋅5 m(15 ft). The basin is within a restricted area. See AppendixVI for definition of restricted area.

2 Spa Creek. See 6.66.There are a number of basins containing berths at the

naval station, 4 cables ENE of the Naval Academy.

Port services6.61

1 Repairs. Extensive facilities are available on both sidesof Spa Creek above and below the bridge.

Other facilities. Customs port of entry, customs andimmigration officers from Baltimore board vessels in theriver when required.

Whitehall Bay


1 Description. Whitehall Bay (38°59′N 76°26′W) liesbetween Greenbury Point (6.55) and Hackett Point

(38°59′N 76°25′W), 1½ miles NE. It is the approach toMill Creek, Whitehall Creek, and Meredith Creek.

Depths. It has general depths of 1⋅8 to 3⋅9 m (6 to13 ft).

Directions6.63

1 Entrance to the bay is restricted by two shoal areas.Whitehall Flats on the W side and North Shoal on the Eside. The entrance channel, 1½ cables wide, is marked by2W Light–beacon (red triangle on pile) standing on theNW limit of North Shoal and leads N into the bay.

2 Between Greenbury Point and Possum Point, 1¼ milesN, several platforms lie close offshore which are connectedto the mainland by overhead cables.

Whitehall Creek6.64

1 Whitehall Creek enters Whitehall Bay at its head. Anarrow, tortuous channel marked by lights and beacons,with depths of 2⋅7 to 3⋅9 m (9 to 13 ft) for 1½ miles, leadsthrough the entrance where shoaling was reported (1998).A pier lies on the E side of the creek, 1½ miles within theentrance.

Anchorages and minor creeks

Anchorages6.65

1 Anchorage for United States naval vessels may beobtained in depths of 3⋅6 to 13⋅4 m (12 to 44 ft), shelteredfrom W winds, on the NE side of the approach channel toSevern River, as shown on the chart.

2 In the vicinity of Annapolis there are a number ofanchorage areas, indicated on the chart. Vessels may anchorin South Anchorage and Middle Ground Anchorage, NE ofHorn Point.

Spa Creek6.66

1 General information. Spa Creek (38°58′⋅5N 76°29′⋅0W)has depths of 3⋅9 m (13 ft) in the entrance channel, thence3⋅6 m (12 ft) to the bridge, thence 3 to 1⋅8 m (10 to 6 ft)for 7 cables to near the head.

A bascule bridge, with a vertical clearance of 4⋅5 m(15 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 12⋅1 m (40 ft), spansSpa Creek between Eastport and Annapolis.


Directions. The creek is entered between NavalAcademy Light (38°58′⋅7N 76°28′⋅8W) and SycamorePoint, 1 cable S.

3 Berths. There are numerous wharves in Spa Creek, mostof which lie on the S side. The waterfront on the N side ofthe creek, with depths of 2⋅1 to 3⋅9 m alongside, extendsfrom Triton Light to Market Slip.

Carr Creek6.67

1 Carr Creek, entered on the NW side of Greenbury Point(38°58′N 76°27′W), has depths of 2⋅7 m (9 ft).

A naval rifle range exists on the W side of the entranceto the creek. Mariners are advised to keep out of the creekwhen the red flag is flying from Carr Point or the nextpoint S.

2 A pier extends SE from the naval station close S of CarrPoint. Two detached breakwaters lie close S and a pole,shown on the chart, lies close E in the entrance to thecreek.

CHAPTER 6

159


MAIN CHANNEL TO CHESAPEAKE ANDDELAWARE CANAL

General information


1 From a position about 1 mile E of Sandy Point(39°00′⋅7N 76°23′⋅7W) the route leads NE for 5 miles tothe entrance to Swan Point Channel (39°04′⋅7N 76°18′⋅9W),thence generally N for about 4½ miles to a position W ofSwan Point (39°08′⋅7N 76°16′⋅6W), at the entrance toTolchester Channel.

Topography6.69

1 Between the E end of the William P. Lane Jr. MemorialBridges (38°59′N 76°20′W) and Swan Point, 10 milesNNE, the coast is low lying without prominent features.Like the coast S, it is subject to considerable erosion andmany islands and points have been washed away. The coastis broken by Chester River and some minor creeks.

Depths6.70

1 There are charted depths of not less than 11⋅8 m (39 ft)between Sandy Point and the entrance to Swan PointChannel. The project depth from Baltimore to theChesapeake and Delaware Canal is 10⋅6 m (35 ft).


Pilotage6.71


Tidal streams6.72

1 See 6.6.


Sandy Point to Swan Point Channel6.73

1 From a position 1 mile E of Sandy Point (39°00′⋅7N76°23′⋅7W) the track leads NNE through the fairway,passing (with positions relative to Love Point (39°02′⋅4N76°18′⋅1W)):

2 ESE of Sandy Point Shoal Lighthouse (red brickdwelling, white roof, brown round base) (4 milesWSW), standing on shoal ground extending Efrom Sandy Point, thence:

Either side of LP Light–buoy (safe water) (2 milesW). An obstruction, with a depth of 10⋅4 m (34 ft),over it lies 2 cables NE of LP Light–buoy. Adisused spoil ground lies on the E side of thefairway. Thence:

3 WNW of Love Point Light (red and white chequereddiamond on framework tower), exhibited from theouter end of a shoal spit, 1¼ miles NE of LovePoint.

Thence the track leads into the entrance of Swan PointChannel (39°04′⋅7N 76°18′⋅9W).

(Directions for Chester River are given at 6.82)

Swan Point Channel to Swan Point6.74

1 Swan Point North Leading Lights:Front light (white round hut on multi–pile structure)

(39°07′⋅2N 76°16′⋅6W).Rear light (white round hut on framework tower)

(6⋅4 cables from front light).2 The alignment (035°) of these lights leads through the S

part of Swan Point Channel and thence the track alters ontoSwan Point South Range Leading Lights.

Swan Point South Leading Lights:3 Front light (on hut on multi−pile structure) (39°03′⋅7N

76°17′⋅5W).Rear light (on multi−pile structure) (777 m from front

light).The alignment (169½°), astern, of these lights leads

through the N part of Swan Point Channel.4 Thence the track continues generally NW, passing (with

positions relative to Swan Point (39°08′⋅7N 76°16′⋅6W)):NE of a wreck (2½ miles SW), with a depth of

11⋅9 m (39 ft) over it, thence:SW of No 8 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (2¼ miles

WSW), thence:5 WSW of No 10 Light–buoy (starboard hand)

(2¼ miles W).Thence the track leads to a position 2¼ miles W of

Swan Point at the junction of Brewerton Channel EasternExtension and Tolchester Channel.

(Directions continue for main channel toChesapeake and Delaware Canal at 6.173, and for

Brewerton Channel Eastern Extension at 6.97)

CHESTER RIVER

General information

Chart 2921, US Chart 12272 (see 1.18)Route6.75

1 Chester River (39°02′N 76°16′W) is entered betweenLove Point (39°02′⋅4N 76°18′⋅1W), and Eastern NeckIsland (6.76), 2½ miles E. The river channel leads toChestertown and Crumpton, 24 and 32 miles, respectively,above the entrance. The channel is marked as far asChestertown. Traffic on the river consists chiefly ofpetroleum products, and shellfish.

Topography6.76

1 Kent Island (38°55′N 76°20′W), which has a N/S lengthof 12½ miles and a greatest width of 5½ miles is low andwooded. Eastern Neck Island (39°02′N 76°14′W), on the Eside of the entrance to Chester River is low and sparselywooded with extensive grassy flats along the S shore. It isa national wildlife refuge and protected area. The island isconnected to the mainland on the N side by a road bridgewhich spans Eastern Neck Narrows, a very narrow andlittle used channel.

Local knowledge6.77

1 Local knowledge is required above Chestertown.

CHAPTER 6

160

Depths6.78


Bridge6.79

1 A bascule bridge, with a vertical clearance of 3⋅6 m(12 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 12⋅1 m (40 ft), spansthe river at Chestertown, 24 miles above the entrance.

Pilotage6.80

1 Vessels bound for ports in Chester River should embarka Maryland pilot off Cape Henry, or at Chesapeake City ifapproaching from Chesapeake and Delaware Canal (3.135).See 4.18 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5)for details.

Ice6.81

1 Chester River is usually closed to navigation by ice forlong periods during normal winters. During mild winterspower−driven vessels usually keep the channel open.

Directions6.82

1 From the vicinity of the entrance to Swan Point Channel(39°04′⋅7N 76°18′⋅9W), the track leads E, thence SE and S,through a channel marked by light–buoys, buoys, andlight–beacons (lateral), passing (with positions relative toLove Point (39°02′⋅4N 76°18′⋅1W)):

2 N of Love Point Light (6.73) (1¼ miles NE). A fishhaven 7½ cables NNW of Love Point Light ismarked by a buoy. Thence:

N of No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (2¼ miles NE),thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of a 5⋅4 m (18 ft) patch(2½ miles NE), thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (3 milesNE), with a depth of 5⋅8 m (19 feet) over it,thence:

3 NE of No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (2¼ miles NE),thence:

E of Love Point Light.Thence the track leads through the river channel, marked

by light–buoys, buoys and light–beacons (lateral), keepingto the deep water. Detailed directions are not given as thebest indication is the chart.6.83

1 Useful mark:Water tower (38°59′N 76°17′W).

Minor creek and harbour

Langford Creek6.84

1 General information. Langford Creek is entered about6 cables E of Grays Inn Point (39°05′⋅5N 76°11′⋅5W), closeE of No 3 Buoy (port hand). Nichols Point lies 5 cablesNE. A marked channel, with a least depth of 3⋅7 m (12 ft),leads about 2 miles N to Cacaway Island, where the creekdivides into East and West Fork.

2 East Fork has depths of 3⋅0 to 2⋅1 m (10 to 7 ft), andWest Fork has depths of 2⋅4 to 1⋅8 m (8 to 6 ft).


BALTIMORE AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the port of Baltimore and itsapproaches enclosed by a line drawn from Sandy Point(39°00′⋅7N 76°23′⋅7W) NE to Swan Point (39°08′⋅7N76°16′⋅6W), and WNW to North Point (39°12′N 76°27′W).It includes the main and secondary approach channels,Magothy River, and other bays and creeks along thecoastline adjacent to the channels.

2 It is arranged as follows:Approaches to Baltimore (6.88).Baltimore (6.101).

Regulations6.86


Fish traps6.87

1 See 4.9.

APPROACHES TO BALTIMORE

General information


1 Patapsco River and its approaches are encumbered byextensive shoal areas and flats. All the channels leading toBaltimore are cut through the shoals.

2 Main channel. From a position E of Sandy Point(39°00′⋅7N 76°23′⋅7W), the route leads generally N andNNW for 10 miles through Craighill Entrance and CraighillChannel to the junction with Brewerton Channel SSE ofNorth Point. Thence it continues 8 miles generally WNWand NW through Brewerton Channel and Fort McHenryChannel to the junction of Ferry Bar Channel and EastChannel, 7 cables SE of Fort McHenry (39°15′⋅8N

CHAPTER 6

161

76°34′⋅8W). Together they form a continuous channel18 miles in length.

3 Secondary channel. Traffic approaching from theChesapeake and Delaware Canal enters Brewerton ChannelEastern Extension 2½ miles W of Swan Point (39°08′⋅7N76°16′⋅6W), which leads 5 miles WNW, to join the mainchannel at its junction with Craighill Channel.

Topography6.89

1 From Sandy Point (39°00′⋅7N 76°23′⋅7W) to BodkinPoint, 7½ miles NNW, it is hilly and wooded, the coastbeing broken by the entrance to Magothy River.

Depths6.90

1 The main approach channel from S has a project depthof 15⋅2 m (50 ft). The secondary approach channel from Nvia the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal has a project depthof 10⋅6 m (35 ft).


Pilotage6.91


Tidal streams6.92

1 At Sevenfoot Knoll Light–beacon (39°09′⋅3N76°24′⋅5W), the average rate of both tidal streams is about½ kn.



1 All the approach channels are marked by pairs oflight–buoys (lateral), and leading lights. A number of spoilgrounds, shown on the charts, lie adjacent to the channels.Detailed directions are not considered appropriate but anyrelevant lights, features and other navigational informationis included.

Sandy Point to North Point6.94

1 Craighill Entrance Leading Lights:Front light (multi–pile) (39°06′⋅1N 76°24′⋅4W).Rear light (white round hut on framework tower on

multi−pile structure) (1 mile from front light).2 From a position E of Sandy Point (39°00′⋅7N

76°23′⋅7W), the alignment (343°) of these lights, leadsthrough the centre of Craighill Entrance to a position at theend of this channel, 2 miles SSE of the front light, passing:

ENE of Sandy Point Shoal Lighthouse (39°01′N76°23′W) (6.73), thence:

3 ENE of Baltimore Light (white 8−sided dwelling,brown base) (39°03′⋅5N 76°24′⋅0W), exhibitedfrom the W side of the fairway.

Thence to the S end of Craighill Channel.Useful marks:

Tank (39°00′⋅6N 76°24′⋅1W).House (39°02′⋅0N 76°24′⋅4W).

6.95 1 Craighill Channel Leading Lights:

Front light (brown dwelling, round base) (39°11′⋅3N76°23′⋅7W).

Rear light (white square pyramidal tower, brown top)(2⋅4 miles from front light).

The alignment (359½°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Craighill Channel to its N end, passing:

2 W of Belvidere Shoal, an extensive area of shoalpatches on the E side of the channel.

Thence to a position in Craighill Angle at the S end ofCraighill Channel Upper Range.

Useful mark:Tower (39°07′⋅4N 76°26′⋅1W).

6.96 1 Craighill Channel Upper Leading Lights:

Front light (red 8−sided tower, white bands)(39°11′⋅8N 76°26′⋅9W).

Rear light (white framework tower with centralcolumn) (1⋅3 miles from front light).

2 The alignment (329°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Craighill Channel Upper Range to a position atthe N end of the channel, 1 mile SSE of North Point,passing:

SW of Sixfoot Knoll and Ninefoot Knoll, extensiveshoal areas on the NE side of the channel, thence:

3 NE of Bodkin Point Shoal, extending 7½ cables Efrom Bodkin Point (6.101), thence:

SW of Sevenfoot Knoll Light (framework tower)(39°09′⋅3N 76°24′⋅5E), exhibited from SevenfootKnoll, an extensive shoal area.

4 Thence to a position in Cutoff Angle at the junction ofBrewerton Channel and Brewerton Channel EasternExtension.

(Directions continue for Baltimore harbour at 6.129)

Swan Point to North Point — secondary channel(continued from 6.74)6.97

1 Brewerton Channel Eastern Extension LeadingLights:

Front light (white round hut on framework tower)(39°07′⋅7N 76°16′⋅2W).

Rear light (framework tower) (1⋅92 miles from frontlight).

2 From the vicinity of (39°08′⋅8N 76°19′⋅4W), about2¼ miles W of Swan Point (39°08′⋅7N 76°16′⋅6W), thealignment (110¾°), astern, of these lights, and thealignment (290¾°), ahead, of Brewerton Channel LeadingLights (39°12′⋅5N 76°32′⋅0W) (6.130) leads through thecentre of Brewerton Channel Eastern Extension, passing:

3 NNE of Ninefoot Knoll and Sixfoot Knoll, on theside of the channel, thence:

NNE of Sevenfoot Knoll Light (6.96).Thence to a point in Cutoff Angle in the main channel

at the junction with Craighill Channel.(Directions continue for Baltimore harbour at 6.129)

Magothy River


1 Description. Magothy River (39°03′⋅5N 76°26′⋅0W), isentered between Persimmon Point (39°03′N 76°26′W) andMountain Point, 5 cables NNE, the S extremity of GibsonIsland (39°04′N 76°26′W), a sandy spit at the foot of ahigh wooded bluff.

2 A number of creeks and a bay lead off the river channelwithin which are several good anchorages.

CHAPTER 6

162

Depths. There are depths of 3 m (10 ft) for 6 mileswithin the entrance to the river, which is a popular cruisingground for yachts.

Directions6.99

1 The approach to Magothy River leads WNW, passingSSW of No 2 Light–beacon (red triangle on multi−pilestructure). Thence the channel through the entrance, and theriver channel are marked by light–beacons and beacons.

2 Useful marks:House (centre gable) (39°02′⋅0N 76°24′⋅4W).Pavilion Peak (39°03′⋅6N 76°25′⋅9W).

Sillery Bay6.100

1 Sillery Bay, on the N side close W of Gibson Island, isentered between Mountain Point and Park Point (39°05′N76°29′W), 2¼ miles NW. It has depths of 3⋅9 to 2⋅8 m (13to 8 ft). The bay is the approach to Magothy Narrows, anda harbour lying on the N side of Gibson Island, which isconnected to the mainland by a causeway.

2 The entrance is marked by No 1 Light–beacon (greensquare on pile) standing on the outer end of shoal groundextending from Dobbins Island, situated 5 cables E of ParkPoint. The channel through the narrows is marked bylight–beacons.

BALTIMORE

General information

Charts 2921, 2922, 2850Position6.101

1 Baltimore (39°17′N 76°35′W), a major commercial andindustrial centre, lies on both sides of Patapsco River,150 miles above the Virginia Capes, and 62 miles fromDelaware River via Chesapeake and Delaware Canal.

Patapsco River (39°10′N 76°25′W) enters the west sideof Chesapeake Bay between Bodkin Point (39°08′N76°26′W) and North Point, 3¾ miles NNW.

Function6.102

1 Baltimore is one of the major ports in the United States.It is equipped with extensive modern facilities for handlingvessels of all types including large bulk carriers, tankers,bulk chemical carriers, containers, Ro−Ro and general cargovessels. It has 8 major terminals and over 200 wharves andpiers, giving a total of about 72 km of deep water frontage.Principal imports include general cargo, petroleum, ironore, chrome, manganese, gypsum, timber, motor vehicles,fertilisers, sugar and bananas. The principal exports aregeneral cargo, grains, metal products, coal and chemicals.Coastal trade imports are petroleum, fertilisers, sulphur,sugar and timber, and exports petroleum and metalproducts.

2 In 2000 the population of Baltimore was 651 154.

Topography6.103

1 Bodkin Point, the S entrance point to Patapsco River,4½ miles N of Mountain Point, is low and covered withscattered trees.

Port limits6.104

1 The limits of the port include the entire length ofPatapsco River and its tributaries.


1 Baltimore is approached through channels in ChesapeakeBay or via Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, and enteredthrough Patapsco River between Bodkin Point (39°08′N76°26′W) and North Point, 3¾ miles NNW.

Traffic6.106

1 In 2004 the port was used by 816 vessels with a total of59 552 438 dwt.

Port Authority6.107

1 Maryland Port Administration, World Trade Center, 401E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202, USA.

Limiting conditions


1 The dredged channel from the Virginia Capes to FortMcHenry, Baltimore, has a project depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft)and a least width of 213 m (see 4.185), thence:

Curtis Bay Channel 15⋅2 m (50 ft) least width 122 m,alternatively:

Ferry Bar Channel (E Section) 12⋅8 m (42 ft) width183 m, alternatively:

2 Northwest Harbor (East Channel and turning basin)14⋅9 m (49 ft) width 183 m, thence:

Northwest Harbor (West Channel and turning basin)12⋅2 m (40 ft) least width 183 m.

The dredged channel from the Delaware Capes to theChesapeake and Delaware Canal (E entrance) has a projectdepth of 12⋅2 m (40 ft) and a least width of 244 m, thence:

3 Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, 10⋅7 m (35 ft) width122 m, thence:

Chesapeake Bay dredged channels 15⋅2 m (50 ft)width 213 m.

For the latest controlling depths, charts and local harbourand pilotage authorities should be consulted.


1 Francis Scott Key Bridge, a fixed bridge with a verticalclearance of 56 m (185 ft) and a horizontal clearance of335 m (1100 ft), spans Fort McHenry Channel between aposition close NW of Hawkins Point (39°12′⋅6N76°31′⋅9W) and Sollers Point 8 cables NE.


1 Deepest: Seagirt Marine Terminal (6.147).Longest: Dundalk Marine Terminal (6.145).

Tidal levels6.111



1 Prolonged winds of constant direction may causesubstantial variation in the tide.

CHAPTER 6

163


1 The density of the water is 1⋅005–1⋅008 g/cm3.


1 Ever Reward, LOA 294 m, draught 12⋅6 m.

Ice6.115

1 Baltimore Harbor is frozen over during severe winters,but icebreakers and the larger power driven vessels keepthe dredged channels open. Ice conditions in the mainchannel are most severe in the vicinity of Sevenfoot KnollLight, 1¾ miles NE of Bodkin Point (39°08′N 76°26′W),where ice moving from the N end of Chesapeake Baytends to collect in packs.

Local weather6.116

1 Baltimore is in a region about midway between therigorous climates of the N and the mild climates of the Sand adjacent to the modifying influences of the ChesapeakeBay and Atlantic Ocean to the E and the AppalachianMountains to the W. The net effect is to produce a moreequable climate compared to inland locations of the samelatitude.

2 Rainfall distribution throughout the year is ratheruniform; however the greatest intensities are confined to thesummer and early autumn, the season for hurricanes andsevere thunderstorms. Hurricane force winds, however, mayoccur on rare occasions due to a severe cold front or asevere thunderstorm. The greatest damage by hurricanes isthat produced along waterfronts and shores by the hightides and waves.

3 In summer, the area is under the influence of the largesemi−permanent high pressure system commonly known asthe Bermuda High and centred over the Atlantic Oceannear latitude 30°N. This high–pressure system brings acirculation of warm, humid air masses over the area fromthe deep south. The proximity of large water areas and theinflow of southerly winds contribute to high relativehumidities during much of the year.

4 January is the coldest month, and July, the warmest.Winter and spring have the highest average wind speeds.Snowfall occurs on about 25 days per year on the average;however, an average of only 9 days annually producesnowfalls greater than 25 cm. Although heaviest amounts ofsnow generally fall in February, occasionally heavy fallsoccur as late as March.

5 Fog occurs chiefly from October to March, inclusive.From April to September there are only a few days withdense fog. Very light winds clear the fog away.

Arrival information

Port radio6.117

1 There is a port radio station which gives information onship movements and local harbour conditions. SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Notice of ETA6.118


Anchorages6.119

1 The following anchorage areas, the limits of which areshown on the chart, are established in the harbour (withpositions centred from Leading Point (39°13′N 76°33′W)):

No 1 (Fort McHenry) General anchorage (2 milesNNW). For deep draught vessels.

No 2 General anchorage (2 miles N). For vessels upto 7⋅3 m (24 ft) draught.

2 No 3 General anchorage (1½ miles N). For vesselswith a draught over 7⋅3 m (24 ft).

No 4 General anchorage (1 mile NNE). For vesselswith a draught less than 9⋅1 m (30 ft).

No 5 General anchorage (6 cables NNE). For vesselswith a draught of 5⋅8 m (19 ft) or less.

3 No 6 General anchorage (1 mile NE). For vessels witha draught up to 6⋅1 m (20 ft).

No 7 Anchorage (6 cables W). Restricted to laid upand dead ships.

These anchorages are subject to certain regulations andrestrictions.


1 Numerous submarine cables cross the channels inBaltimore Harbor, as shown on the chart.

Tunnel areas6.121

1 Tunnel areas, shown on the chart, run under thechannels as follows:

From Lazaretto Point (39°15′⋅5N 76°34′⋅0W), 8 cablesSSW to Fairfield.

From Lazaretto Point to Fort McHenry 3½ cables W.

Pilotage6.122


Tugs6.123

1 Tugs are available. Vessels are met near Fort Carroll,3¾ miles WNW of North Point.


1 The Maryland Port administration has jurisdiction overthe operation of Baltimore Harbour, and issues rules andregulations pertaining to the use of the port.

Regulated navigation area. During the ice navigationseason, the waters described in this area are a regulatednavigation area. For further information see Appendix V.

Quarantine6.125

1 Quarantine is enforced in accordance with regulations ofthe United States Public Health Service. Quarantineofficials maintain an office in Baltimore. See 1.57.

Harbour

General layout6.126

1 Baltimore Harbor consists of the entire Patapsco Riverand its tributaries; a part of the waterfront thus includedlies outside the municipal limits of Baltimore, but by statelaw is within the jurisdiction of the Maryland PortAdministration. The majority of the waterfront is occupiedby wharves and piers which are all approached through

CHAPTER 6

164

Fort McHenry Channel. The principal areas and theirentrance channels are as follows:

2 Sparrows Point (39°13′N 76°30′W), entered throughMarine Channel.

Curtis Bay (39°13′N 76°34′W), entered throughCurtis Bay Channel.

Dundalk Marine Terminal (39°15′N 76°32′W), enteredthrough N or S channels directly off the mainchannel.

3 Seagirt Marine Terminal (39°15′N 76°33′W), enteredthrough N or S channels directly off the mainchannel.

Lower Canton (39°15′⋅5N 76°33′⋅5W), entered fromchannels leading N off the main channel.

Fairfield (39°15′N 76°34′W), entered directly off themain channel.

4 Locus Point Terminals (39°16′N 76°35′W), enteredthrough Ferry Bar Channel (East Section) or WestChannel.

Canton (39°16′N 76°34′W), entered through EastChannel.

Northwest Harbour (39°16′N 76°35′W), enteredthrough East Channel and West Channel.

Hazard6.127

1 Caution. Large vessels transiting Craighill ChannelUpper Range and Brewerton Channel Eastern extension inthe vicinity of Sevenfoot Knoll Lighthouse (6.96), maygenerate large and dangerous wakes. Waves as high as 3⋅0to 3⋅6 m (10 to 12 ft) have been reported.


1 Tidal streams in the harbour are 0⋅8 kn on the in–goingand out–going tide.

Strong tidal streams were reported (1981) in the vicinityof Fort Carroll and Brewerton Angle on the change of tide.


Directions for entering harbour(continued from 6.96 and 6.97)


1 The entrance channels are marked by pairs oflight–buoys (lateral), and most are marked by leadinglights. A number of spoil grounds, shown on the charts, lieadjacent to the channels. Detailed directions are notconsidered appropriate but any relevant lights, features andother navigational information is included.

North Point to Sparrows Point6.130

1 Brewerton Channel Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (39°12′⋅5N 76°32′⋅0W).Rear light (black framework tower) (1 mile from front

light).2 From a position 1 mile SSE of North Point (39°12′N

76°27′W), the alignment (290¾°) of these lights leadsWNW through the centre of Brewerton Channel to aposition at the W end of the channel, in Brewerton Angle,passing (with positions relative to North Point (39°12′N76°27′W)):

3 SSW of North Point. North Point Shoal extends Sfrom North Point. Thence:

NNE of Rock Point (2½ miles SW). Rock PointShoal extends NE from Rock Point. Thence:

NNE of White Rocks Light (black house, concretebase) (2½ miles WSW), exhibited from WhiteRocks, 4⋅5 m (15 ft) in height, thence:

4 SW of Sparrows Point industrial complex (2½ milesWNW).

Thence through Brewerton Angle to a position at the Send of Fort McHenry Channel.

Sparrows Point to Fort McHenry6.131

1 Fort McHenry Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (39°15′⋅8N 76°34′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (9 cables from front

light), exhibited from Locust Point (39°16′⋅5N76°35′⋅5W).

2 From a position in Brewerton Angle, about 3½ cables Sof Fort Carrol, the alignment (320¼°) of these lights leadsNW through the centre of Fort McHenry Channel to its Nend, passing (with positions relative to Fort Carroll OldLighthouse (39°13′N 76°31′W)):

SW of Fort Carroll (39°13′N 76°31′W). The entranceto Marine Channel (6.134) lies 4 cables S. Thence:

3 NE of Hawkins Point (6½ cables WSW). HawkinsPoint Shoal extends NE. Thence:

Under Francis Scott Key Bridge (4 cables WNW)(6.109).

Thence to a position 7 cables SE of Fort McHenry(39°15′⋅8N 76°34′⋅8W).

Directions for berths

Penwood Channel6.132

1 Penwood Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on mast)

(39°13′⋅1N 76°27′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from front

light).2 The alignment (353½°) of these lights leads N from

Brewerton Channel, through Penwood Channel to PenwoodWharf, part of the Sparrows Point complex, on the W sideof Old Road Bay (39°12′⋅7N 76°27′⋅1W). North PointCreek and Jones Creek lie at its head.

Sparrows Point Channel6.133

1 Sparrows Point Channel Leading Lights:Front light (black pyramidal framework tower)

(39°12′⋅7N 76°29′⋅1W).Rear light (red building) (230 m from front light).

The alignment (354°) of these lights leads N fromBrewerton Channel, through Sparrows Point Channel to abasin and wharves on the S side of the industrial complex.

Marine Channel6.134

1 Marine Channel (39°12′⋅8N 76°30′⋅6W) forms theentrance to the shipyard and repair berths on the W side ofSparrows Point complex.

From a position near the NW end of Brewerton Angle,the track leads NE through the channel, marked at itsentrance by No 2 Light−buoy (starboard hand) and thenceby buoys (lateral).

Curtis Bay Channel6.135

1 Curtis Bay Leading Lights:Front light (multi–pile structure) (39°13′⋅3N

76°34′⋅6W).

CHAPTER 6

165


2 The alignment (267¾°) of these lights, visible on theleading line only, leads W from Fort McHenry Channel,through Curtis Bay Channel to the berthing areas in CurtisBay and Curtis Creek.

Dundalk Marine Terminal6.136

1 East Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile)


2 The alignment (032¾°) of these lights leads NE fromFort McHenry Channel, through the E channel, to the Spart of the terminal.

West Channel Leading Lights:Front light (pile) (39°14′⋅8N 76°32′⋅3W).Rear light (similar structure) (86 m from front light).

The alignment (030°) of these lights leads NE throughthe W Channel to the W part of the terminal.

Shell Oil Company Leading Lights6.137

1 Shell Oil Company Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (39°14′⋅3N 76°33′⋅7W).Rear light (174 m from front light).

The alignment (237°) of these lights leads SW through achannel to the oil berths at Fairfield.

Fairfield Channel6.138

1 Fairfield Channel Leading Lights:Front light (pile) (39°14′⋅9N 76°34′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (273 m from front light).

The alignment (211°) of these lights leads SW fromFerry Bar Channel to the berthing area in the N part ofFairfield.

Ferry Bar Channel6.139

1 Line of bearing. The line of bearing (270°) of No 13Light–beacon (green square on pile) (39°15′⋅3N 76°36′⋅7W)leads through the centre of Ferry Bar Channel. SouthLocust Point Marine Terminal lies N of the channel.

Northwest Harbor Channels6.140

1 Northwest Harbor is entered between Lazaretto Point(39°15′⋅6N 76°34′⋅3W) and Fort McHenry, 4 cables WNW.From the end of Fort McHenry Channel, close SW ofLazaretto Point, East Channel leads N to a turning basinclose S of Canton. West Channel branches off this channelto lead NW to a turning basin close SW of Fells Point(39°16′⋅7N 76°35′⋅3W).

Basins and berths



The port of Baltimore has more than 200 piers andwharves.

Sparrows Point6.142

1 Sparrows Point is the site of the Bethlehem SteelCorporation steelworks and Baltimore Marine IndustriesCorp. shipyard complex, both of which are prominent. Theshipyard complex, including dry docks and berths, lies onthe W side, close S of Lloyd Point. Reclamation wastaking place (1998) off the S side of Sparrows Point. Themajor berths are as follows:

2 Penwood Wharf, in Old Road Bay (6.132); 265 m inlength with a depth of 7⋅3 m alongside.

Ore Pier (39°12′⋅2N 76°28′⋅9W); 351 m in lengthwith a depth of 14⋅3 m alongside.

Both these piers lie on the S side of the complex.

Hawkins Point Terminal6.143

1 Hawkins Point Terminal (39°12′⋅8N 76°32′⋅4W), on theE side of Thoms Cove, is 219 m in length with depths of10⋅9 to 11⋅8 m alongside. There are berths on each side ofthe pier which handles bulk ore and chemicals.

Curtis Bay and Curtis Creek6.144

1 There are ten berths in Curtis Bay and Curtis Creek asfollows:

Gypsum Pier, 2 cables WNW of Leading Point;225 m in length, including dolphins, with a depthof 9⋅7 m alongside.

2 Amoco Pier, at Fishing Point; a T–headed pier 76 min length, including dolphins, with a depth of8⋅5 m alongside.

Citgo/Tosco Pier, 2 cables WNW of Fishing Point;133 m in length with a depth of 7⋅0 m alongside.

Curtis Bay Ore Wharf, in Stonehouse Cove; 244 m inlength with a depth of 12⋅8 m alongside.

3 Curtis Bay Coal Pier, 1½ cables S of Curtis Bay OreWharf; 274 m in length with a depth of 9⋅1 malongside on the N side, and 12⋅8 m on the S side.

Shiploader No 2 Pier, close S of Curtis Bay CoalPier; 277 m in length with a depth of 15⋅2 malongside.

4 W. R. Grace Caustic Soda and Sulphuric Acid Pier,on the E side of Curtis Creek, 3 cables S of SleddsPoint; 130 m in length with a depth of 8⋅5 malongside on the S side.

Olin Wharf, on the N side of Cabin Branch close Wof Ferry Point; 244 m in length, includingdolphins, with a depth of 7⋅9 m alongside.

5 Hess Pier, close S of the entrance to Cabin Branch;213 m in length on the N side, and 152 m inlength on the S side, with depths of 7⋅3 to 10⋅6 malongside.

Amoco Wharf; 86 m in length, including dolphins,with a depth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

CHAPTER 6

166

Dundalk Marine Terminal6.145

1 Dundalk Marine Terminal (39°15′N 76°32′W) is one ofthe largest container, Ro–Ro, general cargo and passengerterminals in the United States. Berths are as follows:

2 Berths 1–6, NW face, 1167 m in length with a depthof 10⋅3 m alongside.

Berths 7–10, SW face, 861 m in length with a depthof 10⋅3 m alongside.

Berths 11–13, SE face, 876 m in length with a depthof 12⋅8 m alongside.

Fairfield6.146

1 There are five piers at Fairfield handling chemicals,petroleum products, bulk and general cargoes. The longestis ST Services Baltimore Terminal Pier (39°14′⋅9N76°34′⋅4W), 338 m in length, including platform. Thedeepest is Hobelmann Port Services Baltimore TerminalPier (39°14′⋅9N 76°34′⋅6W), with a depth of 10⋅3 malongside the W side.

Seagirt Marine Terminal6.147

1 Seagirt Marine Terminal (39°15′⋅5N 76°32′⋅5W), the Eside of which forms part of Colgate Creek, has berths forcontainer and Ro−Ro vessels as follows:

Western Electric Company Wharf, 415 m in length,with depths of 3⋅1 to 9⋅1 m alongside.

Three berths, two 313 m in length and one 326 m inlength with a depth of 12⋅8 m alongside.

Lower Canton6.148

1 The Lower Canton area extends from the W end ofSeagirt Marine Terminal to Lazaretto Point. There aretwelve berths handling bulk, general and container cargoes.The longest is Pier No 11, 494 m in length, and the deepestPier No 2, with depths of 12⋅8 to 15⋅2 m alongside.

South Locust Point Marine Terminal6.149

1 There are four berths handling Ro–Ro, container andgeneral cargoes. The longest is Berth No 9, 347 m inlength, and the deepest are berths 10−12 with depths of11 m alongside.

Port Covington6.150

1 There are five piers at Port Covington handling coal,grain and general cargo. The longest are piers 7 and 8 witha berthing face of 518 m on the SE side, with a depth of10⋅7 m alongside.

Middle Branch6.151

1 Description. Middle Branch (39°15′⋅5N 76°37′⋅5W) is aW extension of Patapsco River lying close W of PortCovington. It is entered across Ferry Bar through SpringGarden Channel, which leads from the W end of Ferry BarChannel, and thence through Hanover Street BasculeBridge.

It contains numerous berths used by small vessels andbarges carrying coal and petroleum for local consumption.

Lazaretto Point6.152

1 There are three berths at Lazaretto Point (39°15′⋅5N76°34′⋅2W) handling general and bulk cargoes. The longestis Berth B, 175 m in length, and the deepest is Berth Awith a depth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

Canton6.153

1 There are four berths at Canton handling general andbulk cargoes. The longest is Berth B, 175 m in length, andthe deepest is Berth A with a depth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

Locust Point6.154

1 There are ten berths at North Locust Point MarineTerminal handling grain, latex, molasses, paper productsand general cargoes. The longest is Pier 3, 375 m inlength, and the deepest is Pier 7 with a depth of 12⋅1 malongside.

Raw Sugar Dock (39°16′⋅5N 76°35′⋅7W), 3 cables W ofLocust Point, is 317 m in length, including dolphins, with adepth of 11⋅5 m alongside.

Northwest Harbor6.155

1 There is one berth (39°16′⋅8N 76°35′⋅5W) in NorthwestHarbor used by tugs.

Rock Creek6.156

1 Rock Creek (39°09′⋅5N 76°29′⋅5W), lies 3 miles NW ofBodkin Point. A marked channel, with depths of 3⋅3 m(11 ft), leads through the creek. The village of Fairview, onthe S side of the entrance, has several piers with depths of3⋅9 m (13 ft) at their outer ends.

Stony Creek6.157

1 Stony Creek (39°10′⋅3N 76°30′⋅9W) has depths of 3⋅6 m(12 ft) to near its head. A channel leading through thenarrow entrance and along the W side, is marked by alight–beacon (red triangle on pile). The E side of theentrance is obstructed by rocks. A bascule bridge, with avertical clearance of 5⋅4 m (18 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 12⋅1 m (40 ft), spans the creek 7½ cablesabove the entrance.

Port services

Repairs6.158

1 All kinds of major repairs can be effected at Baltimore.Baltimore Marine Industries Inc. at Sparrow Point have

the following facilities:Dry dock: length 365 m, breadth 60 m, depth over the

blocks 7 m, suitable for vessel 364 m in length, 60 mbreadth and 8 m draught and 300 000 dwt; provided withintermediate gate for division into two sections.

CHAPTER 6

167

2 Floating dock: length 269 m, breadth 42⋅7 m, liftingcapacity 40 000 tonnes; suitable for vessel 310 m in length,41⋅4 m breadth and 8⋅99 m draught.

Fort McHenry shipyard Inc. on the E side of NorthLocust Point Marine Terminal has the following facility:

3 Graving dock: length 140⋅3 m, breadth 21⋅6 m; suitablefor vessel up to 5⋅66 m draught.

A further floating dock for smaller vessels up to 18 mbreadth and 4 m draught, and a patent slip with a liftingcapacity of 400 tonnes, are available.


1 Customs port of entry; deratting and deratting exemptioncertificates issued; hospitals; barometer calibration throughNational Weather Service; oily waste reception and garbagedisposal facilities available after obtaining permit; extensivefacilities for wrecking and salvage.

Supplies6.160

1 Fuel and fresh water at the berths and by barge;provisions and stores.

Communications6.161

1 Baltimore–Washington International airport, 11 km SWof Fort McHenry.

Rescue6.162

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated at39°11′⋅9N 76°34′⋅2W, at Curtis Bay Coastguard Yard inArundel Cove.

A Marine Safety Office is located in Baltimore.See 1.61 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5

for further information on rescue.

HEAD OF CHESAPEAKE BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the main channel to Chesapeakeand Delaware Canal, from the approaches to Baltimore, andSusquehanna River. Also included are descriptions of minorrivers, creeks, and harbours along the coastline.

2 It is arranged as follows:Main Channel to Chesapeake and Delaware Canal

(6.167).Susquehanna River and Northeast River (6.192).

Topography6.164

1 The head of Chesapeake Bay above North Point andSwan Point (39°09′N 76°17′W) is hilly and generallywooded, rising to considerable heights at its N end, whereNortheast River and Susquehanna River flow into its head.

In general the coastline is low, featureless and indentedby numerous rivers and creeks.

Regulations6.165


Ice6.166

1 The tributaries at the head of the bay are normallyclosed to navigation by ice for extended periods in winter.

MAIN CHANNEL TO CHESAPEAKE ANDDELAWARE CANAL

General information


1 From a position about 2 miles W of Swan Point(39°08′⋅7N 76°16′⋅6W), the route leads generally NE forabout 32 miles through a series of dredged channels,initially following the coastline of the NE part ofChesapeake Bay, then through Elk River (39°27′N

76°00′W) which leads to a position close E of Welch Point(39°31′⋅5N 75°52′⋅6W), at the entrance to Back Creek, theW entrance to the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal (3.135).

Depths6.168

1 The project depth in the main channel from Baltimore toChesapeake and Delaware Canal is 10⋅7 m (35 ft) with aleast width of 122 m.


Pilotage6.169



1 Restricted area. Aberdeen Proving Ground lying NW ofthe main channel and extending 15 miles NE from the Send (39°16′⋅4N 76°16′⋅2W) of Pooles Island to Sandy Point(6.199), shown on the chart and marked by buoys (special),is a firing practice area. Landing is prohibited to allpersonnel and boats, primarily because of the presence ofhazardous unexploded ordnance. See Appendix VI fordefinition of restricted area.

2 Protected area. A National Wildlife Refuge, which is aprotected area is established in the Aberdeen ProvingGround.

Rescue6.171

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atStill Pond (39°20′⋅1N 76°07′⋅9W), on the N side of theentrance to Still Pond Creek.



1 Magnetic anomalies:The normal magnetic variation is increased/decreased

by as much as 5° in the channel from PoolesIsland (39°17′N 76°16′W) to Howell Point(39°22′⋅3N 76°06′⋅7W).

2 The normal magnetic variation is increased/decreasedby between 3° to 8° in Elk River channel from

CHAPTER 6

168

Grove Point (39°24′N 76°02′W) to CourthousePoint (39°31′N 75°53′W).

3 Tidal streams. Off Worton Point the slack waters andthe maximum rates of the tidal streams occur about1½ hours later than off Sandy Point (6.18); slack before thein–going stream occurring about 3 hours before high waterat Baltimore, and slack before the out–going stream about3 hours after high water there.

4 Ice. Navigation from Baltimore to the upper end of thebay and in the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal is likely tobe interrupted by ice for short periods during an averagewinter.


6.173 1 With the exception of three short sections of natural

channel, about 1½ miles each in length, the entire routeleads through sections of dredged channel, marked by pairsof light–buoys (lateral), lights, leading lights or sectorlights. A number of spoil grounds, shown on the charts, lieadjacent to the channels. Detailed directions are notconsidered appropriate but any relevant lights, features,dangers and other navigational information is included.

Swan Point to Worton Point6.174

1 Tolchester Channel Leading Lights:Front light (platform on pile) (39°08′⋅1N 76°20′⋅1W)Rear light (similar structure) (1767 m from front

light)2 From a position about 2¼ miles W of Swan Point

(39°08′⋅7N 76°16′⋅6W) the alignment (220°), astern, ofthese lights, and by night the white sector (040°–045°) ofTolchester Beach Breakwater Head Light (red and whitechequered diamond on pile) (39°12′⋅8N 76°14′⋅7W), leadsabout 5½ miles NE then NNE through Tolchester Channel,between pairs of light–buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to the breakwater head light):

WNW of a direction light (tower) (041½°–046½°)(4½ cables S), which may assist in transit throughthe section of channel SW of the light, thence:

WNW of Tolchester Beach breakwater.3 Thence the track continues through a section of natural

channel to a position at the S end of the next dredgedsection, 1½ miles NNE of Tolchester Beach breakwaterhead.6.175

1 Pooles Island South Range Leading Lights:Front light (on caisson) (39°17′⋅5N 76°14′⋅2W).Rear light (framework tower on caisson) (6 cables

from front light).The alignment (000°) of these lights leads 1½ miles N,

through the centre of the dredged marked channel, to aposition 1¾ miles S of the front light, passing:

2 W of Tower A Light (red and white chequereddiamond on pile) (39°14′⋅6N 76°13′⋅6W), theposition of which is approximate, exhibited fromthe mainland E of the fairway. Thence:

3 W of Tower C (framework tower) (39°15′⋅2N76°13′⋅4W).

Upper Chesapeake Channel Leading Lights:Front light (on caisson) (39°19′⋅2N 76°13′⋅0W).Rear light (framework tower on caisson) (789 m from

front light).

4 The alignment (015°) of these lights leads 3¼ milesNNE through the centre of Upper Chesapeake Channel to aposition 3 cables SSW of the front light, 1½ miles W ofWorton Point (39°19′⋅1N 76°11′⋅1W).6.176

1 Useful marks:Silos (39°11′⋅0N 76°15′⋅1W).Silos (39°11′⋅1N 76°15′⋅4W).Silos (39°16′⋅6N 76°11′⋅8W), S of three.Tower (39°16′⋅8N 76°12′⋅0W).Lighthouse (disused) (39°17′⋅4N 76°16′⋅0W).

Worton Point to Grove Point6.177

1 Pooles Island North Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on caisson) (39°18′⋅3N

76°13′⋅4W).Rear light (similar structure) (6 cables from front

light).2 From a position 1½ miles W of Worton Point, the

alignment (226°), astern, of these lights leads 3 miles NEthrough the centre of the dredged marked channel, andpartially through a natural marked channel, to a position3 cables S of the SW end of Shad Battery Shoal (39°21′⋅8N76°09′⋅3W), passing (with positions relative to WortonPoint (39°19′⋅1N 76°11′⋅2W)):

3 NW of Worton Point, from which a light (watchtower) is exhibited. A shoal area with depths ofless than 2⋅7 m (9 ft) over it, marked on its NWside by No 38A Light–buoy (starboard hand), lies6 cables NNW. Thence:

NW of Plum Point (1 mile NE), passing clear of anobstruction with a depth of 7⋅6 m (25 ft) over itwhich lies 7 cables NNW of the point.

4 Shad Battery Channel Leading Lights:Front light (on caisson) (39°20′⋅3N 76°11′⋅5W).Rear light (similar structure) (1⋅3 miles from front

light).The alignment (237°), astern, of these lights leads

3 miles NE, through the centre of the dredged markedchannel, to a position 3 cables NW of Howell Point at theNE end of this section of channel, passing (with positionsrelative to Howell Point (39°22′⋅3N 76°06′⋅7W)):

5 SE of Shad Battery Shoal (2 miles WSW). Adangerous wreck lies at its SW end. Thence:

NW of Howell Point, from which a light (red andwhite chequered diamond on framework tower), isexhibited.

6.178 1 Grove Point Leading Lights:

Front light (on platform) (39°24′⋅2N 76°02′⋅3W).Rear light (framework tower) (9½ cables from front

light).2 From a position NW of Howell Point the alignment

(065¼°) of these lights leads about 3½ miles ENE, throughthe centre of the dredged marked channel, to a position6 cables SW of the front light, passing (with positionsrelative to Howell Point (39°22′⋅3N 76°06′⋅7W)):

NW of a shoal area (2¼ miles ENE), with a leastdepth of 5⋅2 m (17 ft) over it, lying close to andparallel to the channel. Thence:

NW of Grove Point (3½ miles ENE).6.179

1 Useful marks:Silo (39°19′⋅9N 76°09′⋅7W).

CHAPTER 6

169

Tower (39°21′⋅1N 76°08′⋅0W).Tower (39°22′⋅3N 76°06′⋅4W).

Grove Point to Welch Point6.180

1 Elk River Channel North Leading Lights:Front light (on caisson) (39°29′⋅6N 75°56′⋅3W).Rear light (white framework tower) (1⋅6 miles from

front light).2 Elk River Channel South Leading Lights:

Front light (framework tower) (39°22′⋅2N 76°05′⋅0W).Rear light (similar structure) (1⋅8 miles from front

light).3 From a position NW of Grove Point (39°23′⋅7N

76°02′⋅5E) the alignment (042½°), ahead, and (221½°),astern, of these pairs of lights leads 5½ miles NE, throughthe centre of the dredged marked channel, to a positionNNW of Arnold Point, passing (with positions relative toWorth Point (39°22′⋅3N 76°06′⋅7W)):

4 NW of a dangerous wreck (1¾ miles SW), theposition of which is approximate. No 6 Light–buoy(starboard hand) lies 1 cable N of the wreck.Thence:

NW of Worth Point, thence:5 SE of Turkey Point (1¼ miles NNW), a sparsely

wooded bluff with abrupt slopes at its S end,which lies at the SW extremity of Elk Neck. Alight (white tower) stands on the point, thence:

6 NW of Arnold Point (2¼ miles NE), from which alight (red and white chequered diamond onmulti−pile structure) is exhibited.

Oldfield Point Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (39°30′⋅5N 75°54′⋅9W).Rear light (similar structure) (8 cables from front

light).7 The alignment (045¼°) of these lights leads 3¼ miles

NE through the centre of the N part of Elk River dredgedmarked channel to a position NW of Old Town PointWharf, passing (with positions relative to Town Point(39°29′⋅3N 75°55′⋅5W)):

SE of Timber Point (1¾ miles WSW), thence:8 NW of Town Point, thence:

NW of Old Town Point Wharf (1 mile NNE) (6.191).Traffic lights, indicating whether the canal isclosed or open are exhibited from the wharf. Aflashing green light indicates open, and a flashingred light indicates closed.

6.181 1 Courthouse Point East Leading Lights:

Front light (white rectangle, black stripe, on whiteframework tower) (39°30′⋅7N 75°53′⋅3W).

Rear light (similar structure) (198 m from front light).Courthouse Point West Leading Lights:

Front light (white rectangle, black stripe, on whiteframework tower) (39°30′⋅1N 75°55′⋅9W).

Rear light (similar structure) (215 m from front light).2 From a position NW of Old Town Point Wharf the

alignment (074°), ahead, and (254½°), astern, of these pairsof lights leads 1¼ miles ENE, through the centre of thedredged marked channel, to a position 4 cables WSW ofCourthouse Point, passing:

SSE of Oldfield Point (39°30′⋅7N 75°54′⋅1W).3 Back Creek Channel Leading Lights:

Front light (white rectangle, black stripe, on whiteframework tower, white hut) (39°31′⋅8N75°51′⋅9W).

Rear light (white rectangle, black stripe on frameworktower) (375 m from front light).

4 The alignment (048¼°) of these lights leads about1½ miles NE, through the centre of the dredged markedchannel, to a position in Back Creek, 4 cables ENE ofWelch Point, at the W entrance to the Chesapeake andDelaware Canal (3.135), passing (with positions relative toWelch Point (39°31′⋅5N 75°52′⋅7W)):

NW of Courthouse Point (7 cables SSW), thence:SE of Welch Point.

(Directions for the Chesapeake andDelaware Canal are given in reverse at 3.136)

Side channel


1 Description. A small vessel channel through the fishtrap areas leads about 11 miles ENE, from the W end ofBrewerton Channel Eastern Extension (6.97) to join themain channel E of Pooles Island. It has a least charteddepth of 3 m (10 ft).

Caution. A spoil ground which is in use lies across theSW entrance.

Directions6.183

1 From the vicinity of 39°10′⋅6N 76°25′⋅9W, SE of 2BLight–buoy (starboard hand) in Brewerton Channel EasternExtension, the track leads generally ENE through a channelmarked by light–buoys (lateral), lights and leading lights,passing (with positions relative to Pooles Island S end(39°16′⋅5N 76°16′⋅3W)):

2 NNW of Craighill Channel Passing light (39°11′⋅3N76°23′⋅7W), thence:

SSE of Pooles Island Bar Light (black frameworktower, round base) (8 cables SSW), thence:

3 SSE of No 7 Light–buoy (port hand) (3¾ cables SE),thence:

SSE of Pooles Island which lies within AberdeenProving Ground (6.170).

4 Pooles Island E Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, black stripe, on


5 From a position about 6 cables E of the front light, thealignment (264°), astern, of these lights leads 1 milethrough the channel to join the main channel, passing (withpositions relative to Pooles Island S end (39°16′⋅5N76°16′⋅3W)):

6 Across a spoil ground (7 cables ENE), shown on thechart. Shoaling to 3 m (10 ft) was reported in thisarea. Thence:

N of No 8 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (1 mile ENE).A reported obstruction lies ½ cable NNE. Thence:

S of No 9 Light–buoy (port hand) (1¾ miles ENE).

Middle RiverUS Chart 12278 (see 1.18)General information6.184

1 Description. Middle River is entered between BoobyPoint (39°17′N 76°23′W) and Bowley Bar, 7½ cables N.

Depths. In 1999 the controlling mid–channel depth was2⋅9 m (9½ ft).

Submarine cables are laid across the river 5 cableswithin the entrance, and across Dark Head Creek,3¼ cables above its entrance.

CHAPTER 6

170

Directions6.185

1 Middle River is approached through a channel in thefish trap areas, as shown on the chart, entered about5 cables SW of Pooles Island Bar Light (39°15′⋅7N76°16′⋅7W) (6.183), and which also serves as a commonapproach channel to Back River, Hawk Cove, andGunpowder River. The channel, marked by light–buoys(lateral), leads about 3 miles NW to a position about1½ miles E of Booby Point.

2 The approach to Middle River is marked by No 3Light–buoy (port hand), 1 mile E of Booby Point. From theentrance a dredged channel, marked by light–beacons, abeacon and a buoy (lateral), leads to an anchorage basin ata factory at the head of Dark Head Creek, the E fork,2½ miles above the entrance.

Gunpowder River


1 Description. Gunpowder River (39°19′N 76°19′W) isentered 2 miles W of Robins Point (39°18′N 76°17′W) andW of Spry Island Shoal. Thence a marked channel, withdepths of 2⋅7 to 0⋅6 m (9 to 2 ft), leads to the small townof Joppatowne, at the head of the river, close above a fixedbridge about 6 miles above the entrance.

2 Caution. Most of Gunpowder River lies within therestricted area of Aberdeen Proving Ground (6.170). Thedangers of landing within the area are stressed. SeeAppendix VI for definition of restricted area.

Sassafras River


1 Description. Sassafras River (39°23′N 76°03′W), isentered between Howell Point (39°22′⋅3N 76°06′⋅7W) andGrove Point, 3½ miles ENE. The river is the approach toGeorgetown and Fredericktown 9 miles above the entrance,where a bascule bridge with a vertical clearance of 1⋅5 m(5 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 12⋅1 m (40 ft), spans theriver.

2 Local knowledge is required above the bridge atFredericktown.

Depths. There are depths of 3⋅9 m (13 ft) for 8½ miles,shoaling gradually towards its head.


Submarine cables are laid on both sides of the bridge.

Directions6.188

1 From a position 3 cables N of Howell Point in the mainchannel the track leads E, passing:

S of Grove Point (39°23′N 76°02′W), thence:2 N of No 2 Light–buoy (starboard hand), moored

2 miles ESE of Grove Point on the outer end ofshoal ground extending from the S side of theriver. A reported obstruction, the position of whichis approximate, lies 1 cable SE.

Thence the river is marked by light–buoys and buoys(lateral) to the bridge at Fredericktown.

Betterton6.189

1 Betterton, a small town on the S side of the river,2¼ miles E of Howell Point, is a summer resort.

Berths. Several wharves at the town with depths of2⋅7 m alongside.

Supplies: fuel; some stores.


US Chart 12278 (see 1.18)Worton Creek6.190

1 General information. Worton Creek is entered betweenHandys Point (39°17′⋅5N 76°10′⋅9W) and the mainland,4½ cables NNE.

Directions. The approach leads SE passing NE of No 2Light–buoy (starboard hand), 5 cables E of Handys Point.Thence a channel, with depths of 3⋅0 to 3⋅6 m (10 to 12 ft)in the broad bight at the entrance, leads into the creek.

2 Anchorage for small vessels, protected from E windsmay be obtained in depths of 3⋅3 to 3⋅6 m (11 to 12 ft),close inside the entrance. A reported well protectedanchorage, in depths of 1⋅8 to 2⋅7 m (6 to 9 ft), may beobtained in the creek below Buck Neck Landing.

Old Town Point Wharf6.191

1 General information. Old Town Point Wharf(39°30′⋅2N 75°54′⋅9W), has a least depth of 3 m (10 ft) atits outer end. It is a government wharf, and a vesselidentification and monitoring station for the W end ofChesapeake and Delaware Canal (3.135).

SUSQUEHANNA RIVER

General information


1 Susquehanna River enters the head of Chesapeake Bayin the NW corner, between Concord Point (39°32′⋅4N76°05′⋅0W) and Perry Point, 1 mile ENE. The towns ofHavre De Grace and Perryville lie at the W and E entrancepoints. Port Deposit lies on the E side, 4 miles above theentrance.

Topography6.193

The head of the bay between Spesutie Island and TurkeyPoint (39°27′⋅0N 76°00′⋅5W), 3½ miles ESE, is encumberedby shoal ground, many parts of which dry.

1 The buildings, chimneys and tanks of a hospital in theSE part of Perryville are prominent.

Garrett Island, high and wooded, lies in mid–river,2½ cables above the swing bridge.

Depths6.194

1 Depths. The controlling depth (1990) in the naturalchannel, and approach dredged channel was 3⋅7 m (12 ft).The river channel to Port Deposit, leading W of GarrettIsland, has depths of 4 to 15 m (13 to 50 ft). The riverabove Port Deposit is obstructed by rocks.


CHAPTER 6

171

Hazard6.195

1 Seaplanes. A seaplane landing area, shown on the chart,lies at the entrance to Susquehanna River. Mariners areadvised to use caution.


1 Submarine cables are laid across the river on both sidesof the swing bridge.

Bridges6.197

1 Bridges:A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of 15⋅8 m

(52 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 30⋅4 m(100 ft), spans the river close within the entrance.

Three further fixed bridges, with a least verticalclearance of 25⋅9 m (85 ft) and a least horizontalclearance of 56⋅4 m (185 ft), span the river abovethe swing bridge.

Ice6.198

Susquehanna River is usually closed by ice for a fewweeks during the winter.

Directions6.199

1 From a position about 1 mile ESE of Sandy Point(39°27′N 76°04′W) the track leads generally NW through anatural channel, thence a dredged channel marked bylight–buoys, a light, and buoys (lateral), passing (withpositions relative to Sandy Point):

2 SW of A Light–buoy (preferred channel to starboard)(1¼ miles ESE), moored on the S end of a shoalspit extending S from the head of Chesapeake Bay,thence:

3 NE of No 1 Light–buoy (port hand) (1 mile NE),moored on the edge of shoal ground extending Efrom Spesutie Island (6.193), thence:

NE of No 3 Light–buoy (1¾ miles NNW).4 Thence the track continues N through the dredged

channel, to the river entrance, passing W of Fishing Battery(3 miles NNW), an islet from which a light (frameworktower), is exhibited.

Directions for the river channel are not given as thechart is the best guide.


Havre De Grace6.200

1 Havre De Grace (39°33′N 76°06′W) lies on the W sideat the entrance to Susquehanna River. It has waterbornetraffic but most of the wharves are in poor condition.Several underwater rocks lie close to the wharves.

Perryville6.201

1 Perryville (39°33′⋅5N 76°04′⋅5W), a small town, lies onthe E side at the entrance to Susquehanna River.

Port Deposit6.202

1 Port Deposit, on the E side of Susquehanna River,4 miles above the entrance, has a large construction yardfor building small vessels and barges.

2804

2803

2865

3687

3688

3686

3686

2861

2919

1105

Cape Henry

CapeHatteras

Georgetown

Cape Romain

Frying Pan

DiamondShoal

Cape Fear

Albemarle Sound

Cape Lookout

Cape FearRiver

NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN

Georgetown

Wilmington

Morehead City

Pam l i co

Sound

VIR G I N I A

NO RT HCA RO LI NA

7.44

7.17

7.67

7.123

7.216

7.1987.168

7.130

7.83

7.37

7.29

7.74

7.22

Chapter 7 - Chesapeake Bay entrance to Cape Romain

172

75°76°77°78°79°

37°37°

36°36°

35°35°

34°34°

33°33°

75°Longitude 77° West from Greenwich78°79° 76°

173

CHAPTER 7

CHESAPEAKE BAY ENTRANCE TO CAPE ROMAIN

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastalpassages along the E coast of Virginia, North Carolina andSouth Carolina, from the entrance to Chesapeake Bay(36°55′N 75°40′W) to Cape Romain (33°00′N 79°22′W).Included in the description are the inland waters whichform part of the Intracoastal Waterway, along with BeaufortInlet, Cape Fear River, and Winyah Bay. Also described arethe ports of Morehead City (7.83), Wilmington, NorthCarolina (7.168) and Georgetown, South Carolina, (7.216),and other minor harbours and creeks.

2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:Chesapeake Bay Entrance to Cape Lookout (7.10).Cape Lookout to Cape Fear (7.63).Cape Fear to Cape Romain (7.117).

Inlets and harbours7.2

1 Along this coast are several inlets, all of which, with theexception of Beaufort Inlet (7.83), are only available tosmall vessels. These inlets form passages to shallow soundsand inland waterways.

The entrances to the harbours on this coast, exceptLookout Bight (7.78), are obstructed by shifting sand bars,across which are dredged channels with depths liable tochange.


1 A number of areas where there are reports ofunexploded ordnance, exist up to 70 miles off the coast;their positions are shown on the chart.

Regulations7.4

1 Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply to theinland waterways from Rudee Inlet to Cape Romain. The

limits of the waters to which these rules apply are given ineach section. See 1.47 and Appendix VII for furtherinformation.



1 The Intracoastal Waterway, affords continuous protectedpassage behind the Atlantic Coast and the Florida Keys, formore than 1243 statute miles, between Norfolk Virginia,and Key West Florida. It is maintained at or near a depthof 3⋅6 m (12 ft).


1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid across numerouschannels, rivers and creeks within the area covered by thischapter. Their positions are normally shown on the chart.


Fish havens7.7

1 Numerous fish havens usually marked by buoys (special)exist in the area covered by this chapter.

Rescue7.8

1 Coastguard Stations are situated in the area covered bythis chapter. Each of these stations is equipped with alifeboat and other life–saving appliances. Their positionsare given in each geographical section.


Quarantine7.9

1 See 1.57.

CHESAPEAKE BAY ENTRANCE TO CAPE LOOKOUT

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the coastal route from Rudee Inlet(36°50′N 75°58′W) to Cape Lookout (34°35′N 76°32′W).Also described are the inland waters of Albemarle Sound(7.29), and Pamlico Sound (7.37).

2 It is arranged as follows:Chesapeake Bay entrance to Cape Hatteras (7.17).Inland waters (7.27).Cape Hatteras to Cape Lookout (7.44).

Topography7.11

1 The general character of the coast SSE of Rudee Inlet(4.4) is low and sandy, backed by woods. The highest landnear the coast is Engagement Hill, 42 m (138 ft) in height,on Bodie Island, 9 miles NNW of Bodie Island Light(35°49′N 75°34′W) (7.22).

Landfall7.12

1 Between Cape Henry (36°55′N 76°00′W) and CapeHatteras, 105 miles S, there are no out–lying dangers over5 miles offshore, but deep–draught vessels should keepoutside this distance as it is a dangerous coast in an E gale.The narrow stretch of sandy coast forming the greater part

CHAPTER 7

174

of its length is low and frequently may not be visible formore than 4 or 5 miles. Depths of 37 m (20 fm) are foundat a distance of 11 miles offshore at Cape Hatterasincreasing in distance to 45 miles E of Cape Henry. Inside27 m (15 fm) the depths are irregular. In thick weatherclose attention should be paid to the soundings.

2 When approaching Diamond Shoals (7.53) in thickweather, considerable error may be caused in the reckoningdue to the difficulty in making proper allowance for theGulf Stream (1.142) and strong currents near the shoals.Soundings are the guide for clearing the shoals. Whenapproaching and uncertain of the position the greatest careshould be observed, sounding continuously until the bottomis found, and care should then be taken not to decrease thedepth to less than 55 m (30 fm). Sailing vessels arecautioned against rounding Diamond Shoals inside thedisused lighthouse, as should the wind fail, strong currentsare liable to set them on to the shoals.

Dumping ground for explosives7.13

1 An extensive dumping ground for explosives isestablished in the vicinity of 36°30′N 74°18′W.

Regulations7.14

1 Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply inside aline formed by the centreline of the fixed bridge whichspans Oregon Inlet (35°47′N 75°32′W). See 1.47 andAppendix VII for further information.

Submarine exercise area7.15

1 Submarines exercise frequently SE of the entrance toChesapeake Bay within an area bounded by the parallels of36°15′N and 36°53′N, and between the meridians of73°45′W and 74°45′W, and in an area S of the parallel of32°43′N, between the meridians of 77°26′W and 79°00′W.A good lookout should be kept for submarines whenpassing through these waters.

See the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices toMariners.

Weather7.16

1 Coast. This stretch of coast is subject to strong windsand rough seas from both tropical and extratropical stormsand occasionally to dense, spring, sea fog which hugscoastal routes landward of the Gulf Stream. Rough weatherand numerous shoals have combined to give the seas offthe outer banks the reputation of the “Graveyard of theAtlantic”.

2 Winter (November to April) provides the greatestlikelihood of rough weather, due to the frequentextratropical storms. Fuelled by the Gulf Stream, about 3 to6 storms per month affect these waters. Their predominantmovement is towards the NE or E at 25 to 30 kn. Not allof these systems produce severe weather, but in winter,gales blow about 5% of the time near Diamond Shoals andup to 10% to the E and NE. From December to March,seas of 8 feet or more are encountered about 20% to 25%of the time near Diamond Shoals and even more often tothe E. Conditions improve somewhat in other directions.Maximum wave heights have been estimated at more than

12 m. Steep waves of 1⋅5 m or more with periods of lessthan 6 seconds are uncommon. However, those of 1⋅5 m ormore with 6 to 9 second periods occur about 30% of thetime causing problems for vessels in the 30 to 122 mrange. Winter storms also produce rain and snow which canhamper visibility along the routes through this region.Visibility drops below 5 cables less than 3% of the time,except in late winter and spring.

3 During March, April and May the air is often warmerthan the water between Cape Charles and Oregon Inlet,sometimes creating sea fog; visibility drops below 5 cablesabout 2% to 5% of the time in spring. Farther out to seathe warmer Gulf Stream inhibits fog formation. To the S,fog occasionally develops W of the Gulf Stream.

Tropical cyclones, while infrequent, can create havocwhen they strike. Hurricanes are most likely along thiscoast during August and September.

4 In addition to winds of 100 kn or more and waves of9 m or more, hurricanes can generate extreme storm tides,which cause damage to coastal facilities. These tides canalso occur in severe extratropical storms. From theVirginia–North Carolina border to Cape Lookout it hasbeen estimated that in an average 100 year period, tidescould reach 2⋅4 to 3⋅0 m above mean sea level. South tothe North Carolina–South Carolina border they could reach3⋅0 m to a little more than 3⋅9 m above mean sea level.

5 Cape Hatteras. Due to its maritime exposure andproximity to the Gulf Stream this area has a marineclimate, which results in only a few days when summertemperatures climb above 32⋅2°C; freezing temperatures areabout one–half as frequent as at inland stations. In additionrain occurs on 8 to 12 days per month on the average.Rainfall reaches a maximum in July, August and Septemberwhen it often occurs as brief, heavy showers orthunderstorms. Occasionally rains are prolonged and areassociated with offshore storms, either tropical orextratropical. Both types can generate strong winds andextreme tides along the outer banks where the averageelevation is less than 3 m above mean sea level.

CHESAPEAKE BAY ENTRANCE TOCAPE HATTERAS

General information

Chart 2861 (see 1.18)Route7.17

1 From a position SE of Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N75°43′W) the coastal route leads SSE, for about 102 miles,to a position E of Cape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W).

Topography7.18

1 The coast between Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W) andCape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W), 100 miles SSE, iswooded near the beach for the first 6 miles, and thence forthe remaining distance it is a low, narrow strip of land orsandy beach, separating the ocean from the extensive inlandwater of North Carolina. Dam Neck Naval Station andSand Bridge, a small town, lie 5¾ and 7½ miles SSE ofRudee Inlet respectively, where there are many houses onthe beach, a green water tank and a prominent tower. Thereare many prominent houses in the resorts fronting the

CHAPTER 7

175

Cape Hatteras from S (7.18)(Original dated 2003)


CHAPTER 7

176

beach between 17 and 31 miles SSE of Currituck BeachLighthouse (36°23′N 75°50′W).

2 Kitty Hawk, a resort, lies 20 miles SSE of CurrituckBeach Lighthouse. Wright Monument, a conspicuous highstone memorial to the pioneer brothers of aviation, standson the highest of the Kill Devil Hills, 3½ miles S of KittyHawk.

3 Hatteras Island, which extends from Oregon Inlet(35°47′N 75°32′W) 34 miles S to Cape Hatteras, is narrow,low and sandy. Avon, a small town, stands 7½ miles N ofCape Hatteras which is low and sandy. The coast isunbroken except for Oregon Inlet, 67 miles SSE of RudeeInlet.

4 Lighthouses, Coastguard stations and a few towers arethe principal marks along this coast. The low, sandybeaches present no good radar targets.

Rescue7.19

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atOregon Inlet (35°47′N 75°32′W).



1 Magnetic anomalies. The normal magnetic variation isincreased/decreased by as much as 11° up to 17 milesoffshore between Rudee Inlet and Cape Hatteras, 100 milesSSE.

2 Tidal stream. In the vicinity of Diamond Shoals thetidal stream is rotary, turning clockwise. It is very weak, itsmaximum rate being less than one tenth of a knot.


State boundary7.21

1 The boundary between Virginia and North Carolina liesabout 17 miles S of Rudee Inlet (36°50′N 75°58′W).

Principal marks7.22

1 Landmarks:Cape Charles Lighthouse (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Lighthouse (36°56′N 76°00′W) (4.27).Former Cape Henry Lighthouse (36°56′N 76°00′W)

(4.27).Currituck Beach Lighthouse (red conical tower, 50 m

in height) (36°23′N 75°50′W).2 Bodie Island Lighthouse (white conical tower, black

bands, granite base, 51 m in height) (35°49′N75°34′W).

Cape Hatteras Lighthouse (black tower, whitediagonal stripes, red base) (35°15′N 75°32′W).

3 Offshore marks:Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W) (4.27).Diamond Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (35°09′N

75°18′W).4 Major lights:

Cape Charles Light (37°07′N 75°54′W) (4.27).Chesapeake Light (36°54′N 75°43′W) (4.27).Cape Henry Light (36°56′N 76°00′W) (4.27).Currituck Beach Light — as above.Bodie Island Light — as above.Cape Hatteras Light — as above.


1 Racons:Chesapeake Lighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W).CB Light−buoy (36°49′N 75°46′W).



Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet7.24

1 From a position about 10 miles SE of ChesapeakeLighthouse (36°54′N 75°43′W) the track leads SSE, forabout 68 miles, passing (with positions relative to CurrituckBeach Lighthouse (36°23′N 75°50′W)):

2 ENE of B Light−buoy (special) (21½ miles N),marking a shoal, with a least depth of 8⋅2 m (27 ft)over it. A wreck, an area of unexploded ordnance,a shoal with a least depth of 10 m (33 ft) andpipes (position approximate) lie 6½, 4¾, 3¼, and4 miles ENE, E, ESE and ESE of the buoy,respectively. Thence:

3 Clear of a wreck (24 miles NNE). There is a localmagnetic anomaly (7.20) in this area. Thence:

ENE of False Cape (13½ miles N), so called becauseof its resemblance to Cape Henry (4.15) whenapproaching from S. Wash Hill and Sheep HouseHill, sand dunes 18 and 12 m (59 and 40 ft) inheight, stand 3 cables and 2¼ miles S of the cape.Sand dunes in this area have a tendency to erodeand then build up again as the seasons change,generally moving S. 4A Light–buoy (starboardhand) is moored 7 miles E of the cape; adangerous wreck (position approximate) and awreck (reported 1977), with a depth of 11⋅2 m(37 ft) over it, lie a further 1½ miles E and 3 milesENE, respectively. Thence:

4 ENE of Currituck Beach Lighthouse (7.22), thence:ENE of No 6 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (13 miles

SE). A dangerous wreck (position approximate)lies 4½ miles SW of No 6 Light–buoy. Thence:

WSW of Tower A Light (yellow framework tower)(29¾ miles ESE). An obstruction (reported 1988)lies 12 miles WSW of Tower A. Thence:

5 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (31½ milesSE), with a depth of 16⋅5 m (54 ft) over it, thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (34¾ milesSE), with a depth of 21⋅9 m (12 fm) over it,thence:

6 ENE of No 8 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (31¾ milesSSE), moored on the E side of a shoal bankextending out from Bodie Island. It marks the Wside of a channel between this coastal bank andanother shoal bank extending 10 miles in a N/Sdirection 1 mile E of No 8 Light–buoy. Thence:

WSW of Tower B (yellow framework tower)(45 miles ESE), thence:

Clear of Tower C (yellow framework tower)(37½ miles SE), thence:

7 ENE of Bodie Island Lighthouse (35½ miles SSE)(7.22). A dangerous wreck containing unexplodedordnance (reported 1993) lies 9½ miles NE of thelighthouse; a fish haven with a depth of 6 m(20 ft) over it lies close N of the wreck.

CHAPTER 7

177

8 Thence the track leads to a position ENE of OregonInlet (38 miles SSE). A shoal, with a swept depth of17⋅3 m (57 ft), lies 14 miles ENE of the inlet.

Useful marks:Tower (36°03′⋅7N 75°41′⋅8W).Wright Monument (36°00′⋅9N 75°40′⋅2W).Tank (35°56′⋅1N 75°36′⋅8W).

Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras7.25

1 From a position ENE of Oregon Inlet (35°47′N75°32′W) the track leads S for about 34 miles, passing(with positions relative to Oregon Inlet):

2 Clear of Tower G (yellow framework tower)(21¼ miles E), marking the S extremity of a NavyAir Combat Manoeuvring Range. Platt Shoalsextend up to 5¼ miles SE of Oregon Inlet; theshallower parts break in E gales. A fish havenwith a depth of 9⋅1 m (30 ft) over it, and adangerous wreck (position approximate) lie at theSW and S extremities of Platt Shoals, respectively.Thence:

3 E of Wimble Shoals (13 miles SSE), over which thesea breaks in E gales. No 10 Light–buoy (starboardhand) is moored 15 miles SSE of Oregon Inlet. Adangerous wreck (position approximate), adetached shoal with a depth of 17⋅3 m (57 ft) overit, and a wreck lie 15½, 17¼, and 19¼ miles SEof Oregon Inlet, respectively. Thence:

4 E of Avon (25 miles S) (7.18). Two wrecks, and awreck (reported 1977) lie 9, 19½ and 16½ milesENE, respectively. Thence:

E of Cape Hatteras (33¾ miles S), narrow, low andsandy. A light (7.22), is exhibited from a position2½ miles N of the cape. A wreck lies 16 miles Eof the cape.


Microwave tower (35°34′⋅3N 75°28′⋅1W).Cupola (35°24′⋅6N 75°29′⋅6W).Spires (35°21′⋅1N 75°30′⋅7W).Stranded wreck (35°19′⋅3N 75°28′⋅4W).Radome (35°16′⋅0N 75°32′⋅6W).Tower (35°14′⋅9N 75°32′⋅0W).


INLAND WATERS

General information


1 The inland waters of North Carolina are a chain ofnavigable sounds and their tributaries, lying inside the lineof long, low narrow islands, which form the coast ofVirginia and North Carolina. A considerable amount oftraffic passes through these waterways, which are onlyavailable for small vessels.

2 These sounds and the connecting waterways are animportant link in this part of the Intracoastal Waterway(7.5), which connects the S end of Southern Branch ofNorfolk, with Beaufort Inlet (7.83). The channels aremarked by lighthouses, light–beacons, beacons and buoys(lateral).


Fish havens7.28

1 Fish stakes and nets, extending long distances from theshore, are often found on the shoals, especially at the Nentrance to Croatan Sound. Numerous fish traps, stakes andpound nets have been reported in Pamlico Sound; somemay be submerged.

Albemarle SoundUS Charts 12205, 12206 (see 1.18)General information7.29

1 Description. Albemarle Sound (36°00′N 75°50′W),which lies behind the coast, with its end midway betweenCurrituck Beach Lighthouse (7.22) and Bodie IslandLighthouse (7.22), has good depths for vessels using theIntracoastal Waterway and with its numerous tributaries,forms the approach to a number of towns and landings. ItsE end is connected N with Currituck Sound and Back Bay,which together extend behind the coast to 8 miles N ofFalse Cape (7.24). The SE end connects with CroatanSound and Roanoke Sound, on the E and W sides ofRoanoke Island, and by these latter sounds with PamlicoSound S, Croatan Sound being the only one available tosmall vessels. Roanoke Island was the site of the firstEnglish Colony in America.

2 Topography. The shores of Albemarle Sound are lowand generally wooded; there are no prominent naturalfeatures.

Depths. There are depths of 3⋅0 to 5⋅4 m (10 to 18 ft)along the routes from North River and Pasquotank River(7.31) to Croatan Sound and Alligator River (7.33), andless water farther E.


Danger zones. Bombing target areas are situated alongthe S shore of Albemarle Sound.

See Appendix VI for definition of danger zone.4 Vertical clearances:

Croatan Sound. A fixed bridge, with a verticalclearance of 13⋅7 m (45 ft), spans the N end ofCroatan Sound between Weir Point on RoanokeIsland, and the mainland W.

5 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 20 m(66 ft), spans Croatan Sound about 2½ miles S ofWeir Point.

Roanoke Sound. A fixed bridge, with a verticalclearance of 19⋅8 m (65 ft), spans Roanoke Soundbetween Roanoke Island and Bodie Island.

6 Fish havens. See 7.28.Rescue. A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is

situated at Elizabeth City Air Station (36°15′⋅8N76°10′⋅5W), about 3½ miles SE of Elizabeth City, NorthCarolina, on the S bank of Pasquotank River.


Directions7.30

1 Directions are not given as the chart is the best guide.

Pasquotank River7.31

1 Pasquotank River is navigable for 15 miles above itsentrance to Elizabeth City (36°18′N 76°13′W) and thence afarther 11 miles to Turners Cut, a canal connecting the riverwith the Dismal Swamp Canal forming part of theIntracoastal Waterway.

CHAPTER 7

178

Perquimans River7.32

1 Perquimans River (36°08′N 76°20′W) is navigable for8 miles above Hertford, a town 10 miles from the entrance.

Alligator River7.33

1 Alligator River (35°55′N 75°58′W) lies 10 miles W ofCroatan Lighthouse, which together with the AlligatorRiver–Pungo River Canal comprise that part of theIntracoastal Waterway (7.5) between Albemarle Sound andPamlico Sound.

Scuppernong River7.34

1 Scuppernong River (35°56′N 76°17′W), which entersBull Bay 17 miles W of Alligator River, is navigable for13 miles above Columbia, a small town which lies 4 milesfrom its entrance.

Roanoke River7.35

1 Roanoke River (35°55′N 76°42′W), which enters the Sside of the W end of Albemarle Sound, leads to PalmyraLanding, 67 miles above its entrance.

Chowan River7.36

1 Chowan River (36°20′N 76°45′W) enters the N side ofthe W end of Albemarle Sound, and together with one ofits tributaries is one of the largest rivers in North Carolina.It is navigable for 45 miles above its entrance to thejunction of Nottoway River and Blackwater River, whichare navigable for 11 and 8 miles, respectively.

Pamlico Sound

US Charts 11544, 11548, 11555, 12204 (see 1.18)General information7.37

1 Description. Pamlico Sound, the largest water area inNorth Carolina, extends behind the coast from Bodie IslandLighthouse (35°49′N 75°34′W) (7.22) to 35 miles SW ofCape Hatteras (7.18). The most important tributaries arePamlico River (7.40) and Neuse River (7.43).

2 Caution. Strong winds from any direction raise, in theexposed parts of the sound, a short, choppy sea dangerousto small vessels.

Topography. The N and W shores are indented bynumerous small bays and several rivers.

3 Depths. The general depth in the middle of the sound isbetween 4⋅3 and 7⋅3 m (14 and 24 ft), but shallow water inmany places extends a long distance from the shores, andN of Ocracoke Inlet (7.59), Bluff Shoal, with depths of 2⋅1to 3⋅6 m (7 to 12 ft), extends across the SW part ofPamlico Sound, 8¾ miles NW of Ocracoke Inlet.


Restricted area. A restricted area has been establishedon the S side of Neuse River, approximately 20 milesabove its mouth.

See Appendix VI for definition of restricted area.5 Danger zone. A bombing and rocket target area lies N

of the entrance to Bay River (35°11′N 76°35′W) (7.42).See Appendix VI for definition of danger zone.

Fish havens. See 7.28.

Directions7.38

1 Directions are not given as the chart is the best guide.

Anchorage7.39

1 Protected anchorage may be obtained in the sound alongits N shore, of which Middletown Anchorage, offMiddletown (35°29′N 75°59′W), is the principal. There arealso several channels along the S shore, amongst whichRoyal Shoal Anchorage, the bight formed by the hook ofRoyal Shoal (35°09′N 76°09′W) which extends NW ofOcracoke Inlet, affords good shelter.

Pamlico River7.40

1 Pamlico River (35°22′N 76°35′W), which enters the NWend of Pamlico Sound, is navigable to Washington, a town,32 miles above its entrance.

Pungo River7.41

1 Pungo River (35°26′N 76°34′W), which enters the Nside of Pamlico River 5 miles above its entrance, isnavigable to Leechville, a small town, 18 miles above itsentrance, and the Intracoastal Waterway follows its coursefrom the Alligator River — Pungo River Canal to PamlicoRiver. This waterway continues through Goose Creek, onthe S side of Pamlico River, nearly opposite the entrance toPungo River, thence through a canal which connects it toGale Creek, through which it passes into Bay River, andthence to Pamlico Sound.

Bay River7.42

1 Bay River (35°11′N 76°35′W) is navigable to Bayboro,a small town 14 miles above its entrance.

Neuse River7.43

1 Neuse River (35°02′N 76°35′W), which enters the Wend of Pamlico Sound, is navigable to New Bern, a city,34 miles above its entrance, and has many tributaries, someof which are navigable for a considerable distance. AdamsCreek, which enters the S side of the river, 12 miles aboveits entrance, is part of the Intracoastal Waterway betweenPamlico Sound and Beaufort Inlet (7.86). Core Creek at theN end of the inlet is connected with Adams Creek bycanal.

CAPE HATTERAS TO CAPE LOOKOUT

General information

Chart 2864Route7.44

1 From a position E of Cape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W)the coastal route leads SW, for about 75 miles, to a positionSE of Cape Lookout (34°35′N 76°32′W).

Topography7.45

1 At Cape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W) the coast turns SWto Cape Lookout, 62 miles SW, between which is RaleighBay. This bay for the first 6 miles is formed by sand dunesup to 12 m in height, behind which it is thickly wooded.For the remainder of the distance it is a narrow sandybeach with numerous sand dunes separating the ocean from

CHAPTER 7

179

Cape Lookout from S (7.45)(Original dated 2003)


the inland waters. Ocracoke Island, narrow, low and sandyforms the coast between Hatteras Inlet and Ocracoke Inlet(35°04′N 76°01′W), 15½ miles WSW. Core Banks formsthe coast for the remainder. Like the coast N the principalmarks are the lighthouses and Coastguard stations. This

stretch of coast is broken by several inlets, but the onlynavigable ones are Hatteras Inlet (7.55) and Ocracoke Inlet(7.59), 11 and 25 miles WSW of Cape Hatteras, whichform passages to the inland waters.

CHAPTER 7

180

Local knowledge7.46

1 Local knowledge is required for the inlets WSW ofCape Hatteras.


1 Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply insidethe following lines:

A line drawn from Hatteras Inlet Lighthouse(35°11′⋅8N 75°43′⋅9W) 255° to the E end ofOcracoke Island.

2 A line drawn from the W end (35°04′⋅5N 76°00′⋅3W)of Ocracoke Island, to the NE end (35°03′⋅7N76°02′⋅3W) of Portsmouth Island.

A line drawn across Drum Inlet parallel with thegeneral trend of the HW line.

See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.7.48 Former mined area

1 A former mined area, shown on the chart, is centred onposition 35°09′⋅0N 75°43′⋅5W. The area is open tounrestricted surface navigation but all vessels are cautionednot to anchor, dredge, trawl, lay cables, bottom, or toconduct any similar type of operation due to residualdanger from mines on the seabed.

See 1.5 and Appendix X.7.49Historic wreck

1 The wreck of the vessel Monitor (35°00′⋅1N 75°24′⋅4W)has been designated a marine sanctuary. All activitieswithin the limits of the sanctuary including anchoring,drifting, trawling, cable laying, drilling, dredging,discharging of waste materials and diving are forbidden.See Appendix V for further information.

Rescue7.50


Hatteras Inlet Station (35°12′⋅5N 75°42′⋅4W) at the Send of Hatteras Island, 1 mile SW of the town ofHatteras.

2 Ocracoke Station (35°06′⋅9N 75°59′⋅1W) at Ocracoke,about 4 cables N of Ocracoke Light.



1 Tidal streams. At No 14 Light–buoy (starboard hand),18 miles SSE of Cape Lookout, the tidal stream is rotary,turning clockwise. The maximum rate of the in–goingstream occurs about 4 hours before HW at Charleston, andsets 275° at a rate of ¼ kn. The maximum rate of theout–going stream occurs about 2 hours after HW atCharleston, and sets about 095° at the same rate. The tidalstreams, being weak, are almost entirely masked bycurrents due to the wind. For currents see 1.142.


Principal marks7.52

1 Landmarks:Cape Hatteras Lighthouse (35°15′N 75°32′W) (7.22).Cape Lookout Lighthouse (black and white diagonally

chequered tower, 52 m in height) (34°37′N76°31′W).

2 Offshore marks:Diamond Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (35°09′N

75°18′W) (7.22).3 Major lights:

Cape Hatteras Light (35°15′N 75°32′W) (7.22).Ocracoke Inlet Light (35°06′⋅5N 75°59′⋅2W) (7.60).Cape Lookout Light — as above.


7.53 1 From a position E of Cape Hatteras (35°13′N 75°32′W)

the track leads SW, passing (with positions relative to CapeHatteras Lighthouse (35°15′N 75°32′W)):

2 SE of Diamond Shoal Lighthouse (disused)(12½ miles ESE) (7.22) and Diamond Shoals.Diamond Shoals, over which the sea usuallybreaks, include Hatteras Shoals, Outer DiamondShoal and Inner Diamond Shoal, extending 8 milesSE from Cape Hatteras. These shoals are subject tofrequent change. No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) ismoored off the SE end of Outer Diamond Shoal,9 miles SE of Cape Hatteras. Many wrecks lie NEof Diamond Shoals. Thence:

3 Clear of ODAS Light−buoy No 41025 (16 miles SSE),and:

Clear of an historic wreck (16 miles SSE) (7.49).Numerous fish havens charted as obstructions,dangerous wrecks, wrecks and obstructions lie NWof this wreck. Thence:

4 SE of Ocracoke Inlet (27 miles WSW) (7.59).Numerous fish havens charted as obstructions,dangerous wrecks, wrecks and obstructions lie toseaward of the inlet. Thence:

SE of Drum Inlet (46 miles WSW).5 Thence the track leads to a position SE of Cape Lookout

(64 miles SW), from which a light is exhibited (7.52). Thecoast in the vicinity is low with sand dunes 3 to 12 m inheight. Cape Lookout Shoals, marked by light–buoys,extend 8½ miles SSE. The sea breaks over the shallowerparts. Lookout Breakers, the outer of these, lie 5¼ miles Sof the cape. A fish haven charted as an obstruction,dangerous wrecks, wrecks and obstructions lie to seawardof Cape Lookout.7.54

1 Useful marks:Radome (35°16′⋅0N 75°32′⋅5W).Tower (35°14′⋅9N 75°32′⋅0W).


Hatteras Inlet


1 Description. Hatteras Inlet (35°11′N 75°45′W) lies11 miles WSW of Cape Hatteras, and provides access tothe inland waters of North Carolina, and also to Hatteras, asmall town in which there are several hotels.

Local knowledge is required.Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.

See 1.47, 7.47 and Appendix VII for further information.2 Submarine cables are laid across the entrance between

Hatteras Island and the ENE end of Ocracoke Island.Intracoastal Waterway. The Intracoastal Waterway may

be accessed through Hatteras Inlet.Rescue. See 1.61, 7.50 and Admiralty List of Radio

Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

CHAPTER 7

181

Directions7.56

1 Hatteras Inlet is entered through a marked channelacross a shifting bar subject to frequent change. Theapproach is marked by HI Light–buoy (safe water). Withinthe entrance, the dredged channel, subject to frequentshoaling, is marked by light–beacons and beacons.

Useful mark:Hatteras Inlet Lighthouse (framework tower on black

hut) (35°12′N 75°44′W).

Berths7.57

1 There are several small wharves at Hatteras.

Port services7.58

1 Repairs. Extensive repairs can be made at Wanchese(35°50′N 75°37′W).

Supplies: fuel; limited stores.Communications. A small vehicular and passenger ferry

operates across Hatteras Inlet from Austin Creek toOcracoke Island.

Ocracoke Inlet


1 Description. Ocracoke Inlet (35°04′N 76°01′W) lies25 miles WSW of Cape Hatteras, and provides access tothe inland waters of North Carolina, also to Ocracoke, asmall town standing 3½ miles NE, where there is a cupolaand several hotels. Ocracoke is frequented by many fishingvessels.

2 Portsmouth, an abandoned town in which there is aprominent spire and a cupola, stands on the ENE end ofPortsmouth Island, on the SW side of Ocracoke Inlet.


Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.See 1.47, 7.47 and Appendix VII for further information.

3 Submarine cables are laid across the channel, closeinside the entrance, between Ocracoke Island andPortsmouth Island.

Intracoastal Waterway. The Intracoastal Waterway maybe accessed through Ocracoke Inlet.

Rescue. See 1.61, 7.50 and Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

Directions7.60

1 Ocracoke Inlet is entered through a marked channelacross a shifting bar subject to frequent change. Theapproach is marked by OC Light–buoy (safe water), thencethe channel is marked by buoys (lateral), which are movedto meet the changes across the bar. Several channels leadto deep water in Pamlico Sound (7.37). The most importantbeing Teaches Hole Channel, marked and subject tofrequent shoaling, which leads to a basin at Ocracoke.

2 Useful mark:Ocracoke Inlet Lighthouse (white tower) (35°06′⋅5N

75°59′⋅2W).

Berths7.61

1 Silver Lake, a circular basin at Ocracoke, affords goodanchorage in depths of 3⋅6 m (12 ft), and has severalwharves extending from the shore to depths of 3 m (10 ft)or more.

Port services7.62

1 Supplies: fuel; water; limited stores.Communications. A toll ferry transports vehicles and

passengers daily from Ocracoke to a ferry landing on the Nside of Cedar Island, about 12 miles by road N of Atlantic(34°53′N 76°20′W), on the mainland, and also to a ferrylanding at Swanquarter, about 25 miles NNW of Ocracoke.

CAPE LOOKOUT TO CAPE FEAR

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the coastal route from CapeLookout to Cape Fear. Also described are Morehead Cityand Beaufort Inlet.

It is arranged as follows:Coastal route (7.67).Morehead City and Beaufort Inlet (7.83).

Fish havens7.64

1 See 7.7.

Wrecks7.65

1 There are numerous wrecks along the coast in the areacovered by this section.

Weather7.66

1 The SW curve of this coastline often enables it toescape direct hits from both extratropical and tropicalcyclones. This sheltering effect is reflected in the meanwind speeds at Wilmington (7⋅7 kn) and Morehead City(8⋅2 kn) compared to Cape Hatteras (9⋅9 kn). This coast isalso subjected to less cloud and rain than the outer bankswhile its waters are calmer.

2 From November to March gales blow about 1% to 3%of the time in deeper waters. Shoreward of the 183 m(100 fm) depth contour, from October to April, maximumwinds of 45 to 55 kn have been encountered while seas of1⋅8 m or more occur 30% to 45% of the time; maximumseas are in the 6⋅0 to 10⋅6 m range. Hurricanes can bringstronger winds and higher waves but usually affect thisstretch of the coast about once in 15 to 20 years. InSeptember 1985, Hurricane Gloria generated windsestimated at 110 kn and 12 m seas in these waters.

3 Fog is most likely during late winter and early springwhen warm air occasionally moves across the relativelycool water shoreward of the Gulf Stream. Visibility dropsbelow about 5 cables about 2% to 3% of the time.

CHAPTER 7

182

Radiation fog may drift out over the coastal waters fromautumn to spring when land stations record visibility below5 cables on 1 to 4 days per month.

COASTAL ROUTE

General information

Chart 2864Route7.67

1 From a position SE of Cape Lookout (34°35′N76°32′W) the coastal route leads SW, for about 85 miles, toa position SE of Cape Fear (33°50′N 77°58′W).

Topography7.68

1 Between Cape Lookout and Cape Fear, 84 miles SW,lies Onslow Bay which is similar to Raleigh Bay but thestrips of land which form it are separated from themainland by much narrower water areas. Consequently thethick woods on the mainland are visible much fartherseaward.

2 Along this coast are numerous inlets, some of whichcommunicate with the inland waters behind it, but they areall obstructed by shifting bars on which the sea usuallybreaks, and can only be used by small vessels. Of these theprincipal ones are Bogue Inlet (34°38′N 77°08′W) and NewRiver Inlet (34°32′N 77°20′W), 22 and 35 miles W andWSW, respectively, of Beaufort Inlet (7.83), andMasonboro Inlet, 22 miles NNE of Cape Fear.

3 From Cape Lookout (34°35′N 76°32′W) (7.53) the coastturns N towards Power Squadron Spit, which is narrow,low and sandy, and lies on the W side of Lookout Bight,which is subject to continual change. Thence ShacklefordBanks forms the coast as far as Shackleford Point at theentrance to Beaufort Inlet.

4 The coast between Beaufort Inlet and Bogue Inlet andfrom New River Inlet to Cape Fear is undergoing rapiddevelopment, and many skyscrapers can be seen in theseareas. The major summer resorts are Onslow Beach,2 miles SW of Browns Inlet (34°35′N 77°14′W), WestOnslow Beach, 10 miles SW of New River Inlet (34°32′N77°20′W), Wrightsville Beach, 12 miles SW of New TopsailInlet (34°21′N 77°39′W), Carolina Beach and Kure Beach2½ and 5½ miles SW, respectively, of Carolina Beach Inlet(34°05′N 77°52′W).

5 Cape Fear (33°50′N 77°58′W), which lies 28½ milesNW of Frying Pan Lighthouse (disused), is a low, sharpsandy point, forming the S extremity of Smith Island. Thisisland is mostly low and marshy, but is thickly wooded onits W side.

Local knowledge7.69

1 Local knowledge is required for the inlets WSW ofCape Lookout.


1 Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply insidethe following lines:

A line drawn from Cape Lookout Light across theentrance to Barden Inlet to the seaward tangent ofthe SE end of Shackleford Banks.

A line drawn from the front leading light onShackleford Point to the head of a jetty on the Wside of the entrance to Beaufort Inlet.

2 A line drawn from 34°38′⋅7N 77°06′⋅0W across theentrance to Bogue Inlet to 34°38′⋅5N 77°07′⋅1W.

A line drawn from 34°31′⋅5N 77°20′⋅6W to theseaward tangent of the coast on the NE side ofNew River Inlet.

A line drawn from 34°20′⋅8N 77°39′⋅2W across theentrance to New Topsail Inlet (34°20′⋅6N77°39′⋅6W).

3 A line drawn from the head of the breakwater on theNE side of Masonboro Inlet to the head of thebreakwater on the SE side of the inlet.

Except as provided above, lines drawn parallel withthe general trend of the high water line across theentrances of small bays and inlets.

See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.7.71 Danger zone and restricted area

1 A firing practice area, shown on the chart, extends up to12½ miles offshore between Bogue Inlet (34°38′N77°08′W) and New River Inlet, 13 miles SW. A target andbombing area, shown on the chart, lies within the firingpractice area.

See Appendix VI for definitions of danger zones andrestricted areas.

Rescue7.72


Fort Macon Base (34°41′⋅8N 76°40′⋅9W) about1 cable W of Fort Macon in Fort Macon Creek.

Swansboro Station (34°38′⋅8N 77°05′⋅8W) about1 mile E of Bogue Inlet, on the W end of BogueBanks.

2 Wrightsville Beach Station (34°11′⋅3N 77°48′⋅7W) atthe SW end of Wrightsville Beach, at MasonboroInlet.



1 Tidal streams. Off the SSE end of Frying Pan Shoals(33°40′N 77°53′W) the tidal stream is rotary, turningclockwise. The strength of the in–going stream occursabout 4½ hours before HW at Charleston, and sets about295°at a rate of ¼ kn. The strength of the out–going streamoccurs about 1½ hours after HW at Charleston, and setsabout 120° at a similar rate.

Currents. See 1.139.

Principal marks7.74

1 Landmarks:Cape Lookout Lighthouse (34°37′N 76°31′W) (7.52).Tower (octagonal, 30 m in height) (33°52′⋅4N

78°00′⋅0W), formerly a lighthouse.2 Offshore mark:

Frying Pan Lighthouse (disused) (dark–green tower,yellow base, on black piles, name on side)(helicopter landing platform) (33°29′N 77°35′W).

Major lights:Cape Lookout Light (34°37′N 76°31′W) (7.52).


1 Racon:BM Light–buoy (34°34′⋅8N 76°41′⋅6W).


CHAPTER 7

183


7.76 1 From a position SE of Cape Lookout (34°35′N

76°32′W) the track leads SW, passing (with positionsrelative to Cape Lookout):

SE of No 14 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (18 milesSSE). An obstruction, with a depth of 20⋅1 m(11 fm) over it, lies 11 miles SE of the light–buoy.Thence:

2 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (35 milesS), with a depth of 23⋅7 m (13 fm) over it, thence:

SE of a wreck (45 miles SW), thence:SE of a wreck (65 miles SW).

3 Thence the track leads to a position SE of Frying PanLighthouse (disused) (33°29′N 77°35′W) (7.74), standing28 miles SSE of Cape Fear (7.68). Frying Pan Shoalsextend in an unbroken line, 18 miles SSE from the cape.There are drying patches on the inner part, and breakersoccur over the shoals for a distance of 11 miles from thecape. 2FP Light–buoy (starboard hand) is moored off theSW end of Frying Pan Shoals, 9¾ miles NW of No 16Light−buoy (33°28′⋅7N 77°35′⋅0W).7.77

1 Useful mark:Tower (196 m (644 ft) in height) (34°03′⋅9N

77°54′⋅7W), east of four.(Directions continue at 7.128)

Lookout Bight

Chart 3686, US Chart 11545 (see 1.18)General information7.78

1 Description. Lookout Bight (34°37′N 76°32′W) lies onthe NNW side of Cape Lookout (7.53) and affords goodanchorage for large vessels except with winds from Sthrough W to NW.

2 A stone rubble breakwater projects NW, from a position1¼ miles S of the N end of Power Squadron Spit. Thebreakwater is awash at low water, and hardly visible whena heavy sea is running. No 2 Light–buoy (starboard hand)is moored off the end of the breakwater, and should begiven a wide berth in bad weather.


Anchorages7.79

1 Large vessels usually anchor N or NW of the breakwaterin depths of 11⋅9 to 13⋅7 m (39 to 45 ft), soft sand andmud.

2 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels in theinner bight NE of Catfish Point and close S of WreckPoint, in depths of 2⋅1 to 4⋅2 m (7 to 14 ft), good holdingground of soft mud. This anchorage, protected by PowerSquadron Spit (7.68) to the W, is free from the prevailingSW swell, but the low land in the vicinity affords littleshelter from the wind. A severe blow from the N maycause a vessel to drag.

Intracoastal Waterway


1 The inland waters behind the coast between BeaufortInlet (34°42′N 76°40′W) and Cape Fear (33°50′N77°58′W), consist of a number of shallow sounds extendingthrough marshy land through which the IntracoastalWaterway connects Norfolk with Beaufort Inlet and thencontinues to Cape Fear River.

2 From Beaufort Inlet this waterway first leads along theN side of Bogue Sound, which extends to Bogue Inlet(7.71), and is separated from the ocean by Bogue Banks.From Swansboro, on the W bank of White Oak River,which is navigable for 8 miles, it leads SW for 15 miles toNew River, which flows into New River Inlet and isnavigable for 18 miles. The waterway then leads throughvarious bays and sounds, the SW of which is MyrtleSound, with Carolina Beach at its S end. Thence it passesthrough Snows Canal into Cape Fear River. It is onlyavailable to small vessels.

Local knowledge7.81


Mason Inlet

US Charts 11539, 11541 (see 1.18)General information7.82

1 Mason Inlet (34°15′N 77°46′W) lies about 26 milesNNE of Cape Fear and in 2002 had reported depths of3⋅7 m (12 ft) in the entrance, thence 3⋅0 m (10 ft) to theIntracoastal Waterway. The inlet is subject to continualchange and local knowledge is advised.

MOREHEAD CITY AND BEAUFORT INLET

General information


1 Morehead City (34°43′N 76°42′W) stands about 4 milesNW of the entrance to Beaufort Inlet, 220 miles SW ofChesapeake Bay entrance and about the same distance NEof Charleston.

Function7.84

1 Morehead City is the most important harbour on thecoast between Cape Henry and Cape Fear; it serves as acargo transhipment point for ocean going vessels, bargesplying the Intracoastal Waterway, rail and trucks. Exportsinclude general cargo, phosphates, tobacco, pulpwood, logs,coal, asphalt, salt, urea, potash, fish meal, animal feed, andfertilizers. Imports are petroleum products, including fueloils and asphalt, fish meal, chemicals, rubber, fertilizers,and lumber.

CHAPTER 7

184

Topography7.85

1 The coast between Cape Lookout (34°35′N 76°32′W)and Beaufort Inlet is formed by Shackleford Banks, thencethe coast trends W formed by Bogue Banks. These banksare mainly sand dunes up to 12 m (39 ft) in height.Atlantic Beach (34°42′N 76°44′W), a coast resort, standson Bogue Banks, 3½ miles W of the entrance to BeaufortInlet. Beaufort (34°43′N 76°40′W), a town, stands on the Eside of Beaufort Inlet 1½ miles N; Morehead City standson the W side 2 miles NW of the entrance to the inlet.


1 Morehead City is approached through Onslow Bay(7.68) and entered through Beaufort Inlet (34°42′N76°40′W), between Shackleford Point, 9 miles NW of CapeLookout (34°35′N 76°32′W), and a point 1 mile WNW.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway (7.80) may be enteredthrough Beaufort Inlet and Morehead City Harbour.

Fort Macon State Park7.88

1 Fort Macon State Park stands on the W side of BeaufortInlet close to Fort Macon.

Traffic7.89


Port Authority7.90

1 North Carolina Ports Authority, 2202 Burnett Boulevard,PO Box 9002, Wilmington, NC 28402, USA.

Limiting conditions

Project depths7.91

1 The entrance to Beaufort Inlet is obstructed by a shiftingbar extending 1½ miles seaward. There is a dredgedchannel across the bar, in which the controlling depth isfrequently changing and may be considerably less than theproject depth. The entrance and main channels and all ofBeaufort Inlet are subject to continual change. There arespoil grounds W and SW of the entrance to the dredgedchannel.

2 Project depths are as follows:Beaufort Inlet Channel 14⋅3 m (47 ft).Cutoff Channel 12⋅8 m (42 ft).Morehead City Channel 12⋅2 m (40 ft).Turning basin E leg 12⋅2 m (40 ft).Turning basin W leg 10⋅6 m (35 ft).



1 North Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal (7.111).

Tidal levels7.93





1 Fisher, 62 069 gt, LOA 289⋅5 m, 10⋅3 m draught.

Local weather7.96

1 The marine influence at Morehead City is reflected bythe average number of days the temperature reaches 32⋅2°C(35 days) and falls to 0°C or below (40 days). Inmidsummer, average highs reach the upper 80’s with nighttime lows about 10° to 15° cooler. Winters are mild asmaximum temperatures climb to the mid 50’s with nighttime readings in the mid 30’s. More than one third of theaverage 1⋅4 m of rain falls during July, August andSeptember, often as heavy, brief showers or thunderstorms.Measurable precipitation falls on 4 to 7 days per month onthe average. Visibility is usually good although a steadysoutherly blow can produce haze and mist.

2 Morehead City’s southerly exposure, with only a slender,low barrier island as protection, makes it vulnerable to thedestructive winds and tides of hurricanes. An average of1⋅2 tropical cyclones annually, have passed within150 miles of Morehead City between 1842 and 1995. Mostapproach from SW or S. The principal threat of destructivewinds and exceptionally high tides comes from the tropicalcyclones that originate in the tropical North Atlantic duringAugust and September; particularly those that recurve N, sothat the last 300 miles or more of their approach lies overwater and which subsequently strike or pass close to theport. They also pose an additional threat of destructive tidalcurrents if they accelerate to forward speeds of 20 kn ormore, after recurving, and make landfall within 100 milesW of the port. The strongest recorded winds at MoreheadCity were 77 kn with gusts of 112 kn during Helene inSeptember 1958. This was probably exceeded during Ionein September 1955, but no record was made; sustainedwinds were estimated at 82 kn with gusts to 93 kn.

3 The exposure to the destructive winds and tides of manyrecurving tropical cyclones makes Morehead Cityunsuitable as a hurricane haven for all vessels. There areno sheltered berths or hurricane anchorages for deepdraught vessels. These ships should evade at sea ifhurricane force winds (64 kn or more) are expected. Vesselswith large sail area should evade if winds of 48 kn or moreare expected.

Arrival informationOuter anchorages7.97

1 Vessels required to await a pilot are advised to select ananchorage on a line E of 34°38′⋅4N 76°39′⋅4W. Goodanchorage for large vessels may also be found towardsLookout Bight (7.78) in good holding ground, sand andshell. All the anchorages are exposed to SW winds.

2 Naval anchorages, which may also be used by othervessels, lie both sides of the entrance channel as shown onthe chart. Mariners should be aware that the anchorages tothe W of the entrance channel lie partially within a spoilground area and holding may be affected.


1 Submarine cables are laid across the entrance toBeaufort Inlet from the vicinity of Shackleford Point toFort Macon and the S end of Radio Island.

CHAPTER 7

185

Port of Morehead City (7.102)(Original dated prior to 2002)

(Photograph − North Carolina State Ports Authority)

z

Pilotage7.99

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and UnitedStates vessels under register in the foreign trade. Pilotage isoptional for United States vessels in the coastwise tradewhich have on board a pilot licensed by the federalgovernment.

2 Pilots are available 24 hours, boarding vessels in thevicinity of BM Light–buoy (safe water), moored about6½ miles SSW of Beaufort Inlet, or 1 mile E of the channelin position 34°38′⋅4N 76°39′⋅4W. Vessels should maintain aspeed of about 5 kn and provide a pilot ladder about 1 mabove the water.

3 Arrangements for pilots should be made well in advancethrough ships agents. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.

Tugs7.100

1 Tugs are available, and are required to assist seagoingvessels to berth and depart. Requirements should be madewell in advance through the agents.

Quarantine7.101

1 Quarantine is enforced in accordance with theregulations of the United States Public Health Service.

Harbour

General layout7.102

1 Morehead City Harbour lies between Radio Island andSugar Loaf Island, SE of Morehead City. It is approachedthrough Morehead City Channel. The major berths liearound the E, S, and W sides of North Carolina State PortsTerminal, situated at the NW end of the turning basin, anextension of Morehead City Channel. There is a privatelyoperated oil terminal on the E side of the basin on RadioIsland.

2 At the W end of the turning basin off the State PortTerminal, the Intracoastal Waterway leads W throughBogue Sound.

Tidal streams7.103

1 Tidal streams in the entrance to Beaufort Inlet attainrates up to about 2 kn usually setting along the channels,

CHAPTER 7

186

but at the entrance to Morehead City Channel, which leadsNW from the entrance to Beaufort Inlet, they usually setacross the channel near the end of the in–going stream andbeginning of the next out–going stream.

2 Heavy swells build up in Beaufort Inlet Channel with Nor S winds making entry and departure of vessels difficultunder unfavourable tidal conditions. Tidal conditions arehazardous near and under the causeway N of the StatePorts Authority Terminal. It was reported in 1983, that thecurrent will attain a velocity of 4 to 5 kn off the SW cornerof the State Ports Authority Terminal, and whirlpools willdevelop off the SE corner at maximum tides.


1 Landmark:Cape Lookout Lighthouse (34°37′N 76°31′W) (7.52).

Major light:Cape Lookout Light (34°37′N 76°31′W) (7.52).


1 Racon:BM Light–buoy (34°34′⋅8N 76°41′⋅6W).


Directions

Approaches7.106

1 Caution. If approaching from a position E of LookoutShoals (7.53), the greatest difficulty in making theanchorage in Lookout Bight is the distance that must berun S of the cape to clear these shoals. In thick weathermariners are advised to sound continuously, and ifuncertain of their position, they should not decrease thedepth to less than 26 m (14 fathoms). In E gales the shoalsare marked by breakers, and when W of them the sea willbe somewhat broken. When W of the shoals the depthsshould not be decreased to less than 14⋅6 m (48 ft) untilCape Lookout Lighthouse (34°37′N 76°31′W) bears morethan 041°.

2 From a position SW of No 14 Light–buoy (starboardhand) (34°18′N 76°24′W) the track leads NW, passing(with positions relative to Cape Lookout (34°35′N76°32′W)):

SW of a rock (11½ miles SSW), with a depth of17⋅7 m (58 ft) over it, and:

NE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(15½ miles SSW).

3 Thence the track leads NNW passing:WSW of No 6 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (8 miles

S), thence:WSW of No 8 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (4 miles

SW), marking a wreck with a depth of 14⋅9 m(49 ft) over it.

4 The track then leads to the pilot boarding position forBeaufort Inlet, in the vicinity of BM Light–buoy (safewater) (34°34′⋅8N 76°41′⋅6W).

Entry7.107

1 Beaufort Inlet Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on platform) (34°42′⋅2N

76°39′⋅8W).Rear light (similar structure) (5½ cables from front

light).2 From the vicinity of BM Light–buoy (safe water),

6½ miles SSW of Beaufort Inlet, the alignment (010°) ofthese lights, visible on the leading line only, leads throughthe centre of Beaufort Inlet Channel, marked bylight–buoys (lateral), to a position close SW of ShacklefordPoint at the beginning of the Fort Macon Range leadingline.7.108

1 Fort Macon Range Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (34°42′⋅7N 76°40′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (224 m from front light).

The alignment (338½°) of these lights, visible on theleading line only, leads through the centre of CutoffChannel to the beginning of Morehead City Channelleading line.7.109

1 Morehead City Channel Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (34°41′⋅5N 76°39′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (585 m from front light).

The alignment (127°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Morehead City Channel. Thence thetrack leads NNW to the chosen destination.

Berths

Depths7.110


North Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal7.111

1 North Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal (34°43′N76°42′W) has nine berths, which can handle vessels up tothe ports maximum, with depths of up to 16⋅1 m alongside:

A Ro–Ro berth at the N end of No 9 berth has a30 m ramp, 2⋅4 m deck height, with a depth of10⋅3 m alongside.

Radio Island7.112

1 Aviation Fuel Terminal (34°42′⋅9N 76°41′⋅5W) has aT–headed pier, a 30 m face and 198 m berthing space,including dolphins, with a depth of 10⋅3 m alongside.

Sulphur Barge Wharf, close S of the Aviation FuelTerminal, has a T–headed pier and 84 m berthing space,including dolphins, with a depth (2002) of 4⋅0 m alongside.

Port services

Repairs7.113

1 There are no dry docking or major repair facilities fordeep draught vessels. The nearest facilities are at NewportNews and Norfolk. Machine shops are available andwelding can be carried out.

CHAPTER 7

187

Morehead City. Cutoff Channel − Morehead City Channel (7.108)(Original dated prior to 2001)

(Photograph − NOAA)


1 The United States Public Health Service maintains anoffice in Morehead City; hospital; fumigation facilities; oilyand chemical waste reception facilities; garbage disposal.

Supplies7.115

1 Fuel oil available at North Carolina State Ports Authority

berth No 1; diesel available by truck; fresh water;provisions and stores.

Communications7.116

1 Beaufort–Morehead City Airport lies 3 km E of the StateTerminal.

CAPE FEAR TO CAPE ROMAIN

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the coastal route from Cape Fear(33°50′N 77°58′W) to Cape Romain (33°00′N 79°22′W).Also described is Cape Fear River and Wilmington, WinyahBay and Georgetown.

2 It is arranged as follows:Coastal route (7.123).Cape Fear River (7.130).

Wilmington (7.168).Winyah Bay and Georgetown (7.198).

Topography7.118

1 Between Cape Fear and Cape Romain the coast curvesW then WSW through Long Bay, the coast of which isformed by a sandy beach with numerous sand dunes. It isseparated from the mainland, which is thickly wooded, bysmall streams and marshes, the woods appearing from theoffing to extend to the beach.

2 There are several inlets along this coast, which are onlysuitable for small vessels, and are similar to those between

CHAPTER 7

188

Beaufort Inlet and Cape Fear. These connect with theIntracoastal Waterway which follows the general directionof the coast at a distance of about 5 cables inland.

3 Between Little River Inlet (33°51′N 78°33′W) andMurrells Inlet, 30 miles SW, there are many piers frontingthe coast, 122 to 305 m in length, most of which aremarked by lights. There are also several tanks.

Myrtle Beach, a summer resort, lies 20 miles SW ofLittle River Inlet, where there are several hotels, tanks anda tower.

4 Between the entrance to Winyah Bay (33°12′N79°09′W) and Cape Romain, 15 miles SW, the coast issimilar to that N of Winyah Bay, except that it is moreintersected with rivers. These rivers are obstructed byshallow bars, which are only suitable for small vessels.

Wrecks7.119

1 There are numerous wrecks along the coast in the areacovered by this section.

State boundary7.120

1 The boundary between North Carolina and SouthCarolina is Little River Inlet (33°51′N 78°33′W), 9 milesWSW of Shallotte Inlet.

Fish havens7.121

1 See 7.7.

Weather7.122

1 This stretch of coast lies close to one of the main winterstorm tracks, while tropical cyclones are infrequent butdangerous visitors. Along with rough seas, fog can be aproblem in winter.

2 During December, January and February, extratropicalcyclones from the Gulf of Mexico often move across NFlorida and then NE, just off the South Carolina coast ontheir way to Cape Hatteras. While these storms and frontalsystems from more N storms produce gale force winds thatoccur less than 5% of the time, wave heights of 2⋅4 m ormore occur 20% to 30% of the time and wave heights of7⋅6 m have been recorded. Weather conditions can also getrough in April when warm air from the Gulf of Mexicocollides with cold arctic air.

3 Occasionally warm tropical air blows across the coolerwaters that lie shoreward of the Gulf Stream in this area.Visibility of below 5 cables is reported about 1% to 3% ofthe time in winter, compared to less than 1% farther out.This poor visibility is most likely from December toMarch.

4 Tropical cyclones are most likely along this coast fromJune to October. Although a few have occurred in May,November and December, the peak threat is in Septemberand October. On the average about one or two stormsthreaten this coast each year. Many of these tropical stormshave recurved and are heading N or NE at 15 to 18 kn.Hurricane force winds are most likely when the storm isover open water.

COASTAL ROUTE


1 From a position SE of Cape Fear (33°50′N 77°58′W)the coastal route leads WSW, for about 90 miles, to aposition SE of Cape Romain (33°00′N 79°22′W).


1 Local knowledge is required for the inlets SW ofWinyah Bay.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply inside the following lines:

A line drawn from an abandoned lighthouse in33°52′⋅4N 78°00′⋅0W, across Cape Fear RiverEntrance to Oak Island Light.

2 Lines drawn parallel with the general trend of theHW line, between Cape Fear and Little River Inlet,across the entrances of small bays and inlets.

A line drawn from the W end of Bird Island acrossthe entrance to Little River Inlet to the E end ofWaties Island.

3 Lines drawn parallel with the general trend of thehigh water line across the entrances to Hog Inlet,Murrells Inlet, Midway Inlet, Pawleys Inlet andNorth Inlet.

A line drawn from the charted position of No 2NBuoy (starboard hand) at the head of the N jetty,across the entrance to Winyah Bay.

4 A line drawn from Santee Point to the seawardtangent of Cedar Island.

A line drawn from Murphy Island S along themeridian of 79°20′⋅3W to the N extremity of CapeIsland Point.

See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.

Rescue7.126


Oak Island Station (33°53′⋅6N 78°02′⋅1W) on the Wside of the mouth of Cape Fear River on OakIsland.

2 Georgetown Station (33°20′⋅8N 79°16′⋅2W) on the Wbank of the Great Pee Dee River about 2½ cablesS of US Route 17 highway bridge.



1 Landmarks:Tower (33°52′⋅4N 78°00′⋅0W) (7.74).Oak Island Lighthouse (33°53′⋅6N 78°02′⋅1W) (white

round concrete tower, black top, grey base, 47 min height).

Georgetown Lighthouse (33°13′⋅4N 79°11′⋅1W)2 Offshore mark:

Frying Pan Lighthouse (33°29′N 77°35′W) (7.74).Major lights:

Oak Island Light — as above.Georgetown Light — as above.

CHAPTER 7

189


7.128 1 From a position SE of Cape Fear (33°50′N 77°58′W)

the track leads WSW, passing (with positions relative toCape Fear):

SSE of a wreck (29 miles SSE), thence:2 Clear, depending on draught, of two wrecks (44 miles

SSW), thence:Clear of an obstruction (position approximate)

(57 miles SSW), thence:Clear of an obstruction (position approximate)

(51 miles SSW).3 The track then continues WSW, passing (with positions

relative to Cape Romain (33°00′N 79°22′W)):Clear of a fish haven (35 miles E), thence:SSE of a wreck (22 miles E), marked by WR2

Light–buoy (starboard hand), thence:4 SSE of a fish haven (23 miles E), thence:

SSE of a wreck (13 miles E), marked by WR4Light–buoy (starboard hand). A fish haven, anobstruction (position approximate), and adangerous wreck lie 3 miles E, 3¾ miles W, and4½ miles E, respectively, of WR4 Light–buoy.

5 Thence the track leads to a position SE of CapeRomain. Cape Romain Shoal extends 4½ miles SE from thecape. An obstruction (position approximate; not shown onChart 2864) is reported to lie close outside the outer endof this shoal and breaks in a moderate swell. From theouter end of this shoal, depths of less than 11 m (36 ft)extend 5¼ miles S.7.129

1 Useful mark:Aero light–beacon (33°40′⋅2N 78°56′⋅5W).


CAPE FEAR RIVER

General information


1 Cape Fear River, 370 miles in length and the approachto Wilmington, is entered between Bald Head (33°52′N78°01′W) (7.147) and the E end of Oak Island, 1½ milesNNW; it is navigable to Fayetteville, 90 miles aboveWilmington. Between Navassa and Fayetteville there arethree locks and dams.

2 At Wilmington, Cape Fear River is joined by NortheastCape Fear River, and is navigable to Crooms Bridge,49 miles above Wilmington.

Topography7.131

1 From Cape Fear (7.68) the coast curves WNW and islow and sandy. It is broken by the entrance to Cape FearRiver. Cape Fear River extends N, the coast on both sidesbeing broken by numerous islands. Battery Island, the W ofseveral islands, lies on an extensive area of shoal groundwhich extends from the E side of the river, 2¼ miles N ofBald Head. Yaupon, a beach resort, stands 3¼ miles W ofthe entrance to Cape Fear River.

Depths7.132

1 Cape Fear River is obstructed by a bar, which extends2¾ miles from the entrance, and is subject to frequentchange. A dredged channel leads across the bar to theentrance of the river.

2 From its entrance the dredged channel has a projectdepth of 13⋅4 m (44 ft), with a least width of 152 m, for adistance of 7½ miles to Fort Caswell. Thence for a distanceof 2 miles the project depth is 12⋅1 m (40 ft) with a leastwidth of 152 m. Thence for a distance of 24 miles toHighway 74−76 Bridge in Wilmington the project depth is11⋅6 m (38ft) with a least width of 122 m. Thence intoNortheast Cape Fear River (including a turning basin4 cables above the mouth) to Hilton Bridge the projectdepth is 9⋅8 m (32 ft) with a least width of 58 m. Thenceto the upper limit of the project about 1 mile above HiltonBridge the project depth is 7⋅6 m (25 ft) with a least widthof 61 m.


Hazards7.133

1 Ferry. A ferry crosses Cape Fear River between PriceCreek (7.166), and Federal Point (33°57′⋅6N 77°56′⋅7W),about 6 miles above the mouth.

Abnormal water levels. Caution should be exercised inCape Fear River, at times when tides are higher thannormal and after heavy rains, as logs and floating debrismay be encountered.

Anchorage7.134

1 Vessels waiting to enter the river may obtain anchorageNW of CF Light−buoy (33°46′N 78°03′W), clear of theprecautionary area (7.136).

Spoil grounds, shown on the chart, lie E and SE of theanchorage. The area to the W is reported to be rocky andfoul.

Pilotage7.135

1 Pilotage is compulsory from the bar to the limit ofnavigation on Cape Fear River, which is above Wilmington,for all foreign vessels and United States vessels underregister in the foreign trade. Pilotage is optional for UnitedStates vessels in the coastwise trade which have on board apilot licensed by the federal government.

2 Pilots are available 24 hours and board vessels up to2 miles NW, through W, to S from CF Light–buoy(33°46′⋅3N 78°03′⋅0W). Vessels should maintain a speed ofabout 6 to 8 kn and provide a pilot ladder about 1 m abovethe water.

3 There are three pilot boats, 9 to 15 m in length, darkhull with white superstructure and the word “PILOT” onthe sides.

Arrangements for pilots should be made well in advancethrough ships agents. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.


1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS covers the SWapproach to Cape Fear River. The scheme is IMO adoptedand Rule 10 of The International Regulations forPreventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.

Precautionary area, shown on the chart, is establishedat the N limits of the TSS and encloses the pilot boarding

CHAPTER 7

190

area. Due to volume of traffic, mariners are advised not toanchor or linger in the precautionary area except to embarkor disembark a pilot.7.137

1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.See 1.47, 7.125 and Appendix VII for further information.7.138

1 Regulated navigation area. Dredging operationsinvolving drilling and blasting take place in the Cape FearRiver and Northeast Cape Fear River between the monthsof August and January, inclusive. During these periods thewaters are designated as regulated navigation areas (RNA).Vessels of 300 gt or greater, and tugs with tows, arerequired to notify the Captain of the Port, Wilmington, atleast 48 hours prior to transiting the RNA, and, thereafterto follow local instructions.

2 Safety zone. Those waters of the Cape Fear River andthe Northeast Cape Fear River surrounding a vesselcarrying hazardous cargo, extending from 457 m (500 yds)ahead and astern and 69 m (75 yds) on each side of thevessel, are designated as a safety zone.

See Appendix V for general rules governing regulatednavigation areas and safety zones.7.139

1 Restricted area. Sunny Point Army Terminal (7.167),9 miles above the mouth of Cape Fear River lies in arestricted area. See Appendix VI for definition of restrictedarea.


1 Submarine cables are laid alongside the channel fromFort Caswell (33°53′⋅5N 78°01′⋅1W) to Southport. Alsoacross Cape Fear River as shown on the chart.

Submarine pipelines are laid across Cape Fear Riverand the S entrance to Brunswick River as shown on thechart.


1 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of50⋅2 m (165 ft) over the main channel, spans Cape FearRiver 5¼ miles below Wilmington.

Tidal streams7.142

1 Tidal streams on the bar set at a considerable rate,generally in the direction of the channel. On the last of thein–going stream and the first of the out–going stream theyset across the shoals.

2 In the river the tidal streams follow the direction of thechannel, and during freshets the out–going stream is verystrong, sometimes overcoming the in–going stream. AbreastSouthport the out–going stream attains a maximum rate atsprings of 2½ kn. Usually a strong in–going stream isexperienced for a considerable distance above Wilmington,where it runs for 5¼ hours, the duration of the out–goingstream being about 7 hours. Below Wilmington the periodsof the in–going and out–going streams become nearlyequal.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway may be accessed throughCape Fear River. It enters Cape Fear River from MyrtleSound through Snows Cut, 3¾ miles N of Federal Point.Snows Cut is approached from the main channel in Cape

Fear River by dredged channels from SSW and NNW,marked by leading lights, light–beacons and beacons.

2 The entrance to the Intracoastal Waterway leading Wfrom Cape Fear River is situated at the S end of Southport(33°55′N 78°01′W), and is marked on its S side by No 1Light–beacon (green square, yellow square, on multi–pilestructure) (33°54′⋅9N 78°01′⋅2W).

Rescue7.144

1 See 1.61, 7.126 and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 5 for further information on rescue.


1 Landmarks:Disused lighthouse (33°52′⋅4N 78°00′⋅0W) (7.74).Oak Island Lighthouse (33°53′⋅6N 78°02′⋅1W)

(7.127).Cooling tower (33°57′⋅2N 78°00′⋅7W).Water tank (33°55′⋅3N 78°01′⋅2W).

2 Water tank (33°59′⋅9N 77°54′⋅4W).Micro tower (34°00′⋅0N 77°54′⋅6W).

Offshore mark:Frying Pan Lighthouse (33°29′N 77°35′W) (7.74).

Major light:Oak Island Light — as above.


1 Racon:CF Light–buoy (33°46′⋅3N 78°03′⋅0W).


Directions


1 From a position about 20 miles SSW of Cape Fear theapproach to Cape Fear River leads through the N−boundlane of the TSS, shown on the chart, thence through theprecautionary area to the vicinity of CF Light−buoy (safewater) (33°46′N 78°03′W).

2 Cape Fear River Entrance Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on platform) (33°52′⋅4N

78°01′⋅2W).Rear light (similar structure) (1⋅2 miles from front

light).3 From CF Light−buoy the alignment (013½°) of these

lights leads about 5 miles NNE through a channel, markedby light–buoys (lateral), to the beginning of Bald HeadShoal Channel leading line, passing (with positions relativeto front light):

4 ESE of a tide gauge (yellow diamond on pile)(1¼ miles SW), from which a light is exhibited,thence:

WNW of Bald Head Shoal (1 mile S).5 Bald Head Shoal Channel Leading Lights:

Front light (framework tower on platform) (33°52′⋅8N78°00′⋅0W).

Rear light (similar structure) (2150 m from frontlight).

6 The alignment (043°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Bald Head Shoal Channel Range, marked bylight–buoys (lateral), to the beginning of Smith Islandleading line, passing (with positions relative to front light):

NW of Bald Head Shoal (1½ miles SSW), thence:SE of Jay Bird Shoals (1¼ miles SW), and:

7 NW of Bald Head (9 cables SSW), wooded.

CHAPTER 7

191

Cape Fear − Smith Island Range (7.148)

(Original dated prior to 2001)(Photograph − NOAA)

Useful marks:Radio towers (33°54′⋅1N 78°03′⋅1W).

7.148 1 Smith Island Leading Lights:

Front light (white framework tower on piles)(33°53′⋅7N 78°00′⋅3W).

Rear light (similar structure) (796 m from front light).2 The alignment (007½°) of these lights, visible on the

leading line only, leads through the centre of Smith IslandRange to the end of Smith Island Range leading line.Thence the track leads NNW for about 3½ cables throughBaldhead Caswell to the beginning of Southport Channelleading line.

River passage7.149

1 Southport Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on multi−pile

structure) (33°54′⋅4N 78°01′⋅4W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, and green

square, yellow square inside on multi−pilestructure) (7 cables from front light).

2 The alignment (319½°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Southport Channel to the end of SouthportChannel leading line. Thence the track leads NNW forabout 4 cables through Battery Island Channel, thence N,

NNE and NE to the beginning of Lower Swash Channelleading line.7.150

1 Lower Swash Channel Leading Lights:Front light (multi−pile structure) (33°55′⋅8N

77°59′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (3¾ cables from front

light).2 The alignment (055°) of these lights leads through the

centre of the dredged Lower Swash Channel Range to thebeginning of Snows Marsh Channel leading line.7.151

1 Snows Marsh Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on multi−pile)

(33°57′⋅7N 77°57′⋅0W).Rear light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework

tower) (7 cables from front light).2 The alignment (046°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Snows Marsh Channel Range to the beginning ofHorseshoe Shoal Channel leading line, passing The Rocks,a breakwater extending SSW from Federal Point (33°57′⋅6N77°56′⋅7W).7.152

1 Horseshoe Shoal Channel Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (33°56′⋅6N 77°57′⋅8W).Rear light (similar structure) (7½ cables from front

light).

CHAPTER 7

192

The alignment (203°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Horseshoe Shoal Channel Range tothe beginning of Reaves Point Channel leading line.7.153

1 Reaves Point Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on dolphin)

(33°57′⋅7N 77°57′⋅0W).Rear light (white rectangle, red stripe, on white

framework tower) (7 cables from front light).The alignment (185½°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Reaves Point Channel Range to thebeginning of Lower Midnight Channel leading line.7.154

1 Lower Midnight Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework

tower) (34°01′⋅4N 77°56′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (1½ miles from front

light).The alignment (014½°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Lower Midnight Channel Range to the beginningof Upper Midnight Channel leading line.7.155

1 Upper Midnight Channel N Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework


The alignment (359½°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Upper Midnight Channel Range to the beginningof Lower Lilliput Channel leading line.7.156

1 Lower Lilliput Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework

tower) (34°05′⋅2N 77°55′⋅8W).Rear light (similar structure) (5½ cables from front

light).The alignment (012½°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Lower Lilliput Range to the beginning of UpperLilliput Channel leading line.7.157

1 Upper Lilliput Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework

tower) (34°04′⋅2N 77°55′⋅9W).Rear light (similar structure) (9½ cables from front

light).The alignment (173°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Upper Lilliput Range to the beginningof Keg Island Channel leading line.7.158

1 Keg Island Channel Leading Lights:Front light (multi−pile structure) (34°07′⋅8N

77°56′⋅1W).Rear light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)

(569 m from front light).The alignment (002¾°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Keg Island Range to the beginning of Big IslandLower Range leading line.7.159

1 Big Island Channel Lower Leading LightsNorth Leading Lights:

Front light (multi−pile structure) (34°08′⋅4N77°56′⋅6W).

Rear light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)(152 m from front light).

2 South Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)

(34°07′⋅4N 77°56′⋅0W).

Rear light (similar structure) (1½ cables from frontlight).

3 The alignment (331¼°), ahead, and (151¼°), astern, ofthese pairs of lights leads through the centre of Big IslandLower Range to the beginning of Big Island Upper Rangeleading line.

7.160 1 Big Island Channel Upper Leading Lights

North Leading Lights:Front light (multi−pile structure) (34°08′⋅7N

77°57⋅2W).Rear light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)

(92 m from front light).2 South Leading Lights:

Front light (multi−pile structure) (34°07′⋅8N77°56′⋅1W).

Rear light (framework tower on multi−pile structure)(366 m from front light).

3 The alignment (313¾°), ahead, and (133¾°), astern, ofthese pairs of lights leads through the centre of Big IslandUpper Range to the beginning of Lower Brunswick Rangeleading line.7.161

1 Lower Brunswick Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework


The alignment (333¼°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Lower Brunswick Range to the beginning ofUpper Brunswick Range leading line.7.162

1 Upper Brunswick Channel Leading Lights:Front light (white rectangle, red stripe, on framework


The alignment (011½°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Upper Brunswick Range to the beginning ofFourth Eastern Jetty Range leading line.7.163

1 Fourth Eastern Jetty Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on multi–pile)


The alignment (183¾°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Fourth East Jetty Range to the end ofFourth East Jetty Range leading line. Thence the trackleads N into Between Channel, thence Approach Channel.


River anchorage7.164

1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 6⋅4 to 10⋅0 m(21 to 33 ft), off Southport clear of the dredged channel.This anchorage, sometimes used as a harbour of refuge inwinter for coastal vessels, is good but vessels should veer agood scope of cable owing to the strong tidal streams.


Southport7.165

1 General information. Southport (33°55′N 78°01′W),which lies on the W bank of Cape Fear River, is a smalltown. The Wilmington pilots maintain an office and a

CHAPTER 7

193

lookout tower (33°55′⋅0N 78°01′⋅2W) adjacent to the townpier.

2 Berth. Town pier, which in 1983 had a reported depthof 5⋅4 m (18 ft) alongside.

Repairs. Hull and engine.Supplies: fuel; water; water; provisions and stores.

Price Creek7.166

1 Price Creek (33°56′⋅0N 77°59′⋅5W), on the W side ofCape Fear River 1½ miles NE of Southport, is a ferryterminal. The channel is marked by beacons. Close NE ofthe creek is Pfiezer Inc. Pier (33°56′⋅1N 77°59′⋅2W), aT–headed pier 204 m in length, including dolphins, with adepth of 10⋅7 m alongside.

Sunny Point Army Terminal7.167

1 General information. Sunny Point Army Terminal,which is a restricted area (7.139), lies between 2½ cablesand 2½ miles N of Sunny Point (33°59′N 77°57′W). Thereare three wharves, each 610 m in length. See Appendix VIfor definition of restricted area.

2 Depths. The terminal is approached through two markedchannels from SE and one from E, which have depths of6⋅7 to 11⋅9 m (22 to 39 ft), leading from the main channelthrough Cape Fear River. Off the wharves there are threebasins, with depths of 6⋅1 to 10⋅4 m (20 to 34 ft).


WILMINGTON

General information


1 Wilmington (34°14′N 77°56′W) lies on the E bank ofCape Fear River, 25 miles above the entrance.

Function7.169

1 Wilmington is the chief port of North Carolina. Ithandles general cargo, petroleum products, cement, asphalt,molasses, chemicals, sulphur, fertilizers and sugar. In 2000the population was 75 838.

2 There are many tourist attractions and points ofhistorical interest in the city and vicinity. The USS NorthCarolina, a World War II memorial, is berthed on the Wbank of Cape Fear River opposite Wilmington.

Wilmington is a port of entry. Vessels are usuallyboarded at their berths.


1 The port is approached through Cape Fear River.

Traffic7.171


Port Authority7.172

1 North Carolina State Ports Authority, 2202 BurnettBoulevard, PO Box 9002, Wilmington, NC 28402.

Limiting conditions


1 See 7.132.

Bridges7.174

1 The following bridges are above the major terminals atWilmington (with positions relative to Point Peter(34°14′⋅5N 77°57′⋅3W)):

Highway 74−76 lift bridge (8 cables SSE), with avertical clearance of 19⋅8 m (65 ft) when closedand 41⋅1 m (135 ft) when open, and a horizontalclearance of 106⋅7 m (350 ft), spans the Cape FearRiver at Wilmington.

2 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 16⋅7 m(55 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 36⋅5 m(120 ft), spans the Cape Fear River at Point Peter.

Highway 117 bascule bridge (7 cables NNE), with avertical clearance of 7⋅9 m (26 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 45⋅7 m (150 ft), spans Northeast CapeFear River.

3 Hilton bascule bridge (1 mile NNE), with a verticalclearance of 1⋅2 m (4 ft) and a horizontal clearanceof 61 m (200 ft), spans the Northeast Cape FearRiver.


1 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of38⋅1 m (125 ft), spans Cape Fear River 4 cables WNW ofPoint Peter (34°14′N 77°57′W). See also 7.141.

Deepest and longest berths7.176

1 Deepest berth: Exxon Co Wharf (7.191).Longest berths: North Carolina State Ports Authority

berths 1 to 5 (7.192).

Tidal levels7.177





1 Hanjin Tokyo, 50 792 gt, LOA 289⋅5 m, 11⋅5 m draught.

Local weather7.180

1 A maritime location makes Wilmington’s climateunusually mild for its latitude. Warm, humid summers aretempered by sea breezes while cold, winter outbreaks aremoderated by winds off a relatively warm ocean. Inmidsummer, temperatures may reach 32⋅2°C or more onnearly half of the days but readings of 37⋅8°C are rare.Freezing temperatures occur on nearly 40 days fromDecember to February but even during the most severecold spell the temperature stayed above –17⋅8°C.

2 Sea fog is likely from November to April with S or SEwinds. It may hang on for several days until a W windbrings clearing. After a warm day with a large night timedrop in temperature, fog may settle on the river, but willusually burn off in the forenoon. It may be thick on the barand outside, while clear on the river from 2 or 3 miles

CHAPTER 7

194

above the entrance. Rainy days are common throughout theyear with a slight maximum in summer. However, summerprecipitation is often in the form of a brief, heavy showeror thunderstorm in the late afternoon.

3 Thunderstorms can bring gusty winds but gales areinfrequent at Wilmington. They are most likely associatedwith an extra tropical storm in late spring or a tropicalcyclone in late summer or autumn. The strongest windsoccurred during Hurricane Helene in September 1958. Theairport weather station recorded a N wind at 76 kn with apeak gust of 117 kn.

4 Freshets occur any time from November to April, butno appreciable rise in the water level has been reported atWilmington. They do have a marked effect on the tidalcurrents and sometimes overcome the flood current entirelyin the river almost to the entrance. The velocity of theout–going current is greatly increased during freshets.

Arrival information

Outer anchorages7.181

1 See 7.134.

Pilotage7.182


Tugs7.183

1 Tugs are available but seldom employed between CFLight–buoy (safe water) and Wilmington, but are generallyused for berthing and leaving, and are met just below theterminal they are bound for, or off the State Port AuthorityTerminal.




1 A safety zone is established around the area of the USSNorth Carolina (7.169).

See Appendix V for further information.

Quarantine7.186


Harbour

General layout7.187

1 The harbour of Wilmington comprises the entire widthof the river from the lower end of the city to the Hiltonbascule bridge which spans Northeast Cape Fear River,1 mile above Point Peter, the W entrance point to that river.

Climatic table7.188

1 See 1.198.

Directions for entering harbour

Approaches and entrance7.189

1 Wilmington is approached from the main channel inCape Fear River. See 7.147 for directions.

Berths


1 There are numerous berths along the Cape Fear Riverand the Northeast Cape Fear River; only the majordeep−draught piers, wharves and terminals are described.

Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

Cape Fear River7.191

1 Terminals on the E side are as follows:Gold Bond Building Products Wharf (34°10′⋅4N

77°57′⋅4W); 247 m in length with a depth of10⋅6 m alongside.

Exxon Co Wharf (34°10′⋅6N 77°57′⋅4W); 255 m inlength, with dolphins, with a depth of 12⋅1 malongside.

2 Mobil Oil Wharf, 3½ cables N of Exxon Co Wharf;73 m in length, with dolphins, with a depth of10⋅3 m alongside.

Petroleum Fuel and Terminal Co Wharf, 3 cables Nof Mobil Oil Wharf; 244 m in length, withdolphins, with a depth of 9⋅7 m alongside.

3 North Carolina State Ports Authority Fuel Wharf,about 2 cables N of Petroleum Fuel and TerminalCo Wharf; 107 m in length, with dolphins, with adepth of 10⋅3 m alongside.

7.192North Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal

(34°11′⋅6N 77°57′⋅3W); berths 6 to 8, combinedlength of 500 m with a depth of 11⋅5 m alongside.

1 North Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal; berths1 to 5, combined length of 884 m with a depth of11⋅5 m alongside.

North Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal berthsA and B, close N of berths 1 to 5; combinedlength of 370 m with a depth of 11⋅5 m alongside.

2 Paktank Corp. Wharf (34°12′⋅6N 77°57′⋅3W); 308 min length, with dolphins, with a depth of 11⋅5 malongside.

Chevron U.S.A. Wharf berths A and B, 1 cable N ofPaktank Wharf; 73 m in length, with dolphins, witha depth of 7⋅3 m alongside.

3 Amerada Hess Corp. Wharf, 4 cables N of ChevronWharf; 168 m in length, with dolphins, with adepth of 10⋅3 m alongside.

Cape Fear Terminal Wharf, 2 cables N of AmeradaHess Wharf; combined length of 189 m, withdolphins, with a depth of 10⋅3 m alongside.

Northeast Cape Fear River7.193

1 Terminals on the E side are as follows:Seaboard System Railroad Co. Diesel Fuel Wharf

(34°14′⋅5N 77°57′⋅2W); 137 m in length, withdolphins, with a depth of 8⋅5 m alongside.

Almont Shipping Co. North Berth, 2½ cables N ofSeaboard System Railroad Co. Diesel Fuel Wharf;183 m in length, with dolphins, with a depth of10⋅6 m alongside.

2 Terminals on the W side are as follows:Horton Iron and Metal Co. Pier (34°16′⋅0N

77°57′⋅1W); 72 m face with a depth of 8⋅2 malongside. N and S sides with 122 m berthingspace on each side with depths of 8⋅2 m alongside.

CHAPTER 7

195

Port of Wilmington (7.187)

(Original dated prior to 2002)(Photograph − North Carolina State Ports Authority)

W.R.Grace and Co. Wharf, 7 cables N of Horton Ironand Metal Co. Pier; 241 m in length, withdolphins, with a depth of 7⋅6 m alongside.

Port services

Repairs7.194

1 There are two shipyards at Wilmington on the W bankof Cape Fear River; a 1000−tonne slipway is available; hulland engine repairs.


1 A marine safety office is at Wilmington; United StatesPublic Health Service maintains an out–patients office inWilmington; hospitals; oily and chemical waste receptionfacilities; garbage disposal facilities.

Supplies7.196

1 Fuel; water; provisions and stores.

Communications7.197

1 New Hanover County Airport, is situated 4 km ENE ofthe N end of Wilmington.

WINYAH BAY AND GEORGETOWN

General information


1 The entrance to Winyah Bay (33°12′N 79°09′W), thefirst harbour S of Cape Fear available for vessels of 7⋅6 m(25 ft) draught, lies between the S end of North Island andthe N end of Sand Island, 1 mile SW. Winyah Bay is theapproach for Georgetown.

Topography7.199

1 The land on both sides of the entrance is low;Georgetown Lighthouse is difficult to distinguish by day,

CHAPTER 7

196

especially in hazy weather, owing to the sand dunes in thevicinity and the trees surrounding it.

Depths7.200

1 Winyah Bay is obstructed by a bar, with a least depth of0⋅6 m (2 ft) over it, which extends 2¾ miles E and SE fromthe entrance to the bay. A 15 mile long dredged channelwith project depths of 8⋅2 to 8⋅8 m (27 to 29 ft), leastwidth 91 m, leads to the turning basin off the three deepwater terminals on Sampit River.


Off–lying shoals7.201

1 East Bank, with a depth of 1⋅8 m (6 ft) over its S end,and marked by 2EB Buoy (starboard hand) on its E side,lies 4½ miles SSE of Georgetown Lighthouse (33°13′⋅4N79°11′⋅1W).

Other shoals, with a least depth of 4⋅2 m (14 ft) overthem, lie up to 8½ miles SSE of Georgetown Lighthouse.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.See 1.47, 7.125 and Appendix VII for further information.

Pilotage7.203


2 Pilots will board day or night from the pilot boat, just Eof WB Light–buoy (33°11′⋅6N 79°05′⋅2W). The pilot boat,Winyah Bay, 14⋅6 m in length, has a black hull and whitesuperstructure.

Arrangements for pilots should be made well in advancethrough ships agents. See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.


1 A submarine cable is laid across Sampit Channel.

Rescue7.205

1 See 1.61, 7.126 and Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 5 for further information on rescue.

Tidal streams7.206

1 The rate of the tidal streams in Winyah Bay varies withthe state of the rivers flowing into it, as well as the state ofthe tide. Their rate is greatest between the ruined jetties atthe entrance where it is 2 to 3 kn, and they set diagonallyacross the S jetty. During freshets in the river, and alsowith W winds, the light–buoys and buoys (lateral) betweenthe jetties are at times nearly dragged under with theout–going stream. Off South Island the average rate of thetidal streams is 2 kn, increasing to 2½ kn at springs.Between North Island and South Island the set of thein–going stream is towards Mud Bay, on the N side,5 miles above the entrance to Winyah Bay, until past theNE end of South Island, when the set is more W. InWestern Channel, on the SW side of Winyah Bay 5 milesNW of the entrance to the bay, the tidal streams generally

follow the direction of that channel. Above Frazier Point(33°18′⋅8N 79°16′⋅5W) on the NE side of the bay,8¼ miles NW of the entrance to the bay, the in–goingstream sets into the channel E of Hare Island, 1 mile N ofFrazier Point, and also into Waccamaw River, entered onthe E side of Waccamaw Point, 1½ miles N of Hare Island.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway may be accessed throughWinyah Bay, and from N, leads into Winyah Bay throughWaccamaw River (7.206). Thence it passes through the bayby the main channel and the N part of Western Channel(7.215), and continues S through Estherville–Minim CreekCanal, which connects with North Santee River, and has aproject depth of 3⋅6 m (12 ft). Thence towards CharlestonHarbor it continues generally parallel with the coast, at adistance of 2 to 5 miles behind it.


1 Landmark:Georgetown Lighthouse (33°13′⋅4N 79°11′⋅1W)

(7.127).Major light:

Georgetown Light — as above.

Directions

Cautions7.209

1 It is reported that at HW the ruined N jetty is partiallysubmerged, and only the three rock mounds along the Sjetty are visible. At LW, parts of the ruined S jetty justinshore of the outermost mound remain submerged.Extreme caution is advised.

2 At night, vessels having mistaken Range B lights forEntrance Channel Range A lights, have approached theentrance too closely, and only with difficulty have clearedthe outer end of the S Jetty. Care should be taken thatthese lights are identified correctly.

Entrance to Winyah Bay7.210

1 Leading Lights A:Front light (framework tower on piles) (33°11′⋅6N

79°10′⋅1W).Rear light (similar structure) (823 m from front light).

2 From a position S of WB Light–buoy (safe water),5¼ miles ESE of Georgetown Lighthouse (33°13′⋅4N79°11′⋅1W), the alignment (270°) of these lights leads Wthrough Entrance Channel, marked by light–buoys (lateral),to the beginning of Leading Lights B leading line, passing(with positions relative to Georgetown Lighthouse):

3 S of WB Light−buoy (5¼ miles ESE). Obstructions,with depths of 7⋅9 to 9⋅4 m (26 to 31 ft) overthem, lie N and NW of the buoy. Thence:

S of No 4 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (3¾ milesESE), which marks a shoal patch, with a depth of5⋅4 m (18 ft) over it, lying 1 cable E of the buoy,thence:

4 Between Nos 5 and 6 Light–buoys (lateral) (3¼ milesSE). Two ruined jetties project 1 and 2¼ milesfrom the N and SW sides of the entrance toWinyah Bay. The E end of the N jetty is markedby 2N Buoy (starboard hand).

5 Leading Lights B:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework

tower on dolphin) (33°11′⋅9N 79°10′⋅9W).

CHAPTER 7

197

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on frameworktower on piles) (348 m from front light).

6 The alignment (284¾°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Range B to the end of Range B leading line.

Thence the track continues WNW and NW throughSouth Island Bend, through the entrance to the bay, passing(with positions relative to Georgetown Lighthouse(33°13′⋅4N 79°11′⋅1W)):

7 Between Nos 11 and No 12 Light–buoys (lateral)(1¼ miles S), thence:

NE of No 13 Light–buoy (port hand) (1 mile S),thence:

SW of No 14 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (8 cablesS).

7.211 1 Leading Lights C:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on squareframework tower on piles) (33°14′⋅5N 79°11′⋅8W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on white squareframework tower on piles) (6 cables from frontlight).

2 The alignment (342°) of these lights leads through thecentre of the channel to the beginning of Range D leadingline.

Winyah Bay7.212

1 Leading Lights D:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on dolphin)

(33°15′⋅4N 79°13′⋅0W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on square

framework tower) (632 m from front light).2 The alignment (322½°) of these lights leads through the

centre of the channel to the beginning of Range E leadingline.7.213

1 Upper Leading Lights E:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(33°18′⋅3N 79°17′⋅3W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on square

framework tower) (519 m from front light).2 Lower Leading Lights E:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on squareframework tower on piles) (33°14′⋅5N 79°11′⋅8W).

Rear light (similar structure) (750 m from front light).3 The alignment (310½°) of Upper Leading Lights E, and

(130½°), astern, of Lower Leading Lights E, leads throughthe centre of the channel to the end of Range E leadingline, passing Marsh Islands.

Thence the track leads NNW and N through FrazierPoint Bend, passing WSW of Frazier Point, into RabbitIsland Channel.7.214

1 Rabbit Island Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band

on tower on piles) (33°20′⋅4N 79°16′⋅9W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower on

piles) (6½ cables from front light).2 The alignment (009°) of these lights leads through the

centre of the channel to the end of Rabbit Island Channelleading line; thence the track continues NNE for about6 cables through Rabbit Island Channel passing WNW ofRabbit Island.

Thence the track leads NW into Sampit Point Channel.(Directions continue at 7.220)

Western Channel7.215

1 Western Channel (33°16′N 79°16′W), marked bylight–beacons, follows the SW side of the bay and connectsat both ends with the main dredged channel. The N part ofit forms part of the Intracoastal Waterway, and has a leastdepth of 4⋅3 m (14 ft). A submerged breakwater extends1 mile N from the island on the NE side of WesternChannel; there is a submerged pile at its N end.

Georgetown


1 Position. Georgetown (33°22′N 79°17′W) stands on theN bank about 1½ miles above the entrance to Sampit River(7.200), 14 miles above the entrance to Winyah Bay. It is392 miles S of Norfolk, Virginia, and 247 miles N ofJacksonville, Florida by coastal routes.

2 Function. Georgetown is a city of growing commercialimportance, and has a large pulp mill, a chemical plant,steel mills and seafood processing plants. It has manylandmarks of historical importance. Salt, cement, steel,aggregates and forest products are the main cargoeshandled.

3 Topography. The area is low and marshy.Approach and entry. Georgetown is approached

through Winyah Bay and entered through Sampit River.Traffic. In 2004 the port was used by 7 vessels with a

total of 204 599 dwt.4 Port Authority. South Carolina State Ports Authority,

PO Box 22287, Charleston, SC 29413−2287.


1 Project depths. See 7.200.For the latest controlling depth the charts and the port

authorities should be consulted.Bridge. A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of

19⋅8 m (65 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 30⋅4 m (100 ft),spans Sampit River about 1 mile above the entrance.

2 Overhead cable. An overhead power cable, with avertical clearance of 18⋅5 m (61 ft), spans the river about2 miles above the entrance.

Deepest and longest berth. State Pier 31 Berth 1(7.221).


Density of water. The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.4 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 213 m,

draught 8⋅2 m.Ice. Except in severe winters little ice is seen and then

only along the banks. The channels are never obstructed.5 Weather. The climate is usually mild. Fog is observed

during the autumn and spring and usually sets in duringsouthwesterly weather, when it may persist for severaldays. Night time fog, due to a large drop in temperature,usually burns off in the forenoon. Sea fog sometimes hangsoffshore or in the entrance when it is clear inside.

6 Winter temperatures average near 15⋅6°C during the dayand about 3⋅9°C at night. Temperatures drop to freezing orbelow only on about 28 days per year; a –15⋅6°Ctemperature was recorded one February. Precipitationaverages about 75 to 100 mm per month during the winter

CHAPTER 7

198

and falls on 4 to 6 days per month; snow is rare and about12½ mm is recorded annually.

7 Summer maximum temperatures usually climb to about31⋅1°C, while the minimum is about 21⋅7°C. Temperaturesreach 32⋅2°C or higher on about 55 days annually; areading of 40°C was recorded in both June and August.June to August is considered the rainy season with abouthalf of the 127 cm annual average rainfall occurring duringthese months.


1 Outer anchorages. See 7.223.Pilotage. See 7.203 for further information on pilotage.Tugs are available, and are required for berthing and

leaving. Tugs meet vessels just below Georgetown.Arrangements for services of tugs should be made throughthe vessel’s agents.

2 Harbour regulations. The South Carolina State PortAuthority has jurisdiction over the port through themanager of the port.

Quarantine is enforced in accordance with theregulations of the United States Public Health Service.

Harbour7.219

1 General layout. The harbour of Georgetown comprisesthe N and S banks of Sampit River (7.200) as far as thefixed bridge which spans the river 1 mile above theentrance. The harbour is entered through Sampit PointChannel, leading to a turning basin to the SE of StatePier 31. The main berthing areas are centred on the N bankof the river.

2 Georgetown fronts a bypass on the N side of SampitRiver, 7½ cables NNW of Sampit Point (33°21′⋅0N79°16′⋅9W). In the NW corner of this bypass is a turningbasin. A cutoff channel, leads from the main channel alongthe E and NE sides of the bypass, where there are smallwharves, and thence joins the turning basin.

Directions for entering harbour(continued from 7.214)7.220

1 From a position at the end of Rabbit Island Channelabout 3 cables SSE of Sampit Point, in the centre of thechannel, the track leads NW through Sampit Channel,passing NE of Sampit Point, thence towards the turningbasins and the berths.

Berths7.221

1 Depths. Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

Berths are as follows:State Pier 31 (33°21′⋅8N 79°17′⋅3W); two berths,

213 and 152 m in length with a depth of 8⋅2 malongside.

2 State Pier 32 (33°22′⋅0N 79°17′⋅5W); 217 m inlength, with dolphins, with a depth of 8⋅2 malongside.

Cement berth, just W of State Pier 31; 58⋅5 m inlength, with dolphins, with a depth of 8⋅2 malongside.

International Paper Co wharf, 2 cables W of thecement berth; 144 m in length with a depth of8⋅2 m alongside.

Port services7.222

1 Repairs. There are no facilities for major repairs or drydocking large, deep draught vessels; the nearest facilitiesare at Charleston, South Carolina.

Minor hull and engine repairs.2 Other facilities: customs, port of entry; hospital; oily

and chemical waste reception facilities.Supplies: fuel by truck or barge; fresh water; provisions

and stores.


Anchorages7.223

1 There are no anchorages in Winyah Bay or Sampit Riverfor deep draught vessels. The recommended anchorage, asreported by the local pilots, is 5 cables NE of WBLight–buoy (safe water) in a depth of about 10⋅9 m (36 ft),sand and mud.

2 Attention is drawn to the following obstructions (withpositions relative to WB Light–buoy (safe water)(33°11′⋅6N 79°05′⋅2W):

Obstructions (1¼ and 2 cables N), with depths of 7⋅9and 8⋅8 m (26 and 29 ft) over them.

3 Obstruction (6 cables N), with a depth of 9⋅4 m(31 ft) over it, and marked close E by a buoy(special).

Fish haven (1 mile N), with a depth of 7⋅3 m (24 ft)over it.

NOTES

199

2804

2864

2805

2807

2807

2801

2810

2865

3961

2809

2806

2803

S O U THCA RO LI NA

Cape Romain

Saint Helena Sound

Port Royal Sound

Tybee Roads

Savannah River

Bulls Bay

Charleston

Beaufort Port Royal

Savannah

Saint Catherines Sound

Saint Simons Sound

NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN

Brunswick

G E O RG IA

8.21

2

8.98

8.18

8.23

8.268.26

8.103

8.108

8.108

8.225

8.225

8.155

8.155

200

81°

Chapter 8 - Cape Romain to Saint Simons Sound

79°80°81° 30´30´30´

33° 33°

32° 32°

31° 31°

79°Longitude 80° West from Greenwich30´30´

30´ 30´

30´ 30´

30´ 30´1105

201

CHAPTER 8

CAPE ROMAIN TO SAINT SIMONS SOUND

GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 2865Scope of the chapter8.1

1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastalpassages, inlets, anchorages and harbours along the E coastof South Carolina and Georgia from Cape Romain(33°00′N 79°22′W) to Saint Simons Sound (31°08′N81°25′W). Also described are the ports of Charleston(8.26), Port Royal and Beaufort (8.108), Savannah (8.155)and Brunswick (8.225).

2 It is divided into the following sections:Cape Romain to Braddock Point (8.13).Braddock Point to Saint Simons Sound (8.151).

Topography8.2

1 The general character of the coast between Cape Romain(33°00′N 79°22′W) and Saint Simons Sound, about153 miles SW, is low, sandy and wooded, similar to thatpart of the coast mentioned in the previous chapter, butmuch more indented.


1 The entrances to the harbours on this coast, areobstructed by shifting sand bars, across which are dredgedchannels with depths liable to change.

Inshore set8.4

1 Along the coast between Charleston Harbor and theentrance to Saint Simons Sound, mariners must guardagainst an inshore set, which may amount to 1 kn or more,due to an in–draught into the various inlets. In this area,preceding a NE or following a S gale, a hazy atmosphericcondition may be encountered which results in the lowvisibility of lights, even in fine weather when it is clearoverhead. When these conditions prevail, it is reported thatstrong inshore sets have been experienced.

Local knowledge8.5

1 Local knowledge is required for the inlets SW of CapeRomain.

Regulations8.6

1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply to the inland waters from Cape Romain to Saint

Simons Sound. The limits of the waters to which theserules apply are given in the text. See 1.47 and AppendixVII for further information.


Northern right whale. See 8.153.




Explosives dumping grounds8.8

1 Extensive disused dumping grounds for explosives arecentred on 32°16′N 78°41′W and 30°37′N 79°52′W, asshown on the chart.


1 A number of areas where there are reports ofunexploded ordnance are established up to 80 miles off thecoast; their positions are shown on the chart.

Fish havens8.10

1 Numerous fish havens usually marked by buoys (orangeand white) exist in the area covered by this chapter.

Rescue8.11



Quarantine8.12

1 See 1.57.

CHAPTER 8

202

CAPE ROMAIN TO BRADDOCK POINT

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the coastal route from CapeRomain (33°00′N 79°22′W) to Braddock Point (32°07′N80°49′W), including the ports and minor harbours, togetherwith Saint Helena Sound.

2 It is arranged as follows:Cape Romain to Charleston (8.18).Charleston Harbor and approaches (8.26).Charleston to Braddock Point (8.98).Port Royal Sound and approaches (8.108).

Topography8.14

1 Between Northeast Point (32°56′N 79°34′W) and theentrance to Charleston Harbor, 18 miles SW, the coast isformed by Bull Island, Capers Island, Dewees Island, Isleof Palms, and Sullivans Island, which are low. Theseislands are separated by Price Inlet (32°52′N 79°39′W),Capers Inlet (32°51′N 79°42′W), Dewees Inlet (32°49′N79°43′W) and Breach Inlet.

2 From Charleston Harbor the coast continues SW and isformed by Folly Island, Kiawah Island and Edisto Island.The resort town of Folly Beach stands on Folly Island andis connected to the mainland by a fixed bridge. Thebuildings and lights of this resort are prominent fromseaward.

3 Between Fripp Island (32°19′N 80°29′W), andTrenchards Inlet, 8 miles WSW, the coast is formed byFripp Island, Pritchards Island and Capers Island, and isthickly wooded except near Bull Point, the SW end ofCapers Island, which is low and marshy with a white sandbeach on which there are sand dunes 4⋅6 m in height.

4 From the S side of Port Royal Sound the coast continuesSW being formed by Hilton Head Island, which is thicklywooded to Braddock Point. The resort town of ForestBeach stands 4 miles ENE of Braddock Point.

Submarine exercise area8.15

1 Submarines exercise in the area bounded by the parallelsof 32°54′N and 30°37′N, and the meridians of 77°00′Wand 79°02′W. A good lookout should be kept for themwhen passing through this area.

See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notice to Mariners.

Regulations8.16

1 Former mined area. An area shown on the chart,centred on position 32°40′N 79°42′W, is open tounrestricted surface navigation but all vessels are cautionednot to anchor, dredge, trawl, lay cables, bottom, or toconduct any similar type of operation due to residualdanger from mines on the seabed.

See 1.5 and Appendix X for further information.

Weather8.17

1 A major winter storm track extending ENE from theGulf of Mexico crosses the coastline. Often theseextratropical systems are in a developing stage andintensify after crossing the Gulf Stream in the Atlantic.Therefore, gale force winds are infrequent in these coastal

waters; they blow 1% to 3% of the time from November toMarch. Maximum winds for most months are in the 40 to50 kn range generated by extratropical or tropical storms,and cold fronts in spring. Steep waves are infrequent, butwaves of 2⋅4 m or more can be expected about 15% to30% of the time from November to March. Maximumheights are in the 5⋅4 to 7⋅6 m range.

2 Tropical cyclones are most likely from June to Octoberwith a peak threat during September and October. Aboutone to two cyclones threaten this coast in an average year.Many of the storms have recurved and some have travelledacross the Gulf states and weakened. However, heavy rains,storm tides, strong winds, high waves and even tornadoesare a possibility when a tropical cyclone is near.

3 Coastal fog can plague the mariner, particularly in latewinter and spring when warm air moves in over the stillcool, coastal waters. Beyond 50 miles the warmer waters ofthe Gulf Stream tend to inhibit sea fog. In those areas, amid–winter cold air outbreak could produce fog. Visibilityis also restricted in rain and showers.

CAPE ROMAIN TO CHARLESTON

General information

Charts 2865, 2803, 2801Route8.18

1 From a position SE of Cape Romain (33°00′N 79°22′W)the coastal route leads SW for about 29 miles to a positionSE of C Light–buoy (safe water) (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W),marking the entrance to the dredged channel leading toCharleston Harbor.

Rescue8.19

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atCharleston Base (32°46′⋅4N 79°56′⋅6W), on the E side ofAshley River 8 cables above the Battery.


Principal marks8.20

1 Landmarks:Radio tower (319⋅7 m (1049 ft) in height) (32°47′⋅7N

79°50′⋅5W).Charleston Lighthouse (white triangular tower, black

top) (32°45′⋅5N 79°50′⋅6W).2 Old Lighthouse (black and white bands) (47⋅2 m

(155 ft) in height) (32°41′⋅7N 79°53′⋅0W).Loran tower (32°41′⋅0N 79°53′⋅3W).

Major lights:Charleston Light — as above.Charleston Aero Light (32°53′⋅9N 80°02′⋅1W).





8.22 1 From a position SE of Cape Romain (33°00′N 79°22′W)

(7.128) the track leads SW, passing:

CHAPTER 8

203

SE of No 6 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (32°51′N79°19′W), thence:

2 SE of Northeast Point (32°56′N 79°34′W). BullBreakers extend 6 miles S of Northeast Point, andare marked at their outer end by 2BB Buoy(starboard hand). A dangerous wreck (positionapproximate) and a dangerous wreck lie 4 and9½ miles SSE of Northeast Point respectively.Thence:

3 NW of a fish haven (32°33′N 79°19′W), thence:SE of a fish haven charted as an obstruction (32°45′N

79°34′W), marked by No 8 Light–buoy (starboardhand). A dangerous wreck (mast) lies close SE ofNo 8 Light–buoy. Another dangerous wreck lies4 miles NE of No 8 Light–buoy. Thence:

4 NW of D Light−buoy (special) (32°30′N 79°20′W),thence:

Clear of a fish haven (32°35′N 79°28′W).Thence the track leads to a position SE of C Light–buoy

(safe water) (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W), marking the entranceto the dredged channel leading to Charleston Harbor.


Bulls Bay


1 Description. Bulls Bay, between Sandy Point, the Wend of Raccoon Key, 7 miles WSW of Cape Romain andNortheast Point (32°56′N 79°34′W), the NE end of BullIsland 5 miles SW, is shallow with numerous dryingpatches and some islets.

2 Depths. For the latest controlling depth the charts andthe port authorities should be consulted.

Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply inside a line a line drawn from the W end of SandyPoint across Bulls Bay to the N end of Northeast Point.

See 1.47 for further information.

Directions8.24

1 Local knowledge is required.Useful marks:

Two towers (32°59′⋅6N 79°36′⋅6W).Lookout tower (former lifeboat station, 40 m (131 ft)

in height), standing 2½ miles SW of NortheastPoint.

Five Fathom Creek8.25

1 Five Fathom Creek, on the E side of Bulls Bay, isentered either W of Sandy Point or through a channel atSandy Point Beach, 1½ miles E of Sandy Point.

In 2001, the channel through Sandy Point Beach had acontrolling depth of 2⋅9 m (9½ ft).


2 The channel through Sandy Point Beach, marked byNo 1 Light–buoy (port hand) 5 cables SSE of the entranceand thence by buoys and a light–buoy (lateral), leads acrossthe bar, which is subject to change. Thence the creek,marked by beacons, leads NNE to join the IntracoastalWaterway.

CHARLESTON HARBOR ANDAPPROACHES

General information

Charts 2803, 2806, 2809Position8.26

1 Charleston (32°47′N 79°56′W), the largest city and portin South Carolina is situated at the confluence of CooperRiver and Ashley River, 4¼ miles above the entrance to theharbour, 264 miles SW of Cape Hatteras and 65 miles NEof Savannah River.

Function8.27

1 Charleston is the largest natural deep–water harbour onthe Atlantic Coast, S of Hampton Roads, and is readilyaccessible by day or night in clear weather, and anexcellent harbour of refuge.

The city is the centre of a rich agricultural district, forwhich it is the distributing point. Numerous manufacturingplants are in and near the city.

2 Agricultural products, consumer goods, machinery,metals, vehicles, chemicals and clay products are the maincargoes handled.

In 2003 the population was estimated to be about101 000.

Topography8.28

1 The area is very low lying.


1 Charleston is approached on the alignment of leadinglights through Fort Sumter Range and entered between FortMoultrie on the SW end of Sullivans Island (8.14) andCummings Point (32°44′⋅5N 79°52′⋅3W), the N end ofMorris Island, 1 mile SW.


1 Submarine cables cross Cooper River, as shown on thechart.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway (7.5) may be accessedthrough Charleston Harbor. It enters Charleston Harborfrom ENE through The Cove, which lies on the N side ofSullivans Island 1 mile NW of Fort Moultrie, and fromWSW through Wappoo Creek (8.93).

Traffic8.32


Port Authority8.33

1 South Carolina State Ports Authority, P O Box 22287,Charleston, SC 29413−2287.

Limiting conditions


1 Project depths are as follows:Fort Sumter Range 14⋅3 m (47 ft), least width 305 m,

thence:

CHAPTER 8

204

Fort Moultrie and tower − Entrance to Charleston Harbour (8.29)(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph − Crown Copyright)

Fort Sumter − Entrance to Charleston Harbour (8.29)(Original dated 2003)


CHAPTER 8

205

Mount Pleasant Range 13⋅7 m (45 ft), least width183 m, thence:

2 Major reaches of Cooper River, Wando River andTown Creek to Goose Creek, 13½ miles above theentrance, 13⋅7 m (45 ft).

Connecting channel into Shipyard Creek (32°49′⋅8N79°56′⋅3W) 9⋅1 m (30 ft).


Draught limitations8.35

1 While the project depths for Charleston Bar andCharleston Harbor are published as 14⋅3 m (47 ft) and13⋅7 m (45 ft) respectively, private dredging operations andnatural influences have normally permitted vessels ofslightly greater draught than 13⋅7 m (45 ft) to transit themain channels of Charleston Harbor.

2 Bar and harbour pilots at Charleston consider actualdepths based upon recent soundings, the state of the tide,and the need for under−keel clearances to allow for bothstatic and hydraulic effects between harbour bottom, hull,and the ships propeller(s).

3 The pilots generally require a 1⋅2 m (4 ft) margin forclearance, between the lowest point on the vessels hull andthe harbour bottom, for vessels transiting Charleston’swaterways at normal harbour speed.

4 The pilot office provides guidance on all vesselsmovements in which the vessels deepest draught is greaterthan 10⋅9 m (36 ft), and for tankers with deepest draughtsover 10⋅3 m (34 ft).


1 Cooper River:A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 56 m

(186 ft), spans the river between Drum Island(32°48′⋅5N 79°55′⋅5W), and Hog Island 8 cables E.In 2005 the old fixed bridges, with least verticalclearances of 41 m (134 ft), were beingdemolished.

2 A fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 47⋅24 m(155 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 213⋅3 m(700 ft) spans the river at Filbin Creek Reach(32°53′N 79°58′W).

3 Town Creek Upper Reach:A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 19 m

(65 ft), spans the creek between Drum Island(32°48′⋅5N 79°55′⋅5W), and Charleston 2 cables W.In 2005 the old fixed bridges to the S, with leastvertical clearances of 41 m (134 ft), were beingdemolished.


1 Columbus Street Terminal (8.75).

Tidal levels8.38



1 The density of water varies from 1⋅015–1⋅025 g/cm3.


1 LOA 318 m, 81 488 gt. The deepest draught vesselhandled had a draught of 13⋅1 m.

Local weather8.41

1 The temperate climate is modified by its exposure to theocean. This is most noticeable in winter, when minimumtemperatures are often 5⋅6°C to 8⋅4°C warmer on thepeninsula than at the airport. Summers are warm andhumid although sea breezes keep 37⋅8°C readings a rarity.This is the rainiest season but most of the precipitationfalls as brief, heavy showers or thundershowers. Prevailingwinds are generally S in summer and spring, compared tothe more frequent northerlies of autumn and winter. Galesare infrequent and are most likely associated with localspring storms or hurricanes, which may also produce severethunderstorms and tornadoes. From late September to earlyNovember weather is often sunny and pleasant except forthe threat of a hurricane, which also exists in summer.

2 Hurricanes. Charleston Harbor offers few of thecharacteristics of a haven during hurricane force winds. Thefollowing recommendations along with more detailedinformation can be found in the Hurricane HavensHandbook for the North Atlantic Ocean, (1.180). Largeships should evade at sea or seek shelter elsewhere when ahurricane threatens. During a severe tropical storm (50 to63 kn), some moorings along the Cooper River, ShipyardCreek and Town Creek may be adequate unless the vesselhas a large sail area. While anchorage for deep draughtvessels is available in the triangle W of the confluence ofRebellion Reach (of the main channel) with South Channel,use of this anchorage is not recommended because of therestricted scope while riding at anchor, the hazards ofcollision, and the difficulty of leaving if necessary.

3 The topography of the entire harbour area is nearly flatand at sea level provides little shelter from wind and tide.The highest accurate storm tide on record was 3⋅3 m aboveMLW in the August 1893 storm. Smaller vessels shouldstay fast or seek shelter along the W side of Cooper River,N of Battery (32°46′N 79°56′W).

4 Since 1842, 58 tropical storms have come within50 miles of Charleston, 34 of these since 1950. The mostnoteworthy of recent memory was Hurricane Hugo in 1989;highest sustained winds in Charleston were 68 kn withgusts to 85 kn, however local reports noted gusts as high as94 kn.

Arrival information

Port operations8.42

1 Vessels berthing at the following terminals are subject tothe following restrictions:

Columbus Street: Berthing starboard side to on theebb tide is restricted to vessels less than 172 m(565 ft) in length or less than 6⋅1 m (20 ft) draught.Berthing starboard to on the ebb tide at BerthsNo 4 and 5 is only allowed when the adjacentberths are empty.

2 Allied Terminal: Vessels over 12⋅2 m (40 ft) draughtmust have completed mooring operations by thestart of the ebb tide. Vessels with a draught of10⋅3 m (34 ft) or less may berth at any time.

Shipyard River Coal Terminal, Chevron, Braswelland Detyens Shipyards, Salmons: Berthing isonly allowed on the flood tide.

CHAPTER 8

206

3 McCalloy: Berthing is only allowed on the floodtide. Maximum length of vessel handled is 177 m(580 ft). Vessels over 163 m (535 ft) in length canonly leave during daylight.

4 Former Naval Station Pier K: Berthing andunberthing on the N side is only allowed duringslack water or flood tide. Berthing and unberthingon the S side is only allowed during slack water.Small naval vessels are exempt from thisrestriction.

5 Naval Weapons Station (NWS) Pier A: Vessels289 m (950 ft) in length are only allowed to berthon the flood tide.

South Carolina State Ports Authority NorthCharleston Terminal, Grain Dock and the NavyWeapons Station TC Dock: Vessels over 213 m(700 ft) should not berth starboard side to duringthe ebb tide.

6 Koch, Alcoa, Fina, North Hess, Marathon, Shell:Deep−draught tankers should not berth starboardside to during the ebb tide.

Notice of ETA required8.43

1 Notify ETA to the South Carolina State AuthorityHarbour Masters Office.


1 An anchorage area, the limits of which are shown on thechart, lies N of the outer end of Fort Sumter Range; thisanchorage lies within the former mined area (8.16) andvessels using it do so at their own risk.

Pilotage8.45


2 Pilots are available 24 hours and will board vessels witha draught in excess of 10⋅7 m (35 ft) in the vicinity of CLight−buoy (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W).

Vessels with a draught of 10⋅7 m (35 ft) or less will beboarded in the vicinity of No 6 Light−buoy (starboardhand), 4½ miles WNW of C Light−buoy.

There are two pilot boats, with black hulls andaluminium superstructures, and the word “PILOT” on eachside.

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) fordetails.

Tugs8.46

1 Tugs are available 24 hours, and are required forberthing and leaving. Vessels bound for Charleston are metN of Shutes Folly Island, situated 3 miles WNW of theentrance to the harbour, or if bound for North Charlestonoff the S end of that town.

Requirements should be sent well in advance throughships agents.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.

The limits inside which Navigation Rules for UnitedStates Inland Waters apply are as follows:

A line formed by the submerged N breakwater fromthe shore to the W end of the N breakwater.

A line drawn from across the seaward extremity ofthe Charleston Harbor breakwaters.

2 A line drawn from the W end of the S breakwateracross the S entrance to Charleston Harbor to shore on aline formed by the submerged S breakwater.

See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.

Restricted areas.8.48

1 There are several restricted areas, shown on the charts,in Charleston Harbor and its approaches, as follows:

Fort Sumter Range. A restricted area (32°43′N79°47′W) is situated on the NE side of FortSumter Range. All vessels and persons areprohibited from anchoring, diving, laying cable orconducting salvage operations in this zone exceptas authorised by the Captain of the Port.

2 Shutes Folly Island. A restricted area encompasses thedegaussing range situated in the channel betweenShutes Folly Island (32°46′⋅5N 79°54′⋅7W) andCharleston.

Daniel Island Reach. A restricted area encompassesthe degaussing range situated at the S end ofDaniel Island Reach (32°50′N 79°56′W).

3 Clouter Creek Reach and Navy Yard Reach.Restricted areas cover Clouter Creek Reach(32°51′N 79°57′W) and Navy Yard Reach(32°52′N 79°58′W).

4 Goose Creek. A restricted area, covering the NavalAmmunition Depot, exists in Cooper Creek,between Goose Creek (32°54′⋅6N 79°57′⋅1W) andRed Bank Landing, 4¾ miles upriver. Vesselsentering the area, other than those authorised bythe Commanding Officer, Naval AmmunitionDepot, must proceed at normal speed and under nocircumstances anchor, fish or stop. The area ismarked by warning signs.

5 See Appendix VI for definition of restricted area.

Safety zone8.49

1 Those waters of Charleston approaches and the CooperRiver between C Light–buoy (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W) andthe Charleston Naval Weapons Station (32°55′⋅4N79°56′⋅0W) surrounding a vessel transporting nuclearmaterials are designated as a safety zone. The zonestretches from 183 m (200 yds) ahead and astern and 91 m(100 yds) on each side of the vessel, and details arepromulgated by the Captain of The Port, Charleston.

2 See Appendix V for general rules governing safetyzones.

Former mined area8.50

1 For details on a former mined area, the limits of whichare shown on the chart, encompassing the approaches toCharleston, see 8.16.

Quarantine8.51


CHAPTER 8

207

Harbour

General layout8.52

1 Charleston Harbor, entered through Mount PleasantRange, is naturally protected by barrier islands on eitherside of its wide entrance channel. From the entrance toCharleston Harbor, the main approach to Cooper River,Town Creek Upper Reach and Town Creek Lower Reach,is through Rebellion Reach, thence a number of reacheswhich lead NW. Cooper River, N of Charleston, isapproached through a number of reaches which lead toOrdnance Reach Turning Basin 1¾ miles NNE of NorthCharleston. South Channel, which is no longer maintained,extends from the junction of the NW end of MountPleasant range and the SE end of Rebellion Reach to theentrance to Ashley River, 2½ miles W. The harbour isextensive, the major terminals and berths are situated atCharleston on the W bank of Cooper River, NorthCharleston, Shipyard Creek and Wando River.

Degaussing ranges8.53

1 Degaussing ranges, within restricted areas, are situated:South end of Town Creek Lower Reach (32°46′⋅5N

79°55′⋅2W); marked at its E and W ends bylight–beacons (lateral).

South end of Daniel Island Reach (32°49′⋅9N79°55′⋅8W).


1 Tidal streams. At C Light–buoy (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W),the tidal stream is rotary, turning clockwise. The maximumrate of the in–going stream occurs about 3¾ hours beforehigh water at Charleston, when it sets about 270° at anaverage rate of ¼ kn. The maximum rate of the out–goingstream occurs about 3 hours after high water at Charleston.

2 Between the breakwaters the tidal streams generallyfollow the direction of the channel near its axis. Outsidethe entrance it branches from the main out–going streamsetting through the openings between the outer part of thebreakwaters and the coast at a rate of 2 kn. The maximumrates of the out–going stream are about 3 kn between theouter part of the breakwaters, and between Fort Moultrieand Fort Sumter (32°45′⋅N 79°52′⋅5W).

3 At the entrance to Charleston Harbor, between thebreakwaters, slack water before the in–going stream occursabout 5½ hours before high water at Charleston, slackwater before the out–going stream about ½ hour after HWthere.

4 The out–going stream in South Channel attains amaximum rate of 2 kn. The rate of the in–going stream isless than the out–going, depending on the freshets in theriver.


Principal marks8.55

1 Landmarks:Radio tower (32°47′⋅7N 79°50′⋅5W) (8.20).Charleston Lighthouse (32°45′⋅5N 79°50′⋅6W) (8.20).Old lighthouse (32°41′⋅7N 79°53′⋅0W) (8.20).Loran tower (32°41′⋅0N 79°53′⋅2W) (8.20).

2 Spire (32°46′⋅7N 79°55′⋅8W) of Saint Phillip’sChurch. The spire may be used in transit with FortSumter Leading Lights to lead through Fort SumterRange.

TV tower (32°48′⋅0N 79°53′⋅8W).Major light:

Charleston Light (32°45′⋅5N 79°50′⋅6W) (8.20).


1 Racons:C Light–buoy (32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W).Cooper River Bridge (32°48′⋅3N 79°54′⋅9W).Filbin Creek Reach Bridge (32°53′⋅5N 79°57′⋅9W).


Directions for approaches toCharleston Harbor


1 Charleston Harbor is approached through Fort SumterRange, between two converging breakwaters which extendnearly 3 miles seaward across the bar fronting the entrance.N breakwater extends seaward from a position 9 cables Eof Fort Moultrie, and S breakwater from a position 7 cablesS of Cummings Point. The inner parts of these breakwatersare submerged.

Seaward to Fort Sumter8.58

1 Fort Sumter Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower) (32°45′⋅1N 79°52′⋅2W).Rear light (framework tower on piles) (1¾ miles from

front light).2 From the vicinity of C Light–buoy (safe water)

(32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W), 15 miles ESE of the entrance toCharleston Harbor, the alignment (299¼°) of these lightsleads through the centre of Fort Sumter Range, marked bylight–buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative to FortSumter (32°45′⋅1N 79°52′⋅5W)):

3 SSW of the head of N breakwater (3½ miles ESE),and:

NNE of the head of S breakwater (3½ miles SE),thence:

NNE of an isolated rock (3¼ miles SE), with a depthof 7⋅6 m (25 ft) over it, thence:

4 SSW of an obstruction (2¾ miles ESE), with a leastdepth of 3⋅3 m (11 ft) over it; there is a mooringbuoy close E of it.

The track then continues WNW to the beginning of theMount Pleasant Range.

Mount Pleasant Leading Lights:5 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (32°46′⋅5N 79°53′⋅0W).Rear light (similar structure) (8 cables from front

light).6 The alignment (317¾°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Mount Pleasant Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), to the end of Mount Pleasant Range leading line,passing (with positions relative to Fort Sumter (32°45′⋅1N79°52′⋅5W)):

7 SW of an obstruction (1 mile ESE), with a depth of8⋅2 m (27 ft) over it, marked by No 24 Light−buoy.

The track then continues NW to the beginning of theMount Pleasant Range.8.59

1 Useful marks:Fishing pier (32°47′⋅1N 79°47′⋅1W), the head of

which is marked by lights, lying 3¼ miles NW ofRattlesnake Shoal.

Water tower (32°47′⋅3N 79°47′⋅3W).Tank (32°45′⋅9N 79°49′⋅9W).

CHAPTER 8

208

Charleston Harbor − Custom House Reach (8.63)(Original dated prior to 2001)


2 Towers, for the use of dredgers, stand on the NE andSW side of Fort Sumter Range Leading Lights.The alignment of the NE and SW towers marksthe approximate NE and SW edge of Fort SumterRange dredged channel.

(Directions continue for South Channel at 8.67)

Directions for inside the harbour

Fort Sumter to Drum Island8.60

1 Rebellion Reach A Leading Lights:Front light (framework tower on piles) (32°46′⋅9N

79°54′⋅2W).Rear light (similar structure) (327 m from front light).

2 The alignment (306½°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Rebellion Reach, marked by light–buoys (lateral),to the end of Rebellion Reach leading line, passing (withpositions relative to Fort Sumter (32°45′⋅1N 79°52′⋅5W)):

3 NE of an obstruction (8½ cables NNW), with a depthof 10⋅3 m (34 ft) over it, thence:

NE of Middle Ground (1¾ miles NW) extending SEfrom Castle Pinckney, the SE extremity of ShutesFolly Island, thence:

4 SW of Crab Bank (1½ miles NNW), lying in themiddle of the NE side of Charleston Harbor,between the entrance to The Cove and the SWextremity of Hog Island (32°47′N 79°54′W).

Thence the track leads through Shutes and Folly Reach.

8.61 1 Shutes and Folly Reach

From a position SW of Crab Bank the track leads WNWthrough the centre of Shutes and Folly Reach, marked bylight–buoys (lateral), passing NE of Shutes Folly Island(32°46′⋅5N 79°54′⋅7W), to the beginning of Horse ReachLeading line.8.62

1 Horse Reach C Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(32°46′⋅6N 79°54′⋅5W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower, on piles) (510 m from front light).2 The alignment (146°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Horse Reach, marked by light–buoys(lateral), to the end of Horse Reach leading line, passing(with positions relative to Patriots Point (32°47′⋅1N79°54′⋅4W)):

3 SW of Patriots Point, thence:SW of the entrance to a channel leading to USS

Yorktown.Thence the track leads to the beginning of D Leading

line.(Directions continue for passage

W of Drum Island at 8.68)8.63

1 D Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)


tower on piles) (194 m from front light).2 The alignment (174¾°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of the E side of Custom House Reach,

CHAPTER 8

209

marked by light–buoys (lateral), to the end of D leadingline, passing W of Hog Island.

Thence the track leads NNE through Hog Island Reach,keeping to the centre, passing (with positions relative toPatriots Point (32°47′⋅1N 79°54′⋅4W)):

3 Under a twin span fixed bridge (1¼ miles NNW)(8.36), thence:

E of Drum Island (1½ miles NW).Thence the track leads to a position 3½ cables W of

Remley Point (32°48′⋅8N 79°54′⋅4W).(Directions continue for Wando River at 8.96.

Directions are given for the passageW of Drum Island at 8.68)

Drum Island to Goose Creek8.64

1 Drum Island Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (32°48′⋅6N 79°54′⋅5W).Rear light (similar structure) (207 m from front light).

2 From a position 3½ cables W of Remley Point thealignment (118½°), astern, of these lights leads through thecentre of Drum Island Reach, marked by light–buoys(lateral), to the end of Drum Island Reach leading line,passing NNE of Drum Island.

3 The track then leads NNW through Myers Bend, markedby a light–beacon and a light−buoy, keeping to the centre,to the beginning of Daniel Island Reach leading line.

Cooper River Lower Leading Lights:Front light (32°51′⋅0N 79°55′⋅7W).

4 Rear light (251 m from front light).The alignment (002½°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Daniel Island Reach to the end of Daniel IslandReach leading line, passing E of the entrance to ShipyardCreek (8.77).

5 Thence the track leads NNW, thence NW through DanielIsland Bend, keeping to the centre, to the beginning ofClouter Creek Reach leading line.8.65

1 Cooper River Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


2 The alignment (113°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Clouter Creek Reach, marked bylight–buoys (lateral), to the end of Clouter Creek Reachleading line passing NNE of Charleston Naval Base (8.78).

3 Thence the track leads NW through Navy Yard Reach,thence N through North Charleston Reach, thence NNEthrough Filbin Creek Reach, marked by light–buoys(lateral), passing under a fixed bridge (8.36); thence NEthrough Port Terminal Reach and Ordnance Reach, markedby light–buoys (lateral), to a position 1½ cables SSE of theentrance (32°54′⋅6N 79°57′⋅0W) to Goose Creek.

Cooper River above Goose Creek8.66

1 From a position 1½ cables SSE of the entrance(32°54′⋅6N 79°57′⋅0W) to Goose Creek, the Cooper Riveris navigable for about 15 miles to the Tee, where it dividesinto East Branch Cooper River and West Branch CooperRiver. West Branch Cooper River is navigable, through acanal and Lake Moultrie, to the City of Columbia, thecapital of the state.

2 There are no specific directions for navigating this partof the river, which is marked by leading lights andlight–beacons to The Tee. The navigation marks are shownon US Chart 11527.

South Channel(continued from 8.59)8.67

1 South Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe with yellow

reflective horizontal strip, on dolphin) (32°45′⋅5N79°55′⋅6W).

Rear light (red diamond, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (576 m from front light).

2 From a position at the end of Mount Pleasant Rangeleading line, 5½ cables NE of Fort Sumter (32°45′⋅1N79°52′⋅5W), the alignment (269°) of these lights leads forabout 2½ miles through South Channel, (no longermaintained), marked on its N side by a light–buoy(starboard hand), to the end of South Channel leading line,passing (with positions relative to Fort Sumter (32°45′⋅1N79°52′⋅5W)):

3 N of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(6 cables WNW), thence:

N of Fort Johnson (1¼ miles W), thence:S of submerged rocks (1¾ miles WNW), marked by a

beacon (orange and white), thence:S of Potts Shoal (2 miles WNW).

4 Thence the track leads to a position off the entrance toAshley River (8.91).

(Directions continue for Ashley River at 8.92)

Directions for passage west of Drum Island(continued from 8.62)8.68

1 From a position at the end of Horse Reach leading linethe track leads NW through Custom House Reach, passing(with positions relative to Patriots Point (32°47′⋅1N79°54′⋅4W)):

2 NE of the N end of Union Pier Terminal (8½ cablesWNW), thence:

SW of a shoal spit (1 mile NW), marked by No 2Light–buoy (starboard hand) moored on the edgeof the spit, extending 3 cables S of Drum Island.

3 Thence the track leads NNW through Town CreekLower Reach passing:

ENE of Columbus Street Terminal (1¼ miles NW),thence:

4 Under the twin spans of the W section of CooperRiver bridge (1½ miles NW), thence:

Under the span of the W section of Cooper Riverbridge (1¾ miles NW), thence:

WSW of the W side of Drum Island (1¾ miles NW).5 Thence the track leads generally N through Town Creek

Upper Reach passing WNW of Drum Island (1¾ milesNNW), thence E of a narrow point of land (2¼ milesNNW), marked by No 7 Light–buoy (port hand), to rejointhe main channel in Myers Bend 2½ cables N of DrumIsland.

Directions for berths8.69

1 The majority of the terminals and berths are approachedfrom the main channels as already described. WandoContainer Terminal is approached through Wando River(8.95).

CHAPTER 8

210

Side channels

West of Potts Shoal8.70

1 From the W end of South Channel (32°45′⋅5N79°54′⋅5W) (8.67) a channel, with a least charted depth of7⋅3 m (24 ft) (2002), leads NW thence N for 1¼ miles tothe S end of Town Creek Lower Reach, passing:

SW of Potts Shoal (8.67), thence:E of No 5 Beacon (port hand), marking the E side of

the spit extending SE from Battery (32°46′⋅2N79°55′⋅7W).


1 A channel marked at its entrance on the N side byNo 130 Light–beacon (red triangle, yellow triangle, ondolphin), 2½ cables W of the N end of Sullivans Island(32°46′N 79°50′W), thence by leading lights, light–beacons,a buoy and beacons (lateral), leads ENE to the IntracoastalWaterway.

2 Leading lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on dolphin) (32°46′⋅1N 79°51′⋅9W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(293 m from front light).3 The alignment (074¼°) of these lights leads through the

centre of the entrance channel into Sullivans IslandNarrows, thence into the Intracoastal Waterway. TheIntracoastal Waterway leading WSW is entered throughWappoo Creek (32°46′N 79°58′W) (8.93).

Basins and berths



Anchorages8.73

1 There are four commercial anchorages within theharbour as follows:

Anchorage A (32°46′N 79°53′W), the usual one fordeep draught vessels, is situated on the SW side ofRebellion Reach, close NW of the entrance to theharbour. An obstruction (8.60) lies on the NE sideof this anchorage.

2 Anchorage B (32°45′⋅3N 79°54′⋅2W), is situated S ofSouth Channel, 1½ miles W of Fort Sumter.

Anchorage C (32°46′⋅2N 79°54′⋅9W), is situated7 cables E of Battery.

Anchorage D (32°47′⋅0N 79°55′⋅2W), is situated1 mile NNE of Battery.

State Pier 2, Union Pier Terminal8.74

1 Cooper River W bank (32°47′⋅0N 79°55′⋅4W); 4 berthswith a combined length of 798 m, including dolphin, with adepth of 10⋅6 m alongside.

State Pier 8, Columbus Street Terminal8.75

1 Cooper River W bank (32°47′⋅8N 79°55′⋅7W); 6 berthswith a combined length of 1181 m with depths of 10⋅6 to12⋅2 m alongside.

Allied Terminal8.76

1 Cooper River W bank (32°49′⋅6N 79°55′⋅9W); 304 m inlength, including dolphins, with a depth of 12⋅2 malongside.

Shipyard Creek8.77

1 Shipyard Creek (32°50′N 79°56′W) off the W bank ofCooper River has three berths.

Kinder−Morgan Bulk Terminal is the longest, whichhas a face of 39⋅6 m with a depth of 13⋅4 m alongside. Itcan handle vessels up to 201 m in length.

Charleston US Naval Base, Station and Shipyard8.78

1 Naval facilities extend along the W bank of CooperRiver between 4 and 8 miles above Battery (32°46′N79°56′W).

Veterans Terminal8.79

1 Cooper River W bank (32°51′⋅2N 79°57′⋅1W); 4 berths,Pier Z is the longest, capable of handling vessels up to10⋅6 m draught.

North Charleston8.80

1 Cooper River W bank (32°53′N 79°58′W). In this areathere are several berths for the handling of liquid products,including Thomas Cement Terminal, Alcoa Terminal Wharf,Shell Oil Wharf, Marathon Petroleum Wharf and AmeradaHess Corporation North Terminal.

Westvaco Wharf8.81

1 Cooper River W bank (32°53′⋅8N 79°57′⋅8W), SW endof North Charleston Terminal; 198 m in length, includingdolphins, with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

North Charleston Terminal8.82

1 Cooper River W bank (32°54′⋅0N 79°57′⋅7W), 1 mileNNE of North Charleston; 3 berths with a combined lengthof 750 m in length with a depth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

South Carolina State Ports Grain Wharf8.83

1 Cooper River W bank (32°54′⋅4N 79°57′⋅3W), 4 cablesNE of North Charleston Terminal; 116 m in length with adepth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Naval Weapons Station TC Dock8.84

1 Cooper River W bank (32°54′⋅5N 79°57′⋅0W), close SWof Goose Creek; 457 m in length with a depth of 12⋅2 malongside.

Wando Welch Terminal8.85

1 Wando River E bank (32°50′⋅0N 79°53′⋅5W); 4 berthswith a combined length of 1158 m in length with a depthof 12⋅2 m alongside.

Port servicesRepairs8.86

1 Repairs of all kinds can be carried out; three dry docksat Charleston, the largest 228⋅9 m long, beam 33⋅5 m andcapable of handling vessels up to 25 500 tonnes and 10 mdraught.

Floating dry dock at Cainhoy (8.97), on Wando River.

CHAPTER 8

211


1 Hospitals; deratting certificates may be renewed;fumigation is available; oily and chemical waste receptionfacilities; garbage disposal; tugs available for salvage anddeep–sea towing; National Weather Service Office at theMunicipal Airport; floating crane of 100 tonne capacityavailable for commercial use by arrangement with theUnited States Army Authorities; Ro–Ro facilities can beprovided at any terminal using a floating ramp designed toaccommodate two vessels simultaneously.

Supplies8.88

1 Fuel oil, diesel by barge or truck; fresh water; provisionsand stores.

Communications8.89

1 Municipal airport lies 12 miles NW of Battery (32°46′N79°56′W).

Harbour regulations8.90

1 The South Carolina State Ports Authority exercisesjurisdiction over the port of Charleston through its generalmanagers. The Harbour Master enforces port regulations, acopy of which should be obtained locally.

Ashley River


1 Description. Ashley River, which enters CharlestonHarbor from NW, has a dredged channel which leads fromthe entrance to a turning basin, 5¾ miles above Battery(32°46′N 79°56′W). There are no towns of importance onthe upper part of the river.

2 Depths. For the latest controlling depth the charts andthe port authorities should be consulted.

Vertical clearance:A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 17 m

(56 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 33 m (110 ft),spans the river 1½ miles above the entrance.

3 Twin bascule bridges, with a minimum verticalclearance of 4⋅2 m (14 ft), when closed, and ahorizontal clearance of 30⋅4 m (100 ft), span theriver about 2 miles above the entrance.

4 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 15⋅2 m(50 ft) (centre span) and a horizontal clearance of30⋅4 m (100 ft), spans the river 6¼ miles above theentrance.

Submarine cables cross the river as shown on the chart.


1 Ashley River Approach Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(32°46′⋅4N 79°57′⋅1W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on white

framework tower on pile) (524 m from front light).2 From a position 2¼ miles WNW of Fort Sumter

(32°45′⋅1N 79°52′⋅5W), the alignment (297°) of these lightsleads WNW through Ashley River Approach, passing (withpositions relative to Battery (32°46′N 79°56′W)):

SSW of BP Light−buoy (preferred channel to port)(8 cables SE), thence:

SSW of the Battery.3 Thence the track leads NW, passing (with positions

relative to No 3 Light (32°46′⋅2N 79°56′⋅7W)):NE of No 3 Light (green square, yellow square, on

dolphin), thence:NE of the entrance to Wappoo Creek (3½ cables NW)

(8.93), thence:4 Under a fixed bridge (8 cables NW) (8.91), thence:

Under twin bascule bridges (1 mile NW) (8.91).Thence the track leads on various courses to the turning

basin at the head of practical navigation. No directions aregiven as the best indication is the chart.

Wappoo Creek8.93

1 Wappoo Creek (32°46′N 79°58′W), is entered 1¼ milesNW of the entrance to Ashley River. A channel through theentrance, marked by beacons (lateral), leads to theIntracoastal Waterway, leading WSW.

Coastguard Base Pier8.94

1 Coastguard Base Pier is situated on the NE side ofAshley River, 9 cables WNW of Battery (32°46′N79°56′W).

Wando River


1 Description. Wando River (32°49′⋅0N 79°54′⋅7W),which enters Cooper River between Remley Point and theS extremity of Daniel Island, 4½ cables NW, has a dredgedchannel from its entrance to a turning basin, 1¼ miles NE.A channel, marked by leading lights, light–buoys, beaconsand buoys (lateral), leads to Wando Container Terminal(8.85), thence to Cainhoy (8.97), a town 9 miles above theentrance, thence to Ward Bridge, about 14 miles above theentrance, the head of navigation.

2 Depths. The project depth for Lower Reach, UpperReach and the Turning Basin in Wando River is 13⋅7 m(45 ft).


Bridges:3 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 42 m

(138 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 106⋅6 m(350 ft), spans the river 3 miles above the entrance.

A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of 1⋅8 m(6 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 18⋅8 m (62 ft),spans the river at Cainhoy about 9 miles above theentrance.

4 Overhead cables:An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of

44⋅1 m (145 ft), spans the river 2 cables belowCainhoy.

5 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of25⋅9 m (85 ft), spans the river close above theswing bridge at Cainhoy.

Submarine cables cross the river as shown on the chart.

CHAPTER 8

212


1 Wando River Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


2 From a position 3½ cables W of Remley Point(32°48′⋅8N 79°54′⋅4W), the alignment (222°), astern, ofthese lights leads NE through Wando River Lower Reach,marked by light–buoys (lateral), towards Wando ContainerTerminal.

Cainhoy8.97

1 General information. Cainhoy, a town, lies 9 milesabove the entrance to Wando River.

Repairs: floating dock, with a lifting capacity of5000 tons; repair piers.

CHARLESTON TO BRADDOCK POINT

General information

Charts 2803, 2865, 2801Route8.98

1 From a position SE of C Light–buoy (safe water)(32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W), marking the entrance to thedredged channel leading to Charleston Harbor, the coastalroute leads SW for about 62 miles to a position SE ofBraddock Point (32°07′N 80°49′W).

Rescue8.99

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atCharleston Base (32°46′⋅4N 79°56′⋅6W), on the E side ofAshley River, 9 cables above the Battery.

See 1.61 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume6(5) for further information on rescue.


1 Landmarks:Radio tower (32°47′⋅7N 79°50′⋅5W) (8.20).Charleston Lighthouse (32°45′⋅5N 79°50′⋅6W) (8.20).Old Lighthouse (32°41′⋅7N 79°53′⋅0W) (8.20).Loran tower (32°41′⋅0N 79°53′⋅3W).Hunting Island Lighthouse (32°22′⋅5N 80°26′⋅3W)

(8.20).2 Major lights:

Charleston Light (32°45′⋅5N 79°50′⋅6W) (8.20).Charleston Aero Light (32°53′⋅9N 80°02′⋅1W).





8.102 1 From a position SE of C Light–buoy (safe water)

(32°37′⋅1N 79°35′⋅5W), marking the entrance to thedredged channel leading to Charleston Harbor, the coastalroute leads SW, passing:

2 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (32°36′N79°40′W), with a depth of 11⋅2 m (37 ft) over it. Afish haven, with a depth of 13⋅7 m (45 ft) over it,marked by a buoy (special), lies 2¾ miles S.Thence:

3 SE of a fish haven (32°29′N 80°00′W) containing anobstruction, and partially marked by buoys(special), thence:

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (32°20′N79°50′W), with a depth of 18⋅3 m (60 ft) over it,thence:

4 Clear, depending on draught, of a fish haven(32°15′N 79°51′W), with a depth of 15⋅5 m (51 ft)over it, thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (32°09′⋅6N 79°50′⋅6W),thence:

5 SE of a fish haven (32°13′N 80°20′W), marked bybuoys (special), thence:

SE of Hilton Head (32°13′N 80°40′W). Fish havenscharted as obstructions, an obstruction and adangerous wreck lie up to 16½ miles SE. Thence:

6 Clear of R7 Light (31°49′⋅0N 80°16′⋅5W).Thence the track leads to a position SE of Braddock

Point (32°07′N 80°49′W).(Directions continue at 8.223.

Directions for Savannah are given at 8.184)

Saint Helena Sound


1 Description. Saint Helena Sound is entered between BayPoint (32°28′⋅5N 80°20′⋅0W), the SW extremity of EdistoIsland, and the NNE extremity of Hunting Island, 6¼ milesSW. The entrance to this sound is the widest on the coastbetween Chesapeake Bay and the Gulf of Mexico. EdistoBeach, a resort, stands 1¼ miles NE of Bay Point.

2 The principal tributaries entering Saint Helena Sound areSouth Edisto River (8.105), Ashepoo River (8.106),Coosaw River (8.107), Morgan River (32°27′N 80°28′W)and Harbor River (32°25′N 80°26′W). The first three ofthese are links in the route of the Intracoastal Waterway.

3 Depths. A bar extends 6 miles seaward from theentrance to Saint Helena Sound through which there areseveral channels leading into the sound, only those leadingto South Edisto River (8.105) and the main channel intothe sound being marked.

4 Caution is advised because of the continual shifting ofthe shoals.


Breakers. Between the NNE end of Hunting Island andFripp Inlet, 4 miles SSW, breakers occur up to 3¾ milesoffshore.

5 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply inside a line drawn from a micro tower (32°29′⋅3N80°19′⋅2W) on Edisto Beach, across Saint Helena Sound tothe abandoned lighthouse on Hunting Island. See 1.47 andAppendix VII for further information.

Directions8.104

1 The approach to Saint Helena Sound is marked by C1Buoy (port hand) moored 6¾ miles ESE of the NNE endof Hunting Island. Thence the channel, marked by buoys(lateral), leads W, NNW and WNW, for about 8 miles, tothe entrance to the sound, passing NE of Pelican Bank,

CHAPTER 8

213

which dries, 4½ miles WSW of Bay Point. Breakers occuron both sides of the channel.

2 Useful marks:Micro tower (32°29′⋅3N 80°19′⋅2W).Tank (32°29′⋅0N 80°19′⋅9W).Tank (32°23′⋅9N 80°26′⋅5W).Tank (32°22′⋅8N 80°26′⋅5W).Hunting Island Lighthouse (32°22′⋅5N 80°26′⋅3W)

(8.20).

South Edisto River8.105

1 Description. South Edisto River, is entered 4 miles SEof Bay Point (32°28′⋅5N 80°20′⋅0W). The river is of littleimportance except the stretch between Fenwick Cut andWatts Cut which forms part of the Intracoastal Waterway.

Ashepoo River8.106

1 Description. Ashepoo River (32°29′⋅3N 80°25′⋅4W)enters Saint Helena Sound on the N side between the Send of Otter Islands, 4 miles W of Bay Point, and the SEend of Hutchinson Island, 1½ miles N. Ashepoo Riverforms part of the Intracoastal Waterway W of Fenwick Cut.The Intracoastal Waterway then continues throughAshepoo–Coosaw Cutoff on the S side of the river,3½ miles above its entrance, thence through Rock Creek,between Hutchinson Island and Ashe Island, SW, andthence through another part of Ashepoo–Coosaw Cutoff, onthe NW side of Ashe Island, 2 miles above the entrance toCoosaw River. Thence through Coosaw River (8.107).

2 Directions. The approach to Ashepoo River is markedby Combahee Bank Light–beacon (red and white chequereddiamond on dolphin), standing on the W side of theentrance to Ashepoo River, 9 cables WSW of the SEextremity of Otter Island. Thence the channel is marked bya buoy and beacons.

US Chart 11519 (see 1.18)Coosaw River8.107

1 Description. Coosaw River, which enters the head ofSaint Helena Sound between Ashe Island (32°31′N80°29′W) and Morgan Island, 2½ miles SSW, leads WNWand W for about 10 miles to Brickyard Creek, on its Sside, and is only important as a link in the IntracoastalWaterway. From the entrance to Brickyard Creek thewaterway leads to Beaufort and Port Royal Sound (8.108).

PORT ROYAL SOUND AND APPROACHES

General information

Charts 2801, 2805Position8.108

1 Port Royal Sound (32°15′N 80°40′W) lies about50 miles SW of Charleston. It is the approach for the portsof Port Royal and Beaufort. Port Royal (32°22′⋅5N80°41′⋅5W) lies 6 miles N of the entrance to Beaufort Riveralong with Beaufort, 4 miles farther up river.

Function8.109

1 Port Royal Sound is the largest and best natural harbouron the coast of South Carolina. It is a deep water port and

fishing port, and one of the oldest settlements on theAtlantic Coast, of marked historical interest.

2 The port specializes in handling bulk and break bulkcargoes, principally cement and fertilizer. Several plantsabove and below the terminal process all types of fish fordistribution.

3 Beaufort is a fishing port. Principal commodities handledare all types of fish products which are distributed afterprocessing.

A United States Marine Corps Air Station is situated onParris Island which lies on the W side of Beaufort Riverclose within its entrance.

Topography8.110

1 The coast on both sides of the entrance to Port RoyalSound is low, marshy and fringed by sandy beaches withwooded land behind. Saint Phillips Island, which forms thecoast between Trenchards Inlet (8.14) and Port RoyalSound, thence the E side of Beaufort River, is wooded inthe vicinity of the inlet, and also in the vicinity of BayPoint (32°15′⋅6N 80°38′⋅6W). Between these two woodedparts the land is low and marshy.


1 Port Royal Sound is approached through a dredgedchannel across a bar, on the alignment of leading lights,and entered between Bay Point (32°15′⋅6N 80°38′⋅6W), andHilton Head, the E extremity of Hilton Head Island,2½ miles SSW.

Tidal streams8.112

1 On the bar the tidal streams have a rate of 1½ kn andset fair with the channel, except at the turn from EntranceChannel into Bay Point Reach, where a strong current setsdiagonally across the channel. Here on the out–going tide,mariners should exercise caution lest they be set onto SaintMichaels Breakers, E of the Entrance Channel.

2 In the entrance the tidal stream attains a rate of 2 kn.Winds greatly influence the rate of streams. Afterprolonged E winds, the out–going stream often attains arate of 5 kn. Tide rips on Fishing Rip and Middle Shoalhave the appearance of breakers at times.

3 In Entrance Channel slack water before the in–goingstream occurs about 6 hours before HW at Charleston.Slack water before the out–going stream occurs at aboutthe time of HW at Charleston.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.The limits inside which Navigation Rules for United StatesInland Waters apply are lines, shown on the chart, drawnfrom Bull Point on Capers Island to the E extremity ofHilton Head. See 1.47 and Appendix VII for furtherinformation.

2 Restricted areas. Danger zones of rifle and pistolranges, shown on the chart, have been established in BroadRiver (32°19′N 80°43′W), Archers Creek (32°21′⋅7N80°42′⋅8W) and Ribbon Creek (32°20′⋅6N 80°43′⋅2W). SeeAppendix VI for definition of restricted area.


1 Submarine cables cross Beaufort River as shown on thechart.

CHAPTER 8

214


1 The Intracoastal Waterway (7.5) may be accessedthrough Port Royal Sound. The waterway leads N throughBeaufort River, thence Brickyard Creek (8.107), or SWthrough Skull Creek (8.149).

Traffic8.116

1 In 2004 Port Royal was used by 1 vessel with adeadweight of 14 100 dwt. It was reported (2005) that theport is due to close in 2006.

Port Authority8.117

1 South Carolina State Ports Authority, PO Box 22287,Charleston, SC 29413−2287, USA.

Limiting conditions

Project depths8.118

1 The project depths are as follows:The channel across the bar, the entrance to Port

Royal Sound to Bay Point 8⋅2 m (27 ft).Beaufort River 7⋅3 m (24 ft).

2 Turning basin in Battery Creek off Port Royal 8⋅2 m(27 ft).



1 South Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal (8.144).

Tidal levels8.120

1 At Beaufort the mean spring range is about 2⋅6 m; meanneap range about 1⋅7 m. See information in Admiralty TideTables.




1 Length 183 m, draught 8⋅2 m (27 ft).


1 There are two bridges above Port Royal:A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 19⋅8 m

(65 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 33⋅5 m(110 ft), spans the river 1½ miles above thejunction with Battery Creek.

2 A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of 9⋅1 m(30 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 27⋅4 m (90 ft),spans the river at Beaufort.

Local weather8.124

1 Beaufort and Port Royal Sound have a pleasant climatewhere summers are warm and humid while winters aremild. Winds are generally from the NE in autumn andwinter and S in spring and summer; the average windspeed is around 10 mph.

2 Summer is the rainy season during which 38% of theannual rainfall is accumulated on about 7–9 days permonth, mostly in the form of showers and thunderstorms.

Tropical cyclones are most likely in late summer and earlyautumn. In the Beaufort area they occur about once everyfive years on average. Summer afternoon temperaturesaverage around 32⋅2°C with about 64 days recording32⋅2°C or above; night time temperatures are usually about21⋅7°C.

3 Winter temperatures are generally about 15⋅6°C duringthe afternoon and about 5°C at night. Temperatures dropbelow freezing on about 22 days, while temperatures of–6⋅7°C or less occur only about once a year. Winterprecipitation accounts for about 20% of the annual total,falling mostly as steady rain. Each winter month averagesabout five days with measurable precipitation.

4 Fog occurs mostly in the winter and may be experiencedfrom October to April, or after a very warm day whenthere is a sharp drop in temperature at night. It usuallyburns off in the forenoon. Easterly winds bring in the fogand W winds clear it away.

Arrival information

Notice of ETA8.125

1 Notify ETA 24 hours prior to arrival.


1 Anchorage may be found in Port Royal Sound whichhas depths of 7⋅9 to 15⋅2 m, and is sometimes used as aharbour of refuge in the winter. The best anchorage is Wof Bay Point (32°15′⋅6N 80°38′⋅6W). The bottom S of BayPoint is rocky and the holding ground is poor.

2 Anchorage may also be found E of the dredged channeloff the mouth of Cowen Creek.

Pilotage8.127

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and UnitedStates vessels under register in the foreign trade. Pilotage isoptional for United States vessels in the coastwise tradewhich have on board a pilot licensed by the federalgovernment. Pilots board vessels at P Light–buoy (safewater) (32°05′⋅1N 80°35′⋅0W). See Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(5) for details.

Tugs8.128

1 There are no tugs available at Port Royal or Beaufort. Ifrequired they may be obtained from Charleston orSavannah.

Quarantine8.129


Notice of medical requirements8.130

1 Prior arrangements should be made through the vesselsagent.

Harbour

General layout8.131

1 The harbour for Port Royal lies on the N side of BatteryCreek where there is one main terminal approached off theturning basin. The harbour is entered through a number ofreaches via Beaufort River. Beaufort lies a farther 4 milesup river, where there are berths along the W bank of the

CHAPTER 8

215

river. The hospital on Parris Island maintains a pier with afloating landing stage.

Directions for entry to Port Royal Sound

Seaward to Beaufort River8.132

1 A bar extends about 9 miles SSE and S from theentrance to Port Royal Sound, the outermost part of whichis Martins Industry. A dredged channel leads across MartinsIndustry through Entrance Channel for 4¼ miles, thenceNNW through Bay Point Reach for 6¼ miles to theentrance to Port Royal Sound 1 mile W of Bay Point(32°15′⋅6N 80°38′⋅6W).8.133

1 Port Royal Sound Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(32°11′⋅9N 80°35′⋅8W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower on

piles) (1⋅8 miles from front light).2 From the vicinity of P Light–buoy (safe water) (32°05′N

80°35′W), about 11¼ miles S of Bull Point, the alignment(354½°) of these lights leads through the centre ofEntrance Channel, passing (with positions relative to BullPoint (32°16′⋅5N 80°35′⋅0W)):

3 W of Saint Michaels Breakers (8 miles S). In 1996shoaling was reported on the SW extremity ofSaint Michaels Breakers. Thence:

E of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(6¼ miles S), lying close WSW of No 15Light–buoy (port hand).

4 The track then leads NNW through Bay Point Reach,passing:

ENE of No 19 Light–buoy (port hand) (5½ milesSSW). A dangerous wreck (position doubtful) lies4 cables E. Thence:

ENE of No 23 Light–buoy (port hand) (4 miles SW),thence:

5 ENE of Fishing Rip (4¼ miles SW), thence:WSW of Great North Breakers (3 miles SW), thence:ENE of Hilton Head, the E extremity of Hilton Head

Island (5½ miles SW). Joiner Bank, which dries,extends E and S from Hilton Head. Thence:

6 WSW of Bay Point (3¼ miles WSW), the S extremityof Saint Phillips Island.

The track then leads to a position about 6½ cables W ofBay Point, between Nos 24 and 25 Light–buoys (lateral), atthe beginning of the Fort Fremont Reach leading line.Middle Shoal lies close SW of No 25 Light–buoy.

Beaufort River8.134

1 Beaufort River Leading Lights A:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe with yellow

reflective band, on dolphin) (32°19′⋅7N80°38′⋅9W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (7 cables from front light).

2 The alignment (005½°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Fort Fremont Reach, passing E of Parris IslandSpit (32°17′⋅5N 80°40′⋅0W).

The track then leads NNW through Cowen Reach.8.135

1 Beaufort River Leading Lights B:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe with yellow


Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (6½ cables from front light).

2 The alignment (342°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Cowen Reach between Parris Island and SaintHelena Island.

Thence the track continues NNW through Cat IslandReach.8.136

1 Beaufort River Leading Lights C:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe with yellow

reflective band, on pile) (32°20′⋅1N 80°39′⋅4W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (7¼ cables from front light).2 The alignment (149°), astern, of these lights, leads

through the centre of Cat Island Reach, passing WSW ofCat Island.

3 Thence the track leads WNW through Port Royal Reach.8.137

1 Battery Creek Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe with yellow


Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (580 m from front light).

2 The alignment (116½°), astern, of these lights, leadsthrough the centre of Port Royal Reach into the turningbasin.

Useful mark8.138

1 Radio tower (32°19′⋅5N 80°40′⋅6W).

Directions for Beaufort River above Port Royal8.139

1 Beaufort River above Port Royal is marked bylight–beacons and beacons. No directions are given as thebest indication is the chart.

Side channels

Southeast Channel8.140

1 Southeast Channel (32°07′N 80°34′W), lies on the Eside of Entrance Channel. It is subject to change and leadsNW, across the bar between Martins Industry and SaintMichaels Breakers, to Entrance Channel.


South Channel8.141

1 South Channel (32°06′N 80°38′W), lies on the W sideof Entrance Channel and leads N across Martins Industry tojoin Bay Point Reach. Gaskin Banks, which have breakers,lies W of South Channel.


Berths

Depths8.142


River berth8.143

1 A dock (32°21′⋅0N 80°40′⋅1W), with a reported depth of1⋅8 m (6 ft) (1983) alongside, used by the US Marine CorpsRecruit Training Depot lies on Parris Island, opposite theentrance to Cowen Creek. The remains of an old US Navalgraving dock are adjacent to the dock.

CHAPTER 8

216

Alongside berths8.144

1 South Carolina State Ports Authority Terminal(32°22′⋅4N 80°41′⋅5W), 152 m in length with a depth of8⋅2 m alongside.

There are a number of other berths and wharves inBattery Creek used by fishing vessels.

Port services

Repairs8.145

1 There are no dry dock or major repair facilities at PortRoyal or Beaufort. The nearest facilities are at Savannah orCharleston.

Minor repairs can be undertaken.


1 Hospital; oily waste reception facilities; garbagedisposal.

Supplies8.147

1 Fuel by barge or truck from Savannah; fresh water;provisions and stores.

Chechessee River


1 Description. Chechessee River enters Port Royal Soundfrom WNW between a point 5 cables NW of Dolphin Head(32°16′N 80°43′W) and the SE end of Daws Island(32°18′N 80°44′W).

2 Depths. In 1983 there was a reported controlling depthof 6 m (20 ft) from the entrance, for 4 miles to ColletonRiver, which enters it on the SW side. Thence there was asimilar depth to Copps Landing, 5 miles above the entranceto Colleton River.

3 Directions. The entrance to Chechessee River is markedon its S side by No 1 Light–beacon (green square, yellow

square on dolphin), 1½ miles within the outer end of a spitextending 3 miles ESE from the S entrance point.

Skull Creek8.149

1 Skull Creek enters Chechessee River on the NW side ofthe S entrance point to the river, and forms the IntracoastalWaterway from Port Royal Sound to Calibogue Sound(8.208). The entrance to Skull Creek is marked on its SEside by No 3 Light–beacon (green square, yellow square ondolphin) close off the S entrance point to the creek, and onthe WNW side by No 4 Beacon (red). Thence the channel,which has a project depth of 3⋅7 m (12 ft), is marked bybeacons and light–beacons.

2 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 19⋅8 m(65 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 38⋅1 m (125 ft), spansthe creek 3¾ miles above the entrance. An overhead powercable with a vertical clearance of 27⋅7 m (91 ft) spans thecreek close NE of the fixed bridge.

Broad River


1 Description. Broad River (32°21′N 80°45′W) enters PortRoyal Sound on the W side of the S end of Parris Island(32°18′N 80°40′W) and extends 16 miles NNW.

Depths. There are depths of 5⋅1 m (17 ft) as far asWhale Branch, 13 miles above the entrance, which connectswith Coosaw River (8.107).

2 Bridge. A swing bridge, with a vertical clearance of3⋅6 m (12 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 36⋅5 m (120 ft)(E draw) and 33⋅5 m (110 ft) (W draw), spans the river6 miles above the entrance. In 2004 a replacement fixedbridge, with a design vertical clearance of 13⋅9 m (45 ft),was under construction.

3 Pipelines cross the river, adjacent to the bridge, asshown on the chart.


BRADDOCK POINT TO SAINT SIMONS SOUND

GENERAL INFORMATIONChart 2865Area covered8.151

1 This section describes the coastal route from BraddockPoint (32°07′N 80°49′W) to Saint Simons Sound (31°08′N81°25′W), including the ports and minor harbours in thearea.

2 It is arranged as follows:Savannah and approaches (8.155).Coastal Route (8.212).Brunswick — Saint Simons Sound and approaches

(8.225).

Topography8.152

1 Tybee Island, on which is Savannah Beach, and LittleTybee Island, which form the coast between SavannahRiver and Wassaw Sound, 6½ miles SW, are mostly lowand marshy, but have many wooded hummocks, withcreeks winding amongst them. The SW part of Little TybeeIsland is separated from the main part of the island by a

marsh and is distinguishable by a large and thickly woodedhummock, which marks the N entrance point to WassawSound (31°55′N 80°56′W).

2 Ossabaw Island forms the coast between Ossabaw Soundand Saint Catherines Sound, 7½ miles SW, and is thicklywooded over its NE part. The W part is marshy andintersected by numerous creeks. The seaward side of theisland is practically unindented, and appears as a whitesandy beach. The SW end of Ossabaw Island is thicklywooded and forms the N point to Saint Catherines Sound(31°43′N 81°08′W).

3 Saint Catherines Island, which forms the coast betweenSaint Catherines Sound and Sapelo Sound, 9 miles S, isflat. Extensive parts of it are marshy and its higher partsare thickly wooded. From seaward, at a distance, it presentsno prominent features, showing only thick woods in leveloutline. It has a white sandy beach, and near its centre aresand dunes 6 m in height, which are visible from somedirections. On the seaward side of the island, 1 mile N ofMcQueen Inlet, which is blocked by shoals, and 3 miles Sof the N end of the island, there is a sand dune which isprominent.

CHAPTER 8

217

4 Blackbeard Island and Sapelo Island, which form thecoast between Sapelo Sound and Doboy Sound, 10 milesSSW, appear as one island from seaward. These islands areseparated from one another by Cabretta Inlet, a passageobstructed by shifting shoals at its entrance, 5½ miles SSWof the N end of Blackbeard Island (31°32′N 81°12′W),which leads to Cabretta Creek.

5 Large parts of Blackbeard Island and Sapelo Island arethickly wooded, and are fronted by white sandy beaches,but Sapelo Island is mostly marshy. From seaward theypresent no distinguishing features, nothing being visibleother than the thick woods in level outline, except forSapelo Tower (31°23′N 81°17′W), an abandonedlighthouse.

The coast continues SW to Altamaha Sound formed byWolf Island, low and marshy.

6 From Altamaha Sound the coast continues SW beingformed by Little Saint Simons Island, Sea Island and SaintSimons Island. These islands are separated only bystretches of marshy land intersected by streams and appearas one from seaward, although from certain directions themarshy land, alternating with clumps of trees, gives thecoast an unusually indented appearance. Saint SimonsIsland forms the main part and for descriptive purposes theother two islands may be considered parts of it.

7 Immediately along this stretch of coast and in its centralparts this coast is thickly wooded, and between the twowooded parts a stretch of marshy land extends nearly itswhole length. The N part is mainly marshy and is traversedby Hampton River, which separates Saint Simons Islandand Little Saint Simons Island and enters the coast5¾ miles S of Altamaha Sound.

8 The S part of Saint Simons Island is thickly wooded.The buildings in Sea Island, a resort, fronting the islandSSW of the entrance to Hampton River, and those E andNE of the SSE end of the island are prominent.

Northern right whale8.153

1 Northern right whale. A designated critical habitat hasbeen established for the Northern right whale.

A mandatory ship reporting system has been establishedfor the protection of the Northern right whale.

See 1.54, 9.5, Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume6(5) and Appendix IX for further information.

Weather8.154

1 The S latitude and maritime exposure influence theclimate on this coast. Winters are mild and short. Polar airmasses are moderated, although unusually strong, cold airoutbreaks can cause foggy conditions along the coast. Coldspells seldom last more than two or three days. Theoccasional winter storm results in strong winds and roughseas from October to April. Waves of 2⋅4 m or more arereported about 20% to 30% of the time in deep water, butgales occur less than 1% of the time. However, winds of40 to 50 kn have been recorded in all these months.

2 From May to September peak winds offshore are usuallyin the 30 to 40 kn range, although they could climb higherin a severe thunderstorm or tropical cyclone. Despite thelow latitude, tropical cyclones are infrequent along thiscoast. They are most likely from June to October and onecan be expected to move through some part of Georgiaeach year. Some cross into the state from the SW or W sothat coastal effects are minimal. The most dangerous arethose from between E and S. Because this portion of thecoast lies parallel to the mean track of the recurving

storms, the incidence of coastal crossing tropical cyclonesis extremely low. In addition to strong winds, high tidesand rough seas, these storms can trigger torrential rains,severe thunderstorms and even tornadoes or waterspouts. Ingeneral, however, summers are warm but a persistent seabreeze is usually present from afternoon into the earlyevening. Showers and thunderstorms are common along thiscoast and can reduce visibility for brief periods. Reducedvisibility is most likely to be caused during winter andearly spring by fog. This occurs when warm air movesacross the cool coastal waters that lie shoreward of theGulf Stream. Visibility of less than 5 cables has beenobserved about 3% to 5% of the time from December toFebruary in these waters.

SAVANNAH AND APPROACHES

General information

Charts 2801, 2807Position8.155

1 Savannah (32°04′N 81°05′W) lies on the S side ofSavannah River, 15 miles above the entrance.

Function8.156

1 Savannah is the chief port of the state of Georgia andhas considerable foreign and coastal trade.

Imports include petroleum products, sugar, timber,cement, gypsum, fertilizers, ores, textiles, plywood, sulphur,chemicals, agricultural machinery, and iron and steelproducts. Exports include petroleum products, kaolin clay,woodpulp, vegetable oils, peanuts, grain, naval stores,paper, oil seeds, scrap iron and agricultural machinery.

2 In 2000 the population was 131 510.

Topography8.157

1 North. Hilton Head Island (32°11′N 80°44′W), is low,marshy and fringed by sandy beaches with wooded landbehind.

South. See 8.152.

Port limits8.158

1 The harbour of Savannah comprises the lower part ofSavannah River from the bar off the entrance to 6 milesabove Savannah.


1 The river is navigable for deep draught vessels to theupper end of the harbour of Savannah, 19 miles above theouter ends of the entrance breakwaters, and for barges tothe city of Augusta, 172 miles above the entrance. Thereare numerous landings without wharves, but no importanttowns. New Savannah Bluff, is situated 150 miles abovePort Wentworth where there is a dam and a lock.

2 Savannah is approached through Tybee Range, on thealignment of leading lights, thence Tybee Roads andentered through Savannah River between Oyster Bed Islandand Cockspur Island close S.

Tidal streams8.160

1 Approaches. In the vicinity of 31°57′N 80°41′W, thetidal stream is rotary, turning clockwise. The maximum rateof the in–going stream occurs about 2½ hours before HW

CHAPTER 8

218

at Charleston, when it sets about 290° at an average rate ofabout ¼ kn. The maximum rate of the out–going streamoccurs about 4 hours after HW at Charleston, when it setsabout 115° at an average rate of about ¼ kn.

2 Entrance. The out–going stream from the entrance toSavannah River attains a rate of 2½ to 3 kn, and thein–going stream a rate of 1½ to 2 kn. From the entrancenearly to Savannah, slack water occurs about 1 hour afterand 5 hours before HW at Charleston, but these times areconsiderably affected by the wind and freshets. The tidalstreams follow the direction of the channel except off theentrance near Tybee Rear Leading Light, where thein–going stream sets NW across the channel. Between thebreakwaters the in–going stream sets about 260°. Freshetsoccur occasionally in the spring, but do not endangervessels at the wharves at Savannah.

Fort Pulaski National Monument8.161

1 Fort Pulaski National Monument includes Cockspur andMcQueens Islands. Fort Pulaski on Cockspur Island wasbuilt during the period 1829–1847.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway (7.5) may be accessedthrough Savannah River. It enters Savannah River from NEthrough Fields Cut, which lies on the N side of JonesIsland, and from SW through Elba Island Cut at the NWend of McQueens Island.

Traffic8.163


Port Authority8.164

1 Georgia Ports Authority, PO Box 2406, Savannah, GA31402, USA.

Limiting conditions

Project depths8.165

1 Project depths for the channels are as follows:Across the bar to Tybee Roads to the entrance

breakwaters — 13⋅4 m (44 ft).From the entrance breakwaters, for about 19 miles in

the main channel, to the turning basin at KingIsland — 12⋅8 m (42 ft).

2 For about 1 mile above the turning basin —12⋅8−11⋅0 m (42−36 ft).

From a position about 1 mile above the turning basin,for about 1½ miles, to the head of the project —9⋅1 m (30 ft).


Bridges8.166

1 Eugene Talmadge Memorial Bridge a fixed high levelsuspension bridge, with a vertical clearance of 55⋅6 m(185 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 1562⋅4 m (500 ft),spans the river at the W edge of the city.

Eugene Talmadge Memorial Bridge from SE (8.166)(Original dated 2000)

(Photograph − US Army Corps of Engineers)

CHAPTER 8

219

Bridges, with a least vertical clearance of 2 m (6½ ft),span the river above Savannah.

2 Caution. The river may rise between 4 m (13 ft) to anextreme of 10⋅3 m (34 ft) during freshets.


1 Overhead power cables, with vertical clearances of67⋅4 m (221 ft) and 63⋅4 m (208 ft), respectively, span theriver at Fig Island about 10 miles above the entrance and atPort Wentworth about 4¼ miles above the EugeneTalmadge Memorial Bridge.


1 Georgia State Docks Ocean Terminal (8.202).

Tidal levels8.169





1 Length 289 m with a draught of 11⋅7 m.

Local weather8.172

1 This area features a temperate climate with mild wintersand warm, humid summers. About half of its approximately127 cm of annual precipitation falls as showers orthunderstorms from mid–June to mid–September. Winterstorms, line squalls, fronts and tropical cyclones producemost of the severe weather that occasionally hindersnavigation throughout the year.

2 Hurricanes and tropical storms are most likely from Juneto October. While September and October are the peakmonths for all tropical cyclones, those of hurricaneintensity have shown a preference for August. One ofSavannah’s worst storms occurred in August 1911, whensustained winds reached 83 kn, and for 3 hours remainedbetween 70 and 80 kn. Winds on the coast can be expectedto be about 20 kn higher in hurricane conditions. Of theseven major hurricanes to directly affect Savannah, fiveoccurred in August while one each struck in September andOctober. Rainfall from tropical cyclones has exceeded50 cm. Storm tides reached 3⋅6 m above MLW at SavannahBeach during the October 1947 hurricane.

3 Gale force winds occur in thunderstorms, whichsometimes organise into line squalls either ahead of, oralong a cold front. These can be particularly violent inspring when cold and warm air masses collide.

4 The local climate varies significantly between the coastand the city region. The lessening Atlantic influence upriver results in about twice as many 32⋅2°C days insummer and twice as many freezing nights in winter, ascompared to the coast. Snow is very rare, but in February1968, 9 cm fell at the airport. Heavy fog at the airportoccurs on an average of 4 to 5 days per month fromSeptember to January. This is usually radiation fog so thatvisibility is poorest in the early morning hours butimproves during the day. This clearing is retarded byindustrial pollutants. Along the coast this type of fog is less

frequent, but a more persistent sea fog may hampervisibility in winter and spring.

Arrival information

Notice of ETA8.173

1 Notify ETA 72, 48, and 24 hours prior to arrival to theships agent.


1 Anchorage may be obtained, with good holding ground,in depths of 11⋅2 m (37 ft), N or NW of T Light–buoy(safe water). Anchoring is not recommended within a2 mile radius of T Light−buoy.

Anchorage may also be obtained in depths of 12⋅1 to15⋅2 m (40 to 50 ft) in the vicinity of 31°57′N 80°41′W.


1 Submarine cables cross Savannah River as shown on thechart.

Pilotage8.176


2 Pilots are available 24 hours and board in the vicinity ofT Light−buoy (safe water) (31°58′N 80°43′W). SeeAdmiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.

Deep draught vessels are boarded about 2 to 4 milesESE of T Light−buoy and are taken in on the flood tide.

Tugs8.177

1 Tugs are available 24 hours but must be ordered inadvance.


1 The Savannah port authorities have jurisdiction over theharbour of Savannah and the port district, which isenforced by the Harbour Master, copies of the regulationsare available from Savannah Port Authority.

A speed limit of 4 kn is in force within the harbourlimits.

2 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.The limits inside which Navigation Rules for United StatesInland Waters apply are a line drawn from the S watertower (32°06′⋅7N 80°49′⋅3W) on Hilton Head Island, toBloody Point Range Rear Light, thence to Tybee RangeRear Light.

See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.3 Regulated navigation area. The Savannah River

between T Light−buoy (31°57′⋅9N 80°43′⋅2W) and FortJackson (32°05′⋅0N 81°02′⋅2W) is a regulated navigationarea.

See Appendix V for general rules governing regulatednavigation areas.

Quarantine8.179


CHAPTER 8

220

Harbour

General layout8.180

1 The harbour at Savannah is extensive, occupying amajor portion of the river from Elba Island (32°05′N81°00′W) to Port Wentworth, 17 miles NW. The terminalsand berths are situated along the banks.

Climatic table8.181

1 See 1.200.


1 Landmarks:Water tower (32°10′⋅6N 80°43′⋅6W).Water tower (32°09′⋅2N 80°46′⋅2W).

Water tower (32°08′⋅0N 80°48′⋅2W).Water tower (32°06′⋅7N 80°49′⋅3W).Tanks (three) (61 m (200 ft) in height) (32°05′⋅2N

80°59′⋅8W).2 Radio towers (three) (32°03′⋅8N 81°00′⋅9W) marked

by red lights.Tybee Rear Leading Light (32°01′⋅3N 80°50′⋅7W).Water tower (32°00′⋅7N 80°50′⋅5W).

Major light:Tybee Rear Leading Light (32°01′⋅3N 80°50′⋅7W).


1 Racon:T Light–buoy (31°57′⋅9N 80°43′⋅2W).


Savannah River Entrance (8.184)(Original dated prior to 2001)


CHAPTER 8

221

Directions

From seaward to Tybee Roads8.184

1 Tybee Range Leading Lights:Tybee Front Leading Light (red rectangle, white

stripe, on framework tower) (32°00′⋅4N80°48′⋅7W).

Tybee Rear Leading Light (black 8−sided brick tower,white stripe) (1⋅94 miles from front light).

2 From the vicinity of T Light–buoy (safe water)(31°57′⋅9N 80°43′⋅2W), about 7¾ miles ESE of TybeeIsland NE end, the alignment (298°) of these lights leadsNW for about 3¾ miles through the centre of Tybee Range,marked by light–buoys (lateral), passing (with positionsrelative to Tybee Island NE end (32°01′⋅7N 80°51′⋅1W)):

3 NNE of a shoal patch (5¼ miles SE) with a depth of5⋅4 m (18 ft) over it.

The track then continues NW to the beginning ofBloody Point Range leading line.8.185

1 Bloody Point Leading Lights:Front light (square framework tower on piles)

(32°02′⋅5N 80°49′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (1 mile from front light).

2 The alignment (322¼°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Bloody Point Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to Tybee IslandNE end (32°01′⋅7N 80°51′⋅1W)):

3 NE of an obstruction (2¾ miles SE). A tide gaugestands close NNE of the obstruction. Thence:

NE of a shoal patch (2½ miles ESE), with a depth of5⋅4 m (18 ft) over it, thence:

SW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(2¾ miles ESE), thence:

4 SW of the SE end of a submerged breakwater(2½ miles ENE).

Thence the track leads WNW, keeping to the centre ofthe dredged channel, passing between No 13 and No 14Light–buoys (lateral) (1½ miles E) to the beginning ofJones Island Range leading line.

(Directions continue for Calibogue Sound at 8.209)

Tybee Roads to Oyster Bed Island8.186

1 Jones Island Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(32°02′⋅5N 80°51′⋅2W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on square

framework tower, on piles) (550 m from frontlight).

2 The alignment (289°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Jones Island Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), passing SSW of an obstruction (positionapproximate) lying 1½ miles ENE of Tybee Island NE end.The track then alters to the W onto the beginning of TybeeKnoll Cut Range leading line.8.187

1 Tybee Knoll Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on square


2 The alignment (264°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Tybee Knoll Cut Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), passing (with positions relative to Tybee IslandNE end (32°01′⋅7N 80°51′⋅1W)):

3 S of the light–beacon (white diamond, orange border,on dolphin, marked DANGER SUBMERGED

JETTY) (7½ cables N), marking the E end of theN breakwater. An obstruction (positionapproximate) lies close N of the E end of the Nbreakwater. And:

4 N of the light–beacon (white diamond, orange border,on dolphin, marked DANGER SUBMERGEDJETTY) (3½ cables N), marking the E end of thesubmerged S breakwater. A dangerous wreck liesclose SE of the E end of the S breakwater.Thence:

5 Thence the track continues W to the beginning of NewChannel Range leading line.

Oyster Bed Island to Elba Island Turning Basin8.188

1 New Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


light).2 The alignment (280°) of these lights leads through the

centre of New Channel Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), to the end of New Channel Range leading line,passing:

Between Oyster Bed Island and Cockspur Island2 miles WNW of Tybee Island NE end, and:

3 SSW of Savannah State Docks Barge Terminal.Thence the track leads WNW for about 3 cables to the

beginning of Long Island Crossing Range leading line.8.189

1 Long Island Crossing Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (32°04′⋅3N 80°57′⋅5W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on piles)

(448 m from front light).2 Long Island Crossing Lower Leading Lights:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (32°02′⋅2N 80°55′⋅2W).


3 The alignment (319°), ahead, of Long Island CrossingUpper Leading Lights, and (139°), astern, of Long IslandCrossing Lower Leading Lights, leads through the centre ofLong Island Crossing Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral).

Thence the track leads NW for a short distance to thebeginning of Lower Flats Range leading line.8.190

1 Lower Flats Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)


tower on piles) (265 m from front light).2 The alignment (100°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Lower Flats Range, marked bylight–buoys (lateral), passing N of a patch of rocks(reported 1990) which lie off the N end of Bird Island atthe E end of Elba Island Cut.

3 Thence the track leads WNW for about 8 cables, to thebeginning of Upper Flats Range leading line.

Elba Island Turning Basin to Fig Island8.191

1 Upper Flats Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile)

(32°05′⋅8N 80°59′⋅6W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower)

(320 m from front light).

CHAPTER 8

222

2 Upper Flats Lower Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on dolphin)


tower on piles) (354 m from front light).3 The alignment (337°), ahead, of Upper Flats Upper

Leading Lights, and (157¾°), astern, of Upper Flats LowerLeading Lights leads through the centre of Upper FlatsRange, marked by light–buoys (lateral), passing ENE ofElba Island.

4 Thence the channel leads NW, W and SW through TheBight Channel for about 1½ miles, to the beginning of FortJackson Range leading line.8.192

1 Fort Jackson Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework

tower on piles) (32°05′⋅2N 81°01′⋅5W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework

tower) (145 m from front light).2 Fort Jackson Lower Leading Lights:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower onpiles) (32°06′⋅1N 81°00′⋅9W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on tower)(201 m from front light).

3 The alignment (212½°), ahead, of Fort Jackson UpperLeading Lights, and (033¼°), astern, of Fort Jackson LowerLeading Lights leads through the centre of Fort JacksonRange marked by light–buoys (lateral).

Thence the track leads to the beginning of OglethorpeRange leading line.8.193

1 Oglethorpe Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (32°05′⋅4N 81°01′⋅2W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework

tower on concrete base) (460 m from front light).2 The alignment (066°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Oglethorpe Range marked bylight–buoys (lateral), to a position about 5 cables WSW ofNo 53 Light–beacon (green square on column) (32°04′⋅9N81°02′⋅2W), S of Fig Island.

Fig Island to Port Wentworth Turning Basin8.194

1 From a position about 5 cables WSW of No 53Light–beacon (green square on column) (32°04′⋅9N81°02′⋅2W), S of Fig Island, the track leads initially Wthrough Wrecks Channel and City Front Channel, for about2¼ miles. Thence it continues NW through Marsh IslandChannel, Kings Island Channel, Whitehall Hall Channeland Port Wentworth Channel, for about 5¾ miles, to PortWentworth Turning Basin (32°09′⋅4N 81°09′⋅2W).

2 There are no specific directions for navigating thesechannels although the following leading lights are of use;unless otherwise stated the lights are exhibited from redrectangles, with white stripe:

3 King Island Channel Leading Lights (yellowrectangle, black stripe, on pile) (55 m apart)(32°07′⋅6N 81°08′⋅0W), in line bearing 142¼°.

Port Wentworth Channel Leading Lights A (47 mapart) (32°08′⋅9N 81°08′⋅5W), in line bearing349½°.

4 Port Wentworth Channel Leading Lights B (38 mapart) (32°08′⋅9N 81°08′⋅5W), in line bearing130½°.

Port Wentworth Channel Leading Lights C (105 mapart) (32°09′⋅0N 81°08′⋅6W), in line bearing 109°.

Port Wentworth Channel Leading Lights E (60 mapart) (32°09′⋅4N 81°09′⋅3W), in line bearing323¾°.


Water tower (32°06′⋅7N 80°49′⋅3W).

Directions for berths8.196

1 The terminals and berths are approached from the mainchannels as already described.

Basins and berthsGeneral information8.197


There are numerous wharves of all types at Savannah;only the major ones are described.

Anchorages8.198

1 There is no anchorage in Savannah River except inemergency.

Elba Island8.199

1 Southern Energy Company Marine Dock (32°05′⋅2N80°59′⋅5W); 382 m in length including dolphins with adepth of 11⋅8 m alongside. For the handling of LNG.

Savannah River south side between Fort Jackson andEugene Talmadge Memorial Bridge8.200

1 ST Services Dock No 1 (32°04′⋅8N 81°02′⋅5W); 183 min length, including dolphins, with a depth of 7⋅3 malongside.

76 Lubricants Co. Wharf (32°04′⋅8N 81°02′⋅7W); 184 min length, including dolphins, with a depth of 10⋅3 malongside.

2 ST Services Dock No 2 (32°04′⋅8N 81°02′⋅8W); 259 min length, including dolphins, with a depth of 10⋅3 malongside.

Gypsum Wharf (32°04′⋅8N 81°03′⋅2W); 227 m in length,including dolphins, with a depth of 11⋅8 m alongside.

Savannah River Wharf (32°04′⋅8N 81°03′⋅8W); 335 m inlength, including dolphins, with a depth of 10⋅9 malongside.

3 East Coast Terminal Wharf (32°04′⋅7N 81°04′⋅1W); fiveberths with a total of 548 m berthing space, with depths of10⋅3 to 10⋅9 m alongside.

Ocean Terminal (32°05′⋅2N 81°05′⋅9W); two berths witha total of 381 m in length, including dolphins, with a depthof 12⋅8 m alongside.

Savannah River north side between Fort Jackson andEugene Talmadge Memorial Bridge8.201

1 Haig Point Ferry Terminal (32°05′⋅2N 81°05′⋅4W),6 cables below the bridge, deck height 4⋅1 m.

Savannah River west side between Eugene TalmadgeMemorial Bridge and Port Wentworth8.202

1 Ocean Terminal (32°05′⋅5N 81°06′⋅2W); eight berthswith a total of 1466 m berthing space, with depths of 10⋅3to 12⋅8 m alongside.

Colonial Terminals (32°06′⋅0N 81°06′⋅8W); two berthswith a total of 437 m berthing space, with depths of 11⋅6 malongside.

CHAPTER 8

223

2 Citgo Asphalt Wharf (32°06′⋅6N 81°07′⋅4W); 205 m inlength, including dolphins, with depths of 11⋅6 to 12⋅2 malongside.

Southern Bulk Industries Wharf (32°06′⋅8N 81°07′⋅8W);229 m of berthing space, including dolphins, with a depthof 10⋅9 m alongside.

3 Gold Bond Gypsum Wharf (32°06′⋅9N 81°07′⋅8W);198 m of berthing space, including dolphins, with a depthof 8⋅5 m alongside.

Garden City Terminal (32°07′⋅6N 81°08′⋅2W); sevencontiguous container/Ro–Ro berths with a total berth lengthof 2322 m with depths of 12⋅8 m alongside. Two tankerberths with a total of 397 m berthing space, includingdolphins, with a depth of 11⋅0 m alongside.

4 Ammonia Dock (32°08′⋅1N 81°08′⋅6W); 183 m in lengthwith a depth of 11⋅6 m alongside.

Port Wentworth8.203

1 Koch Materials Co. Dock (32°08′⋅4N 81°08′⋅6W); 207 mof berthing space, including dolphins.

Savannah Sugar Refinery Wharf (32°08′⋅6N 81°08′⋅6W);183 m of berthing, space with dolphin, with a depth of9⋅1 m alongside.

2 Atlantic Wood Industries Wharf (32°08′⋅8N 81°08′⋅6W);122 m of berthing space with shore moorings, with a depthof 7⋅9 m alongside.

Georgia Steamship Co. Wharf (32°09′⋅2N 81°09′⋅1W);244 m of berthing space, including dolphins, with a depthof 11⋅0 m alongside.

Port services

Repairs8.204

1 Major repairs can be carried out; floating cranes of up to75 tonne lifting capacity.

Dry dock, 165 m in length, 22 m wide and 6⋅1 m overthe keel blocks at MLW.

2 Slipway 55 m in length.


1 Medical facilities available; deratting certificates may berenewed; oily and chemical waste reception facilities;garbage disposal; National Weather Service Office at theMunicipal Airport; rescue see 1.61, 8.219 and AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information onrescue.

Supplies8.206

1 Fuel by barge; fresh water; provisions and stores.

Communications8.207

1 Saffold Airport lies 8 km SE of Savannah.

Calibogue Sound

Chart 2801, US Chart 11512 (see 1.18)General information8.208

1 Description. The entrance to Calibogue Sound liesbetween Braddock Point (32°07′N 80°49′W) and the SEside of Daufuskie Island, 1 mile W. It is obstructed byshifting shoals through which there are several tortuous

channels. It is only of importance as being part of theIntracoastal Waterway between Charleston and Savannah,which affords a deeper passage to the sea through SkullCreek (8.149) and Port Royal Sound (8.108).

2 Depths. It was reported (2001) that the controlling depthwas 3⋅0 m (10 ft) over the bar. Within the bar there areample depths.



1 From a position at the beginning of Jones Range leadingline, about 4½ miles S of Braddock Point (32°07′N80°49′W), the track leads NW, passing (with positionsrelative to Braddock Point):

2 SW of Bloody Point Range Front Leading Light(4 miles S) (8.185). An obstruction (positionapproximate) lies 3 cables SE of the front leadinglight and a tide gauge lies close S of the samelight.

3 Thence the track leads N passing:W of Bloody Point Range Front Leading Light

(4 miles S), thence:E of No 3 Light–buoy (port hand) (2¾ miles S),

thence:E of No 5 Light–buoy (port hand) (1½ miles SSW).

A dangerous wreck lies close W. And:4 W of No 4 Buoy (starboard hand) (1½ miles S),

thence:W of No 6 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (2½ cables

SW).No further directions are given as the best indication is

the chart.8.210

1 Useful mark:Water tower (32°06′⋅7N 80°49′⋅3W).

Cooper River8.211

1 Cooper River, which enters Calibogue Sound from W,2 miles above the entrance, forms part of the IntracoastalWaterway, which continues SW, through Ramshorn Creek,New River, Walls Cut, Wright River and Fields Cut intoSavannah River. At the NNE end of the sound it connectswith Skull Creek and Mackay Creek.

2 For the latest controlling depths the charts and the portauthorities should be consulted.

COASTAL ROUTE

General information


1 From a position SE of Braddock Point (32°07′N80°49′W) the coastal route leads SSW, for about 63 miles,to a position SE of Saint Simons Sound (31°08′N81°25′W), in the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy (31°00′N81°10′W).

Topography8.213

1 See 8.152.

CHAPTER 8

224

Caution8.214

1 The entrances to the creeks on this coast betweenSavannah River and Wassaw Sound are subject to frequentchange and have not been surveyed for some years.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters.See 1.47, 8.6 and Appendix VII.

Danger zones, shown on the chart, centred on 31°35′N79°33′W, 31°33′N 80°34′W, for air to air and air to watergunnery and bombing ranges, for fighter and bombardmentaircraft, United States Air Force, are established off thecoast of Georgia.

2 See Appendix VI for further details.

Fish havens8.216

1 See 8.10.


1 See 1.54.

Gray’s Reef National Marine Sanctuary8.218

1 This sanctuary has been established in order to protect,preserve and manage the conservation, ecological,recreational, research, educational, historical and aestheticresources and quality of the area. The sanctuary consists ofthe area of water enclosed by the following positions:

31°21′⋅7N 80°55′⋅3W.31°25′⋅3N 80°55′⋅3W.31°25′⋅3N 80°49′⋅7W.31°21′⋅7N 80°49′⋅7W.

2 Within the sanctuary, various regulations apply whichinclude the prohibition of dredging, drilling, discharging ordepositing of material, using a bottom trawl and removal ofhistorical resources.

See Appendix VIII for further information.

Rescue8.219


Tybee Station (32°02′⋅1N 80°54′⋅4W), N side ofCockspur Island.

Savannah Air Station (34°01′⋅0N 81°09′⋅0W), atHunter Air Force Base.

2 Saint Simons Island Station (31°08′⋅7N 81°22′⋅4W),near the S end of Saint Simons Island.


State boundary8.220

1 The boundary between South Carolina and Georgia isSavannah River (32°02′N 81°51′W).


1 Landmarks:Tybee Rear Leading Light (32°01′⋅3N 80°50′⋅7W).Saint Simons Lighthouse (31°08′⋅0N 81°23′⋅6W).

2 Major lights:Tybee Rear Leading Light (32°01′⋅3N 80°50′⋅7W).Saint Simons Light — as above.

R8 (tower) (31°38′N 79°56′W).3 M2R6 (tower) (31°32′N 80°14′W).

R3 (tower) (31°13′N 80°07′W).


1 Racon:STS Light−buoy (31°02′⋅8N 81°14′⋅4W).



8.223 1 From a position SE of Braddock Point (32°07′N

80°49′W) the track leads SSW, passing:WNW of an obstruction (reported) (31°45′⋅5N

80°42′⋅8W) (Chart 2801), thence:2 ESE of Bradley Point (31°49′N 81°03′W) (Chart

2801). A number of fish havens, charted asobstructions, lie up to 24 miles ESE of BradleyPoint. Thence:

Clear of S Light–buoy (special) (31°28′⋅5N80°54′⋅7W), thence:

3 Clear of Grays Reef National Marine Sanctuary(31°23′N 80°53′W) (8.218) marked by buoys.ODAS Light–buoy 41008 is moored near thecentre of the Sanctuary. A number of fish havens,charted as obstructions, lie up to 17 miles N ofGrays Reef National Marine Sanctuary. Thence:

4 Clear of a wreck (31°19′N 80°58′W). A fish haven,charted as an obstruction, lies 2 miles S. Thence:

WNW of a fish haven (30°59′N 80°58′W), with adepth of 10⋅6 m (35 ft) over it. Two fish havens,charted as obstructions, lie 4 and 13 miles WNW.

The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of 2BLight–buoy (starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W).8.224

1 Useful marks:R2 Light (31°22′⋅5N 80°34′⋅2W).M1R1 Light (31°03′⋅1N 80°27′⋅1W).R5 Light (30°56′⋅2N 80°45′⋅1W).

(Directions continue, for coastal route at 9.22 and forouter approaches to Saint Simons Sound at 8.255)

BRUNSWICK — SAINT SIMONS SOUNDAND APPROACHES

General information


1 Brunswick (31°09′N 81°30′W), 104 miles S of Savannahand 82 miles N of Jacksonville, is situated 5½ miles abovethe entrance to Saint Simons Sound, on the E side of EastRiver and Academy Creek, opposite Andrews Island.

Function8.226

1 Brunswick is the second largest port of commercialimportance in the state of Georgia. The principal cargoeshandled are seafood, woodpulp, salt, gypsum rock,petroleum products, fertilisers and chemicals.

Topography8.227

1 See 8.152 and 9.2.

CHAPTER 8

225

Port limits8.228

1 The harbour of Brunswick comprises the channel acrossthe bar at the entrance to Saint Simons Sound, SaintSimons Sound, Brunswick River and Turtle River.


1 Saint Simons Sound forms a good harbour, and is theapproach to Brunswick, which is approached through BarChannel and entered through Saint Simons Sound, betweenSaint Simons Island and Jekyll Island, close S.

Tidal streams8.230

1 Outer approaches. Tidal streams at 2B Light–buoy(31°00′N 81°10′W) are rotary, turning clockwise. Themaximum rate of the in–going stream occurs about2½ hours before HW at Charleston, when it sets about 295°at a rate of about ½ kn. The maximum rate of theout–going stream occurs about 3½ hours after HW atCharleston, when it sets about 115° at a rate of about ½ kn.

2 Approaches. Tidal streams follow the general directionof the dredged channel across the bar at an estimated rateof about 1 to 2 kn, but it should be remembered, that withthe N or S winds, a current sets with the wind across thechannel. The streams set diagonally across the leading linethrough the entrance to Saint Simons Sound at an averagerate of about 2 kn, and turn 5½ hours before HW atCharleston.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway may be accessed throughSaint Simons Sound. From the N side of Saint SimonsSound it leads through Brunswick River to the entrance toJekyll Creek, which enters the river on the SW side2½ miles SW of the N end (31°07′N 81°25′W) of JekyllIsland. From the entrance the creek leads S through JekyllSound into Saint Andrew Sound (31°00′N 81°25′W).

Traffic8.232


Port Authority8.233

1 Georgia Ports Authority, P O Box 1758, Brunswick, GA31521, USA.

Limiting conditions

Project depths8.234

1 Project depths in the channels are as follows:Bar Channel — 11⋅6 m (38 ft) for 7¾ miles.Plantation Creek Range — 11 m (36 ft) for 1¾ miles.Jekyll Island Range to the end of Turtle River Upper

Range — 9⋅1 m (30 ft) for 11½ miles.East River Lower Reach and Turning Basin — 9⋅1 m

(30 ft) for 1¼ miles.2 East River Upper Reach — 8⋅2 m (27 ft) for 1 mile.

South Brunswick River — 11 m (36 ft) for 1¼ miles.For the latest controlling depth the charts and the port

authorities should be consulted.

Bridges8.235

1 Sidney Lanier Bridge, a fixed bridge, with a verticalclearance of 56⋅4 m (185 ft), spans the river at Brunswick.

A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10⋅6 m(35 ft) at the centre and a horizontal clearance of 24⋅3 m(80 ft), spans Turtle River NW of Brunswick.

2 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10⋅6 m(35 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 24⋅3 m (80 ft), spansTurtle River 6 cables NW of the previous bridge.


1 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of16⋅7 m (55 ft), spans Turtle River close above the fixedbridge NW of Brunswick.


1 Georgia Ports Authority Brunswick Terminal (8.269).

Tidal levels8.238





1 Length 198 m.

Local weather8.241

1 The effect of the Atlantic on Brunswick is reflected inwarmer winter minimum and cooler summer maximumtemperatures than inland locations. There is even a slight,but noticeable, difference between the immediate coast andthe city. On Saint Simons Island temperatures are a fewdegrees cooler than in Brunswick, particularly in summer.This results in about 30 more 32⋅2°C days in the city, butthis average, of 78 days, is still a 15 to 20 dayimprovement over cities farther inland. However SaintSimons records about 16 days each year where minimumsdrop to freezing or below, compared to about 11 days inthe city.

2 Rainfall differences are less noticeable andapproximately 127 cm is recorded annually. About 40%occurs as showers and thunderstorms on about 8 to 10 daysper month from June to September. Fog is common fromNovember to March. On the coast, visibility drops below5 cables on 2 to 4 days per month. This type of fog is mostfrequent in the early morning hours and usually clears bylate afternoon. Any large drop in temperature may bringfog.

Arrival information

Notice of ETA8.242

1 Notify ETA 72, 48, and 24 hours prior to arrival,including ships draught, to the ships agent.


1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows:2¼ miles SE of the entrance to Bar Channel (31°03′N

81°15′W), care being taken to avoid a dangerouswreck (8.255).

CHAPTER 8

226

2 Saint Simons Sound (31°08′N 81°25′W), in depths of6⋅7 to 24 m (22 ft to 13 fm) off Plantation Creekleading line, between Saint Simons Island andJekyll Island, clear of the submarine cable area.


1 Submarine cables cross Saint Simons Sound as shownon the chart.

Pilotage8.245

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and UnitedStates vessels over 200 gt. Pilotage is optional for UnitedStates vessels in the coastwise trade which have on board apilot licensed by the federal government.

2 Pilots board vessels in the vicinity of STS Light–buoy(31°02′⋅8N 81°14′⋅4W). See Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5) for details.

Tugs8.246

1 Tugs are available 24 hours, and are required forberthing and leaving. Arrangements for tugs should bemade in advance through agents.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply inside a line joining Saint Simons Light and the Ntank of Jekyll Island in (31°05′⋅9N 81°24′⋅5W). See 1.47and Appendix VII for further information.

2 Regulated navigation area. A regulated navigation areahas been established in the S part of the harbour ofBrunswick.

See Appendix V for further information.


1 Harbour regulations are under the control of theBrunswick Port Authority and the Georgia Ports Authorityand are enforced by the Harbour Master.

2 Brunswick Harbor Navigational Guidelines. TheBrunswick Bar Pilots, with the concurrence of variousmaritime interests, have established voluntary navigationalsafety guidelines for the Port of Brunswick. Theseguidelines are intended to minimise the risk of collision orgrounding by vessels using the various waterwaysassociated with the Port of Brunswick. They are notintended to supersede or contravene any law, regulation, orrule promulgated by competent authority.

(1) Transiting the Sidney Lanier Bridge.3 Vessels over 500 grt, departing the Port of Brunswick

must abide by the regulations provided for by theregulated navigation area established for this area.See Appendix V for further information. Inaddition, the advice and recommendations of theBrunswick Bar Pilots should be followed bymariners intending to transit the Sidney LanierBridge regardless of whether they are affected bythese regulations or not, specifically:

4 (a) Mariners required by regulations or advised by thepilots to have their vessels shaped up for a transitof the Sidney lanier Bridge before reaching TurtleRiver No 1 Light–buoy, should head upstream andshape up their vessel in the turning basin on theTurtle River, about 1½ miles upstream from theconfluence of the Turtle and East Rivers.

5 (b) Mariners should exercise extreme caution inmaking a right turn into the Turtle River from theEast River because of shoaling reported on

Brandy Point.6 (c) Certain large vessels departing the East River,

regardless of tidal stage, may require theassistance of one or more tugs in shaping up for atransit of the Sidney Lanier Bridge. All marinersshould comply with the recommendations of thepilots in this regard.

(2) Transiting Saint Simons Sound and theIntracoastal Waterway.

7 The convergence of the deep draught ship channel ofSaint Simons Sound and the Intracoastal Waterway canpose significant hazards to oceangoing ships and tugs andtows transiting these waterways, it is recommended thatevery transiting vessel initiate a SECURITE call on VHFchannel 13 at the following locations:

8 (a) Inbound, upon passing the Saint Simons STSLight–buoy.

(b) Upon departing any dock in the Port ofBrunswick.

(c) Northbound on the Intracoastal Waterway − uponpassing Jekyll Creek No 19 Light–beacon.

9 (d) Southbound on the Intracoastal Waterway − upontransiting the fixed bridge over the Mackay Riverat Lanier Island (Atlantic Intracoastal Waterwaystatute mile 674⋅5). The context of the SECURITEcall should include, the identity of the vessel, itsdestination, expected ETA to the aforementionedconverging waterways, and any specialinformation concerning its manoeuvrability.

10 (3) Docking or undocking vessels at Colonel’s Island.The Georgia Ports Authority facility on Colonel’s Island

is a major terminal for automobile importation. Thisterminal has two berths, each parallel to the south bank ofthe South Brunswick River, and is accessed from TurtleRiver via a channel 9 cables in length and approximately122 m (400 ft) in width. Vehicle carriers calling at thisfacility are brought up the full length of the channel sternfirst with tug assistance. Docking and undocking fromeither berth should not be attempted whenever the wind isfrom the NE at 25 kn or greater.

11 (4) Meeting and passing on narrow waterways.Oceangoing vessels of 122 m (400 ft) in length or with a

draught of more than 6 m (20 ft), and tug and tows with acombined tonnage of over 500 grt, should not meet or passvessels of like size on the following narrow waterways inthe Port of Brunswick area:

12 (a) Cedar Hammock Range.(b) Turtle River Lower Range.(c) Colonel’s Island Terminal Access Channel.(d) Saint Simons Outer Bar.

13 Entry times. Vessels with a draught of up to andincluding 8⋅5 m (28 ft) may enter at any time, those with adraught exceeding 8⋅5 m only on the in–going tide. Vesselswith a draught of 9⋅1 m (30 ft) berth in East River at HW.Vessels with a draught of 10⋅4 m may proceed to Colonel’sIsland Terminal (8.267) at HW.


1 See 1.54.

Quarantine8.250


CHAPTER 8

227

Harbour

General layout8.251

1 The harbour of Brunswick is entered through a numberof dredged channels. After passing under Sidney LanierBridge the channel divides. One branch, East River whichleads NNW, comprises a turning basin, and berthing areason the E bank, thence the channel leads to Academy Creek.The second branch leads WNW for about 2 miles where itdivides into two branches, South Brunswick River, whichleads to Colonel’s Island Terminal, and the second branchleads into Turtle River and thence to a berth.

Development8.252

1 In 2005 works were in progress to dredge the entrancechannel to 11⋅6 m (38 ft) and the inner channels to 11 m(36 ft).


1 Landmarks:North tower (tower) (31°08′⋅9N 81°25′⋅1W).South tower (tower) (31°08′⋅8N 81°25′⋅1W).Saint Simons Lighthouse (31°08′⋅0N 81°23′⋅6W)

(8.221).2 Water tank (31°05′⋅1N 81°24′⋅7W).

Water tank (31°04′⋅1N 81°24′⋅3W).Water tank (31°02′⋅7N 81°24′⋅8W).

Major light:Saint Simons Light (31°08′⋅0N 81°23′⋅6W) (8.221).




Directions for approach and entry toSaint Simons Sound(continued from 8.223)

Approach8.255

1 From the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy (starboard hand)(31°00′N 81°10′W) the track leads WNW, for about5¾ miles, to the pilot boarding area at the entrance to BarChannel, passing:

Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (31°01′⋅3N81°12′⋅5W), thence:

2 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (31°02′N81°13′W), thence:

SSW of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful)(31°03′⋅2N 81°13′⋅8W), which contains explosives,thence:

Clear of STS Light−buoy (safe water) (31°02′⋅8N81°14′⋅4W).

Entry through Bar Channel8.256

1 Bar Channel leads NW, for about 7½ miles, into SaintSimons Sound. The channel is marked by two directionlights and numbered light–buoys (lateral). The directionlights (towers), exhibited from positions 1½ miles NW ofSaint Simons Light (31°08′⋅0N 81°23′⋅6W) (8.221), arevisible over a narrow red sector (301°–305°).

2 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding area, NW of STSLight–buoy (safe water), the track leads NW through thecentre of Bar Channel, passing (with positions relative toSaint Simons Light):

NE of a pile (floodlit) (5 miles SE), thence:3 SW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)

(4½ miles SE), lying close NE of No 8Light–buoy, and:

NE of Saint Simons Sound Bar Tide gauge (floodlit,position approximate) (4½ miles SE), standing2 cables WSW of No 7 Light–buoy, thence:

4 SW of patches (2¾ miles SE), which dry or nearlydry, bordering the NE side of the channel betweenNos 12 and 14 Light–buoys. Dangerous wrecks(positions approximate) lie 9 cables ENE and6½ cables ESE, respectively, of No 12 Buoy. Astranded wreck (position approximate) lies6½ cables NNE of No 12 Buoy.

5 Thence the track leads to the beginning of PlantationCreek Range leading line, 1 mile SE of Saint Simons Light.

Useful mark8.257

1 Disused lighthouse (white conical tower) (30°58′⋅6N81°24′⋅8W).

Directions for entering harbour

Saint Simons Sound to Cedar Hammock Range8.258

1 Plantation Creek Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)


tower on piles) (6¾ cables from front light).2 From a position about 1 mile SE of Saint Simons Light

the alignment (284¾°) of these lights leads WNW forabout 1¾ miles through the centre of Plantation CreekRange, marked by light–buoys (lateral), to the beginning ofJekyll Island Range leading line.

3 Jekyll Island Leading Lights:Front light (green square, yellow square and red

rectangle, white stripe on dolphin) (31°06′⋅1N81°26′⋅1W).


4 The alignment (216¾°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Jekyll Island Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), for about 1¾ miles, to the beginning of CedarHammock Range:

Cedar Hammock Range to East River8.259

1 Cedar Hammock Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(31°06′⋅0N 81°28′⋅1W).

CHAPTER 8

228

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (7 cables from front light).

2 Cedar Hammock Leading Lights on the NW end ofJekyll Island:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)(31°06′⋅6N 81°25′⋅4W).

Rear light (similar structure) (198 m from front light).3 The alignment (255°), ahead, of Cedar Hammock

Leading Lights when proceeding up river, and (075½°),astern, of Cedar Hammock Leading Lights situated on theNW end of Jekyll Island, when proceeding down river,leads through the centre of Cedar Hammock Range, markedby light–buoys (lateral), to the end of Cedar HammockRange leading line, passing NNW of an obstruction, with adepth of 6 m (20 ft) over it, which lies close SSE of the Eend of Cedar Hammock Range.8.260

1 Brunswick Point Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red triangle, yellow triangle, on

framework tower on piles) (31°06′⋅0N 81°26′⋅3W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

on piles) (556 m from front light).2 Turtle River Lower Leading Lights:



3 The alignment (113¼°), astern, of Brunswick Point CutLeading Lights and (293°), ahead, of Turtle River LowerLeading Lights leads through the centre of Brunswick PointCut Range, marked by light–buoys (lateral), for about2 miles, passing under Sidney Lanier Lift Bridge (8.235), toa position at the entrance to East River.

(Directions for East River are given at 8.265)

Above East River8.261

1 From a position in the main channel off the entrance toEast River, close WNW of Sidney Lanier Bridge, thealignment (293°) of Turtle River Lower Leading Lights(8.260) leads WNW for about 1¾ miles, passing SSW ofBrandy Point (31°07′⋅5N 81°29′⋅7W), to the beginning ofBlythe Island Range.

(Directions for Colonel’s Island Terminalare given at 8.266)

8.262 1 Blythe Island Leading Lights:



2 The alignment (337¾°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Blythe Island Range to the beginning of TurtleRiver Upper Range.8.263

1 Turtle River Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


light).2 The alignment (190°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Turtle River Upper Range to LCPChemicals Georgia Wharf (8.271).



1 The terminals and berths are approached from the mainchannel as described except as follows:

East River(continued from 8.260)8.265

1 From a position close WNW of Sidney Lanier Bridge(8.235) the track leads NNW through the centre of LowerReach and Upper Reach to the berths in East River.

Useful marks:Front light (yellow rectangle, black stripe, on pile)


2 The alignment (180½°), astern, of these lights marks thelimits of the W side of the entrance to East River.

Brunswick Harbor Light (red rectangle, white stripe,on dolphin) (31°09′⋅1N 81°30′⋅0W).

3 Caution. Ships leaving Brunswick Harbor Lower Reach,to proceed on the outward passage, have to make aconsiderable alteration to port in the short distance to thebridge. It is essential that the ship is steady on course forpassing through the bridge before entering the bridgepassage. It is advisable to have an anchor ready for lettinggo, and an anchor party on deck.

Colonel’s Island Terminal8.266

1 Colonel’s Island Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on piles)


The alignment (279°) of these lights leads through SouthBrunswick River towards Colonel’s Island Terminal.

Berths



There are numerous wharves of all types at Brunswick;only the major ones are described.

Anchorages8.268

1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in BrunswickRiver, off the leading lines, in depths of 5⋅5 to 9⋅1 m (18 to30 ft).

East River8.269

1 Marine Port Terminals (31°08′⋅0N 81°29′⋅6W); fiveberths with a total length of 736 m, with a depth of 9⋅1 malongside.

Mayors Point Terminal (31°08′⋅2N 81°29′⋅7W); threeberths with a total length of 533 m, with a depth of 9⋅1 malongside.

CHAPTER 8

229

Colonel’s Island Terminal8.270

1 Colonel’s Island Terminal (31°07′⋅9N 81°32′⋅2W); threeberths with a total length of 565 m, with depths of 9⋅1 to11⋅0 m alongside.

Turtle River8.271

1 LCP Chemicals Georgia Wharf (31°11′0″N 81°31′⋅5W);106 m in length with dolphins, with a depth of 9⋅1 malongside.

Port services

Repairs8.272

1 Minor repairs can be carried out.


1 Medical facilities; deratting certificates may be renewed.

Supplies8.274

1 Fuel by barge or tanker; fresh water; provisions andstores.

Communications8.275

1 Brunswick Airport lies close N of the city and MalcolmMcKinnon Airport is situated on Saint Simons Island.

2810

3691

2818

2808

3692

2866

2865

1105

Saint Simons Sound

Saint Marys Entrance

Saint Johns River

Saint Andrew Sound

Nassau Sound

Jacksonville

Saint Augustine

Daytona Beach

Ponce de Leon Inlet

Cape Canaveral

NORTH ATLANTIC

OCEAN

9.179.61

9.1429.73

9.23

9.73

31° 31°

30° 30°

29° 29°

80°

80°


81°

82°

82°

30´

30´

30´

30´

30´ 30´

30´ 30´

30´ 30´

230

Chapter 9 - Saint Simons Sound to Cape Canaveral

231

CHAPTER 9

SAINT SIMONS SOUND TO CAPE CANAVERAL

GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 2865Scope of the chapter9.1

1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastalpassages, inlets, anchorages and harbours along the E coastof Georgia and Florida, from Saint Simons Sound (31°08′N81°25′W), to Cape Canaveral (28°28′N 80°32′W). Alsodescribed is Saint Marys Entrance, Cumberland Sound, andthe port of Jacksonville.

2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:Saint Simons Sound to Saint Johns River (9.14).Saint Johns River to Cape Canaveral (9.142).

Topography9.2

1 The general character of the coast between Saint SimonsSound, and Cape Canaveral, about 168 miles SSE continueslow, sandy and wooded, but between Saint Simons Soundand the entrance to Saint Johns River, 43 miles S, it ismuch indented. The highest land is Mount Cornelia, 19 m(63 ft) in height, thickly wooded, situated 2½ miles NW ofthe entrance to Saint Johns River.


1 See 8.3.

Inshore set9.4

1 See 8.4, as similar conditions exist between SaintSimons Sound and Saint Johns River.

Northern right whale9.5

1 Northern right whales are the world’s most endangeredlarge whale. They can be found seasonally from Canada toFlorida. Right whales migrate along the E coast betweenthe N feeding grounds off New England and Canada andthe S calving grounds off Florida, Georgia and SouthCarolina. The S migration occurs in the autumn and earlywinter, and the N migration occurs in the winter and earlyspring.

2 Ship strikes and entanglement in fishing gear are theright whales two primary sources of human relatedmortality. Right whales are highly vulnerable to shipstrikes; they mate, rest, feed and nurse their young at thewaters surface and often do not move out of the way ofoncoming ships. Calves returning N from the S calvinggrounds with their mothers are particularly susceptible tocollisions with ships.

3 Designated critical habitats have been established for theNorthern right whale (Eubalaena glacialis) as follows:

South–eastern United States. The coastal watersbetween 31°15′N and 30°15′N, from the coast outto 15 nautical miles; and the coastal watersbetween 30°15′N and 28°00′N from the coast outto 5 nautical miles.

Occasionally in the calving season, right whales havebeen sighted as far N as Georgetown (33°22′N 79°17′W)and as far S as St Lucie Inlet (27°10′N 80°09′W).

4 The National Marine Fisheries Service recommends thefollowing precautionary measures be taken to avoidNorthern right whales.

When transiting right whale critical habit duringright whale calving season:

5 As soon as possible, prior to entering right whalecritical habitat, check Coastguard Broadcast Noticeto Mariners, NAVTEX, NOAA Weather Radio,Mandatory Ship Reporting (MSR) system andother sources for recent right whale sightingreports.

6 To the extent possible, review right whaleidentification materials and maintain a sharp watchwith lookouts familiar with spotting whales.

7 When planning passage along the SE coast, attemptto avoid transit through the right whale criticalhabitat during calving season by remainingoffshore and plan to minimise travel distancesthrough the critical habitat when entering orleaving port. Anticipate delays due to whalesightings.

8 When the ability to spot whales is reduced (e.g.night, fog, rain, etc.) mariners should bear in mindthat reduced speed may minimize the risk of shipstrikes.

Local ships’ pilots may also provide additionalinformation of the known locations of right whalesand local safe vessel operating procedures.

9 In all coastal and offshore waters along the E coast:If a right whale sighting is reported within 20

nautical miles of a ship’s position, post a lookoutfamiliar with spotting whales.

If a right whale is sighted from the ship, or reportedalong the intended track of a large vessel, marinersshould exercise caution and proceed at a safespeed within a few miles of the sighting location,bearing in mind that reduced speed may minimizethe risk of ship strikes.

10 When planning passage along the SE coast, attemptto avoid transit through right whale critical habitatsduring calving season by remaining offshore, andplan to minimise travel distances through thecritical habitat when entering or leaving port.

11 Do not assume right whales will move out of yourway. Right whales are generally slow moving andseldom travel faster than 5−6 kn. Consistent withsafe navigation, maneouvre around observed rightwhales or recently reported sighting locations. It isillegal to approach closer than 500 yards of anyright whale (see 50 CFR 224.103(c) for limits,regulations and exceptions).

12 Any whale accidentally struck, any dead whalecarcass, and any whale observed entangled shouldbe reported immediately to the Coastguard notingthe precise location, date, and time of the accidentor sighting. In the event of a strike or sighting, thefollowing information should be provided to theCoastguard:

CHAPTER 9

232

13 location, date and time of the accident orsighting, or of a carcass or entangled whale,

speed of the vessel,size of the vessel,water depth,wind speed and direction,description of the impact,fate of the animal, and,species and size if known.

14 Right whales can occur anywhere along the E coast.Therefore, mariners are urged to exercise prudentseamanship in their efforts to avoid right whales.

For regulations affecting approach and avoidance ofright whales see Appendix IX, and for details of theMandatory Ship Reporting (MSR) System see AdmiraltyList of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).

South−east Northern right whale Mandatory ShipReporting (MSR) System9.6

1 A mandatory ship reporting system (MSR)(WHALESSOUTH), extending along the E coast ofGeorgia and Florida, has been established for the protectionof the Northern right whale. The system is in operationfrom November 15th to April 15th inclusive and the area isbounded by the following co−ordinates:

2 31°27′⋅0N 81°13′⋅8W.31°27′⋅0N 80°51′⋅6W.30°00′⋅0N 80°51′⋅6W.30°00′⋅0N 81°19′⋅1W.

For further details see Admiralty List of Radio SignalsVolume 6(5).

Regulations9.7

1 Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply to theinland waterways from Saint Simons Sound to Cape

Canaveral. The limits of the waters to which these rulesapply are given in each section. See 1.47 and AppendixVII for further information.

United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) See1.43.


1 See 7.5.





1 See 3.8.

Fish havens9.11

1 Numerous fish havens, some marked by buoys, exist inthe area covered by this chapter,

Rescue9.12



Quarantine9.13

1 See 1.57.

SAINT SIMONS SOUND TO SAINT JOHNS RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION


1 This section describes the coastal route from SaintSimons Sound to Saint Johns River, including the ports andminor harbours.

2 It is arranged as follows:Saint Simons Sound to Saint Marys Entrance (9.17).Saint Marys Entrance and Cumberland Sound (9.23).Saint Marys Entrance to Saint Johns River (9.61).Jacksonville and approaches (9.73).

State boundary9.15

1 The boundary between the states of Georgia and Floridais Saint Marys Entrance (30°43′N 81°24′W).

Weather9.16

1 See 8.154.

SAINT SIMONS SOUND TOSAINT MARYS ENTRANCE

General information

Chart 3691Route9.17

1 From a position in the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy(starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W), the coastal route leads17½ miles S to a position in the vicinity of STMLight−buoy (safe water) (30°43′N 81°15′W).

Topography9.18

1 Jekyll Island which forms the coast between the entranceto Saint Simons Sound (31°08′N 81°25′W) and theentrance to Saint Andrew Sound, 7½ miles S, is a statepark with several large buildings on its W side, and largemotels, recreational buildings and a prominent auditoriumon its E side. The E side of the island has dark woods inlevel outline fronted by a sandy beach.9.19

1 The coast continues to Saint Marys Entrance about17½ miles S, formed by Little Cumberland Island andCumberland Island which are only separated by marshyland and a narrow creek. These two islands appear as one

CHAPTER 9

233

from seaward, and are fronted by a white sandy beachbacked by an almost continuous range of sand dunes,which are densely wooded. Cumberland Island is almostentirely covered by woods. The W side of the island ismarshy, through which flows Cumberland River andBrickhill River. The S end of this island, which forms theN entrance point to Cumberland Sound, is formed byseveral prominent sand dunes.

Principal marks9.20

1 Landmarks:Saint Simons Lighthouse (31°08′⋅0N 81°23′⋅6W)

(8.221).Amelia Island Lighthouse (30°40′⋅4N 81°26′⋅5W).

2 Major lights:Saint Simons Light — as above.Amelia Island Light — as above.





9.22 1 From a position in the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy

(starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W), marking a fish havencharted as an obstruction (4 cables N), with a depth of13⋅7 m (45 ft) over it, the track leads S, passing:

2 Clear of fish havens in positions 30°56′N 81°15′W;30°51′N 81°10′W; 30°48′N 81°16′W and 30°47′N81°07′W. All have a minimum authorised depth of8⋅5 m (28 ft) over them.

3 Thence the track leads to a position in the vicinity ofSTM Light–buoy (safe water) (30°43′N 81°15′W). There isalso another fish haven 10 miles E of the light–buoy, witha depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it.

(Directions continue for coastal passage at 9.71, andfor approaches to Saint Marys Entrance at 9.32)

SAINT MARYS ENTRANCE ANDCUMBERLAND SOUND

General information


1 Saint Marys Entrance (30°43′N 81°24′W) lies betweenthe S end (30°43′N 81°27′W) of Cumberland Island (9.19),and the NE end of Amelia Island (9.62), 1½ miles ESE. Itis the approach to Amelia River, on the S side, in whichlies the port of Fernandina Beach (9.45), and toCumberland Sound, to the N, at the head of which liesKings Bay (9.52), a naval submarine support base andexplosives terminal, the largest of its kind on the Atlanticand Gulf coasts. Saint Marys River enters the S part ofCumberland Sound from the W. The river is the largesttributary flowing into Cumberland Sound.

2 Cumberland Sound leads 9½ miles WNW and N fromSaint Marys Entrance to Cumberland Dividings, part of theIntracoastal Waterway.

Topography9.24

1 The coast to the N of Saint Marys Entrance is formedby the S end of Cumberland Island (9.19), and the coast Sof the entrance by the N end of Amelia Island (9.62).

Depths9.25

1 Project depths:Entrance channel 14 m (46 ft) thence 12⋅8 m (42 ft),

least width 147 m (482 ft), leads generally Nthrough Cumberland Sound to two turning basinsof similar depth, about 9 and 10 miles respectivelyabove the outer ends of the breakwaters.

2 Controlling depths in Amelia River:Quarantine Reach — 10⋅8 m (35½ ft), least width

122 m (400 ft), for 1½ miles.Old Town Reach — 10⋅1 m (33¼ ft), least width

122 m (400 ft), for 3 cables.Seaboard Reach — 10⋅6 m (35 ft), least width 122 m

(400 ft), for 6 cables.3 City Front Reach — 6⋅1 m (20 ft), least width 91 m

(300 ft), for 6½ cables.Rayonier Reach — 2⋅1 m (7 ft), least width 122 m

(300 ft), for 1½ cables to Rayonier Wharf.For the latest controlling depths the charts and port

authorities should be consulted.

Pilotage9.26

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and UnitedStates vessels under register in the foreign trade with adraught of more than 2⋅1 m (7 ft). Pilotage is optional forUnited States vessels in the coastwise trade which have onboard a pilot licensed by the federal government. Pilots areavailable 24 hours.

2 Pilots board vessels about 7½ cables W of STMLight−buoy (30°43′N 81°15′W). The pilot boat has a blackhull with white superstructure. See Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(5) for details.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply inside a line joining the heads of Saint MarysEntrance Breakwaters. See 1.47 and Appendix VII forfurther information.

2 Regulated navigation area. A regulated navigation areais established in Cumberland Sound in the vicinity of KingsBay. Vessels navigating within the area are required to limittheir speed to the minimum required to maintain steerage.See Appendix V for general rules governing regulatednavigation areas.

3 Safety and security zones. Permanent and temporarysafety and security zones have been established inCumberland Sound and Saint Marys Entrance. Vessels maynot enter or remain within these zones without thepermission of the Captain of the Port, Jacksonville, andmust immediately comply with any instructions issued bythat office. See Appendix V for general rules governingsafety and security zones.

Rescue9.28

1 The nearest Coastguard Station is at Saint Simons Sound(8.219) or Mayport (9.68).


CHAPTER 9

234


1 Tidal streams at Saint Marys Entrance normally attain arate of 2½ to 3 kn, but at times are dangerous, especiallywith the in–going stream.

2 Between the head of the N breakwater and a positionabout 1 mile ENE of it, the in–going stream sets SW atabout 2 kn under average conditions, but with NE windssets strongly SSW. Under adverse conditions of thein–going stream, during spring tides and a NE gale, its rateis estimated to attain 5 kn. With the in–going stream aneddy sets out close along the inside of the N breakwater.

3 Normally slack water occurs about 4½ hours before and1½ hours after HW at Charleston, but with freshets in SaintMarys River the out–going stream may run from about HWuntil about 4 hours before the following HW.9.30

1 Local weather. The climate features short, mild wintersand warm, humid summers with fog likely on cool, clearwinter mornings. About 127 cm of rain falls on some70 days annually. Much of the precipitation occurs inshowers or thunderstorms from June to September. Onaverage temperatures climb above 32⋅2°C on about 55 daysand drop to below 0°C or below on just 10 days. By farthe biggest threat to this pleasant climate are hurricanes,which are most likely, from June to November. While thearea is vulnerable to this threat, direct landfallinghurricanes are rare, and those that pass offshore causerelatively minor damage.

2 The most dangerous tropical cyclones are those thatcross the coast from between E and SE and those thatapproach from between S and SW. During hurricane Dora(September 1964) winds of 85 kn or more extended fromSaint Augustine to Fernandina Beach. Unusually high tideswere generated by prolonged onshore winds. The AmeliaRiver tide gauge recorded readings 3 m above normal.From experience it can be suggested that, when the windsreach 50 kn or more and tides surge to 2⋅4 to 3⋅0 m abovenormal at the Amelia River tide gauge, there is likelihoodof sudden shoaling in Saint Marys Entrance. A severethreat to shipping should be anticipated when a hurricane isexpected to make landfall within 90 miles S, or 30 miles N,or when a severe tropical storm (50 to 63 kn) is expected tomake landfall within 60 miles S, or 20 miles N of the SaintMarys Entrance. If adequate shelter is not available atFernandina Beach, it is suggested that shelter be looked forin the reaches of principal rivers that are protected from theS and E by wooded high bluffs. For example, shelter canbe found at Mush Bluff on Crooked River and behind thebluffs 4 miles above Saint Marys River.

3 Tidal levels. At Saint Marys Entrance the mean springrange is about 2⋅0 m; mean neap range about 1⋅3 m. Seeinformation in Admiralty Tide Tables.

Principal marks9.31

1 Landmarks:Flagpole at Fort Clinch (30°42′⋅3N 81°27′⋅3W) (9.33).Tower (90 m (295 ft) in height, red lights) (30°40′⋅9N

81°27′⋅3W).Radio tower (62⋅8 m (206 ft) in height) (30°40′⋅6N

81°27′⋅5W).Tank (30°40′⋅3N 81°27′⋅4W).

2 Tower (courthouse) (30°40′⋅2N 81°27′⋅7W).Amelia Island Lighthouse (30°40′⋅4N 81°26′⋅5W)

(9.20).

Major light:Amelia Island Light — as above.

Directions for entering Saint Marys Entrance(continued from 9.22)

9.32 1 Saint Marys Entrance Leading Lights:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on tower)(30°42′⋅5N 81°27′⋅9W).


2 From the vicinity of STM Light−buoy (30°43′N81°15′W) about 8½ miles E of Saint Marys Entrance, thealignment (267¾°) of these lights leads through SaintMarys Entrance, marked by numbered light–buoys (lateral),for about 10¾ miles, passing (with positions relative to FortClinch (30°42′⋅3N 81°27′⋅3W)):

3 S of a light (8 miles E). This light and the light1½ miles to the WNW of it are the former leadinglights for the first leg of the old entrance channeland no longer have any navigational significance.Thence:

4 N of a number of shoal patches (7 miles E), withdepths of 8⋅8 to 9⋅1 m (29 to 30 ft) over them,thence:

5 N of the head of S breakwater (2½ miles E). Adangerous wreck (position approximate) and anobstruction with a depth of 9⋅7 m (32 ft) over it lie1 and 3 cables S and E of the head of Sbreakwater, respectively. And:

6 S of the head of N breakwater (2½ miles ENE). Awreck lies 4 cables WNW of the head of Nbreakwater.

Caution. Mariners are advised to exercise extremecaution in this area as the breakwaters are a danger tonavigation in poor visibility. They are reported to be inpoor condition and both almost entirely submerged atMHW.

7 Thence the track continues passing:S of a patch (2¼ miles ENE) with a depth of 5⋅4 m

(18 ft) over it, thence:S of patches (2 miles ENE) with depths of 5⋅1 and

5⋅3 m (17 and 18 ft) over them.8 Thence the track leads to a position NNE of Fort

Clinch, at the end of Saint Marys Entrance leading line.(Directions continue for Cumberland Sound at 9.34.Directions for Saint Marys River are given at 9.60)

Directions for Amelia River

Fort Clinch to Rayonier Reach9.33

1 From a position NNE of Fort Clinch, at the end of SaintMarys Entrance leading line, the track leads WSW, SW andS for about 3½ miles through a channel in Amelia River,marked by light–buoys, with a least width of 91 m (300 ft)in City Front Reach and Rayonier Reach, passing:

NNW, NW and W of Fort Clinch (30°42′⋅3N81°27′⋅3W), a state park, museum and recreationarea, thence:

2 Through Quarantine Reach, Old Town Reach,Seaboard Reach, City Front Reach and RayonierReach, as required to the chosen destination.

No further directions are given as the best indication isthe chart.

CHAPTER 9

235

Directions for Cumberland Sound(continued from 9.32)

Fort Clinch to Tiger Island9.34

1 Upper Leading Lights A:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band

on tower on piles) (30°43′⋅5N 81°29′⋅7W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (700 m from front light).2 Lower Leading Lights A:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,on dolphin) (30°42′⋅3N 81°26′⋅6W).


3 From a position NNE of Fort Clinch (30°42′⋅3N81°27′⋅3W) at the end of Saint Marys Entrance Leadingline, the alignment (294¼°), ahead, of Upper LeadingLights A, and (114½°), astern, of Lower Leading Lights Aleads WNW for about 1½ miles through Range A, markedby light–buoys (lateral), to the beginning of Range A1leading line.9.35

1 A1 Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on dolphin) (30°43′⋅6N 81°29′⋅5W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower on

piles) (284 m from front light).2 The alignment (302½°) of these lights leads NW, for

about 3½ cables, through Range A1 to a position NE ofTiger Island (30°43′⋅0N 81°29′⋅3W) at the beginning ofRange B leading line.

(Directions continue for Saint Marys River at 9.60)

Tiger Island to Kings Bay9.36

1 A2 Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on dolphin) (30°44′⋅2N 81°29′⋅5W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower on

piles) (72 m from front light).2 From a position NE of Tiger Island, at the beginning of

A2 leading line, the alignment (331½°) of these lights leadsthrough Range A2 to the beginning of Range B leadingline.9.37

1 B Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on pile) (30°44′⋅4N 81°29′⋅2W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (340 m from front light).The alignment (349¾°) of these lights leads through

Range B to the beginning of Range C leading line.9.38

1 Upper Leading Lights C:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on dolphin) (30°45′⋅6N 81°29′⋅0W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (1025 m from front light).2 Lower Leading Lights C:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,on dolphin) (30°43′⋅3N 81°29′⋅2W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)(423 m from front light).

3 The alignment (004°), ahead, of Upper Leading LightsC, and (184°), astern, of Lower Leading Lights C leadsthrough Range C to the beginning of Range D leading line.

9.39 1 D Leading Lights:

Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,on pile) (30°46′⋅7N 81°29′⋅3W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on frameworktower on piles) (6½ cables from front light).

The alignment (351¼°) of these lights leads throughRange D to the beginning of Range E leading line.9.40

1 Leading Lights E:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on dolphin) (30°47′⋅6N 81°29′⋅9W).Rear light (similar structure) (209 m from front light).

2 Lower Leading Lights E:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, yellow band,

on pile) (30°46′⋅4N 81°29′⋅2W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (683 m from front light).3 The alignment (332°), ahead, of Upper Leading Lights E

and (152°), astern, of Lower Leading Lights E leadsthrough Range E to the end of Range E leading line.Thence the track leads NW to the chosen destination.


1 The Intracoastal Waterway may be accessed throughSaint Marys Entrance. It enters Cumberland Sound throughCumberland Dividings, passing S through Amelia River,Kingsley Creek and South Amelia River to Nassau Sound.

For the continuation of the Intracoastal Waterway see9.72.

Anchorages

Approaches9.42

1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following positions:1 mile N of the pilot boarding position in depths of

about 12⋅8 m (42 ft).6½ cables NNW of STM Light−buoy (30°43′N

81°15′W) in depths of about 11⋅5 m (38 ft).

Cumberland Sound9.43

1 Anchorage may be obtained on both sides of thedredged channel through Cumberland Sound.

Amelia River9.44

1 Anchorage may be obtained, according to draught, onthe W side of Amelia River.

Fernandina Beach


1 Position. Fernandina Beach (30°41′N 81°28′W), lies onthe E side of Amelia River, 2 miles S of its entrance, closewithin the entrance to Cumberland Sound.

Function. It is the principal city on Cumberland Sound.Principal exports are woodpulp and paper products; importsare caustic soda and fish meal. There is some foreign andcoastal trade; a large shrimp boat fleet operates from theport.

2 Approach and entry. Fernandina Beach is approachedthrough Saint Marys Entrance (9.23) and entered throughAmelia River.

Traffic. In 2004 the port was used by 15 vessels with atotal of 302 574 dwt.

CHAPTER 9

236

Port Authority. Nassau Terminals, PO Box 1543,Fernandina Beach, FL 32034.


1 Project depths. See 9.25.Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 2⋅1 m; mean neap

range about 1⋅5 m. See information in Admiralty TideTables.

Density of water. Brackish.Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA 259 m.Local weather. See 9.30.


1 Notice of ETA required. Vessels are requested to sendETA 24 hours in advance.

Outer anchorages. See 9.42.Pilotage. See 9.26 for further information on pilotage.Tugs are available and required for berthing and leaving.

2 Regulations concerning entry. All vessels are berthedand leave under the direction of the Harbour Master, whois also the chief pilot. All vessels should proceed throughthe harbour at a speed not exceeding 5 kn, due to smallcraft moored alongside the waterfront.

Quarantine. See 1.57.

Harbour9.48

1 General layout. The harbour lies on the E side ofAmelia River, fronting Old Fernandina and FernandinaBeach.

Directions for entering harbour9.49

1 See 9.33.

Berths9.50

1 General information. There are several commercial, andmany small berths fronting Fernandina Beach. Alongsidedepths are reported depths. The port authorities should becontacted for the latest information.

2 Nassau Terminal (30°40′⋅7N 81°27′⋅8W). Situated onthe E side of Amelia River, about 2 miles above thechannel entrance. Length 366 m with a depth of 10⋅9 malongside.

Port services9.51

1 Repairs: no major repair facilities or dry docks areavailable, the nearest are at Jacksonville (9.73); minorrepairs; two small slipways.

Other facilities: hospital.2 Supplies: fuel by barge or truck from Jacksonville; fresh

water from artesian wells; provisions and stores.Communications. Fernandina Beach Municipal Airport

lies 5 km S of Fernandina Beach.

Kings Bay


1 Position. Kings Bay (30°48′N 81°31′W), lies on the Wbank of Cumberland Sound, close SW of Crab Island.

Function. It is a United States Government, navalsubmarine support base and explosives terminal.

Kings Bay is no longer a public port facility.

2 Approach and entry. Kings Bay is approached throughSaint Marys Entrance, thence Cumberland Sound, andentered between the S end of Crab Island and the mainlandclose SW.


1 Project depths. See 9.25.Tidal levels. See 9.46.Local weather. See 9.30.


1 Outer anchorages. See 9.42.Pilotage. See 9.26 for further information on pilotage.Tugs. See 9.47.Regulated areas. See 9.27.Quarantine. See 1.57.

Harbour9.55

1 General layout. The harbour extends from the NW endof Drum Point Island, NW for about 2½ miles betweenCrab Island and the mainland SW. The berths and facilitieslie on the SW side of the channel. There are extensivenaval facilities.

Degaussing range (30°46′⋅8N 81°29′⋅4W), as shown onthe US chart.

Directions for entering harbour9.56

1 See 9.34.

Berths9.57


There are many berths in Kings Bay. The principal oneis a wharf (30°48′⋅1N 81°31′⋅1W), 610 m in length with adepth of 12⋅2 m alongside.

Minor harbour

Saint Marys9.58

1 Position. Saint Marys (30°43′⋅3N 81°32′⋅7W) lies on theN bank of Saint Marys River, about 4 miles W ofCumberland Sound.

Function. It is used primarily by tugs towing fuel oiland fishermen. It is navigable by vessels with a draught of3 m (10 ft) to Kings Ferry, 28 miles above Saint Marys.

2 Approach and entry. Saint Marys is approachedthrough Saint Marys Entrance (9.23) and CumberlandSound, and entered through Saint Marys River.9.59

1 Controlling depth. The controlling depth in the channelis 4⋅3 m (14 ft) to Saint Marys.

Tidal levels. See 9.46.Density of water. 1⋅000g/cm3 above the rail bridge,

20 miles above the entrance.Local weather. See 9.30.

2 Outer anchorages. See 9.42.Pilotage is available from Fernandina Beach. See

Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.9.60

1 Directions (continued from 9.35). From a position at theend of Range A leading line (30°43′⋅1N 81°28′⋅6W), thetrack leads WNW through a channel into Saint MarysRiver. There are no specific directions for the river, USChart 11489 being the best guide.

CHAPTER 9

237

2 Caution is advised when entering the river especially inlate afternoon, as the indefinite shoreline of the surroundingmarshlands make the unmarked channel in the first reachdifficult to negotiate. Unpredictable currents have beenreported in the entrance to the river, at the junctions withJolly River and North River, and along the piers at SaintMarys. The river is very crooked and some of the turns aresharp.

3 Useful mark:Tank (30°43′⋅5N 81°32′⋅8W).

Berths. Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

The wharves and berths front the small town of SaintMarys, with depths of up to 3⋅9 m alongside.

4 Facilities. Hospital.

SAINT MARYS ENTRANCE TOSAINT JOHNS RIVER

General information

Chart 3691Route9.61

1 From a position in the vicinity of STM Light–buoy (safewater) (30°43′N 81°15′W), the route leads S, for about19½ miles, to a position E of STJ Light–buoy (safe water)(30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W).

Topography9.62

1 Between Saint Marys Entrance and the entrance to SaintJohns River (30°24′N 81°23′W) the coast is formed byAmelia Island, Talbot Island (9.63), Little Talbot Island(9.64) and Fort George Island. Amelia Island is low andflat or gently undulating, thickly wooded on its E side, butits W parts are marshy. There are also some prominentlandmarks (9.31) on it. The island is separated from themainland by a broad stretch of marsh through whichKingsley Creek and South Amelia River, part of theIntracoastal Waterway, connect with Nassau Sound. Fromseaward it presents no prominent features, and shows along line of dark woods, irregular in outline, withnumerous trees rising conspicuously above the others. Infront of these woods a range of sand dunes, partiallycovered with grass and scrub, is fronted by a broad whitesandy beach.9.63

1 Talbot Island is partially wooded and partially marshy,and is separated from the mainland by Sawpit Creek(30°30′⋅7N 81°27′⋅3W) and Gunnison Cut (9.72). Fromseaward Little Talbot Island appears as a strip of darkwoods, with many prominent sand dunes near the beach. ItsS end is a low point of bare sand, and forms the N side ofFort George Inlet.9.64

1 Little Talbot Island is low, flat and wooded on itsseaward side, but marshy on its W side, where it isseparated by creeks from Talbot Island.9.65

1 The SE part of Fort George Island, which forms thecoast S of Little Talbot Island, appears as a broad stretchof white sandy beach, backed by high sand dunes. MountCornelia (9.2) rises near the N end of Fort George Island.


1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply as follows:

Inside a line joining the S extremity of Amelia Islandto the NE extremity of Little Talbot Island.

Inside a line formed by the centreline of the bridgefrom Little Talbot Island to Fort George Island.

See 1.47 and Appendix VII for further information.2 Former mined area. An area, shown on the chart,

centred on position 30°24′N 81°19′W, is open tounrestricted surface navigation but all vessels are cautionednot to anchor, dredge, trawl, lay cables, bottom, or toconduct any similar type of operation due to residualdanger from mines on the seabed.

3 See 1.5 and Appendix X.

Fish havens9.67

1 Between the parallels of 30°35′N and 30°23′N, andextending from the coast to the meridian of 80°49′W, thereare numerous fish havens charted as obstructions, some ofthem being marked by buoys (special).

Rescue9.68

1 A Coastguard Station with SAR facilities is situated atMayport Base (30°23′⋅3N 81°26′⋅1W), on the E side ofSaint Johns River, on the S end of the waterfront atMayport.


Principal marks9.69

1 Landmarks:Amelia Island Lighthouse (30°40′⋅4N 81°26′⋅5W)

(9.20).Saint Johns Lighthouse (white square tower on

building) (30°23′⋅2N 81°23′⋅9W).2 Major lights:

Amelia Island Light (30°40′⋅4N 81°26′⋅5W) (9.20).Saint Johns Light — as above.


1 Racon:STJ Light–buoy (30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W).



9.71 1 Between Saint Marys Entrance and the entrance to Saint

Johns River, obstructions and wrecks lie up to 30 miles offthe coast, as shown on the chart.

From a position in the vicinity of STM Light–buoy (safewater) (30°43′N 81°15′W) the track leads S, passing:

2 W of a fish haven charted as an obstruction (30°38′N81°13′W), with a depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it; awreck, with a depth of 16⋅2 m (53 ft) over it, lies5 cables NE. Thence:

3 W of a fish haven charted as an obstruction (30°35′N81°12′W), with a depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it.Numerous obstructions, fish havens charted asobstructions and a wreck lie ESE of the fishhaven. Thence:

4 W of an obstruction (30°31′N 81°13′W), with a depthof 12⋅8 m (42 ft) over it; a fish haven charted as

CHAPTER 9

238

an obstruction, with a depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) overit, lies 1¾ miles NE, thence:

W of an obstruction (30°29′N 81°13′W), with a depthof 16⋅2 m (53 ft) over it, thence:

5 W of a wreck (30°28′N 81°14′W), with a depth of19⋅5 m (64 ft) over it; a fish haven, with a depthof 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it, and numerous wrecks, lieSE. Thence:

6 E of a fish haven charted as an obstruction (30°27′N81°18′W), with a depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it. Awreck, with a depth of 16⋅5 m (54 ft) over it, lies8 cables WNW.

Thence to a position E of STJ Light–buoy (safe water)(30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W).

(Directions continue for coastal passage at 9.152, andfor approaches to Saint Johns River at 9.105)

Intracoastal Waterway(continued from 9.41)

9.72 1 The Intracoastal Waterway may be accessed through

Nassau Sound. It crosses Nassau Sound close above theswing bridge and continues S through Gunnison Cut andSisters Creek (9.121) to Saint Johns River.

For the continuation of the Intracoastal Waterway see9.121.

JACKSONVILLE AND APPROACHES

General information

Chart 2808, US Chart 11491 (see 1.18)Position9.73

1 Jacksonville (30°21′N 81°39′W), lies on the N side ofSaint Johns River, 24 miles above the entrance.

Function9.74

1 Jacksonville with its suburbs, has expanded, and nowextends to the sea. In terms of ground area it is the largestcity in the United States.

It is the largest deepwater port on the E coast of Florida,and a major bulk handling, container, and distribution andrailway centre.

2 The principal exports are paper products, phosphaterock, fertilisers, chemicals, citrus products, naval stores,tallow, clay, scrap metal, feeding stuffs and general cargo.The principal imports are petroleum products, coffee, ironand steel products, limestone, pulpwood, cement, vehicles,lumber, chemicals, alcoholic drinks, and general cargo.

3 In 2000 the population was 735 617.

Topography9.75

1 The coast N and S of the entrance to Saint Johns Rivercomprises a white sandy beach backed by sand dunes,further backed by woods.

Blount Island (30°24′N 81°32′W) is low and sandy withfringing marshes.

Port limits9.76

1 The same as the limits inside which Navigation Rulesfor United States Inland Waters (9.97) apply.


1 Jacksonville is approached from E and entered throughSaint Johns River (30°24′N 81°23′W), the largest and mostimportant river in E Florida. It is 248 miles in length and isan unusual major river in that it flows from S to N overmost of its length. It rises near the coast, in 28°00′N, andfollows a general N course nearly parallel to it. BelowJacksonville, the river has a general E direction, enteringthe sea between two breakwaters, which extend 1 mileseaward, between the SE end of Fort George Island andSaint Johns Point (30°24′N 81°24′W), 5 cables SE.

2 Above Jacksonville there are several towns, of which theprincipal are Palatka, 43 miles above Jacksonville, andSandford, 75 miles farther up river. The upper reaches ofthe river are obstructed by hyacinths and floatingobstructions.

Traffic9.78


Port Authority9.79

1 Jacksonville Port Authority, PO Box 3005,2831 Talleyrand Avenue, Jacksonville, FL 32206.

2 Jacksonville port authority operates Talleyrand Docksand Terminals, Blount Island Terminal and Dames PointTerminal. The operation of these terminals is controlled bythe Director of the Marine Division directed by a managingdirector. There is no overall control by a Harbour Master.The other wharves and terminals are privately owned andoperated.

Limiting conditions

Project depths9.80

1 Project depths in the Saint Johns River dredged channelare as follows:

12⋅8 m (42 ft) least width 244 m from seaward for2 miles to Saint Johns Point (30°23′⋅8N81°23′⋅5W), thence:

11⋅6 m (38 ft) least width 122 m for 17 miles, thence:2 11⋅6 m to 10⋅4 m (38 ft to 34 ft), least width 175 m

for 3 miles to Jacksonville.Above Jacksonville the project depth is 4 m (13 ft) to

Palatka (9.77) thence 3⋅6 m (12 ft) to Sandford (9.77). Thisproject depth has not been maintained because of lightcommercial traffic.

3 The project depth for Blount Island Channel is 9⋅1 m(30 ft), however the controlling depth is usuallyconsiderably less than the project depth.

The main channel is maintained at or near projectdepths. For the latest controlling depth the charts and theport authorities should be consulted.

Bridges9.81

1 The following bridges span Saint Johns River:Four bridges, with a least vertical clearance of 1⋅5 m

(5 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 5⋅4 m (18 ft),span Blount Island Channel.

A fixed bridge (30°23′⋅1N 81°33′⋅4W), with a verticalclearance of 51⋅5 m (169 ft), but with 53⋅0 m(174 ft) for 61 m (200 ft) each side of thecentreline, and a horizontal clearance of 274⋅3 m(900 ft), at Dames Point.

CHAPTER 9

239

2 Matthews Bridge (30°19′⋅6N 81°37′⋅3W), a fixedbridge spanning Terminal Channel and ArlingtonChannel. Over Terminal Channel it has a verticalclearance of 46⋅3 m (152 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 214⋅9 m (705 ft). Over ArlingtonChannel it has a vertical clearance of 26⋅2 m(86 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 114⋅6 m(376 ft).

3 Hart Bridge, a fixed bridge with a vertical clearanceof 41⋅1 m (135 ft) (42⋅9 m (141 ft) at the centre)and a horizontal clearance of 292⋅6 m (960 ft), atCommodore Point (30°19′⋅1N 81°37′⋅8W),Jacksonville.

4 Main Street Bridge (30°19′⋅3N 81°39′⋅5W), a liftbridge at Hendricks Point, Jacksonville. It has avertical clearance of 12⋅1 m (40 ft), when closed,and 41⋅1 m (135 ft) open. The horizontal clearanceis 106⋅7 m (350 ft).

5 Acosta Bridge, a fixed bridge with a verticalclearance of 22⋅8 m (75 ft) and a horizontalclearance of 59⋅4 m (195 ft), 3 cables above MainStreet Bridge.

6 Florida East Coast Railway Company Bridge, abascule bridge with a vertical clearance of 1⋅5 m(5 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 59⋅4 m (195 ft),adjacent to Acosta Bridge.

Fuller Warren Bridge (30°18′⋅9N 81°40′⋅2W), a fixedbridge with a vertical clearance of 22⋅8 m (75 ft).

Overhead cables9.82

1 Overhead power cables, with a safe vertical clearance of53⋅3 m (175 ft), supported by towers span Saint JohnsRiver NNW of Blount Island (30°24′N 81°32′W). Overheadpower cables, with a safe vertical clearance of 53⋅3 m(175 ft), also span the main channel S of Blount Islandmidway along the Dames Point Fulton Cutoff Range.


1 Blount Island Terminal (9.129).

Tidal levels9.84

1 At Saint Johns River entrance the mean spring range isabout 1⋅7 m; mean neap range about 1⋅2 m.

At Jacksonville the mean spring range is about 0⋅8 m;mean neap range about 0⋅6 m.

See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.


1 Brackish. The river water may be fresh at Jacksonvilleat LW with W winds.


1 Jaxport 291 m in length and a draught of 9⋅75 m(31⋅9 ft).

Local weather9.87

1 Jacksonville is near the N boundary of the trade windsin summer. Winds off the water produce a maritimeinfluence that tempers the heat of summer and cold ofwinter. Winter storms and severe cold waves often remainN of the area. Occasionally a north–easter will skirt theFlorida coast bringing 15 to 30 kn winds, low stratusclouds and drizzle. These are most likely in late summerand autumn. This area lies within the hurricane beltalthough hurricane force winds are rare, since most stormseither remain offshore or have tracked inland andweakened.

2 On the average the Jacksonville area is threatened(tropical cyclone within 180 miles) once or twice each year.While this may occur in any month it is most likely fromJune to October, with a peak in September and October.Most storms have crossed over some portion of the Floridapeninsula and weakened. The port of Jacksonville andMayport Basin are not considered hurricane havens sincesurrounding low topography does not provide an adequatewindbreak. The port of Jacksonville, which is lesssusceptible to storm surges than Mayport, can be used as ahaven from tropical storms if there is a certainty that windswill not intensify to above 60 kn. While the entrance toSaint Johns River is exposed, farther upstream, betweenBlount Island and downtown Jacksonville, some shelteringfrom S and SE winds is provided by higher elevations,including some river bluffs. Special care should be takenwith storms approaching from the SE. Hurricane Dora(September 1964) for example, was one of the worststorms to affect this area. At Mayport, winds reached 65 knwith gusts to 80 kn while the airport recorded 71 knsustained winds. Unusually high tides were produced byonshore winds that exceeded 50 kn for some 12 hours.Water levels reached 1⋅5 to 2⋅1 m above mean sea level onthe coast and along the Saint James River.

3 Storm tides are more frequent than destructive winds,and along the coast, are the major threat to shipping andresidents. Storm surges vary significantly over shortdistances. Maximum heights occur along the beaches andthe entrance breakwaters at Mayport, then decrease rapidlyup the Saint Johns River. In October 1944, an overlandhurricane combined with an offshore north–easter togenerate tides that reached 3⋅7 m above mean sea level atJacksonville Beach and 2⋅2 m above mean sea level onMcCoy Creek at Stockton Street in Jacksonville. For moredetails see the Hurricane Havens Handbook (1.180) for theNorth Atlantic Ocean.

4 In general, prevailing winds are NE in autumn andwinter and SW in spring and summer, although afternoonsea breezes often bring winds off the water in these latterseasons. Windspeeds are often highest from September toApril when they exceed 17 kn about 3% to 8% of the time.Local climatic variations are most noticeable in the heat ofsummer. Along the beach on 20 to 30 days annually,temperatures reach 32⋅2°C, compared to 70 to 80 days nearthe city. Fog is mainly a winter time phenomena, rolling inwith any E wind but often remaining across the entrancewhen it has cleared elsewhere. In calm weather, smog fromthe fertilizer and paper plants often obscures the channelabove Dames Point. Radiation type fog, which may occurnear the city, usually burns off by noon. On the average,there are 25 to 35 days annually, when visibility dropsbelow 5 cables; November to February are the most likelymonths. Summertime showers and thunderstorms areresponsible for much of the precipitation in the area.

CHAPTER 9

240

Thunderstorms are most likely during June, July, andAugust, when they occur on about 10 to 16 days permonth.

5 The National Weather service station is at JacksonvilleInternational Airport.

Arrival information

Port operations9.88

1 Inbound vessels:Vessels, with a draught in excess of 10⋅0 m (33 ft) but

no more than 10⋅9 m (36 ft), shall start inwards nosooner than 15 minutes before the start of the floodtide at the bar at Saint Johns River Entrance.

2 Vessels, with a draught in excess of 10⋅9 m (36 ft),shall start inwards no sooner than 30 minutes afterthe start of the flood tide at the bar.

The latest time for vessels, with a draught in excessof 10⋅0 m (33 ft), to be taken in is 1 hour beforethe start of the ebb tide at the bar.

3 Vessels bound for all the shipyard berths, GateMaritime Terminal, Celotex Corporation Berth,Jacksonville Electric Authority (N berth) and theUS Gypsum Company Berth are subject to specificberthing times as advised by the relevant BerthingMaster.

9.891 Outbound vessels:

Vessels, with a draught in excess of 10⋅3 m (34 ft),sailing between Main Street Bridge and the N.B.Broward Bridge shall sail no sooner than 1½ hoursafter the start of the flood tide.

2 Vessels, with a draught in excess of 9⋅7 m (32 ft), onpassage through Chaseville Turn on the ebb tidewill take a tug if required by the pilot.

Vessels, with a draught in excess of 10⋅9 m (36 ft),leaving Blount Island shall sail no sooner than thestart of the flood tide.

3 Vessels sailing from PCS Phosphates Berth, with adraught in excess of 9⋅7 m (32 ft), CelotexCorporation Berth and the US Gypsum CompanyBerth are subject to specific unberthing times asadvised by the relevant Berthing Master.

9.901 Areas of particular concern:

Intracoastal Waterway (30�23��1N 81�27��8W). Thiswaterway is extensively used by tows and itsjunction with the Saint Johns River is subject tostrong and unpredictable cross currents at variousstages of the tide. Tows should make every effort,including holding, to avoid unduly restricting fullpowered vessels and allow them to clear this areawhen either inbound or outbound.

2 Dames Point Turn (30�23��1N 81�33��6W).Navigation is complicated by cross−currentscoming from the old channel behind Blount Islandwhich tend to set a vessel deep into the bend onboth the flood and ebb tide. In addition, thechannel in this area is used as a turning basin forvessels using Blount Island terminal and the berthsin Blount Island channel.

3 Trout River Cut (30�23��3N 81�37��6W). Thisdredged channel extends through rock formationsand deep draught vessels must exercise great carenot to leave the channel in this area. Localknowledge is necessary to predict current effects as

they tend to set across the channel on both theflood and ebb. Vessels that are unable to keep inmid−channel should use a tug to avoid being setonto the tanker berths on the W side of the river.

4 Commodore Point (30�19��1N 81�37��8W). Thenearly 90° turn at Commodore Point iscomplicated by the piers of the Hart Bridge aswell as Matthews Bridge 6 cables N. Vessels thatare either unable to keep in mid−channel or haveunreliable engines should use tugs to avoid beingset onto the support piers of either bridge.


1 There is no VTS, however vessels intending to transitSaint Johns River should make a security call.

The radio reporting point is shown on the chart.For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume

6(5).

Notice of ETA9.92

1 Notify ETA as far in advance as possible and 24 hoursprior to arrival to the ships agent.


1 Vessels waiting outside the entrance to Saint Johns Rivermay, weather permitting, anchor in anchor berths 1 to 6and A to D, in depths of 10 to 16⋅1 m (33 to 53 ft), asshown on the chart, 2½ miles NW of STJ Light–buoy(30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W).

2 Anchorages A to D are for aircraft carriers and deepdraught vessels; anchorages 1 to 6 are for destroyers andsimilar size vessels. Anchorage A is an explosivesanchorage.

Naval vessels have precedence in all these anchorages.


1 Submarine cables are laid across Saint Johns River asshown on the chart.

Pilotage9.95


2 Pilots board vessels between STJ Light–buoy (safewater) (30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W) and the entrance channel.Ladder should be rigged 3 m (10 ft) above the water–line.Pilots board from pilot boats 15 m in length, black hull,white superstructure with “PILOT” in large letters writtenon each side.

3 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) fordetails.

Tugs9.96



1 Navigation Rules for United States Inland Watersapply inside of a line drawn across the seaward extremityof the Saint Johns River entrance breakwaters. See 1.47and Appendix VII for further information.

CHAPTER 9

241

Restricted areas have been established in Jacksonville.See Appendix VI for general rules governing restrictedareas.

2 Safety and security zones. Permanent and temporarysafety and security zones have been established in theapproaches to Saint Johns River and within the port ofJacksonville. Vessels may not enter or remain within thesezones without the permission of the Captain of the Port,Jacksonville, and must immediately comply with anyinstructions issued by that office. See Appendix V forgeneral rules governing safety and security zones.

Quarantine9.98


Harbour

General layout9.99

1 The main berthing areas situated along the banks of theriver between its entrance and Jacksonville are as follows:

Mayport Basin (United States Navy), lying on the Sbank close within the entrance to the river.

Blount Island Terminal and Dames Point MarineTerminal on the N bank.

2 Tallyrand Docks and Terminals on the W bank atJacksonville.

Commodores Point Terminal Wharf at Jacksonville,on the W bank lies close N of Commodore Point(30°19′⋅1N 81°37′⋅8W).

There are numerous other berths and wharves.

Measured distance9.100

1 There is a measured distance close S of Saint JohnsPoint (30°24′N 81°24′W) as shown on the chart:

N limit marks: Beacons (orange and white).S limit marks: Beacons (orange and white).Distance: 1 mile.Running track: 179°/359°.


1 Tidal streams are strong in Saint Johns River as far asJacksonville. The tidal streams in the entrance between thebreakwaters require special attention. It is reported that1 hour after the beginning of a blow from any directionfrom N through E to S, a very strong flow sets with thewind across the end of the breakwaters, and the conditionis usually dangerous; when such winds reach gale force,the positions of the buoys should not be relied upon asthey may drag out of position.

2 Between the breakwaters on the in–going tide the flowis 2 kn and on the out–going tide 2¼ kn. At Mayport onthe in–going tide the flow is 2¼ kn and on the out–goingtide about 3 kn. At a point 2¾ miles above the entrance theflow is 2¾ kn.

3 Off Drummond Point, 1 mile W of Broward Point, thetidal stream attains a rate of 1½ kn, and off Jacksonville,2 kn. The rate of the in–going stream is increased by NEand E winds, and the out–going stream by SW and Wwinds.

4 Above Jacksonville tidal streams average less than 1 kn.The winds have considerable effect on the water level andrate of the streams. Strong N or NE winds raise the waterlevel about 0⋅6 m (2 ft) at Jacksonville and about 0⋅3 m

(1 ft) at Palatka (9.77). Strong S and SW winds lower thewater level about 0⋅3 to 0⋅4 m (1 to 1½ ft), increase therate of the out–going stream, and decrease or may interruptthe in–going stream.9.102

1 Flow. Dangerous cross flows may be encountered at thefollowing points along the Saint Johns River:

At the entrance to Saint Johns Bar Cut Rangebetween the breakwaters (30°24′N 81°23′W).

At the intersection with the Intracoastal Waterway(30°23′⋅0N 81°27′⋅5W).

2 At the junction of Blount Island Channel and DamesPoint Turn (30°23′⋅0N 81°33′⋅5W).

At the junction of Trout River and Trout River CutRange (30°23′⋅4N 81°37′⋅6W).

Flood stages in Saint Johns River usually occur inautumn, and are about 0⋅6 m (2 ft) at Palatka and 1⋅5 m(5 ft) at Sandford (9.77).

Climatic table see 1.201.


1 Landmarks:Amelia Island Lighthouse (30°40′⋅4N 81°26′⋅5W)

(9.20).Saint Johns Lighthouse (30°23′⋅2N 81°23′⋅9W) (9.69).

2 Radio tower (red and white chequered) (30°23′⋅4N81°24′⋅4W).

Major lights:Amelia Island Light (30°40′⋅4N 81°26′⋅5W) (9.20).Saint Johns Light (30°23′⋅2N 81°23′⋅9W) (9.69).





Seaward to Dames Point9.105

1 Saint Johns Bar Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (30°24′⋅2N 81°25′⋅7W).Rear light (framework tower on piles) (1¼ miles from

front light).2 From a position E of STJ Light–buoy (safe water)

(30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W), about 3 miles E of the entrancebreakwaters of Saint Johns River, the track leads W,passing either side of STJ Light–buoy (safe water). Thencethe alignment (276¾°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Saint Johns Cut Range, marked by light–buoys(lateral), to the beginning of Pilot Town Cut Leading line,passing (with positions relative to Saint Johns Point(30°24′N 81°24′W)):

3 N of a wreck (2½ miles E), thence:Between the head of the breakwaters (1 mile E and

1 mile ENE), marked by Nos 5 and 6 Light–buoys(lateral).

Caution. For details of dangerous cross flows see 9.102.9.106

1 Pilot Town Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile)


tower) (120 m from front light).

CHAPTER 9

242

2 The alignment (068¾°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Pilot Town Cut Range to thebeginning of Mayport Cut Leading line.9.107

1 Mayport Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


The alignment (023°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Mayport Cut Range to the beginningof Sherman Cut Leading line.9.108

1 Sherman Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (30°22′⋅7N 81°26′⋅7W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (417 m from front light).2 The alignment (222°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Sherman Cut Range, marked by light–buoys, tothe beginning of Mile Point Lower Leading line.9.109

1 Mile Point Lower Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (30°22′⋅7N 81°27′⋅2W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (120 m from front light).2 The alignment (244°) of these lights leads 4 cables SW

through the first part of Mile Point Lower Range.Thence the track leaves the leading line and alters to the

NW and into Training Wall Reach.9.110

1 Training Wall Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


2 Mile Point Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle on framework tower on

piles) (30°22′⋅7N 81°27′⋅2W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on piles) (395 m from front light).3 The alignment (309°), ahead, and (128½°), astern, of

these pairs of lights leads through the centre of dredgedTraining Wall Reach to the end of Training Wall Reachleading line.

Thence the track alters to the W and passes throughShort Cut Turn to the beginning of White Shells Cutleading line.

4 Caution. For details of dangerous cross flows see 9.102.9.111

1 White Shells Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


2 The alignment (062°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of White Shells Cut Range to the end ofWhite Shells Cut leading line.

Thence the track leads WNW through Saint Johns BluffReach to the beginning of Dames Point — Fulton Cutoffleading lines.9.112

1 Dames Point Cutoff Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower on pile structure) (30°23′⋅0N 81°33′⋅7W).Rear light (similar structure) (870 m from front light).

2 Fulton Cutoff Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on dolphin)

(30°23′⋅6N 81°30′⋅2W).

Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower,concrete base) (909 m from front light).

3 The alignment (259°), ahead, and (079°), astern, of thesepairs of lights leads through the centre of dredged DamesPoint — Fulton Cutoff Range to a position SE of DamesPoint (30°23′⋅2N 81°33′⋅5W).

Dames Point to Commodore Point9.113

1 From a position SE of Dames Point (30°23′⋅2N81°33′⋅5W), the track leads W for about 5¼ cables throughDames Point Turn keeping to the centre of the channel,passing under a fixed bridge (9.81), to the beginning ofQuarantine Island Upper Leading line.


1 Quarantine Island Upper Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on pile)

(30°23′⋅0N 81°33′⋅7W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on tower)

(276 m from front light).2 The alignment (146°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Quarantine Island Upper Range to thebeginning of Brills Cut Leading line, passing NE ofBartram (Quarantine) Island.9.115

1 Brills Cut Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile)

(30°24′⋅7N 81°35′⋅3W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on framework

tower) (228 m from front light).2 The alignment (316¼°) of these lights leads through the

centre of Brills Cut Range to the end of Brills Cut Rangeleading line.

Thence the track leads through Broward Point Turn,keeping to the centre of the channel, passing SSW ofBroward Point (30°24′⋅7N 81°35′⋅1W), to the beginning ofDrummond Creek Leading line.9.116

1 Drummond Creek Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe on dolphin)


tower) (387 m from front light).2 The alignment (058½°), astern, of these lights leads

through the centre of Drummond Creek Range to thebeginning of Trout River Leading line.9.117

1 Trout River Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework


The alignment (016¼°), astern, of these lights leadsthrough the centre of Trout River Cut Range, passingWNW of Reddie Point (30°23′⋅3N 81°37′⋅2W).

2 Thence the track leads through the centre of ChasevilleTurn, keeping to the centre of the channel, to the beginningof Long Branch Leading line.


1 Long Branch Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on white

framework tower) (30°21′⋅7N 81°36′⋅8W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (81 m from front light).

CHAPTER 9

243

2 The alignment (129°) of these lights leads through thecentre of Long Branch Range to the end of Long BranchRange leading line.

Thence the track leads SSW through Terminal Channel,marked by a light–beacon and light–buoys, to a position SEof Commodore Point (30°19′⋅1N 81°37′⋅8W) and W ofEmpire Point, 6 cables E, keeping to the centre of thechannel.

3 No directions are given above Commodore Point as thebest indication is the chart.

Side channels

Blount Island Channel9.119

1 Blount Island Channel (30°24′N 81°33′W), a cutoff bendof the Saint Johns River, extends from the main riverchannel (30°23′⋅6N 81°30′⋅4W) around the N side ofBlount Island and rejoins the main channel E of DamesPoint (30°23′⋅2N 81°33′⋅5W). The channel is practicallydivided near its mid–point by a number of fixed bridges(9.81) and an overhead cable (9.82).

2 Blount Island Channel Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)

(30°23′⋅0N 81°33′⋅3W).Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe on tower)

(304 m from front light).From a position SE of Dames Point (30°23′⋅2N

81°33′⋅5W), the alignment (197°), astern, of these lightsleads through the centre of Blount Island Channel for about1¼ miles.

Arlington Channel9.120

1 Arlington Channel (30°21′N 81°37′W), with a leastcharted depth of 6 m (20 ft), lies parallel to TerminalChannel. It passes under Matthews Bridge close W ofExchange Island. There are no specific directions for thechannel.

Intracoastal Waterway(continued from 9.72)

9.121 1 The Intracoastal Waterway may be accessed through

Saint Johns River. It crosses Saint Johns River at nearlyright angles about 5 miles above the river entrance.

2 On the N side of Saint Johns River the IntracoastalWaterway is formed by Sisters Creek, which enters theriver 8 cables NW of Mile Point (30°23′⋅1N 81°26′⋅9W).The waterway then continues across the river to theentrance to Pablo Creek, which lies 1 mile W of ShermanPoint, and thence through various waterways to CapeCanaveral.

3 For the continuation of the Intracoastal Waterway see9.154.



1 Except for Mayport Basin the terminals and berths areapproached from the main channels already described.

Mayport Basin9.123

1 Mayport Basin Leading Lights:Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework

tower) (30°23′⋅6N 81°25′⋅0W).

Rear light (similar structure) (91 m from front light).2 The alignment (255°) of these lights leads from a

position about 3½ cables NE of Saint Johns Point (30°24′N81°24′W), in Saint Johns Bar Cut Range, through MayportBasin entrance into the basin.


1 There are numerous terminals and piers in Saint JohnsRiver and the Jacksonville area.

Alongside depths are reported depths. The portauthorities should be contacted for the latest information.

Anchorages9.125

1 Anchorage B (30°21′⋅1N 81°36′⋅9W).Anchorage A (30°18′⋅8N 81°37′⋅8W).These are the only practical anchorages available but the

holding ground is only fair and swinging room is limited.

Mayport Basin9.126

1 Description. Mayport Basin (30°23′⋅7N 81°24′⋅5W), lieson the S side of Saint Johns River close within theentrance. It is a United States Naval Station Reservationand restricted area, which commercial vessels and pleasurecraft may only enter in case of extreme emergency. Alighted security barrier extends across the entrance. See9.97.

Mayport9.127

1 Description. Mayport (30°23′⋅5N 81°25′⋅8W), a town,stands on the S side of Saint Johns River, 8 cables W ofMayport Basin (9.126). There is a ferry wharf from wherea ferry connects to Fort George Island, a town, on theopposite side of the river.

Back River9.128

1 Gate Marine Terminal (30°23′⋅8N 81°31′⋅2W) containsfive berths; longest 304 m in length with a depth of 12⋅1 malongside.

The terminal lies within a safety and security zone. See9.97.

Blount Island9.129

1 Saint Johns River Coal Terminal (30°23′⋅4N81°32′⋅0W); 246 m in length with a depth of 11⋅5 malongside.

Blount Island Terminal (30°23′⋅3N 81°32′⋅7W):2 Six berths total 1600 m in length with a depth of

11⋅5 m alongside.Ro–Ro berth, 20⋅5 m above chart datum, with a depth

of 11⋅5 m alongside, at W end of terminal.Saint Johns River Coal Terminal and part of Blount

Island Terminal lie within a safety and security zone. See9.97.

3 Blount Island Channel (30°24′N 81°33′W) contains thefollowing berths:

Blount Island Marine Terminal West Wharf(30°23′⋅8N 81°33′⋅0W); two berths, the longest is228 m in length with a depth of 9⋅1 m alongside.

4 Celotex Corp Dock (30°23′⋅5N 81°33′⋅2W); 163 m inlength, including dolphins, with a depth of 9⋅7 malongside.

North Side Generating Station Wharf (30°24′⋅6N81°32′⋅7W); 213 m in length with a depth of 9⋅1 malongside.

CHAPTER 9

244

St. John‘s River Entrance − Mayport Basin (9.126)(Original dated prior to 2001)


Dames Point Marine Terminal9.130

1 Dames Point Marine Terminal (30°24′⋅5N 81°34′⋅9W);365 m in length with a depth of 11⋅6 m alongside.

Drummond Point9.131

1 There are two berths on either side of the entrance toBroward River as follows:

Amerada Hess Corp Jacksonville Terminal (30°24′⋅7N81°35′⋅8W); 243 m in length, including dolphins,with a depth of 11⋅5 m alongside.

2 Drummond Point Terminal Wharf (30°24′⋅6N81°36′⋅1W); 300 m in length, including dolphins,with a depth of 11⋅5 m alongside.

United States Navy Fuel Depot9.132

1 United States Navy Fuel Depot (30°24′⋅0N 81°37′⋅3W);An L–shaped jetty 107 m in length with dolphins, with adepth of 11⋅6 m alongside. It can accommodate vessels upto 225 m in length.

The depot lies within a restricted area. See 9.97.

Berths between Trout River and Talleyrand Docks9.133

1 US Gypsum Co Pier, Jacksonville Plant Pier (30°23′N81°38′W); 138 m in length with a depth of 8⋅5 malongside.

ST Services Wharf (30°22′⋅7N 81°37′⋅9W); 300 m inlength, including dolphins, with a depth of 11⋅6 malongside.

2 PCS Phosphate Wharf Wharf (30°22′⋅2N 81°37′⋅9W);243 m in length with depths of 11⋅5 to 12⋅1 malongside.

Alton Box Board Co. Fuel Dock (30°22′⋅1N81°37′⋅5W); 76 m in length, including dolphins,with a depth of 7⋅3 m alongside.

3 J Dillon Kennedy Generating Station Wharf(30°21′⋅9N 81°37′⋅4W); 67 m in length, includingdolphins, with a depth of 10⋅9 m alongside.

Coastal Fuels Terminal Wharf (30°21′⋅6N 81°37′⋅2W);228 m in length, including dolphins, with a depthof 10⋅3 m alongside.

4 Chevron Tanker Dock (30°21′⋅5N 81°37′⋅2W); 85 min length, including dolphins, with a depth of9⋅4 m alongside.

Talleyrand Docks9.134

1 Talleyrand Docks (30°21′⋅0N 81°37′⋅2W); six berths,numbered from S, combined length 1463 m with depths of11⋅5 m alongside.

Berths between Talleyrand Docks and CommodorePoint9.135

1 Crowley American Transport Trumball Asphalt Dock(30°20′⋅3N 81°37′⋅6W); 129 m in length with a depth of5⋅1 m alongside.

CHAPTER 9

245

Crowley American Transport Barge Dock (30°20′⋅1N81°37′⋅6W); 79 m in length with a depth of 6⋅0 malongside.

Commodore Point Terminal9.136

1 Commodore Point Terminal (30°19′⋅3N 81°37′⋅6W);2 berths, the longest 213 m in length, with depths of 8⋅5 to9⋅1 m alongside.

Berths between Commodore Point and Winter Point9.137

1 South Side Generating Station Wharf (30°19′⋅0N81°38′⋅8W); 130 m in length, including dolphins, with adepth of 9⋅1 m alongside.

Jacksonville International Terminals (30°19′⋅3N81°38′⋅9W); five berths, the longest 274 m in length with adepth of 12⋅8 m alongside.

Port services

Repairs9.138

1 Major repairs carried out; floating dock of 14 834 tonnescapacity, and several slipways with capacity of up to4000 tonnes.


1 Marine safety office; hospitals; deratting certificates maybe renewed; oily and chemical waste reception facilities;garbage disposal; measured distance (9.100).

Supplies9.140

1 Fuel at the tanker berths or by barge; fresh water;provisions and stores.

Communications9.141

1 Jacksonville International Airport lies 16 km N of thecity. There are also three other airports in the city.

SAINT JOHNS RIVER TO CAPE CANAVERAL

General information


1 From a position E of STJ Light–buoy (safe water)(30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W) the coastal route leads SSE, forabout 125 miles, to a position NE of Cape Canaveral(28°28′N 80°32′W).

Topography9.143

1 The coast between the entrance to Saint Johns River(30°24′N 81°23′W), and Cape Canaveral 125 miles SSE, isindented by Saint Augustine Inlet, Matanzas Inlet andPonce de Leon Inlet. These are all unimportant inlets 31,42 and 84 miles SSE of the entrance to the river.

2 This stretch of coast presents an almost continuous rangeof sand hills backed by woods, the latter of which, in thevicinity of Cape Canaveral and for 17 miles NNW of it, arefarther back from the beach, and therefore less distinctfrom seaward.

3 Between the entrance to Saint Johns River and aposition 10 miles S, there are several resorts in which thereare water tanks and multi–storied buildings. The buildings,amusement park and pier at Jacksonville Beach, 6½ milesS, and a spherical water tank at Ponta Verde Beach, 9 milesS of the entrance to Saint Johns River are prominent.

4 From Saint Augustine Inlet (29°55′N 81°17′W) toMatanzas Inlet, 11 miles SSE, the coast is formed byAnastasia Island. Thence to Ponce de Leon Inlet it isformed by a narrow strip of land separating the ocean fromthe Intracoastal Waterway and Halifax River. Flagler Beachis situated 15 miles S of Matanzas Inlet and is fronted by aT–headed pier, 198 m in length. A farther 15 miles S liesDaytona Beach, a large and popular winter resort. Itsbuildings, water tanks and radio towers are visible fromseaward. A large pier on the coast is a prominentlandmark.

5 For 25 miles SSE of Ponce de Leon Inlet the coast isformed by a narrow strip of land separating the ocean from

Hillsborough River and Mosquito Lagoon, and appearsfrom seaward as a low line of sand dunes, partially coveredwith grass and scrub with distant woods showing abovethem. The only natural object at all distinctive is TurtleMound, a green hillock, 10 miles SSE of Ponce de LeonInlet. When seen from N or E this hillock is quiteprominent, but is less marked from other directions.

6 False Cape, (28°35′N 80°35′W), 24 miles SSE of TurtleMound, is low and sandy, and is so called due to itsresemblance to Cape Canaveral, which is also low andsandy and steadily extending E. Cape Canaveral, however,is marked by a lighthouse, and there are numerous towersand buildings on it, which are conspicuous from alldirections.

Hazards9.144

1 Missile Debris. Trawlers or other vessels shouldexercise caution while dragging the ocean floor within a40 mile radius of Cape Canaveral, since it is known thatmissile debris, some of which may contain unexplodedordnance, exists in the area.

2 Weather Rocket Impact Area. A Weather RocketImpact Area lies in this same area and mariners arecautioned against possible hazards, due to falling rocketcasings, during the hours of 1930 to 2100 weekdays.


1 Danger zone. A danger zone, as shown on the chart, isestablished for a missile testing area, extending 3 milesoffshore from False Cape to the entrance to Port Canaveral.

See Appendix VI for definition of danger zone, and WestIndies Pilot Volume I for further information.

2 Security zone. A security zone, as shown on the chart,is established to include certain land and water areas atPort Canaveral, Cape Canaveral and adjacent areas at JohnF Kennedy Space Centre and Cape Canaveral Air ForceStation. During certain operations the security zone may betemporarily expanded. See Appendix V and West IndiesPilot Volume I for further information.

CHAPTER 9

246


1 Submarine cables are landed 3½ miles NNW of CapeCanaveral.

Navigation9.147

1 Between the entrance to Saint Johns River and CapeCanaveral, numerous fish havens charted as obstructions,obstructions, dangerous wrecks and wrecks lie up to30 miles off the coast, as shown on the chart.

Rescue9.148


Ponce de Leon Inlet (29°03′⋅9N 80°54′⋅9W), at the Sside of the entrance to the inlet.

2 Port Canaveral Station (28°25′⋅0N 80°37′⋅3W), on theN side of Canaveral Barge Canal at the NE cornerof West Basin.


Weather9.149

1 See 8.154.


1 Landmarks:Saint Johns Lighthouse (30°23′⋅2N 81°23′⋅9W) (9.69).Saint Augustine Lighthouse (white conical tower

black diagonal stripes, red lantern, white base)(29°53′N 81°17′W).

Ponce de Leon Inlet Lighthouse (red brick conicaltower) (29°05′N 80°56′W).

2 The John F. Kennedy Space Centre. It occupies alarge area of land around Cape Canaveral andMerritt Island, and its various conspicuous featuresare visible for many miles from N and E withinthe area covered by this volume. These include thehuge Vehicle Assembly Building (moon port)(charted as a conspicuous tower) (3 miles NW ofCape Canaveral Light), which is said to be one ofthe largest buildings in the world.

3 Cape Canaveral Lighthouse (black conical metaltower, white bands) (28°28′N 80°33′W).

Major lights:Saint Johns Light (30°23′⋅2N 81°23′⋅9W) (9.69).Saint Augustine Light — as above.Ponce de Leon Inlet Light — as above.Cape Canaveral Light — as above.





9.152 1 From a position E of STJ Light–buoy (safe water)

(30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W), clear of the numerous fish havens,charted as obstructions, and obstructions, which lie E of thelight–buoy, the track leads SSE, passing:

Clear of fish havens charted as obstructions, lying SEof STJ Light–buoy, thence:

2 Clear of an obstruction (30°07′N 80°50′W), with adepth of 20⋅1 m (11 fm) over it, thence:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(30°06′N 80°24′W), thence:

3 ENE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(29°58′0N 81°01′W). Numerous fish havenscharted as obstructions lie in an area between SEand WSW of the dangerous wreck. A submarinespring lies in 29°46′⋅2N 81°12′⋅5W. Its position isclearly shown by swirls and slight overfalls, whichcan be seen at a distance of 1 mile and, in roughweather the water is discoloured. This spring hasall the appearance of a reef or shoal. A strongsmell of sulphur is noticeable up to 2 miles distant.Thence:

4 Clear of an obstruction (position approximate)(29°59′N 80°48′W), thence:

Clear of ODAS light–buoy 41012 (special) (30°03′N80°32′W), thence:

Over Red Snapper Sink (29°44′N 80°44′W), a deephole with no bottom at 133 m (73 fm), thence:

5 Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)(29°35′N 80°34′W), thence:

ENE of an area of fish havens (29°09′N 80°37′W)charted as obstructions, thence:

ENE of a wreck (reported, position approximate)(28°51′N 80°26′W).

6 Thence the track leads to a position NE of CapeCanaveral. Hetzel Shoal (28°37′N 80°25′W) and OhioShoal (28°36′N 80°24′W) lie 11 miles NE of the cape;No 8 Light−buoy (starboard hand) is moored 3 miles NEof Ohio Shoal. A dangerous wreck (position approximate)lies 2½ miles NW of No 8 Light−buoy.

7 A number of other shoals including Chester Shoal andThe Bull lie NE of the cape.

8 Caution. Great care is required near the shoals off CapeCanaveral which are subject to change in position anddepth. In a heavy sea, they are marked by breakers, butwith a smooth sea there is nothing to indicate them exceptfor the light–buoys. Mariners passing through the area areadvised to remain in depths of more than 24 m (13 fm)when approaching from N.9.153

1 Useful marks:Radio tower (29°54′N 81°19′W).Radio tower (29°15′N 81°04′W).


Intracoastal Waterway betweenSaint Johns River and Cape Canaveral

(continued from 9.121)9.154

1 The Intracoastal Waterway from Saint Johns River leadsS, parallel with the coast to Cape Canaveral. It passesthrough Pablo Creek (9.121), Tolomato River, MatanzasRiver, Halifax Creek, Halifax River, Indian River North,Mosquito Lagoon, Indian River, to abreast Cape Canaveral.Indian River North varies in width from a few hundredmetres to 4 miles, and in many parts is separated from theAtlantic Ocean only by narrow strips of beach. BothMosquito Lagoon and Indian River North are exposed, andhigh winds and rough water may be encountered. BananaRiver, in the vicinity of Cape Canaveral, may beconsidered as a branch of Indian River, being connected toit at each end, and is separated from Indian River byMerritt Island. The coast S of Cape Canaveral is describedin West Indies Pilot Volume I.

247

APPENDIX I

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 —NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE WATERS

PART 26 — VESSEL BRIDGE-TO-BRIDGE RADIOTELEPHONE REGULATIONS

Appendix I contains extracts from the United StatesBridge-to-Bridge Telephone Act. For a complete descriptionof this part see 33 CFR 26.

§26.01 Purpose. (See 33 CFR 26)

§26.02 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 26)

§26.03 Radiotelephone required.(a) Unless an exemption is granted under §26.09 (watersnot applicable to this volume) and except as provided inparagraph (a)(4) of this section, this part applies to:

(1) Every power−driven vessel of 20 m or over in lengthwhile navigating;

(2) Every vessel of 100 gross tons and upward carryingone or more passengers for hire while navigating;

(3) Every towing vessel of 26 ft (7⋅9 m) or over inlength while navigating; and

(4) Every dredge and floating plant engaged in or near achannel or fairway in operations likely to restrict oraffect navigation of other vessels except for anunmanned or intermittently manned floating plantunder the control of a dredge.

(b) Every vessel, dredge or floating plant described inparagraph (a) of this section must have a radiotelephone onboard capable of operation from its navigational bridge, orin the case of a dredge from its main control station, andcapable of transmitting and receiving on the frequency orfrequencies within the 156-162 MHz band using the classesof emissions designated by the Federal CommunicationsCommission for the exchange of navigational information.(c) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of thissection must be carried on board the described vessels,dredges and floating plants upon the navigable waters ofthe United States.(d) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of thissection must be capable of transmitting and receiving onVHF FM channel 22A (157.1 MHz).(f) In addition to the radiotelephone required by paragraph(b) of this section each vessel described in paragraph (a) ofthis section, while transiting any waters within a VesselTraffic Service Area, must have on board a radiotelephonecapable of transmitting and receiving on the VTSdesignated frequency in Table 161.12 (c) (VTS and VMRSCenters, Call Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies andMonitoring Areas).Note. A single VHF-FM radio, capable of scanning orsequential monitoring, (often referred to as dual watchcapability) will not meet the requirements for two radios.

§26.04 Use of the designated frequency.(d) On the navigable waters of the United States channel13 (156.65 MHz) is the designated frequency required tobe monitored in accordance with §26.05 (a), except that inthe area prescribed in §26.03 (e) (not listed − waters not

applicable to this volume) channel 67 (156.375 MHz) is thedesignated frequency.(e) On those navigable waters of the United States within aVTS area, the designated VTS frequency is an additionaldesignated frequency required to be monitored inaccordance with §26.05.Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148 (b) a VHF watch onchannel 16 (156.800 MHz) is not required on vesselssubject to the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Actand participating in a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) systemwhen the watch is maintained on both the vesselbridge-to-bridge frequency and a designated VTS frequency.

§26.05 Use of radiotelephone.Section 5 of the Act states that the radio telephone requiredby this Act is for the exclusive use of the Master or personin charge of the vessel, or the person designated by theMaster or person in charge to pilot or direct the movementof the vessel, who shall maintain a listening watch on thedesignated frequency. Nothing herein shall be interpreted asprecluding the use of portable radiotelephone equipment tosatisfy the requirements of this act.

§26.06 Maintenance of radiotelephone; failure ofradiotelephone. (See 33 CFR 26)

§26.07 Communications.No person may use the service of, and no person mayserve as, a person required to maintain a listening watchunder Section 5 of the Act, 33 U.S.C 1204 unless thatperson can communicate in the English language.

§26.08 Exemption procedures. (See 33 CFR 26)

§26.09 List of exemptions. (See 33 CFR 26)

§26.10 Penalties.Section 9 of the Act states:

(a) Whoever, being the Master or person in charge of avessel subject to the Act, fails to enforce or complywith the Act or the regulations hereunder; orwhoever, being designated by the Master or personin charge of a vessel subject to the Act to pilot ordirect the movement of the vessel fails to enforce orcomply with the Act or the regulations hereunder isliable to a civil penalty of not more than $500 to beassessed by the Secretary.

(b) Every vessel navigated in violation of the Act or theregulations hereunder is liable to a civil penalty ofnot more than $500 to be assessed by the Secretary,for which the vessel may be proceeded against inany District Court of the United States havingjurisdiction.

(c) Any penalty assessed under this section may beremitted or mitigated by the Secretary, upon suchterms as he may deem proper.

248

APPENDIX II


PART 160 — PORTS AND WATERWAYS SAFETY — GENERAL

Appendix II contains extracts from Subpart C of the aboveregulations issued by the United States Department ofCommerce. For a complete description of this part see33 CFR 160.

Subpart C — Notification of Arrival,Hazardous Conditions, and CertainDangerous Cargoes.§160.201 General.This subpart contains requirements and procedures forsubmitting Notices of Arrival (NOA) and Notice ofHazardous Condition. The sections in this subpart describe:

(a) Applicability and exemptions from requirements inthis subpart;

(b) Required information in a NOA;(c) Required changes to a NOA;(d) Methods and times for submission of a NOA and

changes to a NOA;(e) How to obtain a waiver; and(f) Requirements for submission of the Notice of

Hazardous Conditions.

§160.202 Applicability.(a) This subpart applies to US and foreign vessels boundfor and departing from ports or places in the United States.(b) This subpart does not apply to recreational vesselsunder 46 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.(c) Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the owner,agent, master, operator, or person in charge of a vesselregulated by this subpart is responsible for compliance withthe requirements in this subpart.(d) Towing vessels controlling a barge or barges required tosubmit a NOA under this subpart must submit only oneNOA containing the information required for the towingvessel and each barge under its control.

§160.203 Exemptions.(a) Except for reporting notice of hazardous conditions, thefollowing vessels are exempt from requirements in thissubpart:

(1) Passenger and supply vessels when they areemployed in the exploration for or in the removal ofoil, gas, or mineral resources on the continentalshelf.

(2) Oil Spill Recovery Vessels (OSRVs) when engagedin actual spill response operations or during spillresponse exercises.

(3) Vessels operating upon the following waters:(i) Mississippi River between its sources and mile

235, Above Head of Passes;(ii) Tributaries emptying into the Mississippi River

above mile 235;(iii) Atchafalaya River above its junction with the

Plaquemine−Morgan City alternate waterway andthe Red River; and

(iv) The Tennessee River from its confluence with theOhio River to mile zero on the Mobile River andall other tributaries between those two points.

(b) If not carrying certain dangerous cargo or controllinganother vessel carrying certain dangerous cargo, thefollowing vessels are exempt from NOA requirements inthis subpart:

(1) Vessels 300 gross tons or less, except for foreignvessels entering any port or place in the SeventhCoast Guard District as described in 33 CFR3.35−1(b).

(2) Vessels operating exclusively within a Captain of thePort Zone.

(3) Vessels arriving at a port or place under forcemajeure.

(4) Towing vessels and barges operating solely betweenports or places in the continental United States.

(5) Public vessels.(6) Except for tank vessels, US vessels operating solely

between ports or places in the United States on theGreat Lakes.

(c) Vessels less than 500 gross tons need not submit theInternational Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice (Entry(7) in Table 160.206).(d) [Suspended](e) [Suspended]

§160.204 DefinitionsAs used in this subpart:Agent means any person, partnership, firm, company orcorporation engaged by the owner or charterer of a vesselto act in their behalf in matters concerning the vessel.Barge means a non−self propelled vessel engaged incommerce.Carried in bulk means a commodity that is loaded orcarried on board a vessel without containers or labels andreceived and handled without mark or count.Certain dangerous cargo (CDC) includes any of thefollowing:

(1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 explosives as defined in 49 CFR173.50.

(2) Division 1.5D blasting agents for which a permit isrequired under 49 CFR 176.415, or for which apermit is required as a condition of a Research andSpecial Programs Administration exemption.

(3) Division 2.3 “poisonous gas”, as listed in 49 CFR172.101 that is also a “material poisonous byinhalation” as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, and that isin a quantity in excess of 1 metric ton per vessel.

(4) Division 5.1 oxidizing materials for which a permitis required under 49 CFR 176.415 or for which apermit is required as a condition of a Research andSpecial Programs Administration exemption.

(5) A liquid material that has a primary or subsidiaryclassification of Division 6.1 “poisonous material”as listed in 49 CFR 172.101 that is also a “materialpoisonous by inhalation” as defined in 49 CFR171.8 and that is in a bulk packaging, or that is in aquantity in excess of 20 metric tons per vessel whennot in a bulk packaging.

APPENDIX II

249

(6) Class 7, “highway route controlled quantity”radioactive material, or “fissile material, controlledshipment,” as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.

(7) Bulk liquefied chlorine gas and bulk liquefied gascargo that is flammable and/or toxic and carriedunder 46 CFR 154.7.

(8) The following bulk liquids:(i) Acetone cyanohydrin,(ii) Allyl alcohol,(iii) Chlorosulfonic acid,(iv) Crotonaldehyde,(v) Ethylene chlorohydrin,(vi) Ethylene dibromide,(vii) Methacrylonitrile, and(viii) Oleum (fuming sulphuric acid).

(9) Ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate basedfertilizers, in bulk, listed as a Division 5.1 materialin 49 CFR 172.101.

(10) Propylene oxide, alone or mixed with ethyleneoxide, in bulk.

Charterer means the person or organisation that contractsfor the majority of the carrying capacity of a ship for thetransportation of cargo to a stated port for a specifiedperiod. This includes “time charterers” and voyagecharterers”.Crewmember means all persons carried on board the vesselto provide navigation and maintenance of the vessel, itsmachinery, systems, and arrangements essential forpropulsion and safe navigation or to provide services forother persons on board.Great Lakes means Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie,and Ontario, their connecting and tributary waters, the SaintLawrence River as far Saint Regis, and adjacent port areas.Gross tons means the tonnage determined by the tonnageauthorities of a vessel’s flag state in accordance with thenational tonnage rules in force before the entry into forceof the International Convention on Tonnage Measurementof Ships, 1969 (“Convention”). For a vessel measured only

under Annex 1 of the Convention, gross tons means thattonnage. For a vessel measured under both systems, thehigher gross tonnage is the tonnage used for the purposesof the 300 gross−ton threshold.Hazardous condition means any condition that mayadversely affect the safety of any vessel, bridge, structure,or shore area or the environmental quality of any port,harbor, or navigable waterway of the United States. It may,but need not, involve collision, fire, explosion, grounding,leaking, damage, injury or illness of a person on board, ormanning shortage.Nationality means the state (nation) in which a person is acitizen or to which a person owes permanent allegiance.Operator means any person including, but not limited to,an owner, a charterer, or another contractor who conducts,or is responsible for, the operation of a vessel.Persons in addition to crewmembers means any persononboard the vessel, including passengers, who are notincluded on the list of crewmembers.Port or place of departure means any port or place inwhich a vessel is anchored or moored.Port or place of destination means any port or place towhich a vessel is bound to anchor or moor.Public vessel means a vessel that is owned or demise(bareboat) chartered by the government of the UnitedStates, by a State or local government, or by thegovernment of a foreign country and that is not engaged incommercial service.Time charterer means the party who hires a vessel for aspecific amount of time. The owner and his crew managethe vessel but the charterer selects the port of destination.Voyage charterer means the party who hires a vessel for asingle voyage. The owner and his crew manage the vesselbut the charterer selects the port of destination.

§160.206 Information required in a NOA.(a) Each NOA must contain all of the information itemsspecified in Table 160.206.

TABLE 160.206. — NOA INFORMATION ITEMS

Required informationVessels not

carrying CDC VesselsTowing vessels

controlling vesselscarrying CDC

(1) Vessel information:

(i) Name;

(ii) Name of the registered owner;

(iii) Country of registry;

(iv) Call sign;

(v) International Maritime Organisation (IMO) international number or, if thevessel does not have an assigned IMO international number, substitute withofficial number;

(vi) Name of the operator;

(vii) Name of the charterer; and

(viii) Name of classification society.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

APPENDIX II

250

(2) Voyage information:

(i) Names of last five ports or places visited;

(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five ports or places visited;

(iii) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, list the names of thereceiving facility, the port or place, the city, and the state;

(iv) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date andtime of arrival;

(v) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date andtime of departure;

(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude and longitude orwaterway and mile marker) of the vessel at the time of reporting; and

(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24 hour point of contact.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(3) Cargo information:

(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, onboard the vessel (e.g.: grain,container, oil, etc.);

(ii) Name of each certain dangerous cargo carried, including cargo UN number, ifapplicable; and

(iii) Amount of each certain dangerous cargo carried.

x x

x

x

x

x

x

(4) Information for each Crewmember Onboard:

(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;

(iv) Passport or mariners document number (type of identification and number);

(v) Position or duties on the vessel; and

(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(5) Information for each Person Onboard in Addition to Crew:

(i) Full name;

(ii) Date of birth;

(iii) Nationality;

(iv) Passport number; and

(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(6) Operational condition of equipment required by §164.35. x x x

(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice:

(i)The date of issuance for the company’s Document of Compliance certificate thatcovers the vessel;

(ii)The date of issuance for the vessel’s Safety Management Certificate; and

(iii)The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized organization(s)representing the vessel flag administration, that issued those certificates.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(8) [Suspended]

(b) Vessels operating solely between ports or places in thecontinental United States need submit only the name of anddate of arrival and departure for the last port or placesvisited to meet the requirements in entries (2)(i) and (ii) inTable 160.206 of this section.(c) You may submit a copy of INS Form 1−418 to meetthe requirements of entries (4) and (5) in Table 160.206.(d) Any vessel planning to enter two or more consecutiveports or places in the United States during a single voyagemay submit one consolidated Notification of Arrival at least96 hours before entering the first port or place ofdestination. The consolidated notice must include the nameof the port or place and estimated arrival and departuredate for each destination of the voyage. Any vesselsubmitting a consolidated notice under this section must

still meet the requirements of §160.208 of this partconcerning requirements for changes to a NOA.

§160.208 Changes to a submitted NOA.(a) Unless otherwise specified in this section, whensubmitted NOA information changes, vessels must submit anotice of change within the times required in §160.212.(b) Changes in the following information need not bereported:

(1) Changes in arrival or departure times that are lessthan six (6) hours;

(2) Changes in vessel location or position of the vesselat the time of reporting (entry (2)(vi) in Table160.206);

APPENDIX II

251

(3) Changes to crewmembers’ positions or duties on thevessel (entry (5)(v) in Table 160.206).

(c) When reporting changes, submit only the name of thevessel, original NOA submission date, the port of arrival,the specific items to be corrected, and the new location orposition of the vessel at the time of reporting. Onlychanges to NOA information need to be submitted.

§160.210 Methods for submitting a NOA.(a) [Suspended]Note to paragraph (a): Information about the National VesselMovement Center is available on its website athttp:/www.nvmc.uscg.gov/. You may submit the notice usingany electronic format available on the NVMC website.(b) Saint Lawrence Seaway transits. Those vesselstransiting the Saint Lawrence Seaway inbound, bound for aport or place in the United States, may meet the submissionrequirements of paragraph (a) of this section by submittingthe required information to the Saint Lawrence SeawayDevelopment Corporation and the Saint Lawrence SeawayManagement Corporation of Canada by fax at315−764−3235 or at 315−764−3200.(c) Seventh Coast Guard District. Those foreign vessels300 or less gross tons operating in the Seventh CoastGuard District must submit a NOA to the cognizantCaptain of the Port (COTP).(d) [Suspended](e) Submission to the National Vessel Movement Center(NVMC). Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) ofthis section, vessels must submit NOA information requiredby §160.206 (entries 1−9 in Table 160.206) to the NVMC,United States Coast Guard, 408 Coast Guard Drive,Kearneysville, W.V., 25430, by:

(1) Electronic submission via the electronic NOA(e−NOA) available on the NVMC web site athttp://www.nvmc.uscg.gov.

(2) Electronic submission via web service of formattedXML (eXtensible Markup Language) documents.E−mail [email protected] to ask for the XMLscheme details.

(3) E−mail at [email protected]. Workbook availableat http://www.nvmc.uscg.gov;

(4) Fax at 1−800−547−8724 or 304−264−2684.Workbook available at http://www.nvmc.uscg.gov; or,

(5) Telephone at 1−800−708−9823 or 304−264−2502.

§160.212 When to submit a NOA.(a) Submission of NOA.

(1) Except as set out in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,all vessels must submit NOAs within the timesrequired in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel carryingCDC and operating solely between ports or places inthe continental United States, must submit a NOAbefore departure but at least 12 hours beforedeparture but at least 12 hours before entering theport or place of destination.

(3) Times for submitting NOAs are as follows:

If your voyage time is :− You must submit a NOA :−

(i) 96 hours or more; or At least 96 hours before enteringthe port or place of destination;or

(ii) Less than 96 hours Before departure but at least 24hours before entering the port orplace of destination.

(b) Submission of changes to NOA.(1) Except as set out in paragraph (b)(2) of this section,

vessels must submit changes in NOA informationwithin the times required in paragraph (b)(3) of thissection.

(2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel carryingCDC and operating solely between ports or places inthe continental United States, must submit changes toa NOA as soon as practicable but at least 6 hoursbefore entering the port or place of destination.

(3) Times for submitting changes to NOAs are asfollows:

If your remainingvoyage time is :−

Then you must submit changes toa NOA :−

(i) 96 hours or more; As soon as practicable but at least24 hours before entering the portor place of destination;

(ii) Less than 96 hoursbut not less than 24hours; or

As soon as practicable but at least24 hours before entering the portor place of destination; or

(iii Less than 24 hours As soon as practicable but at least24 hours before entering the portor place of destination;

(c) [Suspended]

§160.214 Waivers.The Captain of the Port may waive, within that Captain ofthe Port’s designated zone, any of the requirements of thissubpart for any vessel or class of vessels upon finding thatthe vessel, route, area of operations, conditions of thevoyage, or other circumstances are such that application ofthis subpart is unnecessary or impractical for purposes ofsafety, environmental protection, or national security.

§160.215 Notice of hazardous conditions.Whenever there is a hazardous condition either aboard avessel or caused by a vessel or its operation, the owner,agent, master, operator, or person in charge shallimmediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine SafetyOffice or Group Office. (Compliance with this section doesnot relieve responsibility for the written report required by46 CFR 4.05−10).

252

APPENDIX III


PART 161 — VESSEL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

Appendix III contains extracts from the above regulationsissued by the United States Department of Commerce. Fora complete description of this part see 33 CFR 161.

Subpart A — Vessel Traffic Services

General Rules

§161.1 Purpose and Intent.(a) The purpose of this part is to promulgate regulationsimplementing and enforcing certain sections of the Portsand Waterways Safety Act (PWSA) setting−up a nationalsystem of Vessel Traffic Services that will enhancenavigation, vessel safety, and marine environmentalprotection, and promote safe vessel movement by reducingthe potential for collisions, rammings and groundings, andthe loss of lives and property associated with theseincidents within VTS areas established hereunder.(b) Vessel Traffic Services provide the mariner withinformation related to the safe navigation of a waterway.This information, coupled with the mariner’s compliancewith the provisions set forth in this part, enhances the saferouting of vessels through congested waterways orwaterways of particular hazard. Under certaincircumstances, a VTS may issue directions to control themovement of vessels in order to minimize the risk ofcollision between vessels, or damage to property or theenvironment.(c) The owner, operator, charterer, master or persondirecting the movement of a vessel remains at all timesresponsible for the manner in which the vessel is operatedand maneuvered, and is responsible for the safe navigationof the vessel under all circumstances. Compliance withthese rules or with a direction from the VTS is at all timescontingent upon the exigencies of safe navigation.(d) Nothing in this part is intended to relieve any vessel,owner, operator, charterer, master, or person directing themovement of a vessel from the consequences of anyneglect to comply with this part or any other applicablelaw or regulations (e.g. the International Regulations forPrevention of Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) orthe Inland Navigation Rules) or of the neglect of anyprecaution which may be required by the ordinary practiceof seamen, or by the special circumstances of the case.

§161.2 Definitions.For the purposes of this part:Cooperative Vessel Traffic Services (CVTS) means thesystem of vessel traffic management established and jointlyoperated by the United States and Canada within adjoiningwaters. In addition, CVTS facilitates traffic movement andanchorages, avoids jurisdictional disputes, and rendersassistance in emergencies in adjoining United States andCanadian waters.Hazardous Vessel Operating Condition means any conditionrelated to a vessel’s ability to safely navigate or maneuver,and includes, but is not limited to:

(1) The absence or malfunction of vessel operatingequipment, such as propulsion machinery, steeringgear, radar system, gyrocompass, depth sounding

device, automatic radar plotting aid (ARPA),radiotelephone, Automatic Identification Systemequipment, navigation lighting, sound signallingdevices or similar equipment.

(2) Any condition on board the vessel likely to impairnavigation, such as lack of current nautical chartsand publications, personnel shortage, or similarcondition.

(3) Vessel characteristics that affect or restrictmaneuverability, such as cargo arrangement, trim,loaded condition, underkeel clearance, speed, orsimilar characteristics.

Navigable waters means all navigable waters of the UnitedStates including the territorial sea of the United States,extending to 12 nautical miles from the United Statesbaselines, as described in Presidential Proclamation No.5928 of December 27, 1988.Precautionary Area means a routing measure comprising anarea within defined limits where vessels must navigate withparticular caution and within which the direction of trafficmay be recommended.Navigable waters means all navigable waters of the UnitedStates, including the territorial sea of the United States,extending to 12 nautical miles from United States baselines,as described in Presidential Proclamation No 5928 ofDecember 27, 1988.Towing Vessel means any commercial vessel engaged intowing another vessel astern, alongside, or by pushingahead.Vessel Movement Center (VMC) means the shore−basedfacility that operates the vessel tracking system for a VesselMovement Reporting System (VMRS) area or sector withinsuch an area. The VMC does not necessarily have thecapability or qualified personnel to interact with marinetraffic, nor does it necessarily respond to traffic situationsdeveloping in the area, as does a Vessel Traffic Service(VTS).Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) means amandatory reporting system used to monitor and trackvessel movements. This is accomplished by a vesselproviding information under established procedures as setforth in this part in the areas defined in Table 161.12 (c)(VTS and VMRS Centers, Call Signs/MMSI, DesignatedFrequencies, and Monitoring Areas).Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) User means avessel, or an owner, operator, charterer, master, or persondirecting the movement of a vessel, that is required toparticipate in a VMRS.Vessel Traffic Center (VTC) means the shore−based facilitythat operates the vessel traffic service for the Vessel TrafficService area or sector within such an area.Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) means a service implementedby the United States Coast Guard designed to improve thesafety and efficiency of vessel traffic and to protect theenvironment. The VTS has the capability to interact withmarine traffic and respond to traffic situations developingin the VTS area.Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area means thegeographical area encompassing a specific VTS area of

APPENDIX III

253

service. This area of service may be subdivided into sectorsfor the purpose of allocating responsibility to individualVessel Traffic Centers or to identify different operatingrequirements.

Note: Although regulatory jurisdiction is limited to thenavigable waters of the United States, certain vessels willbe encouraged or may be required, as a condition of portentry, to report beyond this area to facilitate trafficmanagement within the VTS area.

VTS Special Area means a waterway within a VTS area inwhich special operating requirements apply.VTS User means a vessel, or an owner, operator, charterer,master, or person directing the movement of a vessel, thatis:

(a) Subject to the Bridge−to−Bridge Radiotelephone Act;or

(b) Required to participate in a VMRS within a VTSarea (VMRS User).

VTS Users Manual means the manual established anddistributed by the VTS to provide the mariner with adescription of the services offered and rules in force forthat VTS. Additionally, the manual may include chartletsshowing the area and sector boundaries, generalnavigational information about the area, and procedures,radio frequencies, reporting provisions and otherinformation which may assist the mariner while in the VTSarea.

§161.3 Applicability.The provisions of this subpart shall apply to each VTSUser and may also apply to any vessel while underway orat anchor on the navigable waters of the United Stateswithin a VTS area, to the extent the VTS considersnecessary.

§161.4 Requirement to carry the rules.Each VTS User shall carry on board and maintain forready reference a copy of these rules.

Note: These rules are contained in the applicable U.S.Coast Pilot, the VTS User’s Manual which may beobtained by contacting the appropriate VTS, andperiodically published in the Local Notice toMariners. The VTS User’s Manual and the WorldVTS Guide, an International Maritime Organisation(IMO) recognised publication, contain additionalinformation which may assist the prudent marinerwhile in the appropriate VTS area.

§161.5 Deviations from the rules.(a) Requests to deviate from any provision in this part,either for an extended period of time or if anticipatedbefore the start of a transit, must be submitted in writing tothe appropriate District Commander. Upon receipt of thewritten request, the District Commander may authorize adeviation if it is determined that such a deviation providesa level of safety equivalent to that provided by the requiredmeasure or is a maneuver considered necessary for safenavigation under the circumstances. An application for anauthorized deviation must state the need and fully describethe proposed alternative to the required measure.(b) Requests to deviate from any provision in this part dueto circumstances that develop during a transit orimmediately preceding a transit, may be made verbally tothe appropriate VTS Commanding Officer. Requests todeviate shall be made as far in advance as practicable.Upon receipt of the request, the VTS Commanding Officermay authorize a deviation if it is determined that, based onvessel handling characteristics, traffic density, radar

contacts, environmental conditions and other relevantinformation, such a deviation provides a level of safetyequivalent to that provided by the required measure or is amaneuver considered necessary for safe navigation underthe circumstances.

Services, VTS measures, and Operating Requirements

§161.10 Services.To enhance navigation and vessel safety, and to protect themarine environment, a VTS may issue advisories, orrespond to vessel requests for information, on reportedconditions within the VTS area, such as:

(a) Hazardous conditions or circumstances;(b) Vessel congestion;(c) Traffic density;(d) Environmental conditions;(e) Aids to navigation status;(f) Anticipated vessel encounters;(g) Another vessel’s name, type, position, hazardous

vessel operating conditions, if applicable, andintended navigational movements, as reported;

(h) Temporary measures in effect;(i) A description of local harbor operations and

conditions, such as ferry routes, dredging, and soforth;

(j) Anchorage availability; or(k) Other information or special circumstances.

§161.11 VTS measures.(a) A VTS may issue measures or directions to enhancenavigation and vessel safety and to protect the marineenvironment, such as, but not limited to:

(1) Designating temporary reporting points andprocedures;

(2) Imposing vessel operating requirements; or(3) Establishing vessel traffic routing schemes.

(b) During conditions of vessel congestion, restrictedvisibility, adverse weather, or other hazardouscircumstances, a VTS may control, supervise, or otherwisemanage traffic, by specifying times of entry, movement, ordeparture to, from or within a VTS area.

§161.12 Vessel operating requirements.(a) Subject to the exigencies of safe navigation, a VTSUser shall comply with all measures established ordirections issued by by a VTS.(b) If, in a specific circumstance, a VTS User is unable tosafely comply with a measure or direction issued by theVTS, the VTS User may deviate only to the extentnecessary to avoid endangering persons, property or theenvironment. The deviation shall be reported to the VTS assoon as is practicable.(c) When not exchanging voice communications, a VTSUser must maintain a listening watch as required by§26.04(e) of this chapter on the VTS frequency designatedin Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, CallSigns/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and MonitoringAreas). In addition, the VTS User must respond promptlywhen hailed and communicate in the English language.

Note to §161.12(c): As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a veryhigh frequency watch on Channel 16 (156.800 Mhz) isnot required on vessels subject to the VesselBridge−to−Bridge Radiotelephone Act and participatingin a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watchis maintained on both the vessel bridge−to−bridgefrequency and a designated VTS frequency.

APPENDIX III

254

(d) As soon as practicable, a VTS User shall notify theVTS of any of the following:

(1) A marine casualty as defined in 46 CFR 4.05−1;(2) Involvement in the ramming of a fixed or floating

object;(3) A pollution incident as defined in §151.15 of this

chapter;(4) A defect or discrepancy in an aid to navigation;(5) A hazardous condition as defined in §160.203 of this

chapter;(6) Improper operation of vessel equipment required by

Part 164 of this chapter;(7) A situation involving hazardous materials for which

a report is required by 49 CFR 176.48; and(8) A hazardous vessel operating condition as defined in

§161.2.

§161.13 VTS Special Area OperatingRequirements.The following operating requirements apply within a VTSSpecial Area:

(a)A VTS User shall, if towing astern, do so with asshort a hawser as safety and good seamanshippermits.

(b) A VMRS User shall:(1) Not enter or get underway in the area without

prior approval of the VTS;(2) Not enter a VTS Special Area if a hazardous

vessel operating condition or circumstance exists;(3) Not meet, cross or overtake any other VMRS

User in the area without prior approval of theVTS; and

(4) Before meeting, crossing or overtaking any otherVMRS User in the area, communicate on thedesignated vessel bridge−to−bridge radiotelephonefrequency, intended navigation movements, andany other information necessary in order to makesafe passing arrangements. This requirement doesnot relieve a vessel of any duty prescribed by theInternational Regulations for Prevention ofCollisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) or theInland Navigation Rules.

Subpart B — Vessel Movement ReportingSystem

§161.15 Purpose and intent.(a) A Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) is asystem used to monitor and track vessel movements withina VTS or VMRS area. This is accomplished by requiringthat vessels provide information under establishedprocedures as set forth in this part, or as directed by theCenter.(b) To avoid imposing an undue reporting burden or undulycongesting radiotelephone frequencies, reports shall belimited to information which is essential to achieve theobjectives of the VMRS. These reports are consolidatedinto three reports (sailing plan, position, and final).

§161.16 Applicability.Unless otherwise stated, the provisions of this subpart shallapply to the following vessels and VMRS Users:

(a) Every power−driven vessel of 40 meters(approximately 131 feet) or more in length, whilenavigating;

(b) Every towing vessel of 8 meters (approximately26 feet) or more in length, while navigating; or

(c) Every vessel certificated to carry 50 or morepassengers for hire, when engaged in trade.

§161.17 Definitions.As used in this subpart:

Center means a Vessel Traffic Center or VesselMovement Center.

Published means available in a widely distributed andpublicly available medium (e.g., VTS User’s Manual,ferry schedule, Notice to Mariners).

§161.18 Reporting requirements.(a) A Center may:

(1) Direct a vessel to provide any of the information setforth in Table 161.18(a) (IMO Standard ShipReporting System);

(2) Establish other means of reporting for those vesselsunable to report on the designated frequency; or

(3) Require reports from a vessel in sufficient time toallow advance vessel traffic planning.

(b) All reports required by this part shall be made as soonas is practicable on the frequency designated inTable 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, CallSigns/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and MonitoringAreas).(c) When not exchanging communications, a VMRS Usermust maintain a listening watch as described in § 26.04(e)of this chapter on the frequency designated inTable 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, CallSigns/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and MonitoringAreas). In addition, the VMRS User must respond promptlywhen hailed and communicate in the English language.

Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a VHF watch onChannel 16 (156.800 Mhz) is not required on vesselssubject to the Vessels Bridge−to−BridgeRadiotelephone Act and participating in a VesselTraffic Service (VTS) system when the watch ismaintained on both the vessel bridge−to−bridgefrequency and a designated VTS frequency.

(d) A vessel must report:(1) Any significant deviation from its Sailing Plan, as

defined in §161.19, or from previously reportedinformation; or

(2) Any intention to deviate from a VTS issued measureor vessel traffic routeing system.

(e) When reports required by this part include timeinformation, such information shall be given using the localtime zone in effect and the 24 hour military clock system.

§161.19 Sailing Plan (SP).Unless otherwise stated, at least 15 minutes beforenavigating a VTS area, a vessel must report the:

(a) Vessel name and type;(b) Position;(c) Destination and ETA;(d) Intended route;(e) Time and point of entry; and(f) Dangerous cargo on board, or in its tow, as defined

in §161.203 of this chapter, and other requiredinformation as set out in §161.211 and §161.213 ofthis chapter, if applicable.

§161.20 Position Report (PR).A vessel must report its name and position:

(a) Upon point of entry into a VMRS area;(b) At designated points as set forth in Subpart C; or(c) When directed by the Center.

APPENDIX III

255

§161.21 Automated reporting.(a) Unless otherwise directed, vessels equipped with anAutomatic Identification System (AIS) are required to makecontinuous, all stations, AIS broadcasts, in lieu of voiceposition reports, to those Centers denoted in Table161.12(c) of this part.(b) Should an AIS become non−operational, while or priorto navigating a VMRS area, it should be restored tooperating condition as soon as possible, and, until restoreda vessel must:

(1) Notify the Center;(2) Make voice radio position reports at designated

reporting points as required by §161.20(b) of thispart; and

(3) Make any other reports as directed by the Center.

§161.22 Final Report (FR).A vessel must report its name and position:

(a) On arrival at its destination; or

(b) When leaving a VTS area.

§161.23 Reporting exemptions.(a) Unless otherwise directed, the following vessels areexempted from providing Position and Final Reports due tothe nature of their operation:

(1) Vessels on a published schedule and route;(2) Vessels operating within an area of a radius of three

nautical miles or less; or(3) Vessels escorting another vessel or assisting another

vessel in maneuvering procedures.(b) A vessel described in paragraph (a) of this sectionmust:

(1) Provide a Sailing Plan at least 5 minutes but notmore than 15 minutes before navigating within theVMRS area; and

(2) If it departs from its promulgated schedule by morethan 15 minutes or changes its limited operating area,make the established VMRS reports, or report asdirected.

256

APPENDIX IV


PART 164 — NAVIGATION SAFETY REGULATIONS

Appendix IV contains extracts from the above regulationsissued by the United States Department of Commerce. Fora complete description of this part see 33 CFR 164.

§164.01 Applicability.(a) This part (except as specifically limited by this section)applies to each self−propelled vessel of 1600 or more grosstons (except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of thissection or for foreign vessels described in §164.02) when itis operating in the navigable waters of the United Statesexcept the St. Lawrence Seaway.(c) Provisions of §164.11(a)2 and (c), §164.30, §164.33 and§164.46 do not apply to warships or other vessels owned,leased, or operated by the United States Government andused only in government non−commercial service whenthese vessels are equipped with electronic navigationsystems that have met the applicable agency regulationsregarding navigation safety.(d) Provisions of §164.46 apply to some self−propelledvessels of less than 1600 gross tonnage.

§164.02 Applicability exception for foreign vessels.(a) Except as provided in §164.46(a)(2), §§164.38 and164.39 this part does not apply to vessels that:

(1) Are not destined for, or departing from, a port orplace subject to the jurisdiction of the United States;and

(2) Are in:(i) Innocent passage through the territorial sea of the

United States; or(ii) Transit through navigable waters of the United

States which form a part of an international strait.

§164.03 Incorporation by reference. (See 33 CFR164.)§164.11 Navigation underway: General.The owner, master, or person in charge of each vesselunderway shall ensure that:

(a) The wheelhouse is constantly manned by personswho:

(1) Direct and control the movement of the vessel;and

(2) Fix the vessel’s position;(b) Each person performing a duty described in

paragraph (a) of this section is competent to performthat duty;

(c) The position of the vessel at each fix is plotted on achart of the area and the person directing themovement of the vessel is informed of the vessel’sposition;

(d) Electronic and other navigational equipment, externalfixed aids to navigation, geographic reference points,and hydrographic contours are used when fixing thevessel’s position;

(e) Buoys alone are not used to fix the vessel’s position;Note: Buoys are aids to navigation placed in approximatepositions to alert the mariner to hazards to navigation or toindicate the orientation of a channel. Buoys may notmaintain an exact position because strong or varyingcurrents, heavy seas, ice, and collisions with vessels can

move or sink them or set them adrift. Although buoys maycorroborate a position fixed by other means, buoys cannotbe used to fix a position: however, if no other aids areavailable, buoys alone may he used to establish anestimated position.

(f) The danger of each closing visual or each closingradar contact is evaluated and the person directingthe movement of the vessel knows the evaluation;

(g) Rudder orders are executed as given;(h) Engine speed and direction orders are executed as

given;(i) Magnetic variation and deviation and gyrocompass

errors are known and correctly applied by theperson directing the movement of the vessel;

(j) A person whom he has determined is competent tosteer the vessel is in the wheelhouse at all times(See also 46 U.S.C. 8702 (d), which requires anable seaman at the wheel on US vessels of 100gross tons or more in narrow or crowded waters orduring low visibility);

(k) If a pilot other than a member of the vessel’s crewis employed, the pilot is informed of the draft,maneuvering characteristics, and peculiarities of thevessel and of any abnormal circumstances on thevessel that may affect its safe navigation.

(l) Current velocity and direction for the area to betransited are known by the person directing themovement of the vessel;

(m) Predicted set and drift are known by the persondirecting the movement of the vessel;

(n) Tidal state for the area to be transited is known bythe person directing the movement of the vessel;

(o) The vessel’s anchors are ready for letting go;(p) The person directing the movement of the vessel

sets the vessel’s speed with consideration for:(1) The prevailing visibility and weather conditions;(2) The proximity of the vessel to fixed shore and

marine structures;(3) The tendency of the vessel underway to squat and

suffer impairment of maneuverability when thereis small underkeel clearance;

(4) The comparative proportions of the vessel and thechannel;

(5) The density of marine traffic;(6) The damage that might be caused by the vessel’s

wake;(7) The strength and direction of the current; and(8) Any local vessel speed limit;

(q) The tests required by §164.25 are made andrecorded in the vessel’s log; and

(r) The equipment required by this part is maintained inoperable condition.

(s) Upon entering US waters, the steering wheel orlever on the navigating bridge is operated todetermine if the steering equipment is operatingproperly under manual control, unless the vessel hasbeen steered under manual control from thenavigating bridge within the preceding 2 hours,

APPENDIX IV

257

except when operating on the Great Lakes and theirconnecting and tributary waters.

(t) At least two of the steering gear power units on thevessel are in operation when such units are capableof simultaneous operation, except when operating onthe Great Lakes and their connecting and tributarywaters.

(u) On each passenger vessel meeting the requirementsof the International Convention for the Safety ofLife at Sea, 1960 (SOLAS 60) and on each cargovessel meeting the requirements of SOLAS 74 asamended in 1981, the number of steering gearpower units necessary to move the rudder from 35°on either side to 30° on the other in not more than28 seconds must be in simultaneous operation.

§164.13 Navigation underway: tankers.(b) Each tanker must have an engineering watch capable ofmonitoring the propulsion system, communicating with thebridge, and implementing manual control measuresimmediately when necessary. The watch must be physicallypresent in the machinery spaces or in the main controlspace and must consist of at least a licensed engineer.(c) Each tanker must navigate with at least two licenseddeck officers on watch on the bridge, one of whom may bea pilot. In waters where a pilot is required, the secondofficer must be an individual licensed and assigned to thevessel as master, mate, or officer in charge of anavigational watch, who is separate and distinct from thepilot.(d) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section atanker may operate with an auto pilot engaged only if allof the following conditions exist:

(1) The operation and performance of the automatic pilotconforms with the standards recommended by theInternational Maritime Organisation in IMOResolution A.342(IX).

(2) A qualified helmsman is present at the helm andprepared at all times to assume manual control.

(3) The tanker is not operating in any of the followingareas:

(i) The areas of the traffic separation schemesspecified in subchapter P of this chapter.

(ii) The portions of a shipping safety fairwayspecified in part 166 of this chapter.

(iii) An anchorage ground specified in part 110 ofthis chapter.

(iv) An area within one−half nautical mile of any USshore.

(e) A tanker equipped with an integrated navigation system,and complying with paragraph (d)(2) of this section, mayuse the system with the auto pilot engaged while in theareas described in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (ii) of thissection.

§164.15 Navigation bridge visibility. (See 33 CFR164.)

§164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor.The master or person in charge of each vessel that isanchored shall ensure that:

(a) A proper anchor watch is maintained;(b) Procedures are followed to detect a dragging anchor;

and(c) Whenever weather, tide, or current conditions are

likely to cause the vessel’s anchor to drag, action istaken to ensure the safety of the vessel, structures,and other vessels, such as being ready to veer chain,

let go a second anchor, or get underway using thevessel’s own propulsion or tug assistance.

§164.25 Tests before entering or getting underway.(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of thissection no person may cause a vessel to enter into or getunderway on the navigable waters of the United Statesunless no more than 12 hours before entering or gettingunderway, the following equipment has been tested:

(1) Primary and secondary steering gear. The testprocedure includes a visual inspection of the steeringgear and its connecting linkage, and, whereapplicable, the operation of the following:

(i) Each remote steering gear control system.(ii) Each steering position located on the navigating

bridge.(iii) The main steering gear from the alternative

power supply, if installed.(iv) Each rudder angle indicator in relation to the

actual position of the rudder.(v) Each remote steering gear control system power

failure alarm.(vi) Each remote steering gear power unit failure

alarm.(vii)The full movement of the rudder to the required

capabilities of the steering gear.(2) All internal vessel control communications and vessel

control alarms.(3) Standby or emergency generator, for as long as

necessary to show proper functioning, includingsteady state temperature and pressure readings.

(4) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and othersystems in vessel control and propulsion machineryspaces.

(5) Main propulsion machinery, ahead and astern.(b) Vessels navigating on the Great Lakes and theirconnecting and tributary waters, having once completed thetest requirements of this sub−part, are considered to remainin compliance until arriving at the next port call on theGreat Lakes.(c) Vessels entering the Great Lakes from the St. LawrenceSeaway are considered to be in compliance with thissub−part if the required tests are conducted preparatory toor during the passage of the St. Lawrence Seaway orwithin one hour of passing Wolfe Island.(d) No vessel may enter, or be operated on the navigablewaters of the United States unless the emergency steeringdrill described below has been conducted within 48 hoursprior to entry and logged in the vessel’s logbook, unlessthe drill is conducted and logged on a regular basis at leastonce every three months. This drill must include at aminimum the following:

(1) Operation of the main steering gear from within thesteering gear compartment.

(2) Operation of the means of communication betweenthe navigating bridge and the steering compartment.

(3) Operation of the alternative power supply for thesteering gear if the vessel is so equipped.

§164.30 Charts, publications and equipment:General.No person may operate or cause the operation of a vesselunless the vessel has the marine charts, publications, andequipment as required by §§164.33 through 164.41 of thispart.

§164.33 Charts and publications.(a) Each vessel must have the following:

APPENDIX IV

258

(1) Marine charts of the area to be transited, publishedby the National Ocean Service, US Army Corps ofEngineers, or a river authority that:

(i) Are of a large enough scale and have enoughdetail to make safe navigation of the areapossible; and

(ii) Are currently corrected.(2) For the area to be transited, a currently corrected

copy of, or applicable currently corrected extractfrom, each of the following publications:

(i) US Coast Pilot.(ii) Coast Guard Light List.

(3) For the area to be transited, the current edition of, orapplicable current extract from:

(i) Tide tables published by private entities using dataprovided by the National Ocean Service.

(ii) Tidal current tables published private entitiesusing data provided by the National OceanService, or river current publication issued by theUS Army Corps of Engineers, or a river authority.

(b) As an alternative to the requirements for paragraph (a)of this section, a marine chart or publication, or applicableextract, published by a foreign government may besubstituted for a US chart and publication required by thissection. The chart must be of large enough scale and haveenough detail to make safe navigation of the area possible,and must be currently corrected. The publication, orapplicable extract, must singly or in combination containsimilar information to the US Government publication tomake safe navigation of the area possible. The publicationor applicable extract must be currently corrected, with theexception of tide and tidal current tables, which must bethe current editions.(c) As used in this section, “currently corrected” meanscorrected with changes contained in all Notices to Marinerspublished by National Imagery and Mapping Agency, or anequivalent foreign government publication, reasonablyavailable to the vessel, and that is applicable to the vessel’stransit.

§164.35 Equipment: All vessels.Each vessel must have the following:

(a) A marine radar system for surface navigation.(b) An illuminated magnetic steering compass, mounted

in a binnacle, that can be read at the vessel’s mainsteering stand.

(c) A current magnetic compass deviation table orgraph or compass comparison record for the steeringcompass, in the wheelhouse.

(d) A gyrocompass.(e) An illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass

required by paragraph (d) of this section that is atthe main steering stand, unless that gyrocompass isilluminated and is at the main steering stand.

(f) An illuminated rudder angle indicator in thewheelhouse.

(g) The following maneuvering information prominentlydisplayed on a fact sheet in the wheelhouse:

(1) A turning circle diagram to port and starboard thatshows the time and distance and advance andtransfer required to alter course 90 degrees withmaximum rudder angle and constant powersettings, for either full and half speeds, or for fulland slow speeds. For vessels whose turning circlesare essentially the same for both directions, adiagram showing a turning circle in one direction,with a note on the diagram stating that turns to

port and starboard are essentially the same, maybe substituted.

(2) The time and distance to stop the vessel fromeither full and half speeds, or from full and slowspeeds, while maintaining approximately the initialheading with minimum application of rudder.

(3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table ofshaft revolutions per minute for a representativerange of speeds.

(4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch propeller,a table of control settings for a representativerange of speeds.

(5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliarydevice to assist in maneuvering, such as a bowthruster, a table of vessel speeds at which theauxiliary device is effective in maneuvering thevessel.

(6) The maneuvering information for the normal loadand normal ballast condition for:

(i) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or less, calmsea;

(ii) No current;(iii) Deep water conditions−water depth twice the

vessel’s draft or greater; and(iv) Clean hull.

(7) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the followingstatement:

Warning.The response of the (name of the vessel) may be differentfrom that listed above if any of the following conditions,upon which the maneuvering information is based, arevaried:

(1) Calm weather−wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;(2) No current;(3) Water depth twice the vessel’s draft or greater;(4) Clean hull; and(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.

(h) An echo depth sounding device.(i) A device that can continuously record the depth

readings of the vessel’s echo depth sounding deviceexcept when operating on the Great Lakes and theirconnecting and tributary waters.

(j) Equipment on the bridge for plotting relativemotion.

(k) Simple operating instructions with a block diagram,showing the changeover procedures for remotesteering gear control systems and steering gearpower units, permanently displayed on thenavigating bridge and in the steering gearcompartment.

(l) An indicator readable from the centerline conningposition showing the rate of revolution of eachpropeller, except when operating on the Great Lakesand their connecting and tributary waters.

(m) If fitted with controllable pitch propellers, anindicator readable from the centerline conningposition showing the pitch and operational mode ofsuch propellers, except when operating on the GreatLakes and their connecting and tributary waters.

(n) If fitted with lateral thrust propellers, an indicatorreadable from the centerline conning positionshowing the direction and amount of thrust of suchpropellers, except when operating on the GreatLakes and their connecting and tributary waters.

(o) A telephone or other means of communication forrelaying headings to the emergency steering station.Also, each vessel of 500 gross tons and over and

APPENDIX IV

259

constructed on or after June 9th 1995 must beprovided with arrangements for supplying visualcompass readings to the emergency steering station.

§164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 gross tons ormore.(a) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or more must have, inaddition to the radar system under §164.35(a), a secondmarine radar system that operates independently of the first.Note: Independent operation means two completelyseparate systems, from separate branch power supplycircuits or distribution panels to antennas, so that failure ofany component of one system will not render the othersystem inoperative.(b) On each tanker of 10,000 gross tons or more that issubject to 46 U.S.C. 3708, the dual radar system requiredby this part must have a short range capability and a longrange capability; and each radar must have true northfeatures consisting of a display that is stabilized in azimuth.

§164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA).(See 33 CFR 164.)

§164.39 Steering Gear: Foreign Tankers. (See 33CFR 164).

§164.40 Devices to indicate speed and distance.(a) Each vessel required to be fitted with an AutomaticRadar Plotting Aid (ARPA) under §164.38 must be fittedwith a device to indicate speed and distance of the vesseleither through the water, or over the ground.

§164.41 Electronic position fixing devices.(a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental UnitedStates, including Alaska south of Cape Prince of Wales,except each vessel owned or bareboat chartered andoperated by the United States, or by a state or its politicalsubdivision, or by a foreign nation, and not engaged incommerce, must have one of the following:

(1) A type I or II LORAN C receiver as defined inSection 1.2(e), meeting Part 2 (MinimumPerformance Standards) of the Radio TechnicalCommission for Marine Services (RTCM) Paper12−78/DO−100 dated December 20, 1977, entitled“Minimum Performance Standards (MPS) MarineLoran−C Receiving Equipment”. Each receiverinstalled must be labeled with the informationrequired under paragraph (b) of this section.

(2) A satellite navigation receiver with:(i) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after

initial operator settings have been entered; and(ii) Position updates derived from satellite information

during each usable satellite pass.(3) A system that is found by the Commandant to meet

the intent of the statements of availability, coverage,and accuracy for the US Coastal Confluence Zone(CCZ) contained in the US “Federal RadionavigationPlan” (Report No. DOD−NO 4650.4−P, I or No.DOT−TSC−RSPA−80−16, I). A person desiring afinding by the Commandant under this subparagraphmust submit a written application describing thedevice to the Assistant Commandant for Operations,2100 Second Street, SW, Washington, DC20593−0001. After reviewing the application, theCommandant may request additional information toestablish whether or not the device meets the intentof the Federal Radionavigation Plan.

Note.—The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available fromthe National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Va.22161, with the following Government Accession Numbers:

Vol 1, ADA 116468Vol 2, ADA 116469Vol 3, ADA 116470Vol 4, ADA 116471

(b) Each label required under paragraph (a)(1) of thissection must show the following:

(1) The name and address of the manufacturer.(2) The following statement by the manufacturer: This

receiver was designed and manufactured to meet Part2 (Minimum Performance Standards) of the RTCMMPS for Marine Loran−C Receiving Equipment.

§164.42 Rate of turn indicator.Each vessel of 100,000 gross tons or more shall be fittedwith a rate of turn indicator.

§164.43 Automatic Identification System ShipborneEquipment (See 33 CFR 164.)Each vessel required to provide automated position reportsto a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) must do so by aninstalled Automatic Identification System ShipborneEquipment (AISSE).

§164.46 Automatic Identification System (AIS) (See33 CFR 164.)

§164.51 Deviations from rules: Emergency.Except for the requirements of §164.53(b), in anemergency, any person may deviate from any rule in thispart to the extent necessary to avoid endangering persons,property, or the environment.

§164.53 Deviations from rules and reporting:Non−operating equipment.(a) If during a voyage any equipment required by this partstops operating properly, the person directing the movementof the vessel may continue to the next port of call, subjectto the directions of the District Commander or the Captainof the Port, as provided by 33 CFR 160.(b) If the vessel’s radar, radio navigation receivers,gyrocompass, echo depth sounding device, or primarysteering gear stops operating properly, the person directingthe movement of the vessel must report or cause to bereported that it is not operating properly to the nearestCaptain of the Port, District Commander, or, if participatingin a Vessel Traffic Service, to the Vessel Traffic Center, assoon as possible.

§164.55 Deviations from rules: Continuingoperation or period of time.The Captain of the Port, upon written application, mayauthorize a deviation from any rule in this part if hedetermines that the deviation does not impair the safenavigation of the vessel under anticipated conditions andwill not result in a violation of the rules for preventingcollisions at sea. The authorization may be issued forvessels operating in the waters under the jurisdiction of theCaptain of the Port for any continuing operation or periodof time the Captain of the Port specifies.

§164.61 Marine casualty reporting and recordretention.When a vessel is involved in a marine casualty as definedin 46 CFR 4.03−1, the master or person in charge of thevessel shall:

(a) Ensure compliance with 46 CFR 4.05, “Notice ofMarine Casualty and Voyage Records,” and

APPENDIX IV

260

(b) Ensure that the voyage records required by 46 CFR4.05−15 are retained for:

(1) 30 days after the casualty if the vessel remains inthe navigable waters of the United States; or

(2) 30 days after the return of the vessel to a UnitedStates port if the vessel departs the navigablewaters of the United States within 30 days afterthe marine casualty.

§164.70 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 164.)

§164.72 Navigational safety equipment, charts ormaps, and publications required on towing vessels.(See 33 CFR 164.)

§164.74 Towline and terminal gear for towingastern. (See 33 CFR 164.)

§164.76 Towline and terminal gear for towingalongside and pushing ahead. (See 33 CFR 164.)

§164.78 Navigation underway: Towing vessels. (See33 CFR 164.)

§164.80 Tests, inspections and voyage planning.(See 33 CFR 164.)

§164.82 Maintenance, failure and reporting. (See33 CFR 164.)

261

APPENDIX V


PART 165 — REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS —EXTRACTS

Appendix V contains extracts from the above regulationsissued by the United States Department of Commerce.Regulations specific to this volume are given by title onlywhere the area concerned falls wholly within pilotagewaters; where the regulation affects an area outside pilotagewaters, a summary of the regulation is given.For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR 165.

Subpart A — General

§165.5 Establishment procedures(a) A safety zone, security zone, or regulated navigationarea may be established on the initiative of any authorisedCoast Guard official.(b) Any person may request that a safety zone, securityzone, or regulated navigation area may be established.Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, eachrequest must be submitted in writing to either the Captainof the Port or District Commander.(c) Safety Zones and Security Zones. If, for good cause,the request for a safety zone or security zone is made lessthan 5 working days before the zone is to be established,the request may be made orally, but it must be followed bya written request within 24 hours.

§165.7 Notification(a) The establishment of these limited access areas andregulated navigation areas is considered rule making. Theprocedures used to notify persons of the establishment ofthese areas vary depending upon the circumstances andemergency conditions. Notification may be made by marinebroadcasts, local notice to mariners, local news media,distribution in leaflet form, and on-scene oral notice, aswell as publication in the Federal Register.(b) Notification normally contains the physical boundariesof the area, the reasons for the rule, its estimated duration,and the method of obtaining authorization to enter the area,if applicable, and special navigational rules, if applicable.

§165.8 Geographic coordinatesGeographic coordinates expressed in terms of latitude orlongitude, or both, are not intended for plotting on maps orcharts whose referenced horizontal datum is the NorthAmerican Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless suchgeographic coordinates are expressly labelled NAD 83.Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83 reference maybe plotted on maps or charts referenced to NAD 83 onlyafter application of the appropriate corrections that arepublished on the particular map or chart being used.

§165.9 Geographic application of limited andcontrolled access areas and regulated navigationareas.(a) General. The geographic application of the limited andcontrolled access areas and regulated navigation areas inthis part are determined based on the statutory authorityunder which each is created.

(b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas. Thesezones and areas are created under the authority of the Portsand Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C. 1221−1232.(c) Security zones. These zones have two sources ofauthority — the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C.1221−1232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, as amended byboth the Magnuson Act of August 9, 1950 (“MagnusonAct”), 50 U.S.C. 191−195, and sec. 104 of the MaritimeTransportation Security Act of 2002.(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are issuedunder the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633 and may beestablished in waters subject to the jurisdiction of theUnited States as defined in §2.38 of this chapter, includingthe territorial sea to a seaward limit of 3 nautical milesfrom the baseline.

Subpart B — Regulated Navigation Areas

§165.10 Regulated navigation area.A regulated navigation area is a water area within adefined boundary for which regulations for vesselsnavigating within the area have been established under thispart.

§165.11 Vessel operating requirements(regulations).Each District Commander may control vessel traffic in anarea which is determined to have hazardous conditions, byissuing regulations:

(a) Specifying times of vessel entry, movement, ordeparture to, from, within, or through ports, harbors,or other waters;

(b) Establishing vessel size, speed, draft limitations, andoperating conditions; and

(c) Restricting vessel operation, in a hazardous area orunder hazardous conditions, to vessels which haveparticular operating characteristics or capabilitieswhich are considered necessary for safe operationunder the circumstances.

§165.13 General Regulations.(a) The master of a vessel in a regulated navigation areashall operate the vessel in accordance with the regulationscontained in Subpart F.(b) No person may cause or authorize the operation of avessel in a regulated navigation area contrary to theregulations in this Part.

Subpart C — Safety Zones

§165.20 Safety zones.A safety zone is a water area, shore area, or water andshore area, to which, for safety or environmental purposes,access is limited to authorised persons, vehicles, or vessels.It may be stationary and described by fixed limits or itmay be described as a zone around a vessel in motion.

APPENDIX V

262

§165.23 General regulations.Unless otherwise provided for in this part:

(a) No person may enter a safety zone unless authorisedby the Captain of the Port or the DistrictCommander;

(b) No person may bring or cause to be brought into asafety zone any vehicle, vessel or object unlessauthorised by the Captain of the Port or the DistrictCommander;

(c) No person may remain in a safety zone or allow anyvehicle, vessel or object to remain in a safety zoneunless authorised by the Captain of the Port or theDistrict Commander; and

(d) Each person in a safety zone who has notice of alawful order or direction shall obey the order ordirection of the Captain of the Port or DistrictCommander issued to carry out the purposes of thissubpart.

Subpart D — Security Zones

§165.30 Security zones.(a) A security zone is an area of land, water, or land andwater which is so designated by the Captain of the Port orDistrict Commander for such time as is necessary toprevent damage or injury to any vessel or waterfrontfacility, to safeguard ports, harbors, territories, or waters ofthe United States or to secure the observance of the rightsand obligations of the United States.(b) The purpose of a security zone is to safeguard fromdestruction, loss or injury from sabotage or othersubversive acts, accidents, or other causes of a similarnature:

(1) Vessels,(2) Harbors,(3) Ports and(4) Waterfront facilities in the United States and all

territory, continental or insular, that is subject to thejurisdiction of the United States.

§165.33 General regulations.Unless otherwise provided in the special regulations inSubpart F of this part:

(a) No person or vessel may enter or remain in asecurity zone without the permission of the Captainof the Port;

(b) Each person and vessel in a security zone shall obeyany direction or order of the Captain of the Port;

(c) The Captain of the Port may take possession andcontrol of any vessel in the security zone;

(d) The Captain of the Port may remove any person,vessel, article, or thing from a security zone;

(e) No person may board, or take or place any article orthing on board, any vessel in a security zone withoutthe permission of the Captain of the Port; and

(f) No person may take or place any article or thingupon any waterfront facility in a security zonewithout the permission of the Captain of the Port.

Subpart E — Restricted Waterfront Areas

§165.40 Restricted Waterfront Areas.The Commandant, may direct the COTP to prevent accessto waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, includingvessels and harbor craft therein. This section may apply topersons who do not possess the credentials outlined in 33CFR 125.09 when certain shipping activities are conductedthat are outlined in 33 CFR 125.15.

Subpart F — Specific Regulated NavigationAreas and Limited Access Areas§165.100 Navigable waters within the First CoastGuard District; Regulated Navigation Area.

§165.500 Chesapeake Bay, Maryland; Safety andSecurity Zones;

§165.501 Chesapeake Bay entrance and HamptonRoads, Virginia and adjacent waters; RegulatedNavigation Area.

§165.502 Cove Point Liquified Natural GasTerminal, Chesapeake Bay, Maryland; Safety andSecurity Zone.

§165.503 Captain of the Port Hampton RoadsZone; Security Zone.

§165.504 Newport News Shipbuilding and DryDock Company Shipyard, James River, NewportNews, Virginia.

§165.505 Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant,Chesapeake Bay, Calvert County, Maryland;Security Zone.

§165.510 Delaware Bay and River, Salem River,Christina River and Schuylkill River; RegulatedNavigation Area.

§165.511 Atlantic Ocean, Chesapeake andDelaware Canal, Delaware Bay, Delaware Riverand its tributaries; Security Zone.

§165.514 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway andConnecting Waters, Vicinity of Marine Corps BaseCamp Lejeune, North Carolina; Safety Zone.

§165.515 Cape Fear River, Wilmington, NorthCarolina; Safety Zone.

§165.518 Waters of the Fifth Coast Guard District;Security Zone.

§165.530 Cape Fear and Northeast Cape FearRivers, North Carolina; Safety Zone.

§165.540 Cape Fear River, Northeast Cape FearRiver, Wilmington, North Carolina; RegulatedNavigation Area.

§165.552 Oyster Creek Generation Station, ForkedRiver, Ocean County, New Jersey; Security Zone.

§165.553 Salem and Hope Creek GenerationStations, Delaware River, Salem County, NewJersey; Security Zone.

§165.555 Delaware River; Safety Zone.

§165.708 Charleston Harbor and Cooper River,Charleston, South Carolina; Safety/Security Zone.

§165.709 Charleston Harbor, Cooper River, SouthCarolina; Security Zone.

§165.714 Atlantic Ocean, Charleston, SouthCarolina; Regulated Navigation Area.

§165.720 St. Johns River, Jacksonville, Florida;Safety/Security Zone.

APPENDIX V

263

§165.722 St. Johns River, Jacksonville, Florida;Security Zone.

§165.728 Jacksonville, Florida; Safety Zones.

§165.729 Jacksonville Harbor, Florida; SecurityZone.

§165.730 Kings Bay, Georgia; RegulatedNavigation Area.

§165.731 Cumberland Sound, Georgia and St.Marys River Entrance Channel; Safety/SecurityZone.

§165.756 Savannah River, Georgia; RegulatedNavigation Area.

§165.759 Ports of Jacksonville, Fernandina, andCanaveral, Florida; Security Zones.

Subpart G — Protection of Naval Vessels

§165.2010 Purpose.This subpart establishes the geographic parameters of navalvessel protection zones surrounding US naval vessels in thenavigable waters of the United States.

§165.2015 Definitions.The following definitions apply to this subpart:

Large US naval vessel means any US naval vesselgreater than 100 feet in length overall.

Naval vessel protection zone is a 500 yard regulated areaof water surrounding large US naval vessels that isnecessary to provide for the safety or security ofthese US naval vessels.

Official patrol means those personnel designated andsupervised by a senior naval officer present incommand.

Senior naval officer present in command is, unlessotherwise designated by competent authority, thesenior line officer of the US Navy on active duty,eligible for command at sea, who is present and incommand of any part of the Department of Navy inthe area.

US naval vessel means any vessel owned, operated,chartered, or leased by the US Navy; and any vesselunder the operational control of the US Navy or aCombatant Command.

§165.2020 Enforcement authority.(a) Coast Guard.(b) Senior naval officer present in command.

§165.2025 Atlantic Area.(a) This section applies to any vessel or person in thenavigable waters of the United States within the boundariesof the US Coast Guard Atlantic Area which includes theFirst, Fifth, Seventh, Eighth, and Ninth US Coast GuardDistricts.

Note to paragraph (a): The boundaries of the US CoastGuard Atlantic Area and the First, Fifth, Seventh,Eighth, and Ninth US Coast Guard Districts are setout in 33 CFR part 3.

(b) A naval vessel protection zone exists around US navalvessels greater than 100 feet in length overall at all timesin the navigable waters of the United States, whether thelarge US naval vessel is underway, anchored, moored, orwithin a floating drydock, except when the large navalvessel is moored or anchored within a restricted area orwithin a naval defensive sea area.(c) The Navigation Rules shall apply at all times within anaval vessel protection zone.(d) When within a naval vessel protection zone, all vesselsshall operate at the minimum speed necessary to maintain asafe course, unless required to maintain speed by theNavigation Rules, and shall proceed as directed by theCoast Guard, the senior naval officer present in command,or the official patrol. When within a naval vessel protectionzone, no vessel or person is allowed within 100 yards of alarge US naval vessel unless authorized by the CoastGuard, the senior naval officer present in command, orofficial patrol.(e) To request authorization to operate within 100 yards ofa large US naval vessel, contact the Coast Guard, thesenior naval officer present in command, or official patrolon VHF−FM channel 16.(f) When conditions permit, the Coast Guard, senior navalofficer present in command, or the official patrol should:

(1) Give advance notice on VHF-FM channel 16 of alllarge US naval vessel movements;

(2) Permit vessels constrained by their navigational draftor restricted in their ability to maneuver to passwithin 100 yards of a large US naval vessel in orderto ensure a safe passage in accordance with theNavigation Rules; and:

(3) Permit commercial vessels anchored in a designatedanchorage area to remain at anchor when within 100yards of passing large US naval vessels; and:

(4) Permit vessels that must transit via a navigablechannel or waterway to pass within 100 yards of amoored or anchored large US naval vessel withminimal delay consistent with security.

Note to paragraph (f): The listed actions arediscretionary and do not create any additional right toappeal or otherwise dispute a decision of the CoastGuard, the senior naval officer present in command,or the official patrol.

264

APPENDIX VI


PART 334 — DANGER ZONES AND RESTRICTED AREA REGULATIONS —EXTRACTS

Appendix VI contains extracts from the above regulationsissued by the United States Department of Commerce.Regulations specific to this volume are given by title onlywhere the area concerned falls wholly within pilotagewaters; where the regulation affects an area outside pilotagewaters, a summary of the regulation is given.For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR 334.

§334.1 Purpose.The purpose of this part is to:

(a) Prescribe procedures for establishing, amending anddisestablishing danger zones and restricted areas.

(b) List the specific danger zones and restricted areasand their boundaries; and

(c) Prescribe specific requirements, access limitationsand controlled activities within the danger zones andrestricted areas.

§334.2 Definitions.(a) Danger zone. A defined water area (or areas) used fortarget practice, bombing, rocket firing or other especiallyhazardous operations, normally for the armed forces. Thedanger zones may be closed to the public on a full time orintermittent basis, as stated in the regulations.(b) Restricted area. A defined water area for the purposeof prohibiting or limiting public access to the area.Restricted areas generally provide security for Governmentproperty and/or protection to the public from the risks ofdamage or injury arising from the Government’s use of thatarea.There are danger zones and/or restricted areas in thefollowing areas:

§334.100 Atlantic Ocean off Cape May, NewJersey; Coast Guard Rifle Range.

§334.110 Delaware Bay off Cape Henlopen,Delaware; naval restricted area.

§334.120 Delaware Bay off Milford Neck; navalaircraft bombing target area.

§334.130 Atlantic Ocean off Wallops Island andChincoteague Inlet, Virginia; danger zone.(a) The area. An area immediately offshore from WallopsIsland defined by lines drawn as follows:

37°51′30′′N 75°27′30′′W.; thence to:37°51′30′′N 75°17′12′′W.; thence to:37°43′18′′N 75°29′42′′W.; thence to:37°49′18′′N 75°29′42′W.

(b) The regulations.(1) Persons and vessels may enter and operate in the

danger zone at all times when warning signals arenot displayed.

(2) When warning signals are displayed, all persons andvessels in the danger zone, except vessels entering ordeparting Chincoteague Inlet, shall leave the zonepromptly by the shortest possible route and shallremain outside the zone until allowed by a patrol

boat to enter or the dangers signal has beendiscontinued.

(3) The intent to conduct rocket launching operationsinvolving the area shall be indicated by a signalconsisting of a large orange−coloured,“blimp−shaped” balloon by day and a signal rotatingalternately red and white beacon by night. Theballoon shall be flown at latitude 37°50′38′′,longitude 75°28′47′′ and the beacon shall bedisplayed about 200 feet above mean high water atlatitude 37°50′16′′, longitude 75°29′07′′. Theappropriate one of these signals shall be displayed30 minutes prior to rocket launching time and shallremain displayed until danger no longer exists.

§334.140 Chesapeake Bay; United States ArmyProving Ground Reservation, Aberdeen, Maryland.

§334.150 Severn River at Annapolis, Maryland;experimental test area, U.S. Navy MarineEngineering Laboratory.

§334.155 Severn River, Naval Station Annapolis,Small Boat Basin, Annapolis, Maryland; navalrestricted area.

§334.160 Severn River, at U.S. Naval AcademySantee Basin, Annapolis, Maryland; navalrestricted area.

§334.170 Chesapeake Bay, in the vicinity ofChesapeake Beach, Maryland; firing range, NavalResearch Laboratory.

§334.180 Patuxent River, Maryland; restrictedareas, U.S. Naval Air Test Center, Patuxent River,Maryland.

§334.190 Chesapeake Bay, in vicinity ofBloodsworth Island, Maryland; shorebombardment, air bombing, air strafing, androcket firing area, U.S. Navy.

§334.200 Chesapeake Bay, Point Lookout to CedarPoint; aerial and surface firing range and targetarea, U.S. Naval Air Station, Patuxent River,Maryland, danger zones.

§334.210 Chesapeake Bay, in vicinity of TangierIsland; Naval guided missiles test operations area.

§334.220 Chesapeake Bay, South of Tangier Island;Virginia; naval firing range.

§334.230 Potomac River.

§334.240 Potomac River, Mattawoman Creek andChicamuxen Creek; U.S. Naval Surface WeaponsCenter, Indian Head Division, Indian Head,Maryland.

APPENDIX VI

265

§334.250 Gunston Cove, at Whitestone Point,Virginia; U.S. Army restricted area.

§334.260 York River, Virginia; naval restrictedareas.

§334.270 York River adjacent to Cheatham AnnexDepot, Naval Supply Center, Williamsburg,Virginia; restricted area.

§334.275 North and Southwest Branch, Back River,Hampton, U.S. Air Force Base, Langley, Virginia;restricted area.

§334.280 James River between the entrance toSkiffes Creek and Mulberry Point, Virginia; Armytraining and small craft testing area.

§334.290 Elizabeth River, Southern Branch,Virginia; naval restricted areas.

§334.293 Elizabeth River, Craney Island RefuelingPier Restricted Area, Portsmouth Virginia; NavalRestricted Area.

§334.300 Hampton Roads and Willoughby Bay,Norfolk Naval Base, Naval Restricted Area,Norfolk, Virginia.

§334.310 Chesapeake Bay, Lynnhaven Roads; Navyamphibious training area.

§334.320 Chesapeake Bay entrance; navalrestricted area.

§334.340 Chesapeake Bay off Plumtree Island,Hampton, Virginia; Air Force precision test area.

§334.350 Chesapeake Bay off Fort Monroe,Virginia; firing range danger zone.

§334.360 Chesapeake Bay off Fort Monroe,Virginia; restricted area, U.S. Naval Base andNaval Weapon Center.

§334.370 Chesapeake Bay, Lynnhaven Roads;danger zones, U.S. Naval Amphibious Base.

§334.380 Atlantic Ocean south of entrance toChesapeake Bay off Dam Neck, Virginia Beach,Virginia; naval firing range.(a) The danger zone. All of the water within a sectorextending seaward a distance of 7500 yards between radiallines bearing 035° true and 092° true, respectively, from apoint on the shore at 36°47′33″N 75°58′23″W.(b) The regulations.

(1) Vessels shall proceed through the area with cautionand shall remain therein no longer than necessary forpurpose of transit.

(2) When firing is in progress during daylight hours, redflags will be displayed at conspicuous locations onthe beach. When firing is in progress during periodsof darkness, red flashing lights will be displayedfrom conspicuous locations which are visible fromthe water a minimum distance of four nautical miles.

(3) Firing on the ranges will be suspended as long asany vessel is within the danger zone.

(5) There shall be no firing on any ranges during theperiods of low visibility which would prevent the

recognition of a vessel (to a distance of 7500 yards)which is properly displaying navigational lights, orwhich would preclude a vessel from observing thered range flags or lights.

§334.390 Atlantic Ocean south of entrance toChesapeake Bay; firing range.(a) The danger zone. A sector extending seaward for adistance of 12 000 yards between two radial lines bearing030° true and 083° true, respectively, from a point on theshore at 36°46′48″N 75°57′24″W; and an adjacent sectorextending seaward for a distance of 15 nautical milesbetween two radial lines bearing 083° true and 150° true,respectively, from the same shore point.(b) The regulations.

(1) Vessels shall proceed through the area with cautionand shall remain therein no longer than necessary forpurpose of transit.

(2) When firing is in progress during daylight hours, redflags will be displayed at conspicuous locations onthe beach. When firing is in progress during periodsof darkness, red flashing lights will be displayedfrom conspicuous locations on the beach which arevisible from the water a minimum distance of fournautical miles.

(3) Firing on the ranges will be suspended as long asany vessel is within the danger zone.

(5) There shall be no firing on the range during periodsof low visibility which would prevent the recognitionof a vessel (to a distance of 7500 yards) which isproperly displaying navigational lights, or whichwould preclude a vessel from observing the redrange flags or lights.

§334.400 Atlantic Ocean south of entrance toChesapeake Bay off Camp Pendleton, Virginia;naval restricted area.(a) The area. Beginning at a point on the shore at CampPendleton at 36°48′19″N 75°57′49″W; thence easterly200 yards to 36°48′20″N 75°57′42″W thence northerly400 yards to 36°48′32″N 75°57′45″W thence westerly200 yards to 36°48′31″N 75°57′53″W and thence southerly400 yards along the shore to the point of beginning.(b) The regulations.

(1) Persons or vessels, other than those vessels ownedand operated by the United States shall not enter thearea except by permission of the CommandingOfficer, U.S. Naval Amphibious Base, LIttle Creek,Norfolk, Virginia.

§334.410 Albemarle Sound, Pamlico Sound, andadjacent waters, North Carolina; danger zones fornaval aircraft operations.

§334.412 Albemarle Sound, Pamlico Sound, HarveyPoint and adjacent waters, North Carolina;restricted area.

§334.420 Pamlico Sound and adjacent waters,North Carolina; danger zones for Marine Corpsoperations.

§334.430 Neuse River and tributaries at MarineCorps Air Station, Cherry Point, North Carolina;restricted area.

§334.440 New River, North Carolina and vicinity;Marine Corps Firing Ranges.

APPENDIX VI

266

§334.450 Cape Fear River and tributaries at SunnyPoint Army Terminal, Brunswick County, NorthCarolina; restricted area.

§334.460 Cooper River and tributaries atCharleston, South Carolina.

§334.470 Cooper River and Charleston Harbor,South Carolina; restricted areas.

§334.475 Brickyard Creek and tributaries and theBroad River at Beaufort, South Carolina.

§334.480 Archers Creek, Ribbon Creek and BroadRiver, South Carolina; US Marine Corps RecruitDepot Rifle and Pistol Ranges, Parris Island.

§334.490 Atlantic Ocean off Georgia Coast;air−to−air and air−to−water gunnery and bombingranges for fighter and bombardment aircraft,United States Air Force.(b) The regulations.

(1) The danger zones shall be open to navigation exceptwhen aerial or bombing practice is being conducted.

(2) Prior to conducting each practice, the entire area willbe patrolled by aircraft to warn any persons orwatercraft found in the vicinity that such practice isabout to take place. The warning will be by“buzzing”, (i.e. by flying low over the person orwatercraft). Any person or watercraft shall, uponbeing so warned, immediately leave the areadesignated and shall remain outside the area untilpractice has ceased.

§334.500 St Johns River Florida, Ribault Bay;restricted area.

§334.510 U.S. Navy Fuel Depot Pier, St JohnsRiver, Jackonsville, Florida; restricted area.

§334.520 Lake George, Florida; naval bombingarea.

§334.590 Atlantic Ocean off Cape Canaveral,Florida; Air Force Missile Testing Area, PatrickAir Force Base, Florida.

APPENDIX VII

267

APPENDIX VII

NAVIGATION RULES FOR UNITED STATES INLAND WATERS

Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 modifies theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,1972 for use in US Inland Waters, inshore of establishedlines of demarcation. These lines are shown, whereappropriate, on Admiralty charts and described in thisvolume.The Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters follow closelythe International Regulations for Preventing Collisions atSea, 1972, the Rules having corresponding numbers andusually corresponding paragraph numbers as well. ThisAppendix shows only those Rules for US Inland Waters orparts of those Rules, which differ from the InternationalRegulations, except where the modifications are of nonavigational significance. The modifications are shown initalic type; where matter has been omitted, this is indicatedby the use of ‘��’.

PART A − GENERAL

Rule 1

Application

The complete Rule has been rewritten:

(a) These Rules apply to all vessels upon the inlandwaters of the United States, and to vessels of theUnited States on the Canadian waters of the GreatLakes to the extent that there is no conflict withCanadian law.

(b) (i) These Rules constitute special rules made by anappropriate authority within the meaning of Rule1(b) of the International Regulations.

(ii) All vessels complying with the construction andequipment requirements of the InternationalRegulations are considered to be in compliancewith these Rules.

(c) Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with theoperation of any special rules made by the Secretaryof the Navy with respect to additional station orsignal lights and shapes or whistle signals for shipsof war and vessels proceeding under convoy, or bythe Secretary with respect to additional station orsignal lights and shapes for fishing vessels engagedin fishing as a fleet. These additional station orsignal lights and shapes or whistle signals shall, sofar as possible, be such that they cannot bemistaken for any light, shape, or signal authorizedelsewhere under these Rules. Notice of such specialrules shall be published in the Federal Register and,after the effective date specified in such notice, theyshall have effect as if they were a part of theseRules.�

(d) Traffic separation schemes may be established forthe purposes of these Rules. Vessel traffic serviceregulations may be in effect in certain areas.

(e) Whenever the Secretary determines that a vessel orclass of vessels of special construction or purposecannot comply fully with the provisions of any ofthese Rules with respect to the number, position,range, or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as wellas to the disposition and characteristics ofsound−signalling appliances, without interfering with

the special function of the vessel, the vessel shallcomply with such other provisions in regard to thenumber, position, range, or arc of visibility of lightsor shapes, as well as to the disposition andcharacteristics of sound−signalling appliances, as theSecretary shall have determined to be the closestpossible compliance with these Rules. The Secretarymay issue a certificate of alternative compliance fora vessel or class of vessels specifying the closestpossible compliance with these Rules. The Secretaryof the Navy shall make these determinations andissue certificates of alternative compliance forvessels of the Navy.

(f) The Secretary may accept a certificate of alternativecompliance issued by a contracting party to theInternational Regulations if he determines that thealternative compliance standards of the contractingparty are substantially the same as those of theUnited States.

� Submarines may display, as a distinctive means ofidentification, an intermittent flashing amber(yellow) beacon with a sequence of operation of oneflash per second for three (3) seconds followed by athree (3) second off−period. Other special rulesmade by the Secretary of the Navy with respect toadditional station and signal lights are found inPart 706 of Title 32, Code of Federal Regulations(32 CFR 706).

Rule 3

General DefinitionsParagraph (h) of the International Regulations is omitted,paragraphs (i), (j), (k) and (l) become (h), (i), (j) and (k)and new paragraphs (l) to (q) have been added:

(l) “Western Rivers” means the Mississippi River, itstributaries, South Pass, and Southwest Pass, to thenavigational demarcation lines dividing the highseas from harbors, rivers and other inland waters ofthe United States, and the Port Allen−Morgan CityAlternate Route, and that part of the AtchafalayaRiver above its junction with the Port Allen−MorganCity Alternate Route including the Old River andthe Red River;

(m) “Great Lakes” means the Great Lakes and theirconnecting tributary waters including the CalumetRiver as far as the Thomas J. O’Brien Lock andControlling Waters (between mile 326 and 327), theChicago River as far as the east side of the AshlandAvenue Bridge (between mile 321 and 322), and theSaint Lawrence River as far east as the lower exitof Saint Lambert Lock;

(n) “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Departmentin which the Coast Guard is operating;

(o) “Inland Waters” means the navigable waters of theUnited States shoreward of the navigationaldemarcation lines dividing the high seas fromharbors, rivers, and other inland waters of theUnited States and the waters of the Great Lakes onthe United States side of the InternationalBoundary;

(p) “Inland Rules” or “Rules” mean the InlandNavigational Rules and the annexes thereto, which

APPENDIX VII

268

govern the conduct of vessels and specify the lights,shapes, and sound signals that apply on inlandwaters; and

(q) “International Regulations” means the InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972,including annexes currently in force for the UnitedStates.

PART B. STEERING AND SAILING RULES

Rule 9

Narrow Channels

Paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) and (e)(i) have been rewritten:

(a) (i) A vessel proceeding along the course of a narrowchannel or fairway shall keep as near to the outerlimit of the channel or fairway which lies on herstarboard side as is safe and practicable.

(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(i) and Rule 14(a),a power−driven vessel operating in narrowchannels or fairways on the Great Lakes, WesternRivers, or waters specified by the Secretary, andproceeding downbound with a following currentshall have the right−of−way over an upboundvessel, shall propose the manner and place ofpassage, and shall initiate the maneuveringsignals prescribed by Rule 34(a)(i), asappropriate. The vessel proceeding upboundagainst the current shall hold as necessary topermit safe passing.

(e) (i) In a narrow channel or fairway when overtaking,the power−driven vessel vessel intending toovertake another power−driven vessel shallindicate her intention by sounding the appropriatesignal prescribed in Rule 34(c) and take steps topermit safe passing. The power−driven vesselbeing overtaken, if in agreement, shall sound thesame signal and may, if specifically agreed totake steps to permit safe passing. If in doubt sheshall sound the danger signal prescribed in Rule34(d).

Rule 10

Traffic separation schemes

Paragraph (a) has been rewritten:

(a) This Rule applies to traffic separation schemes ...and does not relieve any vessel of her obligationunder any other Rule.

Rule 14

Head−on Situation

Paragraph (a) has been rewritten and new paragraph (d)added:

(a) Unless otherwise agreed, when two power−drivenvessels are meeting on reciprocal or nearly reciprocalcourses so as to involve risk of collision each shallalter her course to starboard so that each shall passon the port side of the other.

(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Rule, apower−driven vessel operating on the Great Lakes,

Western Rivers, or waters specified by the Secretary,and proceeding downbound with a following currentshall have the right−of−way over an upbound vessel,shall propose the manner of passage, and shallinitiate the maneuvering signals prescribed by Rule34(a)(i), as appropriate.

Rule 15

Crossing Situation

Existing Rule of the International Regulations becomesparagraph (a) and new paragraph (b) added:

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), on the Great Lakes,Western Rivers, or water specified by the Secretary, apower−driven vessel crossing a river shall keep outof the way of a power−driven vessel ascending ordescending the river.

Rule 18

Responsibilities Between Vessels

Paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii) of the International Regulationshave been omitted, paragraph (e) becomes paragraph (d).

PART C. LIGHTS AND SHAPES

Rule 21

Definitions

Paragraphs (a) and (b) have been rewritten and newparagraph (g) has been added:

(a) “Masthead light” means a white light placed over thefore and aft centerline of the vessel showing anunbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 225degrees and so fixed as to show the light from rightahead to 22�5 degrees abaft the beam on either sideof the vessel, except that on a vessel of less than 12meters in length the masthead light shall be placedas nearly as practicable to the fore and aftcenterline of the vessel.

(b) “Sidelights” mean a green light on the starboard sideand a red light on the port side each showing anunbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 112�5degrees and so fixed as to show the light from rightahead to 22�5 degrees abaft the beam on itsrespective side. In a vessel of less than 20 meters inlength the sidelights may be combined in one lanterncarried on the fore and aft centerline of the vessel,except that on a vessel of less than 12 meters inlength the sidelights when combined in one lanternshall be placed as nearly as practicable to the foreand aft centerline of the vessel.

(g) “Special flashing light” means a yellow lightflashing at regular intervals at a frequency of 50 to70 flashes per minute, placed as far forward and asnearly as practicable on the fore and aft centerlineof the tow and showing an unbroken light over anarc of the horizon of not less than 180 degrees normore than 225 degrees and so fixed as to show thelight from right ahead to abeam and no more than22�5 degrees abaft the beam on either side of thevessel.

APPENDIX VII

269

Rule 22

Visibility of Lights

Add at the end of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of theInternational Regulations:

...a special flashing light, 2 miles.

Rule 23

Power−driven Vessels Underway

Paragraphs (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the InternationalRegulations have been omitted, paragraph (b) has beenrewritten and new paragraph (d) has been added:

(b) An air−cushion vessel when operating innon−displacement mode shall, in addition to thelights prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule,exhibit an all−round flashing yellow light, where itcan best be seen.

(d) A power−driven vessel when operating on the GreatLakes may carry an all−round white light in lieu ofthe second masthead light and sternlight prescribedin paragraph (a) of this Rule. The light shall becarried in the position of the second masthead lightand be visible at the same minimum range.

Rule 24

Towing and Pushing

Paragraphs (a), (c), (d), (f), (g), and (h) have beenrewritten, paragraph (i) becomes paragraph (j), and newparagraph (i) has been added:

(a) A power−driven vessel when towing astern shallexhibit:

(i) Instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23(a)(i) or(a)(ii), two masthead lights in a vertical line.When the length of the tow, measuring from thestern of the towing vessel to the after end of thetow exceeds 200 meters, three such lights in avertical line;

(ii) sidelights;(iii) a sternlight;(iv) a towing light in a vertical line above the

sternlight;(v) when the length of the tow exceeds 200 meters, a

diamond shape where it can best be seen.(c) A power−driven vessel when pushing ahead or

towing alongside, except as required by paragraphs(b) and (i) of this Rule, shall exhibit:

(i) instead of the light prescribed either in Rule23(a)(i) or 23(a)(ii), two mastheads lights in avertical line.

(ii) sidelights; and(iii) two towing lights in a vertical line.

(d) A power−driven vessel to which paragraphs (a) or(c) of this Rule apply shall also comply with Rule23(a)(i) and 23(a)(ii).

(f) Provided that any number of vessels being towedalongside or pushed in a group shall be lighted asone vessel, except as provided in paragraph (iii):

(i) a vessel being pushed ahead, not being part of acomposite unit, shall exhibit at the forward end,sidelights, and a special flashing light;

(ii) a vessel being towed alongside shall exhibit asternlight and at the forward end, sidelights, anda special flashing light;

(iii) when vessels are towed alongside on both sidesof the towing vessels a sternlight shall beexhibited on the stern of the outboard vessel oneach side of the towing vessel, and a single setof sidelights as far forward and as far outboardas is practicable, and a single special flashinglight;

(g) An inconspicuous, partly submerged vessel or object,or combination of such vessels or objects beingtowed, shall exhibit:

(i) if it is less than 25 meters in breadth, one allround white light at or near each end;

(ii) if it is 25 meters or more in breadth, fourall−round white lights to mark its length andbreadth;

(iii) if it exceeds 100 meters in length, additional allround white lights between the lights prescribedin subparagraphs (i) and (ii) so that the distancebetween the lights shall not exceed 100 meters:Provided, that any vessels or objects being towedalongside each other shall be lighted as onevessel or object;

(iv) a diamond shape at or near the aftermostextremity of the last vessel or object beingtowed...

(v) the towing vessel may direct a searchlight in thedirection of the tow to indicate its presence to anapproaching vessel.

(h) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticablefor a vessel or object being towed to exhibit thelights...prescribed in paragraph (e) or (g) of thisRule, all possible measures shall be taken to light thevessel or object towed or at least to indicate thepresence of the unlighted vessel or object.

(i) Notwithstanding paragraph (c), on the WesternRivers (except below the Huey P. Long Bridge on theMississippi River) and on waters specified by theSecretary, a power−driven vessel when pushingahead or towing alongside, except as paragraph (b)applies, shall exhibit:

(i) sidelights; and(ii) two towing lights in a vertical line.

(j) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticablefor a vessel not normally engaged in towingoperations to display the lights prescribed byparagraph (a),(c) or (i) of this Rule, such vessel shallnot be required to exhibit those lights when engagedin towing another vessel in distress or otherwise inneed of assistance. All possible measures shall betaken to indicate the nature of the relationshipbetween the towing vessel and the vessel beingtowed as authorized by Rule 36, in particular byilluminating the tow.

Rule 25

Sailing Vessels Underway and Vessels underOars

Paragraph (e) has been rewritten:

(e) A vessel proceeding under sail when also beingpropelled by machinery shall exhibit forward whereit can best be seen a conical shape, apex downwards.A vessel of less than 12 meters in length is notrequired to exhibit this shape, but may do so.

APPENDIX VII

270

Rule 27

Vessels Not Under Command or Restricted inTheir Ability to Maneuver

Paragraphs (b)(iii), (c) and (d)(iii) have been rewritten:

(b) (iii) when making way through the water, mastheadlights, sidelights and a sternlight and a sternlightin addition to the lights prescribed insub-paragraph (b)(i);

(c) A power−driven vessel engaged in a towingoperation such as severely restricts the towing vesseland her tow in their ability to deviate from theircourse shall, in addition to the lights or shapesprescribed in subparagraphs (b)(i) and (ii) of thisRule, exhibit the lights or shape prescribed in Rule24.

(d) (iii) when at anchor, the lights or shapes prescribedin this paragraph instead of the lights or shapeprescribed in Rule 30, for anchored vessels.

Rule 28

Vessels Constrained by their Draught

Rule 28 of the International Regulations has been omittedfrom the Inland Rules.

Rule 30

Anchored Vessels and Vessels Aground

Paragraph (d) has been rewritten and paragraph (g) hasbeen added:

(d) A vessel aground shall exhibit the lights prescribedin paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule and in addition,if practicable, where they can best be seen:

(i) two all−round red lights in a vertical line;(ii) three balls in a vertical line.

(g) A vessel of less than 20 meters in length, when atanchor in a special anchorage area designated bythe Secretary, shall not be required to exhibit theanchor lights and shapes required by this Rule.

PART D. SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS

Rule 34

Maneuvering and Warning Signals.

Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) have been rewritten and newparagraphs (g) and (h) have been added:

(a) When power−driven vessels are in sight of oneanother and meeting or crossing at a distance withinhalf a mile of each other, each vessel underway,when maneuvering as authorized or required bythese Rules:

(i) shall indicate that maneuver by the followingsignals on her whistle: one short blast to mean“I intend to leave you on my port side”; twoshort blasts to mean “I intend to leave you onmy starboard side”; and three short blasts tomean “I am operating astern propulsion”.

(ii) upon hearing the one or two blast signal of theother shall, if in agreement, sound the samewhistle signal and take the steps necessary toeffect a safe passing. If, however, from any cause,

the vessel doubts the safety of the proposedmaneuver, she shall sound the danger signalspecified in paragraph (d) of this Rule and eachvessel shall take appropriate precautionary actionuntil a safe passing agreement is made.

(b) Any vessel may supplement the whistle signalsprescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule by lightsignals:

(i) these signals shall have the followingsignificance:� one flash to mean “I intend to leave you on

my port side”;� two flashes to mean “I intend to leave you on

my starboard side”;� three flashes to mean “I am operating astern

propulsion”;(ii) the duration of each flash shall be about 1

second; and(iii) the light used for this signal shall, if fitted, be an

all−round white or yellow light, visible at aminimum range of 2 miles, synchronized with thewhistle, and shall comply with the provisions ofAnnex I to these Rules.

(c) When in sight of one another:(i) a power−driven vessel intending to overtake

another power−driven vessel shall indicate herintention by the following signals on her whistle:� one short blast to mean “I intend to overtake

you on your starboard side”;� two short blasts to mean “I intend to overtake

you on your port side”, and(ii) the power−driven vessel about to be overtaken

shall, if in agreement, sound a similar signal. Ifin doubt she shall sound the danger signalprescribed in paragraph (d).

(g) When a power−driven vessel is leaving a dock orberth, she shall sound one prolonged blast.

(h) A vessel that reaches agreement with another vesselin a head−on, crossing, or overtaking situation, asfor example, by using the radiotelephone asprescribed by the Bridge−to−Bridge RadiotelephoneAct (85 Stat. 164; 33 U.S.C 1201 et seq.), is notobliged to sound the whistle signals prescribed bythis Rule, but may do so. If agreement is notreached, then whistle signals shall be exchanged in atimely manner and shall prevail.

Rule 35

Sound Signals in Restricted VisibilityParagraph (c) has been rewritten and paragraph (d) of theInternational Regulations has been omitted. Paragraphs (e),(f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) become (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i);and new paragraph (j) has been added:

(c) A vessel not under command; a vessel restricted inher ability to maneuver whether underway or atanchor; ..., a sailing vessel; a vessel engaged infishing, whether underway or at anchor; and avessel engaged in towing or pushing another vesselshall, instead of the signals prescribed in paragraphs(a) or (b) of this Rule, sound at intervals of notmore than 2 minutes, three blasts in succession;namely one prolonged followed by two short blasts.

(j) The following vessels shall not be required to soundsignals as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this Rulewhen anchored in a special anchorage areadesignated by the Secretary:

APPENDIX VII

271

(i) a vessel of less than 20 meters in length; and(ii) a barge, canal boat, scow or other nondescript

craft.

Rule 36The complete Rule has been rewritten:

Signals to Attract AttentionIf necessary to attract the attention of another vessel, anyvessel may make light or sound signals that cannot bemistaken for any signal authorized elsewhere in theseRules, or may direct the beam of her searchlight in thedirection of the danger, in such a way as not to embarrassany vessel.

Rule 37

Distress SignalsWhile this Rule remains unaltered an additional signal isgiven in Annexe IV to the Inland Rules, namely:

(o) A high intensity white light flashing at regularintervals from 50 to 70 times per minute.

Rule 38

ExemptionsThis rule has been completely rewritten in full:

Any vessel or class of vessels, the keel of which is laidor which is at a corresponding stage of constructionbefore December 24, 1980, provided that shecomplies with the requirements of:(a) The Act of June 7, 1897 (30 Stat. 96), as

amended (33 U.S.C. 154−232) for vesselsnavigating the waters subject to that statute;

(b) Section 4233 of the Revised Statutes (33 U.S.C.301−356) for vessels navigating the waters subjectto that statute;

(c) The Act of February 8, 1895 (28 Stat. 645), asamended (33 U.S.C. 241−295) for vesselsnavigating the waters subject to that statute; or

(d) Sections 3, 4, and 5 of the Act of April 25, 1940(54 Stat. 163), as amended (46 U.S.C. 526 b, c,and d) for motorboats navigating the waterssubject to that statute; shall be exempted fromcompliance with the technical Annexes to theseRules as follows:

(i) The installation of lights with rangesprescribed in Rule 22, until 4 years after theeffective date of these Rules, except thatvessels of less than 20 meters in length arepermanently exempt;.

(ii) The installation of lights with colorspecifications as prescribed in Section 7 ofAnnex 1 to these Rules, until 4 years after theeffective date of these Rules, except thatvessels of less than 20 meters in length arepermanently exempt;

(iii) The repositioning of lights as a result of aconversion to metric units and rounding offmeasurement figures, are permanently exempt,and:

(iv) The horizontal repositioning of masthead lightsprescribed by Annex I to these Rules:

1. on vessels of less than 150 metres in length,permanent exemption.

2. on vessels of 150 metres or more in length,until 9 years after the effective date of theseRules.

(v) The restructuring or repositioning of all lightsto meet the prescriptions of Annex I to theseRules, until 9 years after the effective date ofthese Rules.

(vi) Power−driven vessels of 12 meters or more butless than 20 meters in length are permanentlyexempt from the provisions of Rule 23 (a)(i)and Rule 23 (a)(iv) provided that, in place ofthese lights, the vessel exhibits a white lightaft visible all round the horizon; and:

(vii)The requirements for sound signal appliancesprescribed in Annex III to these Rules, until 9years after the effective date of these Rules.

272

APPENDIX VIII

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 15 — COMMERCE AND FOREIGN TRADE

Appendix VIII contains extracts from Subparts F and I ofthe above regulations issued by the United StatesDepartment of Commerce. For a complete description ofthis part see 15 CFR 922.

PART 922 — NATIONAL MARINESANCTUARY PROGRAM REGULATIONS

Subpart F — Monitor National Marine Sanctuary

§922.60 Boundary.The Monitor National Marine Sanctuary (Sanctuary)consists of a vertical water column in the Atlantic Oceanone mile in diameter extending from the sea bed, the centreof which is at 35°00′·4N 75°24′·5W.

§922.61 Prohibited or otherwise regulatedactivities.Except as may be permitted by the Director, the followingactivities are prohibited and thus are unlawful for anyperson to conduct or cause to be conducted within theSanctuary:

(a) Anchoring in any manner, stopping, remaining, ordrifting without power at any time.

(b) Any type of subsurface salvage or recoveryoperation.

(c) Diving of any type, whether by an individual or by asubmersible.

(d) Lowering below the surface of the water anygrappling, suction, conveyor, dredging or wreckingdevice.

(e) Detonating below the surface of the water anyexplosive or explosive mechanism.

(f) Drilling or coring the seabed.(g) Lowering, laying, positioning or raising any type of

seabed cable or cable−laying device.(h) Trawling, or:(i) Discharging waste material into the water in

violation of any Federal or statute or regulation.

Subpart I — Grays Reef National Marine Sanctuary

§922.90 BoundaryThe Gray’s Reef National Marine Sanctuary (Sanctuary)consists of 16.68 square nautical miles (NM) of high seawaters off the coast of Georgia. The Sanctuary boundaryincludes all waters within a rectangle starting at coordinate:

(31°21′·7N 80°55′·3W), commencing to coordinate:(31°25′·3N 80°55′·3W), thence to coordinate:(31°25′·3N 80°49′·7W), thence to coordinate:

(31°21′·7N 80°49′·7W), thence back to the point oforigin.

§922.91 Prohibited or otherwise regulatedactivities.(a) Except as may be necessary for national defense (subject

to the terms and conditions of Article 5, Section 2 of theDesignation Document) or to respond to an emergencythreatening life, property, or the environment, or exceptas may be permitted by the Director in accordance with§922.48 and §922.92, the following activities areprohibited and thus are unlawful for any person toconduct or cause to be conducted within the Sanctuary:(1) Dredging, drilling, or otherwise altering the seabed in

any way nor constructing any structure other than anavigation aid.

(2) Discharging or depositing any material or othermatter except:

(i) Fish or parts, bait, and chumming materials.(ii) Effluent from marine sanitation devices.(iii) Vessel cooling waters.

(3) Operating a watercraft other than in accordance withthe Federal rules and regulations that would apply ifthere were no Sanctuary.

(4) Using, placing, or possessing wire fish traps.(5) Using a bottom trawl, specimen dredge, or similar

vessel−towed bottom sampling device.(6)(i) (a) Breaking, cutting, or similarly damaging,

taking, or removing any bottom formation,marine invertebrate, or marine plant.

(b) Taking any tropical fish.(c) Using poisons, electric charges, explosives, or

similar methods to take any marine animal nototherwise prohibited to be taken.

(ii) There shall be a rebuttable presumption that anybottom formation, marine invertebrate, tropicalfish, marine plant, or marine animal found in thepossession of a person within the Sanctuary havebeen collected within or removed from theSanctuary.

(7) Tempering with, damaging, or removing any historiccultural resources.

(b)All activities currently carried out by the Department ofDefense within the Sanctuary are essential for thenational defense and therefore not subject to theprohibitions in this section. The exemption of additionalactivities having significant impacts shall be determinedin consultation between the Director and the Departmentof Defense.

273

APPENDIX IX

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 50 — WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES

Appendix IX contains extracts from parts 222, 226 and 622of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 50 —Wildlife and Fisheries.

PART 222 — GENERAL ENDANGERED ANDTHREATENED MARINE SPECIES

Subpart A — Introduction and General Provisions

§222.101 Purpose and scope of regulations.(a) The regulations of parts 222, 223, and 224 and this

chapter implement the Endangered Species Act (Act),and govern the taking, possession, transportation, sale,purchase, barter, exportation, importation of, and otherrequirements pertaining to wildlife and plants under thejurisdiction of the Secretary of Commerce anddetermined to be threatened or endangered pursuant tosection 4(a) of the Act. These regulations areimplemented by the National Marine Fisheries Service,National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, USDepartment of Commerce. This part pertains to generalprovisions and definitions. Specifically, parts 223 and224 pertain to provisions to threatened species andendangered species, respectively. Part 226 enumeratesdesignated critical habitat for endangered and threatenedspecies. Certain of the endangered and threatened marinespecies enumerated in §§224.102 and 223.102 areincluded in Appendix I or II to the Convention onInternational Trade of Endangered Species of WildFauna or Flora. The importation, exportation, andre−exportation of such species are subject to additionalregulations set forth in 50 CFR part 23, chapter 1.

(b)For rules and procedures relating to species determinedto be threatened or endangered under the jurisdiction ofthe Secretary of the Interior, see 50 CFR parts 10through 17. For rules and procedures relating to thegeneral implementation of the Act jointly by theDepartments of the Interior and Commerce and forcertain species under the joint jurisdiction of both theSecretaries of the Interior and Commerce, see 50 CFRChapter IV. Marine mammals listed as endangered orthreatened and subject to these regulations may also besubject to additional requirements pursuant to the MarineMammal Protection Act (for regulations implementingthat act, see CFR part 216.

(c) No statute or regulation of any state shall be construedto relieve a person from the restrictions, conditions, andrequirements contained in parts 222, 223, and 224 ofthis chapter. In addition, nothing in parts 222, 223, and224 of this chapter, including any permit issued pursuantthereto, shall be construed to relieve a person from anyother requirements imposed by a statute or regulation ofany state or of the United States, including anyapplicable health, quarantine, agricultural, or customslaws or regulations or any other National MarineFisheries Service enforced statutes or regulations.

PART 224 — ENDANGERED MARINE ANDANADROMOUS SPECIES

§224.103 Special prohibitions for endangeredmarine mammals.(c) Approaching right whales

(1) Prohibitions. Except as provided under paragraph(b)(3) of this section, it is unlawful for any personsubject to the jurisdiction of the United States tocommit, attempt to commit, to solicit another tocommit, or cause to be committed any of thefollowing acts:

(i) Approach (including by interception) within500 yards (460 m) of a right whale by vessel,aircraft, or any other means.

(ii) Fail to undertake required right whale avoidancemeasures specified under paragraph (b)(2) of thissection.

(2) Right whale avoidance measures. Except as providedunder paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the followingavoidance measures must be taken if within500 yards (460 m) of a right whale:

(1) If underway, a vessel must steer a course awayfrom the right whale and immediately leave thearea at a slow safe speed.

(2) An aircraft must take a course away from theright whale and immediately leave the area at aconstant airspeed.

(3) Exceptions. The following exceptions apply to thissection, but any person who claims the applicabilityof an exception has the burden of proving that theexception is applicable:

(i) Paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do notapply if a right whale approach is authorized bythe National Marine Fisheries Service through apermit issued under part 222, subpart C, of thischapter (General Permit Procedures) or through asimilar authorization.

(ii) Paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do notapply where compliance would create animminent and serious threat to a person, vessel, oraircraft.

(iii)Paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do notapply when approaching to investigate a rightwhale entanglement or injury, or to assist in thedisentanglement or rescue of a right whale,provided that permission is received from theNational Marine Fisheries Service NMFS ordesignee prior to the approach.

(iv)Paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do notapply to an aircraft unless the aircraft isconducting whale watch activities.

(v) Paragraph (c)(2) of this section does not apply tothe extent that a vessel is restricted in her abilityto manoeuvre and, because of the restriction,cannot comply with paragraph (c)(2) of thissection.

PART 226 — DESIGNATED CRITICALHABITAT

§226.101 Purpose and scope.The regulations contained in this part identify those habitatsdesignated by the Secretary of Commerce as critical under

APPENDIX IX

274

section 4 of the Act, for endangered and threatened speciesunder the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Commerce. Thosespecies are enumerated at §223.102 of this chapter ifthreatened, and at §224.101 of this chapter if endangered.For regulations pertaining to the designation of criticalhabitat, see part 424 of this title, and for regulationspertaining to prohibition against the adverse modification ordestruction of critical habitat, see part 402 of this title.Maps and charts identifying designated critical habitat thatare not provided in this section may be obtained uponrequest to the Office of Protected Resources (see §222.102,definition of “Office of Protected Resources”).

§226.203 Critical habitat for Northern RightWhales.Northern Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis)(a) South Eastern United States. The coastal waters between

31°15’N. and 30°15’N. from the coast out 15 nauticalmiles; and the coastal waters between 30°15’N. and28°00’N. from the coast out 5 nautical miles.For Ship Reporting System see Admiralty List of RadioSignals Volume 6(5).

Part 622 Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf, andSouth AtlanticThe regulations in this part govern the conservation andmanagement of species. For a complete description of thispart see 50 CFR 622.

275

APPENDIX X

FORMER MINED AREAS

NEW JERSEY

Charts 2860, 2755, 2563Barnegat Inlet to Absecon InletThe area within a circle of radius 1 mile with its centre in39°26′⋅8N 73°56′⋅6W.

DELAWARE, NEW JERSEY

Charts 2564, 2563Delaware BayThe area bounded by the parallels of 38°48′N and 38°41′N,and by meridians 74°50′W and 75°01′W.

VIRGINIA

Chart 2919Chesapeake Bay EntranceThe area bounded by lines joining the following positions:

(a) 36°50′⋅0N 75°56′⋅0W.(b) 36°57′⋅0N 75°56′⋅0W.(c) 36°57′⋅0N 75°59′⋅3W.(d) 37°04′⋅3N 75°53′⋅0W.(e) 37°01′⋅0N 75°50′⋅0W.(f) 37°01′⋅0N 75°39′⋅0W.(g) 36°50′⋅0N 75°39′⋅0W.

NORTH CAROLINA

Chart 2864Cape HatterasThe area within a circle of radius 12 miles with its centrein 35°09′⋅0N 75°43′⋅3W.

SOUTH CAROLINA

Charts 2806, 2864CharlestonThe area bounded by lines joining the following positions:

(a) 32°46′⋅0N 79°43′⋅0W.(b) 32°46′⋅0N 79°37′⋅0W.(c) 32°35′⋅0N 79°37′⋅0W.(d) 32°35′⋅0N 79°51′⋅0W.(e) 32°40′⋅0N 79°51′⋅0W.

FLORIDA

Chart 2808St Johns RiverThe area bounded by lines joining the following positions:

(a) 30°24′⋅0N 81°22′⋅3W, North Breakwater.(b) 30°26′⋅0N 81°17′⋅0W.(c) 30°26′⋅0N 81°17′⋅0W.(d) 30°22′⋅0N 81°17′⋅0W.(e) 30°22′⋅0N 81°21′⋅0W.(f) 30°23′⋅4N 81°22′⋅3W, South Breakwater.

276

INDEX

Names without a paragraph number are for gazetteer purposes only

Aberdeen Creek (37°20′N 76°35′W)Aberdeen Proving Ground 6.170. . . . . . . . . Absecon Inlet 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academy Creek 8.251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acosta Bridge 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adam Island 5.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adams Creek 7.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adams Island 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Albemarle Sound 7.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alexandria 5.116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 5.125. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 5.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 5.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 5.116. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 5.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 5.120. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 5.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alligator River 7.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pungo River Canal 7.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allmondsville 4.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alloway Creek (39°30′N 75°32′W)Altamaha Sound (31°19′N 81°18′W)Amelia Island 9.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 9.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amelia River 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anacostia River 5.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anastasia Island 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Andrews Island 8.225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annapolis 6.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antipoison Creek (37°38′N 76°20′W)Appalachian Mountains 6.116. . . . . . . . . . . Appomattox River (37°19′N 77°17′W)Appoquinimink River (39°27′N 75°35′W)Aquia Creek (38°24′N 77°19′W)Archers Creek 8.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arlington Channel 9.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arnold Point: Delaware River 3.131. . . . . .

Shoal 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arnold Point: Elk River 6.180. . . . . . . . . . . Artificial Island 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arundel Cove 6.162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ashe Island 8.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ashepoo River 8.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ashley River 8.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assateague Island 3.356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assateague Light 3.363. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assawoman Bay 3.356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assawoman Bay, Little 3.353. . . . . . . . . . . Assawoman Canal 3.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assawoman Inlet (37°49′N 75°30′W)Atlanta 1.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Atlantic Beach (34°42′N 76°44′W)Atlantic City 3.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Shoal 3.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avon 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aylett 4.246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Baber Point 5.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bachelor Point 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Bay (36°36′N 75°56′W)Back Channel 3.294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Creek (39°18′N 75°17′W)Back Creek (38°58′N 76°29′W)Back Creek: Elk River 6.167. . . . . . . . . . . . Back Creek: Patuxent River 5.171. . . . . . . . Back Creek (37°12′N 76°25′W)Back River: Chesapeake Bay 4.232. . . . . . . Back River 6.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back River: Saint Johns River 9.128. . . . . . Back River (32°05′N 81°03′W)Baker Shoal 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bald Head 7.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoal 7.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 7.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baldhead Caswell 7.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baltimore 6.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 6.117. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 6.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions for entering harbour 6.129. . . Directions for berths 6.132. . . . . . . . . . . General information 6.101. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor 6.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light 6.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 6.108. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 6.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Baltimore−WashingtonInternational airport 6.161. . . . . . . . . . . .

Banana River 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar Channel 8.256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar Channel 4.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barden Inlet (34°38′N 76°31′W)Barnegat Inlet 1.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barrel Point 4.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barren Island 5.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bartram Island,

see Quarantine Island 9.114. . . . . . . . . . . Battery 8.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Creek 8.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Island 7.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battle Creek (38°27′N 76°36′W)Bay Point: Port Royal Sound 8.133. . . . . . .

Reach 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bay Point: Saint Helena Sound 8.103. . . . . Bay Point: South Edisto River 8.105. . . . . . Bay River 7.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bay Shore Channel 3.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bayboro 7.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beach Channel 4.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beach Haven 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inlet 3.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beach Island 5.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bear Creek (39°14′N 76°30′W)Bear Inlet (34°38′N 77°11′W)Bear Neck Creek 6.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bear Point (39°26′N 76°05′W)Beaufort Inlet 7.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beaufort (34°43′N 76°40′W)Beaufort: South Carolina 8.109. . . . . . . . . .

River 8.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belvidere Shoal 6.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ben Davis Point 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoal 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Benedict 5.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Benjamin Franklin Bridge 3.275. . . . . . . . . Bennett Point 6.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Benoni Point 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Berkley 4.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bethany Beach 3.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Betsy Ross Bridge 3.313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Betterton 6.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Big Annemessex River (38°03′N 75°52′W)Big Timber Creek (39°53′N 75°08′W)Bight Channel, The 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bird Island 7.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bird Island: Savannah River 8.190. . . . . . . Bishops Head 5.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black Ditch Bar 3.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black Point (39°26′N 76°06′W)Blackbeard Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackfish Bank 3.364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackwalnut Point 5.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackwater River 7.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blake Channel 3.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Blake Plateau 1.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bloodsworth Island 5.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bloody Point (38°51′N 76°23′W)

Bar Light 6.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blount Island 9.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 9.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluff Point: Chesapeake Bay 5.25. . . . . . . . Bluff Point: Potomac River 5.93. . . . . . . . . Bluff Shoal 7.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blundering Point 4.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blunt Point 4.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bodie Island 7.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 7.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bodkin Island 6.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bodkin Point 6.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal 6.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bogue Banks 7.85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bogue Inlet 7.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bogue Sound 7.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bohemia River (39°29′N 75°56′W)Bombay Hook Point 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal 3.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bonum Creek (38°06′N 76°35′W)Booby Point 6.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bowlers Rock 5.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bowley Bar 6.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Braddock Point 8.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley Point 8.223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bramell Point 3.233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brandon 4.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Point 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brandy Point 8.261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brandywine Range 3.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brandywine Shoal 3.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Breakwater Harbor 3.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Breton Bay 5.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brewerton Angle 6.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brewerton Channel 6.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brickhill River 9.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brickhouse Landing 4.243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brickyard Creek 8.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bridesburg 3.324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brigantine 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inlet 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brigantine Shoal 3.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bristol 3.343. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Broad Creek 5.197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Broad Creek (37°57′N 75°52′W)Broad Creek (37°34′N 76°19′W)Broad River 8.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brooks Creek (38°33′N 76°16′W)Broward Point 9.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brown Shoal 3.89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Browns Bay (37°18′N 76°24′W)Browns Inlet 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brunswick 8.225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 8.242. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 8.267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions for approach and entry 8.255. Directions for entering harbour 8.258. . . Directions for berths 8.264. . . . . . . . . . . General information 8.225. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor 8.251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 8.234. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 8.272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brunswick River (34°11′N 77°58′W)Brunswick River 8.228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bryan Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck Neck Landing 6.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buckroe Beach 4.220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INDEX

277

Bulkhead Shoal 3.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel 3.159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bull Bay 7.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bull Breakers 8.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bull Island 8.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bull River (32°31′N 80°34′W)Bull, The 9.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bulls Bay 8.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bundick 5.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burlington 3.328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Island 3.332. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burlington — Bristol Lift Bridge 3.313. . . . Burton Point 4.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burwell Bay 4.146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cabin Branch 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cacaway Island 6.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cadle Creek 6.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cainhoy 8.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibogue Sound 8.208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant 5.145. . Cambridge 5.186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 5.188. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 5.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creek 5.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 5.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 5.186. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 5.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 5.187. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 5.192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Camden 3.301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Canaveral, Cape 9.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 9.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weather Rocket Impact Area 9.144. . . . .

Canton 6.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape Charles Harbor 4.199. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 4.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape Fear River 7.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape Henry Channel 4.193. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape Island, Point 7.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May Canal 3.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May Channel 3.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May Harbor 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May Inlet 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May Point 3.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May rifle range 3.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May, town 3.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape May — Lewes Ferry 3.84. . . . . . . . . . Cape Romain Shoal 7.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape; see proper nameCapers Inlet (32°51′N 79°42′W)Capers Island: Charleston 8.14. . . . . . . . . . Capers Island: Port Royal Sound 8.14. . . . . Carney’s Point 3.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carolina Beach 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inlet (34°05′N 77°52′W)Carr Creek 6.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carter Creek (37°39′N 76°26′W)Caryn Seamount 1.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Castle Haven Point 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Castle Pinckney 8.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cat Creek (38°25′N 76°37′W)Cat Island 8.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catfish Point 7.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cedar Creek (39°18′N 75°15′W)Cedar Point 5.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change Point 5.196. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapman Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charles, Cape 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charleston 8.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anchorages 8.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrival information 8.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 8.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions for approaches 8.57. . . . . . . . Directions for inside the harbour 8.60. . . Directions for berths 8.69. . . . . . . . . . . . General information 8.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor 8.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 8.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting Conditions 8.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 8.86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side channels 8.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cheatham Annex 4.241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chechessee River 8.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cherry Point: Piankatank River 4.215. . . . . Cherry Point: Rappahannock River 5.29. . . Cherrystone Channel 4.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cherrystone Reef 4.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chesapeake 4.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Beach 6.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel 4.193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light 4.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chesapeake and Delaware Canal 3.135. . . . Chesapeake Bay 4.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Approaches and Entrance 4.14. . . . . . . . Bridge−Tunnel 4.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Part 4.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Channel 4.197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilotage 4.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautionary Areas 4.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . South anchorages 4.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South−west Part 4.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chesapeake Bay Basin 5.155. . . . . . . . . . . . Chesapeake City 3.135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chesconessex Creek (37°45′N 75°49′W)Chester 3.214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Creek (39°51′N 75°22′W)Island 3.207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chester River 6.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chester Shoal 9.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chestertown 6.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cheston Point 6.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chicamuxen Creek 5.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chickahominy River (37°15′N 76°53′W)Chincoteague 3.362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bay 3.356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel 3.362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inlet 3.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoals (37°51′N 75°19′W)

Chopawamsic Creek (38°30′N 77°19′W)Chopawamsic Island 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . Choptank River 5.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chowan River 7.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christiana 3.169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christina River 3.168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chuckatuck Creek (36°55′N 76°30′W)Church Point 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City Front Channel 8.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City Front Reach 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City of Columbia: Charleston 8.66. . . . . . . Claiborne 6.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clay Bank 4.230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clay Island 5.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Claymont 3.212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clifton Beach Light 5.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clump Island 5.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clumps Island 5.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaches Island (38°45′N 76°22′W)Coan River 5.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cobb Island 5.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cobb Point 5.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bar 5.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cobham Bay 4.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockpit Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockrell Creek 5.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockspur Island 8.188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cohansey River 3.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coleman Memorial Bridge 4.224. . . . . . . . . Colgate Creek 6.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Creek (38°59′N 76°30′W)College Creek (37°13′N 76°42′W)College Point 3.322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colleton River 8.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coltons Point 5.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Columbia, town 7.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commodore John Barry Bridge 3.201. . . . . Commodore Point 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conrail Lift Bridge 3.275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concord Point 6.192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooper Point 3.291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooper River: Calibogue Sound 8.211. . . . Cooper River: Charleston 8.66. . . . . . . . . . . Coosaw River 8.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copps Landing 8.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Core Banks 7.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Core Creek 7.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Core Sound (34°51′N 76°21′W)Corkscrew, The 4.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cornelia, Mount 9.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cornfield Harbor 5.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cornfield Point 5.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corrotoman Point 5.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corrotoman River 5.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corsica River (39°05′N 76°09′W)Corson Inlet 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Country and ports 1.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

United States of America 1.66. . . . . . . . . Flora and fauna 1.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . General description 1.66. . . . . . . . . . . Government 1.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History 1.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Language 1.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . National limits 1.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical features 1.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . Population 1.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Port services — summary 1.134. . . . . . . Principal ports 1.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delaware 1.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . District of Columbia 1.99. . . . . . . . . . Florida 1.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Georgia 1.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maryland 1.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Jersey 1.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Carolina 1.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennsylvania 1.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South Carolina 1.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Virginia 1.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Courthouse Landing 4.246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Courthouse Point 6.181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cove Point 5.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 5.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Columbia LNG Terminal 5.156. . . . . . . .

Cove, The 8.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cowen Creek 8.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cowen Reach 8.135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crab Alley Bay 6.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crab Alley Neck 6.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crab Bank 8.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crab Point: Delaware River 3.234. . . . . . . . Crab Point: Honga River 5.153. . . . . . . . . . Craighill Angle 6.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Craighill Channel 6.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Craighill Entrance 6.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cramer Hill 3.294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Craney Island 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Creek (36°53′N 76°21′W)Disposal Area 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flats 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reach 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Crisfield 5.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Croatan Sound 7.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crooked River 9.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crooms Bridge 7.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crosswicks Creek (40°09′N 74°43′W)Crow Shoal 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crumpton 6.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cuckold Creek: Patuxent River 5.174. . . . . Cumberland Dividings 9.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cumberland Island 9.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cumberland Landing 4.243. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cumberland River 9.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cumberland Sound 9.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cummings Creek 5.196. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cummings Point 8.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INDEX

278

Currituck Beach Lighthouse 7.22. . . . . . . . Currituck Sound (36°18′N 76°52′W)Curtis Bay 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 6.135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtis Creek 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cutoff Angle 6.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dahlgren 5.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dam Neck Naval Station 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . Dameron Marsh 5.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dames Point 9.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dancing Point 4.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Daniel Island 8.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reach 8.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darby Creek (39°52′N 75°19′W)Daufuskie Island 8.208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Davis Creek (37°24′N 76°25′W)Daws Island 8.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Days Point 4.146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Daytona Beach 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deadman Shoal 3.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deal Island 5.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deep Creek: Mobjack Bay 4.209. . . . . . . . . Deep Creek (37°47′N 75°45′W)Deep Creek (37°05′N 76°32′W)Deep Point 5.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deepwater Point: Delaware River 3.165. . . Delaware 1.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware and Lehigh Canal 3.343. . . . . . . . Delaware Bay 3.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anchorages 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Breakwater Harbor 3.99. . . . . . . . . . . Harbor of Refuge 3.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . General Anchorage 3.115. . . . . . . . . .

Approaches 3.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance 3.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ice 3.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilotage 3.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautionary Area 3.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulated Navigation Area 3.60. . . . . . . Traffic separation scheme 3.56. . . . . . . . Two−Way Route 3.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delaware Breakwater 3.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware City (39°35′N 75°36′W)Delaware Memorial Bridges 3.149. . . . . . . Delaware Point 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware River 3.122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anchorages 3.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware Turnpike Bridge 3.331. . . . . . . . . Dennis Creek (39°10′N 74°54′W)Deposit, Port 6.202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dewey Beach 3.65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dewees Inlet (32°49′N 79°43′W)Dewees Island 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diamond Shoals 7.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diehl Point 3.319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dismal Swamp Canal 7.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . District of Colombia 1.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividing Creek (39°12′N 75°02′W)Dobbins Island 6.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dogue Creek (38°42′N 77°07′W)Dolphin Head 8.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dredge Harbor 3.326. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum Inlet (34°51′N 76°19′W)Drum Island 8.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reach 8.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum Island Flats 4.227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum Point 5.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drummond Point 9.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duck Island 3.347. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dunks Bar 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dunks Point 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dutchman Point: Mobjack Bay 4.209. . . . . Dutchman Point: Rhode River 6.29. . . . . . . Dymer Creek (37°40′N 76°20′W)

Eagle Point 3.298. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East Bank 7.201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East Burlington 3.328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East River: Brunswick 8.251. . . . . . . . . . . .

East River: Mobjack Bay 4.214. . . . . . . . . . Eastern Bay 6.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eastern Neck Island 6.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easton 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Point 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eastport 6.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Echo Beach 3.320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eddystone 3.214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Generating Station Terminal 3.220. . . . . Range 3.209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Edenton Bay (36°04′N 76°37′W)Edgemoor 3.218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edisto Beach 8.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edisto Island 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eight Mile Point 3.316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elba Island 8.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cut 8.162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elbow of Cross Ledge Light 3.117. . . . . . . Elizabeth City 7.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elizabeth River 4.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Eastern Branch 4.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Western Branch 4.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elk Neck 6.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elk River 6.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elsinboro Point 3.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eltham Bridge 4.243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Empire Point 9.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engagement Hill 7.11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enterprises Refinery Terminal 3.160. . . . . . Essington (39°52′N 75°18′W)Estherville−Minim Creek Canal 7.207. . . . . Eugene Talmadge Memorial Bridge 8.166.

Fairfield 6.146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fairhaven 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fairles Works Steel Company 3.346. . . . . . Fairmount Dam 3.238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fairview 6.156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Falling Creek 4.171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . False Cape (28°35′N 80°35′W)False Cape: Virginia 7.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Farm Creek (38°18′N 76°03′W)Fayetteville 7.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fear, Cape 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal Point 7.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fells Point 6.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fenwick Cut 8.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fenwick Island 3.356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.365. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fenwick Shoal 3.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fernandina Beach 9.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ferry Bar 6.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 6.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ferry Cove (38°46′N 76°20′W)Ferry Point 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fields Cut 8.211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finns Point 3.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fisher Point 3.309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fisher Point Dike 3.304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fishermans Island 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fishing Battery 6.199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fishing Bay (38°15′N 76°00′W)Fishing Creek Shoal 3.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fishing Creek 6.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fishing Creek (38°21′N 76°14′W)Fishing Creek (38°32′N 76°12′W)Fishing Point: Assateague Island 3.364. . . . Fishing Point: Curtis Bay 6.144. . . . . . . . . . Fishing Point: Patuxent River 5.166. . . . . . Fishing Rip 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Five Fathom Bank 3.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Five Fathom Creek 8.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Harbor (38°28′N 76°28′W)Flagler Beach 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flatcap Point 5.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fleeton 5.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Point 5.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fleets Bay 5.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fleets Island (37°37′N 76°17′W)

Florence 3.336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bend 3.335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Florida 1.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folly Beach 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folly Island 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forest Beach 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Carroll 6.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Caswell 7.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Clinch 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Delaware 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Eustis 4.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Fremont Reach 8.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort George Inlet 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort George Island 9.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort George Island, town 9.127. . . . . . . . . . Fort Johnson 8.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Macon 7.88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Creek 7.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State Park 7.88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fort McHenry Channel 6.131. . . . . . . . . . . Fort Mifflin 3.228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Monroe 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Moultrie 8.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Pulaski National Monument 8.161. . . . Fort Sumter 8.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Washington 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fort Wool 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four Mile Run (38°50′N 77°03′W)Fourteen Foot Bank 3.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 3.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Francis Scott Key Bridge 6.109. . . . . . . . . . Frazier Point 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fredericksburg 5.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fredericktown 6.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fripp Inlet (32°20′N 80°28′W)Frying Pan Lighthouse 7.74. . . . . . . . . . . . . Frying Pan Shoals 7.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frying Pan Shoals Slue (33°39′N 77°53′W)

Gale Creek 7.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Galesville 6.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gargathy Inlet (37°47′N 75°32′W)Garrett Island 6.193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gaskin Banks 8.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Georgia 1.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Georgetown Channel 5.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . Georgetown: Sassafras River 6.187. . . . . . . Georgetown: South Carolina 7.216. . . . . . .

Arrival information 7.218. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 7.221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions for entering harbour 7.220. . . General information 7.216. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 7.219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighthouse 7.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 7.217. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 7.222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Georgetown: Washington DC 5.133. . . . . . Gibson Island 6.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gibson Point 3.242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Girard Point 3.256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glass House Point 4.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glebe Bay 6.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glebe Creek 6.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glebe Point 5.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gloucester City 3.300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gloucester Point 3.291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Goose Creek: Cooper River 8.84. . . . . . . . . Goose Creek (38°16′N 76°02′W)Goose Creek: Pamlico River 7.41. . . . . . . . Goose Hill Channel 4.141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Goose Hill Flats 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Goose Island Flats 3.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grand View 4.220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gray’s Reef

National Marine Sanctuary 8.218. . . . . . Grays Creek (37°11′N 76°48′W)Great Egg Harbor Inlet 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . Great Fox Island 5.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Great Gull Bank (38°16′N 75°02′W)

INDEX

279

Great Machipongo Inlet 3.367. . . . . . . . . . . Great Marsh Point 5.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Great North Breakers 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . Great Pee Dee River 7.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Great Shoals Light 5.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Great Wicomico River 5.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . Greenbury Point 6.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greenleaf Point 5.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greensboro 5.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grubbs Landing Light−beacon 3.203. . . . . . Guilford Creek (37°51′N 75°41′W)Guinea Marshes 4.219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gunnison Cut 9.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gunpowder River 6.186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gunston Cove (38°40′N 77°09′W)

Hackett Point 6.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hains Point 5.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Half Pone Point 5.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Halifax Creek 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Halifax River 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hallowing Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hambrooks Bar Light 5.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hampton 4.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bar 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flats 4.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roads 4.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anchorages 4.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 4.53. . . . . . . . . . . Side channel 4.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hampton River: Georgia 8.152. . . . . . . . . . Hampton River: Virginia 4.70. . . . . . . . . . . Handys Point 6.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor of Refuge: Delaware Bay 3.95. . . . . Harbor River (32°25′N 80°26′W)Hare Island 7.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris Creek 5.196. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harry W. Nice Memorial Bridge 5.108. . . . Hart Bridge 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harvey Cedars 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hatteras 7.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inlet 7.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighthouse 7.56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Island 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoals 7.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hatteras, Cape 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighthouse 7.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Havre De Grace 6.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hawk Cove 6.185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hawkins Point 6.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal 6.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hearns Cove (38°17′N 76°05′W)Hellen Creek (38°22′N 76°29′W)Hen and Chickens Shoal 3.89. . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks Point 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Henlopen, Cape 3.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Henry, Cape 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 4.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hereford Inlet 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 3.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heron Island Bar 5.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herring Bay 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herring Creek (38°11′N 76°33′W)Herrington Harbour 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hertford 7.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hetzel Shoal 9.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hills Bay 4.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hills Point 5.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hillsborough River 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hilton Head 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Island 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hog Island: Charleston 8.63. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel (32°47′N 79°52′W)Reach 8.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hog Island: Delaware River 3.235. . . . . . . . Hog Island: James River 4.138. . . . . . . . . . Hog Point: James River 4.138. . . . . . . . . . . Hog Point: Patuxent River 5.157. . . . . . . . .

Hogg Island 6.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday Harbor (36°51′N 76°18′W)Holland Island Bar Light 5.61. . . . . . . . . . . Holland Point: Chesapeake Bay 6.22. . . . . . Holland Point: Choptank River 5.197. . . . . Holland Straits (38°08′N 76°03′W)Honga, River 5.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood Point 6.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hooper Island Light 5.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hooper Islands 5.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hooper Point 5.195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hooper Strait 5.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hope Creek (39°27′N 75°30′W)

Jetty Light 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monument 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hopewell 4.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horn Harbor (37°22′N 76°16′W)Horn Point (38°58′N 76°28′W)Horse Reach 8.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horsehead Cliffs 5.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horseshoe 4.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horseshoe Shoal 3.291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hospital Point 4.57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Howell Point: Choptank River 5.184. . . . . . Howell Point: Head of the Bay 6.177. . . . .

Light 6.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hudson Creek (38°33′N 76°15′W)Hudson Canyon 1.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Huggins Point 5.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hunting Creek (37°47′N 75°43′W)Hunting Island 8.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 8.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Island 8.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indian Creek 5.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indian Head 5.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indian River 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

North 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indian River Inlet 3.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ingram Bay 5.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intracoastal Waterway: Atlantic 7.5. . . . . . . Irish Creek (38°42′N 76°13′W)Island Creek (38°40′N 76°09′W)Island Creek (38°25′N 76°33′W)Isle of Palms 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isle of Wight Bay 3.356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isle of Wight Shoal 3.364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jack Spot Shoal 3.364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson Creek (37°33′N 76°20′W)Jacksonville 9.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 9.88. . . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 9.124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions for berths 9.122. . . . . . . . . . . Directions for entering harbour 9.105. . . General information 9.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 9.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intracoastal Waterway 9.121. . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 9.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 9.138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side channels 9.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jacksonville Beach 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jail Point 4.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Island 5.176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James River 4.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bridge 4.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 4.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Part 4.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Part 4.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jamestown Ferry 4.137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jamestown Island 4.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janes Island Light 5.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jay Bird Shoals 7.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jefferson Island (38°46′N 76°22′W)Jekyll Creek 8.231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jekyll Island 8.229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jekyll Sound 8.231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Flogger Shoal 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . John F. Kennedy Space Centre, The 9.150.

Joiner Bank 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jolly River (30°43′N 81°30′W)Jones Creek 6.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jones Neck Bend 4.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jones Neck Cutoff 4.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jones Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jordan Point 4.136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kedges Straits 5.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kelly Point 3.155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ken Point 6.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kennon Marsh 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kent Island 6.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Narrows (38°58′N 76°15′W)Kent Point 6.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kettle Bottom Shoals 5.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Inlet (33°01′N 79°24′W)Kiawah Island 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kill Devil Hills 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilmarnock 5.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wharf 5.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kings Bay 9.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kings Creek (37°17′N 76°00′W)Kings Ferry 9.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kingscote Creek 5.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kingsley Creek 9.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kinsale 5.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kitts Point 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kitty Hawk 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kure Beach 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

La Trappe Creek (38°38′N 76°07′W)Lafayette River (36°54′N 76°18′W)Lake; see proper nameLamberts Bend 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberts Point 4.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanceford Creek (30°40′N 81°29′W)Langford Creek 6.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lawnes Point 4.146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lazaretto Point 6.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leading Point 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . League Island 3.291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leechville 7.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leeds Creek (38°48′N 76°12′W)Leipsic River (39°14′N 75°25′W)Lewes Ferry Terminal 3.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . Lewes and Rehoboth Canal 3.82. . . . . . . . . Lewisetta 5.99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighthouse Inlet (32°41′N 79°53′W)Liston Point 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Monument 3.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Annemessex River (37°58′N 75°52′W)Little Assawoman Bay 3.353. . . . . . . . . . . . Little Bay 5.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Choptank River 5.193. . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Cove Point 5.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Creek: Chesapeake Bay 4.46. . . . . . .

Ferry 4.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Cumberland Island 9.19. . . . . . . . . . . Little Deal Island 5.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Egg Inlet 3.28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Gull Bank (38°18′N 75°03′W)Little Inlet (37°11′N 75°49′W)Little River (36°08′N 76°13′W)Little River Inlet 7.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Saint Simons Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . Little Talbot Island 9.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Tinicum Island 3.236. . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Tybee Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Little Wicomico River (37°52′N 76°14′W)Liverpool Point 5.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd Point 6.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locklies Creek (37°36′N 76°26′W)Lockwoods Folly Inlet (33°55′N 78°14′W)Locust Grove 4.246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locust Point 6.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long Bar 6.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long Bay 7.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long Beach Island 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long Point: Pocomoke Sound 5.49. . . . . . .

INDEX

280

Long Point: Wicomico River 5.66. . . . . . . . Longport 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lookout Bight 7.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lookout Breakers 7.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lookout, Cape 7.53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lookout, Point 5.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lord Delaware Bridge 4.246. . . . . . . . . . . . Love Point 6.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loveladies 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lovett Point 4.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Canton 6.148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Cedar Point: Potomac River 5.93. . . Lower Hooper Island 5.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Machodoc Creek (38°09′N 76°39′W)Lower Middle Shoal 3.115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lucy Point Creek (32°29′N 80°36′W)Lynch Point 5.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lynnhaven Inlet (36°55′N 76°05′W)Lynnhaven Roads 4.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mackay Creek 8.211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mackay River 8.248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Madison Bay (38°32′N 76°13′W)Magnetic anomalies, local

Artificial Island 3.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cape Henry 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grove Point 6.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pooles Island 6.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rudee Inlet to Cape Hatteras 7.20. . . . . . Wilmington: Delaware 3.189. . . . . . . . . .

Magothy Narrows 6.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magothy River 6.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mahon, Port (39°12′N 75°24′W)Main Street Bridge 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manokin River (38°06′N 75°55′W)Mantua Creek 3.228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marbury Point 5.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marcus Hook 3.211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bar 3.205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Margate City 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine Channel 6.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marsh Islands 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marshall Hall (38°41′N 77°06′W)Martin Point 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Martins Industry 8.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maryland 1.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maryland Point 5.110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mason Inlet 7.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Masonboro Inlet (34°11′N 77°49′W)Matanzas Inlet (29°43′N 81°14′W)Matanzas River 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matapeake (38°57′N 76°21′W)Mathias Point 5.110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mattaponi River 4.246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mattawoman Creek (37°24′N 75°59′W)Mattawoman Creek (38°34′N 77°13′W)Matthews Bridge 9.81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mattox Creek (38°12′N 76°57′W)Maurice River 3.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May, Cape 3.82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mayport 9.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basin 9.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . McCreadys Creek (38°18′N 76°00′W)McCrie Shoal 3.76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . McQueen Inlet 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meekins Neck 5.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meredith Creek 6.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merritt Island 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Messongo Creek (37°54′N 75°42′W)Metompkin Inlet (37°41′N 75°35′W)Miah Maull Shoal 3.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 3.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Middle Branch 6.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Middle Ground 8.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Middle River 6.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Middle Shoal 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Middle Shoal: Cape May Channel 3.92. . . . Middletown 7.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles River 6.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Milford Haven 4.217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mill Creek: Old Point Comfort 4.63. . . . . . Mill Creek: Patuxent River Entrance 5.171. Mill Creek (37°35′N 76°26′W)Mill Creek: Whitehall Bay 6.62. . . . . . . . . . Minges Reach 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mispillion River (38°57′N 75°19′W)Mobjack Bay 4.208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money Island 3.336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money Point 4.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monie Bay 5.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monroe Creek (38°15′N 76°58′W)Monsanto Plant Wharf 3.219. . . . . . . . . . . . Morehead City 7.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 7.97. . . . . . . . . . . . . Berths 7.110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 7.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 7.83. . . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 7.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 7.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 7.113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Morgan Island 8.107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Morgan River (32°27′N 80°28′W)Morgantown 5.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris Island 8.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mosquito Lagoon 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mosquito Point 5.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moss Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moultrie, Fort 8.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moultrie, Lake 8.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel (32°46′N 79°52′W)Mount; see proper nameMountain Point 6.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mud Bay 7.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mud Island 3.257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal 3.319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mulberry Island 4.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Murderkill River (39°03′N 75°24′W)Murrells Inlet 7.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mush Bluff 9.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Myers Bend 8.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Myrtle Beach 7.118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Myrtle Island 3.368. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Myrtle Sound 7.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nandua Creek 5.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nanjemoy Creek (38°25′N 77°07′W)Nansemond River 4.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nanticoke Point 5.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nanticoke River 5.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nantuxent Creek (39°17′N 75°14′W)Nassau Sound (30°30′N 81°26′W)Nassawadox Creek (37°28′N 75°57′W)Natural conditions 1.139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Climate and weather 1.166. . . . . . . . . . . Climatic tables 1.188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Currents tidal streamsand flow 1.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ice conditions 1.162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maritime topography 1.139. . . . . . . . . . . Meteorological conversion tableand scales 1.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea and swell 1.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea level and tides 1.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea water characteristics 1.158. . . . . . . .

Naval Academy Light 6.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . Navassa 7.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation and regulations 1.1. . . . . . . . . .

Aids to navigation 1.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beacons 1.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buoyage 1.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Daymarks 1.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Landmarks 1.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lights 1.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Charts 1.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admiralty charts 1.17. . . . . . . . . . . . . Datums 1.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Depths 1.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign charts 1.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Distress and rescue 1.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 1.61. . . . . . . . . . . Ship reporting systems 1.63. . . . . . . . . United States Coastguard 1.64. . . . . . .

Limits of the book 1.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigational dangersand hazards 1.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overhead cables 1.6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Former mined areas 1.5. . . . . . . . . . . . Coastal conditions 1.2. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pilotage 1.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio facilities 1.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Position fixing systems 1.31. . . . . . . . Radio medical advice 1.38. . . . . . . . . . Radio navigation warnings 1.35. . . . . Radio stations 1.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio weather reports 1.37. . . . . . . . .

Regulations 1.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International regulations 1.39. . . . . . . National regulations 1.42. . . . . . . . . . .

Signals 1.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . National signals 1.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Traffic and operations 1.7. . . . . . . . . . . . Traffic 1.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercise areas 1.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fishing 1.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Submarine exercises 1.16. . . . . . . . . .

Nelson Point 5.197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neshaminy Creek 3.343. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neuse River 7.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Bern 7.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Castle (39°40′N 75°34′W)New Jersey 1.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Inlet (37°15′N 75°48′W)New Inlet (33°55′N 77°57′W)New Point Comfort 4.209. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal 4.209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New River: North Carolina 7.80. . . . . . . . .

Inlet 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New River: South Carolina 8.211. . . . . . . . New Savannah Bluff 8.159. . . . . . . . . . . . . New Topsail Inlet 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newbold Channel Direction Light 3.339. . . Newbold Island 3.338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newport News 4.111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 4.120. . . . . . . . . . . . Bar 4.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 4.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel 4.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 4.126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information 4.111. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor 4.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 4.116. . . . . . . . . . . . Middle Ground 4.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 4.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Newport: Christina River 3.169. . . . . . . . . . Newton Creek 3.286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newtown Neck 5.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nichols Point 6.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nomini Creek (38°08′N 76°43′W)Norfolk Harbor 4.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 4.84. . . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 4.94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Reach 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 4.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor 4.91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 4.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 4.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reach 4.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Norfolk Naval Base 4.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norfolk Naval Shipyard 4.95. . . . . . . . . . . . Norfolk, Port 4.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normans Point 6.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Carolina 1.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Channel:

Chesapeake Bay entrance 4.197. . . . . . . North Charleston 8.52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Edisto River (32°34′N 80°11′W)

INDEX

281

North End Point 5.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Fork 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Inlet 7.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Island 7.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Point: Chesapeake Bay 5.25. . . . . . . North Point: Patapsco River 6.130. . . . . . . .

Creek 6.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoal 6.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

North Prong: Wicomico River 5.69. . . . . . . North River: Albemarle Sound 7.29. . . . . . North River: Mobjack Bay 4.213. . . . . . . . . North River (30°44′N 81°32′W)North Santee River 7.207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Shoal: Cape May Channel 3.92. . . . . North Shoal: Whitehall Bay 6.63. . . . . . . . . Northeast Cape Fear River 7.130. . . . . . . . . Northeast Point 8.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northeast River 6.164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northend Point 4.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northern right whale 1.54. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Designated Critical Habitat 1.54. . . . . . . Mandatory Reporting System 1.55. . . . .

Northwest Harbour 6.155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nottingham 5.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nottoway River 7.36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oak Island 7.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighthouse 7.127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Occohannock Creek (37°33′N 75°56′W)Occuquan Bay (38°37′N 77°14′W)Ocean City Inlet 3.356. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ocean City: New Jersey 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . Ocean View 4.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ocracoke 7.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inlet 7.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighthouse 7.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Island 7.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ohio Shoal 9.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Okahanikan Point 5.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Old Fernandina 9.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Old Plantation Creek (37°14′N 76°00′W)Old Plantation Flats 4.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 4.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Old Point Comfort 4.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 4.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Old Road Bay 6.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Old Town Point Wharf 6.191. . . . . . . . . . . . Old Town Reach 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oldfield Point 6.181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oldmans Creek 3.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oldmans Point 3.203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onancock Creek (37°43′N 75°50′W)Onslow Bay 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onslow Beach 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orchard Point 5.38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oregon Inlet 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ossabaw Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ossabaw Sound (31°50′N 81°00′W)Otter Islands 8.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overfalls Shoal 3.89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oyster Bed Island 8.188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pablo Creek 9.121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pagan Point 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pagan River (37°00′N 76°34′W)Palatka 9.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Palms, Isle of 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Palmyra Landing 7.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamlico River 7.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamlico Sound 7.37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamunkey River 4.243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Papermill Pond 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Park Point 6.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parramore Banks 3.375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parramore Island 3.372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parris Island 8.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Spit 8.134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parsons Island 6.46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pasquotank River 7.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patapsco River 6.101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Patience Point 5.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patriots Point 8.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patuxent River 5.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Naval Air Station 5.169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Paulsboro 3.233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pea Patch Island 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dike 3.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pea Patch Shoal 3.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peachblossom Creek 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . Peck Beach 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pelican Bank 8.104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pendennis 6.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennsylvania 1.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Penn, Port (39°31′N 75°35′W)Penns Grove 3.166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Penns Landing 3.291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennsbury Manor State Park 3.338. . . . . . . Pentagon Lagoon (38°52′N 77°11′W)Penwood Channel 6.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pepper Creek (37°21′N 76°19′W)Perquimans River 7.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perrin River (37°16′N 76°25′W)Perry Point 6.192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perryville 6.201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Persimmon Point: Magothy River 6.98. . . . Persimmon Point: Potomac River 5.110. . . Peter, Point: Wilmington 7.187. . . . . . . . . . Petersons Point 5.175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Petty Island 3.303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Philadelphia 3.266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 3.281. . . . . . . . . . . . Back Channel 3.294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 3.296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 3.288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 3.266. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 3.286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International airport 3.235. . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 3.274. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 3.306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Phoebus 4.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel 4.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Piankatank River 4.215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pig Point 4.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pigeon Point 3.164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piney Neck Point 6.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piney Point Oil Terminal 5.101. . . . . . . . . . Pinner Point 4.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piscataway Creek (38°42′N 77°02′W)Platt Shoals 7.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plum Point: Delaware River 3.318. . . . . . . . Plum Point: Head of the Bay 6.177. . . . . . . Plumtree Point 4.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pocomoke Sound 5.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point No Point 5.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point of Shoals 4.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point; see proper namePomonkey Creek (38°38′N 77°06′W)Ponce de Leon Inlet (29°04′N 80°55′W)

Lighthouse 9.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ponta Verde Beach 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pooles Island 6.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bar Light 6.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Poplar Island (38°46′N 76°23′W)Poplar Island Narrows (38°46′N 76°21′W)Poquoson Flats 4.227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Poquoson River (37°12′N 76°21′W)Porpoise Banks 3.375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Norfolk 4.98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Royal Sound 8.108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Tobacco River (38°27′N 77°02′W)Port; see proper namePortsmouth: Ocracoke Inlet 7.59. . . . . . . . . Possum Point: Potomac River 5.114. . . . . . Possum Point: Whitehall Bay 6.63. . . . . . . . Potomac Creek (38°21′N 77°17′W)Potomac River 5.75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Potts Shoal 8.67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powell Creek (37°18′N 77°10′W)

Powells Bluff 5.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Squadron Spit 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Price Creek 7.166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Price Inlet (32°52′N 79°39′W)Priests Point 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prissy Wicks Shoal 3.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pritchards Island 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prospect Bay 6.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pungo River 7.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pungoteague Creek (37°40′N 75°51′W)

Quantico 5.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarantine Island 9.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarantine Reach 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Queen Creek (37°18′N 76°37′W)Queenstown Creek (39°00′N 76°10′W)Quinby Inlet (37°28′N 75°40′W)

Rabbit Island 7.214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel 7.213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Raccoon Creek (39°49′N 75°23′W)Raccoon Island 3.205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Raccoon Key 8.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Island 7.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ragged Point:

Little Choptank River 5.194. . . . . . . . . . Ragged Point: Potomac River 5.92. . . . . . . Raleigh Bay 7.45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ramsay Lake 6.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ramshorn Creek 8.211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rancocas Creek 3.327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Randle Cliff Beach 5.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rappahannock River 5.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bridge 5.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rappahannock Shoal Channel 5.18. . . . . . . Rappahannock Spit 5.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rattlesnake Shoal 8.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rayonier Reach 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rebellion Reach 8.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red Snapper Sink 9.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reddie Point 9.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reedville 5.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reedy Island 3.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dike 3.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reedy Island Bar 3.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reedy Point 3.129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rehoboth Bay 3.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rehoboth Beach 3.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remley Point 8.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reserve Basin 3.259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rhode River 6.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richmond 4.158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 4.168. . . . . . . . . . . . Berths 4.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 4.173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 4.158. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 4.171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 4.163. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 4.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Richmond, Port: Delaware River 3.302. . . . Richmond, Port: Pamunkey River 4.245. . . Riverton 3.317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cove 3.318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roanoke Island 7.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roanoke River 7.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roanoke Sound 7.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Robins Point 6.186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rock Creek: Ashepoo River 8.106. . . . . . . Rock Creek: Patapsco River 6.156. . . . . . . Rock Hall Harbor (39°08′N 76°15′W)Rock Point: Patapsco River 6.130. . . . . . . .

Shoal 6.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockhold Creek 6.22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rocklanding Shoal Channel 4.140. . . . . . . . Rocks, The 7.151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roebling 3.345. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rolphs (39°10′N 76°02′W)Romain, Cape 7.128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Romancoke (38°52′N 76°20′W)

INDEX

282

Roosevelt Inlet (38°47′N 75°06′W)Rosier Bluff 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosier Creek (38°17′N 77°00′W)Round Bay (39°03′N 76°33′W)Round Shoal 3.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Royal, Port: Rappahannock River 5.33. . . . Royal, Port: South Carolina 8.108. . . . . . . .

Arrival information 8.125. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 8.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 8.132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 8.108. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 8.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 8.118. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 8.145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side channels 8.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Royal Shoal 7.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchorage 7.39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rudee Inlet 4.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Saint Andrew Sound (31°00′N 81°25′W)Saint Augustine Inlet (29°55′N 81°17′W)Saint Augustine Lighthouse 9.150. . . . . . . . Saint Catherine Sound 5.103. . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Catherines Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Catherines Sound (31°43′N 81°08′W)Saint Clements Bay 5.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint George Creek 5.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint George Island 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Helena Island 8.135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Helena Sound 8.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Jerome Creek (38°07′N 76°21′W)Saint Johns Lighthouse 9.69. . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Johns Point 9.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Johns River 9.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Jones River (39°04′N 75°24′W)Saint Leonard Creek 5.175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Marys

Entrance 9.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . River 9.23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Saint Marys City 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Marys River 5.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Michaels 6.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Michaels Breakers 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . Saint Phillips Island 8.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Simons Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saint Simons Island, Little 8.152. . . . . . . . . Saint Simons Lighthouse 8.221. . . . . . . . . . Saint Simons Sound 8.229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Salem 3.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Canal 3.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cove 3.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . River 3.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Salisbury 5.69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sampit Channel 7.220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Point 7.220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . River 7.200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

San Marcos Wreck: Chesapeake Bay 5.58. . Sand Bridge 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sand Island 7.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sand Shoal Inlet (37°18′N 75°47′W)Sandford 9.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandy Point Shoal Lighthouse 6.73. . . . . . . Sandy Point: Chesapeake Bay 6.20. . . . . . . Sandy Point: James River 4.143. . . . . . . . . Sandy Point: Patuxent River 5.160. . . . . . . Sandy Point: Potomac River 5.111. . . . . . . Sandy Point: South Carolina 8.23. . . . . . . . Sandy Point: Spesutie Island 6.199. . . . . . . Sandy Point: York River 4.230. . . . . . . . . . Santee Basin 6.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Santee Point 7.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sapelo Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sapelo Sound (31°33′N 81°11′W)Sarah Creek (37°15′N 76°29′W)Sassafras River 6.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saunders Point 6.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal Junction Light 6.26. . . . . . . . . . . . Savannah 8.155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 8.173. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 8.197. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directions 8.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions for berths 8.196. . . . . . . . . . . General information 8.155. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 8.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 8.165. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 8.204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . River 8.155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Savannah Beach 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sawpit Creek 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schuylkill River 3.237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 3.250. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 3.259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 3.257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 3.237. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbor 3.256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 3.242. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 3.262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Scotland 4.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scott Creek (36°51′N 76°19′W)Scotts Creek Basin 3.336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scuppernong River 7.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea Isle City 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seaboard Reach 9.33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seaford 5.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selby Bay 6.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seven Mile Beach 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seven Mile Reach 4.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sevenfoot Knoll Light 6.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . Severn River: Annapolis 6.48. . . . . . . . . . . Severn River: Mobjack Bay 4.211. . . . . . . . Sewell Point 3.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shackleford Banks 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shad Battery Shoal 6.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shallotte Inlet 7.120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sharkfin Shoal Channel 5.64. . . . . . . . . . . . Sharps Island 5.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sharptown 5.73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sheep House Hill 7.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sheephead Rock (33°56′N 77°55′W)Shem Creek (32°47′N 79°53′W)Sheridan Point 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ship Bottom 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ship John Shoal 3.119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighthouse 3.117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shipyard Creek 8.77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutes Folly Island 8.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutes and Folly Reach 8.61. . . . . . . . . . . . Sidney Lanier Bridge 8.235. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sillery Bay 6.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simons River (39°13′N 75°25′W)Sisters Creek 9.121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Skiffes Creek 4.147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Skull Creek 8.149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slaughter Creek (38°30′N 76°16′W)Sledds Point 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Creek (36°51′N 76°18′W)Smith Creek (38°07′N 76°25′W)Smith Island Inlet 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Island Shoal 3.375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Island: Cape Charles 3.375. . . . . . . . Smith Island: North Carolina 7.68. . . . . . . . Smith Island: Tangier Sound 5.59. . . . . . . . Smith Point: Chesapeake Bay 5.14. . . . . . .

Light 5.16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Point: Potomac River 5.111. . . . . . . . Snow Hill 5.47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Snows Cut 7.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sollers Point 6.109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solomons 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Island 5.170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solomons Lump Light 5.61. . . . . . . . . . . . . Somer Shoal 3.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South Amelia River 9.41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South Carolina 1.114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South Channel: Charleston 8.67. . . . . . . . . . South Channel (32°02′N 80°52′W)South Edisto River 8.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

South Marsh Island 5.59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South Prong: Wicomico River 5.69. . . . . . . South River 6.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Southport 7.165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spa Creek 6.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sparrows Point Channel 6.133. . . . . . . . . . . Spesutie Island 6.193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring Garden Channel 6.151. . . . . . . . . . . Spry Island Shoal 6.186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stafford Shoal (30°50′N 81°25′W)Starling Creek 5.49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Station Creek (32°18′N 80°39′W)Still Pond 6.171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Creek 6.171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stingray Point 5.27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stingray Point Light 4.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stone Harbor 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stonehouse Cove 6.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stono Inlet (32°38′N 79°59′W)Stony Creek 6.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stony Point 4.240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stove Point 4.216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stratford Cliffs 5.92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Strathmere 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suffolk 4.144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sugar Loaf Island 7.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sullivans Island 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Narrows 8.71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sumter, Fort 8.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sunny Point 7.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Army Terminal 7.167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surf City 3.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surry Nuclear Power Plant (37°10′N

76°42′W)Susquehanna River 6.192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swan Creek (39°09′N 76°15′W)Swan Point 5.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swan Point Bar (39°07′N 76°16′W)Swanns Point 4.142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swansboro 7.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symrna River (39°22′N 75°31′W)

Tabbs Creek (37°39′N 76°19′W)Tacony 3.325. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Palmyra Bascule Bridge 3.313. . . . . . . . . Tail of the Horseshoe 4.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Talbot Island 9.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tangier Island 5.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tangier Sound 5.50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanner Point 4.96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tappahannock 5.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taskmers Creek 5.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaches Hole Channel 7.60. . . . . . . . . . . . . Tedious Creek (38°15′N 76°03′W)Tee, The 8.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ten Mile Point 3.317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terrapin Point 4.231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thicket Point 5.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thimble Shoal 4.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 4.43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thomas Point 6.30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal Light 6.19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thompson Point 3.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thoms Cove 6.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Through routes 2.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tidal Basin (38°53′N 77°10′W)Tilghman Island (38°42′N 76°20′W)Tilghman Creek (38°51′N 76°16′W)Tilghman Point 6.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timber Point 6.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tolchester Beach (39°13′N 76°15′W)Tolchester Channel 6.174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tolly Point 6.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoal 6.55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tolomato River 9.154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toms Cove 3.364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towles Point 5.35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Town Creek 5.172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INDEX

283

Town Point: Elk River 6.180. . . . . . . . . . . . Town Point: Little Choptank River 5.194. . Town Point: Patuxent River 5.162. . . . . . . . Townsends Inlet 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travis Cove 3.155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tred Avon River 5.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trenchards Inlet 8.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trenton 3.348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tribell Shoal Channel 4.140. . . . . . . . . . . . Trippe Bay (38°36′N 76°17′W)Triton Light 6.66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trout River (30°23′N 81°38′W)Tue Point 4.219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turkey Island 6.32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turkey Island Bend 4.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turkey Island Cutoff 4.157. . . . . . . . . . . . . Turkey Point: Eastern Bay 6.46. . . . . . . . . . Turkey Point: Elk River 6.180. . . . . . . . . . . Turkey Point: South River 6.32. . . . . . . . . . Turners Cut 7.31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turtle Mound 9.143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turtle River 8.251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two Mile Beach 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tybee Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tybee Light 8.20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tybee Roads 8.159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tylers Beach (37°05′N 76°40′W)

United States Naval Academy 6.48. . . . . . . Upper Cedar Point: Potomac River 5.110. . Upper Chippokes Creek (37°15′N 76°59′W)Upper Machodoc Creek 5.104. . . . . . . . . . . Urbanna Creek (37°38′N 76°34′W)

Ventnor City 3.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vernon, Mount (38°42′N 77°05′W)Vienna 5.72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Virginia 1.102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Virginia Beach 4.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Waccamaw Point 7.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waccamaw River 7.206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wachapreague Inlet 3.372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wades Point 6.42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wallops Island 3.357. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Walls Cut 8.211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Walt Whitman Bridge 3.275. . . . . . . . . . . . Wanchese 7.58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wando River 8.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wappoo Creek 8.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ward Bridge 8.95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wards Creek (37°16′N 77°04′W)Ware Neck Point 4.212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ware River 4.212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warwick River (37°05′N 76°32′W)

Wash Hill 7.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washington Channel 5.133. . . . . . . . . . . . . Washington DC, see Alexandria 5.116. . . . Washington Neck Point 3.228. . . . . . . . . . . Washington: North Carolina 7.40. . . . . . . . Wassaw Sound (31°55′N 80°56′W)Waterside (36°51′N 76°18′W)Waties Island 7.125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts Cut 8.105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watts Island 5.40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rocks 5.48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Webster Cove (38°15′N 75°50′W)Weir Point 7.29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Welch Point 6.181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wentworth, Port 8.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wescoat Point 4.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Annapolis 6.51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Norfolk 4.103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Onslow Beach 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Point 4.242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West River 6.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . West Yeocomico River 5.100. . . . . . . . . . . . Western Bar Channel (33°53′N 78°02′W)Western Channel 7.215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Westville 3.272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whale Branch 8.150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White House 4.243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White Oak River 7.80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White Rocks 6.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 6.130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White Shoal 4.140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whitehall Bay 6.62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whitehall Creek 6.64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whitehall Flats 6.63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whitehaven 5.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whitestone Point 5.106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light 5.112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Whiting Creek (37°37′N 76°30′W)Wicomico River: Potomac River 5.103. . . . Wicomico River: Tangier Sound 5.66. . . . . William P. Lane Jr.

Memorial Bridges 6.14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Williams Wharf 4.214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Willoughby Bank 4.44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Willoughby Bay (36°57′N 76°17′W)Willoughby Point 4.232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wilmington: Delaware 3.168. . . . . . . . . . . .

Arrival information 3.181. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 3.191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 3.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 3.168. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 3.188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 3.173. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 3.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wilmington: North Carolina 7.168. . . . . . . Arrival information 7.181. . . . . . . . . . . . Basins and berths 7.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directions 7.189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information 7.168. . . . . . . . . . . . Harbour 7.187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting conditions 7.173. . . . . . . . . . . . Port services 7.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wilson Creek 4.212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wilton Point 4.215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wimble Shoals 7.25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windmill Point: James River 4.143. . . . . . . Windmill Point: Rappahannock River 5.35.

Light 5.34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windy Point 3.291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter Harbor (37°23′N 76°16′W)Winter Quarter Shoal 3.364. . . . . . . . . . . . . Winyah Bay 7.198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wise Point 4.184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wolf Island 8.152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wolf Trap Light 4.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Woodbury Creek (39°52′N 75°12′W)Woodland 5.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Woodrow Wilson Memorial Bridge 5.108. . Worth Point 6.180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Worton Creek 6.190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Worton Point 6.177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wreck Point 7.79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wrecks Channel 8.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wright Cove 3.318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wright Monument 7.18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wright Point 3.318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wright River 8.211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wrightsville Beach 7.68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wroten Island 5.153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wye River (38°51′N 76°12′W)

Yaupon 7.131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yeocomico River 5.100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . York River 4.218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . York Spit 4.227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel 4.194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yorktown 4.220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PUBLICATIONS OF THEUNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office, togetherwith a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications, published annually.The list of Admiralty Distributors is also on the UKHO website (www.ukho.gov.uk), or it can be obtained from:

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office,Admiralty Way,

Taunton, SomersetTA1 2DN

Printed in the United Kingdomby Pinder Graphics

CD−ROM InstructionsSee Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory

Notes at Page vii.The CD−ROM below contains the following:

Text of this volume in Portable Document Format(PDF).

Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader.A link to the UKHO website: www.ukho.gov.uk.Photographs in PDF, if they are available for the area

covered by this volume.Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the

CD−ROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it tothe envelope after use.

Place the CD−ROM in a compact disc drive.

The opening screen should appear within a few seconds.If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds,

try the following:Double−left click: “My Computer”.Double−left click CD−ROM icon: NPxx (D:).Double−left click html file: “index”.

The CD−ROM is designed to work with the followingsoftware:

Windows 98Windows 2000Windows MEWindows NT4.0 SP5Windows XP